■I.' All VW7

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIB RAR Y

OF THE

MUSEUM OP COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

GIFT OF

ALEX. AG A SSI Z.

Jvuux a.i>( \<\\\

Binder ,

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE.

No. VII.

REVISION OF THE ECHINI.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

IN FOUR PARTS.

WITH NINETY-FOUR PLATES AND SIXTY-NINE WOOD-CUTS.

UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE,

WELCH, I3IGELOW, & CO.

1872-1874.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART I.

Introduction, vii.

Bibliography, 1.

Nomenclature, 11.

Explanation" of the Chronological List, 31.

Chronological List, 34.

Synonymy, 87.

Synonymic Index, 171.

Geographical Distribution, 205.

List of Known Species, 213.

Littoral Districts, 221.

Patagonian District, 222 ; Tropical Atlantic District, 223 ; North Atlantic District,

225 ; Lusitanian District, 226 ; West African District, 226 ; South Circumpolar District,

226 ; Indo-Pacific District, 227 ; Indo-African District, 228 ; East Indian District, 228 ;
Pacific District, 229 ; Japanese District, 229 ; Australian District, 231 ; North Circumpolar
District, 230.

Littoral Lists, 231.

Okhotsk Sea to Gulf of Georgia, 231 ; Gulf of Georgia to Southern Peru, 231 ; Northern
Chili to Rio La Plata, 232 ; Southern Brazil to Eastern Virginia, 232 ; New Jersey to
Iceland, 233 ; Northern Shores of Siberia to West Coast of France, 233 ; Portugal to West
Coast of Tropical Africa, 234 ; Cape of Good Hope to Arabian Gulf, 234 ; Indian Ocean to
Philippine Islands, 235 ; Southern China to Northern Japan, 236 ; Pacific Ocean, 237 ;
West, South, East, and Northeast Australia to New Zealand, 238.

Geographical Distribution of the Genera, 240.

part n.

Note, 247.

Echini of the East Coast of the United States, 251.
For Systematic Table see 375, for Index 377.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAKT III.

Notice, 381.

Description of the Species, 383.

For Systematic Table of Contents see 617.

For Index see 625.

Errata, Parts I., II., 629.

PAKT IV.

Note, 633.

Terminology, 635.

The Test, 637. Growth of New Plates, 641.

Perischoechinidae, 644.

Spines, 651. Fascioles, 657. Pedicellaria, 659. Sphaeridia, 671.

Alimentary Canal, 673. Genital Organs, 680.

Ocular System, 682. Anal System, 683. A< riNOSTOME, 686.

Jaws, 688.

Circulation, 691. Water System, 693. Madreforio Body, 704.

Nervous System, 705.

Habits OF ECHINI, 706.

Embryology, 708. On the Foung Stages oi Echini, 731.

Geological Succession of the Echini, 748,

Homologies and Affinities ok the Echini, 755.

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE.

No. VII.

REVISION OF THE ECHINI.

BY

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.
PARTS I. -II.

WITH FORTY-NINE PLATES.

UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE,

WELCH, BIGELOW, & CO.

*1872.

NOTICE.

THE concluding Parts (III. and IV.), containing the description of
the species not included in Part II., and a review of the anatomy
and classification of the order, will be issued as soon as practicable.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

PART I.

INTRODUCTION.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

NOMENCLATURE.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

SYNONYMY — SYNONYMIC INDEX.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION, WITH PLATES A, B, C, D, E, F, G.

INTRODUCTION.

f MHE present Revision of the Echini has been in my hands for the
-*- greater part of six years ; its publication has been delayed from
the impossibility of examining a large number of the original specimens
of the principal writers on the subject. Its earlier appearance would
have been useless without such an examination. This was made during a
recent visit to Europe, when the species of Echini (with very few excep-
tions) described during this century were examined, and carefully com-
pared with specimens sent from the Cambridge Museum to Europe for
that purpose.

Of many of the specimens we have, of course, only the tradition that
they are the originals made use of by various authors ; this is especially
the case with the types of the older authors in the Jarclin des Plantes and
in the British Museum ; but as no one has recently attempted to make
direct comparisons of the numerous species described independently, it is
not astonishing that when such a comparison is made the number of spe-
cies distinguished should be found to be so small.

To Dr. John E. Gray and the late Dr. Baird of the British Museum I am
indebted for giving me every possible facility to examine the collections
of the British Museum, containing the t}^pes of Dr. Gray's Catalogue of
Recent Echini, of his papers in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London, in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, in the Annals
of Philosophy ; to Dr. P. L. Sclater for his kind assistance in hunting up
the types formerly in the collection of the Zoological Society; and to Dr.
Charles Stewart for his aid while working in the rooms of the British
Museum.

The collection of Echini made by Professor Percival E. Wright at the
Seychelles Islands was examined at Dublin. Dr. Carpenter and Mr. Jeff-
reys allowed me to examine, in company with their colleague, Professor
Wyville Thomson, the Echinoderms, collected in the different cruises of the
English Deep-Sea Dredging Expeditions, which had been brought together

viii INTRODUCTION.

at Belfast. To the Rev. A. M. Norman I am indebted for information
respecting several British species. At Liverpool, in company with the
curator of the Derby Museum, Thomas J. Moore, the excellent collection
of Echinoderms brought together by his care was examined ; it contains
numerous interesting species from localities rarely represented in collec-
tions.

At Stockholm, in company with Professor Loven, the booty of the Jose-
phine Expedition was carefully examined, and I had also the opportunity
of seeing authentic specimens of most of the species described by Scan-
dinavian authors, most admirably preserved, as arc all the Invertebrate
Collections of the Stockholm Academy, — a model, indeed, to be followed
in the system adopted for exhibition. To Professor Lilljeborg I am also
indebted for information respecting some of the Echini of Linne, still
preserved in the Museum of Upsala.

At Copenhagen Professor Steenstrup allowed me the freest access to
the collections of the University ; and in company with Dr. Liitken I had
the opportunity of examining specimens of the species described by him
in bis Bidrag, and of improving my acquaintance witb the species of the
Norwegian coasts.

To Dr. G. 0. Sars I am indebted for a complete series of the species
of Echini inhabiting the coast of Norway, collected at the Lofoten Islands
during his Dredging Expeditions.

Professor W. Peters and Dr. Martens, of Berlin, most kindly gave me
access to the originals of the Echini described by the former from
Mozambique, and by the latter from the eastern seas, principally from
Japan.

At Hamburg, Mr. C. L. Salmin and Dr. Schmeltz, the curator of the
Godeffroy Museum, gave me the freest access to the materials which
interested me, while to Dr. Shilling, curator of the Hamburg Museum.
I am indebted for similar favors.

Through Professor Grube, of Breslau, I have had access to the remark-
able Echini he described in 1867, and which have thus far remained
unique in the history of Echinoderms.

In Leipzig, a few interesting species from Australia were shown me
by Professor Leuckhart. Professor Kolliker gave me the freest access pos-
sible to the collections in his charge, while Dr. Semper allowed me to
make a very careful examination of his magnificent collection of Echino-

INTRODUCTION.

IX

derms from the Philippine Islands, from which most valuable information
respecting the geographical distribution of many species was obtained.

At Frankfort, I examined the collections made by Riippell in the
Red Sea.

At Stuttgart, Dr. Krauss allowed me the freest use of the collection
of Echini made by him at Natal.

In the University Museum at Bonn I found the types of Philippi, as
well as those of Professor Troschel himself, to whom I owe this oppor-
tunity of examining them.

To Professor Ehlers I owe the discovery of the original specimens of
Klein, the most valuable historical collection of Echini in existence, which
has served as the basis of all the names proposed by Leske ; and as they
are generally adopted, it has been of incalculable service in clearing up
a multitude of doubtfid points. Through his exertions the Senate of the
University of Erlangen allowed the collection to pass to America for
examination.

At Neufchatel, M. Louis Coulon placed at my disposal many authentic
specimens which formed a part of the material of the Catalogue Raisonne.
A few other species were found at Geneva through the kindness of the
late Professor Pictet. M. de Loriol spent considerable time in examining
with me his valuable collection of recent and fossil Echini, among which
were some interesting species from Ceylon collected by Mr. A. Humbert.

The basis, however, for the accurate determination of most of the species
of Echini was found in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes. There
are preserved the originals of most of the species of Lamarck, and all
the collections brought home by the great French Exploring Expeditions.
This collection formed the chief part of the material of Blainville, and
again of the Catalogue Raisonne, so that without a very critical exami-
nation of this collection no commencement could be made.

Professor Deshayes allowed me to examine the collection of the Jardin
des Plantes as if it were my own, and all possible assistance was ren-
dered me in identifying the types by Messrs. Rousseau and Potteau,
whose long acquaintance with the collection made it possible to identify
many things of which the tradition must soon' be lost.

Professor Lartet gave me the opportunity of examining the few re-
cent species described by D'Orbigny still preserved with the rest of his
collections in the Paleontological Department of the Jardin des Plantes.

x INTRODUCTION.

To Mr. Cotteau the Cambridge Museum is indebted for a fine series of
the many new genera and species described by him in the Echinides de
la Sarthe, in the Paleontologie franeaise and other papers. In his private
collection at Auxerre were also authentic specimens of many of the
species described by Desor and Michelin ; the recent species it contains
have been in many cases labelled by both Michelin and Desor.

Another most important collection, containing much of the material
of the Catalogue Raisonne, is the collection of Deshaves and that of
Michelin, now in the Ecole des Mines. Michelin described a large num-
ber of species, which are here carefully labelled in his own handwriting,
making it possible to identify all the species described by him in the
Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, thanks to the courtesy of Professor Bayle.

At Vienna, I saw the collections of the Novarra Expedition made by
Frauenfeld.

The only collection of importance which 1 have not personally exam-
ined is that of Desmoulins, owing to the breaking out of the Prusso-French
war. The greater part, however, of his species are in the collections of
the Cambridge Museum, having once formed a part of the collection
brought to this country by Professor Agassi/,, with whom he was in cor-
respondence during the working up of the Catalogue Raisonne.

To Mr. Bouvier I am indebted for a most interesting collection from
Cape de Verde Islands. To Mr. Crosse for a number of species from
New Caledonia, and to all the gentlemen named above for typical speci-
mens carefully compared with the originals of all the species which could
be spared. 1 have thus succeeded in bringing together in Cambridge, with
the addition of the information obtained by comparisons with specimens
sent from Cambridge for that purpose, an unrivalled historical collection,
for which I cannot thank too cordially the many friends in Europe who
have so generously assisted me in my labors.

The materials existing in the United States have in a similar way
been carefully examined. The whole of the collection of Echini of the
Smithsonian Institution has, thanks to the generosity of Professors Henry
and Baird, been in my hands for a considerable period. It contains
the materials of the several explorations of the east and west coast
of the United States, made under the direction of the Smithsonian. To
Dr. Stimpson I owe the opportunity of studying the Echini of the
North Pacific Exploring Expedition, collected by himself. The Academy

INTRODUCTION. XJ

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia allowed me, through Professor Leidy,
access to their collection containing many interesting species, especially
from the South Pacific. Professor Verrill has invariably communicated
to me with the greatest readiness the species he was describing from the
Museum of Yale College. To Mr. Putnam I owe many valuable speci-
mens from the collections of the Essex Institute, principally from Zanzi-
bar and other portions of Africa.

The collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology itself contains
the types of the majority of the species of the Catalogue Raisonne ;
the immense collections of Eehinoderms made by Mr. A. Garrett at va-
rious points in the Pacific Ocean, by Mr. C. Cook at Zanzibar, by Mr.
Henry Edwards in New Zealand and Australia, by Mr. Thomas G. Cary at
San Francisco ; the collections of the eastern coast of the United States
from Maine to Florida, made by Professor Agassiz ; the collections of
the Thayer Expedition in the West Indies and Brazil ; a collection of
Mediterranean species made by Professor Panceri ; the collections of Mr.
Pourtales from the deep waters between Florida and Cuba ; my own
collections from Panama, the west coast of Mexico, California, and the
Gulf of Georgia, besides innumerable exchanges made with other mu-
seums which will be noticed in their proper places.

The material accumulated in Cambridge represents, with but four
or five exceptions, every species described during the last forty years.
A good deal of unpublished matter collected by Professor Agassiz for
the continuation of his Monographies d'Echinodermes has been incorpo-
rated in this Revision. The freest use has also been made of prepara-
tions made under his direction by the late Nathaniel Bowditch, and of
a collection of sections of spines of Echini begun by Mr. Glen and con-
tinued by Mr. Bicknell with admirable success. Mr. Bicknell has also
made for the Museum microscopic preparations of such pedicellaria3 and
spicules as have been found necessary.

For the careful execution of the lithographic plates I am indebted to Mr.
P. Roetter ; to Mr. A. Sonrel for the preparation of the negatives needed for
the "Woodbarytype and Albertype processes which have been employed for
some of the Plates of this Revision. I have also to thank Messrs. E. Bier-
stadt, of New York, and John Carbutt, of Philadelphia, for the trouble they
have taken in making the necessary adaptations of their methods of printing
to the needs of Natural History illustrations.

xii INTRODUCTION.

I must beg indulgence for the mistakes of omission and commission which
have undoubtedly found their way into the first part containing the Sy-
nonymy. I shall be greatly obliged to be notified of any errors discovered
hereafter by those who may make use of this Revision.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.
Cambridge, August, 1872.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

In addition to papers containing descriptions of Genera and Species, everything relating to the
recent Echini, to which I have had access, has been brought together which had any bearing on
the anatomy or classification of the order. Papers and memoirs on fossil Echini which were con-
sidered essential to a proper understanding of the affinities of the recent species have also been
added. Papers containing merely descriptions of new species of fossil Echini have been omitted,
but wherever generic divisions are discussed or proposed they have been quoted. The full titles
have not been quoted (but they are abbreviated so as to be readily recognized), as the Catalogue
of Scientific Papers by the Royal Society, and the usual Bibliographical works and Reports
now regularly published, will furnish the desired information. Carus, in his Bibliotheca Zoologica,
is very severe upon the Bibliographia Zoologiae of Agassiz, edited by Strickland. I do not wish
to enter into a criticism of his views, but would remark that he has himself been quite as guilty
of sins of omission, as far as the present order is concerned, as the author of the Bibliography
he so sweepingly condemns.

Abildgaard. Zool. Danica. 1789.

Agassiz, A. On the Embryology of Echinoderms ; Mem. Am. Acad., IX. p. 30. 1864.
" Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., IX. pp. 192, 329.

Embryology of the Starfish. 1864.

List of Echinoderms ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I. No. 2. 1863.
" Synopsis N. Pacific Ex. Ex. Echinoids ; Proc. Acad. N. Seien., Phila., p. 352. 1863.

Habits of Echinoderms; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. 1869.
" Note on Leskia mirabilis ; Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., IX. p. 242. 1869.

" Preliminary Report Echini, deep water Florida Straits; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I.

" Appendix to above; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., II. 1871.

" Preliminary notice of Echini ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., III. 1872.

" and Agassiz, E. C. Seaside Studies. 1865.

Agassiz, L. Prodrome d'une Monog. des Radiaires ; Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neufchat. 1836.

" Mem. sur les foss. du Jura cretace Neufchatel ; Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neufchat. 1836.

" Growth and bilateral symmetry of Echinod. ; Phil. Mag., p. 369. 1834.

" Lectures on Comparative Embryology.

" Catalogus System. Ectyp. Mus. Neoc. 1840.

" Description des Echinod. foss. Suisses, I. 1839 ; II. 1840.

" Monographies d'Eehinodernies, Salenies. 1838.

" " " Scutelles. 1841.

" " " Galerites (Desor). 1842.

" " " Dysaster (Desor). 1842.

" " " Auat. Echinus (Valentin). 1841.

" Nomenclator Zoologicus.

" (Metaporhinus) ; Bull. Soc. Geol. France, p. 730. 1844.

" Resume d'un travail d'ensemble ; Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris, XXIII. p. 276. 1846.

(Pygorhjnchus) ; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 262. 1860.
" Pores in the Disc of Echinoderms ; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. 1850.

Contributions to Nat. Hist, of U. S., III., IV. 1860 - 1862.

et Desor. Catalogue Raisonne ; Ann. Sc. Nat., VI., VII., VIII. 1846, 1847.
Aldrovandi. De Animalibus. 1642.

1869.

2 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Aradas. Echinidi d. Sicilia. Att. Acad. Giocnia, VI. p. 53 ; VII. p. 229; VIII. p. 149; X. p. 215.
D'Archiac. Histoire des Progres de Geologic (passim).

" et Haime. Animaux fossiles de l'lnde. 1853.

Argenville. Hist. Nat. Conch. 1757.
Aristotle. Hist. Animal.

Austin, T. Arrangement of the Echinodermata; Ann. Mag. N. II., X. p. 10G. 1842.
Barrett, L. On two species of Echinodermata ; Ann. Mag. N. II., XIX. p. 82. 1857.

" and McAndrkw. Echinoderms dredged between Drontheim and North Cape; Ann.

Mag. N. II, XX. p. 44. 1857.
Bastian, C. Phil. Trans., p. 622. 1866.
Baur, A. Naturgcsehichte d. Synapta digitata. 1864.
Belon. Hist. Nat. des poissons marins. 1551.
Belval, Th. (Lobophore) ; Bull. Acad. Sc. Belgique, pp. 419, 512. 18G3.

" (Encope); " " " " p. 285. 1863.

Van Beneden. Bull. Acad. Se. Belgique, XVII. No. 6 (Embryol).

Bennett. Note on a peculiar properly of a species of Echinus; Trans. Lin. Soc., XV. p. 74. 1827.
Bianconi. Specim. Zoolog. Mosambicana. 1869.
Billings, E. Structure of Crinoida ; Sill. .Journ., XL VIII., XLIX.
Blainville. Article Oursin ; (Levrlt) Diet. Sc. Nat., XXXVII. 1825.
« " Scutclle; " " " " XLV1II. 1827.

" " Spatangue; " " " " L. 1827.

" Zoophytes; " " " " LX. 1830.

" Manuel d'aetinologie (reprint of Zoophytes). 1834.

Bleeker. Reis door de Minahassa. 1 856.
Boccones. Recherches et Observ. nat. 1674.
BbLSCHE, W. Zusammenstcllung der Diademiden; Wicg. Arch., I. p. 324. 1865.

" Nachtrag, Zusammenstellung der Diademiden; Wieg. Arch., I. p. 89. 1866.

Bonanni. Rer. Nat Hist. 1773.
Borlase. Nat. Hist. Cornwall. 1758.
Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Vers. 1802.

" Article Oursin (Detcrvillr, Diet. Sc. Nat). 1816.
Brady, G. S. Northumberland Dredging Reports. 1863.
Brandt. Prodrom. Descript. Anim. (Mertens) Acad. St. Pet 1835.
Breyn. Schediasma de Echinis. 1732.
Brisson. Ordre Nat des Oursins (Klein). 17.'>1.
Bronn. Index Paleontol. 1848, 1849.
" Lethea. 1885.

" Klassen u. Ord. d. Thiep-Reichs (Actinomorphozoa).

Browne. Civil and Natural History of Jamaica. 1789.

CAILLAUD, F. Oursins perforants. Conipt. Rend. Acad. Paris, XXXIX. p. 35. 1854.
" " " Ann. Sc Acad. Loire Inf. 1856.

" " " Supplem. Rev. Mag. 1857.

" Catalogue des Radiaires de la Loire Inf. Nantes. 1865.

Carpenter, Jeffreys, and Thomson. Preliminary Report of the Dredging Operations, Lightning

Exped.; Proe. It S. Lond., No. 157. 18G8.
" " " " Prelim. Report, Porcupine Expedition of 1869; Proc. R. S.

Lond., No. L21. 1870.
" " " " Prelim. Report, Porcupine Expedition of 1870; Proe. R. S.

Lond. 1870.
Carpenter, W. B. Reparation of the spines of Echinidae ; Month. Mic. Journ. May, 1870.
Carus, J. V. Icones Zootomicae.

Conrad, T. A. Catal. Eocene, Echinodermata of U. S.; Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila. p. 74. 1865.
" (*/<• orthonotus); Proe. Acad. X. S. Phila.. p. 327. 1843.

" Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., p. 74. 1865.

" in Vol. VII. Pacific R. R. Survey.

Costa, O. G. Monog. degli Echinocyami viv. e. foss. Napoli. 1871.
Costa. Phil. Trans., XLVI. p. 496. 1714.
Cotteau, G. Eehinides fossiles de l'Yonne. 1847-1865.

Echinides nouveaux ou peu connus ; Rev. Mag. Zool., 1858, No. 5 (Pseudopedina).

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 3

Cotteau, G. Rev. Mag. Zool., 1859, No. 4 (Asterocid. Pseudo.).
" " " 1860, p. 212, Mai.

" " » " 1861, p. 65.

" " " 1862, p. 225, 261, 294 (Heterodiad.).

" " " " 1863, June, July, August (Microdiad.).

" " '• " 1864, August (Diademopsis).

" " " ' 1866 (Leioped. Echiiioped. Oolopygus).

" " " " 1867 (Porocidarit).

" " " " 1869, Mai (Echinodiademoi).

" Considerations generates s. 1. Ecbinides du terr. Cretace ; Ann. Sc. Nat., 18G9.

" Ecbinides Tert. des env. de Bordeaux (Coelopleurus) ; Act. Soe. Linn. Bordeaux, XXVII.

p. 249. 1869.
(DesoreUa); Bull. Soc. Geol. France, XII p. 710. 1855.
(Micropsis) ; « " " " XIII. p. 319. 1856.

" (Galeropygus) ; " " " " XIII. p. 648. 1856.

" Note sur la faniille du Salenidees ; Bull Soc. Geol. France, XVIII. p. 614. 1861.

(Heterocidaris) ; Bull. Soc. Geol. France, XVII. p. 378. 1860.
" Appareil apical de Goniopygus ; Bull. Soc Geol. France, XVI. p. 162. 1858.

" (Metaporhinus) ; Bull. Soc. H. N. Yonne. 1860.

" Ecbinides foss. des Pyrennees. 1863.

" " " de l'Aube. 1865.

" Paleontologie Francaise ; terr. crdt. VII. 1861-1867.

" Echinides de Syrie; Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris. 1869.

Sur le genre Asterostoma ; " " " " 1871. Mem. Soc. Geol. Fr., IX. p. 177.

etLEMEYBiE. Eehinid. foss. des Pyrennees; Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr., XIII. p. 319. 1856.
" etTRiGER. Ecbinides de la Sartbe. 1857-1869.

Davila. Catalogue System, et raisonne. 1767.
Dawson, G. W. A week in Gaspe; Can. Nat. and Geol., p. 330. 1858.

" Zool. classif. ; " " " " VII. p. 438.

Dareste. Transl. of Mull. Mem. on Emb. of Ech.; Ann. Sc. Nat., XX. p. 121, 1853; I. p. 153, 1854.
De France. Article Fibulaire ; (Levrlt.) Diet. Sc. Nat., XVI. 1820.
Deiffenbach. Voyages. 1843.

Delle Chiaje, S. Mem. sulla Storia e. Notom. a. s. v. di Napoli, II. 1825.
Derbes. Ann. Sc. Nat., 3™ Ser., VIII. p. 80, PL V.
Des Hayes. Oursins perforants ; Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr., XJJI. 1856.
Des Longchamps, E. In Encyclopedic Methodique. 1824.

" " Catalogue des Cirrhipedes, Moll, et Rayonnes de Deplanche. 1859.

De Luc. Mem. Acad. Roy. Paris, Sav. Et., IV. p. 467. 1763.
Des Moulins, Ch. Etudes sur les Ecbinides. 1834- 1837.
" « " Specification de six Ecbinolampes ; Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, XXVII. 1870.

" " « Epines des Ecbinocidarites ; Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, XXVII. 1870.

Desor, E. Classification des Cidarides; Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neufch. 1856.
Monograpbie des Galerites. 1842.

Echinod. from Nantucket ; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 67. 1848.
(Monophora) ; Bull. Soc. Geol. France. 1847.
Notice sur les Echin.; Act. Soc. Helv. Sc. Nat., p. 278. 1853.
Synopsis des Ecbinides fossiles. 1854 - 1858.
et Loriol. Ecbinologie Suisse. 1868. — (In public.)
Dickie. Echinus lividus ; Rep. Brit. Ass. A. Sc. 1852.
Donitz. Typ. Bau d. Echinoderm ; Mull. Archiv., p. 406. 1866.
Duben ocb Koren. Ofver. af K. Vet. Akad. 1844 (C. borealis).

" " " Norges Echinod. 1844.

Duchassaing. Animaux radiaires des Antilles. 1850.
" Bull. Soc. Geol. France. 1847.

" Formations modernes de la Guadeloupe; Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr., p. 753. 1855.

Dufosse". Develop, des oursins; Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 44. 1847.
Dujardin, F. In D'Orbigny Diet. d'Hist. Naturelle. 1845-1850.
" et Hupe". Zoophytes Echinodermes. 1862.

4 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Duncan, P. M. Fossil Corals of W. Indies; Qu. Journ. Geol. Soc. London. 1863.

" Fossil Eohinod. from S. Australian Tertiaries; Ann. Mag. N. II., p. 165. Sept., 1864.

In Ann. Mag. N. H., III. p. 248. 1868.

" Anatomy of Amphidetus ; Q. J. Geol. Soc. London. 1868.

" Ecbinod. of S. E. Coast of Arabia; Q. J. Geol. Soc. London, p. 349. 1865.

Duvernoy. Mem. sur quelques points de l'Organis. d. Echinodermes. 1848.

" Test des Oursins; Institut, No. 216. 1837.

Ebray. Etudes Paleont. ; Soc. Emul. du Doubs. 1858.

" Note sur un nouveau genre d'Echin. ; Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr., XV. p. 482. 1858.

Edwards, II. Milne-. Sexe des Oursins; C. R. Acad. Paris, X. p. 780. 1840.

" " " In Cuvier, Ed. Illustree.

Encyclope"die MeVhodique. Vers.

Erdl. Uebcr den Bau d. Organe ; Wieg. Arch., I. p. 45. 1842.

EsCHSCHOLTZ. Zoologiscber Atlas, z. Kotzebue's Rcise. 1829-1833.
Etallon. Rayonnes du Jura ; Sup. de Montbeliard. 1860.

" Etudes s. 1. terr. Jurass ; Suppl. 1862.

" ct Tiurmann. Lethea Bruntuntana. 1861.

Eyre. Voyage of Discov. Cent. Australia. 1815.
FabriCIXTS. Fauna (irocnlundica.

Fau.ias de St. Fund. Hist, Nat. du Mont. St. Pierre. 1799.
Favanne. Ed. d'Argenville. 1771.

" Catalogue Syste'iuatique. 1784.

Foirnel. Richess. Mineral, de l'Algerie. 1850.
Fleming. Wern. Mem., II. p. 246. 1817. (E. miliaris.)
" A new sp. of Spatangus; Wcrn. Mem. 1817.

" British Animals. 1828.

Fischer. Recherchcs sur Irs Encrines.

Fischer, P. Perforations do l'Echinus lividus ; Ann. Sc. Nat, V. p. 321. 1864.
Foggo. Echinod. from Frith of Fort h ; Edinb. Journal. 1825.
Forbes, E. In Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, I. (Virginia Ecliin.).

" History of British Starfishes. 1841.

" Proc. Lin. Soc., p. 168. 1844. (Medit. Ecliin.)

" European species of Echinus; Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Sect. 133. 1850.

Ann. Mag. X. II., VI., p. 443. 1850. (Cardiaster).

" Monog. Ecbinod. Brit. Tertiaries j Pal Soc. 1852.

" Decades 1., III., IV., V., Mem. Geol. Surrey Great Brit. 1849-1852.

" and Godwin Austen. Natural History of the European Seas.

Gabb. In Geol. Survey California Paleontology, II. 1869.
Gandolphus. De Inccssu Ecliin. ; Hist. Acad. Royal Sc. 1709.
Gaudry. Pieces solides des Stelleridc- : Ann. Sc Nat.
Gay. Hist. Fisie. y Polit. di Chile, Zoologia. 1847-1854.
Gegenbaur, C. Vergleichende Anatomic, 2d ed. 1870.
(tEmellaro. In Soc. Catania, II., tasc, 2-4. 1866.
Geinitz, H. B. Das Elbthalgcbirge in Sachsen. 1871.
Geb&ner, O. Histor. Animal. 1558.
Girard, Ch. Descriptions of new Ecbinod.; Proc. Boston Soc. N. II, p. 364. 1850.

" In Proc. Boston Soc. N. H , p. 213. 1852.

Gibbes, L. R. Catalogue of the Fauna of South Carolina. 1847.
Gmelin. Syst. Nat. Linn£. 1778.
Goldfuss. Petrefacta Germaniae. 1826.
Gosse, P. H. Tenby, a 'Seaside Holiday. 1856.

" Naturalist's Rambles on Devonshire Coast. 1853.

Gould, A. A. Report on the Invert. Animal, of Massachusetts. 1841.
Graeefe. Vorlaufige Mittheil. ueber die Viti Inseln; Zool. Bot. Ges. Wicn., p. 517. 1866.

" Echinodermen fauna d. Viti Inseln ; Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., XVI. p. 586.

Gras, A. Descriptions des oursins fossiles du Departement de l'lsere. 1848.
Graateloup. Echinodermes foss. de Dax. 1836.
Gray, J. E. Attempt to divide Echinida in nat. families ; Ann. Phil. 1825.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 5

Gray, J. E. Genera distinguishable in Echinus ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 57. 1835.

New Genera and Species of Spatangidae in British Museum; Ann. Mag. N. H., V.
p. 130. 1851.

" New Genera and Species of Scutellidae and Echinolampidae ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

p. 34. 1851.

" Catalogue of the Recent Echinida in Coll. of Brit. Museum, Pt. I. 1855

" Arrangement of Families of Echinida ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1 855.

" Notice of a new species of Spatangus ; " " " " p. 70. 1866.

Griffith. In Cuvier Animal Kingdom. 1827.
Grube, E. Neue Seesterne u. Seeigel ; Wieg. Arch., I. p. 342. 1857.

" " " " " Nova Acta., XXVII. 1857.

" Ausflug nach Triest u. d. Quarnero. 1861.

" Die Insel Lussin u. ill re Meeresfauna 1864.

" Actinien Echinod. u. Wurmer d. Adriat. u. Mittel. 1840.

" (Platybrissus) Jahresbericht der Schles. Ges. fiir Vaterl. Cult., p. 61. 1865.

« « " " " " " " p. 62. 1866.

" (Asthenosoma) '• " " " " " " P- 42. 1867.

" Ueber einen lebendig gebiirenden Seeigel. ; Monatsb. Akad., Berlin, p. 170. 1868.

" u. Brandt. Echinod. v. Middendorf 's Reise, Vol. II. PI. I.

Gu^rin. Icnographie du Regne Animal. 1829.
Gualteri. Index Test. Conehyl. 1742.
Guppy. Tertiary Shells of Jamaica.
Haeckel, E. Generelle Morphologie. 1866.

Hagenow. Riigensche Kreide Verstein. Leonhd. u. Bronn Jahrb. 1840.
Haime. (Milnia) Ann. Sc. Nat, XII. p. 217. 1849.
Hall, J. Prelimin. Notice new sp. Crinoids. 1861.
" Paleontology of New York. 1847-1871.

" Geological Survey of Iowa. 1858.

Herklotz. Fossiles de Java; Echinod. 1854.
Heller. C. Zoophyt. u Echinod. des Adriatischen Meeres. 1868.

" Littoral Fauna d. Adriatischen Meeres ; Sitzungsb. Wien. 1863.

Herepath, W. B. Pedicellariae of Echinodermata ; Q. J. Mic. Sci., p. 1 75. 1865.
Hesse. Notes sur les Oursins perlbrants ; Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 257.
Hire. Echinus marinus ; Mem. Acad. Sc. Paris. 1733.
Hodge, G. Catal. Echin. Northumb. & Durham : Nat Hist. Trans. North. & Durh., IV. p. 120. 1871.

" Report on the Echinodermata; Nat. Hist. Trans. North, and Durh., I. p. 42. 1865.

Hoffman, C. K. Anat. d. Echin. u. Spat. ; Niederl. Arch. f. Zool., I. 1871.
Holmes. Post-Pliocene Fossils of South Carolina. 1860.
Home. Lect. Comp. Anat., II. 1814.

Hltpe\ (Echinodermes) Castelnau Voyage ds. l'Am. du Sud. 1856.
Hurst. Q. J. Mic. Sc, VII. p. 92.
Huxley, Thos. II. Elem. Compar. Anat. 1862.

" Report on the Researches of Miiller ; Ann. Mag. N. H, VIII. 1851

" On the Structure of Echini (Transl. of Miiller) ; Ann. Mag. N. H. 1854.

Kammerer. Beschreibung eines Seeigel ; Leipzig Mag. 1782.

Keferstein, W. Berichte 1848-1857.

Klein. Nat. Dispositio Echinod 1 734.

" Orde naturel des oursins ; Paris, ed. gall. 1 754.

Knorr. Deliciae Nat. Selectae. 1771.
Koenig. Icones Sectiles. 1825.
Krohn, A. Nerven system der Echiniden ; Mull. Arch. 1841.

" Entwickelung d. Seeigel. 1849.

" (Pluteus) Mull. Archiv, p. 338, 1851 ; pp. 225, 361, 1853 ; p. 369, 1857.

Lamarck. Systeme des Anim. s. Verteb. 1801.

" Histoire Naturelle des Anim. s. Verteb. 1816.

» " " " " Edited by Des Hayes, Dujardin, Milne-Edwards, III. 1833.

Lang. Hist. Nat. Lapid. figur. 1 708.
Latreille. Families du Regne Animal. 1825.

6 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Laube, G. C. Die Schichten von St. Cassian; Wien. Akad. 1865.
" Echinod. von Balin ; Wien. Akad. 1867.

" Echinod. d. Vicentin Tertiargebiets ; Wien. Akad. 18G8.

Leach. Zoological Miscellany. 1814.

Leidy, J. Marine Inverteb. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey ; J. Acad. N. S., Phila., III. 1855.
Leske. Additaraenta ad Klein Nat. Disp. 1778.
Lesson. Voyage de la Coquille ; Atlas. 1829.
Leuckart, R. Berichte ueber die Leistnngen ; Wieg. Archiv, 1854-1870.

Leymerie. Mem. sur la partie inf. du Syst Rhone; Mem. Soc. Geol. Fr., III. p. 113.

Linne*. Systema Naturae. Ed. X., ref. 1758.
" Fauna Suecica. 1761.

" Museum Tessianum. 1 753.

" " S. R. M. Ludovic. Reg. Ulricae. 1764.

Lister. Hist. An. Angliae. 1681.

Loriol. P. d. Mem. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve, XVII. 1863.
Lorexz. None Radiaten aus d. Quamero ; Sitzungb. Wien. Ak. 1860.
Lory. Oursina perforanta; Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr., XIII. 1856.
Love's, S. Om Leskia mirabilis; Ofvers. at* K. Vet Ak. Forli. 1867.
" Spalangus Raschi " " " " " 1869.

LuiDIUS. Lithophyll. Britan. Icon. 1685.

Lutken, Cii. F. Bid. til. Kunds. om Echiniderne; Vid. Med., p. 140. 1 864.
" Leskia mirabilis: Geol. Mag., May, 1869, p. 179, same, in

" Ann. Mag. Sept., 1869; Can. Nat. and Geol., 1869, by Billings.

" Gronland's F.clnnodermata. 1856.

" over de vid Danmarck'a Kyster levende Pyghude; Vid. Med. Kjob. 1871.

Maui. and. Fauna Bclgii Septent. 1851.

Martens, E. v. (Acrocl. planiss.) Zool. Hot GeselL, Wien., XVI., p. 881. 1866.

" Zwei neue Ost. Asiat. Echiniden; Monatsb. Berlin Ak., p. no. 1865.

" Ueber Ostasiatische Echinodermen ; Wieg. Archiv, 1. p. 34 7, l.stjj; I. pp. 57, 134,

1866; I., p. 106, 18*17.
" Secsterne 11. Seeigel Ost. Africa's: in v. Decken's Reise,* p. 125. 1869.

Martins, Ch. Temperature du Spat, purpureus ; Ann. Sc. Nat, V. p 187. 1846.

Mater, K. Faunulad. Marin. Sandstein'a v. Klein Kubren ... ; Naturf. ('cell. Zurich, p. 109. 1860.
M'Clelland, J. On Cyrtoma; Calcutta Journ. Nat. H., I. p. 155. 1840.
McCoy. Carlionif. Fossils of Ireland. 1844.

" (Perischodomus) ; Ann. Mag. N. H. 1819.

McCRADY. In Pliocene Foss. of So. Carolina (ToOMEY and Holmes). 1857.
McDonald. Affinities of Nemerteans and Echinod.; Trans. Boy. Soc. Edinb. 1867.
Meek and Wo 1st 1 1 ex. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila. 1860. (Oligoporus.)

" " Paleontology Illinois, II. p. 249, 1866; III. 1869.

Meissner. Befruchtung d. Eies v. Echin. esculent.; Naturf. Ges. Basel., I. p. 374.
Mercati. Metallotheca. 1717.
Merrett. Pinax. rer. nat. brit. 1667.

Metschnikokf, E. EntwickeL d. Echinod. u. Nemert. : Mem. Acad. St. Pet., XIV. 1869.
" Entwickelungs-geschichtliche Beitrage ; MeL Biol. St. Pet., VI. 1868.

Zeitschr. f. Wisa. Zool. 1869.
Metzger, A. Wirbellos. Meeresthiere d. OstrHea Kustc; J. B. G. Han. 1869, 1870.
Meyer, II. Abweichung d. funfzahl bei d. Echiniden.

" Laterne v. Echinocidaris ; Mull. Arch., p. 191. 1849.

Michelin, H. (Diad. Desj.) ; Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 1 73. 1844.

* Dr. Kerstcn h:is seen fit, in the Preface to Decken's Pcise, to make an extremely violent and Impudent attack
on the Director of the Museum of Comp. Zoology tor not having laid at his feet the collections of the Museum, made
at Zanzibar. The Director of the Museum has invariably, whenever possible, and for the interest of the Museum, sent
the materials at his disposal to well-known naturalists, not only in this country, but also abroad, as the following
partial lists of collections intrusted to European scientific men will fully show: — Prof. Alluian, Ilarrande, Prof. Geinitz,
Dr. Kolliker, Prof. Keferstein, Prof. 0. Schmidt, Dr. Ehlers, Prof. Selenka, Dr. Sniitt, Dr. Gerstaecker. As Dr.
Kersten had no claim whatever to have valuable collections intrusted to his care, his demand (it was not even a
request) was treated as it deserved. — A. Agassiz.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 7

MlCHELLN, H. (Metaporinus) ; Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 61. 1846.
" Faune de Maurice " " " Jan. 1845.

" Nouv. especes d'Echinides ; Rev. Mag. Zool. 1851.

" Varietes ds. les plaques des Eehinides; Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 100. 1848.

" (Haimea) ; Rev. Mag. Zool. 1851.

" (Maguosia) ; Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 34. 1853.

" (Grasia) ; " " " p. 437. 1854.

" (Moera) ; " " " p. 245. 1855.

" Echin. viv. et foss. ds. les Antilles ; Rev. Mag. Zool, p. 757. 1855.

" Revue du genre Mellita ; '• " " 1858.

" Descriptions des Eehinides ; " " " p. 332. 1858.

" Nouv. especes d'Echinides ; " " " 1859.

" Ecbinarachnius; " " " 1859.

" Especes d'Echinides Nouvelle Caledonie ; Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 325. 1861.

" Monog. Clypeastresfossiles; Mem. Soc. Geol. Fr., VII. 1861.

" Eehinides et Stellerides ; Annexe A. ds. Maillard, Notes sur Bourbon. 1862.

Middendorf. Siberische Reise, see Grube.

M'Ixtosh. Marine Zool. of North Ulst. ; Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., V., p. 600. 1865-1866.
Modeer. Ueber das Geschlecht Ecbinus ; d. Naturf. 1785.
Molina. Saggio sulla Stor. Nat. del Chili. 1782.
Morton. Nat. Hist. Northampshire. 1712.
Muller, O. F. Prodromus Zool. Danicae. 1776.

" " Zool. Dan., I. 1777.

Muller, J. Die Larven u. Metatuorphosen d. Echinodermen, I. - VI. ; Abhandl. Berlin Akad. 1848-
1855.
" Bau d. Echinodermen; Berlin Akad. 1854.

" Anat. Studien Echinoderm. ; Mull. Arch., pp. 121, 225. 1850.

" Allgcmein. Plan der Entwickelung d. Echin. ; Berlin Ak. 1852.

" (Pluteus) ; Monatsbe. Akad. Berlin, p. 4. 1846.

(Pluteus) ; Mull. Archiv, p. 101, 1845 ; p. 113, 1848 ; pp. 84, 364, 1849 ; p. 452, 1850-1852.
" Semiten d. Spatangiden; Mull. Arch., p. 1. 1853.

Neue Echinod. d. Eif'el. Kalks. ; Berlin Ak. 1857.
" Synapta digitata ; Berlin. 1852.

Muller, P. L. S. Deliciae Nat. Selectae. 1771.
Museum Godeffroy. Catalog., No. 4.

Naccari. Echinod. che si trovano nell' Adriatico ; Venezia. 1826.
Nilsson. (Pedicellaria); K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, p. 90. 1818.
Norman, A. M. Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Durham, I. p. 8.

" Preliminary Report, Crust. Moll. Echinod Shetland Dredging Committee ; Brit.

Ass. A. Sc, p. 440. 1867.
" Last Report Dredging among Shetland Isles; Brit. Ass. A. Sc. 1868.

D'Orbigny. Paleontologie Francaise ; Terr, cret., VI. 1853-1860.
" Prodrome de Paleontologie. 1850.

" Cours elem. de Paleontologie et de Geol. Stratig. 1849.

" Note rectificative ; Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 16. 1854.

Oersted, A. S. De regionibus marinis. 1844.
Ooster, W. A. Synops. d. Echinod. foss. d. Alpes Suisses. 1868.
Owen, R Lectures on Comp. Anat. Inverteb. 1855.
Owen and Norwood. (Melonites); Sill. Journ., p. 225. 1846.
Packard, A. S., Jr. List of Anim. dredged near Caribou Island.; Can. Nat. and G^ol. 1863.

" Recent Invert. Fauna of Labrador; Mem. Boston Soc. N. H. 1867.

Pallas. Spicilegia Zoologica. 1767-1774.
Parkinson. Organic Remains. 1804.
Pennant. British Zoology. 1776. 2d ed. 1812.

Perrier, J. O. E. Recherches s. les Pedicellaires ; These 314, Fac. Sc. Paris. 1869. Ann. Sc. Nat., Xll.
" Pe'dicell. et ambul. d. Echinoneus; Ann. Sc. Nat., XIV., No. 8. 1870.

" Dispos. d. pores ambul. du test Echin. Regul. ; N. Archiv. Mus., p. 207. 1869.

Peters, W. Seeigel v. Mossambique (Diademen); Monatsb. Ak. Berlin. 1853.
" " " " Akad. Berlin. 1855.

8 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Peters, W. Geschlecht d. Seeigel; Mull. Arch., p. 143. 1840.

" Carus u. Gerstaecker ; Handb. d. Zoologie. 1863.

Petiver. Aqiiat. Animal. Amboin. icon, et nom. 1713.

" Gazopbyllacii Nat. et Artis Decades. 1 764.

Piiilippi, R. A. Beschreib. zweier Missgebildeter See-Igel ; Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 261. 1837.
" In Leond. u. Bronn Jahrbuch. 1842.

" Neue Echinodermen ; Wieg. Arch. 1845.

" Neue Echin. d. Chilen. Meeres; Wieg. Archiv, p. 130. 1857.

" Reise durch die YVuste Atacama. I860.

Plot. Nat. Hist. Staffordshire. 1686.

Pomei., A. Observ. s. 1. Classif. d. Echinides ; Compt. Rendus, LXVII. p. 302. 1868.

" Revue des Echinoderraes, Paris (no date). 1869?

Quatrefages. Comptes Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, p. 799. 1842.
Quenstedt. Der Jura. 1856-1858.

Ravenel. (Scut gibbosd) , Journal Acad. N. S. Phila., V. 1845.
" Echini of So. Carolina. 1848.

" (Scut, carolin.) ; Jonrn. Acad. N. S. Phila., VIII. p. 333. 1842.

Ratiike. Geschlechtsvcrhalt. bei Seeigel u. Secsterne ; Fror. Xotiz. 1840.
Reaumur. Hist. Acad. Sc. 1712.

Risso. Hist. Nat. des Product. Europ. Merid., V. 1826.

Robertson, D. Note on Amphidetus contains; Q. J. Mic. Sc, p. 25. Jan. 1871.
Roemer, F. Bau von Melonites ; Wieg. Arch., I. p. 312. 1856.
Roxdelet. Lihri de piscib. marinis. 1554.
Rumph. Amboinsche Karitat Rammer. 1705.
Salter. (Faleodiscus) ; Ann. Mag. Nat. II. 1857.

" and Woodward. Mem. Geol. Survey Great Britain ; Decade V. 1856.

Sars, G. O. Nye Echinodenner fra den Norskc Kyst; \i.li n>k. Scl-k. Forhandl. Christiania. 1871.
Sars, M. Bid. til Kundskab. om Middelhavets Littoral fauna; N yt. Mag. 1857.
" Ovcrsigt at'Norgcs Kcliinodcrmer. 1861.

" Geolog. Zoolog. Jagttagelser ; Forhandl. Vid. Selsk. Christiania. 1862.

" Fortsatte Bemaerkninger over det dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybden ; Vidensk

Selsk. Forhandl. 1868.
SaviGNY. Description de l'Egypte (Echinodermcs, Audouin).
Say. Journ. Acad. N. S , Phila. 1825.

" Species of genus Echinus; J. A. N. S., Phila., p. 225. 1827.
Schultze, M. Miill. Archiv, p. 37. 1852.

Schcltze, L. Echinod. des Eifler Kalkes. Denk. Akad. Wien., XXVI. 1866.
Scilla. De corporibus marinis. 1747.
Schynvoet. Thes. Iniagin. 1711.
Seba. Thesaurus Locuplet., III. 1758.
Semper, C. Zeitschrift f. Wiss. Zool., XVII. p. 415.

Serres, M. de. Action per£ de l'Kchinus li vidua; Compt. Rend., p. 72. 1857.
" Notes sur l'Ecliinus lividna ; Bull. Sue Geol. Fr., p. 578. 1857.

" Geognosie Terr. tert. du midi de France. 1829.

Sharpey. " Echinodermata "; Cyclop. Anat. 1839.
Siebold. u. Stanxius. Lehrbuch d. Verglcichendc Anatomie.
Sismonda, E. Mem. Acad. Turin. 1841. (Anaster.)

" Mem. GeoL Zool. sugli Echin. di Nizza. 1843.

" Echin. toss, del Piemonte Torino. 1841.

Sloane. Voyage to Madeira 1 707 - 1 725.

Sorignf.t. Oursins foss de l'Eure. 1850.

Stewart, C. On the Spicula of the regular Echinoidea: Trans. Lin. Soe, XXV. p. 365.

" On the minute structure of Cidaris; Q. J. Mic. Sc, p. 51. 1871.

Stimpson. Crustac. and Echinod. Pacific shores of North Am. ; Journ. Boston Soc. N. H., VI. 1857.

" Marine Invertebrata Grand Menan ; Smith Cont. 1854.

Stokes. Three species of fossil Echini; Trans. Geol. Soc, p. 406. 1824.
Stuart, A. Die Gewebe d. Echinodermen; Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., XV. p. 104. 1865.
Sundevall. (Pedicellaria) ; Forhandl. Skand. Xaturf. Christiania. 1847.
Thomson, W. Embryology of Echinodermata ; Nat. Hist. Rev., p. 581. 1864.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 9

Thomson, W. On a new Palaeozoic group of Echinodermata ; Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1861.
" Rept. on the Fauna of Ireland (Invertebrata) ; Brit. Ass. A. Se., p. 279. 1843.

Tiedemann. Anatomie dor llohren Holothurie. 1815.
Torrata. Etoiles et Herissons de mer ; Mem. Aoad. Turin. 1801.
Trautsciiold, II. Die Laterne des Diogenes von Archeocid. rossicus ; Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow,

IX. p. 465. 1868.
Treveylan. Boring powers of Echinus lividus ; Edinb. Phil. J. 1849.
Troschel, F. H. Ueber die Gattung Tripylus; Wieg. Arch. 1851.
" Crustulum gratulans ; Nieder Hess. Gesell. 1868.

" Einige neue seeigel ; Verhandl. Nat. Hist Ver. Preu. Rheinl. u. Westph., p. 96. 1869.

Bcmerkungen z. Gattung Tripylus ; " " " " " " p. 15. 1869

" Nachtragliche Bemerk ueber die Gattung Crustulum; Wieg. Arch.; pp. 1, 52. 1S69.

Pedicell.; Verhandl. Nat. Hist. Ver. Preu. Rheinl., p. 137. 1870.
Tuomey and Holmes. Pliocene fossils of So. Carolina. 1857.
Valenciennes. Voyage de la Venus ; Atl. Zool. 1846.

'• Oursins perforants; Compt. Rend. Acad Sc. Paris. 1855.

Van Phelsum. Brief aan Cornelius Nozeman 1774.

Valentin. Anatomic du Genre Echinus, 1841, in Agass. Monog. d'Echinod.

Verani, G. B. Cataloguo degli Anim. Invertebrati marin. del golfo di Genova e Nizza. 1866.

Verrill, A. E. Polyps and Eehinod of New England ; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., X. p. 333. 1866.

" Echinoderms and Corals " " " " XII. 1869.

Notes on Radiata ; Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. I. 1867-1868. Reprint, 1869- 1871.
" Echinoderms and Corals from Gulf of Calif a ; Sill. Journ. 1870, Jan.

" Generic relat. and synonymy of Sea-urchin of New England ; Sill. Journ. 1870, Jan.

Wallich. North Atlantic Sea Bed., Pt. I. 1862.
Wright, E. P. Quart. J. Mic. Scienc, VI. p. 266.
Wright, Thos. Oolitic Echinodermata; Paleontog. Soc. 1855-1858.

" Cretaceous Echinodermata ; " " I. -IV. 1864-1871.

Ann. Mag. N. H., 1851-1855, VIII. p. 241 ; IX. p. 81 . X. p. 87; XLU. p. 87; XV.
XVI. pp. 26, 98.
Woodward, J. Nat. Hist, fossils of England. 1729.
Woodward, S. P. (Echiuothuria) ; Geologist, Sept. 1863.
Zoological Record. Vols. I. -VI. 1864-1869.

NOMENCLATURE.

So much has already been written on the subject of Zoological nomen-
clature that the only excuse I have for adding anything on the subject
is to give the reasons which have prompted me to adopt a somewhat
unusual course in treating this question, and to state explicitly on what
grounds I have adopted views differing radically from those of so many
naturalists.

We seem apparently all agreed in considering synonymy our bete noire,
yet any attempt to introduce reform has invariably raised a general outcry,
and matters have been left to run their course unchanged. The question
naturally arises, if we can go on indefinitely as we are doing. Are we not
bringing Zoology into disrepute, lessening its scientific character, in allowing
a mere shuffling of names to pass as science and place itself as an immovable
barrier to all better work ? Most of us have at some time or other worked
up some monograph in which the questions of nomenclature have ab-
sorbed more time — and with no satisfactory result — than the remain-
ing scientific portions of the paper. Is it not possible . to adopt some
nomenclature which will make it clear to all what we mean without in-
volving this great loss of time ? In all matters of nomenclature there are
two main points to be brought out conspicuously : in the first place, the
original name of the species we are discussing ; and in the second place, its
present position in the Zoological System. The notation to be adopted for
these two points would seem to be simple enough, and so it would be were
we to speak of a species always by its original name ; but when we attempt,
by the notation commonly received, to give a succinct history not only of
the species, but also of the name of the species, it is not remarkable we have
failed to define clearly so much with such a defective nomenclature. Avail-
ability in practice must, after all, modify any principles, which may work
very well as far as one class is concerned. If the principles are conducive
to present stability and direct research again into its proper channel, the
object is gained ; for to obtain ultimate stability of nomenclature is as hope-

12 NOMENCLATURE.

less a task as to fix the limits of a species ; to accomplish that, we must ask
science to come to a stand-still ; but if we are willing to reduce nomencla-
ture to its proper functions, we need not waste, as we do now, our time upon
bibliography.

The attempt to trace the origin of the generic names now in use among
Echinologists is far from giving satisfactory results. There are writers of
three distinct periods who have increased the confusion already existing
at their time.

The first is the period of Linnaeus and Gnielin. They took no account
whatever of what there was good among their predecessors, ignoring as far
as Echinoderms were concerned much valuable work by Klein, Leske, Brey-
nius, which compares very favorably with many papers on the same subject,
even of the present clay. They were followed by Lamarck, who ignored as
completely as his illustrious predecessor the work previous to Linnaeus.

In the second period we have the attempts of Gray, Blainville, Agassi/,
Desmoulins, Desor, to take into account, as far as possible, what had been
omitted by their predecessors, and to give due credit to Breynius, Klein,
Leske, Van Phelsuni, for whatever there was original in their memoirs.
Breynius, as early as 1732, had, to sonic extent, adopted a binomial nomen-
clature, accurately (for his period) discriminated genera and species, many
of which are readily recognized, but which had escaped the notice they
deserved till a comparatively recent period.

In the third period, subsequent to the publication of the Rules of the Brit-
ish Association for the Revision of Nomenclature, we have the writers from
1845 up to the present time, Agassiz, Desor, D'Orbigny, Cotteau, Wright,
Forbes, A. Agassiz, Ltitken, Verrill, and others, who have attempted more or
less successfully to apply these rules, and have in many cases only increased
the existing confusion. By going back to the earliest writers, and restoring
as far as practicable the condition of things then existing, we can see how far
we must modify the nomenclature generally adopted by the Echinologists of
the present day, and yet give due credit to the pioneers of this department
of Zoology. In the discussion of this question I shall not be guided by
any castriron rules of priority, nor do I acknowledge the right of the British
Association, or of any other association of scientific men, to dictate how and
in what way certain fixed axioms (fixed only by them, and subsequently re-
modelled) shall be my guide in the matter of nomenclature. The authority
of great scientific names has just as little to do in this question, and I must

NOMENCLATURE. 13

frankly state that I do not intend to impose the names I propose upon any
one. I shall simply attempt to reconcile the past with the present, and show,
as far as can be ascertained, what species the old authors probably intended
to describe. As far as the question of priority of the specific name goes,
the only guide I shall take is an original or authentic specimen, and when
a species which has once received a definite name can be recognized, the
oldest name shall be preserved to the exclusion of all others, if the change
is based upon authentic specimens, and not simply upon a figure, a guess,
which may or may not be a true one. It is, however, not in the matter of
the specific name that uncertainties and doubts and differences of opinion
are likely to arise, but in the binomial combinations, particularly with refer-
ence to the generic name and the limitations we choose to assign to it.

Scarcely an original investigator recognizes within the same limits all the
genera adopted or proposed by his predecessors. New discoveries must
constantly modify our points of view, and in accordance with this state of
things I look upon binomial combinations as expressing (as a matter of rec-
ord) the opinion of any investigator of the affinities and of the history of the
species mentioned by him in his monograph. I also here wish distinctly to
protest against the habit which has become so prevalent among systematic
Zoologists, to make the rules of the British Association retrospective. We
have no right to go back previous to 1840, and say to Lamarck, "When you
limited the genus Spatangus, you should have included in it only such
species as Spatangus pectoralis; or go back, in 1825, to Gray, and because
he names as belonging to Echinocardium, E. lacunosus, to change all
the species which have, since Lamarck, been separated from Spatangus as
Plai/ionoius, back to Spatangus, change next all species of Spatangus,
making a new name for it and for Plagionohts, change Schizaster into
Echinocardium, suppress Echinocardium, devise a new name hence for
Moera* for Amphidetus, — in fact, I will undertake, by following out
strictly the rules of priority, and other rules as established by the British
Association, for the sake of obtaining greater accuracy, and to simplify
nomenclature, to change the generic and specific names of seven eighths
of the received names of recent Echini, — a process which would be highly
conducive to accuracy, and which I respectfully decline to go through, leav-
ing this pleasant task to others who may feel disposed to undertake it.
To save them trouble they will find all the necessary material in the accom-
panying pages of Synonymy.

* Preoccupied, Leach, 1813, and Hubxer, 1816.

14 NOMENCLATURE.

Can we carry out successfully any laws of nomenclature ? Must we not
always be guided, when treating special cases, by the practice current at
any .given time ? Have we the right to introduce distinctions unknown at
the time of Linnaeus, of Klein, of Leske, for the sake of harmonizing the
past with the existing condition of our knowledge? When Leske says his
Cidaris esculeiita is the Echinus escukntus of Lin., we can only say that,
from what we know now, after examination of authentic specimens, they are
different species, even belonging to different genera; such a comparison
forms a substantial basis for the correctness of our recent specific names.
When we come to apply the same rule to genera, the case is not so simple.
Is it advisable to restore Echinanthus Klkix. as Gray has done, to the
exclusion of Clypeaster of La.mk., when the exact limits of the genus as
understood by Breynius and by Lamarck show that although they included
many identical species, yet they were by no means equivalent? We cannot
afford to lose from the history of the order the early names, but we had
better lose them if we are to introduce them at the cost of making endless
confusion by giving them definite meanings their originators did not intend
them to have. We can, without injustice to subsequent workers, frequently
keep both names; but I claim that where a name is not used in the same
sense in which the originator intended it, it should not be preserved and
substituted to exclude subsequent names representing distinctions and differ-
ences of which the original writer could not have been aware.

Echinoconus Bkeyv, Echinanthus, Echinospatagus, Echinobrissus, need
not be used to the total exclusion of Lamarck's names or of more than one
of the genera into which Echinoconus, etc. has been subdivided subse-
quently; yet if afterwards any writer limits Echinoconus, etc., such limita-
tion can always be understood or stated, and the old name retained for a
section at least of the many genera each is composed of. I claim that writ-
ers who mentioned as type of a genus certain species did not attach to
it the significance we now do; they used it as an iUustraium of what they
meant by taking a well-known thing, and the very fact that they frequently
made the type of their former genus the type of another, leaving to the
first only other species either originally included or subsequently added,
sufficiently shows what was the current opinion of the nature of a genus at
that particular period. The fact is, that our species stand very much in the
relation of a variable of which we are constantly (or were up to a compara-
tively recent date) attempting to state the value by means of constants.

NOMENCLATURE. 15

Lamarck, in 1801, established Nucleolites and Cassidulus. In 1816 he
transposed the species included in these genera, and we find in one case but
one, in the other not one, of the original species left in the genus ; this we
can interpret in two ways: either Lamarck learned something between 1801
and 1816, extended, with the material at his command, the definition of
the genera, and found that in 1801 he had included in Cassidulus species
which really should have been separated from it ; or else we must say,
Lamarck's interpretation of the genus Cassidulus in 1816 was incorrect,
the only correct definition is that of 1801. I prefer to take Lamarck's view
to my own or that of any other naturalist who, fifty years or more after-
wards, comes upon the stage and tells us what Lamarck meant or should
have meant. Here it is that our confusion begins. It is by our attempts
to interpret with our present knowledge a condition of things which we
can with very best intentions but faintly reconstruct, that we are frequently
doing gross injustice to previous workers. I will take another example,
that of Echinocardium Gray ; he established this genus in 1825, placed in
it what is now known as Moera atropos and Echinocardium cordatum.
Because he afterwards (1835) restricted the genus Echinocardium to the
second species (E. cordatus), and Agassiz subsequently placed in Schizaster
this same (S. atropos), together with S. canaliferus, must we for that reason
go back to the original meaning of Gray, restore Echinocardium for
Moera, cancel all the species of Echinocardium by giving them a new
generic name, — as Agassiz's Amphidetus cannot be retained, being syno-
nyme of Echinocardium, as modified by Gray, not of the original Echino-
cardium,— next make a new name for Schizaster, for that is synonyme of
the typical Echinocardium, and therefore must be dropped ? This is per-
haps an extreme case, but a similar mode of procedure has been adopted in
other somewhat less complicated cases, the proposed recent changes being
based upon old rectifications or emendations of the authors themselves
which late writers have not allowed. I frankly acknowledge I do not see
the strength of the argument which presumes to correct Lamarck fifty years
after he wrote, and correct him, not because he was wrong, but because he
ought not to have done something which the practice of certain Zoologists
of the present day disapproves. It may be highly creditable to a writer's
acumen and critical knowledge of the existing condition of nomenclature
to set up this man of straw and bravely knock him down, but it is not
Zoology, and the sooner this style of writing, based entnely upon books,
and not upon specimens, is clone away with the better.

16 NOMENCLATURE.

Our genera are constantly modified, and all we can do to define them is
to state the limits within which we understand a genus ; hence the difficulty
of applying the rules of priority to generic names where the limits are so
uncertain. The daily increasing list of specific and generic synonymes
but too plainly tells the tale of our ignorance. Are we to attempt to
define with mathematical accuracy what we mean by a species because
we find it convenient to use a binomial nomenclature to express zoological
units? As well attempt to solve an equation of an infinite number
of unknown quantities by means of an equation of the second degree. In
our nomenclature the best we can do at the present time is, by the examina-
tion of original specimens, to ascertain what are the limits at any time of
what we mean by a certain binomial combination, and to express these limits
by our synonymes. The fact is, that we can no longer define species as lias
been customary, and, with all descriptions, their value to other observers
depends generally upon the amount of material at the command of the de-
Bcriber and of the reader. How can we enable others to ascertain what we
mean? Scanty materials from few localities seem to limit a species within
narrow limits, and no difficulties appear. But take an example of one of
the most widely distributed species. — Hippon. variegata, found in Japan,
the Sandwich Islands, Indian Ocean, east coast of Africa, the Red Sea, — and
the diagnosis of the species will be very different if based upon material
limited to any one locality, or perhaps upon African, or Japanese, or Sand-
wich Islands specimens only, and we find them appear as Hipponoe sub-
coerulea or pentagona, or Hipponoe violacea and nigricans.

A large number of systematic Zoologists claim the necessity of recognizing
geographical varieties by means of binomial names or of some kind of nota-
tion. What greater claim have they to be recognized than other categories,
which are all members of the same species? The part these geographical
species play in the limitation of Marine Fauna; is important, and the
limits of our geographical subdivisions are closely linked with our inter-
pretation of species ; we cannot lose sight of the question of geographical
variation any more than we can lose sight of the question of growth of an
individual. But because geographical differences have received certain spe-
cific names before their connection was traced through intermediate grada-
tion from many localities, must we for that reason retain this historical fact,
any more than we are justified in retaining as a specific name the name of
an animal which has afterwards been shown to be the young stage of one

NOMENCLATURE. 17

previously described, or any more than we are justified in retaining the
name of Pluteus paradoxus for the young, Ophiura for the adult, the name
of Coryne for the Hydroid, and of Sarsia for the Medusa, or of Brachiolaria
for the embyro Star-fish, and Asteracanthion for the adult. The synonomy
and history of the species must show us all this, and any student of Inver-
tebrates will readily call up countless instances where, if the principle of
geographical names is once introduced, we might have half a dozen names
which have a stronger claim for recognition to denote the different con-
ditions, the various stages of growth of Echinoderms, Polyps, Acalephae,
Crustacea, Annelids, Insects, Molluscaj and even Fishes where the genetic
connection is not readily traced ; yet no one has ever thought it feasible,
or even advisable, to retain these connecting links, but, on the contrary,
all writers have attempted, as far as in their power, to show why they reduce
the number of appellations. We may call the various stages of growth by
different names, as the Pupa Chrysalis or Imago, the Zoea, the Pluteus, the
Nereis, Heteronereis stage, the Amphioxus stage, — but we stop there ; they
are simply convenient terms to denote our finite knowledge ; and in no
way do we lessen their value by saying that we have no accurate definition
of species, or by saying that species belong to the same categories as genera,
differing only in degree ; and so in admitting all the most zealous evolu-
tionist could require, it does not lessen the fact of the finite condition of
the differences we now notice, and which we call species or genera or fami-
lies or orders, as we class them in various categories. For their transition,
if such a transition does exist, can only take place through an infinite series,
which still leaves the problem capable of a definite solution within fixed
limits at any special time ; and this is all that is needed for our purpose.

We know nature only through individuals, and whatever conclusions we
draw are based upon the examination of a number of individuals show-
ing a certain range of variation within definite limits, and these limits
we call in some cases specific, in others generic, in others ordinal ; and as
long as we confine ourselves to the interpretation of nature, susceptible
from such finite data, we need not trouble ourselves as to the metaphysical
existence of species, genera, etc., or because we have no suitable defini-
tion of species applying to all classes of the animal kingdom, which, in the
present state of biological science, it is absurd to expect. We are agreed
for the present to call certain categories specific, others generic, others
ordinal, and it matters only to us that we should distinctly state the

18 NOMENCLATURE.

limits we assign to these categories in some way readily understood ; and
this the individuals or groups of individuals themselves belonging to the
different categories will supply. Taking a small group like the Echini, in
which the number of species is not large, we can readily follow in all the
species the value of the characters which have been called ordinal, generic,
or specific, and cannot fail to see how inadequate our diagnostic descriptions
become as soon as we attempt to incorporate with them even the scanty
information of the present day of the life history of any one species.

The genera recognized are usually based upon some structural Features
derived from the pedicellariae, the poriferous zone, the character of the tuber-
cles or their arrangement, the abactinal or actinal system, and general facies.
Their value, when tested by our present knowledge of the changes they
undergo, seems limited almost to convenient headings or keys for the more
ready identification of species. Genera, as we recognize them among Echini,
are certainly not founded upon features of general and permanent value, but,
on the contrary, upon features applying only to a few species, and of very
limited application. During the growth of the Sea-urchins of different
groups, certain parts (different for the various divisions) change rapidly,
others do not. and it is to these permanent characters, limited in their appli-
cation, that we must resort as guides for our generic tests.

The structure of the pedicellariae is very variable; in the same species
they may be present in abundance, or totally wanting in specimens living
under the same conditions. Yet. a- characteristic of some groups, they fur-
nish, as far as we know, excellent points of distinction. In some genera the
number of the rows of vertical tubercles is constantly increasing; in others,
the number of the tubercles alone increases. The perforation and crenula-
tion of the tubercles, as far as we can judge from recent species, furnish excel-
lent characters for a class of subdivisions; but what shall we call them?
The poriferous zones give us good features to distinguish such groups in
the adults as Toxopneustes, Toxocidaris, Loxechinus, Sphaerechinus, yet
these same characters would not help us to place the young of the above
in their proper genera; though, knowing the limits of the changes to which
the poriferous zones are subject, they arc an invaluable auxiliary in classifica-
tion, in spite of their uniformity among all the Cidaridae.

The general facies which might, with accuracy, tell us that we deal with
a young Echinometra, would certainly mislead us when we have before us
the young of many a Spatangoid or Clypeastroid. The notches of the actinal

NOMENCLATURE. 19

system, considered of such primary importance, are constantly likely to mis-
lead us, by placing young and old in different genera. The changes in the
abactinal system are as varied, yet, when we have once ascertained what is
the range of variation for a group, the characters it affords are of the utmost
value. In the irregular Echini, where the changes during growth are very
marked, we find genera and species based upon characters the value of
which is not the least understood. The shape, the position of the anus, the
structure of the ambulacra, have always been considered essential ; yet em-
bryology teaches us that nothing varies more during growth than the outline,
that the anus may be placed almost anywhere during the growth of the in-
dividual, and that the ambulacra may at one time be identical with those of
the regular Echini, and pass through all intermediate changes to the petaloid
state. We find, among Spatangoids, in the position of the apex, that of the
mouth, and in the presence of the fascioles, features of primary importance ;
with Clypeastroids the structure of the interior proves thus far our safest
guide ; while among the Echinolamps we come upon a group beset with dif-
ficulties, where everything seems variable, and the changes passed through
from young to adult would warrant placing the different stages of growth in
each of the principal subdivisions established among Echini.

All our characters are variable ; the greater our range of comparison, the
less our standards become fixed or stable. How can we denote all this ? Are
we prepared to use a notation which will express these changes and be in-
telligible ? Can we do more than give a rough sketch of such a condition of
things ? Our notation must be the growth of our knowledge, and its meaning
and application must be simple ; in spite of the definite existence of what
we call species, genera, etc., when we apply these terms to limited regions
and series of the present clay, yet we find them totally inadecpaate to express
our wider interpretation when our standards of comparison are infinite in
time or space.

It is found impossible in practice to determine when a species is sufficiently
described or not ; hence no attempt can be made to discriminate in favor of
this or that name on account of the character of the description. What
was ample to separate the few species of Clypeaster known at the time of
Lamarck becomes useless when describing species of the genus in 1870.
From insufficiently described species (or so considered) we pass imper-
ceptibly to mere catalogue names, known only from specimens deposited
in public museums, or by the distribution of casts, or of types ; finding

20 NOMENCLATURE.

all possible gradations from these mere catalogue names to short diag-
noses, short descriptions, or often a longer one, but not a whit more
useful. What is an ample description to a thorough student or a specialist
will fail most certainly to become adequate to the tyro or the master even
of a different department. Where shall we draw the limit? Shall we take
it for granted that our readers have the same material we have at their dis-
posal, which we know not to be the case, or shall we presume that the stu-
dent who is to consult the work has absolutely nothing except what any
given locality on the coast is likely to furnish him? What appears a most
simple question to be decided by a snap-judgment from small collections as-
sumes a totally different aspect when the materials have been drawn from
all possible quarters of the world ; and in a monograph like the present one,
to attach the same importance and to give an equal amount of space to
each species would be impossible, while a full description of the most char-
acteristic species of each genus (accompanied by figures) seemed the most
appropriate method of dealing with the subject, the descriptions of other
allied species becoming more or less comparative.

At first sight the question of giving to each species its true name (that is.
the name it fust received) seems a perfectly plain one. the choosing of the
older being only a question of our ability to trace this; so it would lie were
we dealing with zoological equivalents. But what we now call our units
(our species) are not the units of the time of [innseus, or of the beginning
of this century, any more than our present units are likely t<> be those of
the last part of this century. Thus, at the very threshold of the question,
we introduce an arbitrary element in our appreciation (from our present
stand-point) of the condition of things at a different period. The names of
these collective species, as they have been called, certainly ought not to dis-
appear from the history of our science, if we can retain them by making
such a limitation of these old units as we find it possible to make with our
present units. Hence, when such a limitation has once been made for good
and sufficient reasons by a previous writer, no one ought, except for better
reasons, to attempt to make a revision of the limitation of these old names,
unless the material at his command, such as an examination of the originals
of the old author or carefully preserved tradition, evidently warrants him
in upsetting generally received combinations. In the interpretation of
such authors as Rumph, Breynius. Leske, Linne, when access to their collec-
tions is no longer possible (as their collections are irretrievably lost), we

NOMENCLATURE. 21

can only be guided by collections made from the same localities, and adopt
what seems most probable as correct, retaining, whenever possible, the
names of the old authors, either for the species, as we now understand it, or
for some part of the old collective name limited in a way which appears to
have the greatest probability in its favor.

The strictest adherence to the rule of priority* must be our only safety
as far as the specific name is concerned ; for once admit only a moderate ap-
plication of this rule, subject to the regulations of any scientific body or
person, and we introduce endless confusion. Each case is to be judged by
itself on its own merits. An old name, and the oldest name, once re-estab-
lished, there is an end to all disputes ; but as long as we except this for one
cause, and that for another, we open the door for endless discussions between
those who wish the exception to be made in one way rather than in the op-
posite, while perhaps they would both agree on the older name. In adopt-
ing an old name, the question of its appropriateness frequently seems a
valid reason for preferring a more recent name, and one apparently more
suitable. The old name was given to the young, or it was an abnormal
condition, while the recent name applies to the usual form ; yet why should

* It is, indeed, puzzling to ascertain with justice when an antique name should be substituted for a
more recent one ; by recent I mean any name posterior to Linnaeus. There are, of course, as a general rule,
all the arguments in favor of the adoption of the time of Linna?us, of some special edition of the Systema
Natura?, as the starting point for the adoption of strictly binomial names. Unfortunately, in the case of
Echinodcrms we can hardly say that Linnauis did even justice to the works of his predecessors. To unite
as Asterias and Echinus all the subdivisions proposed by Link, by Breynius, was certainly a step backward
at that time. Link, Klein, and Breynius specially showed a philosophical treatment of their subject
far in advance of their age, and it was not till after the first quarter of this century that their labors
began to be properly appreciated. This long neglect is certainly no excuse for not adopting wdiat there is
good in their works; and because Linna?us refused it recognition, we should not, if we can, fail to give
them, the pioneers in the study of Echinoderms, due credit for what belongs to them. This difficulty
of establishing the first starting-point for the adoption of the binomial system is not limited to Echinoderms
alone- It occurs in other classes of the animal kingdom. It seems to me that whenever we can, with
the aid of authentic specimens, restore the names proposed by these earlier writers, where, as is frequently
the case, they propose excellent generic divisions, we should not hesitate to adopt them, no matter how
great a disturbance it may bring into recent nomenclature. But I wish to be distinctly understood to
admit that this is only practicable from an examination of authentic specimens, and that I have no wish to
perpetuate names based upon descriptions or figures of old authors, or upon any lucky guess proposed
concerning them. The above remarks apply not only to generic names, but also to specific. We fre-
quently find in old authors, either accidentally or not, binomial names ; these have been restored when an
examination of authentic specimens made it possible. Of course, when no such nomen triviale of Linne
(our specific name) was to be found, no attempt has been made to re-establish from the nomen specijicum
(the diagnoses of our days) a specific name, by selecting a suitable combination.

22 NOMENCLATURE.

that be a reason for its adoption ? What is normal here is not normal
somewhere else ; the young are frequently found in one place, while the old
haunt totally different districts; in one place the old name would be per-
fectly proper ; the other would be, for equally good reasons, adopted in an-
other locality. The same objection may be made to geographical names
when they are the oldest, and yet are found to apply to species of most
extraordinary geographical distribution. It seems, at first glance, very un-
fortunate that the specific names of DnJbachiensis and of sardica* should
have to be retained for species having such an extensive range, — in one
case, from the Sandwich Islands, Japan, Indian Ocean, to the Red Sea; and
in the other, on the two sides of North America, throughout the Northern
Atlantic to Norway and Siberia and the coast of Kamtchatka. There cer-
tainly is nothing in a name if we judge it by its appropriateness, especially
in the case of H. sardica which is not found in Sardinia at all; yet what
do we gain by substituting any of the synonymes, such as neglectus or
saxatilis for Drobachiensis, as lias been frequently proposed? The time
of geographical names is as much a part of the history of our science as
any other, and if it has passed out of date, lei us recognize it in the future
by avoiding such names, but do not let us attempt to obliterate the past of
our history by too much wisdom in our present time. Some writers have
gone so far as to recognize the validity of geographical names for the
sake of showing how far a species was cosmopolitan and the variations to
which it was subject, retaining these names even after all the possible grada-
tions existing between the two extremes had been clearly traced. If we
allow this principle, where shall we stop'.'

The propriety, or rather the feasibility, of retaining the same generic
name in different departments of Natural History has frequently been dis-
cussed. Botanists all agreeing to retain a generic name, even when em-
ployed in Zoology, we need only return the compliment and examine the
possibility of retaining the same generic name in different branches of
Zoology. It is claimed, on the one hand, with great plausibility, that,
owing to the constant and more definite specialization of the different
branches of Zoology, there can be no clashing of any consequence. Some
Entomologists even go so far as to retain the same generic name for the
various sections of entomology when it may be, apparently, employed safely.
They see no objection to a Lepidopterologist. Coleopterologist, an Hyme-
nopterologist. or a Dipterologist duplicating generic names. We strike here

* Hippnno'e variegala A. Agass. from authentic spec, of Klein.

NOMENCLATURE. 23

upon an arbitrary distinction, — what constitutes an independent depart-
ment now is not likely to remain one always ; specialists may hereafter play
a very unimportant part in the general progress of Natural History, and it
seems as if we were knowingly introducing a most fertile element of discord
into the discussion of the stability of generic names, — a question already
sufficiently complicated. Are we to follow this same rule for Echinoderms
and the other Radiates, where the number of species of each order is com-
paratively small ? Can we repeat a generic name in Annelids, in Crustacea,
and in Insects, because they belong to different classes? The intimate con-
nection existing between Echinoderms and some Annelids seems likely to
make a department of these two classes ; and those who study Annelids or
Crustacea are certainly of necessity compelled to have something to do with
other Articulates. In fact, the Marine Invertebrata, Radiates, Mollusks,
Articulates, will always remain a special field of study ; and their connection
with other classes of the same branches is so intimate that we cannot, con-
sistently, draw a line for the retention of generic names, which would be
limited by special departments of study.

When writing the Nomenclator Zoblogicus, Professor Agassiz proposed a
large number of alterations in the spelling of the generic names in accord-
ance with their correct etymology. It certainly would be a most desirable
end to have our generic names etymologically and orthographically correct,
but we are prevented from making the improvement, however desirable,
from our inability to deal with names which have no etymology, and which
we must either throw out or accept as they stand ; if we accept them, we
cannot refuse the same privilege to names partially or nearly correct; so
that, when quoting an author, it is always best to quote him verbatim and
retain his spelling. The only correction allowable seems to be that of the
gender of the specific name attached, which should be corrected in our own
books, but quoted in the synonymy as it stands. For this reason the same
genus in the accompanying Chronological List, when spelled differently, is
always supposed to be a new genus ; of course in the synonymic list this is
not the case, unless it is clearly a typographical error, in which case the fact
is mentioned in brackets. If it were advisable, therefore, to retain Cidaris
and Cidarites, I claim that they are not identical, the termination being am-
ply sufficient to distinguish them ; and we ought not to reject names dif-
fering as little as Moulinia, Moulinsia, Moulinsium, Cassidula, Cassidulus,
simply because they are likely to be mistaken for one another ; in our pres-

24 NOMENCLATURE.

ent condition, with an infinite number of genera, a difference, no matter
how slight, should be sufficient reason for retaining the name instead of
coining a new one, which is just as likely to fall into the same category,
and resemble another name in a different department to as great an extent.
It will compel a little more accuracy in the very class of writers who are so
punctilious and so anxious that nothing should be named twice, but who are
constantly, in spite of this, making two equal three.

The completeness or insufficiency of the diagnosis of a genus is a worth-
less reason for rejecting a generic name; we find all possible gradations
between a mere catalogue generic name and an admirably defined* sec-
tion. The impracticability of defining what a genus is, — for what two
naturalists, working in the same department, admit the same limits '.' — shows
the impossibility of applying to genera, as strictly as to species, the rules
of priority. In old generic divisions which the advance of science lias
subdivided, it is of course advisable to retain the old names for some one
section; but for which section? Here the most opposite views are cur-
rent, one party claiming that you can limit the old name to any group
of species of the original genus, the other that you must apply to these
old generic names the same rules which have been proposed by the British
Association, very likely long after the genus was established. The first
have, at any rate, in their favor, tin' practice of the authors themselves,
whom we find afterwards in their later works limiting their genera to any
group of species originally contained in it. Old names are frequently
thrown out on the occasion of such subdivisions, for not being grammatical,
or for not being spelled correctly. Should we throw out Brissus, as univer-
sally spelled by Latin authors, because they should have spelled it Bryssus,
then we must throw out a more modern genus Leiocidaris because it should
be written Liocidaris, or Echinopatagus because we should say Echino-
spatangus, or Nina and Metalia for which our lexicons furnish us no clew.
Let us remember that probably the greater part of our Zoological genera
is made up with the assistance of a Greek Dictionary, and its correspondent
parts joined to the best of our knowledge and belief; we can scarcely
expect to obtain in this way classical names which the old Greeks would
be willing to father. When, therefore, we take so much pains in presenting
to our readers the derivation of the generic names, we should rather call it
the composition. The meaning of words with the ancients has changed
with the course of time, exactly as we find it in our own language ;

NOMENCLATURE. 25

but no one has for that reason compelled us to go back to the original
meaning of the word, and, furthermore, no one expects it. Our only choice
seems to be to quote an author as we find him, and give him all the benefit
of his spelling, both for the generic and specific name as well as the gender
of the latter. If we find, as is so frequent, Diadema, Echinodiscus .... with
feminine species, Diadema longispina, etc., or Salmacis * sulcatus, Echinodis-
cus aurita, etc., we may correct the gender, but our office must end there.

It seems to be equally available to consider a proper name (Peron) as
Latinicized into ius (Peronius), making the specific name Peronii, or to us
when the case requires it ; or else to consider the name as indeclinable, and
add i to it for the specific name. Changes made, as is frequently done from
one mode of viewing the subject rather than the other, seem inappropriate
for reasons made sufficiently apparent previously.

To incorporate new material into recognized genera simply from descrip-
tions, or even with the help of figures, is almost always an impossibility.
The time has come when such work, at least in monographs, should be
discountenanced, and no recognition paid to the numerous nominal changes,
a mere shuffling of cards, so frequent in our Zoological literature. Let them
receive the distinction they deserve as more or less successful guesses, and let
due recognition be given to work based upon an examination of the originals
or of authentic specimens. If the practice of showing by (*) or (!) what we
know from personal examination were more uniformly adopted, much time
would be saved in discussing subjects about which neither party has any accu-
rate data. This plan has been followed throughout this monograph, and the
(!) — Echinus tuberculatus ! Lam. — means that I have seen the specimens
themselves, or what are considered as such. When there is reason to doubt
the authenticity of the specimen, the question-mark denotes it(!?) — Clda-
ris annellata! ? Gray. The same notation is also used after the locality, —
Sandwich Islands !

It was indeed "a true Pandora's box let loose upon science" when the prac-
tice of adding the authority after a name was adopted. Not that we can
expect even specialists to remember who are the authorities for any partic-
ular combination, but this notation, to be worth anything, must mean some-
thing, and particularly refer us to some place where information on the sub-
ject can be obtained. When I write Echinus ovum Lam., I mean that
in some work of Lamarck's he has mentioned a species (he may have de-

* A Nymph.

26 NOMENCLATURE.

scribed it first there or not) by that name and refer to him for further
information. If I write Amblypneustes ovum Agass., I intend to say that
Agassiz has somewhere mentioned a species by that name, and reference to
the proper work will show if he means a new species or an old species.
If I write Ainblypiintxtea ovum Lam. sp., I may or may not remember
where the genus Amblypneustes was first published, — and in the multi-
plicity of genera at the present day to remember where a genus was first
proposed is as impossible as to remember always where a species was first
described, — the reference simply tells that after Lamarck's time somebody
removed ovum to the genus Amblypneustes, but we get no other informa-
tion to be made available without further search. The practice of regard-
ing the authority given after a quotation simply as a mutter of reference,
and not as conferring any special honor or distinction on the writer quoted,
would go far, I am persuaded, to do away with such constant changes, made
with the only idea, I presume, of gratifying somebody's vanity, for the
change of name teaches us nothing.

The practice of the old writers before the time of Linnams was to cite
authors, and, not being burdened with the question of authority, they were
quoted for the information to be found there. The mode in which our
synonymy is made up will, if analyzed, show us that this is the clearest way,
perhaps, out of the various difficulties. We do not. in making our synonymes,
write simply Amblypneustes ovum Lam. sp., and omit everything else ; we
write

Echinus ovum Lam., 1 816, A. s. V.
Amblypneustes ovum Ac, 1841, Anat. g. Ech.

we refer to the place where information can be obtained, and when speak-
ing of a species we have therefore two ways open. — either to adopt the
method of always quoting it as first named, which is its true name, Eeltiiws
ovum Lam. ; or else to use a reference, — the last reference is not always
the necessary one, but that reference which we think truly expresses our
ideas of its relationship. For this reason I would say Amblypneustes ovum
Agass. If anybody either previously or afterwards has transferred the
species to a genus which does not agree with my views of its affinities, I do
not quote it when speaking of it, while another author may do that in
accordance with his views. Whichever name we adopt, the quotation of
the appropriate place where further information can be found is given,
which is not supplied by writing Amblypneustes ovum Lam. sp. The

NOMENCLATURE. 27

synonymy will always give us the proper place of reference of the special
combination adopted, while placing the first name under this, in place of all
quotations, will show exactly what we mean. We have therefore adopted
the principle of separating from the text all questions of bibliography and of
history, which seem to find their natural place together, but which certainly
are not to be considered Natural History, much as they may serve to clear
our ideas and prevent confusion. By writing, therefore,

Amblypneustes ovum

Echinus ovum Lam., 181G, A. s. V.

Amblypneustes ovum Agass., 1841, Int. Anat. g. Euh.,

I refer the reader at once to the place where the species was first described,
and to the place in the synonymy where he will find the necessary historical
information relating to the adoption of the name Amblypneustes ovum. If
I have occasion to speak of this species, I shall most certainly speak of it as
Aniblf/pneustes ovum Agass., as a mere matter of registration of Agassiz's opin-
ion, which would be accompanied by no special glory to Agassiz, but be
stating my agreement with his views of the affinities of Echinus ovum Lam.

All attempts to discriminate between the baptiser and the describer have
proved futile. The gradations between what we can call a good description
or a bad one, and a mere name recognizable from its connection, make it
useless to draw any invidious distinctions in favor of the describer.

In works written by two authors, they are both quoted as the authority,
unless in the body of the work itself a particular author is specified for cer-
tain species or genera. It is but justice to recognize catalogue names, or
other information, sent to authors writing on a particular subject and pub-
lished by them as manuscript names ; it is furnishing finished material which
would naturally fall under the head of joint authorship as soon as pub-
lished, and due credit should be given to the author of this work, and not
to the author of the volume alone. Free scientific relations must cease if
the imparting information, freely given when asked, is, on account of its
irregular mode of dependent publication, to be ascribed to the recipient
of such information.

When names are changed in the transfer of a species from one genus to
another, to avoid having two species of the same name in one genus, great
care must be taken afterwards, if either of these species undergo a further
change, to restore the original names, when confusion is no longer possible.
The original name is frequently lost sight of in these generic transfers, and
great care must be taken never to obliterate it.

28 NOMENCLATURE.

In the case above mentioned, by adopting for the name to he changed one
of its available synonymes, any transfer of the species afterwards which would
make a return to the original name possible becomes a matter of course.
In fact, we should always as much as possible transfer ourselves back to a
special epoch and reconstruct the existing conditions, not only of the nomen-
clature, but also of the special department we arc investigating. Great in-
justice is too frequently done to memoirs admirable lor their time by judging
them harshly in the light of recent information, frequently gained hy the aid
of the very memoirs so ungenerously treated, which have helped to clear
the ground. It is easy to ameliorate. The man of genius lavs the founda-
tions, while the elaborate superstructure raised by his followers long after
Ins time hides from their view the fact that he has made their part possible.

In giving the synonymy of species which have become historical, which
have a wide geographical range, and are to be found in monographs, hooks
of travel, lists, hand-hooks, it becomes a necessity to cull the long list of
quotations misnamed Synonymes, and to separate what is merely biblio-
graphical from what constitutes the history of the name and the history of
the species. In the history of the species we need all the possible combina-
tions which have been recorded as expressing its affinities, bui for the history
<>f the name we must frequently go back to earlier dates and consult hooks
where we find no information of any value. If the practice were adopted
generally of giving only such quotations as enable us to gain some kind of
information, a better description, notes of the geographical distribution, ana-
tomical or physiological points of interest, we should, little by little, get rid
of an evil which is daily becoming more intolerable. We can hardly expect
our successors to continue to drag this dead weight, and the sooner we get
the benefits of a similar course the better. There are two principal points of
interest, the starting-point, or the original name, and the present interpreta-
tion, or the name we adopt. The one is the variable quantity, the other its
value, in our estimation, for the special case under consideration. Is it neces-
sary that we should always go through all the details of the solution of the
problem? Let us adopt something, at least, from mathematics, and when we
have solved such simple problems on our slate, let us rub out the figures ami
leave the answer; or if we must show how we have solved it, let us publish
the figures on our slates separately, for the benefit of those who cannot, or
will not, follow us ; but let us draw a line at least, and a distinct one, be-
tween the bibliographical part, the name of the species, the history of the

NOMENCLATURE. 29

species, and the natural history of the species. The last plays hut an insig-
nificant part too often, while the history and bibliography encroach upon the
natural history, and to an alarming degree are believed to be substitutes for it-
Zoological monographs must hereafter depend, to a great extent, upon the
examination of authentic specimens, and no one has any claim to ask his
peers to spend their time in testing the accuracy of his guesses. When he
has examined large materials or original collections, his opinions are to be
considered and criticised on other than personal grounds, " sine ira ct studio."
All appeals to unprejudiced people on questions of nomenclature and per-
sonal criticisms, in discussing guesses on questions based most frequently
upon myths, do not increase our knowledge one iota ; and if careful study of
materials at my command has compelled me to differ from the views gener-
ally adopted by most writers on Echinoderms, I am expressing an opinion
based upon extensive materials, and I trust no one of the many friends to
whom I owe the information I have been able to collect will receive my
work in any but the most impersonal manner.

An attempt to carry out these views has been made in this memoir. I
shall consider myself fortunate if I can succeed in persuading others to sim-
plify their work by getting rid, to a great extent at least, of the bete noire
of Zoologists, and apply their time to better things. We can do this without
sacrificing accuracy, or losing our hold upon the past, which is certainly an
important point, but should not be maintained at the cost of preventing all
future progress.

Systematic Zoology, viewed, as it should be, as the connecting link be-
tween the different departments constituting Biology, has a totally different
meaning from mere nomenclature. It becomes an epitome of years of study,
the concise expression of the thoughts of a writer on the affinities of the
animals he is discussing. Systematic Zoologists have, until lately, laid claim
to be exclusively recognized as Zoologists ; they should remember, now at
least, that Physiology, Comparative Anatomy, Morphology, Embryology,
Palaeontology, Histology, Psychology, and Geographical Distribution are as
much a part of Zoology as the mere questions of classification and of no-
menclature. Great as have been the benefits derived by following the pre-
cepts of Linnaeus, we must nowadays return to old Aristotle and take him
for our guide. The Aristotelian view of the whole knowledge of the life of
an animal is the true conception of what Zoology should be ; the conver-
gence towards this broad base of Zoology, by workers in the different fields

30 NOMENCLATURE.

mentioned above, shows the necessity of some element in common to
express the variable quantities constantly obtained in various departments
from a closer and more accurate examination of nature. This element
systematic Zoology furnishes; it gives us the quantities to make our equa-
tions, and when it takes this broad lbrm is no longer a mere dry collection
of meaningless names, but becomes our interpretation of nature. The
facility with which, in a new country, unknown animals can be described,
the notoriety thus readily obtained, is a strong incentive to descriptive
work ; not that I would, as is frequently done, deny all value to systematic
Zoology, but it should not be forgotten that the true purpose of useful
systematic work must be to increase our knowledge of the relationship of
animals to special groups already known, or serve in some way as a con-
necting link in the chain of the various branches of Zoology. We have
our independent memoirs of systematic Zoology, of Psychology, of Palaeon-
tology, of Comparative Anatomy, of Histology, etc., treating of their
respective sciences as isolated departments all strongly biassed by the
characteristics of the sciences from which they originated. Comparative
Anatomy and Physiology, as well as Histology, are the children of Human
Anatomy, and this, in its turn, was gradually developed from the needs of
Medicine. Embryology and Pahvontology, though so intimately connected,
are rarely treated together, the latter being considered to belong, by birth-
right, to Geology. Psychology is but now becoming emancipated from
speculative Philosophy. We have no recent Zoological memoir in the
Aristotelian sense ; the sciences forming the branches of Aristotelian Zool-
ogy stand upon separate pedestals. They have grown up independently
of one another, yet they all converge towards a common point, each an
important part in the life history of every animal; and the common link
which is to unite them all is (when rightly understood) systematic Zoology.
Working in this spirit, systematic Zoology helps us in our attempts to
understand the laws of nature; these must remain unintelligible to him
who is busy with naming and classifying materials, reducing his science to
an art, merely accumulating facts to be stored in museums, forming as it
were a library of nature. To him its books will be inaccessible, and its
laws as inexplicable as are the laws of the motions of the planets to one
who has no knowledge of the existence of gravitation.

EXPLANATION OF THE CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

Everything relating to the history of the name is to be found in a Chro-
nological List of all the species of Echini having binomial names and
all the possible combinations under which these species occur at different
periods. When a name first appears, no matter if a new genus, or species,
or a synonyme, it is printed in a special type (Cidaris). When the same
name appears subsequently, it is printed in a different type ( Cidaris). Each
author, each paper, book, or memoir is kept separate, and receives a special
heading with the quotation of the book, which holds good for all species
arranged strictly chronologically. Thus in

1734.

Klein, Nat. Disp. Echinod.

Cidaris

toieumatica !

Appears for the first time,
appears for the first time.

1758.

LlNNE.

Echinus

rosaceus.

Appears previously,
appears for the first time.

1776.

O. F. Mull.

Echinus Old name.

Drobachiensis ! ? New name.

1778.

Leske, Additamenta ad Klein.

Cidaris

papillata

Appears before.
New species.

32 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1780.

Under Fabkicius

Echinus Appears previously.

saxatilisl? uon Rumph, nee Lin. nee Mull. = Echinus Drbbachiensis Mull. 1 77C

a combination which appears before, but represents a different species identical with a species
previously described by Muller in 1776.

1837.

Desmoulixs

Echinolampas Appears previously.

Richardi (Desml.) non Desmt. = Echinolampas Hellei, Val. 18G9

shows that the Richardi of Desmoulins is a new species which has subsequently received the name
of Hellei in Perrier, Fedicellaires.

Genera are treated in the same way, but, owing to their variable limits, no attempt has been
made to show which are the synonymes, and a generic name when it first appears is always
printed in the heavy type, as Scutella. 1810, Lamarck

When a generic section is proposed, which may or may not be valid, but of which the name is
preoccupied, it is denoted in the following way : —

1869.

A. Acassiz, Bull. M. C. Z.

Lissonotus (A. Ag.) non Schon. 1817.

If it is strictly a synonyme within the same limits of a well-defined older genus, it is denoted as
follows : —

1862.

Duj. Hupe, Fidiin

Poli/aster non Gray, 1840.

the synonymy of the species giving all the necessary information.

To show that a species known previously appears again in a new genus, the following notation is
adopted, if referred to a new genus : —

Clypeaster which appears for the first time under Lamarck in 1801.

rosaceusl as an old species in a new genus. Figures afterwards in Gray, 1825, as

Echinanthus

rosaceusl meaning that Gray transferred rosacens to a genus already established

previous to his time, while a new species of Gray, of the genus Echinanthus, already established,
is denoted thus : —

Echinanthus

testudinarius !
the (!) notation showing at once which types I have personally examined.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 33

The only synonymy introduced in the Chronological List is the adding of the original specific
name to a synonyme when it first appears. Thus, in Lamarck, 181 G, we find,

Ecltinus

neglectus! = Echinus Diobachiensis Mull. 1776.

Showing that Lamarck described as a new species what had already been described as Echinus
Diobachiensis by Mullek, or that I consider it to be the same species, which may or may not
be a correct view.

Typographical errors figure as new names, and are denoted as follows: under Forbes, 1844,
we find,

Amphidotus (err. typ.) Amph.id.etus Agass. 1841. The correction is at once indicated.

The light and heavy type are used throughout the book to denote the relations the specific and
generic names bear to the authority of the special case, but it does not necessarily follow that
because we write Encope micropora. under Agassiz in 1841, Mon. Scut., that the genus
Encope was not established by him ; it merely denotes that he described as belonging to Encope
the species micropora, at a different period or in a subsequent paper to the one when Encope
was first established. See 1840, Agassiz, Cat. Syst. Ectyp., Encope grandis, where the genus
was first named.

In the Chronological List fossil genera have been introduced in their proper order.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

Ahistotle. Hist. Anim., Lib. 4.

'E\tvos.
Bpvo-o-os-
SiraTayyos-
' Exivo|itjTpa.

1554.

Roxdelkt, Libri <le piscibns marinis 1554, p. 578.

Echinus

ovarius = Erf/inns granulans Lam. 1816.
Ei-Li mis Spatagus et Brissus = Spatagus purpureus Mull. 177(1.
Echinometra = Echinus melo Lam. L816.

1606.

Aldrovandi, De reliquia animalibus, IfiOfi.

Echinus

spatagus.
Echinometra maxima pelagica sardica = Echinus melo Lam. 181 G.

1705.

G. E. Kimimi. D'Amboinske Rariteit Kamimr, 1705.
Echinus

esculentus = Cidaris variegata Leskk, 1778.
saxatilis.
niger.
Echinometra

digitata prima.

" secunda.
setosa.
Echinus

sulcatus = Echinantlms humile Lf.ske, 1778.

planus = Laganum Bonani Klein, 1734, et Scutella bifissa Lam. 181 G.

1711.

Schtxvoet Thes. ImaR. 1711, p. 2, PL XIV. f. D.

Diadema

turcarum.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1717.

Merc ati, Mctallotheca, 1717.

Ananchytes.

1732.

J. F. Breynii, De Ecliinis et Echinitis sive, 1 732.

Echinometra ovalis = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.

Echinoconus.
Echinocorys.
Echinanthus

vertice = Scutum ovatum Klein, 1734.

Echinospatagus

cordiformis = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.??

Echinobrissus.
Echinodiscus

dimidia

maximus = Echinus placenta Lin. 1758.

1734.

J. T. Klein, Natnralis dispositio Echinodermatum, 1734.

Cidaris

miliaria esculenlal = Cidaris esculenta (Leske) 1778.

" saxatilis] = Cidaris saxatilis (Leske) 1778.

" hemisphaerica = Cidaris hemisphaerica Leske, 1778.

" angnhsa ! = Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778.
variolala Rumphii Echinus setosus.

eUypt

ical

mammillata '
mauri.

assulata Aldrovandi Echinometra max. pel. Sardica — Cidaris saidica Leske, 177*
" Jlammea = Cidaris flammca Leske, 1778.
" variegata ! == Cidaris variegata Leske, 1 778.
•' pustulosa = Cidaris pustulosa Leske, 1778.
" granulata= Cidaris graniilata Leske, 1778.
bothryoides.
toreumatica !
Clypeus.
Fibula.
Conulus.
Discoides.
Cassis.
Galea.
G-aleola.
Scutum

angidare humile ! = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.
ovatum.
Placenta
Mellita
laevis.
testudinata '
Laganum
Bonani '
Rumphii '

3G

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1734. Klein {continued).

Placenta
Rotula
Augusti !
Rumphii !
Arachnoides.
Cor Marinum
Spatangus
it graecum.
Spatagoides.

Ovum Manumit

Brissus

maculosus angustns ! = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788.
" ventricosus = Spatangus ventriCOSUS Lam. 1816.

unicolor !
Brissoides.

1742.

Gualtieri, Index testarum conchyliorum, 171 -j.

Echinometra

compressa

Echinanlhus

oralis

Echinodiscus

subrotundus

1745.

C. Lixxe*, Fauna Suecica, 1745.

Echinus

subglobosus =- Echinus esculenlus Linn. 1758, non RiMi'ii.
subcompressus ■= Echinus spaiagus Linn. 17.">m, non Aluiiov.

1756.

Lang, Lapid. figur 1756.

Ecbinometrites

1758.

Seba, Lociiplct. Thesaurus III. 1758, p. 18, PL X.-XVI.\

Echinus indigents = Echinus miliaris Mil. I.. 1771.

oblongo-rotundus = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1778.

nodiformis = Echinus punCtulatUS Lam. 1816.

Kermcsinus = " " " "

singidaris = Echinus ovatus Gmel. 1788.

indicus = Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778.

cordiformis = Echinus coi'datus lV.xx. 1777.

oblongus = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788.

orientalis = Scutum ovatum Klein, 173 1.

* The genera bfBreynius were adopted by Gualtieri; he gave no binomial names, strictly speaking.
t Seba has no binomial names, yet as many of his names have been quoted as binomials, those only
which have been used in this way are here given. ( signifies a word left out.)

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 37

1758. Seba (continued).

Echinus maximus = Echinus rosaceus Lin. 1758.

americanus = " " " "

orientalis = Cidaris esculenta (Leske). 1778.

purpurascens = Echinus miliar is Mii.i.. 1771.

pergrandis = Cidaris pustulosa Leske, 1778.

aculeatus = Echinus subglobosus Lin. 1745.

Echinometra orientalis = Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734.

nigra

mullipes

purpurea

singularissima = Cidarites geranioides Lam. 1816.

setosa = Echinometra setosa Rumfh. 1705.

muscosa Cidarites metularia Lam. 1816.

minor.

Echionanthus major = Cidaris radiata Leske, 1778.

maximus = Echinus grandis Gmel. 1788.

maximus = Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778.

Echinus laganoides = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

planus = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.

Echinodiscus minuscida = Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1734.

minima

Echinus scutiformis = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

ellipticus = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734.

1758.

Linne\ Systema Naturae Ed. decima ref. 1758.

Echinus

esculentus non RuMrH. = Echinus subglobosus Linn. 1745.

globulus.

sphaeroides.

lixula.

saxatilis (Linn.) non Rdmph. = Echinus lividus Lam. 1816.

diadema.

cidaris.

mammillatus.

lucunter.

atratus.

spatagus non Aldrov. = Echinus subcompressus Linn. 1745.

lacunosus.

rosaceus.

reticulatus.

placenta.

orbiculus.

1764.

Petivek, Gazophylacii Nat. et Artis Decades, 1764.

Echinus

setosus.

perexiguus = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776.

Echinometra

digitata = Cidarites metularia Lam. 1816.

38

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1771.

P. L. S. Muller, Deliciae Naturae, Kxorr, 1771.

Echinus

miliaris.
Echinomelra

setosa (Mull.) non Rumpel = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776.

1774.

Echinus

calamaris.
minutus.

Pallas, Spieilegia Zoologies, Fas. IX. 17 7-1.

1774.

EcliinoiiGiis.
Echinocyamus.

Van Phelsum, Brief 1774.

1776.

O. F. Muller, Prodromus Zobl Dan. 1776.
Echinus

sphaera ! ? = Echinus subglobosus Lin. 17 15.

Drobachiensis ! ?

saxatilisl? non Rumpel nee Lin. = Echinus miliaris Mull. 1771.
Spatagus (err. ty|>.) Spatangus Klein, 1734.

flavescens ! ?

pusillus ! ?

purpureus ! ?
Pedicellaria

1777.

Echinus

cordatus.

Pennant, Briti-h Zoology, IV. 1 77., p. 58, PI. XXXIV. f. -'.

1778.

Echinosinus.*
Echinites.

Echinodiscoides.

Echinoplacos.

Ecliinomitra.

Eckinorodum.

Amyydala.

Leskk, Additamenta ad Klein, 1778.

Latin Translations of Van Plii;lj=uni't> uiuncs.

* These names are universally attributed to Van Phelsum. Lutken first showed that Van Prel-
BUM only proposed two genera, Echinoneus ami Echinocyamus, Leske giving Latin names, without
adopting them however, to the subdivisions of Van Phklsum which hail received from him only ver-
nacular appellations. Aoassiz, Gray, and other writers have even quoted Van Phelsum for specific

names, these are also nothing but Leske's Latin translations of Van Phelsl'm's names, as in the case
of the genera ; they are here given as they appear.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 39

1778. Leske {Latin translations continued).

Ova.

Nuces.

Campana.

Echinocardium.

Echinophora.

Echinus coniformis = Cidaris escidenta (Leske), 1778.

decemradiatus = " " "

Carduum marinum = Cidaris Basteri Leske, 1778.
Echinus pentagonus = Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778.
Echinometra subrotunda = Cidariles metularia Lam. 1816.

latefasciata = Cidaritcs imperialis Lam. 181G.
Comeia parva = Cidaris Stellata Leske, 1778.

magna = Cidaris radiata Leske, 1778.
Echinometra violacea = Echinus atratUS Lin. 1758.
Echinoglycus irregularis = Mellita laevis Klein. 1734.
Echinotrochus perforatus = Echinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leske, 1778.
Echinoglycus frondosus = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

auritus = Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778.

inauritus = Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778.

oblique = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

pentagonus = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

ovalis = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.
Echinotrochus octodigitatus = Rotula Augusti Klein, 1734.

1778.

N. P. Leske, Addit. Klein, 1778.
Cidaris

escidenta (Leske) non Rumph. nee Lin.

saxatilis " " " = Echinus miliaris Mull. 1771.

Basteri.

hemisphaerica.

angulosa.

diadema.
Cidarites.
Cidaris

subangularis.

fenestrata pars = Echinus atratus Lin. 1758.

lucunler.

rupestris.

calamaris.

araneiformis.

stellata.

radiata.

violacea = Echinus atratus Lin. 1758.

papillata.

sardica-

flammea.

variegata.

pustulosa.

granulata = Echinus globulus Lin. 1758.

40 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1778- Leske (continued).

Echinoneus

cyclostomus.

minor.
Echinocorytes
Echinanthus

humile

ovatus.
Echinanthites.
Echiitodiscus

bisperforatus = Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.

quinquiesperforatus = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

sexiesperforatus.

emarginatus.

anritus

inauritus = Echinodi&cw auritus Leske, 1778.

quaterperforatus = Echinodiscw emarginatus Leske, 1778.

laganum = Laganum Bonani Klein, 1734.

reticularis.

orbicularis.

deciesdigitatus = Rotula Augusti Klein, 1734.

octiesdigitatus = " - " "

dentatus = Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1734.
Echinocyamus

nucleo cerasi = Echinus minutus Pall. 177 1.

ervum = " " " "

vertice centrali = " " " "

craniolaris = " " " "

turcicus = " « " "

vicia = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 177G.

ovatus = Echinus minutus Pall. 1771.

lathyrus = " '• " "

equinus = " " " "

angulosus = Spatagus pusillus Mill. 177G.

ovalis = " " " "

inaequalis = Echinus minutus Pall. 1774.

cor ranae = " " " "

cor raninum = " " " "

Echinarachnius

placenta.
Spatangus

lacunosus.

pusillus.

purpareus.

Urissus

" var. maculosus.
" " unicolor.

" " ovatus.

" late carinutus = Echinus carinatus Gsiel. 1788-
ovatus.
Spatangites.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 4 J

1780.

Fabricius, Fauna Greenland. 1780, No. 368.
Echinus

saxatilis non Rumph. nee Lin. nee Mull. = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 177G.

1782.

Molina, Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chili, 1 782.
Echinus

albus.

niger i Mol.) non Rumph.

1782

Bonanni, Rer. Nat. Historia, 1782, p. 9, PL VI. f. 33.

Echynus (err. typ.) Echinus.

complanatus = Laganum Bonani Klein, 1734.

1788.

Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788.
Echinus

Basteri.

hemisphaericus.

angulosus.

gratilla.

subangidaris.

fenestratus.

araneiformis.

stellatus.

radiatus.

assulatus

sardicus.

flammeus.

variegatus.

pustulosus.

granulatus.

toreumaticus.

cyclostomus.

semilunaris = Eckinoneus minor Leske, 1778.

scutiformis uon Van Phel. = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758 (pars).

oviformis = Scutum ovatum Klein, 1734.

biforis == Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.

pentaporus = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

hexaporus = Echinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leske, 1778.

emarginatus.

auritus.

inauritus.

tetraporus = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

laganum.

orbicularis.

decadactylos = Rotula Augusti Kllin, 1734.

octodactylos = " " >« "

nucleus = Echinus minutus Pall. 1774.

centralis = " •• " "

42 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1788. GMELIN (continued).

Echinus

ervum.

craniolaris.

turcicus.

vicia.

ovulum = Echinus minutus Pall. 1771.

lathyrus.

equinus.

faba = Echinus ininutus Pall. 177 1.

inaeqnulis.

raninus = Echinus minutus Pall. 177 1.

bufonius = " " " "

purpureus.

pusittw.

maculosus.

major = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 17ss.

nodosus.

orthopetalus = Brissus unicoior Klein, 17:; I

unicolor.

ovatus.

carinatus.

grandis.

1789

Abildoaaud, Zocil. Danica, 1789.

Spatangus

pusillusl't non Leske nee Mill. Prod.
flavescens.

1801.

Lam ikck, Systeme dea Animaux sans Vertebres, 1801.
Galerites.
Nucleolites.
Cassidulus

caribaearum !
Clypeaster

rosaceus !
pentaporus !

1812.

Pennant, British Zoolojry, 2d Ed 1812, p. 140, PI. XXXVIILf. 1-4-
Echinus

pulvinulus = Spatagus pusillus MiiLL. 177L.

1815.

Leach, Zuol. Miacell. II 1815, p. 68. PI. LXXXJI.
Spatarigus.

Australasiae.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 43

1816.

Lamarck, An. s. Vert. 1816.
Scutella

dentata !

digitata ! = Rotula Augusti Klein, 1734.

emarginata !

sexforis ! = Echinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leske, 1778.

quinquefora ! = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

quadrifora = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

bifora! = Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.

bifissa = Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778.

orbicularis] iLamk. i 11011 Leske.

placenta !

parma !

placunaria ! = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.

latissima !

ambigena ! = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.
Clypeaster

scutiformis !

laganum !

oviformis !
Fibularia

trigonal? = Echinus minutus Pall. 1774.

oculum \

tarentina! ? = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776.
Echinoneus

semilunaris !

gibbosus ! = Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778.
Spatangus

pectoralis ! = Echinus grandis Gmel. 1788.

ventricosus '.

carinatus !

columbaris ! = Echinus ovatus Gmel. 1788.

compressus ! = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788.

Crux Andreae ! = Spatangus Australasiae Leach, 1815.

stern alls !

planulatus !

canaliferus ! = Echinus lacunosus Lin. 1758.

atropos !

arcuarius! = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.
Cassidulus

australis ! = Cassidulus caribaearum Lamk. 1801.
Echinus

ventricosus ! = Cidaris esculenta (Leske 1. 1778.

granulans ! ?

virgatus ! ? = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.

globiformis ! = Echinus subglobosus Lin. 1745.

fasciatus ! = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.

pileolus !

melo !
acutus !

pentagonus ! = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.

44 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1816. Lamarck (continued).

Echinus

obtusangulus ! = Echinus pileolus Lam. 1816.

polyzonalis I = "

maculatus !

variolaris !

margaritaceus !

sculptus ! = Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734.

punctulatus !

ovum !

pallid us !

variegotus ! (Lam) non Leske.

subangulosus ! = Cidaris angulosa pars Leske, 1778.

subcoeruleus ! = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.

neglectus ! = Echinus Drbbachiensis Mull. 1 77«>.

lividus ! = Echinus saxatilis (Lin.) 1758, non Rumph. nee Mull.

tuberculatus !

I iti-it liter \ (Lam.) non LlN.

trigonarius !
Cidarites

imperialis !

pistillaris ! = Cidarites baculosa Lamk. 1816.

hystrix ! = Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778.

baculosa

gei anioides !

tribuloides !

metularia !

verticillata !

tubaria !

bispinosa '

annulifera !

spinosissima ! =- Diadema turcarum Schtn. 1711.

calamaria !

subularis ! = Diadema turcarum Schtn. 171 1.

diadema] (Lam.) non Lin.

pulvinata !

radiata !

1817. ?

Fleming, Wern. Mem. 1817?, II. 246.
Echinus

miliaris non Mull, nee Risso = Echinus acutUS Lam. 1816.

1820.

De France, Article Fibulaire, Diet. Seiene. Nat. XVI. 1820.
Fibularia

nucleum.
craniolaris.
tnrcicus.
vicia.

CHKONOLOGICAL LIST. 45

1820. De France {continued).

Fibularia

ovatus.

latyrus (err. typ.) lathyrus.

angulosa

minutus.

oralis.

inaequalis.

1824.

Eudes DesLongchamps, Enc. Meth. Vers. II. 1824.

Echinus

Solaris Val. = Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1734.

hura.

margarilaceus non Lam. = Oidaris pustulosa Leske, 1778.

punctiferus = Echinus globulus Lin. 1758.

attenuatus.

elegans = Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734.
Cassidulus

Richardii = Cassidulus caribaearum Lam. 1801.
Fibularia

nucleola = Echinus minutus Pall. 1776.
Scutella

integra.

porpita = Echinus placenta Lin. 1758.

1824.

Fleming, Wern. Mem. 1824, V. 287.
Spatangus

ovatus non Leske, nee Lam. = Spatagus flavescens Mull. 1776.

1825.

Blainvili.e, Diet. Scienc. Nat Oursin, 1825.

Echinus

loculatus! = Cidaris pustulosa Leske, 1778.

stellatus ! (Blainv.) non Gmel.

aequituberculatus !

Dufresnii !

pseudomelo ! = Echinus esculentus (Lin.) 1758, non Rumph.

quinqueangulatus ! ? " " " " " "

auranticus!? " " '

violaceus!?

paucituberculatus ! = Echinus variolaris Lam. 1816.

minimus ! = Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778.

excavatus ! = Echinus variegatus (Lam.) 1816, non Leske.

trizonalis! = Echinus pileolus Lam. 1816.

depressus! = Echinus maculatus Lam. 1816.

vulgaris!? = Echinus saxatilis (Lin) 1758, non Rumph. nee Mull.

Gaimardi !

equituberculatus ! = Echinus granulans Lam. 1816.

dubius ! ? =

46 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1825- Bi.aixvii.ee (co7Uinued).

Echinus

microtuberculatus !

molaris ! = Echinometra setosa Rumph. 1705.

longispina ! = Echinometra setosa Rumph. 1705.

subglobiformis ! = Echinus granulans Lam. 1816.

inflatus! = Cidaris variegata Leske, 1778.

Peronii! = "

Leschenaulti ! = Echinus variolaris Lam. 1816.

Maugei ! = Echinus lucunter (Lam.) 1816. non Lin.

Mathaei! = " " " " "

acufer ! = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.

oblongus !

lobatus!? = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.

Quoy ! = Echinus atratus Lin. 17.">s.

pedifer ! = "

1825

Delle Chia.ie, Mem. s. Star. e. Not. degl. An. senz. Vcrteb. 1825, December.

Echinus

neapolitanus = Cidaris pustulosa Leske, 1778.
spatagus non Lin. = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734.
veniricosus non Lam. = Echinus melo Lam. 1816.

1825.

J. E. Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.

Cidaris

imperialis !
Diadema

setosa ! (Gray) non RfMriL

calamaria !
Astropyga

radiata !
Echinometra

haunter !

mammillata !

atrata !
Echinanthus

rosciceus !

subdepressa !

ambigenn.
Lagana (err. typ.) Laganum Klein, 1734.
laganum !

scutiformis !
minor.
Echinaraclin ius
parma !

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1825. Gray (continued).

Echiuodiscus

bifora !

digitata !

octodactylus !
Echinocyamus

ovulum

pusillus !

tarentina

trigona
Discoidea (err. typ.) Discoides Klein, 1734.
Echinanaus (err. typ.) Echinoneus Van Phel. 1774.

cyclostomus !
Echinolampas

oviformis !

orientalis = Scutum ovatum Klein, 1734.
Echinocardium

atropos !

pusillus

Seba! = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.
Brissus

ventricosus !

carinatus !

columbaris !
Ova

canaliferus !

1826.

Kisso, Hist. Nat. Prod. Europ. Merid. 182G, V. p. 27G.
Echinus

sardicas non Gmel. nee Lam: = Echinus melo Lam. 1816.

miliaris non Mull, nee Flem. = Echinus microtuberculatUS Blainv. 1825.

purpureus non Mull, nee Gmel. = Echinus saxatilis (Lin.) 1758, non Rumph.

brevispinosus = Echinus granulans Lam. 181 G.
Spatangus

carinatus non Lam. = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734.

meridionalis = Spatagus purpureus Mull. 1776.

1827.

Blainville, Article Scutelle, Dirt. Sciene. Nat. 1827, XL VIII.
Scutella

Rumphii '

semisol ! = Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1734.

decadactylos.

octodactylos.

reticulatus.

laganum !

clypeastriformis I ? = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

decagonalis Less. !

48 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1827.

Blainville, Article Spatangue, Diet. Scienc. Nat. 1827, L. p. 87.
Spalangus

grandls

G-ualterii = Echinus lacunosus Gmkl. 1788.

1827.

Say, Journ. Acad. Phila. 1827, p. 225.
Echinus

granularisl? non Lam. = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 177G.
Scutella

pentaphora!? = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.
trifaria ! ? = Scutella parma Lam. 1816.

1828.

Fleming, Brit, Anim. 1828.
Echinus

subangularis non Leske = Echinus Drobachiensis Mri.i. 177(1.
Spatungus

cordalus.

1830.

Blainville, Zoophytes Diet. Scienc. Xat. L880, LX.
Spatangus

unicolor.

Echinoclypeus.

Echtnocyamus

minutus ! ?
Lagana

ovalis : = Echinus scutifonnis Gmel. 1778.
orbicularis !

decagona Less. (err. typ.) Scutella decagonalis Less.
Olypeaster

ambigenus !
Echinodiscus

placunaria I

lutissima !

placenta !

parma !

Rumphii !
Scutella

hexapora !

pentapora'. = Mellita testudinata Klein. 1734.

biforis \

tetrapora.

aurita \

inaurita I

octodactyla !

decadactyla.

radiata! = Rotula Rumphii Klein. 1734.

CHEONOLOGICAL LIST. 49

1830. Blainville (continued').

Echinometra

Leschenaulti !

Maugei !

Mathaei !

acufera !

oblonga !

lubata !

Quoyii !

pedifera !

carinala !

trigonaria !
Echinus

parvituberculatus = Echinus microtuberculatus Blainv. 1825.

mola (err. typ.) molaris Rlainv. 1825.

minutus (err. typ.) minimus Blainv. 1825.

quinqueangulosus (err. typ.) quinqueangulatus Blainv. 1825.
Oidaris

hystrix !

geranioides !

pistillaris !

calatnaria !

metularia !

tribuloides !

1833. ?

Eschscholtz, Zool. Atl 1833 ? , PJ. XX. f. 1, 3.

Scutella

excentrica.

quinqueloba = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

1835.

J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, April.
Arbacia

puslulosa.

punctulata !

loculata.

stellata.

equituberculata (err. typ.) aequituberculata.

Dufresnii.
Salenia-
Echinometra

miliaris !

paucituberculata.

minuta.

ovum.

pallida.

grisea.

livida.

parvituberculata.

mola.

longispina.

subgfobiformis.

variolaris.
tuberculata.

50

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1835.

Brandt, Prodromus, 1835, May.

Echinus

Strongylocentrotus
chlorocentrotus ! = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 1776.
Hindus.

parviluberculatus.
mola.

longispina.
subglobiformis.
tubercidatus.

Heterocentrotus

carinatus.

Postellsii = Cidaris mammillata Klkin, 1734.

trigonarius.

mammillatus.

taeniatus = Echinus trigonarius Lam. 1816.
Colobocentrotus

Mertensii.

Leskei = Echinus atratus Lix. 1758.

Quoyi.

pedifer.
Cidarites

Phyllacanthus

dubia

imperialis.

hystrix.

geranioides.

pistiUaris.

tribuloides.

1835.

Pyrina.

Echinocidaris.

Collyrites.

Desmouxins, Tableau Analytique, 1835, July.

1836.

Echinocrinus.
Dysaster.
Holaster.
Hemipneustes.

Micraster

canal if erus !

lacunosus
Amphidetus

Sebae

pusillus.
Brissus

pecloralis !

L. Agassiz, Prodrome, 183G, July.

1836

Brissus

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.
L. Agassiz (continued').

51

Scillae ! = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734

compressus !

sternalis !
Schizaster

atropos !
Catopygus.
Pygaster.
Glypeastcr

subdepressus.
Echinarachn ins

placunarius !

latissimus !

Rumphii !
Diadema

spinosissimum

subulare !

pulvinatum !
Cidaris

annvlifera !

1836.

Nucleolites

recens !

Milne-Edwards, Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111. 1836.

1837.

Desmoulins, Tableaux Syn. 1837.

Clypeaster

incurvatus = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758 (pars),
rangianus = Echinanthus subdepressus Gray, 1825.
reticidatus.

Rumphii = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.
Scutella

bifora non Laji. = Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.
bilinearifora = Scutella bifora Lam. 1816.
cassidulina = Eckinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.
Fibularia

australis.
Galerites

echinonea = Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778.
Eckinometra

Blainvillii = Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734.
pugionifera = Echinus trigonarius Lam. 1816.
snbangularis.
Postelsii.
Mertensii.
Echinus

Blainvillii = Echinus variegatus (Lam.) 1816, non Leske.
auguifer = Echinus variolaiis Lam. 1816.
Echinocidaris

pustulosa.

52 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1837. Desmoulins (continued).

Echinocidaris

punclulata.

loculata. !

stellata.

aequituberculata.

Duf remit.
Diadema

stellatum.

Desmarestii = Echinus variolaris Lam. 1816.

radiuttim.
( 'iihtris

dubia.
Echinolampas

Richardi (Desml.) non Desmt. = Echinolampas Hellei Val. I860 in Perr.
Nucleolites

Richardi.
Spatangus

Rumphii = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788.

Reaumurii = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.

L. AOASSIZ, Mon. Ech. Salen. 1838.

L. Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suiss I. 1839.

1838.

Goniopygus.

Peltastes.

Goniophorus.

1839.

Pygorhynchus.
Conoclypus.
Pygurus.
Hyboclypus.

1840.
Cyrtoma.

1840.

J. E. Gray, Syn. Cont. Brit. Mus. 1840, November.
Hipponoe.

Colobocentrus (err. typ.) Colobocentrotus Brandt, 1835.
Heterocentrus (err. typ.) Heterocentrotus Brandt, 1835.

1840.

L. Agassiz, Echin. Suiss. II. 1840.
Tetragramma-
Acrocidaris.
Pedina.

McClelland, Calcu. Journ. N. II. I. 1840, p. 155, July.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 53

1840- L. Agassiz {continued).

Acrosalenia.

Hemicidaris.

Arbacia (Agass.) non Gkat.

G-lypticus.

1840.

L. Agassiz, Cat. Syst. Ectyp. 1840.

Toxaster.

Brissopsis.

Nucleopygus.

G-lobator.

Caratomus.

Amblypygus

Heliophora.

Amphiope

Encope

grandis.
Echinopsis.

Cyphosoma (Agass.) non Mann. 1837.
Acropeltis.
Coelopleurus.
Codiopsis.
Podophora

atrata !
Acrocladia

mammillata !

1841.

Gould, Rep. Inv. Mass. 1841, p. 344.
Echinus

granulatusl non Gmel. = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 1776.

1841.

Forbes, British Starfishes, 1841.
Echinus

Flemingii!? Ball = Echinus acutus Lam. 1816.
Brissus

lyrifer ! ?
Amphidotus (err. typ.) Amphidetus Agass. 1836.

cordatus ! ?

roseus !r = Spatagus flavescens Mull. 1776.

1841.

Sismonda, Mem. Acad. Turin. 1841.

An aster.

54 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1841.

L. Agassiz, Int. Mon. Scut. 1841, July.

Temnopleurus

toreumaticus !
Cidaris

bothryofdes (Agass.) non Ki.ein,
Pleurechinus

botliryuides !
Echinus

versicolor ! Val. = Echinus globulus Lin. 1758.
Microcyphus

versicolor !
Tripneustes

ventricosus !
Amblypneustes

griseus !
Toxopneustes

pileolus !
Stomopneustes

variolaris !
Tetrapygus.
Agarites.

L. Agassiz, Mon. Scut. 1841.

1841.

Rotula

digilata !
Runa
Mellita

quinquefora !

hcxapora !

similis ! = Echinus hexaporus Gmkl. 1788.

lobata ! = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.
Encope

emarginata !

tetrapora ! (Agass.) non Leske, nee Gmel. = Encope micropora Agass. 1841.

micropora !

perspectiva! = Encope micropora Agass. 1841.

cyclopora = " •• "

oblonga ! = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

Valenciennesii = " " " "

subclausa ! — " " » *

Michelini !

Stokesii !
Lobophora (AgaSS.) non Curt, nee SERV.

bifora !

truncata ! = Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.
bijissa !
aurita !
Echinarachnius

atlanticus! Gray = Scutella parma Lam. 1816.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 55

1841. L. Agassiz (continued).
Arachnoides

placenta !
Scutellina
Laganum

depressum ! Less.

ellipticum = Laganum depressum Less. 1841.

decagonum! = Scutella decagonalis Less. 1827.

Tonganense! Q. G. = Laganum depressum Less. 1841.

Lesueuri ! Val. = Scutella decagonalis Less. 1827.

elongatum !

rostratum !

orbiculare !

marginale ! = Echinodiscus orbicularis Leske, 1778.

stellatum ! = Laganum Peronii Agass. 1841.

Peronii !
Moulinia

cassidulina !

1841.

L. Agassiz, Introd. Valent. Anat. Genre Echinus, 1841, December.

Echinus

albidus! = Echinus saratilis (Lin.) 1758, non Edmph.

pustulatus! = Echinus-miliaxis Mull. 1771.

pulchellus! = Echinus microtuberculatus Blainv. 1825.

decoratus ! = "
Microcyph us

maculatus !
Salmacis

bicolor !
Tripneustes

subcoeruleus !

obtusangidus !
Amblypneustes

ovum !
Oidaris

granulata ! (Agass.) non Leske.
Holopneustes

granulatus !
Toxopneustes

tuberculatus

1842.

Desor, Agass. Mon. Ech. Galerites, 1842.
Echinoneus

cruciatus ! Agass. = Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778.

elegans ! = Echinoneus minor Leske, 1778.

serialis ! = Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778.

conformis ! = Echinoneus minor, Leske, 1778.
Holectypus.

56 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1842.

Ravenf.l, J. A. N. Scienc. Phila. 1842, p. 333.
Scutella

caroliniana = Eckinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leske, 1778.

1843.

J. E. Gray, Deiff. Voy. II. 1843, p. 265.
Echinarachnius

zelandiae ! ? = Echinus placenta Lin. 1758.

1843.

Conrad, Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc. 1843, p. 327.
Spatangus

orthonotus = Echinoeardium pennatifidum Norm. 18G7?

1844.

L. Agassiz, Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr. 1844, p. 730, August.
Metaporhinus.

1844.

McCoy, Synopsis Carb. Lim. foss. Ireland, 1844, p. 173.

Palaechinus Scon..

Archeocidaris.

Diplopodia.

1844.

Forbes, Proc. Lin. Soc. 1844, p. 183, January.
Amphidetus

mediterraneus.

1844.

Miciielin, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1844, p. 173, Mai.
Diadema

Desjardinsii! = Diadema turcarum ScnrN. 1711.

1844.

Duben och Koren, Ofvers. af K. Vetensk. Ak. Forh. 1844.
Cidaris

borealis! = Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778.

1845.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zobl. 1845, January.
Diadema

Savignyi! = Diadema selosa (Gray,) 1825, non Rumph.
Cidarites

papillaris ! = Cidarites baculosa Lam. 1816.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 57

1845.

Philippi, Wieg. Archiv. L 1845.

Spatangus
Tripylus

excavatus !
cavernosus !
australis !
Brissus

pulvinatus = Brissus lyrifer Forbes, 1841.
placenta = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734.
Cidaris

affinis = Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778.
Diddema.

tenuispina = Oidarites diadema (Lam.) 1816.

longispina ! ?

antillarum = Cidarites diadema (Lam-) 1816.

1845.

Ravenel, Jour. A. N. S. Phila. 1845, p. 253.
Sculella

gibbosal non Risso nee Serkes. = Echinanthus subdepressus Gray, 1825.

1845.

J. E. Gray, in Eyre, Voyage, I. 1845, p. 43G.
Spatangus

subcarinatus !
elongatus !

1846.

Duben ocn. Koren, Skand. Eeb. 1 846.

Echinus

norvegicus !

elegansl (Dub. Kor.) non Desl. 1824.

virens ! = Echinus miliaris Mull. 1771.
Brissus

fragilis !

1846.

Melonites.

1846.

Pluteus.

1846.

Owen and Norwood, Sill Journ. 1846, p. 225, September.

J. Muller, Mull. Archiv, 1845, p. 101.

Valenciennes, Voyage Venus, Zoopb. 1846, Pis.

Agassizia

scrobiculata !

Amblypneustes

pallidus !
formosus

58 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1846. Valenciennes (continual).

Echinus

porosus ! = Echinus albus Mol. 1782.

omalostoma = Echinus tuberculatus Lam. 1816.

eurythrogrammus !

chloroticus !
Agarites

purpurescens ! = Echinus niger (Mol.) 1782.

spatuliger !

grandinosus ! = Cidaris pustulosa Leskk, 1778.
Echinarachnius

excentricus !

1846.

L. Agassiz et Desor, Cat. Rais. Ann. Sc. Nat. 184G, p. 305, November.
Cidaris

Stokesii ! Ac. = Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778.

Thouarsii ! Val.

Danae! Ac = Cidaris Thouarsii Val.

Lima ! Ag. = Cidarites baculosa Lam. 1816.

Krohnii ! Ac. = " " "

Goniocidaris Des.

geranioides ! Agass.

Quoyi! Val. = Cidarites tubaria Lam. 1816.
Palaeocidaris Des.
A&tropyga

pulvinata ! Ag.

calamaria ! Ag.

Desorii! Ag.

spinosissima ! Ag.

subularis ! Ag.
Diadema

europaeum! Ag. = Diadema longispina Pirn.. [845.

turcaruml non ScHTN. = Cidarites diadema (Lam) 1816.

Lamarckii ! Rocss. = Diadema setosa (Gray), 1825.
Hemidiadema Ag.
Echinocidaris
Agarites

punctulata ! Ag.

slellata ! Ag.

Dufresnii ! Ag.

loculata ! Ag.
Tetrapygus

niger ! Ag.

aequitubcrculatus ! Ag.

pustulosus ! Ag.

grandinosus ! Ag.
Eucosmus Ag.
Mespilia Des.

globulus ! Ag.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 59

1846. L. Agassiz et Desor {continued).

Microcyphus

Rousseaui! Ag. = Microcyphus maculatus Agass. 1841.
zigzag ! Ag.
Salmacis ■

sulcatus ! Ag.

virgulatus ! Ag. = Salman's sulcatus Ag. 1846.
rarispinus ! Ag.

varius ! Ag. = Salmacis rarispinus Ag. 1846.
Dussumieri ! Ag.
globator ! Ag.
Temnopleurus

Reynaudi ! Ag.
bothryoides ! Ag.
Polycyphus Ag.
Amblypneusies

textilis ! Ag. = Echinus ovum Lam. 1816.
scalaris! Ag. = Amblypneusies formosus Val. 1846.
serialis!? Ag. = Echinus ovum Lam. 1816.
Boletia Des.

pileolus ! Des.

heteropora ' Des. = Echinus pileolus Lam. 1816.
maculata ! Des.

bizonata ' Des. = Echinus pileolus Lam. 1816.
Tripneustes

sardicus ! Ag.
pentagonus ! Ag.
Holopneustes

porosissimus ! Ag. = Cidaris granulata (Agass.) 1841, non Leske.
Echinus

Toxopncustes

brevispinosus !
granulans !
Drbbachie?isis !
albidus ! Ag.
lividus !

concavus ! Ag. = Echinus saxalilis (Lin.) 1758.
gibbosus ! Val.

Delalandi ! Val. = Echinus eurythrogrammus Val. 1846.
neglectus ! = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 1776.
complanatus! Val. = Echinus lividus Lam. 1816.
granulalus ! Ag.

Dubenii Ag. = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 1776.
Fsammechinus
variegatus !

semituberculatus ! Val.
subangulosus !
norvegicus !
miliaris !

microtuberculatus !
Korenii ! Des. = Echinus miliaris Mull. 1771.

50 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1846. L. ACASSIZ ET Desor (continued).

Echinus
Psammecliinus

excaratus !
Echinus

laganoides Des. = Eckinometra setosa Rumpel 1705.
Heliocidaris Desml.

variolaris ! Desml.

paucituberculata ! Desml.

chlorotica ! Desml.

margaritacea !

eurythrogramma ! Des.

omalostomu ! Des.

mexicana ! Ag. = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.
Eckinometra

heteropora! Ag. = Echinus lucunter (Lam) 1816.

Michelini! Des. = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.
Acrocladia

trigonaria ! Ac.

hastifera! Ag. = Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734.

Blainvillei ! Ag. = " " •• "

Podophora

pedifera ! Ag.

1847.

L. Auassiz, in Desok, Bull. Soc. GioL Prance. IV. 1847, p. 287.
Monophora

1847.

DrcnAssAiNG, Bull. Soc. Gdol. France, 1817, June.1?
Clypeasler

parvus = Echinus rosaceus Lin. 1758.
Cassidulus

guadeloupensis = Cassidulus caribaoatum Lam. 1801.

1847.

L. Agassi/, i t Di sor, Cat Rais. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1847, p. 0, March.
Lagunum

attenuatum ! An. = Laganum depressum Less. 1841.
cingulatum ! Ag. = " " " "

latissimum !
Dendraster Ag.

excentricus ! Ag.

Lobopliiirii

tenuissima: Val. = Mellita laevis Klein. 1734.
Mellita

nuramularia ! Val. = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.
Mbvlinsia (err. typ.) Moulinia Agass. 1841 ; non Geatel. 1840.
Echinocyamus

australis ! Ag.
Fibularia

volva ! Ag.
Lenita Des.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. Gl

1847. L. Agassiz et Desor (continued).

Echinoneus

crassus! Ag. = Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778.

ventricosus ! Ag. = " " " "

Pygaulus Ag.
Archiacia Ag.
Asterostoma Ag
Spatangus

spinosissimus !? Des. = Spatagus purpureus Mill. 1776.
Macropneustes Ag.
Eupatagus Ag.

Valenciennesii ! Ag.
Gualteria Des.
Lovenia Des.

hystrix Des. = Spatangus elongatus Gray, 1845.
Amphidetus

cordatus ! Ag.

gibbosus ! Ag. = Amphidetus mediterraneus Forbes, 1844.

ovatus ! Ag.
Breynia Des.

Crux Andreae ! Ag.
Brissus

Plagionotus (Agass.) nnn Muls. 1842.

pectoralis !
Brissus

ventricosus !

bicinctus! Val. = Spatangus sternalis Lam. 1816.

dimidiatus! Ag. = Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734.

areolatus ! Val. = Spatangus sternalis Lam. 1816.
Brissopsis

lyrifera !

cavernosa !

australis !
Hemiaster Des.
Fericosmus Ag.
Agassizia

excarata ! Des.
Schizaster

canaliferus ! Ag.

fragilis ! Ag.

gibberulus ! Ag.

cubensis! d'orb. = Spatangus ventricosus Lam. 1816.
Echinolampas

Laurillardil (Desml.) 1847, non Desmt. = Echinolampas Hellei Val.; Per. 1869.

1847.

Troschel in Martens, Wieg. Arch. 1866, I. p. 158.*

Diploporus

pyramidatus ! = Salman's sulcatus Ag. 1846.

* Read, Ber. dor Cos. f. Nat. II. Freunde, Berlin, 184 7.

62 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1848.

Ravenkl, Ecb. So. Car. 1848, January.
Clypeaster

prostratus = EcMnanihw subdepressus Gray, 1825.
Mellita

ampla ! Holmes = Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

caroliniana.
Brissopsis

porifenis.
Amphidetus

gothicus = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.

1848

Echinoimtra

J. E. Gray, Brit. Rad. 1848, June.

Drbbachiensis !

Echinocardium

cordatus !

ovation !

Brissiopsis (err. typ.) Brissopsis Agass. 1840.

h/rifera !

1849.

Perischodomus.

-Mt Coy-, Ann. Mag N. II 1849, p. 25

1849.

Milnia.

Haime, Ann. Sc, Nat. XII. 1840, p. 2

1849.

Forbes, Q. J. Geol. Soc. London, I. 1849, p. 425.
Amphidetus

virginianus = ? Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. 1867.

1850.

Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. II. 1850, p. 364, November.
Heliechinus

Grouldii! = Cidaris escuknta (Leske) 1778.
Melobosis

mirabilis! = Salmacis sulcatus Ac 1846.
Psammechinus

asteroides! = Echinus chloroticus Val. 1846.
Echinomelra

nigrina! = Echinus lucunter Lixx. 1758.
Echinoeyamm

minimus! = Spatagus pusillus Mill. 1776.
Schizaster

lachesis ! = Spatangus atropos Lam. 1816.

1850.

Forbes, Ang. Mag, N. II. VI. 1850, p. 443, December.
Car di aster.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. G3

1850.

Aradas, Monog. dcgli Ech. di Sieilia, Atti. Acad. Gioienia, VI. 1850, p. 55.

Amphidetus sp. n. = Amphidetus mediterraneus Forbes, 1844.
Schizaster

incertUS = Brissopsis lyrifera Ag. 1847.
Fibularia

equina = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776.

1851.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1851, January.

Encope

Agassizi! = Encope grandis Ag. 1841.
Haimea.

1851.

J E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1851, January.

Echinanthus

Australasiae ! = Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 1851.

testudinarius !

oblongus! = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

productus! = Echinanthus huniile Leske, 1778.

Coleae! = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

explanatus! = Echinanthus humile Leske, 1778.
Echinodiscus

bifissa !
Mellita

testudinaria ! = (err. typ.) Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.

erythraea !
Leodia

Richardsonii ! = Echinodiscus sexies perforatus Leske, 1778.
Fibularia

Oblonga ! = Fibularia volva Ag. 1847.
Echinolampas

depressus !
Mortonia

australis !

1851.

Hagenow, 1851 ?
Infulaster. (Casts distributed.)

1851.

J. E. Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. H. 1851, February.
Spatangus

Reginae ! = Spatagus purpureus Mull. 1776.
Eupatagus

similis ! = Eupatagus Valenciennesii Ag. 1847.
Lovenia

elongata !

subcarinata !
Echinocardium

australe !

zealandicum ! = Echinocardium australe Gray, 1851.
Breynia

Australasiae !

Desorii ! = Spatangus Australasiae Leach, 1815.

64 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1851. Gkay (continued).

Meoma

grandis !
Faorina

chinensis !

antarctica! = Tripylus cavernosus Phil. 1845.

australis !

cavernosa !
Tripylus

Philippii !
Desoria (Gray) non Agass. nee Cotteau.

australis !
ScMzaster

ventricosus !

Jukesii! = Schizaster ventricosus Gkay, 1851.
Kleinia

luzonica !

A(jnssi:ia

subrotunda! = Agassizia scrobiculata Val. 184G.
Leskia (G-ray) non Rob. Des.
mirabilis !

1851.

It. T. Maitland, Fauni Belgi. Septen. 1851.
Echinus

Basteri Maitl. non Gmel. = Echinus acutus Lam. is 16.

1851.

TuosniEL, Wieg. Archiv. 1851, I.
Tripylus

Hamaxitus

excavatus !
Atrapus

grandis: = Faorina chinensis Gray, 1851.
Abatus

cavernosus !

australis !

1852.

Forbes, Mon. Echinod. Brit. Tert. 1852, p. 5.
Temnechinus.

1852.

Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1852, p. 213, April.
Amphtdetus

Kurtzii ! = Echinus cordatus Pexn. 1777.

1853.

Michelix, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1853, January.

Magnesia

1853.

Desok, Act. Soc. He'lv. d. Scien. Nat. 1853, p. 279.
Linthia Mer.

Prenaster.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 65

1853.

Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1853, August.

Astropyga

dubia! = Cidarites pulvinata Lam. 1816.

mossambica! = Cidaris radiata Leske, 1778.
Echinothrix

calamaris !
turcarum !
subularis !
spinosissima !
Desorii !

annellata ! = Astropyga Desorii Ag. 1846.

1853.

D'Abchiac et Haime, Anim. foss. de l'lnde, 1853, pp. 197-214.

Glyphocyphus.
Phymosoma.
Eurhodia.
Hardouinia.

Temnopleurus

depressus ! = Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734.
Eupatagus

pectoralis.

1853.

D'Orbigny, Pal. franc. Cret. VI. 1853, pp. 175-186.

Heteraster.

Ennalaster.

Epiaster.

Insufulaster (err. typ.) Infulaster Hag. 1851.

1854.

Echinanthus

orientalis
Richardii !
oviformis !

Echinobrissus
recens !

Echinodiscus

Augusti !

1854.
Grasia.

1854.

Rhabdocidaris.

Diplocidaris.

Porocidaris.

Leiocidaris

imperialis.

D'Orbignv, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 16, January.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 439, August.

Desor, Synops. fithin. foss. 1854, pp. 39-48.

66

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1854.

Periaster

fragilis !
gibberulus !
cubensis !

D'Orbigny, Pal. franc. Cret. VI. 1854, ]

1854.

Helerocentrus

mammilla/us.

Muller, J., Bau. d. Echinod. 1854

trigonarius.
Colobocentrus

atratus.
Echinanthus

rangianus.
Clypeaster

tumidulus !

= Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.

1855.

Peters, Donk. Akad. Berlin, fiir 1854.

Centrostephanus

longispinus !

1855.

J. E. Gray, CataL recent Echinida, Brit. Mus. 1855, March.
Echinanthus

scutiformis !
placunarius I
2>arrtts.

Laganinum (err. typ.) Laganum Kxein, 17.il.

latissimum !
Laganum
Peronella

Perouii !
Arachnoides

zelandiae !
Rotula

Gualteri = Rotula Augusti Klein 1734.
Echinodiscus

truncata !

tenuissima !
Mellita

testudinea (err. typ.) Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734.
Echinoglycus

frondosus ! = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

grandis !

tetrapora

perspecticn !

cyclopora !

Stokesii !
Echinocardium

Mediterraneum

gibbosum !

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 67

1855. Gray (continued).

Spat an g us
Maretia.

planulata !
Plagionotus

Desorii !
Brissus

columbarius (err. typ.) columbaris Lam. 1816.
Metalia

slernalis !
Faorina

australis !
Schizaster
Nina

canalifera !

Jukesii !

ventricosa !
Brisaster

fragilis !

gibberulus !

cubensis !

1855 „ ,

J. E. Gray, Proc. Zocil. Soc. London, 1855, pp. 35-39, March.

Gonioeidaris

pistillaris !
Hipponoe

sardica !
Holocentronotus (err. typ.) Heterocentrotus Brandt.
Cidaris

ornata ! = Cidarites annulifera Lam. 1816.

annul at a ! = Cidarites annulifera Lam. 1816.

spinulosa ! = Cidarites tubaria Lam. 1816.
A stropyg a

depressa ! = Cidarites pulvinata Lam. 1816.
Garelia

aequalis ! = Echinvs calamaris Pall. 1774.

clavata ! = Astropyga Desorii Agass. 1846.
Toreumatica

Hardwickii !

granulosa ! = Temnopleurus Reynaudi Ag. 1846.

Reevesii ! = " "

concava ! = Salmacis Dussumieri Ag. 1846.

1855.

D'Orbigny, Pal. franc. Cret. VI. 1855, pp. 281-374.

Claviaster.

Faujasia.

Rhynchopygus

guadeloupensis.
Stigmatopygus.
Botriopygus.
Trematopygus.

68 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1855.

DesOR, Synops. ficnin. foss. 1855, pp. 61 - 130.

Hypodiadema.

Pseudodiadema.

Diademopsis.

Savignya *

subitlaris.

spinosissima.

calamaria.

Desorii.
Asteropyga (err. lyp.) Astropyga Gray, 1825.
Coptosoma.
Opechinus.
Codechinus.
Cottaldia.
Stomechinus.
Hyp echinus.

1855.

WRionT. Brit. Oolitic Eehin., 1855, p. 145.
Hemipedina.

1855.

MlCIIELIN, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1855, p. 245, MaL
Sfoera (Mich.) nun Leach, 1813 nee Hubn. 1810.
atropus
lachesis.
clotho !

1855.

Cotteau, Ecliin. Yonne. I. 1855, p. 224.

Desoria (Cott.) non Ar.ASS.

1855.

Cotteau, Bull. Soc. Ge"ol. Frame, XII., 1855, p. 710, Mai.

Desorella.

1856.

Cotteau, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, XIII., 1856, p. 319, February.

Micropsis.
Cyclaster.

1856.

Conrad, Pacif. R. R. Ex. Pal. VII. 1856, p. 196, PI. IX.

Asterodaspis.
Scutella

striatula nnn M. dc Skrres = Scutella excentl'ica Esch. 1829.

1856.

Cotteau, Eehin. Sartlic, 185G, p. 417.

Galeropygus.

* No species mentioned, group specified.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 09

1856.

Desor, Synops. Echin. foss. 1856, pp. 131 -155.
Stirechinus.
Phymechinus.

Diplophorus (err. typ.) Diploporus Trosch. Ms.
Sphaerechinus

brevispinosus.
Loxechinus

ulbus.
Hyposalenia.
Eocidaris.

D'Orbigny, Pal. franc. Cret. VI. 1856, p 418.

Muller, J., Echin. Eifel. Kalk. Berl. Ak. 1856, p. 356.

1856.

Clypeopygus.

1856.

Lepidocentrus.

1856.

Hup^, in Castelnau Voyage Am. Sud. 1856.
Echinus

aciculatus ! = Echinus Gaimardi Blainv. 1825.
Heliocidaris

Castelnaudi ! = Echinus lucunter Lin. 1758.
Echinoglycus

Valenciemtesii.

ohlongus.

subclausus.

1857.

Barrett, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XIX. 1857, p. 32, January.
Amphidotus

gibbosus (Barrett) non Ag. = Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. 1869.

1857.

Stimpson, Crust. Ech. Pacif. Sh., Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1857.
Echinus

chloroticus ! non Val. 1816 (err. typ.) chlorocentrotus Br.
purpuratus !

1857.

McCrady, in Tuomey and Holmes Pliocene foss. So. Ca. pp. 4- 10, 1857.

Psammechinus

exoletus = Echinus variegatus (Lam.) 1816, non Leske.
Agassizia

porifera.
Amphidetus

ampliflorus = Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777.

orthonotus.
Brissus

spatiosus = Spatangus ventiicosus Lam. 1816.
Plagionotus

Holmesii = Echinus grandis Gmel. 1788.

Ravenellianus = " "

70 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1857.

Grube, Wieg. Archiv. I. 1857.

Brissus

panis! = Spalangus ventricosus Lam. 181G.

1857.

D'Orbigny, Pal. franc. CnSt. VI. 1857, p. 454.

Oolopygus.

1857.

Desor, Synops. Eehin. foss. 1857, pp. 1G7-333.

Pileus.

Galeopyyus (err. typ.) Galeropygus Cott. 185G.

P achy cly pus.

Sismondia.

Rumphia

rostrata.

Peronii.
Mortonia (DeS.) non Gray. 1851.
Stenonia
Offaster.

1857. „ .

Salter, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1857, p. 332, November.

Paleodiscus.

1857.

PniLirn, Wieg. Arch. I. 1857.

Echinus

magellanicus.
Arbacia

Schythei = Eehinocidaris Dufresnii Blainv. 1825.

1858.

Pseudopedina

1858.

Centropygus.

1858.

Isaster.

Toxobrissus.

Hemipatagus.

1858.

Folycidaris.
Leptocidaria.

Cotteau, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1858, Mai.

Ebrav, Bull. Soc. Geol. Franc. XV. 1858, p. 482.

Desor, Synops. fichin. foss. 1858, pp. 359-416.

Quenstedt, Der Jura, 1858, p. G44, PL II.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 71

1858.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zobl. 1858, August.
Melllta

longifissa !

1859.

Cotteau, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1859, pp. 14-22, April.

Asterocidaris.

Pseudosalenia.

1859.

Michelin, 1859.
Hebertia.*

1859.

Bronn, Die KI. u. Ord. d. Thier-Reiehs, 1859, p. 341.
Schizaster

cordalus.

1859.

Cotteau, Eehin. Sarthe, 1859, pp. 210, 429.
Anorthopygus.

1859.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zobl. 1859, September.
Echinaraclmius

asiaticus ! = Scutella Rumphii Blainv. 1827.

Australiae ! = " " " «

undulatus ! = " ■' « «

Polyaster non Gray, 1840.

elegans ! = Lagana decagona Less. 1841.

1860.

Cotteau, Bull. Soc. Geol. Franc. XVIT. 1860, p. 378, Mars.

Heterocidaris.

1860.

Etallon, Rayonn. du Jura Sup. de Montbeliard. 1860.

Pseudodesorella.

1860.

L. Agassiz, Proc. B. S. N. H. 1860, p. 262. Mai.
Pygorhynchus
sp.!

1860.

Cotteau, ltcbin. Sarthe, 1860.
Echinocyphus.

* Know this from Cotteau's quotation only.

72 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1860.

Mayer, Faunula d. Mar. Sandst. 1860, p. 11, August.

Leiospatangus

1860.

Cotteau, Eehin. Yonne, II. 1860, p. 83.

Phyllobrissus.

1860.

Meek & Worthen, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1860, pp. 396, 472.

Melonechinus
Oligoporus.

1860

Holmes, Post Plio. foss. So. Ca. 1860, p. 5, PI. II. f. 2.

Anapesus

caiolinus ! = Echinus punctulatus Lam. 1816.

1861.

Thomson, Edinb. New I'liil. Jour. 1861, January.

Echinocystites.

1861.

Cotteau, Pal. franc. Cret. VII 1861, p. 96, July.

Heterosalenia.

1861.

Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1861, July.

Lobophora

Deplanchei ! = MeLLita laevis Klein, 1734.
Clypeaster

Saisseti ! = Echinanthus humile Lf.sk k. 1778.

1861.

Leiosoma

1861.

Lepidechinus.

1861.

Tripylus

fragilis !

1862.

Cotteav, Lcliin. Sarthe, 1861, p. 403.

Hall, Prel. Notice new sp. Crinoids, 1861, p. 18.

Sars, Norges Echin. 1861, p. 96, June.

Cotteau, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1862, p. 72, Mai.

Heterolampas.
Heterodiadema.
Orthocidaris non A. Ag. 1863.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 73

1862.

Etallon, Etudes paleont. s. le terr. Jurass. Haut Jura; Suppl. 18G2, pp. 4, 5.

Pseudocidaris.
Hemipygus.

1862.

Dujardin et Hup£, Zoopb. Echinodernies, 18fi2.
Leioeidaris

hystrix !

papillata !

affinis !

Stokesi !

Thouarsii !

Danae !
Salmacis

Desmoulinsii (err. typ.) Dussumieri Agass.
Melebosis (err. typ.) Melobosis Gir. 1850.

mirabilis.
Psammechinus

pulchelhis !

pustulatus !

decoratus !

longispinus !

laganoides !

magellanicus !

aciculalus !
Svhaerechinus

escidentus !

gibbosus !
Toxopneustes

aequituberculatus !
Tripneustes

fasciatus !

angidosus !
Michelinia non Koninck, 1842.

elegans !
Podophora

Mertensii
Brissopsis

excavatus !

Philippii !

ovatus !

1862.

Michelin, in Maillard, notes s. Bourbon, Annexe A. 1862.

Keraiaphorus

Maillardi '
Savignya

Frappieri! = Astropyga Desorii Ac. 1846.
Tripneustes

fuscus! = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.

zigzag ! = " " " '•

74 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1862. Miciielin (continued).
Toxopneustes

indianus

Hemipatagus

Mascareignarum ! = Spatangus planulatus Lam. 1816.

1863.

Cotteac, Eukin. foss. des Pyren. 1863.

Pedinopsis.
Brissopatagus.

1863.

Bf.lval, Bull. Acad. Bnix. XV. 1863, p. 419, March.

Encope

Ghiesbrechtii = Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778.

Cotteau. PaL Franc. Cret. VII. 1868, ApriL

Cotteau, Eeliin. Sarthe, 1863, p. 399.

Cotteai", Rev. Mag. Zool. 1803, p. 77, June.

1863.
Temnocidaris.

1863.

Orthopsis.

1863.

Microdiadema.

1863.

A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. I. 1863, August

Gymnocidaris

mi lnltiriil !

minor! = Oidarites metularia Lam. 1816.
Orthocidaris (A. Ag) non Cott. 1802.

hyslrix !

affix is !

papiUata \
Temnocidaris (A. Ag.) non Cott. 1863.

canaliculata !
Prionocidaris

pistilbiris !
Stephanocidaris

lubaria ! non Lam. = Cidarites bispinosa Lam. 1816.
Chondrocidaris

gigantea !
Garelia

subalaris !

cincta! = Diadema turcarum Schtnv. 1711.

turcarum !
Echinothrix

aperta! = Echinus calamaris Pall. 1771.

scutata ' = Astropyga Desorii Ag. 1846.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 1 5

1863- A. Agassiz (continued).

Diadema

paucispinum ! = Diadema setosa (Gray,) 1825.

mexicanum !

globulosum ! = Diadema setosa (Gray,) 1 825.
Echiiwcidaris

Davisii ! = Echinus punctulatus Lam. 18 1(3.

incisa ! = Echinus stellatus Blainv. 1825.
Echinostrephus

aciculatus ! = Echinometra setosa Rumph. 1705.
Acrocladia

cuspidata ! = Echinus trigonarius Lam. 1816.
Podophora

Quoyi !
Echinometra

Van Brunti !

rupicola ! = Echinometra Van Brunti A. An. 1863.

microtuberculata ! = Echinus htcunter (Lam.) non Linn.

viridis !

plana ! = Echinometra viridis A. Ag. 1863.
Parasalenia

gratiosa !
Toxocidaris

Delalandi !

mexicana ! (A. Ag.) non Ag.

franciscana '
Loxechinus

purpuratus !
Psammechinus

chloroticus !
Sphaerechinus

granulans !
Temnopleurus

Reevesii\ non Guat = Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734.
Toreumatica

concava ! non Gray = Temnopleurus Reynaudi Ag. 1846.
Melobosis

rarispinus !
Lytechinus

carolinus ! = Echinus variegatus (Lam.) non Leske.

variegatus !

atlanticus ! = "
Hemiechinus Gm. MS.
Boletia

granulata !

rosea !
Tripneustes

depressus !
Hipponoe

violacea! = Cidaris sardica Leske, 1778.
nigricans ! = " " "

76 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1863. A Agassiz (continued).

Stolonoclypus Agass.

placunarius !

prostralits !

rotundus !
Rhaphidoclypus

scutiformis !

microtuberculatus ! = Echinus reticulatus Lin. 1758.
Rumpkia

Lesueuri !
Pygorhynchus

pacificus ! Agass.
Kleinia

nigra! = Meoma grandis Gray, 1851.
Rbyssobrissus

niger !
Xanthobrissus.

Garetti! = Spatangus sternalis Lam. 1816.

1863.

S. P. Woodward, Geologist, 18G3, September.

Ecninotburia.

1863.

A. Agassiz, Proc. Acad. Nat Scien. Phila. 1 863, December.

PhyUncnntlius

fustigera ! Barn. = Cidarites imperiabs Lam. 1 816.
Diadema

nudum ! = Diadema setosa (Gray,) 1825.
Thrichodiadema

Rodgersii !
Colobocentrotus

Leslcei ! (err. typ.) Mertensii.
Echinometra

brunea ! = Echinus lucunler (Lam.) non Linn.
Glyptocidaris

crenularis !
Toxocidaris

nuda !

crassispina! = Echinus tuberculatus Lam. ltfn',.

globulosa ! = Toxocidaris franciscana A. Ag. 18G2.

depressa !
Psammechinus

intermedius ! Barn.

pulcherrimus ! Barn.
Toxopneustes

carnosus ! Barn. = Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. 1776.
Microcyphus

elegans ! = Toreumatica Haidwickii Gray, 1855.
Antbechinus

roseus ' = Microcyphus maculatus Ac. 1841.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 77

1863. A. Agassiz (continued).

Temnotrema

sculpta ! = Toreumatica Hardwickii Gray, 1855.
Lagan tim

Futnami ! Barn.
Scaphechimis ! Barn.

mirabilis! Barn.
Lobophora

texta! = Mellita laevis Klein, 1734.
Maretia

alta!
Lovenia

triangularis! = Spatangus subcarinatus Grat, 1845.
Echinocardium

Stimpsoni ! = Echinocardium australe Gray, 1851.

1863.

Belval, Bull. Acad. Brux. XVI. 1863, p. 198, August.
Lobophora

Dubusii = Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778.
Agassizii = " •• " "

Lutken, Bid. til Kuuds. om Echiu. 1864.

1864.

Psilechinus

variegatus !
Meoma

ventricosa !
Echinocidaris

longispina ! = Echinus stellatus Blainv. 1825.
Clypeaster

Riisei ! = Stolonoclypus rotundus A. Ag. 1863.
Agassizia

ovulum ! = Agassizia scrobiculata Val. 1846.
Goniocidaris

tubaria !
Anthocidaris

homalostoma !

eurythrogramma !
Ellipsechinus

macrostomus !
Echinometra

Michclini ! non Des.

arbacia ! = Parasalenia gratiosa A. Ag. 1863.
Psammechinus

verruculatus ! = Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778.
Ravenellia
Chaetodiscus

scutella ! = Scaphechinus mirabilis Barn. 1863.

78

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1864. LiiTKEN (continued).

Rhynchopygus

caribaearum !
Sphaeriechinus (err. typ.) Sphaerechinus Des. 1856.

granularis

indianus !
Brissopsis

pulvinatus

1865.

Conrad, T. A., Proo. Acad. N. S. Pliila. 18G5, p. 74.

Macrophora

Echinianthus (err. typ.) Echinanthus Biseyn. 1732.

Echinocardium

orthonotus.

1865.

Martens, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 18G5, M&rz.

Scutella

japonica ! = Scaphechinus mirabilis Barn. 1863.
Nucleolltes

epigonus !

1865.

Bolsciie, Wieg. Archiv. I. 1865, p. S24.

Ecltinothrix

cincta !

aequulh !

clavata !

Petersii ! = Diadema turcarum Schtnv. 1711.
Astropyga

major = Cidarihs radiata Leske, 1778.

1865.

Gruije, Jahres-Ber. d. Schles. Ges. 1865.

Platybrissus

Roemeri !

1866.

Worthen & Meek, Paleontology, Geology of Illinois, Vol. II. 1866, p. 249.

Melonopsis.

1866.

Cotteau, Pal. franc. VII. Terr. Crdt. 1866, d. 760, Mai.

Leiocyphus

1866.

Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, p. 170, June.

Spatangus
Maretia

variegata! = Spatangus plannlatus Lam. 1816.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 79

1866.

Cotteau, Rev. Mag. Zool. 18C6, Juin, Judlet.

Leiopedina.
Echinopedina.

1866.

Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1866 p. 340, My.

Euryechinus

granulatus !

Drobachiensis !

lividus

gibbus ! (err. typ.) Echinus gibbosus Val. 1846.

Delalandii

1866. .

Martens, Wieg. Arcbiv. XXXII. 18G6.

Temnopleurus

japonicus ! = Temnopleurus Hardwickii Gray, 1855.
Echinus

disjunctus ! = Toxocidaris depressa A. Ag. 18C3.
Boletia

radiata! = Psammechinus pulcherrimus Barn, in A. Ag. 1863.

polizonalis.
Toxocidaris

purpurea! = Echinus tuberculatus Lam. 1816.
Cidaris

circinnata MS. Amsterd. Mus. = Cidarites annulifera Lam. 1816.

fustigera !
Diadema

calamare !
Salmacis

pyramidata !

conica! = Salmacis sulcatus Ag. 1846.
Clypeaster

testudinarius !
Nucleolus! (err. typ.) Nucleolites Lam. 1801.

epigonus !

1866.

Martens, Verhl. d. K. K. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 186G, p. 381.

Acrocladia

planissima! = Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734.

1866.

Schtjltze, L., Echinod. d. Eifier Kalkes. Denk. schr. Wien. Akad., 1866.

Xenocidaris.

1867.

Cotteau, Pal. franc. VII. Terr. Cret. 1867, p. 822, January.

Micropedina.

1867.

Grube, Jahresb. d. Sebles. Ges. f. Vat. Cult. 1867, April.

Asthenosoma
varium !

80 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1867. GrUBK (continued).

Salmacis

rubrotinctus ! = Salmacis rarispinus Ag. 1846.
festivus ! =

1867.

Verrill, Notes on Radiata, Trans. Conn. Acad. 1867 ; in Reprint, June.

Echinodiaderna

coronata !
Astropyga

venusta! = Cidarites pulvinata Lam. 1816.
Psammechinus

pictus ! = Echinus semituberculatus Val. 1847.
LytecMnus

roseus !
Boletia

viridis ! = Echinus chloroticus Val. 1846.
Euryechinus

imbecillis ! = Echinus gibbosus Vai.. 1846.
Toxopneustes

sp. ! = Toxocidaris mexieana (A. Ag.) 1863.
Encope

occidentalis ! = Encope micropora Ag. 1841.
Astriclypeus

Manni !
Mellita

pacifical
Stoloniclypeus (err. typ.) Stolonoclypus Ag. 1863.

rotundus !
Brissus

obesus !
Meoma

nigra !
Metalia

nobilis! = Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788.

Garetti !

1867.

Martexs, Wieg. Arcb. XXXIII. 1867, p. 112.
Encope

aberrans ! = Encope Michelini Ag. 1841.

1867.

Loven, Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1867.
Palaeostoma

mirabilis !

1868.

Norman, 4th Dredging Report Shetland Islands, Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1868, p. 314.

Toxopneustes

pictus ! = Echinus Drbbachiensis Mull. 1776.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 81

1868. Norman (continued).

Echinocardinm

pennatifidum.

Spatangus

meridionalis ! (Norm.) et auct. anglic. non Risso = Spatangus Rascln Loven, 1869.

1868.

Laube, Echin. d. Vicentiu. Tertiiirgebiets, Akad. Wien. p. 13, 18G8.

Chrysomelon.

1868.

Trosciiel, Niedcr Hess. Gesell. f. Nat. u. Heilkim. 18G8, Juli/.

Crustulum

gratulans ! = Astriclypeus Manni Verrill, 1867.

1868.

Worthen & Meek, Geol. Pal. Illinois, IU. 18G8, p. 522.

Lepidesthes.

1868.

Grube, Monatsb. Berlin, Ak. 1868, Man.

Anochanus

sinensis '

1869.

Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1869, April.

Desoria

nodosa ! = Desoria australis Gray, 1851.

1869.

Cotteac, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1869, Mai.

Echinodiadema (Cott.) non Verrill, 1867.

1869.

Loven, Ofv. af. K. Vetensk. Ak. Forh. 1869.
Spatangus

1869.

Thomson, Dredging Rept. Porcupine, Proc R. S. 1869.

Calveria

hystrix !

1869.

Troschel, Verhandl. N. H. V. Rhein. u. West. 1869, p. 96.

Pseudoboletia

maculata! = Toxopneustes indianus Mich. 1862.

stenostoma! = Boletia granulata A. Ag. 1863.
Podophora

quadriseriata = Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br. 1835.

82 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1869.

E. v. Martens, Decken's Reise in Ost. Africa, Seesterne u. Seeig. v. Sancibar, 18G9.

Bryssus (err. typ.) Brissus Klein, 1734.
slernalis.
bicinctus.
carinatus.

compressus.

1869. X /J^

A. Agassiz, Prelim. Report Echini. Bull. M. C. Z. II. 18G9, £. 9, October.
Cidaris '

annulata\ non Gray, = Cidarites tribuloides Lam. 1816.
Dorocidaris

abyssicola! = Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778.

hi/strix !

papillata !

affinis !

Stokesii !
Salenocidaris

varispina !
Caenopedina

cubensis !
Podocidaris

sculpta !
Echinus

gracilis !

Flemingiil non Ball. = Echinus norvegicus D. o. K. 1844.
Genocidaris

maculata !
Trigonocidaris

albida !
Stolonoclypus

Ravenellii !
Encope

Griesbachii (err. typ.) Ghiesbrccl/tii.
Ech in oh i mp as

caratomoides ! = Echinolampas depressus Gray, 1851.
Rhyncholampas

caribbaearutn !

pacip'cus !
Neolampas

rostellatus !
Pourtalesia

miranda !
Lissonotus (A. Ag.) non Schon. 1817.

fragilis !
Agassi:/'//

excentrica !
Echitwcardium

laevigaster! = Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. 1868.

Kurlzii !

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 83

1869. A. Agassiz (continued).

Schizaster

cubensis ! non cTOrb. in Ag. C. R. = Brissus fragilis D. o. K. 1844.
Diadema

mexicanum ! juv. non A. Ag. = Echinodiadema coronata Veeeill. 1867.
Lytechinus

semituberculatus !
Plagionotus

nobilis !

1869.

Perrier, Pedicell. Tbfese Fac. Scienc. Paris, 18G9.

Cidnris

rosaceus ! Rousseau = Oidarites annulifera Lam. 1816.

Callao ! = Oidaris Danae Ag. 1846.
Echinus

lezaroides ! (err. typ.) laganoides = Echinus molaris Blainv.
Psammechinus

No. 248 ! = Echinus variegalus (Lam.) 1816, non Leske.
Tripneitstes

bicolor ! Val. = Cidaris sardica Klein, 1734.
Echinometra

No. 274 ! = Echinus purpuratus Stimps. 1857.
Acrocladia

violacea! Blainv. = Echinus trigonarius Lam. 1816.

serialis ! Val. = Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734.
Echinolampas

cyclostomus ! = Scutum ovatum Klein, 1734.

Hellei ! Val. = Echinolampas Richardi (Desml.) 1 837, non Desmt.
Erissopsis

parma! Val. = Brissus l3rrifer Forbes, 1841.

No. 18 ! =
Breynia

nigra !
Amphidetus

Novae Zelandiae ! Val. = Echinocardium australe Gray, 1851.

No. 71 ! = Echinus cordatus Pk.nn. 1777.

No. 193 ! = Spatagus flavescens Mull. 1774.

Gaimardi ! = ?
Lovenia

quadrimaculata ! Val. = Spatangus planulatus Lam. 1816.

1869.

Pomel, Introduc. aux Echinodermes, 1869.

Trachypatagus.

Leiopatagus (err. typ.) Leiospatangus Meter, 1860.

depressus.
hypsopatagus.

84 CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

1869. Pomel (continued).

hemibrissus

ventricosus.
Schizobrissus.
peribrissus.
trachyaster.
par aster

gibberuhis.
bolbaster.
hypsaster.
heteropneustes.
hypsoclypus.
clypeolampas.
Echinolampas

Bottae ! = Scutum ovatum Klein, 1734.
amphisalenia.
prodiadema.
glyphopneustes.

malebosis (err. typ:) Melobosis Gir. 1850.
micropsidia.
arbacina.
schizechinus

semit uberculatus.

variegatus

excavatus.
oligophyma.

Olopneustes (err. typ.) Holopneustes Ac 1841.
MacCoya.
Wrightia (Pomel) non A(;ass. 1862.

1870.

G. O. Sars, Nye Echin. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1871.
Echinus

depresses non Blainv.
Toxopnetutes

pallidus = Echinus Drbbachiensis Mull. 1776.

1870.

Verrill, Sill. Journ. 1870, p. 93, January.
Clypeaster

speciosus ! = Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 1851.
Encope

californica !

1870.

Desmoulixs, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 1870.
Echinolampas

Rangii = Echinolampas Hellei Val. in Peru. 1869.

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST. 85

1871.

Verrill, Notes on Radiata, Trans. Conn. Acad. 1871, February and March.

Plagionotus

africanus !
Boletia

picta !
Evechinus

chloroticus !
Toxocidaris

homalostoma !

eurythrogramma !
Clypeaster

testudinarius ! = Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 1851.

1871.

A. Agassiz, BuU. M. C. Z. No. 5, II. 1871, April; Suppl. to Bull. No. 9, I. 1869.

Coelophurus

Maillardi !
sp.

1871.

Costa, O. G., Monog. degli Echinocyami viv e foss 1871.

Echinocyamus

parthenopaeus = Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776.
speciosus = " " "

1872.

A. Agassiz, Preliminary Notice of a few Echini, Bull. M. C. Z. III. No. 4, 1872, January.

Strongylocentrotus

armiger !
Sphaereclthuis

Australiae !
Amblypneustes

pentagonus !

inflatus ! Lutk.

purpurescens ! Lutk.
Holopneustes

inflatus !

purpurescens !
Spalangus

Lutkeni !
Lovenia !

cordifoimis ! Lutk.
Moera

stygia ! Lutk.
Rhynobrissus

pyramidalis !

SYNONYMY.

This second series of lists contains the Synonymy, which I look upon as
the history of the species (not its Natural History). The synonymes quoted

have all been taken from the originals unless otherwise marked (teste ),

giving the authority for their accuracy. The (!) therefore does not mean
that I have verified the quotation, but that I have examined authentic
specimens. The genera adopted in this revision, as well as the species in
their respective genera, are arranged alphabetically. In the descriptive part
of the text the references for the name adopted and for the original name
alone are given ; the notation is as follows : —

Temnopleurus toreumaticus

Cidaris toreumatica ! Klein, 1734, Nat. Disp. Ec-h.
Temnopleurus toreumaticus] Agass. 1841, Mouog. Scut.

Amblypneustes griseus

Echinus griseus! Lam. 1816, An. s. Vert.
Amblypneustes r/riseus\ Agass. 1841, Monog. Scut.

the character of the type, of the original name, always showing the rela-
tions of the specific and generic names at the time the species was described,
as in the Chronological List. Not to introduce too many doubtful syno-
nymes, a general concordance of all the names given to Echini, including
MS. names mentioned, is added, where doubtful synonymes will be found
recorded by referring them to some species of this Revision ; this may
serve as a ready reference for all the known species. To supplement the
Chronological, Synonymic, and Alphabetical Lists, I shall add a Systematic
Index of the species, mentioned in this Revision, giving the original name
and the principal localities. As it was found impossible to add to each
citation a locality without introducing too much doubtful material, only
accurate localities are quoted. For each species I have given a complete
list of all the localities from which specimens are recorded, with their
authorities, indicating at the same time by the usual mark (!) whenever
I have seen the specimens mentioned. In the Geographical Lists the
species found in any one locality will be so arranged as to show the faunal
peculiarity of a region, while the exact range of each species is always
carefully specified with its synonymy. (*) denotes that specimens are in
the Coll. M. C. Z.

AGASSIZIA.

Agassizia Val. 184G. Voyage Venus.

Agassizia Agass. 1847. Cat. Rais. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 20.

Agassizia excentrica

Agassizia excentrica! A. Agass. 18G9. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 276. Straits of Florida.

VBrissopsis poriferus Raw 1848. Echin. So. Ca.

1 Agassizia porifera McCrady, 1851. In Plioc. Foss. So. Ca., PI. If. 5.

♦Off Tortugas, 35, 3G fins. 45 fms. ! *Florida Gulf Stream ! (Pourtales).

Agassizia scrobiculata

Agassizia scrobiculata ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. I. f. 2. Peru.
Agasskia scrobiculata'. Val. 1847. In Agass. C. U Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 20.
" " Grat, 1855. Cat. Recent Echini, p. 62.

I Duj. llriis, 1862. Echin, p. 604.
I A. AGASS. 1*63. Bull. M. V. Z., I. p. 28. Panama.
! PERRIER, 1869. Pedicell., p. 177.
Agassizia subrotunda ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. II., VII. p. 133.

! " 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 68., PL Hl.f.S. Australia?
! Verrill, 1870. Sill. Journ., XLIX. p. 95.
! " 1869. Proc. Bost S. N. II.. p. 882.

! " 1871. Notes on Radiata, p. 598.

Agassizia ovulum ! LtJTK. 1864. Bidrag p. 134, /'/. //./ S. Boccones.

" " ! Verrill, 18g:. Notes on Radiata, p 320. Panama.

♦Panama (A. Agas=iz, Jevvctt) ; *Peru (J. d. P.) ; Boccones ! (Mus. Cop) ; La Paz ! (Pedersen,
Yale Coll.).

AMBLTPNEUSTES.

Echinus Lamk. 1816. A. s. V. (pars.)
Amblypneustes Agass. 1841. Introd. Monog. Scut.
Ambhjpncustes Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 362.
Codechinus Des. 1855. Synops. Ech. foss.

Amblypneustes formosus

Amblypru ustes formosus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. II. f. 2.
" formnsusl Duj. Hipe", 18G2. Echin, p. 518.

" scalaris ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362. New Holland.

" scalaris ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 518.

? Galapagos! (J. d. P.); *Australia; Tasmania! Adelaide! (Brit. Mus.).

SYNONYMY. 89

Amblypneustes griseus

Echinus griseus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. Oursin, p. 81.
Echinus griseus ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 227.

" " ! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

Amblypneustes griseusl Ac ass. 1841. Monog Scut. Introd.

" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362. Vanikoro.
Amblypneustes griseus\ Duj. Dupe", 1862. Echin., p. 518.

♦Australia ! *New Zealand ! (Wright) ; Port Jackson ! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Vanikoro ! (J. d. P.) ;
Adelaide ! Van Diemen's Land ! Port Philip ! Murray Riv. ! New Zealand ! (Brit. Mus.)

Amblypneustes ovum

Echinus ovum! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 48. Australia?
Echinus ovum ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. Oursin, p. 81.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 227.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

Amblypneustes ovum Agass. 1841. Int. Anat. Ech., p. ix.

" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362.
" ! Duj. Hope", 1862. Eehin., p. 517.
" textilis ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362.

textilis ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 518.
serialis ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362.
serialis ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 518.

♦Australia ! *Hobart Town ! (Hamb'g Mus.) ; *Van Diemen's Land ! (B. M. Wright) ; Port
Jackson ! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Port Lincoln ! Port Philip ! Tasmania ! (Brit. Mus.).

Amblypneustes pallidus

Echinus pallidus ! Lamk, 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 48.

" pallidus DesLong. 1824. Enc. Meth., II. p. 591.
" " ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. Oursin, p. 81.

! Blainv. 1834. Aciinol., p. 227.
Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.
" (Amblypneustes) pallidus) Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. II. f. 1.
Amblypneustes pallidus ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat., VI. p. 362 Australia.
" " I Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 518.

*M. C. Z. ; Port Jackson ! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Holdfast Bay ! Murray Riv. ! Port Philip ! Adelaide !
Feejee Islands ! (Brit. Mus.) ; Vanikoro ! (J. d. P.).

Amblypneustes pentagonus

Amblypneustes pentagonus ! A. Ag. 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III. No. 5. Mauritius?

♦Mauritius (Brandt).

t (ECHINOBRISSUS.) Anochanus.

Anochanus Grube, 1868. Monatsb. d. Akad. Berlin, March, p. 178.

Anochanus sinensis

Anochanus sinensis ! Grube, 1868. Monatsb. d. Ak. Berlin, March, p. 178. China Seas.

East India Islands ! (Grube, Breslau Mus.).
t When a genus appears in parentheses its subgenera are denoted by smaller type, — Anochanus.

9q .SYNONYMY.

ARACHNOIDES.

Echinodiscus Breyn. 1732. Schedias. (pars.)

Arachnoides Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech.

Echinus Lin. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)

Echinarachnius Leske, 1778. Ki.. Add. (non Gray, nee Agass.)

Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pais)

Echinodiscus Blainv. 1830. Actinol. (pars.)

Arachnoides Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut., p. 94.

Arachnoides placenta

RUMPH. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam.. PI. XIV. f. G.

Echinodiscus maxima* Breyn. 1732. Schedias., p. 64, PI. VII. f. 7, S.

Arachnoides Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PI. XX. f. a, b.

Gualteri, 1742. Index Test, /'/. CX.f.a.

Seba, 1758. Tlus, III. 77. AT. / „7. .

Echinus placenta Linn. 1758. Syst X., cd. X. p. CCG.

" placenta Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst., 3195.
ScuteUa " I Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 11. So. Pacific.
Scutella " ! Blainv. 1827. Diet. S. N. Scut., p. 225.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 228.

Echinarachinus placenta ! Leski , 1778. Ki.. Add., /'/. XX. f. A, B.
Echinarachnius placenta'. Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. G.
" Flem. 1828. Brit. An. p. 179.

! Agass. 1836. Prod., p 188.
" " Forbes, 1841. Brit. Start'., p. 1 78. Shetland?

" " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 5.

Echinodiscus " ! Blainv. 1831. Actinol., p 64, PL VII. f. 7,8.

Arachnoides " I AGASS. 1841. Mon. Sent, p. 94, PL XXI.f. $5-42.

" ! Agass. 1847. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 134. Amboina, Salomon Isl.
Mill.. 1854. Bail d. Ech., PI. IV. f. 6. 7.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech., p. 1 3. Australia.

Bi:..nn. 1859. KI. u. Or. Actin., PI. XXXIX. f. 2.
" ■ Dim. \\vv&, 1862. E. liin., ]>. 561.

Echinarachnius Zelandiae ! Gray, 1845. Drill h. Voy., IT. p. 265. New Zealand.
Arachnoides Zelandiae'. Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 11, PI. II. f. :.

•Auckland, *New Zealand (Edwards) ; *Port Mackay (Mus. Godef.) ; *Singapore (Novarra
Ex.) *Cape York (Salmin) ; Amboina ! Salomon Islands ! (J. d. P.) ; Flinder's Island ! Torres
Straits! Cape Upstart! (Brit. Mus.); Burmah ! (Boston N. II. Soc.) ; Philippine Islands!
(Semper); Luzon! (Mus. Berl.) ; Timor, Buru, Borneo, New Holland (Martens).

ARBACIA.

Cidaris Leske, 1778. Kl. Addit. (pars.)

Echinus Lamk. 181 G. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Arbacia Gray 1835. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 58, April (non Agass.).

Echinocidaris Desml. 1835. Tabl. Syn. July.

Agarites Agass. 1841. Introd. Mon. Scut.

Tetrapygus Agass. 1841. Introd. Mon. Scut.

Agarites Agass. 1846. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.

Tetrapygus Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

SYNONYMY. 91

Arbacia Dufresnii

Echinus Dufresnii ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 76.

" Dufresnii] Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 226.
Arbacia " ! Gray, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 38.
Echinocidaris Dufresnii Desml. 1837. Sjn., p. 303.

" " ! Ac ass. 1846. C R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 353.

» " ! Dim. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 520.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedicel., p. 144.

" " Verrill, 1871. Notes on Radiata, p. 580.

Agarites " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353.

Echinocidaris Schythei Phil. 185 7. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 13. So. Extreni. So. Am.
" SchytheiDv.J. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 521.

" " Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 145.

*So. Am. So. Extrem.; W. Coast Patagonia! Straits Magellan! (Brit. Mus.) ; Chili! (Ecol.
Min.) ; ? ? Madeira ! (J. d. P.)

Arbacia nigra

Echinus niger Mol. 1782. Chili, p. 175 (non Rumph). Chili.
Echinocidaris nigral Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 354. Peru.
" Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin., PI. III. f. 1, 2.

" " Bronx, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f. 19, 20.

" " ! Dili. HupE". 1862. Echin., p. 521.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 145.

" " Desml. 1871. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord., XXVU., PL XI. f. 7, S.

Tetrapygus nigerl Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 354.
Arbacia nigra ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 20.

" " ! Verrill, 1867. Notes on Radiata, p. 301.

Echinocidaris pustulosa Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 304 (non Agass.).
Echinus (Agarites) purpurescens ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zuoph., PL V.f 1. Peru.

*Coquimbo, Chili (D'Orbigny) ; *Mexillones, *Iquique (Dillingham, Putnam) ; *Valparaiso,
*Callao (Edwards); *Caldera (Putnam); whole coast Chili (Philippi) ; Cape Horn! (Mus.
Berl.) ; ? Philippine Islands! (Semper).

Arbacia punctulata

Echinus nodiformii Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PL X.f 10, a bl

Rnorr, 1771. Delic, PL D. I.f. 0; PL D. IH.f. G.

Echinus punctulatus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 47. Grandes Indes?
" punctulatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p 75.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226.
Arbacia punctulata ! Gray, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 58. (Not Phil. Mag., as says Desml.)
Arbacia " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

Echinocidaris" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 306.

" " I Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353. W. Indies, So. Ca.

! Du.j. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 520.
" ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 97.

" ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. Straits Florida.
" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 144.
" " Desml. 1871. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. XXVII. PL X.f. 1, 2.

Agarites " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353.

Echinocidaris Davisii ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 20. Naushon.

*Naushon (A. Agassiz) ; *Newport (Wyman) ; *Cape Fear, 7 fms. ; *Florida, off Tortugas,
13, 35, 36, 37, 44, 87, 125 fms.; *Sand Key, 20, 120 fms. (Pourtales) ; Fort Monroe! Captiva
Key, Fla. ! (Smithson. Coll.); *Beaufort, N. C. (Bickmore) ; *Charleston, S. C. (Agassiz);
*Charlotte Harbor (Maslin, YViiidemau) ; *E. coast Fla. (Burkhardt) ; *Savannah, Ga. (Agassiz) ;
*Indian Key (Wiirdeman) ; *Key West (Agassiz) ; *Hayti (Weinland).

92 SYNONYMY.

Arbacia pustulosa

Cidaxis assulata pustulosa Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Echin., PL XI. f. A, B.
Echinus lixula Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat

Kermesinus Seba, 1758. Tlies., III. PL X.f. S, IS.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL D.f. 7.

Cidaris pustulosa Leske, 1 778. Klein, Add, p. 85, PL XI. f A, B.
Echinus pustidosus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat, 3179.
" " ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. V.

" " DesLong. Enc. Meth., PL CXLI.f. 6, 7.

" ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat O., p. 75.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226, PL XX. f. S.

Edw. in Cirv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XIII. f. 3.
Arbacia pustulosa ! GRAY, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., April.
Arbacia " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 28.

Echinocidaris pustulosa'. Agass. 1816. C. It. Ann. So. Nat, VI. p. 354 (non Desml.). Brazil.
" " ! Dim. Ih ii:, 1862. Echin., p. 521.

" 1 Perkier, 1869. Pedic., p. 1 14.
Tetrapygus " ! Agass. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc Nat, VI. p. 354.

Echinus aequituberculatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 76.

" aequituberculatus ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226.
Echinocidaris aequituberculata Desml. 1837. Svn., p. 306.

" " I Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 354, PL XV. f. S. Pa-

lcrmo, Algeria.
« •• Aradas, 1853. Monog. Ech. Atti. Gioen. VIII. p. 87. Sicily.

Mull. 1854. Abhdl., VII. PL II.. III.. IV (Pluteus).
Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt. Faun., p. 110. Naples.
BRONN, 1859. Kl. n. Ord. Actin, p. 338.
! l)i i. IIri>E\ 1862. Echin., p. 521.

! Desml. 1871. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord., XXVII. PL XI. f. 5,0.
Tetrapygus aequituberculatus ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 354.
Arbacia equituberculata Okay, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., p. 38.
Arbacia aequituberculata A. Agass. 1803. Bull. M. C. /.. I. p. 20. Fayal.
Echinus loculatus ! BLAINV. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. ().. p 75.

" loculatus'. Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226.
Agariles loculatus Ac; \>s. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc Nat., VI. p. 353.
Echinocidaris luculala\ Desml. 1837. Svn., p. 306.

« I Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 353. La Rochelle.
" 1 Duj. Hurri, 1862. Echin., p. 521.

" ! Desml. 1871. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord., XXVI. PL X.f. J, .;.
Echinus neapolitanus Delle Chiaje 1825. An. senz. Vert

" {Agariles) grandiiiosus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, PL XI. f. I.
Echinocidaris grandinosa\ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat , VI. p. 354. Carthagena.
" " ! Dij. IIii-lS, 1862. Echin., p. 521.

! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 1 I".. /'/. IV. f. 7.
Tetrapygus grandinosus '. Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat,, VI. p. 354.
Echinocidaris sinensis Mich. MS. (Coll. Cotteau).

♦Palermo; *Naples (Panceri) ; *Fayal (Dabncy. Iligginson) ; *W. coast Italy (Rigacei) ;
*Cape Verde Islands (Bouvier) ; *Liberia ; *Cape Palinas (Perkins) ; W. coast Africa ! (J. d. P.j ;
La Rochelle (imported, Desml.) ; Madeira ! (Smithson. Coll.) ; Dalmatia (Miiller) ; Les>ina, Lissa,
(Heller); *Desterro, Brazil, (Fritz Miiller); *Rio Janeiro (Agassiz, Thayer Exp.); *Isla de
Marecas, *Arma5ao (Hartt, Thayer Exp.) ; Brazil! (J. d. 1'.).

SYNONYMY. 93

Arbacia spatuligera

Echinus (Agarites) spatuliger ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, PL V.f. 2.

Echinocidaris spatuligera ! Agass. 1846. Cat. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353. Coquiuibo.

" " ! Duj. IIupe\ 1862. itch., p. 520.

" " ! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 300. Peru.

" " ! Perkier, 1863. Pedic., p. 144.

AgarUes " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353.

♦Callao (Edwards ; Bradley, Yrale Coll.) ; * W. coast S. Am. (J. d. P.) ; Paita ! (Yale Coll.) ;
Coquimbo! (J. d. P.) ; Guayaquil! (Mus. Cop.) ; whole coast Chili (Philippi).

Arbacia stellata

Echinus stellatusl (Blainv.) 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 76 (non Gmel.)

" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226.

Arbacia slellatal Gray, 1835. _Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 38.
Echinocidaris stellata Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 306.

« " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353. Galapagos.

" ! Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 520.
" " ! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 298. Peru, San Salvador.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 144.
Agarites stellatus\ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 353.
Echinocidaris incisa ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 20. Panama, Guaymas.
" longispina! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 130, PI. I.f. 7. Realejo.

♦Panama (Sternberg, Edwards) ; *Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; *Guayraas (Stone) ; *Margarita
Bay, Califa (Essex Inst.); *Zorritos (Bradley, Y'ale Coll.); Galapagos! (J. d. P.); La
Union ! (Yale Coll.).

ASTHENOSOMA.

Asthenosoma Grube, 1867. Jahresb. A. Schles. Ges.

Calveria W. Thoms. 1869. Dredging Report Porcup. Exped., Proc. R. S. ^\

Asthenosoma hystrix

Calveria hystrix ! W. Thoms. 1869. Dredging Report Porcupine. Atlantic, deep sea.
Cat ceria hystrix \ A. Agass. 1871. Bull. M. C. Z., II. p. 457. fi£j0l,

♦Straits of Florida, 138 f'ms. (Pourtales) ; *between Eockall and Rona, 547 fms. off Vigo,
S. Cape Finistere (Porcupine Exped.).

Asthenosoma varium

Asthenosoma varium! Grube, 1867. Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges., p.

China Seas! (Breslau Mus.).

(MELLITA.) Astriclypeus.

Astriclypeus Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 31 :.
Crustulum Trosch. 1868. Bonn. Jubilaeun d. Fried. Willi. Univ.

Astriclypeus Manni

Astriclypeus Manni! Verrill, 1867. Notes on Radiata, p. 311.
Astriclypeus Manni \ A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z. Japan.
Crustulum gratulans ! Troschel, 1868. Bonn., PI. I.

Crustulum gratulans ! Troschel, 1869. Verhandl. N. H. Ver. Preuss. Rheinl., p. 96.
« « ! Troschel, 1869. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 52. Japan.

*Linguin, China Seas (Liv'p'l Mus.) ; *Japan (Salmin) ; Yokohama! (Martens).

94 SYNONYMY.

ASTROPYGA.

Cidaris Leske, 1778. Kl. Add. (pars.)
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N. (pars.)
Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. V. (pars.)
Aatropyga (Iiiay, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4.
Diadema Desml. 1837. Syn. (pars.)

Astropyrja Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 345. (pars.)
" Peters, 1855. Sccig. v. Mossamb., p. 112.

Astropyga pulvinata

Cidarites pulvinata ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 59.
Diadema pulvinatwn ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 312.

Astropyga pulrinata ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 345.

" " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 336.

" dubial Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Bcrl. Ak., p. 484.

" dubial Peters, 1855. Sccig. v. Mos., p. 114,/ .'.

" " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 335.

" depressa ! Gray, 1855. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 38.

" depressa\ Bolsche, 18G5. Wieg. Arch , I. p. 336.

" " ! Verrii.l, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 579.

" venusta ! Yerrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 296. Panama.

*San Solvador (Dow, Smithson. Coll.); *Panama (Bradley, Vale Coll.); La Paz! (Yale ColL
Pedersen) ; Mazatlan ! (Mus. Stockholm, C'opcnh., Berlin, Hamburg).

Astropyga radiata

Echionanthus major Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XIV. f. I, 2.

Cidaris radiata Leske, 17 78. Kl. Eeh., PL XLIV. f. 1. Copied from Seba in Enc. M., PL

CXL.f.6, 6.
" radiata Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 232, PL XX* f. 7.
Echinus radialus Gmel. 1788. Lix. Syst. Nat., 3174.
Cidarites radiata ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 59. Asia.
Astropyga radiata ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 2. ? S. Am.
Astropyga " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" " 1 Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 345.

" " ! Peters, 1855. Seeig. v. Mos., p. 112,/ 6, 6. Mozambique.

" - ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. K.liin.. p. 506.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 18.

" " ! Martens, 1866. Wicg. Archiv, 1. p. 158. Molucca, Amboina.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p 137.

Diailema radialum Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 312.
Astropyga major Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 335.

" mossambica! Pet. 1853. Monatsb. Berlin Ak., p. 484. Mozambique.

" mossambica'. Pet. 1855. Secig. v. Moss., p. 112, /' 1.

'• " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 335.

♦Zanzibar (Ropes, Essex Tn=t.) ; *Mauritius (Pike); Mozambique! (Peters); Philippine
Islands ! (Semper) ; Timor, Molucca (Martens) ; Borneo ! (Brit. Mus.).

SYNONYMY. 95

BREYNIA.

Spatangus Leach, 1815. Zool. Miscell.

Brissus Agass. 1836. Prod, (pars.)

Breynia Des. 1847. Ag. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 12.

Breynia Australasiae

Spatangus Australasiae Leach, 1815. Zool. Miscell., II. p. 68. Australia.
Breynia Australasiae ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec, Ech., p. 46.

" " ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 131.

Spatangus Crux Andreae ! Lamk. 1816. An s. Vert, p. 31. So. Pacific.

" Crux Andreae Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 378. Red Sea.

Breynia Crux Andreae ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 12, PL XVI. f. 1.
Breynia Crux Andreael Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 601.

" Desorii ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. IL, VII. p. 131. Swan Riv.

" Desoriil Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 46.

" Leachei Gray. MS. (Brit. Mus.).

♦Australia, Port Jackson (U. S. Ex. Exp. Smithson. Coll.) ; *Australian Ocean; Hong Kong!
(Vienna Mus.) ; Swan Riv. ! W. Australia, King George's Sound ! (Brit. Mus.) ; Red Sea,
(Savigny); Hakodadi! (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.).

(HEMIASTER.) Brissopsis.

Brissopsis Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp., p. 16.

Brissus Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starfish.

Brissopsis Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VIII. p. 15.

Brissiopsis Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad.

Kleinia Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 133 (non A. Agass.).

Cyclaster Cott. 1856. Bull. Soc. Geol. fr. p. 319.

Toxobrissus Des. 1858. Synops. Ech. foss., p. 399.

Hemiaster Des. 1847. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII.

Brissopsis luzonica

Kleinia luzonica! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. IL, VII. p. 133. Philippine Islands.
Kleinia luzonica ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin., p. 49, PL IV. f. 5.
" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 599-

♦Formosa (Mus. Godeff.) ; *Siam (Salmin) ; New Caledonia ! (Crosse) ; Banca Straits ! (Sal-
min) ; East India! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Luzon! (Brit. Mus.).

Brissopsis lyrifera

Knorr, 1771. Delia, PI. D. II. j. 6, 7.1

Brissus lyrifei I Forbes, 1841. Brit Starf., p. 187, fig. Isle of Man.

" lyrifer ! Duben och Koren, 1844. Skand. Echin., p. 280, PI. X.f. 46. Norway.
Brissopsis lyrifera I Agass. Des. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 15, PI. XVI. f. 12.
" " Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin., PL III./. 6, 7.

" Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actinoz., PL XXXlX.f.21; PL XLII.j.6.
" " I Sars, 1861. Norges Ech, p. 96.

" " Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 597.

" " 1 Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 181.

96 SYNONYMY.

Brissopsis lyrifera {continual).

Brissopsis lyrifera ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 275.

" lyrifer\ Perrier, 18G9. Pedic, p. 173, PL VII. f. 9.
Brissiopsis lyrifera ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rail., p. 7.
Brissiopsis " Gray, 1855. Cat. R Echin., p. 55. Shetland.
Brissus pulvinatus Phil. 1845 Wieg. Arch., I. p. 348. Sicily.
Schizaster incertus Aradas, 1850. Monog. Ech. Atti. Gioen., VI, p. 91.
Brissopsis parma ! Yal. 1869. In Perr. Pedic., p. 178.

*Droback (Eschricht) ; *Christianiafjord (G. O. Sars) ; *W. coast Norway, Bergen (Sars) ;
*Great Britain; Greenland, Clyde (Forbes) ; Isle of Man (Gray) ; *off Valencia (Porcup. Exp.) ;
♦Mediterranean, Adventure Bk. (Porcup. Exp.); *W. coast Iialy (Rigaeci); ^Mediterranean
(Cotteau) ; Naples, Palermo (Pliilippi) ; *off Alligator Reef, 53, 79 fins., *off Marquesas,
5o fms., *Florida Gulf Stream, 55, 79, 128 fms., *Sombrero, 112 fins., *Teunessee Reef,
114 fms. (Pourtales).

BRISSUS.

Brissus Klein, 1734. Nat Disp. Echin.
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Syst Nat. (pars.)
Spatangus Leskb, 1778. Kl. Adilit. (pars.)
Brissus A.G \ss. 1849. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII.
Bryssus Mart. 1869. Ducken's Reise.

Biissus carinatus

SEBA, 1758. Tins., III. IV. XIV. f. 3,4.

E. M, /'/. CXLVIII.f. 11.

Spatangus Leske, 1778. Kl.. Ad., p. 249, I't. XLVIII.f. 4, 5.

Spatangus carinatus! I.amk. 1816. An. s. Vert . p. SO. Mauritius, So. Pacific.
" carinatus I Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 208.
" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 380.

Brissus " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 9.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 185.

" " I Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 7.

! Agass. 1847. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 13.
! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin., p. 53.
" " ! Dim. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 605.

! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 181.

*

♦Society Islands, *Sandwich Islands, *Kiugsmills Islands (Garrett) ; *East Indies (Swift)
Bourbon (J. d. P.); *Mauritius (Pike); *Isle de France; Philippine Islands! (Semper)
Feejee Islands ! Pelew Islands ! (Mus. Godeff.).

Brissus obesus

Brissus obesus ! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 316. Gulf Califa.
" obesus \ Verrill, 1869. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 382.
" " ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 589. Cape St. Lucas.

*La Paz; *Panama (Jewett) ; Cape St. Lucas ! (Smithson. Coll.).

SYNONYMY. 97

Brissus unicolor

Brissus unicolor ! Klein, 1 734. Ecliin , PL XXVI. f. B, C.

Brissus unicolor Leske, 1778. Klein, Ad., PL XXVI. f. B, C.
Spatangus unicolorl Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 203.
" " ! Desml. 1837. Syn , p. 382.

Slo ane, 1 725. Jam., PL CCXLII. f.S-S.

Seba, 1758. Thes, III. PL X.f. 19, 19a. Copied, E. M., PL CLVIII.f. 9 10.

Kkorb, 1771. Delic, PL D. I.f. 13.

Spatangus Brissus var. ovatus LeSKE, 1 778. Kl., PL XXXVIII. f. 4- Copied from Knokk.
Echinus ovatus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat., 3199.
Spatangus ocatus Lamk. 1816. A. s. V. p. 30 (non Leske).

" columbaris! Lam. 1816. A. s. V., p. 30. Americ. Ocean.
" columbaris I Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 203.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 384.
Brissus columbaris ■! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 9.
« " ! Agass. .1836. Prod., p. 185.

" " ! Agass. Des. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII., p. 13. Cuba.

" " ! Dcj. Heps', 1862. Echin., p. 605.

« « ! LtiTK. 1864. Bid., p. 118.

" columbarius ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin., p. 54, PL VI. f. 3. West Indies.
" carinatus Risso, 1826. Prod. Eur. Mer., V. p. 279 (non Lamk).

» Aradas, 1853. Monog. Ech. Atti. Gioen., VI. p. 83.

" Scillae! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 185.
« Scillae \ Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat., VIII. p. 13, PL X VI. f. 9. Mediterranean.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 52.
" " ! Bronn, 1859. Klass. u. O. Actin., PL XLlI.f. S.

" ! Dcj. Hcpe\ 1862. Echin., p. 605, PL IX. f. 7.
" placenta Phil. 1845. VYieg Arch., I. p 349. Sicily.

" dimidiatus ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 13. Canary Islands.
" dimidiatus Gray', 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 52.
<• " ! Du.j. Hcpe", 1862. Echin., p. 605.

*Tortugas, Fla. (Whitehurst) ; *Cape Florida (Wurdeman) ; *Jeremie, Hayti (Weinland) ;
♦Bermudas; *Jamaica (Adams); *Gulf Stream, Fla., 128, 106, 80, 17 fms., *Sand Key
(Pourtales) ; Cuba! (Arango) ; Guadeloupe! (Mus. Copenh.) ; *Mediterranean ; *Naples (Pan-
ceri) ; *W. coast Italy (Rigacci) ; *Canaries, Lazarote (Haeckel) ; *Cape Verde Islands (Bouvier) ;
Palermo (Gray).

(DIADEMA.) Centrostephanus.

Diailema Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, p. 354. (pars.)
Centrostephanus Pet. 1855. Denk. Ak. Berlin, p. 109.
Thrichodiadema A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S., Phila.
Echinodiadema Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata.

Centrostephanus coronatus

Echinodiadema coronata ! Verriix, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 294. Cape St. Lucas.
Echinodiadema coronata\ Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 580.
Diadema mexicanum ! A. Agass. pars, 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 282.
Thrichodiadema coronatum ! A. Agass. MS.

Cape St. Lucas ! (Xanthus, Smithson. Coll.).

98 SYNONYMY.

Centrostephaims longispinus

Diailema longispina Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 354. Sicily.

" longispina Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., L p. 327.
Centrostephanus longispinus I Pet. 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 109.
Diadema europaeuml Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 346. Palermo.

" europaeum Aradas, 1853. Monog. Ech. Atti. Gioen., VIII. p. 168.

" " ! Duj. Hcpe\ 1862. Echin., p. 505.

Palermo (Philippi) ; Canary Inlands (Forbes) ; Madeira ! (J. d. P.) ; Mediterranean ! (Ecol.
Min.).

Centrostephanus Rodgersii

Thrichodiadema Rodgersii ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 354. Port Jackson.
Thrichodiadema Rodgersii BoLSCHK, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 836.

*Port Jackson (Stimpson) ! *Houtman's Abrolhos (Liv'p'l Mus.); Bondy Head! Tasmania!
(Brit. Mus.) ; New Caledonia! (Leipzig Mus.).

CIDAEIS.

Cidaris Ki.ein, 1 734. Nat Disp. Ech. (pars.)
Cidarites Lam. 1816. An. s. Vert (pars.)
Leiocidaris Dcj. IIiie\ 1862. Echin. (pars.)
Cidaris Agass. 1846. C. It. Ann. s,-. Nat, VI. (pars.)
Gymiiocidaris A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 1 7.

Cidaris metularia

Kumpii, 1705. Amli. Rarit Kam. /'/. XIII. f. 4.

Echinometra muscosa amboinemis Seba, 1758. Thus., III. PI. XIII. f. 10, 11. Copied in DisLong.

En. Metli.. /'/. CXXXIV.f.8.

Lebke, 1778. Ki.. Ad., PL XXXIX.f. ;.

Cidarites metularia! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Veit, p. 56 (non Lutk.). Isle de France.

« melii/ttriu Di.smi.. 1887. Syn., p. 324.

Ciduris '• ! Bi.aixv. 1830. Actin., p. 232.

» " ! A<;.\ss. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

! Mick. 1845. Rev. Mag. ZooL, p. 17.
" " ! Agass. 1846. C. 11. Ann. Sc. Nat , VI. p. 326. Seychelles, Salomon.

I Duj. Hdp^, 1862. Echin., p. 470.

! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 1 12. Amboina, Red Sea.
! Perrier, 1860. IYdic, p. 125, PI. ///./. .'.
Gymnocidaris metularia ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 17. Zanzibar.

minor ! A. An.vss. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 17. Sandwich Islands.

*Red Sea (J. d. P.); *Zanzibar (Cooke, Ropes. Webb); 'Salomon Mauds (J. d. P.) : ♦Sand-
wich Islands, Kingsmills (Garrett) ; 'Mauritius (Pike); Madagascar! Seychelles 1 Isle de France!
(J. d. P.) ; So. China Sea, 40 this. ; Amboina (Martens) ; Philippine Islands! (Semper); Feejee
Islands! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Cape Good Hope ! (Brit. Mus.).

Cidaris Thouarsii

Cidaris Thouarsii! Vai.. 1846. An. Des. C R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 326. California. Galapagos.
ThouarsM A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z , I. p. 17. Panama.
! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 294.
" - I Verrii.i., 1871, Notes Radiata, p. 579. La Paz.

Leiocidaris " ! DDJ. HirE". 1862. Echin., p. 485.

! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 130. PI. III./. S, 10.

SYNONYMY. 99

Cidaris Thouarsii {continued).

Cidaris Danae ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 326.
Leiocidaris Danae ! Duj. Hufe', 1862. Echin., p. 485. California.
Cidaris Callao ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 129. Callao.

*Guaymas (Capt. Stone) ; Gulf Calif. ! (Mus. Copenh.) ; *Galapagos ; *Panama (Adams, A.
Agassiz, Jewett) ; *Cape St. Lucas, *Manzanillo ! (Xanthus, Smithson. Coll.) ; Pearl Islands !
(Bradley, Yale Coll.) ; La Paz! (Yale Coll.).

Cidaris tribuloides

Sloane, 1 725. Jam., PI. CCXL I V. f. 4-7.

Knorr, 17 71. Delic, PL D. HI. f. 5. Copied in Leske, PI. XXX VII. f. 3.

Cidarites tribuloides ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 56. Indian Ocean.
" tribuloides Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 322.

DesLong. 1824. E. M., PI. CXXXVI.f.4, 5.
Cidaris " ! Blainv. 1830. Diet. S. Nat., p. 200.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PI. XII. f. 1. 2.
! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI., p. 326. Cuba.
Mull. 1854. Bau d. Ech., PI. II. f. 7.
" Bronx, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Aetin., PI. XXXIX. f. 1.
" " ! Duj. Hup^, 1862. Ech., p. 470.

" ! Stewart, 1865. Trans. Lin. Soc, XXV., PI. XLVII. f.5,6; PI. XLVIII.
f. 3, 5, 11.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 143.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 126.
" annulata ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 17 (non Gray). Florida.
" " ! Stewart, 1870. Mic. Jour., XI. PL IV.

" metularial Lutk. 1864. Bid. p. 79 (non Lamk. nee Agass.). W. Indies.

*Tortugas (Agassiz, Dr. Holder, Mills, Woodbury) ; *Hayti (Weinland, Uhler) ; *Florida
Gulf Stream, 116 fms. (Pourtales) ; *Cuba (Arango) ; *Tortugas, 36, 30 fms., *Cuba (Pourtales) ;
♦Aspinwall (Bradley, YTale Coll.) ; *Gulf of Mexico ; *Cape Palmas (Perkins, Essex Inst.) ;
♦Cape Verde Islands (Bouvier) ; Rio Janeiro! (Mus. Copenh.) ; So. Carolina ! (Gibbes).

CLYPEASTER.

Echinanthus Bkeyn. 1732. Schedias. (pars.)
Scutum Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Echin. (pars.)
Echinus Lin. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Echinodiscvs Leske, 1778. Kl. Addit. (pars.)
Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Clypeaster Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Echinanthus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Lagana Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Echinarachnius Agass. 1836. Prod, (pars.)
Laganum Des. 1857. Syn. Ech. foss. (pars.)
Clypeaster Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin.
Laganinum Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin.
Stolouoclypus Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z.
Raphidoclypus A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z.
Stoloniclypeus Vehrill, 1867. Notes Radiata.

100 SYNONYMY.

Clypeaster humilis

RUMPH, 1 70."). Barit. Kam., PI XIV. f. < '.

Sera, 1758. Tins.. III. PL XV.f. IS, U.

Scutum angutare h urn He I Klein, 1 734. PI. XIX. f. A , B.
Echinanthus humile Lf.ske, 1778. Kl. Add, PI. XIX. f. . I, Ii.
Echinus rosaceus LlNN. 1758. Syst. Nat. X. p. GG5. (pars.)

" rosaceus Gmel. 1788. Lin. Syst N., 8186. (pars.)
Scutella placunaria ! Lajik. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 12. Australian Ocean.
Scutella phicunaria Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 228.
Echinodiscus placunarius\ Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 218.
Echinarachnius placunarius I Agass. 1837. Prod., p. 188.

Clypeaster placunarius I Agass. Des. 1*47. ('. K. Ami. Sc. N»t, VII. p. 130. Red Sea.
Mull. 185 l. Bau (1. Echin., PL III./. 8- /; : PI. IV. f.S.

" " BRONN, 1859. Kl. u Ord. Actin.. PI. XXXIX. J. J, //, /.', .'., R5.

Mien. 1861. Clyp., PI. XIV. f. 1.
" ! Duj. Hupe", 18G2. Echin., p. 571.

Echinanthus " ! Gray, 1855. Cat R Ech, p. 7. Muscat

Scutella ambigena ! Lamk. 181G. An. s. Vert, p. 12.
Scutella ambigena \ Blainv. 1*27. Art. Scut. 1). S. N., p. 229.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 228.
Echinanthus ambigena \ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 5.
Clypeaster ambigentu ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 216.

" li Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 214.

Scutella latissima ! Lamk. 181 fi. An. s. Vert, p. 12. Ocean Austral.?
Scutella latissima Desml. 1887. Syn., p. 228.
Echinodiscus latissimus) Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 218.
Echinarachnius latissimus\ Ac lsb. 1886. Prod., p. 188.
Laganum latissimuml Ac v-s. Des. 1847. C. B. Ann. Sc. Nat . VIII. p. 27.
y " " Hdp^, 185.6. In Casteln. Voy., p. 1, Zooph.

Laganinum latissimuml Gray, 1855. Cat. U. Ech., p. 11.
Clypeaster Rumphii Desml. 1887. Syn., p. 216.
Echinanthus explanatus ! Gray, 1851. IVoc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 35. Mauritius.

" explanatus 1 Gray, 1855. Cat. It. Ech., p. 7, /'/. //./ 1.

? " productus : (it: \ v. 1S51. 1'roc. Zool. Soc I.ond., p. 35.

? " productus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. B. Ech., p. 6, /'/. VI. f. 4.

Clypeaster Saisseti ! MlCH. 1861. Rev. Mag. Zool , p. 828, /'/. IX. f. 2. New Caledonia.

♦Red Sea (J. d. P.); "Indian Ocean; 'Calcutta (Theobald); Ceylon! (Humbert, Loriol.);

Timor, (Martens); Muscat! (Brit. Mus.) ; New Caledonia! (Ecol. Min.) ; Philippine Islands!
(Semper).

Clypeaster rotundus

Stolouoclypus rotundus! A. AGA88. 18G3. Bull. M. C. Z.. I. p. 25. Acapulco.
Stolouiclypeus rotundus \ Vf.RRILL, 18G7. Notes Kadiata, p. 81 I. Panama.
Clypeaster Riisei ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 132. Panama.

♦Acapulco (A. Ajjassiz) ; ♦Panama! (Bradley, Yale Coll.); *Cape St. Lucas (Xanthus,
4Smithson. Coll.) ; San Diego.

SYNONYMY. 101

Clypeaster scutiformis

Echinus reticulatus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat, X. p. 666. (pars.)

Echinus reticulatus Gmel, 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat, 3191. (pars)

Echinodiscus reticulatus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.it., p. 143, PL XLV. f. 8, 9, copied from Gtal-

Scutella reticulata Blainv. 1827. Art. Scut. D. S. N., p. 228. [teri, PL CX. f. I>.

Clypeaster reticulatus Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 214.

" " 'Mart. 1866. Wieg. Archiv., 1 p. 171.

Echinus planus scutiformis Seb A, 1758. Thes., III. PL XV. f. 23, 24, copied in E. M., PL
" scutiformis Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat. [CXLVII. f. 3, 4.

Clypeaster scutiformis ] Lasik. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 14. Indian Ocean?

" « ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 216.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 187.

! Agass. Des. 1847. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat, VII. p 130. Persian Gulf.
! Mich. 1861. Clyp. Monog., PL XVIII. f. 1.
Lagana scutiformis] Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.
Echinanthus scutiformis Gray, 1855. Cat R. Ech , p. 5. Red Sea.
Laganum scutiforme Desor, 1857. Synop. Echin., p. 228.

" Du.j. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 559.
Rhaphidoclypus scutiformis A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 25.
Scutella clypeastriformis Blainv. 1827. Art. Scut. Diet. S. N., p. 228.

clypeastriformis Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 230.
Lagana ovalis Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 215.
Scutella ovalis Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.
Echinanthus Coleae ! Gray, 1851. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 35. Mauritius.

« Coleae ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 6, PL II. f 3.

" oblongus ! Gray, 1851. Proc Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 35. Philippines.

" oblongus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 6, PL If. 3.

Rhaphidoclypus microtuberculatus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z, p. 25. Kingsmills Islands.

*Red Sea; *Bourbon (J. d. P.); *Krusenstern Island; *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett); Persian
Gulf! Siguigor, Philippine Islands! (Brit. Mus.) ; Formosa! (Mus. GodeflF.) ; Timor, Flores
(Martens).

Clypeaster subdepressus

Scutum angulare humile ! Klein, 1 734. PL XIX. f. C, D.
Echinanthus subdepressus ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 5.

" subdepressus] Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin., p. 7. E. (W.) coast Africa.

Clypeaster " ! Agass. 1836. Prod, p. 187.

" Rangianus Desml. 1835. Etud. s. Echin., p. 62, PL I. W. coast Africa.

" Rangianus Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 214.

" Agass. Des. 1847. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 130.

Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f 13, 18.
Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 571.
Echinanthus " Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin , PL IV. f 2: PI. V.f 1-4.

Scutella gibbnsa ! (Rav.) 1845. J. A. N. S. Phila., p. 253 (non Risso nee Serres).
Clypeaster prostratus ! Rav. 1848. Cat. Ech. So Ca. So. Carolina.

" prostratus] Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 102, PL II. f. 2. W.Indies.
Stolouoclypus prostratus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 125 Florida.
IStolonoclypus " ! A. Agass. 18G9. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 2.

" Ravenellii! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., 265. Straits of Florida.

Laganum latissimum] Hupe", 1856. Casteln., Voyage Am. Sud, p. 98 (non Lam.). Brazil.
Clypeaster ambigena ! Mich. 1861. Clypeast. foss. Mem. Soc. geol. Fr., PL XV. f. 1 (non Lam.).
" guadeloupensis ! Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.) Guadeloupe.

*Tortugas (Agassiz) ; *Charleston, S. C. (Gibhes) ; Cuba ! (Arango) ; *Carysfort Eeef, 40 fms.,
♦Florida Reef, *S. of Rebecca Shoal, 11, 15 fms., Gulf Stream, Fla., 34 fms. (Pourtales) ; *Georgia
(Liv'p'l Mus.) ; Isle des Princes ! (J. d. P.) ; W. coast Africa! (Brit. Mus.) ; Brazil ! (Casteln.).

102 SYNONYMY.

COELOPLEURUS.

Coelopleurus Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.
Coelopleurus Agass. 1846 C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.
Keraiaphorus MlCH. 1862. Maillard, Bourbon. Ann. A.
Coelopleurus A. Agass. 1871. Bull. M. C. Z., II.

Coelopleurus floridanus

Coelopleurus sp. ! A. Ac ass. 1871. Bull. M. C. Z., II. p. 456. Straits of Florida.
*Off Tennessee Reel', li'.O tins. (Pourtales).

Coelopleurus Maillardi

Keraiaphorus Maillardi MlCH. 1 8r,2. Maillaro, Bourbon Annex. A., p. 2, PL XIV. Bourbon.
( ',„ loph urus Maillardi A. Agass. 1871. Bull. M. C. Z., II. p. 456.

Bourbon! (Ecol. Min. Maillard).

COLOBOCENTROTUS.

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst Nat. (pars.)
Cidaris Leske, 1778. Klein, Addit. (pars.)
Echinometra Gray, is-2.">. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Colobocentrotus BRANDT, 1835. Prod., p. 266.
Echinometra Deshl. 1887. Syn , p. 268. (pars.)
Colobocentrus GRAY, 1840. Syn. Brit. Mus.
Podophora Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst Ectyp.
Colobocentrotus A. A. .ass. 1863. Proe. A. N. S. Phila., p. 354.
/'•■i/ophora Agass. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

Colobocentrotus atratus

Echinus atratus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat . ed. X. p. 665.
" atratus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst Nat, 8177.

'• ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat O., p. 96.
Echinometra atrata !"Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 5.

" ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225, PL XX. f. 1.
'• ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.
DESML. 1837. Syn.. p. 262.
Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. Ill , PI. XIII. f. I.
'• ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. ZooL, p. 1 1. Isle de France.
Colobocentrotus atratus Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 267.
Podophora atrata \ Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.

Podophora " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 374. Seychelles Islands.
" ! Du.i. Heps', 1862. Echiii., p. 541.
" ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/.., I. p. 21. Mauritius.
" ! Stewart, 1865. Trans. Linn. Soc, XXV. PI. II. f. 7.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 168. Java, Molucca.

" I Perkier, 1869. Pedic, p. 165, PL VI. f. 8a.
Colobocentrus atratus Mull. 1854. Bau d. Eeh., p. 8.

Cidaris violacea Lk.ske, 1778. Kl. Add . p. 58, /'/. XLVIL /■ 1, 2; copied in Enc. Meth., PL

CXL.f.l-i.

SYNONYMY. 103

Colobocentrotus atratus {continued).

Echinus Quoy ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 96.
Echinometra Quoyii\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.

" " ! AGASS. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 262.

" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 539.

Colobocentrotus Quoyi Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 267.

Podophora " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. Sandwich Islands.

Echinus pedifer ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 97. Oahu.
Echinometra pedifera ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

» " ! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 264.

Colobocentrotus pedifer Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 267.
Podophora pedifera I Agass. 184C. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 370. ? Valparaiso.

" » ! Du.i. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 541.

Colobocentrotus Leskei Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 266 (non A. Agass.).

♦Zanzibar; *Seyehelles Islands; *Mauritius (Pike); *Sand\vicli Islands (Garrett); Java,
Moluccas (Martens); *Callao? Valparaiso? (U. S. Ex. Exp., Smithson. Coll.).

Colobocentrotus Mertensii

Colobocentrotus Mertensii Brandt, 1835. Prod , p. 266. Bonin Islands.

Colobocentrotus Mertensii Duj. Hup^, 1862. Ecbin., p. 541.

Echinometra " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 268.

Colobocentrotus Leskci\ A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 354 (non Brandt). Bonin Is.

Podophora quadriseriata Troschel, 1869. Verbdl. d. Vaterland, Cult. d. Rbeinpf., p. 96.

*Bonin Islands (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; Australia (Troschel).

DIADEMA.

Diadema Sciiyxv. 1711 (non Schcm. 1817).
Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Diadema Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.
Cidaris Blainv. 1834. Actin. (pars.)
Diadema Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

" Peters, 1855. Denk. Ak. Berlin.

" Bolsche, 18C5. Wieg. Arch., I.

Diadema mexicanum

Diadema mexicanum ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 19. Acapulco.
" mexicanum \ Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 328.
" mexicana\ Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 294. Cape St. Lucas.

*Acapulco (A. Agassiz) ; *Cape St. Lucas (Xanthus, Smithson. Coll.).
Diadema setosum

Sloane, 1725. Jam., PL CCXLIII.

Knorr, 1771. Delic , PL DHL f. 1, 2, copied in Leske, 1 7 78, PL XXX VII. f 1,

Cidarites diademal (Lam.) 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 58 (non Lin.).

" Say, 1825. Journ. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 225. Florida.

Cidaris " Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 231. 77. XXb">f. 6.

104 SYNONYMY.

Diadema setosum (continued).

Dkidema turcarum Desmi. 1837. Syn., p. 808. (pars.)

" " ! Mich. 1815. Rev. Mag. Z., p. 15. (par?.) Isle de France.

" " ! AGA8S. 1846. C. 11. Ann. Sc. Nat, YI. p. 850. W. Indies.

" •• I Duj. HrrE\ 1862. Eehin., p. 310.

" " Perrier, 1869. Pedic . p. 135, /'/. IV. f. 3c.

" setosa ! (Gray,) 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4 (non RrjMPH.).
" .setosum Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 310.

" setosa ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 109. Mozambique.
" " Boi.sciie, 1865. Wieg. Ar<h.. 1. p. 825. "\V. Indies.

" Savignyi ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. '/.., p. 15. Isle de Frame.

" Sarigni/i'. AGA88. 1846. C. K. Ann. Sc. Nat., YI. p. 349. Red Sea, Bombay, Seychelles,

Madagascar.
IDesor, 1854. Synops. Ech. foss., PL XIILf. S.
" " I Ddj. Hope", 1862. Echin, p. 505.

" " Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 827.

" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 155.

" " Perrier, 1869. l'e.lir.. p. 135, PL IV. f. :h.

" antillarum Phil, 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 355. Cuba.
" antillarum ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/... I. p. 19. Florida.

" ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 83.
" tenuispina Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 354. Sicily.

tenuispina Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Anh, I. p. 325.

Lamarckii ' ROUSSEAU, 1846. Ao. Des., C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 350. Zanzibar.

Lamarckii B6i s< he, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 327.
" paucispinum ! A. AGASS. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/.-. I. p 19. Sandwich Islands.
" paucispinum Bolsi re, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 828.

" globulosum ' A. Ac \~~. 1863. Bull. M. ('. Z., I. p. 20. Cingsmills, Society Islands.
" globulosum Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Anh., I. p. 328.
" nudum A. A<; ass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 858. Hong Kong.
" nudum Boi.sciie, 1865. Wieg. Arch., p. -l's.

Stewart, 1865. Trans. Lin. Soc., XXV. PL XLIII.f. 18a.
" Enc. Mcih.. PL CXXXIH.f. 10.
" pseudosaviguyi Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.).
Calmarius annellata Gray, MS. (Brit. Mus ).

♦Tortugas (Agassiz, Woodbury); *off Tortugas, 17 fins. (Pourtales) ; *Cape Florida,
(Wurdemann) ; *Cienf'uegos (Aviles); Matanzas (Philippi); *Cuba (Arango) ; *Jeremie, Hayti
(Weinland) ; *Salt Key, Florida (Pourtales) ; 'Bahamas (Dr. Bryant); *off Bahamas, Santa-
rem Chan., 40 fms. (Pourtales); 'Bermudas; Martinique! (J. d. P.); Aspinwall! (Smithson.
Coll.); Surinam! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Madeira! (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); *Lanzerote, Canary-
Islands (Haeckel); Cape Verde Islands! (Bouvier, J. d. P.); *Red Sea; *Tor, Red Sea
(Frauenfeld) ; *Arabian Gulf (Millet); *Zanzibar (Cook, Cheney); Seychelles! Bombay!
Madagascar! (J. d. P.); Nikobar! Amboina! (Mus. Copenh.); Simon's Bay, Cape of Good
Hope! (Essex Inst.); Timor, Molucca (Marten-); Reef of Attago ! (Brit. Mus.) ; 'Sandwich
Islands (Garrett); Feejee Islands! (Mus. Godeff.) ; *IIong Koug (Stimpson) ; *Sunda Straits
(Couthouy); Ousima! (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); Philippine Islands! (Semper); *Society
Islands, *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett).

SYNONYMY. 105

(CIDARIS.) Dorocidaris.

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)

Cidarii Leske, 1778. El. Add. (pars.)

Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1835. Prod, (pars.)

Leiocidaris Duj. Hupe", 18C2. Echin. (pars.)

Orthocidaris (A. Agass.) 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 17 (non Cotteau).

Dorocidaris A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Dorocidaris papillata

Gualteri, 1742. Index, PL CVIIl.f. D.

Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778. Kl. Ech , p. 61, PI. XXXIX. f. 8, copied Enc. M., PI.

CXXXV1. f. 6, 7.
" papillata Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 477.
" " !? Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starf., p. 146, fig. Scotland

" ! Dub. o. Kor. 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 255, PL IX. f. 25-3$.
" " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 353.

" " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 326.

« " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 2.

" " ! Sars, 1861. Norges Echin. W. coast Norway.

Cidarites " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 320.
Leiocidaris " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin.. p. 485.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 129.
Orthocidaris papillata \ A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 17.
Dorocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 253.

Cidarites hystrix! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 55. Mediterranean.

" hystrix Desml. 1837. Syn , p. 320.
Cidaris " ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 231, PL XX'"S f. 5.
" " Sars, 1835. Beskriv., p. 40

" ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.
" " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 326.

" " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 353.

" " Aradas, 1853. Atti. Gioen., VIII p. 162. Sicily.

" " Sars, 1861. Middelh. Litt. Fauna, p. 109. Naples.

Phyllacanthus hystrix Brandt, 1835 Prod., p. 268.
Leiocidaris " ! Dm, Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 484.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 1 29, PI. III. f. 11.
Orthocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 1 7. Nice.

Dorocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 253.

Cidaris borealis ! Dub. o. Kor. 1844. Ak. Stork., p. 114. \V. coast Norway.
" affinis Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv., I. p. 351. Sicily.
" affinis Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt. Fauna, p. 109. Naples.
Leiocidaris affinis Duj. Hup^, 1862. Echin., p. 485.
Orthocidaris affinis I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 17.
Dorocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 253.
Cidaris Stokesii! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 326. Mediterranean.
Leiocidaris Stokesii I Duj. Hupe" 1862. Echin., p. 485.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 131, PL Ill.f. 6 a, b, c.

Dorocidaris abyssicola ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 253. Straits of Florida.

*W. coast Norway (M. Sars) ; *Fishing Bk., Storeggen, 80-100 fms. (G. O. Sars) ; Bergen!
(J. d. P.) ; *North Sea, 200 fms. (Mus. Stockholm) ; *Shetland Islands! (Liverpool Mus.) ; *Cape
Wrath! 280 fms., *Cape Sagras, 165 fms., *So. Ireland, 80-90 fms. (Porcup. Exp.) ; ♦Mediter-
ranean ; *Nice (Verany) ; *W. coast Italy (Rigacci) ; *Naples (Panceri) ; Adriatic (Miiller) ;
Lessina, Lissa (Heller) ; *Carysfbrt Reef, 40 - 60 fms., Conch Reef, 40 fms., *Florida Gulf
Stream, 195 fms., *French Reef, Florida, 45 fms., *Key West, 135 fms., off Tortugas, 60 fms.,
♦Tennessee Reef, 114 fms., *AlIigator Reef, 114 fms., *Sundry Stations, Florida Gulf Stream,
98, 116, 125, 152, 154 fms. (Pourtales) ; Guadeloupe ! (Duchassaing, J. d. P.).

1Q6 SYNONYMY.

ECHINANTHUS.

Echinanthus Bui yn. 1 732. Schcdias. (pars.)
Echinus Lin. 1758. Syst. Nat (pars.)
Echinanthus Leske, 1778. Kx. Add. (pars.)
" GRAY, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)

Clypeaster Lamk. 1 SOI. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
CI;// faster Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 129. (pars.)
Echinanthus Gray, 1851. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (pars.)
Clypeaster Moll. 1854. Ban d. Echin.
Echinanthus Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Echin. (pars.)

Echinanthus rosaceus

Sloane, 1725. Jam., PI. CCXLU.f. 6-11.

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PL XI. f. 2, 3, 13, H.

Scutum annulare hwnile\ Klein, 1734. PI. XVII. f. A, PI. XVIII. f. li, copied, E. M., PI.

CXLV.f. 5, 6.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL Dl.f. 12.

Enc. Meth., PL CXLIV.f. 7,8.

Echinus reticulatus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat., p. 666. (pars).
Echinus nticulalus Gmel. 1788. Lin. Syst. Nat, 3191. (pars).

" rosaceus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat.
Clypeaster rosaa us! Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert., p. 349.

Clypeaster " I Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 14. Ocean Indian? NT. American.
! Bl.unv. 1834. A.tinul., p. 216, PI. XVII. f.l, 2.
" " ! Ac;ass. 1836. Prod., p. 187.

« " Desml. is;;:. Syn., i>. 212.

" ! Ki.w. in C'uv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PI. XVI. f. I.

I AGASS. Des. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.. VII. p. 129. West Indies.
Mill. 1854. Bau d. Ech., PL JV.f. 1, 8-6; PI. V.f. 5-9,
«' " BbohK, 1859. Kl. u. Old. Actin., PI. XXX1X.J. H, 16, 17.

! Mich. 1861. Clyp. Monog., PI. XIII.
» " ! Duj. IIi'i-E, 1862. Echin., p. 571, PL X.f.1-8.

" « I A. AGASS. 1863. Bull M. C. Z., p. 25. Florida,

" " ! Lrrii. 1864. Bid., p. 100.

Echinanthus humile 1 I.i skk, 1 7 78. PI. X VII. f. .1 : PL XVIII. f. B.
" rosaceusl Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 5.

" " Gray, 1855. Cat. llec. Echin., p. 4. West Indies.

Clypeaster incurvatus DE8ML. 1837. Syn., p. 212.

" parvus ! Doca. 1847. Bull. Soc. Geol. fr., IV. 1093. Guadeloupe.
" parvus ! Agass. Des. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 130.
" " Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 572.

Echinanthus parvus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. It. Echin., p. 8.
Clypeaster alboliueatus ! Mica. MS. (Ecol. Min.)

*Charleston, S. C. (Allansen) ; *Tortugas (Holder, Agassiz) ; *Key "West (Pourtales) ; *Jcrcmie,
Hayti (Weinland) ; *Jamaica (Adams); *Nassau (Shaw); *Bahamas (Bryant); Cuba!
(Arango) ; Guadeloupe ! (Ecol. Min.).

Echinanthus testudinarius

Echinanthus testudinarius! Gray, 1851. Prne. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 35.

" testudinarius] Gray, 1855. Cat. Echin., p. 6, PI I.f. 1. Borneo?

Clypeaster " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 170. Timor.

" " ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Had., p. 588, PL X f. 7.

Echinanthus Australasiae 1 Gray, 1851. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 34. Australia.

" Australasiae ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 5, PL I. f. ■■

Clypeaster tumidulus ! Mill. 1854. Bau d. Ech.. p. 90.

SYNONYMY. 107

Echinanthus testudinarius (continued).

Clypeaster speciosus ! Verrill, 1870. Sill. Joum., p. 95. La Paz.
" Desorii! Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.).
" Australiae ! MlCH. MS. (Ecol. Min.).

*Hakodadi (Dall, Smithson. Coll.) ; *New Holland (Ecol. Min.) ; Red Sea ! (J. d. P.) ; Japan !
(Bonn Mus.) ; Australia ! (Brit. Mus.) ; Sandwich Islands ! (Breslau Mus.) ; *La Paz (Pedersen,
Yrale Coll.).

(SCUTELLA.) Echinarachnius.

Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. s. V. (pars.)

Echinarachnius Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (non Leske).

Echinodiscun Blainv. 1834. Actinol. (pars.)

Echinarachnius AgasS. 1841. Mou. Sent.

Dendraster Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 315.

Scaphechinus Barn. 18C3. In A. Ag. Proc. A. N. S. Phila.

Chaetodiscus Lutk. 1864. Bid. till Kunds. om Echin.

Echinarachnius excentricus

Scutella excentrica Esch. 1829. Zool. Atl., PL XX. f. 2. Kamtchatka.
Echinarachnius excentricus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. X.
Dendraster " 1 Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 135. California.

Dendraster " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 16.

" " ! Stimps. 1857. Crust. Ech., Pacific Sh., p. 87.

" " ! Du.T. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 564.

Scutella striatula ! Conrad, 1856. Pacif. R. R. Survey, VII. p. 196, PL IX. f. 1 a, b (non

M. de Serres).

*Monterey (Trowbridge) ; *San Francisco (A. Agassiz, Cary) ; *Puget Sound (Kennedy),
Smithson. Coll.) ; Sitka, Unalach, Kamtchatka (Eschscholtz).

Echinarachnius mirabilis

Scaphechinus mirabilis ! Barn. 1863. In A. Ag. Proc. A. N. S. Phila , p. 359. Hakodadi.

Scaphechinus mirabilis ! Verrill, 1869. Proc. Bost. S. N. H., p. 384.

Chaetodiscus scutella ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 104., PL II. f. 11.

Scutella japonica ! Mart. 1865. Monatsb. Berl. Ak., p. 140, March. Yedo.

Scutella japonica'. Mart. 1866. Wieg. Archiv., I. p. 138.

♦Hakodadi (W. Stimpson, Dall, Smithson. Coll.); *Japan (Salrnin) ; Y'okoharaa! (Mus. Berlin,
Smithson. Coll.) ; Yedo, Kanagawa (Martens).

Echinarachnius parma

Scutella parma! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 11.
Scutella parma Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut, p. 226.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 230.

Echinodiscus parma Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 218.
Echinarachnius parma ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

" " ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 89, PL XX. f. 9-18. Canada.

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VJI. p. 133.

« " ! Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 15. Atlantic Ocean.

" " ! Mich. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9.

" ! Dim. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 562, PI. X.f. 13- 17.
" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 26. New England.

" " ! A. Agass. 1865. Seaside Stud., figs. 130 - 140. Mass. Bay.

" ! Verrill, 1866. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 340, 351.

108 SYNONYMY.

Echinarachnius parma (continued).

Scutella trifaria Say, 1826. Jour. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 227.

" Rumphii! Blainv. 1827. Diet. Sc. Nat. Scut, p. 226.
Echinodiscus Rumphii] Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 218.
Er/iinarachnius " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

" " ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 91, PL XXI.f. 1-6. Amboina?

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 135.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech, p. 15. Indian Ocean.
" " ! Mich. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9.

" ! Du.i. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 562.
" Atlanticus ! Gray, 1841. In Agass. Mon. Scut., p. 92, PI. XXI.f. .;2 -3$. New-

foundland.
" Atlanticus ! Stimps. 1853. Invert. Grand Menan, p. 16.

" I Mich. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9.
" " ! Dim. Hops', 1862. Echin., p. 562.

" Asiaticus! Mien. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9, PI. XIII. f. S. Kamtehatka.

" Asiaticusl A. Agass. 1863. Prod. A. N. S., Phila., p. 359. Avatscha Bay.

" " ! Dim. IIite, 1862. Echin., p. 563.

" I Veebill, 1869. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 884. Aleutian Islands.
Australiae I Mkii. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9, PL XIII. f. S. Australia.
Australiae 1 Duj. IIope\ 1862 Echin., p. 568.
« undulatus! MlCH. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9, PI. XIII. f 1.

" undulatus I Duj. HUMS, 1862. Echin., p. 563.

Long Island Sound! (Verrill) ; *Ne\v Jersey (Gedney, Smithson. Coll.); *Gny Head, •Nan-
tucket, *South Shoals, Mass. (Agassiz) ; *Cape Cod (Atwood) ; *Mass. Bay (Agassi z) ; *St.
George's Bank (Atwood); *Trenton Pt., Me. (Verrill, Shaler, Hyatt); *Eastport (Verrill);
•Grand Menan (Mills); Gasp/' (Dawson) ; Long Island (Say); Labrador! (Brit. Mus.) ; Mingan
Islands! 2-15 fins., Straits Belle Isle! (Packard); *Avatscha Bay, *Kamtchatka, 80 - 70 fins.
(W. Stimpson) ; *E. Vancouver Island; Aleutian Islands! (Smithson. Coll.); New Holland!
(J. d. P., Ecol. Min.); Iudian Ocean! (Bonn Coll.); Red Sea! (Ecoh Min.) ; India! (Brit,
Mus.).

ECHINOBRISSUS.

Echinobrissus Rrfyx. 17::-.'. Schedias. (pars.)
Echinobrissus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

D'Orbig. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zool. (pars.)

Nucleolites Lam. 1801. Syst. a. B. V. (pars.)

Echinobrissus recens

Nucleolites recens ! Edw. 1836, in Ccv. Reg. An. Ed. Ill . PI XIV. f. S.

" " Agass. 1849. C. R. Ann. 8c. Nat., VII. p. 153. New Holland.

Echinobrissus recens D'Orbig. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zool.. p. 24.
" " Desor, 1857. Echin. foss., p. 257.

" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 578, PL X.f !>, 10.

Madagascar! New Zealand! (Brit. Mus.) ; Mere Australes ! (J. d. P.) ; *M. C. Z.

SYNONYMY. jfjg

ECHINOCARDIUM.

Echinospatagus Bhetn. 1732. Sched. (pars.)
Spatagus Mill. 177(5. Zool. Dan. Prod, (pars.)
Echiiiocardium Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Amphidetus Agass. 1836. Prodromus.
Amphidetus Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII.
Amphidotus Forbes, 1841. Brit Starf.
Echiiiocardium Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Eoh.

Echiiiocardium australe

Echiiiocardium australe ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., p. 131. Australia.

" australe ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 44, PL IV. f. 1. Van Diemen.

! Du.J. Hup£, 18G2. Echin., p. 602.
" Zealandicum! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H, p. 131. New Zealand.

" Zelandicum ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 44.

" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 602.

" Stimpsoni ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 360. Cape Good Hope.

Amphidetus Novae Zelandiae ! Val. 1869. Perrier, Ped., p. 176.

♦New Zealand (J. d. P.) ; *Tshifu, China (Novarra Exp.) ; *Kagosima, Simon's Bay ! 12 fms.
(W. Stinipson, Smithson. Coll.) ; *Mussell Bay (Mus. Godeff.) ; Van Diemen ! Port Jackson !
W. Australia? (Brit. Mus.); So. Africa! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Mozambique (Bianconi) ; China Seas!
East India! (Mus. Copenh.).

Echinocardium cordatum

Echinus guineensis cordiformis Seba, 1758. Thes., III., PL X.f. 21.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL Dl.f. 14.

Echinospatagus cordiformis Breyn. 1732. p. 61, PL V.f. 5.

Spatangus sp. 2, § 99, Klein, 1732. PL XXIV. f. c, d, e.

Echinus cordatus Penn. 1777. Brit. Zool, IV. p. 58, PL XXXIV. f. 2; PL XXXVI. f. 2,

2d ed. 1812.
Spatangus cordatus Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 480 (non Blainv.).
Amphidotus cordatus Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starf, p. 190,/. Scotland.
Amphidetus " ! Dub. o. Koren, 1844. Zool. Bid., p. 285. W. coast Norway.

" ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 11, PL XVI. f. S.
" Mull. 1848. Achaeol., I. PL III. PI. IV. f. 6-S. Pluteus.
Mull. 1854. Bau d. Ech., PL III./. 3-5.
Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f. 22.
Echinocardium " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 6.

" cordatum ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 43. North Sea.

!Des. 1858. Syn. Ech. foss., PL XLIII.f.4, 5.
" I Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 602.
! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
Spatangus pusillus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 166, PL XXIV. f. c, d, e (non Mull.).

" " Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 201.

Echinocardium pusillus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 8.
Amphidetus pusillus Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 184.
Spatangus flavescens Abild. 1789. Zool. Dan., PL XCI.f. 1-4 (non Mull. Prod.).

" lacunosus Mull. Zool. Dan. Text, (non Linn.).

Spatangus arcuarius ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. V, p. 32. Brit. Channel.
" arcuarius Desl. 1824. Enc. Meth., PI. CLVI.f. 7, S.
" " Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 201.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 378.

HO SYNONYMY.

Echinocardium cordatum (continued).

Echinocardium Seba Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, p. 8.

Amphidetus Sebae Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 184.

Amphidetus Kurtzii ! Gut. 1852. Proc. Huston Soc X. II.. p. 213. So. Carolina.

Echinocardium Kurtsdi\ A. AGASS. 1869. Bull. M. G. Z., I. No. Carolina.

? Amphidetus ampliforus M'Crady, 1857. Plioc. foss. So. Ca., p. 6, PL ll.f.S.

? " gothicus Raven, is is. Echin. So. Ca.

? " gothicus M'Crady, 1857. Plioc. foss. So. Ca., p. C, PI. 11. f. S.

*Christianiafjord (G. O. Sars) ; *Kattegatt (Mus. Copenh.) ; *h\A\ Sea (Thos J. Moore);
*Oban (W. Stimpson) ; *English Channel; *W. coast Italy (Rigacei) ; Fininark, Oresund (Sars) ;
Drontheim — N. Cape, 15 this. (McAndrew & Barrett); Shetland (Norman); Great Britain
(Forbes); Scheveningen (Maitland) ; Bahia! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Charleston, S. Ca. (Agassiz) ; *off
Tennessee Reef, Florida, 79 fms. (Pourtales) ; * Beaufort, N. C. (Biekmore).

Echinocardium flavescens

Spatagus flavescens Mi i i 1776. Prod., p. 235 (non AlilLD.).
Spatangus ovatus Fi.k.m. 1824. Wern, Mem., 1S4 (non Leske nee Lam).
" " Flem. 1828. Brit. An , p. 40.

'• ! Bi.ainv. 1884. Actin., p. 202.
" •• Desml. 1S37. Syn., p. 388.

Amphidetus ovatus'. Dub. o. KOR. 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 2S3, PI. X. f. 60. Norway.
" " I AGASS. 1847. ('. U. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 12.

•• ! Sars, 1861. Norges Ech., p. 98.
■ I A. Agass. 1868. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27.

•• ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 175, PL FI/./ #, et No- 198, p. 176.
Echinocardium ouatuml Gray, 1848. Brit Rad., p. 6.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p. 43. North Sea.

! Dim. Hite", 1862. Echin., p. 602.
» ! A. AgABS. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 276. Straits Florida.
Amphidotus roseus ! ? FoitiiES, 1841. Brit. Starf. p. 194.

•Oresund (Eschricht) ; W. roast Norway (Sars); Lofoten Islands, 20, 30 fins. (G. O. Sars);
•So. Ireland, *Cape Wrath, 100 fms. (Porcupine Exped.) ; Bergen, Finmark, Kattegatt (Sars) ;
Drontheim — Cape North. 20-40 tins. (McAndrew i^ Barrett) ; Shetland Islands, Dublin, Belfast,
Cornwall (Forbes); Shetland Islands (Norman); 'Charleston, S. C. (Kurtz); *Florida Gulf
Stream, 138 fms., •oft* Tennessee Reef, 85-115 fms. (Pourtales).

Echinocardium mediterraneum

Amphidetus mediterraneus ! ? FORBES, 1844. .Tourn. Lin. Soc. Lond. -Egean Sea.
" mediterranm us ! ? Forbes, isi4. Ann. Mag. X. H., XIV. p. 413.

AGASS. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 12.

" mediterranus Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt. Faun., p 117. Naples.
Echinocardium mediteraneuml Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., ]>. 44.

" " DUJ. Ill if:, 1862. Ech., p. 602.

Amphidetus gibbosus ! AGASS. 1847. Ann Sc. Xat., VIII. p. 11. Algeria, Sicily.
Echinocardium gibbosum\ Gray, 1S55. Cat. R. Ech., p. 44.
" ! DOJ. IIupE\ 1862. Echin., p. 602.

Amphidetus sp. Aradas, 1850. Atti. (iioen., VI. p. 80. Catania.

•Naples (Panceri) ; 'Mediterranean ; *Cette ; *Bone, Algeria ; Triest, Naples (Sars) ; Sicily
(Gray) ; Genoa, Nice (Verany) ; Zara, Lessina, 2-20 fms. (Heller) ; iEgean Sea (Forbes).

SYNONYMY. HI

Echinocardium pennatifidum

'I EcAinocardium pennatifidum Norm. 1868. 4th Rept. Dredging Shetland Islands, p. 440.

" pennatifidum Hodge, 1871. Trans. North. Durh., IV. PL V.

" laevigaster ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 277. Straits Florida.

V Amphidotus gibbosus (Barrett,) 1857. Ann. Mag. N. H , XIX. p. 32, PL VII. f. 2 (non Agass.).
? Spatangus orthonotus Conrad, 1843. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. S., p. 327.
? Amphidelus orlhonolus M'Crady, 1857. Plioc. Foss. So. Ca., PL II. f. 1.
? Echinocardium orlhonolus ! Conrad, 1865. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila.
? Amphidelus virginianus Forbes, 1849. Q. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., I. p. 425.

Northumberland (Hodge); *off Alligator Reef, 79 fras., *off Sombrero, 121 fms., *off Tennessee
Reef, 114 fms. (Pourtales) ; Shetland (Norman) ; Clyde District (Robertson).

ECHINOCYAMUS

Echinocyamus Van Phel. 1774. Brief.
Spatagus Mull. 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan. (pars.).
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat. (pars.).
Fibularia Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert, (pars.)
Echinocyamus Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.
Scutellina Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.

Echinocyamus pusillus

Echinus perexiguus Pf.tiv. 1764. Gaz., PL XXXI. f. 10.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL Dl.f. 10.

Spatagus pusillus Mull. 1776. Prod., 2851. Zool. Dan., PL XCI.f. 5, G.
Echinocyamus pusillus \ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.
" " Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 481.

! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 128, PL X XVII. f. 1 -S. German Ocean.
! ? Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starf., p. 175, fig.
" " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 356.

Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 5.

Mull. 1853. Abhdl , I. PL VII. f. 4; Abhanl., VII. PL VIII. Pluteus.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 28. Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean.

" " Sars, 1857. Middelh. Lit. Faun., p. 116.

" " Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 556.

" Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 167.

" angulosus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 215.

" angulosus ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 130, PL XXVII. f. H - IS.

! Dub. o. Koren, 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 279.
! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 140.
Sars, 1861. Norges Ech., p. 95.
1 Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 556.
" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 16 7.

Fibularia angulosa De France, 1820. D. S. N., XVI. p. 515.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn ., p. 236.

Echinocyamus vicia Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.

ovalis Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 152, PL XXXVII. f. 6.
Echinus pulvinulus Penn. 1812. Brit. Zool., 2d ed., p. 140, PL XXXVIII. f. 1-4.
Echinocyamus minutusl BLAiNV.f 1834. Aetin., p. 214.
Fibularia equina Aradas, 1850. Monog. Ech., p. 203. Sicily.

t There is considerable doubt as to the authenticity of the specimens ascribed to Lamarck and
Blainville in the Jardin des Plantes.

112 SYNONYMY.

Echinocyamus pusillus (continued).

Fibularia tarentiua ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert, p. 17. Mediterranean.
Fihularia " Deslong. 1824. Enc. Meth., II. p. 389.

RlSSO, 182G. Europ. Mend., V. p. 283.
DeSML. 1887. Syn., p. 236.
Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 211, PL XVI. f. 0.
Duj. Hupe", 1862 Eel. in., p. 557.
Echinocyamus tarentinus Gray, 1825. Ann Phil., p. 6.

" « ! AGASS. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 140.

« Bronx, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., p. 339, PL XXXIX. f. 24 : PL

XI. I.l. IS.
" " Perkier, 1869. Pe"dic, i>. 167.

" minimus ! Cm. 1S50. Proc. Boston S. N. II.

" partheuopaeus Cosia, 1S71. Echinoc. viv. e. ibss.

" speciosus CoSTA, 1*71. Echinoc. viv. e. foss,

*W. coast Norway (Sars) ; *\V. seas of Europe; Oban (\V. Stimpson) ; *Lofoten Islands.

300 fms. (G. O. Sara); *W. coast Sweden (Mus. Stockli.) ; Oresund (Mus. Copenh.) ; Dev

Scotland, E. & W. coast Britain (Forbes); Drontheira — Cape North, 15— 25 fms. (McAndrew
& Barrett); Arran Berwick (Gray); Nord See (Maitland) ; N., E., S. Inland (Thomson);
Iceland (Steenstrtip) ; Shetland (Norman); *Carysfort Reef, 117, 138 fms., *Bocea grande,
125 fms., *Sand Key, 100, L20, 825 fms., *off Alligator Reef. 117, 138, 110, 79 fms., *Conch
Reef, 169, 139, 117 fms., *Key West, 138, 130, 125 fms., ^Tennessee Reef, 183, 115, 114,75
fms., *Salt Key, 5 fms. (Pourtales) ; *Naples (Panceri) ; *Corsica (Cotteau) ; *Civita Vecchia
(Bigacci) ; ^Mediterranean ; Adriatic (Mttller) ; Nice (Risso) ; Genoa! (Verany) ; Palermo!
Egypt! (J. d. P.) ; Lissa, Lessina, Ragusa, Adriatic (Heller); Lussin (Grube) ; *Fayal! (Hig-
ginson) ; Josephine Bk. ! (Mus. Stockh.).

ECHINODISCUS.

Echinus RuMPH. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam. (pars.)

Mellita KLEIN, 171)4. Nat Disp. Ech. (pars.)

Echinodiscus Leske, 177k. Kl. Add. (pars.)

Scutella Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert, (pars.)

Echinodiscus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)

Lobophora (Agass.) 1841. Monog. Sent, (nun CURT. 1825, nee Serville, 1839).

Amphiope AGASS. 1*1". Cat. Syst. Ectyp.

Amphiope Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut

Echinodiscus auritus

Echinus planus Rumph. 1705. PL XIV. f. F; copied Exc. Me™., PI. CLII. Am-

boina. (par-.)

Echionanthus maximus Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XV. f. 1-4: copied Enc. Meth., /'/.

CLI.f.5,6.
Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778. Kl.. Add., p. 136.

" auritus ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.

Echinus auritus Gmel. 1788. Lixx. Syst. Nat., :>189.
Scutella aurita\ Blainv. 18S4. Actin., p. 220.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

Lobophora aunt,, I Agass. 1841. Mon. Sent., p. 70, PL XIII. f. I ; PL XIV. f. 3-7.
" ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 186.
" " ! Dim. Huts', 1862. Echin.. p. 565.

Echinodiscus inauritus Leske, 1 7 78. Kl. Add., p. 38.
" inauritus'. Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.

" inauriia ' Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 21.

Echinus inauritus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst Nat, .'J190.

SYNONYMY. 113

Echinodiscus auritus (continued).

Scutella inaurital Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 220.
I Agass. 1836. Prod, p. 188.

Andouin in Savigny, Egypte Zooph. Eeh., PL VII. f. 3. Red Sea.

Scutella bifissa ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert., p. 10.
Scutella bifissa ! Blainv. 1827. Scut. D. S. N., p. 224.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 226.

Loboplwra bifissa ! Agass. 1 84 1 . Mon. Scut., p. 6 7, PL XIII. f.S-6 ; PI. XI V.f.1,3. Zanzibar.
" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 8. Isle de France.

" ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 136.
" ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 565.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 177.

" Dubusii Belval, 1863. Bull. Ac. Brux., XVI. p. 198.
Agassizii Belval, 1863. Bull. Ac. Brux., XVI. p. 198.

♦Zanzibar (Asliby, Ropes, Cook) ; *Red Sea ! (J. d. P.) ; Mozambique (Peters) ; Suez ! Mau-
ritius! India! (Brit. Mus.) ; Bourbon! (Ecol. Mid.); Amboina (Martens); Philippine Islands!
(Semper).

Echinodiscus biforis

Mellita laevis Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Eeh., PI. XXI. f. A, B. (pars.)

Knorr, 1771. De'lic, PL DI. f. 15.

Echinodiscus bisperforatus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 132, PI. XXI. f. A, B.

Echinus biforis Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat., 3188.

Lobophora biforis Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 177. Java.

Scutella bifora ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 10 (non Blainv. nee Desml.).

Scutella " Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

Echinodiscus bi/oral Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Eeh., p. 20.
Lobophora " ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 64, PL XII. Madagascar.
" I Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 136.

Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f. 3'.
" " ! Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 565.

Scutella bilinearifora Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 226.
Lobophora Desmoulinsii Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.)

♦Madagascar, *Mussell Bay, Cape Good Hope (Mus. Godeff.) ; Red Sea ! (J. d. P.) ; Mozam-
bique (Peters) ; Java (Martens).

Echinodiscus laevis

Mellita laevis ! Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Eeh. (pars.)
Echinodiscus bisperforatus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add. (pars.)
Scutella bifora ! Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut., p. 223 (non Lamk.).
" bifora Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 226.
" biforis ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 219.
Lobophora truncata ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 66, PI. XI. f 11-16.
truncota ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 136.
" " ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin , p. 565.

Echinodiscus " ! Gray, ] 855. Cat. Rec. Eeh., p. 20.
Lobophora teiiuissima ! Val. 1847. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 136. Waigiou.

" tenuissima Belval, 1863. Bull. Ac. Brux., XVI. p. 198.

Echinodiscus tenuissima ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Eeh., p. 20.

Lobophora Deplanchei ! Mich. 1861. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 327, PI. IX. f 1. New Caledonia.
" texta! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 359. Japan.

*Ousima (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; *New Caledonia (Crosse) ; Tanegasima ! China Seas,
Lat. 23° N., 20 fms. ! (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; Linguin, China Seas (Liverpool. Mus.) ;
So. Africa! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Penang ! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Waigiou ! (J. d. P.); Burmah ! (Nat.
Hist. Soc. Bo^t.).

114 SYNONYMY.

ECHINOLAMPAS.

Echinanthus Bkbyx. 1732. Schedias. (pars.)
Scutum Klein, 1 734. Nat Disp. Ech. (pars.)
Echinanthus Leske, 1778. Kx. Addit. (pars.)
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Lixx. Syst. Nat., 3187. (pars.)
Nucleolites Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Cli/peaster Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Echinolampas GRAY, 1825. Ann Phil.
Echinolampas Agass. 1817. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VJJ.
Echinanthus D'Orbigny, is.~,4. Rev. Mag. Zool.

Echinolampas depressa

Echinolampas depressus ! Grat, 1861. Ann. Mag. N. II., p. 38.

" depressus I Grat, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 36, PL II f 4.

" caratonioides! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 269. Straits of Florida.

*Off Tortugas, 35, 68 fms., *off Carysfort Reef, 40, GO, 98, 320 fms., *off Conch Reef, 77 fms.
(Pourtali -).

Echinolampas Hellei

Echinolampas Richardi (Desml.) 1837. Tab. Syn., p. 340 (non Desmt.). Senegal.
! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIL p. 1 63.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 36.

Echinanthus Richardi \ D'Orb. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 21.

Echinolampas LaurUlardi I Debml. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. (non Agass.). Note of

Julee Marcou.
" Hellei! Val. 1869. Perribr, Pedic., p. 170.

" Rangii DESML. 1870. Act. Soc. Lin. Bordeaux, XXVII. /'/. XX.

*Cape Palrnas (Dr. Perkins, Essex Inst.) ; Senegal! mouth of Rio Grande (J. d. P.).

Echinolampas oviformis

Echinus sulcatus Romph. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kara., PI. XIV. f. 3.

Scutum ovatum Kleix, 1734. Nat. Dis]). Ech, § 78, PL XX. f. C, d.
Echinanthus ovalus Leske, 1778. Kx. Add., p. 127, PL XX. f. c, d.
Echinus oviformis Gmel. 1788. Lixx. Syst Nat, 3187.
Nucleolites oviformis \ Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert., p. 347.
( 'lypeasler " ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 15.

" " ! Blaixv. 1825. D. S. N, p. 190.

Echinolampas oviformis \ Okay, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 7.
Echinolampas " ! Blaixv. 1834. Actin., p. 209.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 340.

" ! Agass. 1S4 7. C. K. Ann. Se. Nat., VII. p. 163.
" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 35. Red Sea.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 1 78. Molucca.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 1 70.
Echinanthus oviformis D'Orb. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zool.

Echinus orientalis Seba, 1758. Thcs., III. PL X. f. 23 a, b, copied in Ene. Meth., PL

CXLI V. f 1, 2.
Echinolampas orientalis ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.
Echinolampas orientalis Blaixv. 1834. Actin., p. 209, PL XVI. f. 2.
" ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 20.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 340.

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 163.

SYNONYMY. 115

Echinolampas oviformis (com hived).

Echinolampas orientalis Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 3G.
Eckinanthus " D'Orb. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zool.

Echinolampas cyclostomus ! Perkier, 1869. Pedic, p 170.
" Bottae. MS. (J. d. P.).

♦Mauritius (Pike); Red Sea (J. d. P.); Tranquebar! Cape Good Hope! (Mus. Copenh.) ;
Molucca (Martens); Ceylon! (Brit. Mus.).

ECHINOMETRA.

Echinometra Rondel. 1554. De Piscib. Mar. (Brkvn.)

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)

Echinus Linn. 1758. (pars.)

Echinometra Gray, 1825.- Ann. Phil.

Echinometra Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

Heliocidaris Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. (pars )

Ellipsechiuus Lutk. 1864. Bid. til Echin.

Echinometra lucunter

GUALTERI, 1 742. PL CVII. f. C

Cidaris variolala elhjptico, 1, variol. freq. ! Klein, 1734. Nat. D. Ech., PL IV. f. C, D.

" " " /3. 2, variol. rarior. ! Kleln, 1734. Nat. Disp. Eel)., PL V.f. b, c.

Cidaris lucunter Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., PL IV. f. C, D.
Echinus " ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 50 (non Linn, nee Lutk.). Inde. Isle de France.

" " ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 93.

Echinometra lucunter\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.
" " 1 Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260.
" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 10. Isle de France.

" " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 372. Timor Straits. Philip-

pine Islands. Cochin China.
» " ! Du.l. Hupe", 1862. Echin , p. 538.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z, I. p. 21. Sandwich Islands. Society Islands.

'• " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., p. 355. Ousiina.

! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 164. Sumatra. Molucca. Amboina. Flores.
Echinus Mathaei! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 93.
Echinometra Mathaei\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225 (non Agass).
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260.
! Grube, 1857. Nov. Act., XXVII. p. 44.
" " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 538.

heteropora! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 372. Zanzibar.
heteropora ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 538.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 161., PL XVI. f. a, b.
brunea! A. Agass. 1863. P. A. N. S. Phila., p. 355. Bonin.
acufera\ A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. (non Blainv.). Zanzibar.
" microtuberculata! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22. Kingsmills Islands.

Sandwich Islands

♦Zanzibar (Ropes, Cheney, Cook) ; *Mozambique (Cook) ; *Tor, Red Sea (Mus. Vienna) ;
Madagascar (Liverpool Mus.); *Mauritius (Pike); Natal! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Philippine Islands!
(Semper) ; Feejee Islands ! Upolu ! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Bourbon ! (Ecol. Min.) ; Cape Good Hope !
(Smithson. Coll., Stimpson); *Society Islands, *Sandwich Islands, *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett);
*Bonin, *Loo Choo Islands (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; New Caledonia ! (Crosse) ; Samoa ! Java !
(Aoad. N. S. Phila.); *Calcutta (Theobald); Seychelles! Cochin China! Samar! Straits Torres,
Solomon Islands (J. d. P.) ; Arabian Gulf! Japan, Sumatra, Timor, Molucca, Flores, Adenare,
Buru (Martens).

116 SYNONYMY.

Echinometra macrostoma

Ellipsechinus macrostomus Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 165, PL I.f. 10.

Echinometra oblonga

Echinus oblougus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. So. N. O., p. 95.
Echinometra oblonga \ Bi.ai.vv. 1834. Actin., p. 225. Seychelles.

" " ! AGASS. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260. (pars.)

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 21. Sandwich Islands.

" Mathaeil Agass. 1846. C. R. Aim. 8c. Nat, VI. p. 373 (nun Bi.aixv.).

*Sandwich Islands, *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett); Zanzibar! Solomon Islands! Wai»iou ! Sey-
chelles! (.1. d. P.); Philippine Islands! (Semper); Nikobar! (Mus. Vienna); Mitchell's Islands!
(Mus. Godefl".).

Echinometra subangularis

SLOANE, 1725. Jam., /'/. CCXLIV.f. t, S, S.

SEBA, 1758. Thcs., III. PL X.J. 11,16, IS; PL A'/./. //.

Knokh, 1771. Deli,-.. /'/. DI.f.8; PI. DIH.f.6.

Cidaris variolata ! Klein. [734. Nat D. Ech., PI. III. j. C. J >.

" ! Klein, 1734. NatD. Ech., PLIV.f. E, F.; PL XXX. A, B.

? Echinus lucuuter Linn. 17.">s. Syst. Nat, ed. X. p. 665 (non Lam.).

V " '• Gmel. 1788. Linn. S.N., 8176.

Cida I Leske, 177*. Ki.. Arid., p. 109, PL IV. f. E, /■', copied in Enc Metii., /'/.

(XXX IV.
Echinometra lucunter) Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4.

" " ! Li in. 1864. Bid., p. 87. \V. Indies.

i Maris subangularis ! Leske, 1778. Ki.. Add.

" fenestrata Leske, 1778. Ex. Add. (pars.)

Echinometra subangularis Desml. 1837. Syn, p. 266.

Echinus Maugei ! Blainv. 1825. D. S. Nat <>., p. 93.

Echinometra Mnui/.i ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.

" " ! Ac ass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260.

! Agass. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 373. (pars)
I Duj. IIi-i-k, 1862. Echin., p. 528.
Echinus acufer! Blainv. 1*25. Diet. Sc. Nat O., p. 94.
Echinometra acufera\ Blainv. 1884. Actin.. p. 225 (non A. Agass.).
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260.

!Aga8S. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 878. (pars)
- ! Dim. Ilt'i-l';, 1862. Ech, p. 538.
IMart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I p. 166.
Echinus lobatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O, p. 95.
Echinometra lobatal Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn.. p. 262.

" " I Agass. 1846. C. B. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 373.

" " ! Duj. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 539.

" Michelini ! Des. 1846. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 373 (non LuTK.).

Yucatan.
» Michelini ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. Florida. W. Indies.

" " ! Yerrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 369.

" nigrina! Gir. 1850. Proc. Boston Sc. X. II., p. 367. Cape Palmas.

Heliocidaris mexicana ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 372 (non T. mex. A. Ac).
" mexicana ! Ddj. Hup£, 1862. Echin., p. 537.

SYNONYMY. 117

Echinometra subangularis (continued).

Heliocidaris Casteluaudi ! Hup£, 1858. Casteln. Voyage Am. Slid., p. 97, Zooph., PL

I.f. 1. Brazil.
" CastelnaudV. Duj. Hup£, 1862. fichin., p. 537.

Echinometra complanata Mich. MS. (Ecol. Win.).

*Cape Palmas (Dr. Perkins, Essex Inst.) ; *Cape Verde Islands (Bouvier) ; *Florida (Agassiz) ;
Ascension ! (J. d. P.) ; *Rio Janeiro (Agassiz, Thayer Exp.) ; *Desterro (F. Miiller) ; *Guara-
pary, *Porto Seguro, *Victoria, *Campos, *Isla de Mazecas (Hartt & Copeland, Thayer Exp.) ;
*Cuha (Arango) ; *Tortugas (Pourtales, Agassiz); Abrolhos ! (Hartt); *St. Thomas (Agassiz,
Tliayer Exp.) ; *Hayti (Weinland) ; *CharIeston, S. C. (Agassiz) ; *Sombrero Island (Knox) ;
*Jamaiea (Adams) ; Bermudas (Hammond) ; *Aspinwall ; *Nassau (Shaw) ; *Cumana (An-
thony) ; *Bahamas (Bryant).

Echinometra Van Brunti

Echinometra Van. Brunti ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 21. Aeapulco.

" Van Brunti\ Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 309. San Salvador. Peru.

" " ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 585.

" rupicola! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z , I. p. 21. Panama.

" rupicola I Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 308.

♦Aeapulco (A. Agassiz) ; *Cape St. Lucas, *Manzanillo (Xanthus, Smithson. Coll.) ; *La Paz
(Pedersen, Yale Coll.) ; *Panama (A. Agassiz) ; *San Juan del Sur (Silliman, Yale Coll.) ;
*Pearl Islands (Bradley, Yale Coll.); *La Union (Yale Coll.); Zorritos! Nicaragua! (Yale
Coll.).

Echinometra viridis

Echinometra viridis ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22. Florida.
viridis\ A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z , I. p. 261.
" plana! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22. Hayti.

" Michelini ! Lt/TK. 1864. Bid., p. 91, PL I.f. 1 (non Des. nee A. Ag.). W.Indies.

♦Tortugas, Fla. (Agassiz, Pourtales); *Key Biscayue (Lyman); Cuba! (Arango); *West
Indies, *Jeremie, Hayti (Weinland).

ECHINONEUS.

Echinoneus Van Phels. 1774. Brief.
Echin us Gm el. 1788. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Eckinanaus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.
Galerites Desml. 1837. Syn. (non Auct.).

Echinoneus cyclostomus

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PL X V. f. SO, 33, 34.

Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 173, PL XXXVII. f. 4, 5, copied EnC

Me"th., PL CLIII.f. 19, l'O.
" cyclostomus I Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 18. Asiatic Seas.
" ! Blaixv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat., p. 196.

1 Blalnv. 1834. Aetin., p. 212, PL XVI. f. 5.
! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 187. Philippine Islands.
! Desor, 1842. Agass. Mon. Ech. Gale'rites, p 43, PL VI. f. 13-15.
! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 143.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 32. Australia.

Desor, 1857. Syn. Echin. foss., PL XX VII. f. 1-3.

118 SYNONYMY.

Echinoneus cyclostomus (continued).

Echinoneus cyclostomus \ Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin. p. 5-15.
Echinus " Gmel. 1788. Lixx. Syst. Xat. 3183.

Echinanaus " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 7.

Galerites echinonea Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 246.

Echinoneus cruciatus ! Ag vss. 1843. Des. Mon. Galerites, p. 46, PI. VI. f. 1-3.
" cruciatus] Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ecbin., p. 33.

" serialis ! Des. 1842. Ag. Mon. Ech. Galerites, p. 48, PI. VI. f. 10-13.

" serialis\ Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 143.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 33.

" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 545.

" crassus! Agass. 184 7. C. R. Ann. Sc. Xat., VII. p. 143. Zanzibar.

" crassns'. GRAY, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. S3.

" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 546.

" IMlCH.1862. Mailld. Bourbon Annex. A, PL XVI.f. , 1.
" ventricosus ! Agass. 1847. C. K. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 144. New Zealand?

ventrico8tis\ Gray, is."j5. Cat. Rec Echin., p. 33.
! Duj. Hupri, 1862. Echin., p. 546.
" minor I Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., 1 p. 169 (non Auct.). Flores. Amboina. Manila.

* Australia ; * Bourbon (J. il. P.) ; *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett) ; Zanzibar! (J. d. P.) ; Flores,
Amboina, Manila (Martens) ; Lord Hood's Islands! (Brit. Mus.).

Echinoneus semilunaris

Seba, 1758. Tin s., III. /'/. X.f. r, copied in Leske, PI. Xl.IX.f. 8, 0, et Exc. Meth. /'/.

CLII /./.~i.

KNORR, 1771. Delie., PL Dl.f. 11.

Echinoneus minor Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 174, /'/. XI. IX. f. S, 9.

" minor'. Blaixv. 1831. Actin., p. 212.

" " ! Desor, 1842. Agass. Mon. fich. Galdrites, PL VI. f. 16.

" " 1 Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII., p. 143.

" " ! Cray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 82.

" " I Duj. Hope", 1862. Echin., p. 545.

Echinus ovalis Linx. 1753. Mus. Tcss., p. 114.

" semilunaris Gmel. 1788. Linx. Syst. Nat.
Echinoneus semilunaris] Lamk. A. 1816. An. b. Vert, p. 10. St. Domingo. W. Indies.
" ! Blaixv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat , XIV p. 19b.
" " 1 Blaixv. 1834. Actin., p. 212.

» " 1 Agass. 1836. Prod , p. 20.

" ! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 340.

I Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. ed. HL, PL ZlV.f. I.
" " ILiJTK.1864. Bid., p. 124. W.Indies.

" " 1 A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C Z., I. p. 267. Straits Florida,

gibbosus! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 19. American Seas.
gibbosus I Blaixv. 1825. Diet. S. N., XIV. p. 196.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Trod., p. 20.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 340.

" ! Des. 1842. Ag. Mon. Ech. Galerites, p. 46, PL VI. f. 4-6.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech., p. 32.

" elegans ! Desor, 1842. Ag. Mon. Ech. Galerites. p. 47, PL VI. f. 7-0. Hayti.

elegansl A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. Florida,
conformis ! Des. 1842. Mon. Gal , p. 48, PL VI. f. 17-.J1.
con/ormis Broxn, 1859. Kl u. Ord. Actin., PL XLII.f. ft

*Jamaica, *St. Thomas (Adams) ; Jeremie, Ilayti (Weinland) ; *Cuba ; *Bermuda (Hammond) ;
*Carysfort Reef (Pourtales) ; Guadeloupe ! (Brit. Mus.) ; Cuba ! Araugo ; Porto Rico ! (Mus.
Copenh.).

SYNONYMY. 119

ECHINOSTREPHUS.

Echinometra Rumph. 1705. Arab. Rar. Kam.

Echinus Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. (pars.)
Psammechinus Du.i. Hup:£, 1862. Echin. (pars.)
Echinostrephus A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Echinostrephus molare

Echinometra setosa Rumph. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam., PL XIII. f. 5.

Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XIII. f. 9.

Echinus molaris ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 88.
" molaris Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 282.
" mola! Blainv. 1834. Aetin., p. 228.

" laganoides! Des. 184G. Agass. C R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 370.
Psammechinus laganoides \ Du.i. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 528.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 151.

Echinus lezaroides Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 146.

" longispina! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 89.
" Jongispinus\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 228.

! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 370.
" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 146.

" longispina Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 282.
Psammechinus longispinus Duj. Hupe', 1862. Echin., p. 527.

" " Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 151.

Echinostrephus aciculatus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 21. Kingsmills Islands.

Sandwich Islands.
Perinatus laganoides Des. MS. (J. d. P.).

*Kingsmills Islands, *Sandwich Islands, *Society Islands (Garrett) ; *Zanzibar (Cooke) ;
Mozambique! (Mus. Stock.); Natal! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Bourbon! (J. d. P.); Cape Good Hope

(Brit. Mus.) ; Amboina (Rumph.).

ECHINOTHRIX.

Echinometra Rumph. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam.

Diadema Schynv. 1711. Thes. Imag.

Cidaris Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)

Echinus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst Nat. (pars.)

Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Astropijga Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. (pars.)

Echinothrix Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Akad. Berlin.

Echinothrix Bolsche, 1865. Wieg Archiv.

" A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Savignya Des. 1854. Syn. Ech. foss.
Garelia Gray, 1855. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond.
Garelia A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z.

Echinothrix calamaris

Echinus calamaris Pall. 1774. Spic. Zool., I. fas. X. PI. II. f. i-S. copied in Deslong. Enc.

Me'th., PI. CXXXIV.f. 9-11.
Cidaris calamaris Leske, 1778. Kl. Ech., p. 115, PL XLV.f. 1-4.
Echinus calamarius Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat, 3173.

120 SYNONYMY.

Echinothrix calamaris (continued).

Cidarites calamaria! Lamk. 1S16. A. s. Vert., p. 58. (pars.)
Diadema calamaria '. Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4.
" calamarium ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.
" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 308.

! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 14.
" " ! Duj. Hcee", 1862. Echin., p. 505. (pars.)

" calamare ! Mart. 18C6. Wieg. Arch., p. 150. (pars.) Timor.
Cidaris calamaria\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 231.

Aslropyga calamaria \ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 345. Amboina.
Echinothrix calamaria Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Berl. Ak., p. 484. Mozambique.
Echinothrix " ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 116.

" " ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 116.

Garelia aequalis ! Gray, 1855. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Loud., p. 38. Mauritius.
Echinothrix aequalis \ BbLSCHE, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 333.

" aperta! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/.., \>. 19. Society Islands.

" apertal Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 333.

" turcarum] Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. S80. (pars)

♦Society Islands (Garrett); *Kupang, Timor (Marten-, Mus. Berlin); Amboina! Nikobar!
(Mus. Copenh.) j Pomotu Islands! (U. S. Ex. Exp., Smilbson. Coll.); Wupang ! (Berlin Mus.);
Philippine Islands! (Semper) j Sandwich Elands! (Vienna Mus.).

Echinothrix Desorii

Cidarites calamaria 1 Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 58. (pars.) Mers d'Indes.

Diadema calamarium ! Dnj, Ilt'iiv, 1862. Echin.. p. 505. (pars.)

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pcdic , p. 816, /'/. /I'./ 3, 8b.

Aslropyga Desorii ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.. VI. p. 345. Red Sea.
Echinothrix Desorii Piters, 1853. Monatsb. Berl. Ak., p. 484.
Echinothrix " ! Peti rs, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 117.

" " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Archiv, p. 330.

scutata! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 19. Sandwich Islands.

" srttlnta\ Bot.si in, 1S65. Wieg. Arch.. 1. p. 333.

Echinothrix annellata ' Pi rERS, 1853. Monatsb. Ak. Berl., p. 484. Mozambique.
Echinothrix anneUata Peters, 1854. Seeig. \. Moss., p. 117.

" Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 838.
Garelia clavata ! Gray. is;,:,. Proc. Zobl. Soc. London, p. 38.
Savignya Frappieri Mich. 1862. Maill. An. A.. /'/. XV. f. l-rJ. Bourbon.
Echinothrix clavata Bolsche, 1865. Wieg- Archiv, I. p. 333.

♦Sandwich Islands (Garrett); *Feejee Islands (Mus. Godeff.); ^Mauritius (Pike); Bourbon!
(Ecol. Min.) ; *Red Sea (J. d. P., Botta).

Echinothrix turcarum

Echinometra Rtwirn. 1705. Amboin. Rar. Kam., PI. XIV. f. B.

Diadema turcarum Sciiy.nv. 1711 ? Tins. Imag., p. 2 (teste Bolsche).
Diadema turcarum ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 349. (pars )
Echinothrix turcarum Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Berl., p 184.
Echinothrix " ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss, p. 116. Mozambique.

" " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 330. (pars.)

" " ! Bolsche, 1866. AVicg. Arch., I p. 89.

Garelia " ! A. Agass 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 19.

Echinus diadema Lixx. 1758. Syst. Nat.
Cidaris araneiformis LeSKE, 1778. Kl. Ech., p. 116.
Echinus araneiformis Gmel. 1788. Link. Syst. Nat., 3173.

" coronalis Leske, 1778. Kl. Ech., p. 116.
Cidarites spinosissima ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 58.
Diadema spinosissimum\ Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

" " DESHL. 1887. Syn., p. 308.

SYNONYMY. 121

Echinothrix turcarum (continued).

Diadema spinosksimum ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 13. Isle de France.

" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 152.

Astropyga spinosissima \ Agass. 1846. C R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI p. 345. Mauritius. Zanzibar.
Echinothrix " Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Berl., p. 484.

Echinothrix " ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Mo.-s., p. 117.

" ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 330.

Savignya " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 506.

« ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 137, PL IV. f. 6.
Cidarilcs subularis ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 58. Isle de France.
Diadema subulare ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.
" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 308.

Astropyga subularisl Agass. 1846. U. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 345. Seychelles.
Echinothrix " Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Berl. Ak., p. 484.
Echinothrix " ! Peters, 1854. Seeig. v. Moss., p. 1 1 7.

" " ! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 329.

Savignya " ! Des. 1854. Syn. Ech. foss.
Savignya " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 505.

Garelia " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., p. 18.

Diadema Desjardinsii ! Mich. 1844. Rev. Mag., p. 136. Isle de France.

Desjardinsii\ Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag., p. 14, PL VII.
Garelia cincta ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 18. Kingsmills Islands. Sandwich Islands.
Echinothrix ductal Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 333.

" Petersii! Bolsche, 1865. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 334, PL XIII. Feejee Islands.

*Sandwich Islands, *Society Islands, *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett); *Feejee Islands, Bonin
Islands! (W. Stimpson, Sraithson. Coll.); Samoa ! Upolu ! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Amboina (Rumph) ;
Timor (Mus. Berl.); *Zanzibar (Cheney); *Mauritius (Pike); New Ireland! Red Sea! Mau-
ritius! Isle de France! (J. d. P.) ; Philippine Islands! (Semper).

ECHINUS.

Echinus Rondel. 1554. De Pise. Mar.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)

Heliocidaris Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. (pars.)

Psammechinus Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. (pars.)

Sphaerechinus Duj. Hup£, 1862. Echin (pars.)

Echinus acutus

? Cidaris Basteri Leske, 1778. Kx. Add. p. 23, PL XLIX.f. Z
Echinus acutus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 45.
" acutus ! Blalnv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 78.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 270.
" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 365.
" " Aradas, 1853. Monog. Ech. Atti. Catania, VIII. p. 276. Sicily.

" " Caill. 1865. Cat. Rad. Ann., p. 20.

" miUaris Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 478 (non Auct).

Flemingii !? Ball. 1841, in Forbes, Brit. Start"., p. 164, fig.
Flemingii ! Dub. o. Kor. 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 266, PL IX. f. 31, 32. Norway.
" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 365.
" " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 3.

122 SYNONYMY.

Echinus acutUS (continued).

Echinus Flemingii Saks, 1857. Middelh. Litt. Faun., p. 111. Naples.
« « ! Saks, 1861. Norges Ech., p. 93.

» « ! Dim. Hupe", 1862. Ech., p. 525. /

" " ! Grube, 1864. Insel Lussin. Lussin (Adriatic).

" sardicus Caill. 1865. Cat. Kad. An., p. 20 (non AUCT.). W. coast France.

♦Devonshire, *W. coast Norway (Sars) ; *Oban, *Milford (W. Stimpson) ; *Mosterhavn, *Har-
dangerfjord (G. O. Sars) ; *Shetland Islands, 150 fins., *between Faroe and Shetland Islands,
Hid tins., *So. Ireland. 100 t'ms., *Cape de Gatte, *Cape Sagras, 165 I'm-. (Porcup, Exped.);
*Naples (Panceri) ; Katwijck (Maitlaud) ; Lussin (Grube); Lessina (Heller); Port Vendresl
Oran ! Algeria ! (J. d. P.).

Echinus angulosus

Cidaris miliaria angidosai Klein, 1784. Nat Disp Ech., PL ULf. A. B.

Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778. Ki. Add., PL ///. / .1, 11, copied in EnC. Metii., /'/.

CXXXIII.f.6,6.

Gualteri, 1742. Index Test., PL CVIII.f. A, copied in Esc. Mi'.ni., PI. CXCVI1I.

Skua, 1758. Thes., III. PL X.f. SO.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL D.f. ',. 6.

Audouin in Savigny, Egypte, PI. VII

Echinus subaugulosus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, |>. 4s (non Bi.ai.nv.).

" subangulosta Hesvi,. 1887. Syn., p. 270. Cape Good Hope.
Fsammechiuus subangulosus \ AGASS. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 368.
Psammechinus " ! Du.l. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 527.

" verruculatus Li i K. 1864. Bid, p. 166.

Echinus minimus ! BLAINV. 1825. Diet Sc. Nat O., ]). 80. Cape Good Hope.

« minimus Di.sml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

" mmuftis 1 Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

*Cape Good Hope (Wahlenberg); *Simon's Bay (W. Stimpson); *Cape Town (Layard) ;
•Nikobar (Mus. Vienna); Bntu (Bonn Mus.)-, Mauritius! (Stockholm); Mozambique (Bianconi);
*New Zealand (Edwards); Adelaide! E. coast Australia 1 (Brit. Mus.); *Red Sea (Hemp. u.
Ehreb. Mus. Berl.) ; Suez ! (J. d. P.) ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper).

Echinus elegans

Echinus elegans ! (Dub. o. Kor.) 18 1 1. Skand. Echin , p. 272. /'/. A". /. tO-4£. W. coast Norway.
" " Agass. 1846. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 865.

" I Sars, 1861. Norges Echin., p. 94.
" •• Dim. IIi'i'E, 1802. Echin., p. 524.

*Hardangerfjord, 150 fms. (G. O. Sars) ; *Cape Sagras, 80 fms., 'between Faroe and Shetland
Islands, 400 tins., *off Valencia, 90 fms. (Porcup. Exped.) ; W. coast Norway, 250 fins. (Daniel-
sen) ; Bergen (Sars).

Echinus esculentus

Cidaris mSiaris sp. II. hemisphaerica Klein, 1734. PL II. f. B.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, /'/. D.f. 1; Pl.DII.f. r«, copied in Leske, Kl. A. Id.,/'/. AAA 17//.//.

Ech in us subglobosus Linn. 1745. Faun. Sine. p. 518.

" esculentus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat , ed. X. p. 663 (non Rumph nee Leske).
! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4.

" " Flem. 1828. Brit An , p. 478.

" " ! Agass. 1886. Trod, p. 190.

" " Desml. 1887. Syn., p. 278.

" " I DtJB. o. Kor. 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 264. W. coast Norway.

" " ! Agass. 1846. ('. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 865. German Ocean.

" " Gray, 1848. Brit. Bad., p. 3.

" " ! Sars, 1861. Norges Ech., p. A3.

SYNONYMY. 123

Echinus esculentus (continued).

Sphaerechinus esculentus Du.j. Ilri'io, 1 Si52. Echin., p. 529.

Perkier, 1869. Pedic, p. 151, PL V.f. S a-c.
i 'idaris hemisphaerica Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 126.
Echinus sphaeralV Mull. 177ij. Prod. Zuol. Dan., p. 235.

sphaera Penn. 1812. Brit. An., 2d ed., PI. XXXVI. f. 1; 1st ed., PL XXXIV. f. 1.
" " Forbes, 1841. Brit. .Start'., p. 149, fig.

" " Val. 1841. Ac, ass. Mon. Ecu., Anat. Ech., PL VII.- IX. passim.

" Mull. 1848. Abhdl., I. PL V.f. l-S: PL VI, VII. f. 1-3 (Pluteus).
« « Mull. 1854. Ban d. EcL., Pl.II.f. 1.

" Gosse, 1856. Tenby, fig.
« " Bronx, 1859. Kl. n. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f. S.

" " Stewart, 1865. Trans. Linn. Soc, XXV. PL L.f. 2 a.

" globiforniis ! Lamk. 1S16. An s. Vert., p. 44.

globiformisl Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 79.
" Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 270.

" " Caill. 1865. Cat. Rad. An., p. 20.

" subangulosus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 78 (non Lamk).
" subangulosus Blainv. 1834. Aetin., p. 227.
" pseudomelo ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 77.
" pseudomelo Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 270.

" aurantiacus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 79.
" aurantiacus Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 272.
" quiuqueangulatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 79.
" quinqueangulatns Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 270.
" quinqueangulosus Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.
violaceus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 80.
" violaceusl Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 272.

" depressusl Mich. MS. (ficol. Min.).

*W. Sweden, *Norway (Sars) ; * Lofoten Islands, 1. w. m. — 80 fms. (G. O. Sars) ; *Oban (W.
Stimpson) ; *Heligoland (Weinland) ; *Mill'ord, *W. coast Great Britain, *Oban (W. Stimpson) ;
English Channel, Scotland (Forbes) ; Finmark (Sars) ; Drontheim — Cape North, 1. w. m. —
1.5 t'rns. ( Mc Andre w & Barrett) ; Ireland! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Schveningen, Katwijck, Groningen
(Maitland).

Echinus gracilis

Echinus gracilis ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 269. Straits Florida.

*OffSand Key, 120, 125 fms., *Florida Gulf Stream, 101, 119, 128, 150, 200 fras., *Key West,
135, 140 fms., *off Tennessee Reef, 114 fms., *off Alligator Reef, 156 fms. (Pourtale.-) ; St.
Thomas! (Duehassaing, J. d. P.).

Echinus magellanicus

Echinus magellanicus ! Phil. 1857. Wieg. Archiv, I. 130. Straits of Magellan.
Psammechinus magellanicus ! Du.l. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 528.
" cupreus ! Trosch. MS. Mus. Frankfort.

♦Patagonia (Denning) ; *Straits Magellan (Mus. Stockh., Mack) ; *Valparaiso (Loriol) ; *New
Zealand, Australia! (Frankfort Mus.).

124 SYNONYMY.

Echinus margaritaceus

Echinus margaritaceus! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 47. So. Pacific ?
" margaritaceus ! Blainv 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat, p. 78.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 270.

" '• ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. Vl.f.l.

Heliocitlaris margarkacea ! Agass. 1840. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 371. So. Pacific.
" " ! Duj. Huprf, 1862. Echin., p. 537.

*Cape Horn (Mus. Godeff.) ; So. Polar sea*! (J. d. P.); New Zealand! (Smithson. Coll.);
Port Otway, W. coast Patagonia ! (Brit. Mus.).

Echinus melo

Echiiiometia Rondel. 1554. Lib. de Pise. Mar., p. 578.

GUALTERI, 1742. PL CVI.f. E.

■'. Enc. Metii. PI CXLI.f. i, e.

Echinus melo ! Lame. 1816. An. 8. Vert., p. 45. Mediterranean.
" melo Risso, 1826. Europ. Mer., V. p. 276.
" ! Blainv. 1827. Diet. Sc NO., p. 77.
" I Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 226, PL XX.f. S.
" " ! Ag iss. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 276.
" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI p. 365. Algeria
" Mull. AbhdL, IV. PL VlJ.f. 9, (Pluteus).

" " A rad as, 1858. M g. Echin. Atii. Gioen., VIII. p. 275. Sicily.

" •• Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt Fauna, p. 111. Naples.

" ■• ! Dhj. Hick, 1862. Echin., p. 524.

" " ! Grubb, 1864. Inscl Lussin. Lussin (Adriatic).

" " Caill. 1865. Cat Rad. Ann., p. 19. W. coast France.

*Nice (Bnrkhardt, Verany) ; *Naples (Panceri) ; *W. coast Italy (Bigacci) ; *Venice (Lyman):
Mediterranean ! Oran ! Alger ! Cape Verde Islands ! ( Bouvier) : W. coast Africa ! Canary Islands !
Spain! Portugal! (J. d. P.); Dnlniatia (Mull.); Qiiarnero. Lussin (Grube); Lessiua, 3J - .j'>
fins. (Heller).

Echinus microtuberculatus

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PI. D.f. 6.

Echinus microtuberculatus' Blainv. 1825. Diet Sc. X. O.. p. 88. Mediterranean.
Psammechinus micrcluberculatus ' Ag iss. 1846. C. EL Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 366.
Psammechinvs " ! Sars, 1857. Middelh. Lit. Fauna, p. 115.

" " ! Duj. IIii'E. 1862. Eeliin.. p. 526.

" Perrier, 1869. Pe"dia, p. 150, PL V.f.8a,b.

Echin us parvituberculatus ! Blainv. is.'! I Actin., p. 228.

" parvituberculatus Desml. 1887. Syn., p. 282.
Psammechinus parvitubercvlatus\ LiJTK. 1864. Hid., p. 168.
Echinus miliaris Risso, 1820. Europ. Meriil.. \'. (non Mn.i.. nee Linn.).

" " Aradas, 1853. Monog. Echin. Atti. Gioen., VIII. p. 290. Sicily.

" pulchellus ! Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. gen. Ech., p. VI.
" pulchellus Mull. 1854. Abhdl., IV. p. 48, Pi VI. f. 1-6 (Pluteus).
" Mull. 1S56. Bau d. Ech., PL II. f. 4.
Psammechinus pulchellus Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord., p 338, Actin, PL XXXIX. f. 6.

" " Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p 526.

Echinus decoratus ! Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. g. Kcli., p. VII.
Psammechinus decoratus'. Duj. HuPB", 1862. Echin., p. 527.

*Mediterranean. *Spezzia (Lyman); *NapIes (Panceri); *W. coast Italy (Rigacci) ; Triest
(Midler); Lis.-a. Lessina, Ragusa (Heller); Cape Verde Islands ! (J. d. P.); Genoa, Nice (Ve-
rany) ; Messina (Sars). .

SYNONYMY. 125

Echinus miliaris

Cidaris miliaris saxalilis Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL II. f. A, B; PL XXXI. f. C.
Echinus miliaris Mull. 1771. Knore, DeL

" miliar if \ Lasik. 1816. A. s. Vert, p. 49. N. European Atlantic.

! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Se. N. O., p. 80 (non Flem ).
" '• Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 237.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 272.

! Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. gen. Ech., p. VI.
" " ! Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starf., p. 161, fig.

" " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 3.

Sars, 1861. Norges Ech., p. 94.
Fsammechimis miliaris\ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat., VI. p. 368.
Psammechinus " ! Desor, 1855. Syn. Ech. foss., PL XVIII. f. 7, S.

" ! Duj. Hup£, 1862. Eehin., p. 526.

! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 146, PI. V. f. 1 a - d.
Echinus saxalilis O. F. Mull. 1 776. Prod., p. 235 (non Linn, nee Fab.).
Cidaris " Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 82, PL II. f. A, B ; PL XXXVIII. /. 2, 3, copied in

Ene. Meth, PL CXXXIII.f. 1, 2.
Echinus pustulatus ! Agass. 1841. Val. An. gen. Ech., p. VI.
Psammechinus pustulahis ! Duj. Hupe', 1862 Eehin. p. 527.

Echinus virens ! Dub. o. Ivor. 1844. Skand. Feb., p. 274, PL X.f. 43, 44- W. coast Norway.
Psammechinus Korenii Des. 1846. Agass. C. R. Ann. Se. Nnt., VI. p. 368.
V Gosse, 1856. Tenby, Pluteus, fig.

*Nor\vay, *Oresund (Mus. Copenli.) ; *Drdbaek (Eschricht) ; *Boulogne ; *Oban (W. Stimp-
son) ; English Channel! Liverpool! Milf'oid ! (Liverpool Mus.); S. W. coast Sweden (Sars);
Ireland (Thomson) ; Drontheim — Cape North (McAndrew & Barrett) ; W. Scotland, N. Ireland,
Guernsey (Forbes) ; Schveningen, Katvvijck, Doneburg (Maitland).

Echinus norvegicus

Echinus norvegicus! Dub. o. Ivor. 1844. Skand. Eehin., p. 268, PL IX. f. 33-39. W. coast

Norway.

" norvegicus \ Sars, 1861. Norges Eehin., p. 94.
Psammechinus norvegicusl Agass. Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 368.
Psammechinus " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Eehin., p. 526.

Echinus Flemingii\ A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z , I. p. 262 (non Auct.). Straits Florida.

" depressus G. O. Sars, 1871. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh, p. 23 (non Blainv.). Lofoten.

" rarispinus ! G. O. Sars, 1871. MS. Lofoten.

*North Sea, 200 fins. (Mus. Stock.) ; *Lofoten Islands, 200-300 fms., Storggen Bank, 80-100
fins. (G. O. Sars) ; *Shetland Islands, *off Valencia, *between Faroe and Shetland Islands,
400 f'rns. *Cape Wrath, 300 fms., *Adventure Bank (Porcupine Exped.) ; W. coast Norway,
450 fms. (Danielsen); *Florida Gulf Stream, 195 fms. (Pourtales) ; Salterfjord 150-200 fins.
(G. O. Sars).

126 SV.No.NVMV.

ENCOPE

Echinodiscus Lf.SKE, 1778. Kx. Add. (pars.)
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. 8. Vert, (pars.)
Encope Ac ass. 18-10. Cat. Syst. Eetyp.
Encope Agass. 1841. Monog. S™t.
Echinoglycus Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech. (pars.)
Mellila Agass. 1811. Monog. Sent, (pars.)
Moulinia Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut
tfoulinsia A.G U5S. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc Nat., VII. (non Gratel, 1840).

Encope californica

Encopt californica I Verriix, 1870, Sill. Journ., p. 97. La Paz.

californica '. Verriix, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 586, PL X.f. 5, 6. Cape St. Lucas.

►La Paz (Pedersen, Yale Coll.).

Encope emarginata

Skua, 1758. Tins, III. PL XV.f. •'. 6, copied in Enc. Moth., Pi CXLVIII.

Echinodiscus emarginatus LE8KE, 1778. Ki.. Add., p. 136, PI. L. /. 5, <?, copied in Enc. Meth.,

PI. CL.f. I, ■'■
Echimts emarginatw Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst N , ;ti89.
Scutella emarginata\ Lamk. 1816. An s. Vert., p. 9.
Scutella " ! Blainv. 182.3. Diet. Sc. N. Scut., p. •.'■.'4.

" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actio., p. 219.

" •■ I Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

« " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 222.

Encope " ' A,;\ss. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 47, PL X.

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 137. Rio Janeiro.

! Dim. IIite", 1862. Echin., p. 567.
ILutk. 1864. Bid., p. Ill, PLII.f. 4, 6. W. Indies.
! Verrill, 1868. Notes Radiata, p. 370. Rio, Bahia.
! A. AGA88. 1869. Bull. M. ('. Z., I. p. 267, 289. Straits Florida.
Echinodiscus quaterperforatua Lisske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 140.
Echinus tetraporus Gmel. 1 7S8. Linn. Svst. N., SJ89.
Scutella tetrapora Blainv. 1884. Actio., p. 219, /'/. XVIII. f. 4.
Scutella quadrifora Lamk. 1816. An. >. Vert, p 9.
Scutella quadrifora Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. Scut., p. 224.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 224.

" quinqueloba Em it. 1829. Zool. Atl., PI. XX. f. 1- Rio Janeiro.
Encope quinqueloba \ Grube, 1857, Nov. Act.. XXVII. p. 46.
Scutella cassidulina Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 232. Martinique.
Moulinia cassidulina ! AGASS. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 139, PL XXILf. 1-6.
Moulirma " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 139.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech., p. 27.

" " ! Desor. 1857. Synops. Ech. foss., PL XXVII. f. 14-16,

" " ! Du.j. Hope", 1862. Echin., p. 558.

" " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 118.

Encope Valenciennesii ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 54, PI. VII., VIII. Martinique.

" Valenciennesii] Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 137.

« " ! Dim. Hurf, 1862. Echin., p. 569.

" subclausa! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 56, PL V.f. .5. Brazil.

" subclausa ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 137.

SYNONYMY. 127

Encope emarginata {continued).

Encope subclause,] Du.j. Hurl;, 18G2. Echin., p. 569.

" oblonga ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 53, PL IX. Rio Janeiro.

" oblongal Agass. 1847. C. E. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 187.

" " ! Du.J. Hupis, 1862. Echin., p. 5C9.

Mellita lobata ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 44, PI. IV. f. 13.

" lobata I Agass. 1847. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 139.

" " ! Mich. 1858. Rev. Mag. Zobl., No. 8.

" " ! Du.J. Hup£, 1862. Echin., p. 567.

" nummularia ! Val. 1847. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 139.

" nummularia I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 24.
! Du.i. Hupe\ 1862. iSchin.
Encope Ghiesbrechtii Belval, 1863. Bull. Acad. Brux., XV. p. 419.
Echinoglycus frondosus! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p 24. Nicaragua.

*Destei-ro, Brazil (F. Miiller) ; *Rio Janeiro, *Maranhao (Agassiz, Thayer Exp.) ; *Victoria,
*Sta. Anna Island (Hartt & Copeland, Thayer Exped.) ; *West Indies; *Cumana, Venez.
(Couthouy) ; Bahia, Itapaji, Purpui, San Antonio (Hartt); *Florida Gulf Stream, 7 fins. (Pour-
tales) ; Martinique! (Mus. Neuftl., Brit. Mus.) ; Nicaragua ! Yucatan! (Brit. Mus.) ; Pernainbuco
(Belval) ; Charleston, S. C. ! (Gibbes).

Encope grandis

Encope grandis! Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.
Encope grandis ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 57, PL VI.

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 137.

" 1 Duj. HupjS, 1862. Echin., p. 569.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 26. Gulf California.

" " ! Verrjxl, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 310. La Paz.

" " ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 585.

Echinoglycus grandis I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 26.
Encope Agassizii ! Mich. 1851. Rev. Mag. Zobl., No. 2.

" Agassizit\ Duj. Hupis, 1862. Echin., p. 569.

♦Lower California (Caldwell, Stone) ; *Guayrnas (Stone) ; *La Paz (Pedersen, Yale Coll.).

Encope Michelini

Encopt Michelini! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 58, PL VIa.f.9.10. Yucatan.
" Michelinil Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 137.
" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 569.

" A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27. Tampa Bay.
" A. Agass. 1869 Bull. M. C. Z., I., p. 266. Straits Florida.

Echinoglycus frondosus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 25, Var. 5.
Encope aberrans ! Mart. 1867. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 112. Campiche Bay.

*Yucatan ; *Tampa Bay, Fla., *Captiva Key, Fla. (Wiirdemann) ; *off Sarrasota Bay, 5-6
fms. *Rebecca Shoals (Pourtales) ; *Alabama ; Campiche Bay ! (Mus. Berl.).

Encope micropora

Encope micropora ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 50, PL X".f. 4-S; PI. XIX". f. 7.

" micropora] Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 137.

" " ! Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 568.

Encope cyclopora ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 52, PL Xh.f. 6-9.

" cycloporal Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 137.

" " ! Duj. Hupi5, 1862. Echin., p. 568.

Echinoglycus cyclopora\ Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 26.
Encope perspectiva 1 Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 51, PL Xh.f. 1-5.

128 SYNONYMY.

Encope micropora {continued).

Encope perspectiva '. Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 137.

" " ! Dr.). IIupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 568.

Echinoglycus perspectiva ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech., p. 26.
Encope tetraporal Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 49, PL A'"/ 1-8 (non Auct.). Galapagos.

'• " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VII. ]> 137. (pars.)

Echinoglycus telrapora ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Ech., p. 26.
Encope occidentalis ! Vkrrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 309. Panama. Zorritos.

•' occidentalism. Vkruii.l, 1S71. Notes lladiata, PL X.f. 4.

" Lapeyrousii Midi. MS. (Ecol. Min.).

" elegans MlCH. MS. (Ecol. Min.).

" Sebae Mich. M.S. (Ecol Min.).

" meUitifrous Mien. MS. (Ecol. Min.).

♦Lower California (Gibbes) ; *Guaymas (Stone) ; *Cape St. Lucas (Xanthus, Smithson.
Coll.) ; Mazatlan ! (Bonn Mus. Ecol. Min.) ; *Panama (Maack ; Bradley, Yale Coll.) ; Galapagos.

(SPATANGUS.) Eupatagus.

Eupatagus Agass. 184 7. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII.

Eupatagus Valenciennesii

Eupatagus Valenciennesii! .U ass. 1847. C. B. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 9, PL XVI. f. 13. New

Holland.
Eupatagus Valenciennesii] Gray, 1855. Cat Bee. Ech., p. 19. Van Diemen'e Land.
Bronn, 1859. EL u. Ord. Actin., PI. XLII./.7.
" ! in .1. Hi 11', 1862. i;. bin , p. 60.

" similis ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. II. p. 130.

*New Holland; * Australia (Liverpool Mus.); Van Diemena Land! Port Dalrymple ! Bass
Straits! Flinder's Island! (Brit. Mus.).

(HIPPONOE.) Evechinus.

Echinus Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, (pars.)

Heliocidaris DE8ML. 1847. AGASS. C. B. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. (pars.)

Psammechums fllli. 1850. PrOC. Boston Sc. N. II.

" A Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z. (pars.)

Boletia Vkrrill, 1867. Notes Radiata. (pars.)
Euechinus Verrii.l, 1871. Notes Radiata. .

Evechinus chloroticus

Echinus chloroticus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PL VII. f 2. New Zealand.
Heliocidaris chU>rotica\ Desml. 1846. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 371.
Psammechinus chloroticus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23.
Evechinus " ! Vkrrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 584.

Psammechinus asteroides ! Gir. 1850 Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H , p. 366.
Boletia viridis ! VeRRILL, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 304.

*New Zealand. * Auckland (Edwards).

SYNONYMY. 129

(LINTHIA.) Faorina.

Faorina Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H.

Tripylus Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 72. (pars.)

Atrapus Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 72.

Faorina chinensis

Faorina chinensis ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.

Faorina chinensis] Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 57, PI. VI. J 1. China.

Tripylus (Atrapus) grandis ! Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Arch., p. 72, PL I.

♦Shanghae; *Sandwich Islands? (Garrett); China! Hong Kong (Brit. Mus.).

FIBULAEIA.

Echinus Pall. 1774. Spic. Zobl.

Echinocyamus Leske, 1778. Kx. Addit. (pars)

Fibularia Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Fibularia Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. (pars.)

Echinocyamus Ag ass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. (pars.)

Mortonia Gray, 1851. Proc. Zobl. Soc. London (non Des. 1856).

Fibularia australis

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PI. X V. f. 36.

Fibularia australis Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 240 (non A. Agass.).
Echinocyamus australis ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 140. South Pacific.
« " Du.r. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 556.

" " ! Mich. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 9, PL XIV. f. 2.

Mortonia auslralis\ Gray, 1851. Proc. Zobl. Soc. London, p. 38.
Mortonia " Gray, 1852. Ann. Mag. N. IT, p. 448. Australia.

« " Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 37.

♦Sandwich Islands, *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett) ; Ousima! Coral Sea of Australia ! (W. Stimp-
son, Smithson. Coll.) ; South Sea ! (J. d. P., Brit. Mus.).

Fibularia ovulum

Echinus minutus Pall. 1774. Spic. Zobl., IX. PL I.J. 3".

" minutus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat., 3194.
Echinocyamus craniolaris Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 150, PL XLVII.f. 3".
Echinus craniolaris Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3193.
Fibularia " De Fr. 1820. Diet. Sc. Nat, XVI. p. 512.

» " Des Long. 1824. Enc. Meth., PL CLIV.f. 1, 2.

" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 211.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 20.

" " Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 29.

Echinocyamus nucleo cerasi Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.

" ervum Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.

Echinus ervum Gmel 1788. Linn. Syst. N, 3193.
Echinocyamus vertice centrali Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.

" turcicus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.

Echinus turcicus Gmel. 1 788. Linn. Syst. N. 3193.

^30 SYNONYMY.

Fibularia ovulum {continued).

Echinocyamus ovatus Leske, 1 778. Kl. Add.

» lathyrus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., PI. XXVIII. f. 1.

Echinus lathyrus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3194.
Fibularia " De Fr. 1820. Diet. Sc. Nat., XVI. p. 512.

« " Des Long. 1824. K. M., II. p. 390.

« " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 240.

Echinocyamus equinus Leske, 1778. Ki.. Add.
Echinus equinus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N, 3194.
Echinocyamus inaequalis Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.
Echinus inaequalis Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3194.
Fibularia " De Fr. 1820. Din. Sc. Nat., XVI. p. 512.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 236.

Echinocyamus cor ranae Leske, 17 78. Ki.. Add.

" cor raninum Leske, 1778. Ki.. Add.

Echinus nucleus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3193.
Fibularia nucleus Desml. 1837. Syn., \>. 240.

" nucli urn De Fr. 1820. Diet. Sc Nat., XVI. p. .011.
Echinus centralis Gmel. 1 788. Linn. Syst. X.. 3193.

" ovulum Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3194.
Fibularia ovulum ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 17.
Fibularia " De Fit. 1820. Diet. Sc. Nat, XVL p. 511.

" " I ISi.ainv. 1884. Actio., p. 211.

! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 20.

" '• Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 240.

" | Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VH. p. 142.
" ! Gkay, 1855. Cat Bee, Ech., p. 30.
•• ! Dr.i. llrr-E", 18G2. Ecliin, p. 557.
Echinocyamus ovulum! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, p. 6.
Echinus faba Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst X., 3191.
" raninus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst N., 3195.
" bufonlna Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst N. 3195.
Fibularia trigonal Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 17.
Fibularia trigona De Fr. 1820. Diet. Se. Nat,, XVI. p. 511.
Echinocyamus trigona\ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.
Fibularia trigona'. Bi.ainv. 1834. Ac-tin., p. 211.
" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 238.

" ! Agass. 1847. C. R Ann. Se. Nat, VII. p. 142.

" ! Perrii R, 1869. lVdie., p. 168.
nucleola Des Long. 1821. E. M., II. 389.

♦Indian Ocean ; E. India Islands ! (J. d. P.) ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper).

Fibularia volva

Fibularia volva! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 142. Red Sea.

" volva I Ddj. Hurri, 1862. Echin.
Fibularia oblonga ! Gi:ay, 1851. Proc Zool. Soc, p. 37. N.Australia.

" oblonga ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech.. p. 30, ri. II. f. 6.

*Red Sea; N. Australia ! (Brit. Mus.) ; Channel of Formosa? (Mus. Copenh.).

SYNONYMY. 131

GONIOC1DARIS.

Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Cidaris Blainv. 1834. Actinol. (pars.)
Goniocidaris Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.
Temnocidaris (A. Agass.) 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. (non Cott.).

Goniocidaris canaliculata

Temnocidaris canaliculata ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 18.

*So. Extrem. So. America (Mack) ; Cape Horn! (Brit. Mus.) ; Falkland Islands! (Cunning-
ham); Straits Magellan! (Berlin Mus.); Rose Island! Orange Harbor! (U. S. Ex. Exped.
Smithson. Coll.); Zanzibar! (Leipzig Mus.); Natal! (Krauss).

Goniocidaris geranioides

Seba, 1 758. Thes ., III. PL XIII. f. S, copied in Enc. M., PL CXXX VI. f. 1.

Cidarites geranioides ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 56. E. India.

" geranioides Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 324.
Cidaris " ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol, p. 231.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21. Port Western.

Goniocidaris geranioides ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 337. New Holland. New

Ireland.
Goniocidaris " Desor, 1855. Syn. Ech. foss., PL I.f. 4.

« " Bronx, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin , PL XLI.J. 2.

" " ! Ditj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 472, PL IX. f. 5.

« " ! Stewart, 1866.' Trans. Lin. Soc., XXV. PL XLVIII.f. 13-16.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 132, PL III./. 12.

*Port Western, Australia; *Hobart Town. Van Diemen's Land (Robertson); *East India;
King George's Sound! Freeraantle ! E. coast Australia! Brisbane Water! (Brit. Mus.).

Goniocidaris tubaria

Cidarites tubaria ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 57 (non Steph. tubaria A. Ac). New Holland.

" tubaria Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 326.
Cidaris " ! Agass. 1834. Prod., p. 21.

" " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 327.

" " ! Doj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 471.

" " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 137.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 127.
Goniocidaris Quoyi ! Val. 1846. Agass., Des. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 337. New Holland.
Goniocidaris Quoyil Du.J. Hurls:, 1862. Echin., p. 486.

" " Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 132.

Cidaris spinulosa ! Gray, 1855. Proc Zool. Soc London, p. 38.

#Bass Straits (Mus. Godeff.) ; *Australia ; ^Tasmania (Liverpool Mus.) ; *Hobson Bay, Vic-
toria (Edwards).

132 SYNONYMY.

HEMIASTER

Hemiaster Des. 1847. C. B. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII.
Tripylus Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, I.
Abatus Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Archiv, I.

Hemiaster australis

Tripylus australis! Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, p. 347. PI. XI. f. 3. So. Extrem. So. America.
Tripylus (Abatus) australis'. TROSCH 1851. Wieg. Arch., p. 72.
Brissopsis australis \ Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 5.

" " ! Duj. Hrjprf, 1862. Echin., p. 597.

Faorina " I C.hay, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.
Faorina " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Bee. Echin., p. 57.

*M. C. Z. ; Statten Land! So. Polar seas ! (Brit Mns.) ; So. Extrem. So. America! (Pbilippi) ;
Cape Virgines; off La Plata! .r>0 fins. (Mas. Stockholm).

Hemiaster cavernosus

Tripylus cavernosus ! PHIL. 1815. Wieg. Archiv, p. 315, PI. XI. f. 3. So. Extrem. So. Am.
Tripylus (Abatus) cavernosus \ Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Archiv, p. 72.
Brissopsis cavernosa ! Agass. 1847. C. II. Amu. Sc. Nat, VIII p. 5.

" I Duj. HcfE", 1862. Echin p. 507.
Faorina " I Gr AT, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H, VII. p. 132.

Faorina " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec, Echin., p. 57.

Faorina antarctica ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. X. II., VII. p. 132. South Polar Sea.
Faorina antarctical Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 57.

*M. C. Z. ; Statten Laud (Brit. Mus.) ; Chili, So. Extrem. So. America ! (Philippi).

(PSEUDODIADEMA.) Hemipedixa.

Hemipedina WRIGHT, 1855. Rrit. Ool. Eeh.
Hemipedina Df.sor, 1856. Syn. Eeh. foss.
Caenopedina A. Agass. 18C9. Bull. M. C. Z, I.

Hemipedina cubensis

Caenopedina cubensis ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 256. Straits of Florida.

*Off Havana, 270 fms., *Florida Gulf Stream, 138 fms. (Pourtalis).

SYNONYMY. 133

HETEROCENTROTUS.

Echinometra Rumph, 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)
Echinus Lix. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Echinometra Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Heterocentrotus Brandt, 1835. Prod.
Acrocladia Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.
Acroctadia Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. So. Nat., VI.

Heterocentrotus mammillatus

Rumph. 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam., PL XIII. f. 1, 2.

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PL XIII. f.1,3, copied in Enc. Meth., PL CXXX VIII. f. 1,3,4-

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL D.f.S.

Cidaris mammiUata ! Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL VI. f. A, B.
Cidaris mammillala Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., PL XXXIX. f. 1, copied from Seba.
Echinus mammillatus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. X. p. 667.
" GiMEL. 17 78. Linn. Syst. N., 3175.

" " ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 51. Red Sea. East Indies.

! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 97.
Echinometra mammillala\ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 5.
Echinometra " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 264.
Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XIII. f. 1.
" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool, p. 12. Isle de France.

Heterocentrotus mammillatus Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 266.
Heterocentrotus " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z , I. Sandwich Islands.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S Phila., p. 354.

Acrocladia mammil/ata'. Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.
Acrocladia " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 374.

" " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 539.

" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 166.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 162, PL VI. f. I"-'.

Echinus carinatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 98. (pars.)
Echinometra carinata ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225. (pars.)
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 266. (pars.)

" " Ey-d. et Soul. 1844. Voyage de la Bonite, Zoop., /'/. /.

Heterocentrotus carinatus Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 265.

" Postellsii Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 265. Bonin Islands

Echinometra Postellsii Desml. 1837. Syn., p 268.

Acrocladia hastifera ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 374. Sandwich Islands.
" hastifera ! Duj. Hupri, 1862. Echin., p. 540.
" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 164, PL VI. f. 3 a, b.

Echinometra Blainvillii Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 264. (pars.)
Acrocladia Blainvillei ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 374. (pars.)
" Blainoillei\ Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 540. (pars.)
" planissima! Mart. 1866. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien.
" planissima ! Mart. 1869. Decken, Reise.
" serialis ! Val. Per. 1869. Pedic., p. 165, PL VI. f. 5*.
Echinometra depressa ! Blainv. MS. (J. d. P.). (pais.)
" coronata ! Blainv. MS. (J. d. P.).

♦Sandwich Islands (Garrett) ; *Manila; *Bonin Islands (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; *Feejee
Islands; *Jarvis Island, No. 1 ; *Mauritius (Pike) ; Bourbon ! (Ecol. Min.) ; Loo Choo Islands
(Smithson. Coll.) ; Siam ! (Acad. N. S. Phila.) ; Caroline Islands (Martens) ; Seychelles! Guam
(J. d. P.) ; Molucca, Amboina, Flores, Timor (Martens) ; Philippine Islands! (Semper); Upolu
(Mus. Godcff.) ; New Caledonia! (Crosse) ; *Red Sea (Mus. Vienna).

134 SYNONYMY.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius

Gualteri, 1742. Index Test., PL CVIII.f. Ii.

Seba, 1758. 'Ihes., III. PL XUI.f. 4, copied in Ene. Meth., PL CXXXJX.f. 2.

Cidaris mammillata ! Klein, 1732. Nat. Disp. Ech.. PL VI. f. C, D. (pars.)
Echinus trigonarius ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, ]). 51.

" trigonarius I Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 98.
Echinometra trigonaria ! Blainv. 1834. Aetin., p. 225.
» " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., ]>. 23.

« " ! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 266.

» " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 12. Isle de France.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius BRANDT, 1S35. Prod., p. 266.

Acrocladia trigonaria] Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 373. Salomon Islands.
» » ! Du.j. IIumS, 1862. Echin., p. 639.

" " I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. Kingsmills Islands.

« " ! Stewart, 1865. Trails. Lin. Sou., XXV. PL L.f. 6.

" " ! M.vur. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 167.

! Perkier, 1869. P&lic, p. 164, PL VI. f. 4 a-c,f.6b.

Carpent. 1870. Month. Mic. .1, PL A7./.Y.

//. i. rocentrus trigonarius Mull. 1854. Ban d. Ech., p. 8.
Echinus cariuatus ! Blainv. 1825. D. S. N. O., p. 98. (pars.)
Echinometra carinata\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225. (pars.)
» " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 22. (pars.)

» - Deshl. 1837. Syn., p. 264. (pars.)

Blainvillii DeSML. 1837. Syn., p. 264. (pars.)
Acrocladia Blainvillei ' AG 16S. L846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nal , VI. p. 374. (pars.)

" Blainvillei I Duj. HirE", 1862. Echin., p. 540. (pars.)

Ech inometra pugiouifera Desml. 1 s : ; 7 . Syn., p. 266.
Acrocladia cuspidata ! A. A<;.\ss. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/■ , I. p. 21. Mauritius.

" violaceaX Perkier, 1869. Piidic., p. 163, PL Vl.f. S",b,c,d.
Echinometra violacea ! Blainv. M.S. (Mus. Paris.)

" depressa ! Blainv. MS. (Mus. Paris.) (pars.)

Acrocladia yanthiua Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.)
" subviridis Mini. MS. (Ecol. Min.)

•Mauritius (Pike) ; *Society Islands, *Sandwich Islands, 'PaumotU Islands, *Kin^sniills Islands,
(Garrett); *Tonga Tabu (U. S. Ex. Exp., Smiihson. Coll.); Feejee Islands! (Smithson. Coll.);
Salomon Islands! Madagascar! (J. d. I'.); Ellice Islands! (Mus. Godefl'.) ; New Caledonia!
(Crosse) ; Java (Martens) ; Bourbon ! (Ecol. Min.).

HIPPONOE.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)
Echinus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Hipponoe' Gray, 1840. Syn. Brit. Mus.
Tripneustes AgASS. 1841. Int. Mon. Scut.
Tripneustes Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.
Heliechinus GlR. 1850. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.

Hipponoe depressa

Tripneustes depressus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Guaymas.
" depressus Verrii.l, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 375. La Paz.

" " ! Verrii.l, 1869. Proc. Bost. Soc N. H., p. 384.

" ! Vkhrii.l, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 584.

*La Paz (Pedersen, Yale Coll.) ; *Atlata (Salmin) ; *Gulf of California (Pedersen, Yale
Coll.) ; Guaymas ! (Smitbson. Coll.).

SYNONYMY. 135

Hipponoe esculenta

SLOANE, 1 725. Jam., PL CCXLI1. f. 1, 2.

Cidaris miliaris esculenta ! Klein, 1 734. PL 1. f. A, B.
Cidaris esculenta (Leske) 1778. Kl. Add., PL I. f. A, B (non Rumpii).
Echinus ventricosus ! Lamk. 1S1G. An. s. Vert., p. 44.
" ventricosusl Blainv. 1825. Diet. Soc. N. O., p. 91.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Ac-tin., p. 229.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn.p. 28G.

fine. Meth., PL CXXXII.f. 2, 3, copied from Klein.
Tripneustes ventricosusl Agass. 1841. Int. Mon. Scut.

Tripneustes ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. N , VII. p. 3G3. Martinique. Yucatan.

" " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Hjchin., p. 533.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Florida.

" " ! Lutk. 18G4. Bid., p. 95. W. Indies.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. P^dic, p. 154, PL V.f. 4 a-d.

Heliechinus Gouldii ! Gir. 1850. Proc Boston Soc. N. H., p. 3G4.

♦West Indies, Jamaica (Adams) ; *Hayti (Weinland, Uhler) ; *Cumana (Couthouy) ; *St.
Thomas (Allen, Thayer Exp.); ♦Cuba; *Florida (Wiirdeman) ; Cape Florida (Holder, Mills,
Woodbury) ; *Tortugas (Agassiz, Pourtale-) ; *Bermudas (Hammond) ; *Nassau (Shaw) ; ♦Ba-
hamas (Bryant) ; ♦Key West (Pickering); ♦Florida Reef (Pourtales) ; Cuba! (Arango) ; Mar-
tinique! Yucatan! (J. d. P.); Surinam! (Mus. Copenh.).

Hipponoe variegata

Echinus esculent us RuMPn, 1705. Amb. Rar. Kam.

Cidaris assulata Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ecbin., PL IX. f. A, B.

" " variegata ! Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Eeh., PL X.f. B, C.

Cidaris variegata Leske, 17 78. Kl. Add., p. 85, PL X.f. B, C.
" sardica Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 14G, PL IX. f. A, B.
Echinus sardicus\ Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 45.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Ac-tin., p. 229.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 284.

Tripneustes sardicusl Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 363. Seychelles. Bombay.
" " ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 533.

" ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 160. Timor, Flores.
Hipponoe sardica Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 36.

A. Agass. 1863. Bull M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Zanzibar.

Cidaris angulosa\ Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL II. f. F. (pars.)

Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., PL II. f. F.
Echinus angulosus\ Blainv. 1825. D. S. N. O., p. 93.

" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin , p 229.

Tripneustes " 1 Duj. HupE", 1862. Ecbin., p. 533.

Echinus pentagonus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 46.
" pentagonus Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 288.

" ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Z., p. 9. Isle de France.
Tripneustes " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 363.
Echinus subcoeruleus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 49. So. Pacific.
" subcoeruleusl Blainv. 1825. D. S. N. O., p. 92.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 229.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 288.

Tripneustes " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 363. Zanzibar.

! Duj. HupE\ 1862. Echin., p. 534.
! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 155., PI. V.f. 5" , c.
Echinus fasciatus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 45. Isle de France.
" fasciatus'. Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 229, PL XX. f. 4.

13G SYNONYMY.

Hipponoe variegata {continued).

Echinus fasciatus Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 288.

" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. ZoSI., p. 9.

Tripneustes " ! Duj. Herri, 1862. Echin., p. 533.
Echinus virgatus ! ?LaMK. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 44.
" virgatus Blainv. 1834. Aclin., p. 229.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 286.

" inflatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet Sc. N. O., p. 91.
" Peronii! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. ()., p. 92.
" Peronii'. Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 229.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 228.

Tripneustes Peronii\ Perkier, 18ti:i. Echin., p. 157.

" bicolor ! Val. PerR., 1869. Pedic., p. 156, PL V.f. 0 a, b, c.

" fuscus ! Mich. 1862. Maillard, Bourbon Annex. A, p. 5. Bourbon.

" zigzag ! Mich. 1862. Maii.lard, Bourbon Annex. A, p. 5. Bourbon.

Hipponoe violacea ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., 1. p. 21. Sandwich ami Kingsinills Islands.
" violacea I A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 358. Japan. Loo Cboo.
" nigricans ! A. Agass 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Society Islands.
Tripneustes Senkenbergianus Trosch. MS. (Mus. Frankt't).

♦Sandwich, *King8mill8, "Society Islands (Garrett); ♦Ousima (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.);
♦Indian Ocean; *Tor, Bed Sea (Mus. Vienna); "Zanzibar (Cheney); "Mozambique (Cook);
♦Mauritius (Pike) ; Bombay ! Seychelles (J. d. P.) ; Nikobar! Amboina! (Mus. Copenli.) ; Samoa!
(Ac. N. S. Phila.); Timor, Floies. Batyang, Moluccas (Martens); Reef of Omaga (Brit. Mus.) ;
Philippine Islands! (Semper); Feejee Islands! Pelew Island-! (Mus. Godell'.).

(AMBLYPNEUSTES.) Holopxeustes.

Holopneustes Agass. 181 1. Anat. Genre Ech., Val.
Holopneuslet Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.
Amblyjmeustes Lutk. 1864. Bid. (pars.)

Holopneustes inflatus

Amblypneustes inflatus Lutk. MS. 1872, in A. Ac. ass. Hull. M. ('. Z., III. p. 18. Australia.
Holopneustes inflatus A. Agass. 1872. Bull M C. Z., 111. p. 18.

♦M. C. Z. ; New Holland ! (Mus. Copenli.).

Holopneustes porosissimus

Ciilaris granulata I (Ag.) 1841. Int. Monog. An. Eeh., Val. (non Leske).
Holopneustes granulatus'. Agass. 1841. Int. Monog. An. Ech., Val. (non Leske).
Holopnt ustes porosissimus ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 364, PI. XV. f. 16.
" porosissimus ! Duj. Hurf, 1862. Echin., p. 536.

♦M. C. Z., Australia (J. d. P.).
Holopneustes purpurescens

A mbh/pneustes purpurescens Lctk. MS. 1872. in A. Agass. Bull. M. C. Z., III. Australia
Holopneustes purpurescens A. Agass. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., III.

♦Hobart Town (Hamburg Mus.) : ♦Australia, Murray Riv. ! W. Australia (Brit. Mus.).

SYNONYMY. 13"

HOMOLAMPAS.

Lissmotas (A. Agass.) 1869. Bull. M. C. Z. (non Schonh. 181 7 )
Homolampas.

Homolampas fragilis

Lissonolus fragilis ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. 273. Straits of Florida.

*Off Bocea grande, 368 fins., *off Carysfort Reef, 320 fins. (Pourtales) ; Josephine Bk ! 500 -
GOO fms. (Mus. Stockholm).

LAGANUM.

Laganum Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech.
EcMnodiscus Leske, 1778. Kl. Addit. (pars.)
Echinus Gmel. 1788. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Clypeaster Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Lagana Blainv. 1827. Diet. Sc. Nat.
Laganum Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.

Laganum Bonani

? Rumph, 1 705. Amb. Rar. Kam., PL XI V. f. E. Amboina.

Gualteri, 1742. Index Test., PL CX.f. C.

Echinus planus Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PL XV. f. 25, 26.

Laganum Bonani ! Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Feb., PL XXII. f. a, b.

Laganum Bonani ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 108, PL XXII. f. 25-29 . PL XXIII. f. 8-12.

New Guinea. Vanikoro.
" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 132.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 12. Philippine Islands. Siguigor.

" '• ! Desor, 1855. Synop. Ech., PL XXVII. f. 29, SO.

! Duj. Hui'lS, 1862. Eehin., p. 560.
" •' Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 172. Java. Timor. Molucca.

" Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XVI. f. 2.
Echinodiscm laganum Lkske, 17 78. Kl. Add., PL XXII. f. a, b.
Echinus laganum Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat., 3190.
Clypeaster laganum ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 15.
Lagana " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

Lagana " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 215.

Scutella " ! Blainv. 1827. D. S. N, Art. Scut, p. 229..

! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 230.
Lagana minor ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6

*Tasmania (Liverpool Mus.); *Amboina (J. d. P.); New Guinea! Vanikoro! Australia!
(J. d. P.); Siguigor! (Brit. Mus.); Philippine Islands! (Semper); Pelew Islands! (Mus.
Godeff.) ; Java, Amboina, Molucca (Martens).

138 SYNONYMY.

Laganum depiessum

Laganum depressum ! Less. 1N4I. Agass. Mon. Scut, p. 110, PI. XXIlI.f. 1-7. Moluccas.
" depressum. ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat , VII. p. 132.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 10. Australia. Philippine Islands. Mauritius.

" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 560.

" ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 2G. Kingsmills Islands.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 193. China. Makao.

" Tongauense! Quoy et Gaim. 1841. Agass. Mon Scut, p. 114, PL XXVI. f. 7-19.

Tonga. New Guinea. Vanikoro.
Tonyanense ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 132.
" " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 560.

" ellipticum ! AGABS. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. Ill, PL XXIII. f. 13-15.
" ellipticum I Cray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 12.
" " I Duj. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 560.

attenuatum ! AGABS. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 132. Red Sea. Persian Gulf.
" attenuatum*. Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 10.

" cingulatum! Agass. 184 7. C. II. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 133. Salomon Islands.
" cingulatum] Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 11.
" scuti/ormel Duj. Iluprf. 1862. Echin., p. 560.
Lagana depressa ! Licss. MS. (Mus. Paris.)

" Tonganense ! Quoy ct Gaim. MS. (Mus. Paris.)

•Kingsmills Islands (Garrett); Tonga! Amboina! New Guinea! Buru ! Moluccas! Vanikoro!
Salomon Islands! (J. d. P.); Salerno (Gray); Zanzibar! (.1. d. P., Mus. Copenh.) ; *Sandwich
[stands (Pease); *So. Pacific; New Caledonia! (Crosse); Persian Gulf! Waigiou ! Madagascar,
Nos-Be! Darnley Islands! Australia! Siguigor ! Mauritius! (Brit. Mus.); Philippine Islands!
(Semper) ; Feejee Islands! (Mus. GodefF.) ; Makao (Martens).

Laganum Putnami

Lagamim Putnami ! Barn. 1863, in Ac. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil., p. 359. Ousima.

*Ousima (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; * Japan (Salmin).

LINTHIA.

Denoria (Gray), 1851. Ann. Mag. N. II.. VII. p. 182 (nun Agass. 1841).

Linthia Mf.ii. 1S53, in DrB. Act. Soc. Uelv.

Epiaster D'ORBIG. 1854. Pal. Franc. Terr, cre't (pars.)

Linthia australis

/'. toria australis ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. II., VII. p. 132. Flinder's Island.
" awtrahsl Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 58, /'/. VI. f. 2. Van Diemen.
" nodosa ! Verrill, 1869. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. II., XII. p. 382.

♦Tasmania (B. M. Wright) ; *Australia ; Flinder's Island ! (Brit. Mus.).

SYNONYMY. 139

LOVENIA.

Spatangus Gray, 1845. Eyre, Voyage Discovery, I.
Lovenia Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat , VIII.

Lovenia cordiformis

Lovenia cordiformis I Lutk. MS. 1872. A. Agass. Bull. M. C. Z, III. San Diego. Guaymas.
" Americana ! A. Agass. MS. (M. C. Z.)

♦Guaymas, Gulf of California (Stone) ; San Diego ! (Cassidy, Smithson. Coll.) ; Guayaquil !

(Mus. Copenh.).

Lovenia elongata

Aldouin in Savigny, Egypte, Zooph., PL VII. f. 4.

Spatangus elongatus Gray, 1845, in Ey-re, Voy., I. p. 436, PL VI. f. 2. Australia.
Lovenia elongata\ Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., p. 131. Port Western.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ecbin., p. 45.
Lovenia hystrix ! Des. 1847. Ag. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat., VIII. p. 11, PL XVI. f. 16. Red Sea.
Lovenia hystrix \ Gray', 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 45.

" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 606, PL IX. f. 11.

*Red Sea; *Zanzibar (Webb, Cheney, Cook); Port Essington, W. Australia! (Brit. Mus.);
Philippine Islands! (Semper).

Lovenia subcarinata

Spatangus subcarinatus Gray-, 1845. Ey-re, Voyage, I. p. 436. Philippine Islands.
Lovenia subcarinata ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., p. 131.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 45, PL V.f. 3. Luzon.

" ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 360.
" triangularis! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 360. Kagosima.

*China Seas (Salmin) ; Kagosima Bay! Hong Kong! (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); Philip-
pine Islands, Luzon ! (Brit. Mus., Semper) ; Honolulu ! (Stockholm Mus.).

(SPATANGUS.) Maretia.

Spatangus Leske, 1778. Kl. Addit. (pars.)
" LamK. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars)

Maretia Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin.
Hemipatagus Mich. 1862. Maillard Bourbon, An. A.
Lovenia Perrier, 1869. Pe'dic. (pars.)
Hemipatagus Des. 1858. Syn. Ech. foss.
Thrichoproctus Agass. MS. (M. C. Z.)
Plagiopatagus Lutk. MS. in lift.

Maretia alta

Maretia alta ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil., p. 360. Kagosima.
*Kagosima Bay (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; #Formosa (Mus. Godeff.).

140 SYNONYMY.

Maretia planulata

Sera, 17-25. Thes., III. PL XV. f. 87, S8, copied in E. M., PL CLIX.f. 5, a.

Spatangus ovatua Leske, 177s. Kl. Add., PL XLIX.f. I.', IS (non Lamk. nee Klein).
" plauulatus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 31. So. Pacific.
" plcmulatusl Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N.. L. p. 91.
" " ! A.; ass. 1836. Prod., p 17.

Dksml. 1837. Syn., p. 378.
« " ! Mich. 1845. Rev Meg. Zool., p. 9. Isle da France.

! AGASS. 1847. C. H. Am.. Sc Nat., VIII. p. 7. Java. Waigiou.
I Du.J. H.uv£, 1862. Echin., p. G08.
'• " MART. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 180. Molucca.

! Mart. 1867. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 113, PI III./. 4-
I Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 180, PL VII. f. 7 a, e.
Maretia pin n ulata I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 18. Masbate. Borneo.
Maretia " I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27. Kingsmills Islands.

//. mipatagus mascareignanim ! Mich. 1862. Maixlard, Bourbon An. A, p. 6, PLXVI.f.S.

Bourbon.
Mm; tin variegata ! Gray, 18i;i;. Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond., p. 1 70, /^
Lovenia quadrimaculata 1 Y.U.. I860, in Pekrier, I'ecT.c., p. 178.
Thrichoproctus teuuis ! AGASS. MS. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Plagiopatagus variegalus\ LUtk. MS. in I.itt.

*Waigiouj *Kingsmills Islands (Garrett) ; *China Seas, *,Iava (Liverpool Mus.); *Bourbon
(Maillard, Cotteau) ; *Siarn (Salmin) ; *New Caledonia (Crosse); Masbate! Borneo! (Brit.
Mils.) ; Philippine Islands (Semper); Banca Straits ! (Salmin); Molucca (Martens).

MELLITA.

Mellita Klein, 1 734. Nat Disp. Eeb. (pars.)
Echinodiscus Leske, 1788. Kl. Addit (pars.)
Clypeasler Lamk. 1816. An. -. Vert, (par-)
Scutella Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Mellita Agass. -1841. Monog. Scot.
Leodia Gray, 1851. Proc. Zool. Son. London.
Encopi Agass. 1841. Mon. Sent, (pars.)
Echinoglycus Gray, 1855. Cat l!cc. Ecli. (pars.)

MeUita erythrea

Mellita erythrea '. Gray, 1851. P. Z. S. I... p. 86. Red Sea
" sp !• A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phil., p. 359.

Red Sea ! (J. d. P. Brit. Mus.).

MeUita longifissa

.1/. Uita longifissa ! Mini. 1858. R M. Z . No. 8.

" longifissa ! Dim. Hufb*, 1862. Ecliin., p. 667, PI. IX. f. P,.

" ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. ('. Z.. I. p. 26. Panama.

" " ! Veriull, 1869. Proc. N. II. S. Boston, p. 883. Nicaragua.

" " ! VeRRILL, 1871. Notes Kailiata, ]>. 588. La Paz.

♦Panama (Adams, Maack) ; *Acapulco (A. Agassi z) ; La Paz! Acajutla! (Yale Coll.).

SYNONYMY. 141

Mellita pacifica

Mellita pacifica ! Vkrrill, 1867. Notes on Radiata, p. 313. Zorritos.

Zorritos, Peru ! (Yale Coll.).

Mellita sexforis

Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XV. f. 7, S.

Kxorr, 1771. Delic, PL Dl.f. 17.

Echinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 135, PI. L. f. 3,4, copied in Enc.

Meth., PL CXLlX.f.1,2.
Echinus hexaporus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., -3189.
Sculella he.vapora\ Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 219.
! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.
Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XV. f. 1.
Scutella sexforis ! Lamk. 181G. An. s. Vert., p. 9. Ocean Iud. et Amerie.
Scutella sexforis I Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut, p. 223.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 224.

Mellita hexapora ! Agass. 1841. Mem. Scut., p. 41, PL IV. f. 4- -7; PL lVa. f. 11, IS. Mar-
tinique. Mexico.
" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 138.

! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 23. St. Vincent Island.
" " ! Mich. 1858. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 8.

" " ! Dei. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 566, PL X.f. 11, IS.

!Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 109, PL 11./. 3. W.Indies.
" similis ! Agass. 1841. Won. Scut., p. 43, PL IV. f. 1-3. Porto Rico.
" simihs! Mich. 1858. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 8.
" ! DuJ. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 567.
? Sculella caroliniana! Rav. 1842. J. Ac. N. S. Pbila., p. 333.
? Mellita carolinianal McCrady, 1857. Plio. Foss. So. Ca., PL V. f. 4.
Leodia Richardsonii! Gray, 1851. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 36.
Leodia Richardsonii I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 19.

*West Indies; *Charleston, S. C. ; *Bennudas (Hill); *Florida, *Cuba (Arango) ; *Rehecca
Shoal, 11 fms., *Double Head Shot Key, 4-G fms., *Salt Key, *off Cherura, 270 fnis. (Pour-
tales); Martinique! Mexico! Porto Rico! St. Vincent! (Brit. Mus.).

Mellita Stokesii

Encope Stokesii ! Agass. 1841. Mon Scut, p. 59, PL VI".f. 1-8. Galapagos-
" Stokesii] Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 137. Guayaquil.

" ! Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 569.
" " ! LiJTK. 1864. Bid., p. 133. Punta Arenas.

Echinoglycus Slokesii\ Gray-, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 27.

! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 26. Panama.
" " Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 312.

*Panama (Adams, Maack, Bradley, Yale Coll.) ; Punta Arenas ! Guayaquil ! Galapagos !
(Mus. Copenh.).

Mellita testudinata

Mellita testudinata! Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL XXI. /. C, D, copied in Enc. M., PL

CXLIX./. 3, 4.
Mellita tesludinata\ Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 40, PI. IV. f. 7-9. Vera Cruz.
! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 138.
" " ! Mich. 1858. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 8.

" ! Du.i. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 566.

GUALTERI, 1742. PL CX./. E.

Seba, 1758. Thes.. III. PL XV.f. 9, 10.

Knorr, 1771. Delic, PL DI./. 1G.

142 SYNONYMY.

Mellita testudinata {continued).

? Echinus orbiculus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat., Ed. X. p. 6G6.

Echinodiscus quinquiesperforatus ! Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 133, PL XXI. f. C, D.

Echinus pentaporus GMEL. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3189.

Clypeaster peataporus ! Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert., p. 349.

Scttlella pentaporal Blainv. 1834. Aetin., p. 219.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

Encope " ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., PL III.
Mellita " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 107.

Scutella quinquefora ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 9.
Sculella quinquefora ! Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut., p. 223.

! DE8ML. 1837. Syn., p. 224.
Mellita " ! Agass. 1841. Mon Scut., p. 36, /'/. III. So. Carolina. Porto Rico.

" " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 138. Cuba.

'• " Mich. 1858. Rev. Mag. Zodl., No. 8.

" " ! Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin, PIXXXIX.f. 16.

" ! Dim. Hurf, 1862. Echin., p. 566.

? " amplal Holmes, 1848. in Rat. Ech, So. Carolina.
? " ampla ! Holmes, i860. Post. PI. Foss. So. Ca., PL l.f. 6.
" testudiuaria Gray, 1851. Proc. Zodl. Sue. Lond
" tea tu dine a ! Cray, 1855. Cat. Rec Ech., p. 22. Brazil.

*Itabapuana, *Rio Doce (Ilartt, Copeland, Thayer Exp.) ; *Maranhao (Agassiz, Thayer Exp.) ;
*Cuinann, Venez. (Couthouy) ; *Jamaica (Adams); Cuba! (Arango) ; Porto Rico! Vera Cruz!
(J. d. P.) ; *Te.\as (Stolley) ; *Captiva Key, *Key Biscayne, Ela. (Wilrdeman) ; *Amelia Island,
Fla. (Scodder) ; *Florida, 7 fins. (Pourtnles) ; "Savannah, *Charleston, S. C, Nantucket!
(Agassiz); *Beaufort, N. C. (Stimpson, Bickiuore) ; *IIogg Island, Va. (Stimpsoo); Vineyard
Sound (Verrill).

(BRISSUS.) Meoma.

Spalangus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Brissus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)

Schizaster D'Orbig. 1847. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VIII.

Meoma Gray, 1851. Ann Mag. X. H. VII.

Periaster Doj. Iln-E*, 1862. Echin. (pais.)

Kleinia A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. '/.., I

Rhyssobrissus A. Aoa>s. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Hemibrissus PoHEL, 1869. Revue des Eelnnod.

Breijnia Perrikr, 1869. Pedii'. (pars.)

Meoma grandis

Meoma grandis ! Gkay, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132. Australia??
Meoma grandis ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 56, /'/. V.f. S.

" nigra ! Vkrrill, 186 7. Notes Radiata, p. ::i 7.

" " Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata. La Paz. Golf of California.
KI, inia nigra ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27. Acapuleo.
Rhyssobrissus niger) A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27.
Breynia nigra ! Perrier, 1869. Pe'dic, p. 174.

*Acapulco (Van Brunt, A. Agassiz) ; La Paz ! (Yale Coll.) ; *Gulf of California (Stone) ;
♦Mexican coast; Cape St. Lucas! (Xanthus, Suiithson. Coll.).

SYNONYMY. 143

Meoma ventricosa

Spatangus ventricosus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 29. Antilles.

" ventricosus Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 203.

Brissus " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 9.

» " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 184.

» " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VIII., p. 13.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Ree. Ecu., p. 54.

" " ! Duj. Hup£, 1862. Echin., p. 605.

Meoma ventricosa ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 120.

Schizaster cubensis ! D'Orbig. 1847, in Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 22 (non A. Agass.).
Periaster cubensis\ D'Orbig. 1854. Pal. fr., p. 270.
Brissus panis ! Grube, 1857. Wieg. Arch., p. 344.

" panis! Grube, 1857. Nov. Act., p. 4 7, PL III. f. 5, 6.

" spatiosus McCrady, 1857. Plio. foss. So. Ca., p. 8, PL lll.f. 1.
Hemibrissus ventricosus Pomel, 1869. Rev. d. Ecbinod., p. XIII.

*W. Indies ; *Florida Reef, *Tortugas, *off Tennessee Reef, 85, 115 fins. (Pourtales) ; Honduras
(Mus. Copenh.) ; Guadeloupe ! (J. d. P.).

MESPILIA.

Cidaris Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Echin. (pars.)

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)

Microcyphus Agass. 1841. Introd. Monog. Scut, (non Agass. 1846).

Mespilia Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI.

Mespilia globulus

Cidaris ass ulala granulata Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL X.f. E, F.
Cidaris granulata Leske, 1778. PL X.f E, F.
Echinus globulus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat. Ed. X.

" globulus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N.

" " ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 82.

" ! Enc. Me"th. PL CXLII.f. 1, 2.

" " Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.

" " Desjil. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

Mespilia " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 358, PL XV.f. 17. Tonga Tabu.
Mespilia " ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 517.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 358. Ousima.

" " ! Stewart, 1865. Trans. Lin. Soc, XXV. PL L.f. S.

Echinus versicolor ! Val. 1841, in Agass. Monog. Scut., p. 7.
Microcyphus versicolor] Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut., p. 7.
Microcyphus " ! Du.i. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 517.

Mespilia Verrauxi ! Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.)

♦Ousima (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); *Tonga Tabu; *Samoa (Mus. Godeff.) ; China! (Mus.
Copen.) ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper) ; Sandwich Islands ! (Mus. Godeff.).

144 SYNONYMY.

(BRISSUS.) Metalia.

Spatangus Kl.EIN, 1734. Nat. Disp. Echin. (pars.)

Brissus Agass. 1836. Prod, (pars.)

Plagionotus (Agass.) 1847. ('. R. Ann. Sc. Nat , VIII. (nun Mils. 1842).

Metalia Gray, 1855. Cat. Eec. Ech.

Xanthobrissus A. Ac, \<s. 1863. Hull. M. C. Z.

Bryssus Martens, 1SG9. Decken's Keise.

Leiopatagus 1'd.mki., 1869. Int. Rev.

Metalia africana

Plagionotus africanus ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Railiata, p. 569. Sherboro Island. W. Africa.

Sherboro Island! (Yale Coll.).

Metalia maculosa

Rumph. 1705. Ami. Rar. Kam, PL XIV. f. I. Amboina.

Gualtrri, 174-2. Ind. Test., /'/. ClX.f. A.

SEBA, 1 758. Thos. III. PL X.f. '-', a, b, copied in Ene. Metb., PI. CLVIII.f. 7, S.

Bpatahgva Brissus maculosus angustus.l Ki kin, 1784. Nat. Disp. Ech., PI. XXIV. f. A, /•'.
Spatangus " " Leske, 1778. Klein, Add., PL XXIV. f. A, B. (pars.)

Echinus maculosus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst N., 3199.
Spatangus maculosus Blainv. 1829. Diet. Sc. Nat., L. p. 92.
" " Di smi.. 1837. Syn., p. 382.

Brissus " Mart. 18CG. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 181.

Spatangus compressus ! Lam. 181G. An. s. Vert., p. 30. Isle de Fiance.
Spatangus compressus DfiSML ls:!7. Syn., ]i. 388.

Brissus compressus ! Aqass. is:tii. Prod., p 18.

" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 7.

" '• ! AG \ss. 1847. C. K. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 13.

! Gray, 1855. Cat. R. Ech., p
! Du.j. HupiS, 18G2. Echin., p 606.
" " I Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 183. Mozambique.

Metalia nobiiis 1 Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 319. Cape St. Lucas. Panama.

" nobiiis ! Verrill, 1871. Not^s Radiata, p. 591.
Plagionotus nobiiis ! A. A., 188. 1869. Bull. M. ('. /., I. p. 302. • •

" timorensis MlCH. MS. (Ecol. Min .).

*Sainoa (Mus. GodefT.) ; *Sandwicb, Kingsmills, and Society Islands (Garrett); Pliilippine
Islands ! (Semper) ; Timor, Flores, New Holland (Martens) ; Isle de France ! Bourbon ! (J. d. P.) ;
Panama ! (Bradley, Yale Coll.) ; Cape St. Lucas! (Smitlison. Coll.).

Metalia pectoralis

Echinanthus maximus Seba, 1758. Tbes.. III. PL XIV. f. 5, G, copied in Enc. Meth , PL

CLIX.f.2,S.
Echinus grandis Gmel. 1 78s. Linn. Syst N.
Spatangus pectoralis I Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 29.
" pectoralis DesLonG. 1Si>4. E. M., II. p. 686.

! Blainv. 1829. Diet. Se. N., L. p. 88.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 203.

Dksml. 1837. Syn., p. 380.
Brissus " ! Agass. 1836. Prod, p. 184.

Plagionotus pectoralis \ Agass 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 13, PL XVI. f. 15. Mexico.

Bahia.

SYNONYMY. 145

Met alia pectoralis (rout timed).

Plagionotus pecloralis I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 50.

" " ! Du.i. Hupg, 1862. Echin., p. GOG.

" " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 122.

« " ! A. Ac; ass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 275. Straits of Florida.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 178.

" " ! Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 571.

Eupatagus " D'Arch. Haime, 1854. An. foss. Inde, p. 217.

Plagionotus Desorii ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 51.

" Desorii \ Du.r. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 606.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 178.

" ? Holmesii McCkady, 1857 Plioc. foss. So. Ca., p 9, PL Ill.f. 2.

" Ravenellianus McCrady, 1857. Plioc. foss. So. Ca., p. 9, PI. Ill.f. 3.

*Tampa Bay (TV. Stimpson) ; *W. India Islands; Mexico! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Littoral, fragments
115 fins. Florida Gulf Stream (Pourtales).

Metalia sternalis

Spatangus Brissusmaculosusventricosusl Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PI. XXVI. f. A.
Spatangus " " Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., PL XXVI. f. A. (pars.)

Gualteri, 1742. Inch Test., PI. CIX.f.B; PI. CV Ill.f. G.

Spatangus sternalis ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 31. So. Pacific.
" sternalis Desml. 1837. Syn., p 388.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 184.

Brussus " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII., p. 13.

" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 605.

" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 182. Red Sea.

Bryssus " ! Mart. 1869. Decken's Reise, p. 128, PL I.f. 1. Zanzibar.
Metalia " Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 51. Mauritius.

Brissus bicinctus ! Val. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 13. Red Sea.

" bicinctus\ Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 55.

" " ! Duj. Hup^, 1862. Echin., p. 605.

" areolatus ! Val. 1847 in Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 13. So. Pacific.

" areolatusl Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 53.

" " ! Duj. Hupe', 1862. Echin., p. 606.

Xanthobrissus Garetti ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 28. Kingsmills Islands.
Metalia Garetti ! Verrill, 1867. Notes lladiata.

*Sandwich, *Kingsmills, *Society Islands (Garrett) ; *Samoa Islands (Mus. Godeff.) ; *Mau-
ritius (Pike); *Zanzibar (Cheney); South Sea! Isle de France! Bourbon! (J. d. P.); Raines'
Inlet! Port Essington ! Reef Attagor! Luzon! Osmaga! (Brit. Mus.); Timor, Flores, New Hol-
land (Martens); Philippine Islands! (Semper); New Caledonia ! (Crosse); *Red Sea; Siam !
(Bonn Mus.) ; Upolu ! (Mus. Godeff.).

MICROCYPHUS.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech. (pars.)

Microcyphus Agass. 1841. Anat. Genre Ech. (non Agass. 1841, Mon. Scut.), (pars.)

Anthechinus A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila.

146 SYNONYMY.

Microcyphns maculatus

Gualteiu. 1 742. Index Test., PL CVIII.f. A.

Microcyphus maculatus ! Agass. 1841. Anat. Genre Ech., p. VIII.

" maculatus I Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 358.

" " ! Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 517.

Microcyphus Rousseaui ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. PL XV. f. 10. Mascate.

" Kousseaut ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 517.

Anthechinus roseus 1 A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 358. Japan.

Ousima (Stimpson, Smitlison. Coll.); *Navigator Islands (Hamburg Mus.) ; Mascate! Mayotte
Island ! (J. d. P.) ; Australia ! (Liverpool Mus.) ; Molucca (Martens).

Microcyphus zigzag

1 Cidaris bothryoides Ki.kin, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., PL XI. f. II (non Agass. P. both.).
Microcyphus zigzag! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 358.
" zigzag ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 517.

•Philippine Islands; *New Holland (Hamburg Mus.); West Australia! Tasmania! (Brit.
Mus.).

(SCHIZASTER.) Moira.

Spatangus La.mk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Echinocardium GbaT, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars)

Schizaster Agass. 1836. Prod, (pars.)

Moera (Mich.) L855. Rev. Mag. Zool. non Leach nee IIubn.

Moira.

Moira atropos

KnoRR, 1771. Delic, PL DHL/. S.

Enc. ME"th, PL CLV.f. .-*, //.

Spatangus atropos ! LAMK. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 32.
" atropo.il Bi.ainv. 1834. Actin., p. 202.
" " DESML. 1837. Syn., p. 384.

Echinocardium atropos \ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 8.
Schizaster " 1 Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 18.

Schizaster " ! Agass. 1847. C R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 22, PL X VI. f. 10. So.

Carolina.
" " I Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 61.

Moera atropos I Mich 1855. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 246.
! Dim. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 603.
! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
" ! Lutk. 1864. Bid, p. 55. W. Indies.

" ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 206. Straits of Florida.
" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 1 78.

Schizaster Lachesis ! (im. 1850. Proc. Boston S. X. II , p. 368. Texas.
Moera Lachesisl Mich. 1855. Rev. Mag. Zool.. p. 24 7.
! Des. 1855. Syn. Ech. foss., p. 394.
" " 1 Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 603.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 17S.

*Texas ; *Florida (Wiirdemann) ; *Charleston, S. C. (Agassiz, Gibbes) ; *Beaufort, N. C.
(Bickmore) ; Guadeloupe! (Duehassaiug, J. d. P.); Littoral to 80 fms. Florida Gulf Stream
(Pourtales).

SYNONYMY. 147

Moira clotho

Moera clotho! Mich. 1855. Rev. Map. Zobl., p. 247. Mazatlan.

*Mazatlan (Cotteau) ; Guayanias ! (Mus. Copenh.) ; *Gulf California (Ecol. Min.)

Moira stygia

Moera stygia ! Lutk. MS. 1872, in A. Agass., Bull. M. C. Z., HI. Red Sea.

*Red Sea ; Zanzibar ! (Mus. Copenh.).

NEOLAMPAS.

Neolampas A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Neolampas rostellata

Neolampas rostellatus ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 271. Straits of Florida.

*Off Sand Key, Florida, 112 fms., *oflf Samboes, 125 fms. (Pourtales).

(ECHINOBRISSUS.) Nucleolites.

Nucleolkes Edw. 1836. Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111.
Echinobrissus Duj. Hup^, 1862. Eebin.
Echinobrissus D'Orbig. 1854. Rev. Mag. Zobl. (pars.)
Nucleolites Desor, 1857. Syn. Ech. foss.
Nucleolus Mart. 1866. Wieg. Archiv.

Nucleolites epigonus

Nucleolites epigonus ! Mart. 1865. Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, Marz., p. 143. Flores.
Nucleolus epigonus] Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch, p. 179.

Mart. 1867. Wieg. Arch., I. PI. III. J. IS.

*M. C. Z. ; Flores, Java, Timor ! (Martens) ; Lord Hood's Island! (Brit. Mus.).

PALEOSTOMA.

Leskia (Gray) 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII (non Rob. Des. 1830.)
Paleostoma Lov^n, 1867. Vetensk. Ak. Forhdl.

Paleostoma mirabilis

Leskia mirabilis ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag N. H., VII. p. 134. Luzon.
Leskia viirabilis ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Reo. Ech., p. 63, PL IV. f. 4.

" " Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 600.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 360.

Paleostoma mirabilis] Loven, 1867. Vetensk. Ak. Forhdl., No. 5, p. 432,/ 1, 2. Singapore.

*Singapore, Batavia (Kinberg, Mus. Stockh.) ; Hong Kong ! (W. Stimps., Smithson. Coll.) ;
Luzon! (Brit. Mus.).

148 SYNONYMY.

(ECHINOMETRA.) Parasalenia.

Parasalenia A. Ac; ass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
Echinometra Lutk. 1864. Bid. (pars.)

Cladosalenia A. Agass. MS.

Parasalenia gratiosa

Parasalenia gratiosa! A. Agass. 18G3. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22. Kingsmills and Society Isl'ds.
Echinometra arbacia ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 152, l'l. I.f. l>.

♦Kingsmills Islands, *Society Islands (Garrett) ; *Bonin Islands (Stimpson, Smith-on. Coll.) ;
*New Caledonia (Crosse) ; ?New Guinea! (Mus. Copenh.) ; ToDgatabu! (Mus. Godeff.) ; ♦Zanzi-
bar (Cooke) ; *Feejee Islands (Mus. Godeff.).

(LAGANUM.) Peronella.

ScuteUa Blainv. 1827. Diet S. N. Scut (pars.)
Lagana Less. 1884, in Bi.ainv. Actio, (pais.)
Laganum Less. 1841, in Ag iss. Mon, Scut (pars.)
Peronella Gray, 1855. Cat Rec Echin.
Rumphia Dks. 1857. Syn. Ech. fosa
Polyaster Mich. 1859. Roy. Mag. Zool. (non Gbat, 1840).
Michelinia Duj. Hi if;. 1862. fichin. (non Kom. 1842).
Rumphia A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. /..

Peronella decagonalis

Scutella decagonalis ! Less. 1827. Diet. S. Nat. Scut., p. 229.
Lagana decagonal Less. 1884, in Bi.ainv. Actin., p. 215, PL A 17 1 I.f 3.
" decagona] Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed 111.. /'/. XV. f. 4.
'• •■ Hi -mi., is:::. Syn.. p. 230.

Laganum decagon tint '. Lkss. 1811. Agass. Mon Scut , 112, PL XXI I I.f. 16- '".
I Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 182. Waigioa
" " ! Gbat, 1855. Cat. Ech., p. 12.

! Duj. Hi ik. 1862. Ech., p. 5G0.
" " I Martens, 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 173. Makao.

Laganum Lesueuri Val. 1841, in AGASS. Mon. Scut., p. 116. /'/. XXIV. f. 3-6-
Lesueuri\ Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.. VII. p. 132.
! Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 9. China.
" ! Dim. Hite". 18G2. Echin., p. 560.
Rumphia " I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 25. Hong Kong.
Polyaster elegans 1 Mich. 1859. Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 9, PI XIV. f. I.
Michelinia elegans \ Dlm. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 561.

Laganum elongatum AGASS. 1841. Mon. Scul . p. 117, PL XXIV.f. I, ~.
" elongatum Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 132. ■
" " Dim. Hi-rE", 1862. Echin., p. 560.

" australe ! Cray, MS., (Brit. Mus.)

*Hong Kong (Putnam) ; *New Caledonia (Crosse); Australia! Freemantle Bay! (Brit. Mus.) ;
Japan! (Mus. Copenh.); Gnsp.tr Straits ! 12 fins. (Liverpool Mus.); Philippine Islands! (Sem-
per); Bay of Bengal! (Berlin Mus.).

SYNONYMY. 149

Peronella orbicularis

Breyn. 1732. PL VI. f 1, 2.

Laganum Schynovetti Klein, 1 734. Nat. Disp. Ech., p. 1 25.

Gualteri, 1742. PL CX.f. B, copied in Enc. Meth., PL CXLYII.f. 1,2.

Echinodiscus orbicularis Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 144, PL XLV.J. 6, 7.
" orbicularis Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 11.

" " Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 218.

Echinus " Gm el. 1788. Syst. Nat.

Laganum orbiculare I Ac ass. 1841. Mon. Scut,, p. 120, PI. XXII. f. 16-20 (non Sc. orbic.

IiAMK.). Batavia.
« >< ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc Nat,, VII. p. 132.

" » I Gray, 1855. Cat, Rcc. Ech., p. 11.

« " ! Duj. Hupe', 1862. Echin., p. 5G0.

" marginale ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 121, PL XXII. f. 11-15 (non Cat. Rais.).

*M. C. Z. ; New Holland ! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Formosa ! (Mus. Godeff'.).

Peronella Peronii

Laganum Peronii ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 123, PL XXII. f. 21-2$. So. Pacific.

Peronii! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat,, VII. p. 132.
Peronella " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 13. New S. Wales.
Rumphia " Des. 1857. Syn. Ech. loss., p. 229.
Rumphia " ! Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 561.
Scutella orbicularis! (Lamk.) 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 11 (non Ech. orb. Leske).

" ! Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 232.
Lagana " ! Blainv. 1827. Diet. Sc. N., p. 197 (non Lag. orb. Agassiz).

! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 215, PL XVIII. f. 2.
Laganum stellatum ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 122, PL XXII f. 7-10. New S. Wales.
" stellatum Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 9. Australia.
» " Duj. HupiS, 1862. Echin., p. 560.

♦Australia; *Philippine Islands (Liverpool Mus.); Tasmania! (Liverpool Mus.); Brisbane
Water! (Brit. Mu<.).

Peronella rostrata

Laganum rostratuni ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 118, PL XXV.

" rostratuml Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat,, VII. p. 132.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 9. New Zealand.

" " ! Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 561.

Rumphia rostrata Desou, 1857. Synops. Ech. foss., p. 229.

*M. C. Z. ; New Zealand ! Zanzibar ! (J. d. P.).

(C1DARIS.) PlIYLLACANTHUS.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Echin. (pars.)
Cidarites Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1835. Prod. Descrip. (pars.)
Leiocidaris Dks. 1854. Synops. Echin. foss.
Rhabdocidaris Des. 1854. Syn. Ech. foss.
Goniocidaris Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, (pars.)
Prionocidaris A. Agass. 1S63. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
Choudrocidaris A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

150 SYNONYMY.

Phyllacanthus annulifera

( Hdarites annulifera ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 57. New Holland.
" annulifera DesLong. 1824. E. M, II. p. 196.
" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 326.

Cidaris " ! Agass., 1836. Prod., p. 21.

« " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 327.

" " 1 Duj. Hupe", 1862. fich., p. 471.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 127.

ornata!'? Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p 37.
'• anmilata ! Cray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 37 (non A. Agass.).

" circinnata! Mart. 1866. (MS. Amst. Mus.) Wieg. Arch., p. 147. Malacca.

'• rosaceus ! Rousseau, 1869, in Perrier, Pedic., p. 129, PL Ill.f. 9. So. Pacific.

♦Australia! (Liverpool Mus.); *M. C. Z. ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper); Malacca ! Oceauie !
(J. d. P.).

Phyllacanthus baculosa

Cidariles pistillaris ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 55. Isle de France.
" pistillaris DesLong. 1824. E. M., PL CXXXVII.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 824.

Cidaris " Audouin, Savigny Egypte Echin., PI. Yll.f.l.

" " ! lii.AiNv. 1834. Aetinol., p. 231.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

« " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 327. Seychelles.

" ! Duj. Ihi'i', 1862. Krhin, p. 471.
Goniocidaris pistillaris] Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Sue. Lond., p. 35.
Prionocidaris pistillaris] A. AGASS. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., 1. p. 18. Zanzibar.
Cidariles baculosa ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 55.
" baculosa Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 324.

" I Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Z., p. 16, PL IV.}. 1-^8.
Cidaris " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. An.,. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 327. Red. Sea.
" •• ! Duj. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 471.

" ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 1 7.
" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I p. 144. Mozambique. Amboina Flores.

" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 126, l'l. Ill.f. 1, 3, 4.
Cidariles papillaris ! Mich. 1845. Rev. M;i;_'. Zool., p. 16. Isle dc France.
Cidaris Lima ! Val. 1846. Agass. Df.s. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI p. 327. Bourbon.
Lima I Duj. Hui>e\ 1862. Echin , p. 472.
" Krohnii! A<; ass. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 327. Seychelles.
EroMUl D0J. IIi-i'E, 1862. Krhin., p. 4 72.

♦Red Sea (Botta) ; #Tor (Frauenfeld) ; ♦Zanzibar (Cook) ; #Bourbon ; ♦Isle de France; Mau-
ritius ! Seychelles ! (J. d. P.).

Phyllacanthus dubia

Phyllacanthus dubia Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 268. Bonin.

Phyllacanthus dubia '. A. AGASS. 18G3. Proc. A. N. S. Pbila., p. 353.

Cidariles " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 326.

Phyllacanthus imperialis\ A. Agass. 1868. Bull. M. C. Z ,1. p. 17 (non Brandt.). N. Holland.

Cidaris caiialiculatus ! Rousseau, 1869. Perrier, Pedic, p. 189, PL Ill.f. o. Red Sea.

♦Zanzibar (C. Cook, Cheney, Ropes); ♦Bonin Islands (W. Stimpson) ; Red Sea! (J. d. P.) ;
New Caledonia ! (Ecol. Min.) ; New Holland ! (Phila. Acad.).

Phyllacanthus gigantea

Chondrocidaxis gigautea ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 18. Sandwich Islands.

♦Sandwich Islands (Garrett).

SYNONYMY. 101

Phyllacanthus imperialis

Cidaris Mauri ! Klein, 1734. De Echin., PL VII. f. A, B, C.

Echinometra altera digitata Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PL XIII. f. 3.

Knokk, 1771. Delia, PL D.f. 2.

Cidaris papillatu major Leske, 1778. Klein, Arid., p. 126, PL VII. f. A, copied in DesLong.,

Erie. Meth., PL CXXXVI.f.S; PL CXXXIX.f. 9.
Echinus cidaris Lin. 1 758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)

" cidaris Gmel. 1788. Lin. Syst. Nat., 3174. (pars)
Cidarites imperialis ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 54. Red Sea.

" imperialis Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 318.
Cidaris " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4.

" " ! Blalnv. 1834. Actinol., p. 231.

" ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 353.
" " ! Agass. 1846. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 326.

" ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 147. Amboina. Molucca.
Phyllacanthus imperialis Brandt, 1835. Prod., p. 268 (non A. Agass.).
Leiocidaris " Des. 1854. Syn. Ech. foss., p. 48.

Leiocidaris " ! Duj. Hupe', 1862. Echin., p. 482.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 129.

Ph>illacanthus fustigera ! Barn. 1863, in A. Agass. Syn. Proc. A. N. S Phila., p. 353. Polar Seas.
Cidaris fusligera Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch.
" Gaimardii Rouss. (MS. J. d. P.).

*Red Sea (J. d. P.); *Gaspar Straits (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); *E. India; New Holland!
Aru Islands! (J. d. P.); Zanzibar! (Brit. Mus.) ; Tonga! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Sulu Sea! (U. S.
Ex. Exped. Smithson. Coll.) ; Molucca (Amsterd. Mus. Martens).

Phyllacanthus verticillata

Cidarites verticillata! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 56.

" verticillata DesLong. 1824. Enc. M., PL CXXXVI.f. 2, 3.
" verticillata Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 324.
Cidaris " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

" ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI p. 327. So. Pacific.

Griffith, Cuv. An. Kingd., PL XIII. f. 1.
" ! Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 37.
" " ! Duj. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 4 72.

" " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 141. Flores. Timor.

" " I Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 128, PL III./. 7.

♦Society Islands! (Garrett); *So. Seas (J. d. P.); *Samoa (Mus. Godeff.); *Lorentuka
(Martens); Molucca! (Mus. Berl.) ; New Holland! (J. d. P.); Feejee ! Sandwich Islands! (Mus.
Godeff.) ; Mindoro! (Brit. Mus.).

PHYMOSOMA.

Cyphosoma (Agass.) 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp. (non Mann. 1837).
Phymosoma Haime, 1853 D'Arch. Haime, An. foss. d'Inde.
Coptosoma Des. 1855. Synops. Ech. foss
Glyptocidaris A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila.

Phymosoma crenulare

Glyptocidaris crenularis ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., p. 356. Hakodadi.

*Hakodadi (W. Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.).

152 SYNONYMY.

PLATYBRISSUS.

Platybrissus Grube, 18(15. Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges. f. Vaterl. Cult.

Platybrissus Roemeri

Platybrissus Roemeri I Grube, 18G5. Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges. f. Vaterl. Cult., p. 61.

*M. C. Z.

(TEMNOPLEURUS.) Pleureciiintjs.

Pleurechinus Agass. 1*41. Mon. Scut.
Pleurechinus A6A8S. 1 S4 1 . Vai.. An. Genre Ech.
Temnoplt arm Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. (pars.)
Opechiuus Dks. 1855. Synop. Ech. foss.

Pleurechinus bothryoides

Pleurechinus bothryoides ! Ac \ss. 1841. Mon. Scut.

Pleurechinus bothryoides ! Agass. 1841. Vai.. An;it. Gen Ech., p. VIII. (mm Cid. both. Klein).

Tt <in, i, /it, urns bothryoides] Agass. 1846. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 360. (pars.)

? Galapagos ! (Ecol. Min.).

PODOCIDARIS.

Podocidaris A. AGASS. 1869. Hull. M. C. Z., I.

Podocidaris sculpta

Podocidaris sculpta! A. Agass. 1869. R. M. C. Z., I. p. 258. Straits of Florida.

*Doublehead Shot Key, Fla., 315 fins., *Florida Gulf Stream, 120, 138, 154 fms. (Pourtales).

POROCIDARIS.

Porocidaris Des. 1854. Syn. Echin. foss.

Porocidaris purpurata

Porocidaris purpurata ! W. Thoms. 1869. Prel. Rep. Porcup. Exp. P. It. S.

*Deep water between Rona and Rockall (Poreup. Exp.).

POURTALESIA.

Pourtalesia A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Pourtalesia miranda

Pourtalesia miranda! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 272. Straits of Florida.

♦Florida Gulf Stream, 349 fms. (Pourtales) ; off Rockall, 1215 fms., Shetland Channel! (Por-
cupine Exped.).

SYNONYMY. 153

(STRONG YLOCENTROTUS.) Pseudoboletia.

Boletia A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. (pars.)

Pseudoboletia Trosch. 1869. Verhdl. J. Nat. Ver Rheinl. u. West.

Pseudoboletia granulata

Boletia granulata ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Sandwich Islands.
Pseudoboletia stenostoma ! Trosch. 1869. Verhandl. Nat. Ver. Rheinl. u. West., p. 96.

♦Sandwich Islands (Garrett).
Pseudoboletia indiana

Toxopneustes indianus! Mich. 1862. Maill. Bourbon, Ann. A., p. 5. Bourbon.

Sphaeriechinus indianus Lutk. 18G4. Bid.

Pseudoboletia maculata! Trosch. 1869. Verhandl. Nat. Ver. Rheinl. u. West., p. 96.

*M. C. Z. ; Masbate ! Philippine Islands ! Mauritius ! (Brit. Mus.) ; *Isle de France ; Bombay !
(Ecol. Min.) ; Bourbon! (Loriol).

(CASSIDULUS.) Rbynchopygus.

Echinobrissus Breyn. 1732. Schedias. (pars.)
Cassidulus Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert.
Kucleolites Desml. 1837. Syn. (pars.)
Pygorhynchus Agass. 1860. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.
Rhynchopygus Lutk. 1864. Bid.
Rhyncholampas A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Rhynchopygus caribaearum

Cassidulus caribaearum ! Lamk. 1801. An. s. Vert., p. 349. W. Indies.
Cassidulus caribaearum'. Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 34.

" " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 126, PL II. f. 6.

Rhynchopygus " ! Lutk. 1864. Bid. Append, p. 1. St. Thomas.

Rhyncholampas caribaearum ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 270.
Cassidulus australis ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 35. (pars.)

" australisl Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 210.

! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 157.

« " ! Dim. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 582.

IPerrier, 18G9. Pedic., p. 170.
Richardii DesLo.vg. 1824. Enc. Meth., PL CXLIII.f. S, 9, 10.
Nucteolites Richardii Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 354. (pars.)

" " ! Duch. 1850. Rad. d. Antilles.

Cassidulus guadeloupensis ! Ducu. 1847. Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr. Guadeloupe.
Rhynchopygus guadeloupensis Des. 1857. Syn. Ech. foss., p. 288.

*St. Thomas (Riise) ; Jamaica! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Guadeloupe ! (Duchassaing, J. d. P.).

Rhynchopygus pacificus

Pygorhynchus sp. ! Agass. 1860. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., p. 262. Acapulco

" pacificus ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 27.

" pacificus'. Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 315. Cape St. Lucas.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 1 70.

Rhyncholampas pacificus'. A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 270.

♦Acapulco (A. Agass., Van Brunt) ; *Panama (Jewett) ; Cape St. Lucas! (Xanthus, Smithson.
Coll.); Galapagos! (Mus. Stockholm).

154 SYNONYMY.

(HEMIASTER.) Rhynobrissus.

Rhynobrissus A. AGASS. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., Ill

Rhynobrissus pyramidalis

Rhynobrissus pyrarnidalis A. AGAS8. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., III. China Seas.

*Sea of Liuguin, China Seas (Liverpool Mus.).

ROTULA.

Echinodiscus BrkYN. 1 732. Schcdias. (pars.)
Rotula Klein, 1734. Nat Disp. Echin.
Plan )it<i BRISSON, 1754. Kx. Ed. Gall.
Scutella Lamk. 181G. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Echinodiscus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil, (pars.)
Heliophora AGASS. 1840. Cat. Syst Ectyp.
Rotula Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.
Echinodiscus D'Orbig. 1854. Rev, Mag. Zobl.
Des. 1857. Synops. Ech.

Rotula Augusti

Echinodiscus Bin yv. 1 732. PI VII. f. 5, G.

GUALTKRI, 1742. /'/. CX.f. II.

Echinus alterplanus Si ba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XV. f. 17, IS.

Rotula Augusti! Ku in. 1 734. Nat. Disp. Ech.,/'/. XXII. f. C, D, copied, Enc. M., PI. CL.f.5.6.
Rotula Augusti] A<;ass. 1841. Mon. Scut, p. 28,PLII./. l-io. ■ I'l. !['«./. 1-6. W. coast Africa
: Ai;as~. 1847. C. 11. Ann. Sc. Nat , Vll. p. 138.

! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 17.
'• Desor. 1857. Synop. Ech. fo8S.

! Ddj. Hri'E\ 1862. Ech., p. 570.
Bronx. 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actio., PL XLI.f. U.
Echinodiscus deciesdigitatus I,i ski . 1 7 7 s . Kl. Add., p. 145, /'/. XXII. f. /I, B.

" octiesdigitatus ' Leske, 177s. Kl. Add., p. 147, PL XXII. f. C, D,- copied in

Enc. M.l'l. CL.f.3,4.
Echinus octodactylus Gmkl. 17xs. Linn. Syst Nat , 8191.
Scutella octodactyla '. Blainv. 1825. 1), S. N. Scut., p. 227.
! Agass. 183«. Prod., p. 188.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Act in, p. 220.

" " Desml. 1837. Svn„ p. 222.

Ei>\v. in Civ. Bog. An. Ed. 111., PI XV. J. 2.
Echinodiscus octodactylus ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.

Placenta rotula Brisson, 1754. Klein, Ed. Call., p. 94, PI. XII. f. A, B. (pars )
Scutella digitata! Lamk. 181G. An. s. Vert., p. 8.
Scutella digitata ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.
Echinodiscus digitatus \ Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. <>.
Scutella decadactyla! Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut., p. 227.
" decadactyla'. BLArev. 1834. Actin., p. 220.
Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 222.
Rotula Gualteri Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech. ji. 18.

*Liberia ; *Cape Palraas ; *\V. coast Africa.

SYNONYMY. 155

Rotula Rumphii

Kumpii. 1 705. PL XI V. f. 1.

Echinus planus Seba, 1758. Thes., III. PI. XV. f. 15, 16, 19, SO, copied, Enc. M., PL CLI.

f. 3, 4.

Echinodiscus dimidia Breyn. 1732. Sched., p. 64, PL VI. f. 3, 4.

Rotula Rumphii! Klein, 1734. Nat Disp. Ech., PL XXII. f. E, F, copied in Enc. M., PI.

CLI. f. 1,2.
Rotula Rumphii! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., p. 25.

" ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 138.
" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 17.

Echinodiscus Rumphii\ Des. 1857. Syn. Ech. foss., p. 238 (non Blainv.).

! Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 570.
Placenta rotula Brisson, 1754. Klein, Ed. Gall., p. 196. (pars)

Echinodiscus dentatus Leske, 1778. Klein, Add., § 96, PL XXII. /. E, F ; PL XLIX. copied

from Seba.
" dentatusl Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 6.

Scutella dentatal Lajik. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 8.
Scutella " ! Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut., p. 226.

" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 220.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 188.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 220.

? Echinus orbiculus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. N., 3192 (an Mell. testudinata?)
Scute/la semisol Blainv. 1827. D. S. N. Scut, p. 227.
" semisol Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 220.
" radiata Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 220.
" radiata Agass. 1836. Prod , p. 188.
Rotula digitata ! Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut., PL I. Senegal.

" digitata ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 138. (pars.)
Echinodiscus digitatusl Des. 1857. Syn. Ech. foss., p. 238.
Rotula Kleinii ! Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.)

♦Senegal; *Cape Verde Islands (Bouvier) ; Loando! (Ecol. Min.); Porto Praya, 20 fms. !
(W. Slimpson, Smithson. Coll.).

SALENIA.

Salenia Gray, 1835. Proc. Z. S. London.
Cidarella Desml. 1837. MS. Et. Echin., p. 207.
Salenocidaris A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Salenia varispina

Salenocidaris varispina! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z , I. p. 254. Straits of Florida.

*Off Doublehead Shot Key, 135 fms. (Pourtales).

SALMACIS.

Salmacis Agass. 1841. Val. An. Genre Ech.
Salmacis Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.
Melobosis Gir. 1850. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.
Toreumatica Gray, 1855. Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, (pars.)
Melebosis (err. typ.) Dim. Hupe", 1862. Echin.
Diploporus Trosch. MS. 1866. Mart. Wieg. Arch.

156 SYNONYMY.

Salmacis bicolor

Salmacis bicolor! Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. Genre Ech., p. 8.

Salmacis bicolor \ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 359, PI. XV. f. 4. Bombay. Red Sea.
« " ! Deb. 1855. Synops. fich. foss., p. 109, PL XVII. f. IS.

« " BisoNN, 1859. Kl. u. Onl. Actin., PI. XLlI.f. S.

« " I Duj. Hur-rf, 1862. Echin., p. 515.

" •' ! Perkier, 18G9. Pe"dic, p. 139.

♦Red Sen; *Zanzibar (Webb, Ropes); "Mauritius (Pike); Bombay ! (Mus. Paris) ; Mozam-
bique! (Mus. Berl.).

Salmacis Dussumieri

Salmacis Dussumieri! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 359. Singapore. China Seas.
Toreumatica concava ! (Iiiav, 18."j.">. l'roc. Zool. Sue. London, p. 39 (non A. Agass).

Hong Kong.
Salmacis Desmoulinsii ! Dim. Hupe*, 1862. Echin., p. 516.
Temnopleurus elegans !Mh 11. MS. Ecol. Min.

*M. C. Z ; Singapore ! China Seas ! (J. d. P., Ecol. Min.) ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper) ; Hong
Kong (Brit. Mus.).

Salmacis globator

Salmacis globator ! AG VSS. 1846. C. K. An. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 359.
" globator1. Dl J. 1 1 < 11;, 1862. Echin, p. 516.

♦Australia; E. and \V. coast Australia! (Brit Mus.).

Salmacis rarispina

Salmacis rarispinua ! Agass. 1846. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 859. Malacca. Singapore.

" rorapmue! Duj. Hupe", 18G2. Echin., p. 516.
Melobosix •■ I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24.
Salmacis varius 1 Agass. 1846. C B bin Sc. Nat., VI. p S59. Singapore.
varius\ Dcj. llti-ic, L862. Echin., p. M6.
" pyramidata ! Trosch. 1866, in Mart. Wieg. Arehiv, I. p. 159. (pars.) Timor.
" festivus! Grube, 1867. Schles. Ges. £ Vat Cult. Siam.

" rubrotiuctus ! GRUBE, 1867. Schles. Gcs. t'. Vat. Cult.
Melobosix iutermedius ! Gin. MS. M. C. Z.

♦Philippine Islands (Cotteau) ; Timor! (Martens); Shanghae! (Amherst Coll.); Malacca!
Singapore! (J. d. P.) ; Philippine Islands! (Semper Coll.); Tranquebar! (Mus. Copenh.) ; Bondy
Head! (Brit. Mus.); *Siam (Salmin) ; Cape York! Banca Straits! (Salmin).

Salmacis sulcata

Salmacis sulcatus ! Agass. 1846. C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 359. E. India.

" sulcalus\ Dim. IIii-i':, 1862. Echin.. p. 516.

" virgulatus! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 359. Ceylon.

" virgulatus I Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 516.
Melobosis mirabilis ! Gir. 1850. Proc. Boston S. N. II., III. p. 365.
Melebosis mirabilis ! Du.J. Hupe" 1862. Echin., p. 516.
Salmacis conica ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 159.
Diploporus pyramidata! Tkoscii. 18r.fi, in Maui. Wieg. Arch., p. 159. (pars.)

♦Port Mackay (Mus. Godeff.) ; ♦New Holland (Cotteau) ; *East India ; Philippine Islands !
(Semper); China! (Stockholm Mus.) ; Ceylon! (J. d. P.) ; Banca Straits! (Salmin); Red Sea!
(Mus. Copenh.); Mozambique! (Peters).

SYNONYMY. 157

SCHIZASTER.

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat. (pars.)
Spatangus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Ova Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.
Micraster Agass. 183C. Prod.
Brissus DiJB. o. Ivor. 1844. Skand. Echin.
Schizaster Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII.
Tripylus Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag.
Nina Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin.
Brisaster Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech.
Tripylus Sars, 1861. Norges Echin.
Periaster Du.J. Hupe", 186 2. Echin. (pars.)
Paraster Pomel, 1869. Rev. d. Echin.

Schizaster canaliferus

Echin us lacunosus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat., 665. (pars.)

" lacunosus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst., 3106. (pars.)
Spatangus " Leske, 1778. Kl. Add

" canaliferus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 31.
" canaliferusl Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O , p. 90.

" ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 202.
» « Desml. 1837. Syn.. p. 386.

Enc. MiSth., PL CLVI.f.l-S.
Ova " ! Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 9.

Micraster " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 17.
Micraster " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 341.

Schizaster " ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. N, VIII. p. 20, PL XVI. f. 6. Mediterranean.
Mull. 1852. Abhdl., IV. PL VIII. f. 10-13; PL VIII. f. 7-10. (Pluteus.)
Mull. 1853. Abhdl ., VI. PL VII. f. 7-9.
" Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin., Pi I.f. 6.

Mull. 1855. Abhdl, VII. PL V.f.5,6; PL VII.; PL VI. ? (Pluteus.)
« « Sars, 1857. Middclh. Litt. Fauna, p. 117.

" " IDes. 1858. Syn. Ech. foss., PL XLIII.f. 1, 2.

" ! Du.r. Hupe\ 1862. Echin., p. 603.
" ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic, p. 177.
Nina " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 60.

Schizaster cordalus Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., p. 341, PL XXXIX. f. 2G (non Auct.).

*W. coast Italy (Rigacci); *NapIes (Panceri) ; Triest (Sars); Nice (Risso) ; Venice, Lussin
(Grube); Zara, Lessina (Heller).

Schizaster fragilis

Brissus fragilis ! Dub. o. Kor. 1844. Skand Echin., p. 280, PL X.f. 47, 40. W. coast Norway.
Schizaster fragilis ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 22.

" ! Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 175.
Brisaster " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech., p. Gl.
Tripylus " Sars, 1861. Norges Echin., p. 96.

Periaster " ! Du.J. Hupe\ 1862. Echin , p. 598. Straits of Florida.
Schizaster cubensis\ A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 278 (non D'Orrig.).

*Lofoten Islands, 100 -150 fms. (G. O. Sars); *W. coast Norway (Thomson) ; Drontheim —
Cape North (McAndrew & Barrett); Bergen, Finmark (Sars); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves,
250 fras.) ; *Straits of Florida (Pourtales).

158 SYNONYMY.

Schizaster gibberulus

Audouin in Savigxy, Egypte Zooph., PL VII. f. 5.

Schizaster gibberulus ! Agass. 1847. C. K. Ann. Mag. N. H., VIII. p. 22. Red Sea.
Periaster gibberulus D'Orbig. 1854. Pal. fr., p. 270.
Periaster " ! Duj. Huri£, 18G2. Echin., p. 598.

" ! Perkier, 1869. Pe*dic,p. 177.
Brisaster " ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin., p. 61.
Faraster " PoMEL, 1869. Rev. d. Echin.

*Red Sea.

Schizaster Philippii

Tripylus Philippii Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.

" Philippii Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ecbin., p. 59, PL V.f. 1. So. Am. Straits Magellan.
Brissopsis '• Duj. Hope', 1862. Echin., p. 597.

*M. C. Z. ; Statten Land ! (Brit. Mus.).

Schizaster ventricosus

Schizastt r ventricosus ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 133. Australia.
Nina ventricosus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ecbin., p. 60, PL IV.f.t.
Schizaster Jukesii ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. II.. VII. p. 133. Cape York.
Nina JukesH) Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ecliin , p. 61, /'/. ///./ !,.

•Feejee Islands (Godeffi Mus); Siam! (Bonn Mus.); Hong Kong! (Vienna, Breslau Mus.) ;
Pelew Islands ! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Philippine Islands ! (Semper).

SPATANGUS.

Spatangus Klein, 17.il Nat. Disp. Ech.
Spatagus Mill. 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan. (pars.)
Spatangus Leske, 1778. Kl. Addit. (pars.)

Spatangus Lvitkeni

Spatangus Liitkeni ! A. Agass. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., III. C;\yir China.
" alius Ldtk. MS.

Mapan (Salmin, Kolliker); Hakodadi! (\V. Stimpson, Smitbson. Coll.).

Spatangus purpureus

Echinus Spatangus el Brissus Rondel. 1554. Lib de piscib. mar., p. 578.
Spatagus purpureus!.' Mri.i.. 1776. Prod., 2850: Zool. Dan, PL VI.

Spatangus purpureus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 170, PL XI. ill. f. 3-5, PL XLV. f. 5, copied

in Exc. Me"til, PI. CLYII.f. 1-S.
" " ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 29. Atlantic European.

" " ! GRAY, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 8.

" " Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 489.

" ! Blaixv. 1834. Actin., p. 202, PI. XIV.
! AGASS. 1836. Prod., p. 17.
" " Desml. 1887. Svn., p. 388.

Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XI'". /. 1 ; PL XVII. f. '2.
" " I ? Forbes, 1841. Brit Start, p. 182,/

" " Dub. o. Koken, 1844. Skand. Ech., p. 285. W. coast Norway.

" " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 350.

" " ! Agass. 184 7. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat., VIII. p. 6.

" " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 6.

" ! Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 47.
" " Desor, 1858. Svnops. Ech.fosa., PL XLIV.f. t

" " Bronx, 1859. Kl. a. Ord. Aetin., p. 340, PI. XL. f. SI -S3.

SYNONYMY. 159

Spatangus purpureus (continued).

Spatangus purpureusl Sars, 1861. Norges Ech., p. 99.
" " ! Duj. Huprf, 1862. Echin., p. 607.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 178, PL VII. f. a, d, e.

Echinus " Gm el. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat.

Penn. 1812. Brit. Zool., 2d Ed., PI XXXVJI. ; PL XXXV. 1st Ed.
Spatangus meridionalis Pusso, 1826. Em-op. Mend., V. p. 280 (non Auct. Angi..).
" meridionalis I Blainv. 1834. Aetin., p. 202.

" " Phil. 1845. Wieg. Archiv, I, p. 850.

" ! Agass. 184 7. C. R. Ann. Sc. N, VIII. p 6. Mediterranean. Algeria.

" " ! Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Echin., p. 47.

" ■ " Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt. faun., p. 1. Naples.

" ! Duj. Hupri, 1862. Echin., p. 608.

! Terrier, 1869. Pedic., p 190.
" spinosissimus ! Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. N, VIII. p. 6. European Seas.
" spinossissimus \ Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin . p. 4 7.
" Reginae ! Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 130. Malta.

" Reginae I Gray, 1855. Cat Rec. Echin., p. 47, PL Ill.f. 1.

*German Ocean; Oresund ; *Droback (Escliriclit) ; *Lofoten Islands, 20-40 fms. (G. O.
Sars); Rochelle ! Cherbourg! W. coast France ! (J. d. P.); N. & E. Ireland (Thomson) ; Irish
Sea! (Liverpool Mus.) ; Shetland Islands (Norman); Drontheim — N. Cape (McAndrew & Bar-
rett) ; ^British Seas; Heligoland, Fin mark (Sars); Isle of Man, Weymouth (Forbes); Katwijck
(Maitland) ; *Cape Sagras (Poreup. Exped.) ; *Mediterranean ; Naples, Messina (Sars) ; Malta
(Brit. Mus.) ; Nice (Risso) ; Zara, Lessina (Heller) ; Lussin (Grube) ; *W. coast Italy (Rigacci).

Spatangus Raschi

Spatangus Raschi ! Lov^N, 1869. Ofv. Skand. Vet. Akad. Forh. German Ocean.
" meridionalis (Auct. Anglic.) Norman 4th Dredging Rep. Brit. Ass., 1868. '

*W. Ireland (Porcupine Exped.) ; Azores! (Breslau Mus.) ; Storeggen Bk.. 200 fms. (Rasch) ;
Shetland Islands (Barrett, Norman) ; off Valencia ! 110 fms. (Porcupine Exped.).

(STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.) Sphaerechinus.

Echinus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)

Tuxopneustes Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. (pars.) (non Agass. 1841.)

Sphaerechinus Des. 1857. Synop. Ech. foss.

Sphaeriechinus Lutk. 1864. Bid. (err. typ.)

Sphaerechinus Australiae

Sphaerechinus Australiae ! A. Agass. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., III.
Cryptopora " ! Mich. MS. (Ecol. Min.). Australia.

Pachechinus " ! A. Agass. MS. M. C. Z.

* Australia (B. M. Wright); Mauritius! (Ecol. Min.); New Zealand! Tasmania! E. coast
Australia ! Adelaide ! (Brit. Mus.)

Sphaerechinus granulans

Echinus ovarius Rondel. 1554. Lib. de piseib. marin., p. 578.

" granulans ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 44.
Toxopneustes granulans 1 Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., p. 367.

" " ! Duj. Hup£, 1862 Echin., p. 531.

Sphaerechinus " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23. Fayal.

Sphaeriechinus granulans Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 148.

TOO SYNONYMY.

Sphaerechinus granulans (continued).

Echinus brevispinosus Risso, 1826. Europ. Me*rid., V. p. 277. Mediterranean.
" brevispinosus I Val. 1841. Anat. Ech., PL J.f. 4-6, 9; Pis. II., VII. (pars.)

Mull. 1802. Abhdl., V. PL VIII. f. 1 - 9 ; VI. PL VIII. f. S-G ; VII.
/'/. /. (Platens.)
" " Mull. 1854. Ban d. Echin., PL II. f. 5.

Toxopneustes brevispinosus1. AgaSS. 1846. C. K. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 3C. N. shore Africa.
" " Saks, 1857. Middelh. Liu. faun , p. 112. Naples.

" ! Duj. IIur-E", 1862. Echin., p. 531.

Sphaerechinus " ! Desor, 1857. Synops. Ech. foss., p. 134.

Ecliiims esculentus\ Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O, p. 86 (non Linn ).
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., PL XIX.

Edw. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ed. 111., PL XL f 1.
Sphaerechinus esculentus Bronx, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., p. 337, /'/. XXXVII. f. 1-3, 5-14,

16-19; /'/. XXXIX. f. 6.
Echinus equituberculatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O., p. 8G (non p. 76).
" equituberculatus I Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 228 (non p. 226).
" aequituberculatus DE8ML. 1887. Syn., p. 280.
Toxopneustes " I Duj. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 531.

Echinus subglobiformis ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. X. O., p. 89.
" subglobiformis Desml. 1837 Syn., p. 282.
" dubius ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc X. O., p. 87.
" dubius \ BLAINV. 1834. Actin., p. 228.
" " DESML. 1887. Syn . p. 280.

Toxopneustes albidus ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Xat., VI. p. .'i(l7. W. coast France, (pars.).
" albiilus'. Dim. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 531.

•Mediterranean ; *Madeira (W. Stimpson, Sniithson Coll.); *Niee (Verany) ; *Naplea (Pan-
ceri) : *W. coast Italy! (Rigacci) ; *Fayal (Higginson, Dabney) ; *Sicily; X. coast Africa! Cape
Verde Islands! W. coast France ! (J. d. P.) ; Genoa (Verany) ; Messina (Sare) ; Spain, Portu-
gal, W. Africa, Canary Islands (Forbes); Venice, Lussin (Grube) ; Lissa, Lessina, ltagusa,
E. coast Adriat (Heller).

Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus

Psammechinus pulcherrimus ! Barn. 1863, in A. Ac. Proc. Acad. X. S. Phila., p. 357. Ilakodadi.
Holopm ustes complanatus Herkl, Ms. Leyd. Mus. (teste Martens).

Discaster Bernardi Man. MS. Ecol Min. (Monstrosity.)

*IIakodadi (W. Stiinpson, Sniithson. Coll.) ; Nagasaki ! (Martens) ; Japan ! China Seas ! (Ecol.
Min.).

STEPHANOCIDARIS.

Cidariles Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Cidaris \<.\». 1836. Prod, (pars.)
Stephanocidaris A. Agass. 1863. Hull. M. C. 7... I.

Stephanocidaris bispinosa

( tdarites bispinosa ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 57. New Holland.

" bispinosa Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 326.
Cidaris " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 21.

Stephanocidaris tubaria ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 18 (non C. tubaria Lamk.).

•Australia, Malacca! (J. d. P.); Australia! (Peron et Les.).

SYNONYMY. 161

STOMOPNEUSTES.

Echinus Lame. 181G. A. s. Vert, (pars.)

Stomopneustes Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut. Int.

Heliocidaris Desml. 1846. Agass. C. R. Aim. Sc. Nat., VI. (pars.)

Stomopneustes variolaris

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PI. XIII. f. 5, G.

Echinus variolaris ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert, p. 47. So. Pacific.
variolaris \ Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 90.
DesLong. E. M., PL CXXXV.
Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 228.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 284.

" " ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 10. Isle de France.

Stomopneustes variolaris*. Agass. 1841. Monog. Scut. Int.
Stomopneustes " Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. G. Echin., p. X.

Heliocidaris " Desml. 1847. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 371.

Heliocidaris " ! Du.I. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 537.

" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedic., p. 158.

Echinus paucituberculatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet S. N. 0., p. 80.
" paucituberculatus I Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 227.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

Heliocidaris paucituberculata ! Desml. 1847. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 371.
Heliocidaris " ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 537

Echinus anguifer Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 276.

" Leschenaulti ! Blainv. 1825. D. S. Nat. O., p. 93.
Echinometra LeschenaultV. Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 225.
» " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 260.

♦Mauritius (Pike) ; *Zanzibar (Cheney) ; *Samoa (Acad. N. S. Phila.) ; *Mozambique (Cook) ;
♦Calcutta (Theobald) ; Natal ! (Mus. Stutt.) ; Java ! Reunion ! (Cotteau).

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.

Echinus Linn. 1758. Syst. Nat.

" Mull. 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan. (pars.)

" Mol. 1782. Chili.
Strongylocentrotus Brandt. 1835. Prod, (pars.)
Toxopneustes Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. (pars.)
Echinus Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Se. Nat, VI. (pars.)
Heliocidaris Desml. 1S46. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. (pars.)
Echinometra Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad. (pars.)
Loxechinus Des. 1855. Synops. Echin.
Psammechinus Du.I. Hup£, 1862. Echin. (pars.)
Sphaercchinus Du.I. IIup^, 1862. Echin. (pars.)
Toxocidaris A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
Anthocidaris LiJTK. 18G4. Bid.

Euryechinus Verrill, 186G. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.
Echinometra Perrier, 1869. Pedic. (pars.)

102 SYNONYMY.

Strongylocentrotus albus

Echinus albus Mol. 1782. Chili, p. 175. Chili.

" albusl Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann Sc. Nat., VI., p. 368. Callao.
" " Mull. 1854. Bau d. Echin., PL II. f. 8.

Loxechinus albus \ Des. 1855. Syn. Ech. foss , p. 136.
Loxechinus " Bronn, 1859. Kl. u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX f. 9.

« " ! Dim. IIuik, 18(iJ. Echin., p. 585, PL IX.f. S.

Echinus eurythrogrammus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, (pars.)

*Chili, *Mejillones (Putnam) ; Callao ! (J. d. P.) ; Straits Magellan! (Mus. Stockh.) ; ? Philip-
pine Islands! (Semper).

Strongylocentrotus armiger

Slrongyloct ntrotus armiger A. Agass. 1872. Bull. M. C. Z., III.

* Australia.

Strongylocentrotus depressus

Toxocidaris depressa ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phil., p. 356. Niphon.
Echinus disjunctus ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 135. Nagasaki.

*N. End Niphon (Stimpson) ; *Yedo (Dull, Srnithson. Coll.) ; Nagasaki ! (Martens).

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis

Echinus Drobachiensis I? Mill. 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan., p. 235. German Ocean. Norway.
Toxopneustes Drobachiensis \ Agass. 1846. C. K. Ann. Sc-. X., VI. p. 367.
" '• ! Lltk. 1857. Gronl. Ech., p. 24. Greenland.

! Sars, 1857. Mid. lclh. I. itt. (:11111a. p. 11."..
" " ! Sars, 1861. Norges Echin., p. 95.

' Di 1. Hite", 1862. Echin. p. 532.
" " ! A. Agass. 1868. Proc. Boston S. X. II.. p. 191.

" " ! A. Agas*. 1863. Mem. Am. Ac.,/ 1-J8. (Plnteus and jnv.)

! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23.
" " I A. Agass. 1868. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 357.

" ! A. Agass. 1865. Seaside Studies p. 101,/ 131-188, 173-181.

(Pluteus).
" " ! Stewart, 1865. Trans. Lin. Soc. Lond., XXV. /'/. L.f.S.

Echinometra " ! Gray, 1848. Brit. Bad., p. 4.

Euryechiuus " ! Vkrrii.l, 1866. Proc. Boston S X II., p. 341, 852.

Echinus saxalilis Fab. 1780. Fauna Grocnl., p. 368 (11011 MiJLL.).

" neglectus ! I.amk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 49. Atlantic. Europ.
" neglectus \ Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 190.

" !? Forbes, 1841. Brit. Start, p. 1 72,/
" ! Dun. o. KOREN, 1844. Skand. Echin., p. 277.
Toxopneustes neglectus'. Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI. p 367. Iceland.
" " ! Grube, 1851. Midd. Beise, II. p. 34.

" ! Desor, 1855. Syn. Ech, foss., PL XVII^.f. 1, 3.
Echinus subangularis Flem. 1828. Brit. An., p. 4 79 (non Leske).
Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus Bbandt, 1835. Prod., p. 264. Sitka.
Echinus chlorocentrotus Br. 1835. Prod.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 282.

Toxopneustes " ! LtJTK. 1864. Bid , p. 144.

Echinus granulans \ Say, 1827. Journ. A. X. S. Phila., p. 225 (non Lamk.). Maine.

" grnnulntus I Gould, 1841. Rep. Lit. Mass. Mass. Bay.
Toxopneustes " ! Agass. 1846. C. R Ann. Sc. X., VI. p. 868.

! LiJTK. 1864. Bid., p. VI.
Euryechinus " ! Verrill, 1866. Proc. Boston S. N. II., pp. 340, 352.

Toxopneustes Dubenii ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 368. Arctic Seas.
" Dubenii'. Dim. Hup£, 1862. Echin., p. 532.

SYNONYMY. 163

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis {continued).

Echinus chloroticus! Stimps. 1807. Crust. Echin. Pacif. Sh., p. 86.

Toxopncustes carnosus ! Harn. 1863, in Agass. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., |). 357. Avatcha Bay.

« pictus! Norm. 1870. Dredg. Rep. Heb., p. 814. Shetland.

" pallidus ! Saks, 1870. Nye Echin. Vid. Selsk. Christiania.

♦Norway (Sars) ; ♦Oresund (Eschricht) ; *Lofoten Islands, 1. w., 60 fins. (G. 0. Sars) ; *Great
Britain (W. Stirupson) ; *Kattegat; *Greenland (Mus. Copenh.) ; ♦Labrador (Wyman) ; *New-
foundland (Dix) ; *Halifax (Hill) ; *Grand Menan (Mills) ; *Trenton Point, Me. (Verrill, Shaler,
Hyatt) ; *Eastport (Stimpson) ; *Mass. Bay, ♦Nantucket, *S. Shoals (Agassiz) ; Cape Cod (A.
Agassiz) ; ♦Charleston, S. C. ? *C'ape Florida ? (Wurdemann) ; *Nevv Jersey coast (Gedney,
Smithson. Coll.) ; *Hudson Bay (Drexler, Smithson. Coll.); *Gulf Georgia, W. T. (A. Agassiz) ;
Sitka (Martens) ; *Avatcha Bay, *Behring Strait, Gulf of Penshinsk, Okliotch Sea (Stimp-
son, Smithson. Coll.) ; De Castries Bay ! (Mus. Godeff.) ; Siberia (Middendorf) ; *Spitzbergen,
Finmark ! Iceland ! Vancouver ! (Mus. Stock.) ; Straits Belle Isle ! Anticosti ! Mingan Islands !
(Packard) ; Gaspe (Dawson) ; Point Judith (Leidy) ; Long Island Sound (Verrill) ; Shetland,
Orkney Islands (Forbes) ; Cape North (McAndrew & Barrett).

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus

Echinus eurythrogrammus ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. VII. f. 1.
Heliocidaris eurythrogramma! Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI. p. 371.

" " ! Du.t. HupE", 1862. Echin., p. 537.

Anthocidaris " ! L'utk. 1864. Bid., p. 165.

7'oxncidarbs " Verrill, 1871. Trans Conn. Acad., I.

Echinus tuberculatns ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert., p. 50. (Juv. pars.) So. Pacific.
tuberculatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. N. O , p. 90.
" ! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 228.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 284.

Toxopiieustes tuberculatns] Agass. 1841. An Genre Ech. Val., p. IX. (pars.)
Toxopneustes " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 367. (pars.)

" ! Du.J. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 532.

Echinus Delalandi ! Val. 1846. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI , p. 367. New Holland.
Toxopncustes Delalandi \ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI. p. 367.

" Du.J. HupE", 1862. Echin , p. 532.

Toxocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22.

Toxocidaris " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila , p. 356

Euryechinus " Verrill, 1866. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.

♦Port Jackson (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.) ; *Hobson's Bay (Edwards) ; Chili ! (J. d. P.)
♦Samoa Islands (Mus. Godeff.); Bass Straits! Van Diemen's Land! Bondy Head! Sidney!
Torres Straits! (Brit. Mus.).

Strongylocentrotus franciscanus

Toxocidaris franciscana ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22. San Francisco.
Toxocidaris globulosa ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 356. Keelung. Hakodadi.

♦Keeking, Formosa (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); ? Sidney! (Brit. Mus.); #San Francisco
(Cary) ; #San Diego (Jewett) ; ♦Mendocino (A. Agassiz); Puget Sound! (Smithson. Coll.);
Columbia River! (Brit. Mus.) ; Hakodadi ! (Smithson. Inst.).

Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi

Echinus Gaimardi ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 86. Rio.
Gaimardi! Blainv. 1834. Actin., p. 228.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn, p. 280.

" aciculatus ! Hupe", 1856. Castelnau Voyage, Am. Sud. Zooph., p. 97, PL If 2. Brazil.
Psammechinus aciculatus! Du.l. Heps', 1862. Echin., p. 528.

♦Desterro (Fitz Miiller) ; Brazil! (J. d. P.); ♦Brazil (Hartt, Copeland, Thayer Exp); Rio,
Bahia (Mus. Copen.).

1G4 SYNONYMY.

Strongylocentrotus gibbosus

Echinus gibbosus ! Val. (MS. Mus. Paris).

Toxopneustes gibbosus \ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI. p. 367. Galapagos.

Sphaerechinus " ! Duj. Hup^, 1862. Echin., p. 530.

Euryechiiius gibbus! Verrill, 1866. Proc. Bost. Soe. N. II., p. 341. Peru.

Euryechinus imbecillis! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 805. Callao.

Echinus conicus ! Trosch. (MS. Mus. Frankfort.)

♦Galapagos, *Chili (J. d. P.) ; *Callao, Paita (Bradley, Yale Coll.) ; *Feejee Islands?

Strongylocentrotus intermedins

Psanttm chinus intermedius ! Barn. 1863, in A. Agass. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., p. 357. Hakodadi.
Boletia radiata ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Archiv, I. p. 186. Naryasaki.
Toxopneustes grandiporus Lutk. (MS. Mus. Copenh ). Seghalion.

*Ousima (W. Stimpson, Sraithson. Coll.); *Seghalion (II. A. Pierce); *New Holland.

Strongylocentrotus lividus

Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech,, PL XXX. f. C, D; PL XXXI. f. A, B.

Echinus saxaiilis Link. 1758. Syst Mat. p. 664, Ed. X. (non Romph. nee Mull.).
" " Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst, 3171.

" Tied. 1816. Anat d. Rohren. Hoi, PL X.
" lividus! Lamk. 1816. An. S. Vert., p. 50. Mediterranean.
" lividus ! Bi.ai.n v. 1825. Diet. Sc. N., p. 88.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. A. tin-, p. 228.

" ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.
Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 282.
Ei.w. in Civ. Beg. An. Ed. 111., PI. XI. f. 2-4.
" " !? Forbes, 1841. Brit Start'., p. 167,/

Strongylocentrotus lividvs Brandt, 1835 Prod.

Echinus " ! Val. 1841. Anat. Genre Echin., PI. If. l-S, et passim, PL II -IX.

Toxopneustes " ! AGASS. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 367.

" Erohn, 1849. Ecbinod. Larv., /'/. (Pluteus.)
" Sars, 1857. Middelh. Litt fauna, p. 162.
" " ! lH.i. Urn;, 1862. Echin., p. 532.

" Muix. 1858. Abhandl.IV., PI. VI. f. 7-U; PLVIl.f.1-8. (Pluteus.)
« Bronx, 1859. Kt.. a. O. Actin, p. 333. PI XXXVII. f. 4-15: PL

XXXVIII.; PL XL f. 1-19.
" Mf.tciixi. 1870. Ncin. u. Eehinod., /'/. VII. f. 1-7: PL VIII. f. S, 9.
(Pluteus.)
Euryechiiius " ! Verrill, 1866. Proc. Boston S. N. II., p. 341.

Ech in us vulgaris ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat. O., p. 86.
" vulgaris I Blainv. 1834. Actin.. p. 228.
" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 278.
" purpureus Risso, 1826. Europ. Merid., V. p. 277 (non Gmel.).
Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad., p. 4.
Toxopneustes concavus ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 367.

concavus\ Duj. Hope", 1862. Echin., p. 532.
Echinus complanatus '. Val. (MS. Mus. Paris).

T(>j(ijmcu.ite.i ctimplanalus ! Agass. 1846. ('. 1!. Ann. S. Nat., VI. p 367.
! Duj. IUte". 1862. Echin , p. 532.
" mammillatus ! Mich. (MS. Mus. Ecol. Min. Paris).

*Finistere, *Loire (Caillaud) ; *Nice (Verany, Bnrkhardt) ; *Cette (Lyman); *Spezzia; *W.
coast Italy (Rigacci) ; *Fayal (Dabney, Higginson) ; *Lanzerote (Haeckel) ; Triest, Messina
(Sars); Marseilles (Miiller) ; So. England (Forbes).

SYNONYMY. 165

Strongylocentrotus mexicanus

Toxocidaris mexicana ! (A. Agass.) 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 22 (non Hel. mex. Ac;.). Acapulco.
Toxocidaris mexicana'. Vekkill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 584.
Toxopneustes sp. ! Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 307.

*Cape St. Lucas, Gulf of California ! (Xanthus, Smiihson. Coll.).

Strongylocentrotus nudus

Toxocidaris nuda 1 A. Agass. 1863. Proc A. N. S. Phila., p. 356. Hilo. Nipbon.

#Sandwich Islands, N. End Niphon (W. Stimpson).

Strongylocentrotus purpuratus

Echinus purpuratus ! Stimps. 1857. Crust. Echin. Pac. Coast, p. 86. San Francisco.
Loxechinus purpuratus\ A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23. Mendocino.

« " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., p. 357.

Echinometra No. 274! Perrier, 1869. Pedic.

♦California ; *Crescent City, *Mendocino, *San Francisco (A. Agassiz) ; Puget Sound !
(Smithson. Coll.).

Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus

Echinus tuberculatus ! Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert., p. 50. (pars.) So. Pacific.
Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br. 1835 Prod.

Toxnpneustes tuberculatus Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann Se Nat., VI. p. 367. (pars.)
Echinus omalostoma ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PL VI./.S. New Zealand.
Heliocidaris omalostoma ! Des. 1846. Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. N., VI. p. 372. China.
Heliocidaris " ! Du.J. I1upe\ 1862 Echin., p. 537.

Anthocidaris hmnalostomal Lutk. 1864. Bid., p. 165.
Toxocidaris homalosioma Verrii.l, 1871. Proc. Conn. Acad., I.

Toxocidaris crassispina ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., p. 356. Hong Kong.
" purpurea! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 137. Nagasaki.

*Hakodadi (W. Stimpson, Dall, Smithson. Coll.) ; *Kanagawa (Heco); "Yokohama (Salmin) ;
*Hong Kong (Behm, Kiel Mus.) ; Japan (Ecol. Min.) ; Nagasaki! (Martens, Mus. Berl.) ; New
Holland ! (Mus. Copenh.) ; New Zealand ! China ! Galapagos ! (J. d. P.).

TEMNECHINUS.

Temnechiuus Forbes, 1852. Monog. Echinod, Brit. Tertiaries.
Genocidaris A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Temnechinus maculatus

Genocidaris maculata ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. 262. Straits of Florida.

*OfT Tortugas, 30, 34, 35, 37, 60, 68 fms., *off Alligator Reef, 79, 88, 138, 147, fms., *S. W.
Sand Key, 10, 119, 125, 138 fms, *off Conch Reef, 9, 30, 39, 49, 77, 169 fms., *Florida Gulf
Stream, 16, 75 fms., *off Carysfort Reef, 40, 48, 60, 63 fms., *otf Tennessee Reef, 115 fms.,
*off Elbow Reef, 75 fms., *off French Reef, 147 fms., *Key West, off Sand Beach, 5 fms.,
(Pourtales) ; Josephine Bank ! 600 fms. (Mus. Stock.).

166 SYNONYMY.

TEMNOPLEURUS.

Cidaris Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Echin. (pars.)
Echinus Lamk. 181G. An. s. Vert, (pars.)
Temnopleurus Ac; ass. 1841. Mon. Scut. In trod.
Temnoplt urus Agass. 1841. Val. Anat. Genre Echin.
Toreumatica Gray, 1855. Proc. Zodl. Soe. London, (pars.)
Tori umatica A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. riiila. (pars.)
Microcyphus A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A. N. S. Phila.
Temnotrema A. Agass. 1863. Proc. A N. S. Phila.

Temnopleurus Hardwickii

Toreumatica Hardwickii ! Gray, 1855. Proc. Zobl. Soe. London, p. 39.
Microcyphus elegans ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Phil. Acad. N. S. p. 357. Yedo.
Temnopleurus japonicus I Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., p. 133. Hakodadi. Jesso.
Temnotrema sculpta A. Agass. 1863. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 358. Japan.

*E. coast Niphon (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); *Japan (Salmin) ; Hakodadi! (Stimpson,
Smithson. Coll.); "Yokohama (Berl. Mus.) ; Nagasaki! Yedo! (Berlin Mus.); Unalaska! (Dall,
Sinith.son. Coll.) ; *Kagosima (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.).

Temnopleurus Reynaudi

Temnoplt urus Reynaudi ! AGASS. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 360. Ceylon.

» Reynaudi I Du J. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 514. China.

Toreumatica Reevesii ! Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 39 (non Temn. Rccv. A. Ac.).
Toreumatica granulosa ! Gray, 1855. Proc V.,n>\ Soe. London, p. 39.
Toreumatica concaval A. Agass. ist;:;. Proc. A. X s. Phila, p. 358 (non Gray). Hong Kong.

*Ceylon (Humbert, Loriol) ; *Hong Kong (Putnam); Isle Ncgros ! China! (Riit. Mus.);
Malacca ! (J. d. P.) ; Burmah ! (Acad. N. S. Phila.); No. China Sea.-! (Stimpson, Smithson.
Coll.).

Temnopleurus toreumaticus

Cidaris toreumatica ! Klein, 1 734. Nat. Pisp. Ech., p. 64, PI. X. f. E.
Cidaris toreumatica Lbskk, 1778. Kl. Add., p. 155, /'/. X.f. E.
Echinus toreumaticus Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst N., 8180.
" " ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc. Nat O., p. 82.

" ! Blainv. 1884. Actin., p. 227.
" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 274.

" ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. J.f. 1.
Temnopleurus toreumaticusi Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut
Temnopleurus " ! Agass. 1841. Val. AnaU Genre Echin., p. VII.

" " ! Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 860, PI. X V. f. .9. Bombay.

" " DksOR, 1856. Synops. Echin. fcs., p. 108, /'/. AT//. / 8-10.

" " I Doj. Hurt, 1862. Echin., p. 514.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23.

Echinus sculptus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 47. Indian Ocean ?

sculptus DesLoxg. 1824. Enc. Meth., II. p. 590, PI. CXLIJ. ./'. 4- 6.
Temnopleurus bothryoides\ Agass. 1.X46. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 360. (pars.)

" /,'. - m sii ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 23 (non Tor. R. Gray). Hong Kong.

" " ! A. Agass. 1863. Proc. An. S. Phila., p. 358.

♦Bombay ; *E. India (Phila. Acad.) ; "Philippine Islands (Cotteau) ; *Hong Kong (Putnam) ;
*Siam (Salmin); No. China Sea! (Stimpson, Smithson. Coll.); Karrak Island, Gulf of Persia!
(J. d. P.) ; China! (Mus. Copenb.).

SYNONYMY. 167

TOXOPNEUSTES.

Echinus Lamk. 1816. A. s. Vert, (pars.)

Toxopneustes Agass. 1841. Int. Monog. Scut, (non Agass. 1841, Anat. Eehin.).

Psammechinus Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.. VI. (pars.)

Boletia Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI. p. 362.

Anapesus Holmes, 1860. Post Plioc. foss. So. Ca.

Boletia Agass. 1861. Cont. Nat. H. U. S., I. p. 97.

Lytechinus A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Psilechinus Lutk. 1864. Bid.

Lytechinus Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata.

Boletia Verrill, 1871. (pars.)

Hemiechinus Girard, MS.

Toxopneustes maculatus

Gdalteri, 1742. PL CVII.f. M.

Seba, 1 758. Thes., III. PL XI. f. e, S.

Echinus maculatus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 46. Indian Ocean ?

" maculatusl Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 87.

" " ! Blmnv. 1834. Actinol., p. 228.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 280.

Boletia maculatal Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 363.
Boletia " ! Du.j. Hupe", 1862. Eehin., p. 534, PI. IX f. 9.

Echinus depressus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 84.

" depressus ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 228.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 276.

" i Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., PI. III./. 1.
Hemiechinus depressus ! Gir. MS.

♦Christmas Island (J. D. Hague) ; Bourbon ! (Ecol. Mill.).

Toxopneustes pileolus

Echinus pileolus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 45. Isle de France.
" pileolus\ Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 90.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 228.

" " ! Agass. 1836. Prod., p. 23.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 284.

" ! Mich. 1845. Rev. Mag. Zobl., p. 9.
" ! Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Zooph., Pis. VIII., IX.
Boletia « ! Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362.
Boletia " Mull. 1854. Bau d. Eehin., PL II. f. 3.

Bronn, 1859. Klassen u. Ord. Actin., PL XXXIX. f. 7.
" ! Duj. Hupe", 1862. Eehin., p. 534, PL IX. f. 4.
" " ! Perrier, 1869. Pedie., p. 157.

Toxopneustes pileolus Agass. 1841. Int. Mon. Scut.
Echinus polizonalis ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 45.
" polizonalis\ Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. O., p. 84.
" " ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 228.

" " Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 276.

Boletia " ! Mart. 1866. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 162. Molucca. Timor.

Echinus obtusangulus ! Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert., p. 46. Indian Ocean.
Boletia heteropora ! Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 362. Indian Ocean.
Boletia heteroporal Dim. HupE", 1862. Eehin., p. 534.

168 SYNONYMY.

Toxopneustes pileolus (continued).

Echinus trizonalis ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. S. N. Oursin, p. 84.

" trizonalis ! Blainv. 1834. Actinol., p. 228.
Desml. 1837. Svn., p. 276.
Boletia bizonata '. Des. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc Nat., VI. p. 363.
Boleiia bizonata I Dim. Hupe", 1862. Echin., p. 535.

" rosea! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p 24. Acapulco.

" rosea\ Verrill, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 583.

" picta 1 Verrill, 1871. Trans. Con. Acad., I p. 581. Gulf of California. LaPaz.
Lytechinus roseusl Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 302. Panama Bay.

♦Mauritius (Pike); Muscat! (Cook, Essex Inst.); East India! Seychelles! (J. d. P.) ; New
Caledonia! (Crosse); Philippine Islands! (Semper); Keeling! (Stockholm); *Feejee Islands
(Mus. GodefE); Gulf of Persia! Bourbon ! (Ecol. Min.) ; Timor, Molucca (Martens); Siguigor!
(Brit. Mus.) ; Japan! (Smithson. Coll.) ; *Acapulco (A. Agassiz) ; *Pearl Islands (Bradley, Yale
Coll.); Mazatlan! (Vienna, Stockholm, Copenh. Mus.) ; Panama! La Paz! (Yale Coll.).

Toxopneustes semituberculatus

Echinus semituberculatus ! Val. is Hi in Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. p. 308.
Psamrnechinus semituberculatus '. Ai; iss. lsn;. ('. 11. Ann. Se. Nat., VI. p. 368. Galapa
Psammechinus semituberculatus \ Dr.i. Hite", 1862. Echin, p. 527.
lytechinus " I A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M ('. '/.., I. p. 301.

Schizechiuus " Pomel, 1869. Revue d. Echin., p. XLII.

Psammechinus pictus I Verrill, 1867. Notes Radiata, p. 301. Cape St. Lucas.
Boletia picta ! Verklll, 1871. Notes Radiata, p. 581. (pars.) La Paz.

*Galapagos Islands; W. coast Cent. Am. ! (Stockholm, Bonn Mus.); *Cape St. Lucas (Xan-
thus, Smithson. Coll.).

Tcxopneustes variegatus

GUALTERL. 1742. In.l.x Tcrt.. PI (VII. f. F.

Echinus variegatus \ (Lam.) 1816. An. b. Vert., p. 4H (nun Cid. varieg. Leske). St. Domingo.

" variegatus \ Blainv. 1825. Diet Sc. Nat < >.. p. 83.

" " Sat, 1827. Jour. Ac. N. S. Pbila.p. 225.

" BLAINV. 1X34. A. tin., p. 227.

" " ! Agass. 18S6. Prod., p. 23.

" Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 276.

! Rav. 1848. Cat" Ech. So. Cs
Psammechinus variegatus] Agass. IsiG. C. It. Ann. Sc Nat.. VI. p. 368. Yucatan.
Psammechinus " ! Duj. HcrB". 1862. Echin, p. 527.

" ! Pkrsier, 1869. Pedic , p. M !».
Lytechinus " I A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z, J. p. 24. Cienfiiegos. Havti.

Lytechinus " I Verrill, 1867. Notes Had. p. 369. Cape Frio. Porto Seguro.

" " ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 264. No. Carolina.

Psilechinus " ! LiJTK. 1864. Bid., p. 93.

Echinus excavatus ! Blainv. 1825. Diet. Sc Nat. O., p. 83.

excavatus ! Blainv. 1K34. Actio., p. 227.
Psammechinus excavatus\ Agass. 1846. C. R. Ann. Sc Nat., VI. p. 369. Martinique. Brazil.
Psammechinus " ! Dim. Href;. 1862. Echin., p. 527.

Echinus Blainvillei Desml. 1837. Svn., p. 276.
? Psammechinus exoletus McCradt, 1857. Plioc. Foss. So. Ca., PI. II. f. G.
Anapesus carolinus! Holmes, 1860. Post Plioc. Foss. So. Ca., PI. II. f. ;?. So. Carol'na.
Lytechinus carol in us ! A. Agass. 1863. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 24. Georgia. Florida.

" atlanticus ! A. Agass 1863. Bull. M. C. Z.. I. p. 24. Bermudas.

Hemiechinus nobilis Gin. MS. Mas. Smiths, (teste Verrill).

SYNONYMY. 169

Toxopneustes variegatus (continued).

Schizechinus variegatus Po.mel, 1869. Rev. d. Echin., p. XLII.
" excavatus Pomel, 1869. Rev. d. Echin., p. XLII.

Echinus flammeus MS. (E. M.)

*W. Indies (Ames) ; * Jamaica (Adams) ; *Hayti (Weinland, Uhler) ; *St. Thomas (Thayer
Ex.); *Cienfuegos, Cuba (Aviles) ; *Captiva Key, Fla. (Wiirdeman); *Port au Prince (Acker-
man) ; *Rio Janeiro (Agassiz, Thayer Exp.) ; *Armacao, *Bahia, *Porto vSeguro (Hartt & Cope-
land, Thayer Exp.) ; *Cape Fear Riv. Bar, 7 fms, *Florida Gulf Stream, 34 fms., *off Sand Key,
24 Cms., *Tortugas, 5-7 fms., *Florida Reef (Pourtales) ; *Cape Florida (Wiirdeman) ; *Gulf of
Mexico; *Charleston, S. C. (Agassiz, Gibbes) ; *Tampa Bay (Conrad) ; *Isle of Britain, Mouth of
Miss. (Peiice) ; *Beaufort, N. C. (Bickmore) ; *Bermudas (Hammond, Bic.kmore) ; Martinique!
Guadeloupe ! (J. d. P.) ; Yucatan ! (Ecol. Min.) ; Cuba ! ( Arango) ; Cape Frio, Vittoria (Hartt).

TRIGONOCIDARIS.

Trigoaocidaris A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Trigonocidaris albida

Trigonocidaris albida ! A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 263. Straits Florida.

♦Florida Gulf Stream, 98, 123, 125, 130, 138 fms., *off Conch Reef, 40 fms., *off Sand Key,
119, 120, 129, 138, 154 fms., *off Samboes, 125 fms., *offKey West, 135 fms., *off Havana, 270
fms., *off Sombrero, 125 fms. (Pourtales).

(HEMIASTER.) Tripylus.

Tripylus Phil. 1845. AVieg. Arch., I.
Agassizia Agass. 184 7. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. (pars)
Brissopsis Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. (pars.)
Faorina Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. (pars)
Hamaxitus Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Arch.

Tripylus excavatus

Tripylus excavatus ! Phil. 1845. Wieg. Arch., I. p. 344, PL XI. f. 1. So. Extrem. So. Am.
Tripylus (Hamaxitus) excavatus] Trosch. 1851. Wieg. Arch., p. 72.

" excavatus ! Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Echin , p. 59. So. Extrem So. Am.
Agassizia excavatal Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 20.
Brissopsis " ! Duj. Hope", 1862. Echin., p. 597.

*M. C. Z. ; Straits of Magellan ! (Brit. Mus., Cunningham); So. Extrem. So. Am.! (Brit.
Mus.); Chili! (Philippi).

SYNONYMIC INDEX,

Abatus Trosch. 1851.

australis Trosch. Hemiasler australis A. Ac, 132.

cavernosus Trosch. Hemiaster cavernosus A. Ag , 132.
Acrocidaris Agass. 1840.
Acrocladia Agass. 1840.

Blainvillei Agass. Heterocentrotus mammillatas Br., 133.

cuspidata A. Agass. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

hastifera Agass. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 1 33.

mammillata Agass. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

planissima Mart. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

serialis Val. Perr. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

subviridis Mich. MS. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

trigonaria Agass. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

violacea Pkrrier. Heterocentrotus trigonarius, Br. 134.

yanthina Mich. MS. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.
Acropeltis Agass. 1840.
Acrosalenia Agass. 1840.
Agarites Agass. 1841.

Dufresnii Agass. Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 91.

grandinosus Val. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

loculata Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

punctulata Agass. Arbacia punctulata Gray, 91.

purpurescens Val. Arbacia nigra A. Ag., 91.

spatuliger Val. Arbacia spaluligera A. Ag., 93.

stellala Agass. Arbacia stel/ata Gray, 93.
Agassizia Val. 1846.

excavata Des. Tripylus excavatus Phil., 169.

excentrica A. Ag. Agassizia excentrica A. Ac, 88.

ovulum Lutk. Agassizia scrobiculata Val., 88.

porifera McCr. Agassizia excentrica A. Ac, 88.

scrobiculata Val. Agassizia scrobiculata Val., 88.

subrotunda Gray. Agassizia scrobiculata Val., 88.
Amblypneustes Agass. 1841.

formosus Val. Amblypneustes formosus Val., 88.

griseus Agass. Amblypneustes griseus Ac, 89.

inflatus Lutk. Holopneustes inflatus A. Ag., 136.

ovum Agass. Amblypneustes ovum Ag., 89.

pallidas Val. Amblypneustes pallidus Val., 89.

pentagonus A. Agass. Amblypneustes pentagonus A. Ag., 89.

purpurescens Lutk. Holopneustes purpurescens A. Ac, 136.

scalaris Agass. Amblypneustes formosus Val., 88.

serialis Agass. Amblypneustes ovum Ac, 89.

textilis Agass. Amblypneustes ovum Ag., 89.

172 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Amblypygus agass. 1840.
Amphidetus Agass. 1836.

ampliforus McCn. Echinocardium conlatum Gray, 110.

conlalus Dub. o. Koh. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Gaimardi Per. ?

gibbosus Agass. Echinocardium medilerraneum Gray, 110.

gothicus Raw Echinocardium cordatum Gray 110.

Kurtzii GlRARD. Echinocardium cordatum, Gray 110.

mediterraneus Forbes. Echinocardium medilerraneum Gray, 110

Noveae Zelandice Per. Echinocardium australe Gray, 109.

ocatus Dob. o. Kor. Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass, 110.

orthonotus McCr. Echinocardium pennatifidum 111.

pusillus Agass. Echinocardium cordatum A. Agass., 109.

Sebae Agass. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

virginianus Forbes. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.
Amphidotus Forbes, 1841 (err. typ.) Amphidetus Ag.

cordatus Forbes. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

gibbosus Barrett. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.

roseus Forbes. Echinocardium Jiavescens A. Agass., 110.
Amphiope Agass. 1840.
Amphisalenia Pomel, 1869.
Amygdala Leske, 1778.
Ananchytes Mercati, 1717.
Anapesus Holmes, I860, (uon Anaperus Trosch.)

carolinus Holmes. Toxopneustes varieyatus A. Agass., 168.
Anaster Sism. 1841.
Anochanus Gkube, 18G8.

sinensis GRUBE. Anochanus sinensis Grube, 89.
Anorthopygus Cott. 1859.
Anthechinus A. Agass. 1863.

roseus A. Agass. Microi -gph us maculatus Agass., 146.
Anthocidaris Lutk. 1864.

eurythrogramma Lutk. Strongylocenlrotus eurylhrogrammus A. Agass., 163.

homalosloma Lutk Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br., 165.

Arachnoides Klein, 1734.

placenta AGass. Arachnoides placenta Ac; \s>.. no.

Zelaudkc Gray. Arachnoides placenta Agass, 90.
Arbacia (Agass.) 1840 non Gray.
Arbacia Gray, 1835.

aequitubercidata A. Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

Dufresnii Gray. Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 91.

equituberculata (in.w. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

loculata Gray. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

nigra A. Ag. Arbacia nigra A. Ag., 91.

punctulata Gray. Arbacia puncluiata Gray, 91.

pustulosa Gray. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

Schythei Phil. Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 91.

spatuligera A. Agass. Arbacia spatuligera A. Agass., 9.3.

stellata Gray. Arbacia sU data Gray, 93.
Arbacina Pomel, 1869.
Archaeocidaris McCoy, 1844.
Archiacia Agass., 1847.
Asterodaspis Conrad, 1856.

Asteropyga Des. 1855 (err. typ.) Astropyga Gray.
Asterostoma Agass. 1847.
Asterocidaris Cott. 1859.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 173

Asthenosoma Grube, 1867.

hystrix A. Ag. Asthenosoma hystrix A. Ag. 93.

varium Grube. Asthenosoma varium Grube, 93.
Astriclypeus Verrill, 1867.

Manni Vf.rrill. Astriclypeus Manni Verrill, 93.
Astropyga Gray, 1825.

calamaria Agass. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass , 120

depressa Gray. Astropyga puivinata Agass., 94.

Desorii Agass. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

dubia Peters. Astropyga puivinata Agass., 94.

major Bolsche. Astropyga radiata Gray, 94.

mossambica Peters. Astropyga radiata Gray', 94.

pulvinata Agass. Astropyga puivinata Agass., 94.

radiata Gray. Astropyga radiata Gray, 94.

spinosissima Agass. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

subularis Agass. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

venusta Verrill. Astropyga pulrinata Agass., 94.
Atrapus Tkosch. 18.51.

grandis Troscii. Faorina chinensis Gray, 129.

Bolbaster Pomel, 1869.
Boletia Des. 1846.

bizonata Des. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 168.

granulata A. Agass. Pseutloboletia granulata A. Agass., 153.

heteropora Des. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 167.

metadata Des. Toxopneustes maculatus A. Agass., 167.

picta Verrill. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 168.

pileolus Des. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 16 7.

polizonalis Mart. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 167.

radiata Mart. Slrongylocentrotus intermedins A. Agass., 164.

rosea A. Agass. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass, 168.

viridis Verrill. Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128.
Botriopygus D'Obbig. 1855.
Breynia Des. 1847.

Australasiae Gray. Breynia Australasiae Gray, 95.

Crux Andreae Agass. Breynia Australasiae Gray', 95.

Desorii Gray'. Breynia Australasiae Gray', 95.

Leachei Gray, MS. Breynia Australasiae Gray', 95.

nigra Per. Meoma grandis Gray', 142.
Brisaster Gray, 1855.

cnbensis Gray. Meoma ventricosa Lutk., 143.

fragilis Gray. Schizaster fragilis Agass., 157.

gibberulus Gray. Schizaster gibberulus Agass., 158.
Brissoides Klein, 1734.
Brissopsis Agass. 1840.

australis Agass. Hemiaster australis A. Agass, 132.

cavernosa Agass. Hemiaster cavernosus A. Agass., 132.

excavatus D. & H. Tripylus excavatus Phil., 169.

luzonica A. Agass. Brissopsis luzonica A. Agass., 95.

lyrifera Agass. Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 95.

parma Per. Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 96.

Philippii D. & H. Schizaster Philippii A. Agass., 158.

poriferus Rav. Agassizia excentrica A. Agass., 88.

pulrinata Lutk. Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 95.

Brissiopsis Gray, 1848 (err. typ.) Brissopsis Agass.
lyrifera Gray, 1848. Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 96.

174 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Brissospatagus Cott. 1863.
Brissus Klein, 1734.

areolatus Val. Metalia sternalis (Irat, 145.

bicinctus Val. Metalia sternalis Gray, 14.r>.

carinatus Gray. Brissus carinatus Gray, 96.

carinatus Risso. Brissus unicolor Klein, 97.

columbaris Gray. Brissus unicolor Klein, 97.

columbarius Gray. Brissus unicolor Klein, 97.

compressus Agass. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

dimidiatus Agass. Brissus unicolor Klein, 97.

fragilis Dub. o Ivor. Schizaster fragilis Agass., 157.

lyrifer Forbes. Brissopsis hjrifera Agass., 95.

maculosus Leske. Metalia maculosa A. Agass. 1 11.

obesus Verrill. Brissus obesus Verrill, 96.

ovatus Leske. Maretia planulata Gray, 140.

panis Grube. Meoma ventricosa Lij tk., 143.

pcctoralis Agass. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 144.

placenta Phil. Brissus unicolor Klein, 96.

pulvinatus Phil. Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 96.

Scillae Agass. Brissus unicolor Klein, 96.

spatiosus McCu. Meoma ventricosa Lutk., 143.

sternalis Agass. Metalia st>rnrili.< Gray, 145.

unicolor Klein. Brissus unicolor Klein, 97.

ventricosus Gray. M,<<tu<i ventricosa Lutk., 143.
Bryssus Martens, 1869 (err. typ.) Brissus.

bicinctus Mart. Metalia sternalis Gray, 14.">.

carinatus Mart. Brissus carinatus Gray, 96.

compressus Maui. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

sternalis Mart. Metalia sternalis Gray, 145.

Caenopedina A. Ai.ass. 1869.

cubensis A. Agass. Hemipedina cubensis A. Agass., 13*2.
Calmarius Gray, MS.

annellata Gray, MS. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.
Calveria Thoms. 1869.

hystrix Thoms. Asthenosoma hystrix A. Agass., 93.
Campana Leske (V. P.), 177.S.
Caratomus Agass. 1840.
Cardiaster Forbes, 1850.
Carduum Leske (V. P.) 177M.

marinum Leske (V. P.). Echinus acutus Lam., 121.
Cassidulus Lam. 1801.

australis Lam. Rhynchopygus carihaearttm Lutk., 153.

caribaearum Lam. Rhynchopygus caribaearttm Lutk., 153.

guadeloupensis Duch. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153.

Richardii DesLong. llhyuchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153.
Cassis Klein, 1734.
Catopygus Agass. 1836.
Centropygus Ebray, 1858.
Centrostephanus Peters, 1855.

coronalus A. Agass. Centrostephanus coronatus A. Agass., 97.

longispinus Peters. Centrostephanus Inni/ispinus Peters, 98.

Rodcjersii A. Agass. Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Agass., 98.
Chaetodiscus Litk. 1864.

scutella Lutk. Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agass., 107.
Chondrocidaris A. Agass. 1863.

gigantea A. Agass. Phyllacantlius gigantea A. Agass., 151.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 175

Chrysomelon Laube, 1868.

Cidarella Desml. 1837. Salenia, 155.

Cidaris Klein, 1734.

affinis Phil. Dorocidaris papillala A. Agass., 105.

angulosa Leske. Hipponoe variegala A. Agass., 135.

annulata A. Agass. Cidaris tribuloides Blainv., 99.

aunulata Gray. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

annulifera Agass. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

antillarum Phil. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

araneiformis Leske. Echinothrix turcarum Peters, 120.

assulata pustulosa Klein. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

Basteri Leske. Echinus acutus Lamk., 121.

bispinosa Agass. Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Agass., 160.

borealis D. & K. Dorocidaris papillala A. Agass., 105.

bothryoides Klein. Microcyphus zigzag Agass., 146.

bothryoid.es Agass. Pleurechinus bothryoides Agass., 152.

calamaria Blainv. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

calamaris Leske. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 119.

Callao Perriek. Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 98.

canaliculars Rouss. MS. Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 150

circinnata Mart. MS. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

Danae Agass. Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 98.

diadema Bl. Diadema setosum Gray, 103.

dubia Desml. Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 150.

esculenta Leske. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.

fenestrata Leske. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

flammea Leske. ?

fusligera Mart. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

Gaimardii Rouss. MS. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

geranioides Blainv. Goniocidaris yeranioides Agass., 131.

granulata Leske. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

granulata Agass. Holopneustes porosissimus Agass., 136.

hemisphaerica Leske. Echinus csculenlus Linn., 123.

hyslrix Bl. Dorocidaris papillala A. Agass., 105.

imperialis Gray. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br. 151.

Krohnii Agass. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

lima Val. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

longispina Phil. Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 98.

lucunter Leske. Echinometra lucunter Blainv., 115.

mammillata Klein. Heterocentrotus niummillatus Br., 133.

mauri Klein. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

metularia Blainv. Cidaris melularia Bl., 98.

metularia Lutk. Cidaris tribuloides Blainv., 99.

ornata Gray. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

papillata Leske. Dorocidaris papillala A. Agass., 105.

pistillaris Bl. Phyllacanthus bacidosa A. Agass., 150.

pustulosa Leske. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

radiata Leske. Astropyga radiata Gray, 94.

rosaceus Rouss. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

rupestris Leske. ?

sardica Leske. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

saxatilis Leske. Echinus miliaris Mull., 125.

spinulosa Gray. Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk., 131.

stellata Leske. ?

Stokesi Agass. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

subangularis Leske. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

tenuispina Phil. Diadema setosum Gray, 103.

Thouarsii Val. Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 98

toreumatica Klein. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass., 166.

176 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Cidaris Klein, 1734 (continued).

tribuloides Blainv. Cidaris tribuloides Bl., 99.

tubaria Agass. Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk., 131.

variegata Leske. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

verticillata Desml. Phyllacanthus verticUlala A. Agass., 151.

violacea Leske. Colobocentrotus atratus Br , 102.
Cidarites Leske, 1778.

annulifera Lam. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

baculosa Lam. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

bispinosa Lam. Stephanocidaris bispinosa A Agass., 160.

calamaria Lam. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

diadema Lam. Diadt ma setosum Gray, 103.

dubia Desml. Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 150.

geranioides Lamk. Goniocidaris geranioides Agass., 181.

hystrix Lamk. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

imperialis Lamk. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

metularia Lamk. Cidaris metularia Bl, 98.

papillaris Mich. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

papillata Desml. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

pistillaris Lam. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

pulvinata Lam. Astropyga pulvinata Agass., 94.

radiata Lam. Astropyga radiata Gray, 94.

spinosissima Lam. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

subularis Lam. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

tribuloides Lam. Cidaris tribuloides Hi... 99.

tubaria Lam. Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk , 131.

verticillata Lam. Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Agass., 151.
Cladosalenia A. Agass. MS. Parasalenia, 117.
Claviaster D'Orbig. 1855.
Clypeaster Lam. 1801.

albolineatus MlCH. MS. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 106.

ambigena Mich, Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101

ambigenus Bl. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass.. 100

Aiistiali.il- Mu ii. MS. Echinanlhus testudinarius GRAY, 107.

Desorii MlCH. MS. Echinanfhus testudinarius Gray, 107.

guadeloupensis Mini. MS. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

humilis A. Agass. Clypeaster humilis A. Ag iss., 100.

incurvatus Desml. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 106.

laganum Lam. Laganum Bonani Ki.., 137.

oviformis Lam. Echinolampas oviformis Gray, 114.

parvus DoCH. Echinanlhus rosaceus Gray, 106.

pi ntaporus Lam. Mellita testudinata Ki. , 142.

placunarius Agass. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

prostratus Rav. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

Rangianus Df.sml. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

reticulatus Desml. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk.. 101.

Riisei Lutk. Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass., 100.

rosaceus Lam. Echinanlhus rosaceus Gray, 106.

rotundus A. Agass. Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass., 100.

Rumphii Desml. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

Saisseti MlCH. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

scutiformis Lam. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 100.

speciosus Yerrill. Echinanlhus testudinarius Gray, 107.

subdepressus Agass. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

testudinarius Mart. Echinanthus testudinarius GRAY, 106.

tumidulus Mull. Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 106.
Clypeolampas Pomel, 1869.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 177

Clypeopygus DOrbig. 1856.
Clypeus Klein, 1734.
Codechinus Des. 1855.
Codiopsis Agass. 1840.
Coelopleurus Agass. 1840.

Maillardi A. Agass. Coelopleurus Maillardi A. Agass., 102.

sp. A. Agass. Coelopleurus floridanus A. Agass., 102.

floridauus A. Agass. Coelopleurus floridanus A. Agass., 102.
Collyrites Desjil. 1835.
Colobocentrotus Br. 1835.

alratus Br. Colobocentrotus airaius Br., 102.

Leskei Br. Colobocentrotus alratus Br., 103.

Leskei A. Agass. Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103.

Mertensii Br. Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103.

pedifer Br. Colobocentrotus alratus Br., 103.

Quoyi Br. Colobocentrotus alratus Br., 103.
Colobocentrus Gray, 1840 (err. typ.) Colobocentrotus Br.

alratus Mull. Colobocentrotus alratus Br., 102.
Cometa Leske (V. P.), 1778.

magna Leske (V. P.). Astropyga radiala Gray, 94.

parva Leske (V. P.). ?
Conoclypus Agass. 1839.
Conulus Klein, 1734.
Coptosoma Des. 1855.
Cottaldia Des. 1855.
Crustulum Trosch. 1868.

gratulans Trosch. Astriclypeus Manni Verrill, 93.
Cryptopora Mich. MS.

Australiae Mich. MS. Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass., 159.
Cyclaster Cott. 1856.
Cyphosoma (Agass.) 1840 (non Mann.).
Cyrtoma M'Glell. 1840.

Dendraster Agass. 1847.

excentricus Agass. Echmarachnius excentricus Val., 107.
Desorella Cott. 1855.

Desoria (Cott.) 1855 (non Agass. nee Gray).
Desoria (Gray) 1851 (non Agass. nee Cotteau).

australis Gray Linthia australis A. Agass., 138.

nodosa Verrill. Linthia australis A. Agass., 138.
Diadema Schynv. 1711.

antillarurn Phil. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

calamare Mart. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

calamaria Gray'. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

Desjardinsii Mich. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

Desmarestii Desjil. Stomopneustes variolaris Agass., 161.

europaeum Agass. Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 98.

globulosum A. Agass. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

Lamarckii Rocss. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

longispina Phil. Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 98.

mesicanum A. Agass. Diadema mexicanum A. Agass., 103.

nudum A. Agass. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

paucispinum A. Agass. Diadema setosum Gray', 104.

pseudosavignyi Mich. MS. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.

178 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Diadema Schtnv. 1711 (continued).

pulvinatum Agass. Astropyga pulvinala Agass., 94.
radiatum Desml. Astropyga radiata Gray, 94.
Saviguyi Mich. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.
selosa (Gray). Diadema setosum Gray, 104.
spinosissimum Agass. Echiuothrix turcarum Pet., 120.
stellatum Desml. ?

suhulare Agass. Echiuothrix turcarum Pi t\, 121.
teuuispina Phil. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.
turcarum Desml. Diadema setosum Gray, 104.
turcarum Scuvxv. Echiuothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

Diademopsis Des. 1855.

Diplocidaris Des. 1854.

Diplopodia McCoy, L844.

Diplophorus Des. 18">6 (err. typ. Diploporus Trosch. MS.).

Diploporus Tho8CH. MS.

pyrarnidatus Trosch. Sulmacis sulcata Agass., 156.
Discaster Mini. MS.

Bernardi Mini. MS. Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Agass, 160.
Discoidea Gray, 1825 (err. typ. Discoides Ki..).
Discoides Klein, 1734.
Dorocidaris A. Agass. 1869.

abyssicola A. AGASS. Dorocidaris papillata A. AGASS., 105.

affinis A. Agass. Dorocidaris papillata A. Aoass., 105.

h list) i.e. A. Agass. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

papillata A. Aoass. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 106.
Dysaster Agass. 183G.

Echinanaus Gray, 1825 (err. typ. Echinoneus).

cyclostomus Gray. Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske. 118.
Echinanthites Leske, 1778.
Echinanthus Breyn. 1732.

ambigena Gray. Clypeaster humilis A. Aoass., 100.

Australasiae Gray. Echinanthus testudiuarius Gray, 106.

Coleae Gray. Clypeaster scuAformis Lamk., 99.

explauatus Gray. Clypeaster humilis A. AOASS., 100.

humile Leske. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass.. 100.

oblongus Gray. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 1 01.

orifntalis D'ORBIG. Echiuolampas ovi/ormis Gray, 115.

ovalis Gdalt. ?

ovatus Leske. Echiuolampas ovi/ormis Gray, ill.

oviformis D'Orbig. Echiuolampas oviformis Gray, 115.

parvus Gray. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 106.

placunarius Gray. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

productus Gray. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

rangianus Mill. Clypeaster subdepressus, Agass, 101.

Richardii D'Orbig. Echinolampas Hellei Vat,., 114.

rosaceus Gray'. Echinanthus rosaci us • in IY, 106.

scutiformis Gray. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

subdepressus Gray. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

testudinarius GRAY. Echinanthus testudinarius GRAY, 106.

Ecbinarachnius Leske, 1778.

asiaticus Mich. Echinarachnius panua Gray, 108.

atlauticus Gray-. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 108.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 179

Echinarachnius Leske, 1778 (continued).

Australiae Mich. Ech in arachnitis parma Gray, 108.
excentricus Yal. Echinarachnius excentricus Val., 107.
latissimus Agass. ( 'lypi asti r humilis A. Agass., 99.
mirahilis A. Agass. Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agass., 107
parma Gray. Echinarachnius parma. Gray, 107.

placenta Leske. Ara.chnoii.lcs placenta. Agass., 90.
placunarius Agass. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

Rumphii AGASS. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 108.

undulatus Mich. Echinarachnius jiarma Gray, 108.

Zelandiae Gray. Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90.
Echiuianthus Conrad (err. typ. Echinanthus).
Echinites Leske, 1778.
Echinobrissus Bretn. 1732.

recent D'Orbig. Echinobrissus ncius D'Orbig., 108.
Echinocardium Leske (V. P.), 1778.
Echinocardium Gray, 1825.

atropos Gray. Moira atropos A. Agass., 146.

australe Gray. Echinocardium australe Gray, 109.

cordatus Gray. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

j/arcscens A. Agass. Echinocardium Jiacescens A. Agass., 110.

gibbosum Gray. Echinocardium mediterraneum Gray, 110.

laevigaster A. Agass. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.

Kurtzii A. Agass. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 110.

mediterraneum Gray. Echinocardium mediterraneum Gray, 110.

orthonotus Conrd. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.

ocatum Gray. Echinocardium Jiacescens A. Agass., 110.

pennatifidum Norman. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.

pusillus Gray. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Seba Gray. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Stimpsoni A. Agass. Echinocardium australe, Gray, 109.

Zealandicum Gray. Echinocardium australe Gray, 109.

Echinocidaris Desml. 1835.

aequiluberculata Desml. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

Davisii A. Agass. Arbacia punctulata Gray, 91.

Dufresnii Desml. Arbacia Dufrcsnii Gray, 91.

grandinosa Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

incisa A. Agass. Arbacia stellata Gray, 93.

loculata Desml. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

longispina Lime. Arbacia stellata Gray, 93.

nigra Agass. Arbacia nigra A. Agass., 91.

punctulata Desml. Arbacia punctulata Gray, 91.

pustulosa Desml. Arbacia nigra A. Agass., 91.

pustulosa Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

Schythei Phil. Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 91.

sinensis Mich. MS. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

spatuligera Agass. Arbacia spatuligera A. Agass., 93.

stellata Desml. Arbacia stellata Gray, 93.
Echinoclypeus Blainv. 1830.
Echinoconites Bretn. 1732.
Echinoconus Bretn. 1732.
Echinocorys Breyn. 1732.
Echinocorytes Leske, 1778.
Echinocrinus Agass. 1836.
Echinocyamus Van Phel. 1774.

angulosus Leske. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.

180 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Echinocyamus Van Phil. 1774 (continued).

australis Agass. Fibularia australis Desml., 129.

cor ranae Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

cor raninum Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

craniolaris Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

equinus Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

ervum Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

inequalis Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

lathyrus Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

minimus Gik. Echinocyamus puxillus Gray, ill.

mimihis Be. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill.

nucleocerasi Leskk. Fibularia ovulum Lamk, 129.

ovalis Leske. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill.

ovatus Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

orulum Okay. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

partheuopaeus Costa. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.

pusillus Gray. Kclti/mri/timus pusillus Gray, 111.

speciosus Costa. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill.

tarentina Gray. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill.

trigona Gray. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

turcicus Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

vertice ceutrali Leske. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

vicia Leske. 'Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill.
Echinocyphus Cott. 18G0.
Echinocystites Thom. 1K61.
Echinodiadema Verrill, 1807.

coronata Veiuui.e. Centrostephanus coronatus A. Agass., 97.
Echinodiadema (Cott) 1869 (non Verrill).
Echinodiscoides Leske (V. P.) 177s.
Echinodiscus Breyn. 1732.

Augusti D'Obb. Rotula Augusti Ki.. 154.

auritus Leske. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

bifissa Gray. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 113.

hi/mis A. Agass. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

bifora Gray. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

bisperforatus Leske. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass , 113.

dentatus Leske. Rotula Rumpbii Ki .., 155.

deciesdigitatus Leske. Rotula Augusti Kl., 154.

digitala Gray. Rotula Rumpbii Ex., 155.

emarginatus Leske. Encope emarginata Agass.. 12fi.

inauritus Leske. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

laeris A. Agass. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

laganum Leske. Laganum Bonani Ki.., 137.

latixsimus Bl. Clypeaster humilLi A. Agass., 100.

maiimus Breyx. Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90.

octiesdigitatus Lesee. Rotula Augusti Kl., 154.

oetodactylus Gray. Rotula Augusti Kl., 154.

orbicularis Leske. PeroneUa orbicularis A. Agass., 149.

patina Bl. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 107.

placenta Blaixv. Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90.

placunarius Bl. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

quaterperforatus Leske. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

quinquiesperforatus Leske. Mellita testudinata Kl., 142.

reticulatus Leske. Clypeaster scuti/ormis Lamk., 101.

Rumphii Bl. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 108.

Rumphii Des. Rotula Rumphii Kl., 155.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 181

Echinodiscus Breyx. 1730 {continued).

sexiesperforatus Leske. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

subrolundus Gualt. ?

tenuissima Gray. Echinodiscus laeris A. Agass., 113.

truncata Gray. Echinodiscus laevk A. Agass., 113.
Echinoylycus Leske (V. P. ) 1778.

auritus Leske (V. P.). Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

cyclopora Gray. Encope micropora Agass., 127.

frondosus Leske (V. P.). Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

grandis Gray. Encope grandis Agass., 127.

inauritus Leske (V. P.). Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

irregularis Leske (V. P.). Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

oblique Leske (V. P.). Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

oblongus D. & H. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

ovalis Leske (V. P.). Chjpeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

pentagonus Leske (V. P.). Clypeasler scutiformis Lamk., 101.

perspectira Gray. Encope micropora Agass., 1 28.

Stokesii Gray. Mellita Stokesii A. Agass., 141.

subclausus D. & H. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

tetrapora Gray. Encope micropora Agass, 128.

Valenciennesii D. & H. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.
Echinolampas Gray, 1825.

Bottae Pomel. Echinolampas ociformis Gray, 114.

caratomoides A. Agass. Echinolampas depressa Gray, 114.

cyclostomus Per. Echinolampas ociformis Gray, 114.

depressus Gray. Echinolampas depressa Gray, 114.

Hellei Val. Echinolampas Hellei Val., 114.

Laurillardi (Desml.). Echinolampas Hellei Val., 114.

orientalis Gray. Echinolampas ociformis Gray, 114.

oviformis Gray. Echinolampas ociformis Gray, 114.

Rangii Desml. Echinolampas Hellei Val., 114.

Richardi (Desml.). Echinolampas Hellei Val., 114.
Echinometra Rondelet, 1554. Breyn. 1732, Gray, 1825.

acufera Bl. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

acufera A. Agass. Echinometra lucunter Blaixv., 115.

arbacia Lutk. Parasalenia gratiosa A. Agass., 148.

atrata Gray. Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102.

Blainvillii Desml. Heterocentrotus inammillatus Br., 134.

brunea A. Agass. Echinometra lucunter Blainv., 115.

carinata Bl. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

complanata Mich. MS. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 117.

compressa Gualt. ?

coronata Bl. MS. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

Drbbachiensis Gray. Slrongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis A. Agass., 162.

depressa Bl. MS. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

digitata Petiv. Cidarh metidaria Blaixv., 98.

grisea Gray. Amblypneustes griseus Agass., 89.

heteropora Agass. Echinometra lucunter Blaixv., 115.

globosa Gualt. ?

latefasciata Leske (V. P.). Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

Leschenaulli ' Bl. Stomopneustes variolaris Agass., 161

liviila Gray. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

lobata Bl. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

lucunter Gray. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

lucunter Blaixv. Echinometra lucunter Blaixv., 115.

longispina Gray. Echinoslrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

macrostoma A. Agass. Echinometra macrostoma A. Agass., 116.

182 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Echinometra Eondelet, 1554 (continued).

mammillata Gray. Heterocentrotus mammilla/us Br., 133.

Maugei Bl. Echinometra subangtdaris Desml., 116.

Mathaei Agass. Echinometra oblonga Agass., il(>.

Mathaei Bl. Echinometra htcunter Blaixv., 115.

Merlensii Desml. Coloboceutrotus Mertensii Br.. 103.

Michelini Des. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

Mii-hclini Lvtk. Echinometra viridis A Agass., 117

microtuberculata A. Agass. Echinometra htcunter Bl., 114.

miliaria Gr it. EcAinwi miliaris Mull , 125.

minuta Gray. Echinus angulosus A. AGASS., 122.

mota Gray. Echinostrephus umlare A. Agass., 119.

nigrina (in:. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

oblonga Br.. Echinometra oblonga Blainv., 116.

ooalis Breyn. ?

ovum Gray. Aml'li/put u*it .< tu-um Agass., 89.

pallida Gray. Amblypneusles pallidus Yai.., 89.

parvituberculata Gray. /iV/n'/ms microtuberculatus Blaixv. 124.

paucituberculata Gray. Stomopneustes variolaris Ac;.\-^.. 161.

pedi/era Bl. Coloboceutrotus a&atus Br., 102.

plaua A. A<;.\ss. Echiinnintrii viridia A. Agass., 117.

Postellsii Dl sml. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

pugionifera Desml. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

(I'lui/ii Bl. Coloboceutrotus (('/>// i/.- Br., 1"-'.

rupicola A. Agass. Echinometra Van Brunti A. Agass., 117.

setosa Mull. Echinocyamu$ pusillus Gray, ill.

setosa Rcmph. Echinostrephus molan A. Agass., 11!».

subdinpihuls Desml. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

subglobiformis Gray. SpAaerecfttnttt granu&iru A. Agass., 160.

subrotunda Leske (V. P.). Cidaris melularia Bl., 98.

trigonariu I!i.. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

tuhi rcnhitn Gray. Strongyloceutrotus tuberculatus Br , 1G5.

Van Brunti A. Ac \>--. Echinometra Van Brunti A. AG tss., 117.

variolaris Gray. Stomopneustes wirtoiaris Agass., 161.

violacea Bl. MS. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

viridis A. AGASS. Echinometra viridis A. Agass-, 117.

Echinometrites Lang. 1756.
Echinomitra Leske (V. P.), 177*.
Echinoneus Van. Phel. 1801.

couformis Des. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 118.

crassus A<;.\ss. /-.>/<»/«mV% cyclostomus Leske, 118.

cruciatus Agass. E< ■hiunncus cyclostomus LesKE, 118.

cyclostomus Leske. Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 117.

elegans Des. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 118.

gibbosus Lam. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 118.

minor Lrske. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 118.

nu'tior Mart. Echinoneus cyclostomus LESKB, 118.

semilunaris Lam. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk , 118.

serialis Des. Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 118.

ventricosus Agass. Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 118.
Echinopedina Cott. 1866.
Echinophora Leske (V. P.) 1778.
Echinoplacos Leske (V. P.) 1778.
Echinopsis Agass. is in.
Echinorhodum Leske (V. P.) 1778.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 183

Echinosinus Leske (V. P.), 1778.
Echinospatagus Bkeyn. 1732.

cordiformis Breyn. Echinocardium cordalum Gray, 109.

cordiformis Gualt. Metalia sternalis Gray, 145.

oralis Gualt. Brissus carinatus Gray, 96.

Echinostrephus A. Agass. 18G3.

aciculatus A. Agass. Echinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

molare A. Agass. Echinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.
Echinothrix Peters, 1853.

aequalis Bolsche. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

annellata Pet. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

aperta A. Agass. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

calamaria Pet. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 119.

cincta Bolsciie. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

clavata Bolsciie. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

Desorii Pet. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

Petersii Bolsciie. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

scutata A. Agass. Echinothrix Desorii Pet. 120.

spinosissima Pet. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

subularis Pet. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

turcarum Pet. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

turcarum Bolsche. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.
Echinothuria Woodw. 1863.
Echinotrochus Leske (V. P.) 1835.

octodactylus Gray. Rotula Augustii Kl., 154.

octodigitatus Leske (V. P.). Rotula Augustii Kl., 154.

perforatus Leske (V. P.). Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.
Echinus Rondelet, 1554. (Linn. 1758.)

aciculatus D. & H. Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi A. Agass., 163.

acufer Bl. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

acutus Lam. Echinus acutus Lamk., 121.

aequituberculatus Bl. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

albidus Agass. Sphaerechinus granulans Des., 160.

albus Molina. Strongylocentrotus albus A. Agass., 162.

anguifer Desml. Stomopneustes rariolaris Agass., 161.

angulosus Gmel. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass, 135.

angulosus A. Agass. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.

araneiformis Gmel. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

assulatus Gmel. ?

atratus Lin. Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102.

attenuatus Desl. ?

aurantiacus Bl. Echinus esculentus Linn., 123.

auritus Gmel. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

Basteri Maitl. Echinus acutus Lamk., 121.

Basteri Gmel. ?

biforis Gmel. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

Blainvillii Desm. Toxopneustes variegalus A. Agass., 168.

brevispinosus Risso. Sphaerechinus granular is A. Agass., 160.

bufonius Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

calamarius Gmel. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 119.

calamaris Pall. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 119.

carinatus Blainv. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

carinatus Gmel. Brissus carinalus Gray, 96.

centralis Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

chlorocentrotus Br. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

chloroticus Val. Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128.

chloroticus Stimp. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 163.

184 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Echinus Rondelet, 1554.

cidaris Li.v. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

complanatus Yal. Strongylocentrotus licidus Br., 164.

concavus Agass. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

conicus Trosch. MS. Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agas9., 164.

coniformis Leske (V. P.). Ili/>/>onoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.

coronalis Leske. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

cordatus Penn. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

craniolaris Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lame., 129.

cyclostomus Gmel. Echinon'e'us cyclostomus Leske. 118.

decemradiatus Leske (V. P.). HipponoS esculenta A. Agass., 135.

decoratus Agass. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl., 124.

decadactyloa Gmel. Rotula Augustii Kl., 154.

Delalandi Yal. Strongylocentrotus eurythroyrammus A. Agass., 163.

depressus Mich. MS. Echinus esculentus Linn., 122.

depressus Bl. Toxopneustes macidatus A, Agass.) 1 G 7.

depressus G. O. SARS. Echinus norvegicus DuB. o. Ivor., 125.

diadema Lin. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

disjunctus Mart. Strongylocentrotus depressus A. Agass., 162.

Drdbachiensis Mull. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

Dubenii Agass. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

dubius Bl. Sphaerechinus granulans A. Agass., 160.

Dufresnii Bl. Arbacia Dufresnii GRAY, 91.

elegans Desl. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass., 166.

elegans D. & K. Echinus elegant DuB. o. Kor., 122.

emarginatus Gmel. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

equinus Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

equituberculatus Bl. Sphaerechinus granularis A. Aoass., 160.

errum Gmel Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

escub niits l.i\. Echinus esculentus Linn., 122.

esculentus Rumph. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

esculentus An r. Sphaerechinus granularis A. Agass., 160.

eurythrogrammus Val. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammut A. Agass., 163.

excavatus Bl. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 168.

faba Gmi l. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

fasciatus Lamk. Hipponoi variegata A. Agass., 135.

feneslratus Gmel. ?

Jlammt us Gmel. ?

Flemingii Ball. Echin us acutus Lamk, 121.

Flemingii A. Agass. Echinus norvegicus Dub. o. Kor., 125.

Gaimardi Bl. Strongylocentrotus Gaimarrfi A. Agass., 163.

gibbosus Val. Strongylocentrotus gihbosus A. Agass., 164.

globiformis Lam. Echinus < tculi ntus Linn , 123.

globulus Linn. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

gracilis A. Agass. Echinus gracilis A. Agass., 123.

grandinosus Val. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

grandis Gmel. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass, 144.

granularis Say. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

granularis Lam. Sphaerechinus granularis A. Agass., 159.

granulalus Gould. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

granulatus Gmel. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

gratilla Gmel. ?

griseus Bl. Amblypneustes griseut Ag., 89.

hemliphaericus Gmel. Echinus esculentus Lixx., 122.

hexaporus Gmel. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

hura Desl. ?

inaenualis Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 130.

inauritus Gmel. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 185

Echinus Rondelet 1554 {continued).

inflatus Bl. Hipponoe varieyata A. Agass., 135.

Korenii Des. Echinus miliaris Mull., 125.

lacunosus Linn. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

lagauoides Des. Echinoslrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

laganum Gmel. Laganum Bonain Kl., 137.

lathyrus Gmel. Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 129.

Leschenaulti Bl. Stomopneustes variolaris Agass., 161.

Leskei 13 ic. Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102.

lezaroides Per. Eckinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

lithophagus Leach. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

lividus Lam. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

lixula LlNN. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

lobatus Bl. Echinometra subangularis Desml. 115.

loculatus Blainv. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

longispina Bl. Eckinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

lucunler (Lam.). Echinometra lucunter Bl., 114.

lucunter Linn. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 115.

maculatus Lam. Toxopneusles maculutus A. Agass., 167.

maculosus Gmel. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

magellanicus Phil. Echin us magellanicus Phil., 123.

major Gmel. ?

mammillalus Linn. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

Maugei Bl. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 115.

margaritaceus Desl. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

margaritaceus Lam. Echinus margaritaceus Lamk., 124.

Mathaei Bl. Echinometra lucunter Bl., 114.

melo Lam. Echinus melo Lamk., 124.

Mertensii Br. Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103.

microtuberculatus Bl. Echin us microtuberculatus Bl., 124.

miliaris Mull. Echinus miliaria Mull., 125.

miliaris Risso. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl., 124.

miliaris Flem. Echinus acutus Lamk., 121.

minimus Bl. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.

minulus Bl. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.

minutus Pall. Fibularia orulum Lamk., 129.

mola Bl. Echinoslrephus molare A. Agass., 119.

molaris Bl. Echinoslrephus mola re A. Agass., 119.

neapolitanus Delle Chi. Arbacia pustulosa Gray', 92.

neglectus Lam. Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis A. Agass., 162.

niger Molina. Arbacia nigra A. Agass., 91.

niger Rumph. ?

nodiformis Seba. Arbacia punctulata Gray-, 91.

nodosus Gmel. ?

norvegicus D. & K. Echinus norvegicus Dub. o. Kor., 125.

nucleus Gmel. Fibularia orulum Lamk., 130.

oblongus Bl. Echinometra oblonga Blainv., 116.

obtusangulus Lam. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 167.

octodactylos Gmel. Rotula Augustii Kl., 154.

omalostoma Val. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br., 165.

orbicularis Gmel. Peronella orbicularis A. Agass., 149.

orbiculus Linn. Mellita testudinata Kl , 142.

orthopetalus Gmel. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

ovalis Linn. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 118.

ovarius Rondel. Sphaerechinus granuluris A. Agass., 159.

ovatus Gmel. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

oviformis Gmel. Eckinolampas ociformis Gray, 114.

ovulum Gmel. Fibularia orulum Lamk., 129.

186 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Echinus Roxdelet, 1554 {continued).

ovum Lam. Amblypneustes ovum Agasb., 89.
pallidus Lam. Amblypneustes paUidus Val., 89.
parvituberculatus Kl. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl., 124.
paucituberculatus I!i.. Stomopneustes variolaris Agass., 161.
pedifer Bl. Coloboceutrotus atratus Br., 103.
pentaforus Gmel. Mellita testudiuata Ki.., 142.
pentagonus Lam. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.
pentagonns Leske (V. P.). Echinus angulosus A. AGASS., 122.
perexiguus Pet. Echinocyamus pusUlus Gray, 111.
Peronii Bl. Hipponoe" variegata A. Agass., 135.
pileolus Lam. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 167.
placenta Li.v Arachnoidal placenta Agass., 'm<

planus RuMPH. Laganum Bouaiii Kl.., 137.

polyzonalis Lam. Toxopneustes pih nlus Agass., 167.

porosus Val. Strongylocentrotus albus A. Agass., 162.

Postellsii Br. Heterocentrotus mamm Hiatus Bu., 133.

pseudomelo Bl. Echinus esculentus Linn., 123.

pulchellus Agass. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl., 124.

pulvinulus Penn. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.

punctulatus Lam. Arbacia punclulata Gray, 91.

punctiferus DRSL. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

purpureus Risso. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

purpureus Gmel. Spatangus purpureas Leske, 159.

purpureus Penn. Spatangus purpureus Leske, 159.

purpuratus Stimp. Strongylocentrotus purpuratus A. Agass., 165.

purpurescens Val. Arbacia nigra A. AGASS., 91.

pusillus Gmi i.. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.

pustulatus Agass. Echinus miliaria Mi i i .. 125.

pustulosux Gmel. Arbacia pnstulosa Gray, 92.

quiuqueangulosu3 Bl. Echinus e cutentus Linn., 123.

quinqueangulatus Bl. Echinus esculentus Linn., 123.

Quoy Bl. Colobocentrotus atratus Br .. 103.

radiatus Gmel. Astropyga radiala Gray, 94.

raninus Gmel. Fibularia milium Lamk., 130.

rarispiuus (I. O. Su:~. MS. Echinus norvegicus DUB. o. KoR., 125.

reticulatus Linx. Clypeasler scuti/ormis Lamk.. 101 ; et E. rosac. Gray, 106.

rosaceus Linn. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 106.

rosaceus Linn. Clypeaster humilis A. AGA88., 100.

sardicus Gmel. V

sardicus l!is~n. Echinus melo Lamk.. 124.

sardicus Caill. Echinus acutus Lamk. 121.

sardicus Lam. Hipponoe variegata A Agass. 135.

saxatilis Fail Strongylocentrotus Drdbachiensis A. Ac, 162.

saxatilis RuMPH. ?

saxatilis Mull. Echinus miliaria Mi i.i. 125.

saxatilis (Linn.). Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

sculptus Lam. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass., 166.

scutiformis Gmel. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk.. 101.

semilunaris Gmel. Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk.. 11*.

semituberculatus Val. Toxopneustes semiluberculatus A. Agass, 168.

setosus Petiv. Diadema setosum Gray, 103.

Solaris Val. Rotula Rumphii Kl., 155.

spatagus Linn. ?

spatagus Delle Ch. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

spatagus Aldrov. ?

spatuliger Val. Arbacia spatuligera A. Agass., 93.

spbaera O. F. Mill. Echinus esculentus Lixx., 123.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 187

Echinus Rondelet, 1554 (continued).

sphaeroides Linn. ?

stellatus Gmkl, ?

stellatus (Bl.). Arbacia stellata Gray, 93.

subangularis Gmkl. Echinomeira subangularis Desml., 116.

subangularis Flem. Strongylocentrotus DrbbacMensis A. Agass., 1C2.

subangulosus Bl. Echinus esculentus Linn-., 123.

subangulosus Lam. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.

subcoeruleus Lam. Hipponoe cariegala A. Agass., 135.

subcompressus Lixx. ?

subglobiformis Bl. Sphaercchinus granulans A. Agass., 160.

subglobosus Lixx. Echinus esculentus Linn., 122.

sulcatum Rumph. Echinolampas oviformis Gray, 114.

taeniatus Br. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 134.

tetraporus Gmel. Encope emarginata Agass, 12fi.

toreumaticus Gmkl. Temuopleurus tareumaticus Agass.. 166.

trigonarius Lam. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. 134.

trizonalis Bl. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 168.

tuberculatus Lam. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br., 165.

turcicus Gmel. Fibularia orulum Lamk., 129.

unicolor Gmkl. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

variegatus Gmel. Hipponoe cariegala A. Agass., 135.

variegalus (Lam.). Toxopneustcs variegatus A. Agass., 168.

variolaris Lam Stomopneustes curiolaris Agass., 161.

ventricosus Lam. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.

ventricosus Deli.eCh. Echinus nielo Lamk., 124.

versicolor Val. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

vicea (Jmel. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.

violaceus Bl. Echinus esculentus Linn., 123.

virens I). & K. Echinus miliaris Mill., 125.

virgatus Lam. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

vulgaris Bl. Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.
Echionanthus Seba, 1758.

major Sera. Astropyga ra/liata Gray', 94.

Echynus Box. 1 782 (err. typ. Echinus).

complanatus Bon. Laganum Bonani Kl., 137.

Ellipsechinus Lutk. 1864.

macrostomus Lutk. Echinometra macrostoma A. Agass., 115.
Encope Agass. 1840.

aberrans Mart. Encope Michelini Agass., 127.

Agassizii Mich. Encope grandis Agass, 127.

californica Verrill. Encope califoruica Vkrhill., 126.

cyclopora Agass. Encope micropora Agass., 127.

elegans Mich. MS. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

emarginata Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

Ghiesbrechti Belv. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

grandis Agass. Encope grandis Agass., 127.

Griesbachii A. Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

Lapeyrousii MiCH. MS. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

mellitiformis Mich. MS. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

Michelini Agass. Encope Michelini Agass., 127.

micropora Agass. Encope micropora Agass.. 127.

oblonga Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

occidentalis Verrill. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

pentapora Agass. Mellita testudinata Kl., 142.

perspectiva Agass. Encope micropora Agass., 127.

quinrpieloba Grube. Encope emarginata Agass., 126. «

188 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Encope Agass. 1840 (continued).

Sebae Mich. MS. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

Stokesii Aoass. Mellita Slokesii A. Ac ass., 141.

subclausa Agass. Encope emarginala Agass., 126.

telraporn Agass. Encope micropora Agass., 128.

Valenciennesii Agass. Encope emarginala Agass., 126.
Ennalaster D'Orbig. 1853.
Eocidaris Des. 1856.
Epiaster D'Orbig. 1853.
Eucosmus A(!ass. 1846.
Eupatagus Agass. 1817.

similis Gray. Eupatagus Valenciennesii Agass., 128.

Valenciennesii Agass. Eupatagus Valenciennesii Agass., 128.

pectoralis IIaime. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 145.
Eurhodia DA. & H. 1853.
Euryechinus Verrill, 1866.

Delalaneli Yeuhii.i.. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammui A. Agass., 163.

Drbbachiemis Verrill. Strongylocentrotus I inhitcliiensis A. Agass., 162.

gibbus Verrill. Slrongylocentrotws gibbosus A. Agass., 164.

gramdatus Verrill. Strongylocentrotus Drbhaclitensis A. Agass., 162.

imbecillis Verrill. Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agass, 164.

licit/us Vkkrii.i.. Strongylocentrotus lividus Hr., 164.
Evechinus Verrill, 1867.

cMoroticus Verrill. Evechinus chtoroticus Verrill, 128.

Faorina Gray, 1851.

antarctica GRAY. Hemiaster cavernosa A. Agass., 132.

australis GRAY. Hemiaster austral is A. Agass.. 182.

carernosa Gray. Hemiaster cavernosa A. Agass., 132.

chinensis Cray. Faorina chinensis Gray, 129.
Faujasia D'Orbig. 1855.
Fibula Klein, 1734.
Fibularia Lam. 1816.

angulosa I)e Fr. Ecbinocyamus pusUlui GRAY, 111.

australis Desml. Fibularia australis DESML., 129.

craniolaris De Fr. Fibularia orulnm Lamk., 1 •->!».
equina Aradas. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.
inaequalis De Fr. Fibularia nrulum I.amk. ISO.
lathyrus Pi Fr. Fibularia ovulum I.amk.. 130.
niiniilus De Fr. Fibularia nrulum Lamk., ISO.
nucleola Deslong. Fibularia ovulum I.amk . 130.
nucleum De Fr. Fibularia nrulum I.amk , 130.
oblonga Gray. Fibularia volva Agass., 130.
ovalis De Fr. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.
ovatus De Fit. Fibularia nrulum Lamk., ISO.
orulum Lamk. Fibularia nrulum Lamk.. 129.
tarentina Lamk. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.
trigona Lamk. Fibularia nrulum Lamk., 130.
turcicns De Fr. Fibularia orulnm Lamk., 130.
vicia De Fr. EcTunocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.
volva Agass. Fibularia volva Agass., 130.

Galea Klein, 1734.

G-aleola Klein, 1734.

G-aleopygus Df.s. 1857 (err. typ. Galeropygus Cott.).

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 189

Galerites Lamk. 1801.

eckinonea Desml. Echinoni'us cyclostomus Leske, 118.
Galeropygus Cott. 1856.
Garelia Gray, 1855.

aequalis Gray. Echinolhrix calamaris A. Agass., 119.

clavata Gray. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

cincta A. Agass. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

subularis A. Agass. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.

turcarum A. Agass. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 120.
Genocidaris A. Agass. 1869.

maculata A. Agass. Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass., 1C5.
Globator Agass. 1840.
Glyphocyphus D'A. & H. 1853.
Glyphopneustes Pomel. 1869.
Glypticus Agass. 1840.
Glyptocidaris Agass. 1863.

crenularis A. Agass. Phymosoma crenulare A. Agass., 149.
Goniocidaris Des. 1846.

canaliculata A. Agass. Goniocidaris canaliculala A. Agass., 131.

geranioides Agass. Goniocidaris geranioides Agass., 131.

pistillaris Gray. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

Quoyii Val. Goniocidaris Inbaria LtJTK., 131.

tubaria A. Agass. Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk., 131.
Goniophorus Agass. 1838.
Goniopygus Agass. 1838.
Grasia Mich. 1854.
Gualteria Des. 1847.
Gymnocidaris A. Agass. 1863.

mctularia A. Agass. Cidaris metularia Bl., 98.

minor A. Agass. Cidaris metularia Bl., 98.

Haimea Mich. 1851.
Hamaxitus Trosch. 1851.

excaratus Trosch. Tripylus excavatus Phil., 169.
Hardouinia D'A. & H. 1853.
Hebertia Mich. 1859.
Heliechinus Gir. 1850.

Gouldii Gir. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.
Heliocidaris Desml. 1846.

Castelnaudi IIupe\ Echinometra subangularis Desml., 117.

chlorotica Desml. Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128.

eurythrogramma Des. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass., 163.

margaritacea Agass. Echinus mar garitaceus Lamk., 124.

mexicana Agass. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 116.

omalostoma Des. Strongylocentrotus tuherculatus Br., 165.

paucituberculata Desml. Stomopneustes rariolaris Agass., 161.

variolaris Desml. Stomopneustes rariolaris Agass., 161.
Heliophora Agass. 1840.
Hemiaster Des. 1847.

australis A. Agass. Hemiaster australis A. Agass., 132.

carernosus A. Agass. Hemiaster cavernosus A. Agass., 132.
Hemibrissus Pomel. 1869.

ventricosus Pomel. Meoma venlricosa Lutk., 143.
Hemicidaris Agass. 1840.

190 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Hemidiadema Agass. 1846.
Hemiechinus Gir. MS. 18C3.

depressus Gir. MS. Toxopneustes maculatus A. Agass., 167.

nobilis GlR. MS. Toxopneustes variegalus A. Agass., 168.

Hemipatagus Des. 1858.

mascareignarum Mien. Maretia planulala Gray, 140.
Hemipedina Wright, 1855.

cubensis A. Agass. Hemipedina cubensis A. Agass., 132.
Hemipneustes Agass. 1836.
Hemipygus Etall. 1862.
Heteraster D'Orbig. 1853.
Heterocentrotus Br. 1835.

carinatus Br, Heterocentrotus mammillatus Rr. 133.

mammillatus Br. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 133.

Postellsii Br. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br. 133.

taeniatus Br. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. 134.

trigonarius Br. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. 1 :i 4 .
Heterocentrus Gray, 1840 (err. typ. Heterocentrotus Br.).

mammillatus Mull. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br, 133.

trigonarius Moll. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Bit. 134.
Heterocidaris Cott. 1860.
Heterodiadema Cott. 1802.
Heterolainpas Cott. 1862.
Heteropneustes Pom el, 1869.
Heterosalenia Corr. 1861.
Hipponoe Gray, 1840.

depressa A. Agass. Hipponni ilrpn-ssa A. Agass., 134.

esculenta A. Agass. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.

nigricans A. Agass. Hipponoe variegata A. AGASS., 136.

sardim Gray, Hipponoe" variegata A. Agass., 135.

variegata A. Agass. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

violacea A. Agass. Hip/iomn variegata A. Acass., 13G.
Holaster Agass. 1836.
Holectypus Des. 1842.

Holocentronotus Gray, 1855 (err. typ. Heterocentrotus Br.).
Holopneustes Ag vss. 1841.

complanatus Herkl, MS. Spikaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Agass., 160.

granulatus Agass. Holopneustes porosissimus Agass., 136.

inflatus A. Agass. Holopneustes inflalus A. Agass., 136.

porosissimus AGASS. Ilolnpnrustes porosissimus Ac;ass., 136.

purpurescens A. Agass. Holopneustes purpurescens A. Agass., 136.
Homolampas A. Agass. 1*7l'

fragilis A. Agass. Homolampas fragilis A. Agass., 137.
Hyboclypus Agass. 1839.
Hypechinus Des. 1855.
Hypodiadema Des. 1855.
Hyposalenia Des. 1856.
Hypsaster Pomel, 1869.
Hypsoclypus Pomel, 1869.
Hypsopatagus Pomel, 1869.

Infulaster Hagenow, 1851.

Insufulaster D'Orbig. 1853 (err. typ. Infulaster).

Isaster Des. 1858.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 191

Keraiaphorus Mich. 1862.

Maillardi Mich. Coelopleurus Maillardi A. Agass., 102.
Kleinia Gkat, 1851.

luzonica Gray. Brissopsis luzonica A. Agass., 94.

nigra A. Agass. Meoma grandis Gray, 142.

Lagana Gray, 1825.

decagona Less. Peromelia ilecagonalis A. Agass., 148.

depressa Lkss. MS. Laganum depressum Less., 138.

laganum Gray. Laganum Bonani Kl., 137.

minor Gray. Laganum Bonani Kl., 137.

orbicularis Bl. Peronella Peronij Gray, 149.

ovalis Bl. Clypeaster scutiformis I.amk., 101.

scutiformis Gray. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

tonganense Q. & G. MS. Laganum depressum Less., 138.
Laganinum Gray, 1855 (err. typ. Laganum Kl ).

latissimum Gray. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass , 100.
Laganum Klein, 1734.

attenuatum Agass. Laganum depressum Less., 138.

australe Gray, MS. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

Bonani Klein. Laganum Bonani Kl., 137.

cingulatuni Agass. Laganum depressum Less., 138.

decagonum Less. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

depressum Less. Laganum depressum Lkss., 138.

ellipticum Agass. Laganum depressum Less., 138.

elongatum Agass. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

latissimum Agass. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

Lesueuri Val. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

marginale Agass. Peronella orbicularis A. Agass., 149.

orbiculare Agass. Peronella orbicularis A. Agass., 149.

Peronii Agass. Peronella Peronii. Gray, 14 9.

Putnami Bar. Laganum Putnami Barn., 138.

rostratum Agass. Peronella rostrata A. Agass., 149.

Rumphii Klein. Rotula Rumphii Kl. 155.

Schynovetti ... Kl. Peronella orbicularis A. Agass., 149.

scutiforme Desor. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

stellatum Agass. Peronella Peronii Gray, 149.

tonganense Q. &. G. Laganum depressum Less., 138.
Leiocidaris Des. 1854.

affinis Duj. Hupe\ Dorocidaris papillata A Agass., 105.

Danae Du.i. Hup^. Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 99.

Iiystrix Duj. Hupe\ Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

imperialis Des. Phyllacanthus imperialii Br., 151.

papillata Du.J. Hupe\ Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

Stokesii Du.i. Hupe\ Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

Tliouarsii Du.i. Hupe\ Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 98.
Leiocyphus Cott. 1866.
Leiopatagus Pomel, 1869.

depressus Pomel. Melalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.
Leiopedina Cott. 1866.
Leiosoma Cott. 1861.
Leiospatangus Meyer, 1860.
Lenita Agass., 1847.
Leodia Gray, 1851.

Richardsoni Gray. Melita sexforis A. Agass., 141.
Lepidechinus Hall, 1861.

192 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Lepidesthes Vf. & M. 1868.
Lepidocentrus .1. Mull. 1856.
Leptocidaris Quenst. 1858.
Leskia (Gray,) 1851 non Rob. Desv.

mirabilis GRAY. Paleostoma mirabilis Love's, 147.
Linthia Mer. 1853.

australis A. Agass. Linthia australis A. Agass., 138.
Lissonotus (A. Agass.) 18G9 non Schon.

fragilis A. Agass. Homolampas/roj/fc A. Agass., 137.
Lolophora (Agass.) 1841 non Curt, nee Seuv.

Agassizii Bel v. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 113.

aurila Agass. Echinodiscus axtxitua Leske, 112.

bifora Agass. Echinodiscus bif oris A. Agass., 113.

bifissa Ac iss. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 113.

Desmouliusii Mich. MS. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

Deplanchei Mini. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

Dubusii Belv. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 113.

tenuissima Vai.. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

texta A. Aii.vss. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

truncata Agass. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.
Lovenia Des. 1847.

americana A. Agass. MS. Lovenia cordiformis LtJTK., 139.

cordiformis Lutk. MS. Lovenia cordiformis I.i tk., 139.

etnngata Ghat. Lovenia el on gala Gray, 139.

hystrix Des. Lovenia elongata GRAY, 139.

quadrimaculata Vai.. Maretia planulala Gray, 140.

subcarinata 'J hay. Lovenia subcarinata (In ay, 139.

triangularis A. Agass. Lovenia subcarinata Gray, 139.
Loxechinus Des. 1855.

albus Des. Strongylocentrotus albus A A.;\~s., 1G2.

purpuralus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus purpuratus A. Agass., 165.
Lytechinus A. Agass. 1863.

atlanticus A. Agass. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 1G8.

carolinus A. Agass. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 168.

roseus Vkrrill. Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 168.

semilulterculatus A. AGASS. Tiu-opneitsles scmituberrulatus A. Agass., 168.

variegatus A. Agass. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 168.

Mac Coya Pomel. 1869.
Macrophora Conrad, 1865.
Macropneustes Agass. 1847.
Maretia Gray, 1855.

alta A. Agass. Maretia alta A. Agass., 139.

planulala Gray. Maretia planulala Okay, 140.

variegata Gray. Maretia planulala Gray, 140.
Magnosia Mich. 1853.

Malebosis Pomel. 1869 (err. tvp. Melobosis Gin.).
Mellita Klein, 1734.

ampla Holm. Mellita testudinata Klein, 142.

caroliniana Ray. Mellita texforis A. Agass., 141.

erythraea Gray. Mellita erythraea Gray, 140.

hsxapora Agass. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

laevis Klein. Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

lobata Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

longifissa Mich. Mellita longifissa MlCH., 140.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. lyt

Mellita Klein, 1734 (continued).

nummularia Val. Encope emarginata Agass., 127.

pacifica Verrill. Mellita pacifica Verrill, 141.

pentapora Lutk. Mellita testudinata Klein, 142.

quinquefora Agass. Mellita testudinata Klein, 142.

similis Agass. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

testudinata Klein. Mellita testudinata Klein, 141.

testudinaria Gray. Mellita testudinata Klein, 142.

testudinea Gray. Mellita testudinata Klein, 142.

sexforis A. Agass. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

Stokesii A. Agass. Mellita Stokesii A. Agass., 141.
Melebosis Duj. Hupe, 1862 (err. typ. Melobosis Gm.).

mirabilis Duj. Hupe\ Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156.
Melobosis Gm. 1850.

mirabilis Gir. Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156.

intermedins Gir. MS. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.

rarispinus A. Agass. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.
Melonechinus W. & M. 1800.
Melonites N. & 0. 1846.
Melonopsis M. & W. 1866.
Meoma Gray, 1851.

grandis Gray. Meoma grandis Gray, 142.

nigra Verrill. Meoma grandis Gray, 142.

ventricosa Lutk. Meoma ventricosa Lutk., 143.
Mespilia Des. 1846.

globulus Agass. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

Verrauxii Mich. MS. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.
Metalia Gray, 1855.

africana A. Agass. Metalia africana A. Agass., 144.

Garetti Verrill. Metalia sternalis Gray, 145.

maculosa A. Agass. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

nobilis Verrill. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

pectoralis A. Agass. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 144.

sternalis Gray. Metalia sternalis Gray, 145.
Metaporhinus Agass. 1844.
Michelinia Dcj. Hope', 1862 (non Kon.).

elegans D. & H. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.
Micraster Agass. 1836.

canaliferus Agass. Schizasler canaliferus Agass., 157.

lacunosus Agass. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.
Microcyphus Agass. 1841.

elegans A. Agass. Temnopleurus Hardwiclii A. Agass., 166.

maculatus Agass. Microcyphus maculatus Agass., 146.

Rousseaui Agass. Microcyphus maculatus Agass., 146.

versicolor Agass. Mespilia globulus Agass., 143.

zigzag Agass. Microcyphus zigzag Agass., 146.
Microdiadema Cott. 1863.
Micropedina Cott. 1867.
Micropsidia Pomel, 1869.
Micropsis Cott. 1856.
Milnia Haime, 1849.
Moera (Mich.) 1855 (non Leach nee Hubn.).

atrupos Mich. Moira atropos A. Agass., 146.

clotho Mich. Moira clotho A. Agass., 147.

lachesis Mich. Moira atropos A. Agass., 146.

stygya Lutk. MS. Moira stygia A. Agass., 147.

194 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Moira A. Agass. 1872.

atropos A. Agass. Moira atropos A. Agass., I4f>.

clotho A. Agass. Moira clolho A. Agass., 147.

stygia A. Agass. Moira stygia A. Agass., 147.
Monophora Des. 1847.
Mortonia Ghat, 1851.

australis Gray. Fibularia australis Desml., 129.
Mortonia (Des.) 1857 non Gray.
Moulinia Agass. 1841.

cassidulina Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.
Motdimia Agass. 1817, non Gratel. (err. typ.) Moulinia Agass.

cassidulina Agass. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

Neolampas A. Agass. 1869.

rostellatus A. Agabs. Neolampas rostellata A. Agass., 147.
Nina Gray, 1855.

canalifera Gray. Schizaster canaliferus A. Agass., 157.

Jul,,. -ii Gray. Schizaster ventricosus GRAY, 158.

ventricosus Gray. Schizaster ventricosus Cray, 158.
Nuces Leske (V. P.) 177s.
Nucleolites Lam. 1801.

epigonus Mart. Nucleolites epigonus Mart.. 117.

oviformis Lam. Echiuolampas oviformis Gray, 114.

recens Edw. Echinobrissus recent D'Obbig., 108.

Richardii Desml. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lute., 153.
Nucleolus Mart. 18G6 (err. typ. Nucleolites Lamk.).

epigonus Mart. Nucleolites epigonus Mart., 147.
Nucleopygus Agass. 1840.

Offaster Des. 1*57.

Oligophyma Pomel. 1869.

Oligoporus M. & W. 18 GO.

Olopneustes Pomel, 1869. (err. typ.) Holopneustes Agass.

Oolopygus DOrbig. 1857.

Opechinus Des. 1855.

Orthocidaris Cott. 1862.

Orthocidaris (A. Agass.) 186.3 (non Cott.).

affinis A. Agass. Dorocidaris /m/iMata A. Agass., 105.

hystrix A. Agass. Dorocidaris papiUata A. Agass., 105.

papillaia A. Agass. Dorocidaris papillate A. Agass., 105.
Orthopsis Con. L863.
Ova Leske (V. P.) 1778.

canaliferus Gray. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

Pachechinus A. Agass. MS.

Australiae A. Agass. MS. Sphaerechimm Australiae A. Agass., 159.
Fachyclypus Des. 1857.
Palaechinus Scocl. 1840.
Palaeocidaris Des. 1846.
Paleodiscus Salt. 1851.
Paleostoma Lovex, 1867.

mirabilis Lov^x. Paleostoma mirabilis Love's-, 147.
Parasalenia A. Agass. 1863.

gratiosa A. Agass. Parasalenia gtatiosa A. Agass., 148.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 195

Paraster Pomel. 1869.

gibberulus Pomel. Schizaster gibberulus Agass., 158.
Pedicellaria Mull. 1776.
Pedina Agass. 1840.
Pedinopsis Cott. 1863.
Peltastes Agass. 1838.
Periaster D'Orbig. 1854.

cubensis D'Orbig. Meoma ventricosa Lutk., 143.

fragilis D'Orbig. Schizaster fragilis Agass., 157.

gibberulus D'Orbig. Schizaster gibberulus Agass., 158.

Peribrissus Pomel. 1869.

Pericosmus Agass. 1847.

Perinatus Des. MS.

laganoides Des. Echinostrophus molare A. Agass., 119.

Perischodomus McCoy, 1849.

Peronella Gray, 1855.

decagonalis A. Agass. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

orbicularis A. Agass. Peronella orbicularis Agass., 149.

Peronii Gray Peronella Peronii Gray, 149.

rostrata A. Agass. Peronella rostrata A. Agass., 149.
Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1835.

annulifera A. Agass. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass., 150.

baculosa A. Agass. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

dubia Br. Phyllacanthua dubia Br., 150.

fustigera Barn. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

geranioides Br. Goniocidaris gcranwides Agass., 131.

giqantea A. Agass. Phyllacanthus gigantea A. Agass., 151.

hystrix Br. Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass., 105.

imperialis Br. Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 151.

imperialis A. Agass. Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 150.

pistillaris Br. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.

tribuloides Br. Cidaris tribuloides Bl., 98.

verticillata A. Agass. Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Agass., 151.
Phyllobrissus Cott. 1860.
Phymechinus Des. 1856.
Phymosoma D'A. & H. 1853.

crenu/aris A. Agass. Phymosoma crenulare A. Agass., 151.

Pileus Des. 1857.
Placenta Klein, 1734.

laevis Klein. Echiyiodiscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

testudinata Klein. Mellita testudinata Klein, 141.

Bonani Klein. Laganum Bonani Klein, 137.

Rumphii Klein. Rotula Rumphii Klein, 155.

Augusti Klein. Rotula Augusti Klein, 154.

rotula Briss. Rotula Augusti Klein, 154.
Plagionotm (Agass.) 1847, non Mdls. 1842.

africanus Verrill. Melalia africana A. Agass., 144.

Desorii Gray'. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 145.

nobHis A. Agass. Metalia maculosa A Agass., 144.

pectoralis Agass. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 144.

timorensis Mich. MS. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 145.

Holmesii McCr. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 145.

Ravenellianus McCr. Melalia pectoralis A. Agass., 145.
Plagiopatagus Lutk. MS.

variegatus Lutk. Maretia planulata Gray', 140.

196 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Platybrissus Grube, 1865.

Roemeri Gbube. Platybrissus Roemeri Grcbe, 152.
Pleurechinns Agass. 1841.

bothryoiiles Agass. Pleurechuius bothryoides Agass., 152.
Pluteus Mull. 1846.
Podocidaris A. Agass. 1869.

sculpta A. Agass. Podocidaris sculpta A. Agass., 152.
Podophora Agass. 1840.

atratu AGASS. Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102.

Mertensii L). & II. Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103.

pedifera Agass. Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102.

quadriseriata Troscii. Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103.

Quoi/ii A. AGASS. Colobocentrotus atratus Bit., 102.
Polyaster Mich. 1859 (non Gray).

elegans MlCH. Peromelia decagonnlis A. AGA8S., 148.
Polycidaris Quenst. 1858.
Polycyphus Agass. 1846.

Porocidaris Des. 1854.

purpurata W. Thom. MS. Porocidaris purpurata W. ThOM . 1S2,
Pourtalesia A. Agass. 1869.

miranda A. AGASS. Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass., 152.
Prenaster Des. 1853.
Prionocidaris A. Agass. 1863.

pistUlaris A. Ac \ss. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass., 150.
Prodiadema Pomel. 1*69.
Psammechinus Agass. 1*16.

aciculatus Dim. Ill pe". Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi A. Agass., 1C3.

asteroides Gut. Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128.

cMoroticus A. Agass. Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128.

cupreus Trosch. MS. Echinus magellanicus Phil., 123.

decoratus I). & II. Echinus microtuberculatus Bi. . 121.

excavatus Agass. Toxopneustes varieyatus A. AGA88., 1B8.

ezoletus McCr. Toxopneustes variegatu* A. Agass., 169.

intermedius Barn. Strongylocentrotus intermedins A. Agass., 1G4.

Korenii Di:s. Echinus miliaris Mri.i... 125.

laganoides I). & II. Echinostrophus molare A. AGASS., 119.

longispinus D. & H. Echinostrophus iwilur, A. Agass., 119.

magellanicus I). & II. Ecldn us magellanicus I'imi.., 128.

micrntuhi rculiiius Agass. Echinus microtuberculatus Bi. . 124.

miliaris Agass. Echinus miliaris Mri.i... 125.

norvegicus AGASS. Echinus norvegicus Din. o. Kor., 125.

parvituhcrculalus Li'TK. Echinus microtuberculatus Bi.., 124.

pictus Verrill. Toxopneustes semituberculatus A. Agass., 1(J8.

pulchellus Bin inn. Echinus microtuberculatus Bi... 124.

pulcherrimus Barn. Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Agass., 160.

puslulatus D. & H. Echinus miliaris Mri.i.., 125.

semituberculalus AGASS. Toxopnettsh s saniluhtrculatns A. AgASS., 1G8.

subangulosus Agass. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.
variegatus Agass. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass.. 168.
verruculatus Li tk. Echinus angulosus A. Agass., 122.
Pseudoboletia Trosch. 1869.

granulata A. Agass. Pseudoboletia granulata A. Agass., 153.
Indiana A. Agass. -Pseudoboletia Indiana A. Agass., 153.
maculata Trosch. Pseudoboletia Indiana A. Agass., 153.
stenostoma Trosch. Pseudoboletia granulata A. Agass., 153.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 197

Pseudocidaris Etall. 1862.
Pseudodesorella Etall. 1800.
Pseudodiadema Des. 1855.
Pseudopedina Cott. 1858.
Pseudosalenia Cott. 1859.
Psilechinus Lutk. 1864.

variegatus Lime. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 168.
Pygaulus Agass. 1847.
Pygaster Agass. 1836.
Pygorhynchus Agass. 1839.

pacificus Agass. Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass., 153.

sp. Agass. Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass., 153.
Pygurus Agass. 1839.
Pyrina Desml. 1835.

Ravenellia Lutk. 1864.
Rhabdocidaris Des. 1854.
Rhaphidoclypus A. Agass. 1863.

microtuberculatus A. Agass. Clypeasler scutiformis Lamk., 101.

scutiformis A. Agass. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.
Rhyncholampas A. Agass. 1869.

caribaearum A. Agass. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153.

pacificus A. Agass. Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass., 153.
Rhynchopygus D'Orbig. 1855.

caribaearum Lutk. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153.

guadeloupensis D'Orbig. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153.

pacificus A. Agass. Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass., 153.
Rhynobrissus A. Agass. 1872.

pyramidalis A. Agass. Rhynobrissus pyramidalis A. Agass., 154.
Rhyssobrissus A. Agass. 1863.

nigir A. Agass. Meoma grandis Gray, 142.
Rotula Klein, 1734.

Augusti Klein. Rotula Augusti Klein, 154.

digitata Agass. Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1 55.

Gualteri Gray. Rotula Augusti Klein, 154.

Kleinii Mich. MS. Rotula Rumphii Klein, 155.

Rumphii Klein. Rotula Rumphii Klein, 155.
Rumphia Des. 1857.

Lesueurii A. Agass. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

Peronii Des. Peronella Pcronii Gray, 149.

rostrata Des. Peronella rostrata A. Agass., 149.
Runa Agass. 1841.

Salenia Gray, 1835.

varispina A. Agass. Salenia varispina Agass., 155.
Salenocidaris A. Agass. 1869.

varispina A. Agass. Salenia varispina Agass., 155.
Salmacis Agass. 1841.

bicolor Agass. Salmacis bicolor Agass., 156.

conica Mart. Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156.

Desmoulinsii D. & H. Salmacis Dussumieri Agass., 156.

Dussumieri Agass. Sabnacis Dussumieri Agass , 156.

festivus Grube. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.

globator Agass. Salmacis globator Agass., 156.

pyramidata Trosch. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.

19S SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Salmacis Aoass. 1841 (continued).

rarispinus Agass. Salmacis rarispina Agass , 156.

rubrotinctus Gkube. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.

sulcatus Agass. Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156.

varius Agass. Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156.

virgulatus Agass. Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156.
Savignya Des. 1855.

calamaria Des. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 120.

Desorii Des. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

gpinosissima Des. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

subularis Des. Echinothrix turcarum Pet., 121.

Frappieri MlCH. Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 120.

Scaphechinus Bakn. 1863.

inirabilis Barn. Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agass., 107.

Schizaster Agass. 1886.

atropos Agass. Moira atropns A. Agass., 146.
canal if cr us Agass. Scliiznsli r canaliferus Agass., 157.
contains BRON. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

cubensis D'Obbiq. Meoma vi ntricosa Lute., 143.
cubensis A. A(;ass. Schizaster fragUit Agass., 157.
fragilis Agass. Schizaster fragUis Agass.. 157.

gibberulus Agass. Schizaster gibberulus Agass., 158.
incertus Aradas. Brissopsis lyrifera Ag iss., 96.
Jukesii GRAY. Schizaster ventricosus GRAY, 158.

Lachesis (Jin. Moira atropos A. Ag i»„ 146.
Philippii A. AGASS. Schizaster Philippii A. Ag \--., 158.
ventricosus GRAY. Schizaster ventricosus GRAY, 158.

Schizechinus Pomel, 1869.

i rearatus Pomel. Toxopncustes variegatus A. Agass.. 169.

semituberculatus Pomel. Toxopneusti s semituhi rculatus A. Agass., 168.

variegatus Pomel. Toxopneusles variegatus A. Agass., 169.
Schizobrissus Pomel, 1869.
Scutella Lam. 1816.

ambigena Lam. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 100.

aurita Bl. Echinoiliscus auritus Lf.ske, 112.

bifissa Lam. Echinodiscus auritus I.eske, 112.

bifora Lam. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

bifora DesML. Echinodiscus taens A. AgaSS., 113.

biforis Be. Echinoiliscus laevis A. Agass., 113.

bilinearifora Desml. Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass., 113.

caroliniana Rav. Mellila sexforis A. Agass., 141.

cassidulina Desml. Eneope emarginata Agass.. 126.

clypeastriformis Be. ' 'IgpeasUr scutiformis Lamk., 101.

decadactylos Bl. Rotula Augusti Ki.., 154.

decagonalis Less. Peronella decagonalis A. Agass., 148.

dentata Lam. Rotula Rumphii Ki. , 155.

digitata Lam. Rotula Augusti Kl., 154.

emarginata Lam. Eneope emarginata Agass., 126.

excentrica Escn. Echinarachnius excentricus Val., 107.

gibbosa (Rav.) Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

hexapora Bl. Mellila safaris A. Ag \ss.. 141.

inaurila Bl. Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 113.

Integra Brug. ?

japonica Mart. Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agass., 107.

laganum Be. Laganum Bonani Kl., 137.

latissima Lam. Clypeaster humilis A. Agass., 98.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 199

Scutella Lam. 181 G (continued).

octodactylas Bl. Rotula Augusti Kl., 154.

orbicularis (Lam.). Peromelia Peronii Gray, 149.

ovalis Agass. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

parma Lam. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 107.

pentapora Bl. Mellita testudiuata Kl., 142.

pentaphora Say. Mellita testudinata Kl., 142.

placenta Bam. Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90.

placunaria Lam. Clypeaster humUis A. Agass., 100.

porpita Deslong. Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90.

quadrifora Lam. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

quinquefora Lam. Mellita testudinata Kl., 142.

quinqueloba Esch. Encope emarginata Agass., 126.

radiata Bl. Rotula Rumphii Kl., 155.

reticulata Bl. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk., 101.

Rumphii Bl. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 108.

semisol Bl. Rotula Rumphii Kl., 155.

sexforis Lam. Mellita sexforis A. Agass., 141.

slriatula Conrad. Echinarachnius excentricus Yal., 107.

tetrapora Bl. Encope emarginata Agass , 126.

trifaria Say. Echinarachnius parma Gray, 108.
Scutellina Agass. 1841.
Scutum Klein, 1734.

ovatum Klein. Echinolampas oviformis Gray, 114.
Sismondia Des. 1857.
Spatagoides Klein, 1734.
Spatagus Mill. 1774.

flavescens Mull. Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass., 110.

purpureus Mull. Spatangus purpureus Leske, 158.

pusillus Mull. Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 111.
Spatangites Leske, 1778.
Spatangus Klein, 1734.

alius Lutk. MS. Spatangus Lutkeni A. Agass., 158.

arcuarius Lam. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

atropos Lam. Moira atropos A. Agass , 146.

Australasiae Leach. Breynia Australasiae Gray, 95.

australis Phil. Hemiaster australis A. Agass., 132.

brissus Leske. ?

canaliferus Lam. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

carinatus Lam. Brisstis carinatus Gray, 96.

carinatus Risso. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

cavernosas Phil. Hemiaster carernosus A. Agass, 132.

columbaris Lam. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

compressus Lam. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

contains Flem. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Crux Andreae Lam. Breynia Australasiae Gray, 95.

elongatus Gray. Lovenia elongata Gray, 139.

excavatus Phil. Tripylus excavatus Phil. 169.

Jlavescens Abild. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

grand'is Bl. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 144.

Gualterii Bl. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

lacunosus Leske. Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157.

lacunosus Mull. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

latecarinatus Leske. Brissus carinatus Gray, 96.

Liitkeni A. Agass. Spatangus Lutkeni A Agass., 158.

maculosus Leske. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

200 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Spatangus Klein, 1734 {continued).

meridionalis Risso. Spatangus purpureits Leske, 159.

merid 'ionalis Anglic. Auct. (Norman). Spatangus Raschi Love's, 159.

orthonotus Conrad. Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111.

ovalus Flem. Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass., 110.

ovatus Leske. Brissus imicolor Kl., 97.

ovatus Lmk. Brissus unicolor Ki. , 97.

ovatus Leske. Mar etia plan ulata Gray, 140.

pectoralis Lamk. Metalia pectoralis A. Agass., 144.

placenta Phil. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

plaiiulatus Lamk. Maretia planulala Gray, 140.

pulvinatus Phil. Brusopsis lyrifera Agass., 96.

purpureus Leske. Spatangus purpureus Leskb, 158.

pusillus Mull. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

pusillus Leske. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Raschi Love's-. Spatangus Raschi Love's, 159.

Reaumuri Desml. Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 109.

Reginae Gray. Spatangus purpureus Leske, 159.

Rumphii Desml. Metalia maculosa A. Agass., 144.

spinosissimus Des. Spatangus purpureus Leske, 159.

sternalis Lam. Metalia slernalis Gray, 145.

subcarinatus Gray. Lovenia subcarinata Gray, 189.

unicolor Leske. Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

unicolor Bl, Brissus unicolor Kl., 97.

variegatus Gray. Maretia planulata Gray, 140.

ventricosus I, am. Meoma ventricosa I.i i k., 143.
Sphaerechinus Des. 1856.

Australiae A. Agass. Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass, 159.

brcris/iimisiK Des. Sphaerechinus granulans A. Agass , 1C0.

esculentus Dim. Hups*. Echinus esculentus Linn., 123.

esculentus Bronx. Sphaerechinus granularii A Agass., 159.

gibbasus IH'.i IlrrE. Strnngylncentrntus gililiosus A. Agass., 164.

granulans A. Agass. Sphaerechinus granulans A. Agass., 159.

pulcherrimus A. Agass. Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Agass., 160.
Sphaeriechinus Lutk. 18C4 (err. ryp.).

indianus LiJTK. Pseudoboletia indiana A. Agass., 153.
Stenonia Des. 18.57.
Stephanocidaris A. Agass. 1863.

bispinosa A. Ac \-s. Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Agass., 1C0.

tubaria A. Agass. Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Agass., 1C0.
Stigmatopygus D'Orbig. 1855.
Stirechinus Des. 1856.
Stoloniclypeus Verrill, 18G7 (err. typ.).

rotundus Verrill. Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass., 100.
Stolonoclypus Agass. 1863.

placunarius Agass.

prostratus A. Agass. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

Ravenellii A. Agass. Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101.

rotundus A. Agass. Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass., 100.
Stomechinus Des. 1855.
Stomopneustes Agass. 1841.

oariolaris Agass. Stomopneustes variolaris Agass., 161.
Strongylocentrotus Br. 1835.

allnis A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus albus A. Agass., 162.

armiger A. Agass. Strongylocentrntus armiger A. Agass., 162.

chlorocentrotus Br. Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis A. Agass., 162.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 201

Strongylocentrotus Br. 1835 (continued).

depressus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus depressus A. Agass., 162.
Drb'bachiensis A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis A. Agass., Ifi2.
eurylhrogrammus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass., 163.
franciscanus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus franciscanus A. Agass., 163.
Gaimardi A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi A. Agass., 163.
gibbosus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agass., 164.
intermedins A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus intermedins A. Agass., 164.
lividus Br. Strongylocentrotus lioidus Br., 164.
longispina Br. Echinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.
mexicanus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus mexicanus A. Agass., 165.
mola Br. Echinostrephus molare A. Agass., 119.
nudus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Agass., 165.
parvitubercula/us Br. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl , 124.
purpuratus A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus purpuratus A. Agass., 165.
subglobi/ormis Br. Sphaerechinus granulans A. Agass., 160.
tuberculalus Br. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br., 165.

Temnechinus Forbes, 1852.

maculalus A. Agass. Temnechinus maadatus A. Agass., 165.
Temnocidaris (A. Agass.). 18G3 (non Cott.).

canaliculata A. Agass. Goniocidaris canaliculata A. Agass., 13.
Temnocidaris Cott. 1863.
Temnopleurus Agass. 1841.

bolhryoides Agass. Pleurechinus bothryoides Agass., 152.

depressus D'A. & H. Temnopleurus loreumaticus Agass., 1G6.

elegans Mich. MS. SalmacLi Dussumieri Agass., 156.

Hardwickii A. Agass. Temnopleurus Hardioickii A. Agass, 166.

japonicus Mart. Temnopleurus Hardwickii A Agass., 166.

Heecesii A. Agass. Temnopleurus loreumaticus Agass., 166.

Reynaudi Agass. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass., 166.

toreuma icus Agass. Temnopleurus loreumaticus Agass., 166.
Temnotrema A. Agass. 1863.

sculpta A. Agass. Temnopleurus Hardwickii A. Agass. 166.
Tetragramma Agass. 1840.
Tetrapygus Agass. 1841.

aequituberculatus Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.

grandinosus Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray. 92.

niger Agass. Arbacia nigra A. Agass., 91.

pustulosis Agass. Arbacia pustulosa Gray, 92.
Thrichodiadema A. Agass. 1863.

coronatum A. Agass. Centrostephanus coronatus A. Agass., 97.

Rodgersii A. Agass. Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Agass., 98.
Thrichoproctus Agass. MS.

tenuis Agass MS. Maretia plamdata Gray, 140.
Toreumatica Gray, 1855.

concaoa A. Agass. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass., 166.

concava Gray. Salmacix Dussumieri Agass., 156.

granulosa Gray. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass., 166.

Hardwickii Gray. Temnopleurus Hardwickii A. Agass., 166.

Reevesii Gray. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass., 166.
Toxaster Agass. 1840.
Toxobrissus Des. 1858.
Toxocidaris A. Agass. 1863.

crassispina A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus tuberadatus Br., 165.

202 SYNONYMIC INDEX.

Toxocidaris A. Agass. 1863 (continued).

Delalandi A Agass. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass., 1G3.

depressa A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus depressus A Agass., 162.

eurythrogramma Yekrill. Sironyulnrenirnius < uri/ilii-tH/rnmmus A. Agass., 1G3.

franciscana A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus Jranciscanus A. Agass., 163.

globulosa A. Agass. Strongylocentrotus Jranciscanus A. Agass., 163.

komalostoma Verrill. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatum Bit., 165.

mexicana (A. Agass.) Strongylocentrotus mexicanus A. Agass., 165.

inula A. Agass Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Agass., l '»■">.

purpurea Mart. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatum Br., 165.
Toxopneustes Agass. IS II.

aequituberculatus DOJ. Hi tk. Sphaerechinus granularis Des, 160.

albidus Agass. Sphaerechinus granularis A. Agass.. 160.

brevispinosus Agass. Sphaerechinus granularis A. Ag \^~., 160.

carnosus Barn. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

chlorocentrolus Lute. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A Agass., 162.

complanatus AGASS. Strongylocentrotus lividus 1!r., 164.

concavus Agass Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 164.

Delalandi Agass. Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass., 168.

DrSbachiensis AGASS. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

Dubeni Agass. Strongylocentrotus DrSbachiensis A. Agass., l'i.s

gibbosus Agass. Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agass, 164.

grandiporus LiJTK. Strongylocentrotus intermedius Agass., 164.

granulosus Agass. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass., 162.

granularis Agass. S/iltaeneliinus granularis A. Agass. 1 .">:».

indianus .Mini. Pseudoboletia indiana A. Agass., 153.

lividus AGASS. Strongylocentrotus lividus Bh., 164.

maculatus A. Agass. Toxopneustes maculatus A. Agass., 167.

mammillatus Mn ii. MS. Strongylocentrotus lividus Bit., 164.

neglectus Agass. Strongylocentrotus DrSbachiensis A. Agass., 162.

pallidus (J. 0 Sars. Strongylocentrotus DrSltachiensis A. Agass., 163.

pictus Norman. Slro trotus DrSbachiensis A. Agass., 163.

pileolus Ac \ss. Toxopneustes pill olus Agass., 167.

sp. Verrill. Strongylocentrotus mexicanus A Agass., 165.

semituberculalus A. Agass. Toxopneustes semituberculaius A Agass., 168.

tuberculatum Agass. Strongylocentrotus luberculatus Br. 165.

variegatus A. Agass. Toxopneustes variegalus A. Agass., 168.
Trachygaster Pomel, 1869.
Trachypatagus Pomel, 1869
Trematopygus D'Orbig. L855.
Trigonocidaris A. Agass. 1869.

albida A. Ag \s^. Trigonocidaris albida A AGASS., 169.
Tripneustes Ag ass. 1841.

angulosus Dim. Hope". Hipponoe variegata A Agass., 135.

bicolor Vai.. Per. Hipponoe variegata \. Ag \s>. 135.

depressus A. Agass. Hipponoe depressa A. Agass., 134.

fasciatus Duj. Hupe". Hipp iala A. Agass., 136.

fuscus Mich. Hipponoi variegata A. Agass., 136.

obtusangulus Agass. Hipponoe variegata A Agass., 136.

pentagonus Agass. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

Peronii Pkrrier. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 136.

sarrlicu* Agass. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

senkenbergianus Troscii. MS. Ilippnnui rariegata A. Agass., 136.

subcoeruleus Agass. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 135.

ventricosvs Agass. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 135.

zigzag Man. Hipponoe variegata A. Agass., 136.

SYNONYMIC INDEX. 20o

Tripylus Phil. 1845.

australis Phil. Hemiaster ausiralis A. Agass, 132.

cavemosus Phil. Hemiaster cauernosus A. Agass., 132.

excavatus Phil. Tripylus excavatus Phil., 1G9.
fragilis Sars. Schizaster fragUis Agass., 157.

grandis Tkosch. Faoriua chinensis Gray, 129.

Philippii Giiay. Schizaster Philippii A. Agass., 158.

Wrightia (Pomel), 1869 non Agass. 1863.

Xanthobrissus A. Agass. 1863.

Garetti A. Agass. Metalia sternalis Gray, 145.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

All that we know of the Geographical Distribution of marine animals is,
with the exception of very contracted areas, limited to strictly littoral dis-
tribution. It is true that the Deep Sea Dredging Expeditions, since the
laying of the Atlantic cable, have given us considerable additional informa-
tion respecting the geographical distribution of marine life on the bottom of
the northern part of the Atlantic, but that is as yet only sketched out roughly,
though sufficiently to show us the probable mode of distribution of animals
at different depths according to the temperature, forming tolerably well-
defined belts, similar to the great belts of distribution of animals and plants
as we ascend in altitude or in latitude, though the latter does not form ap-
parently so important a part in the distribution of marine life as in the case
of land animals and plants. On land, when we have alpine and arctic as-
semblages of similar animals and plants occurring in far distant geographi-
cal points (latitudinally distant), the identity of forms extends to but few
types ; while, as far as we can judge from the little we know of the inhabi-
tants of the deeper parts of the Atlantic, the same species have a wide
geographical range far exceeding any similar distribution on land. While
on land we have a circumpolar arctic fauna extending with outliers at only
comparatively short distances on the highest parts of the adjoining temper-
ate tracts, we have probably an abyssal circumpolar marine fauna extending
far into the tropics, surrounded at its lowest base (the littoral edges) by
fauna? of the most, diversified character, — a feature entirely unknown in the
distribution of life upon the land. Of course we have the analogous feature
of the change of life as we proceed in altitude in a mountain-chain, but that
is a homologue of a similar change in marine life as we change the depth ;
and although we have something analogous to a well-characterized fauna
surrounded by widely different elements east and west and north and south
in the Rocky Mountains, yet we have nowhere such a diversified condition
of life as we find in the littoral elements surrounding what at present
we may call the Atlantic Realm, surrounded by the circumpolar littoral

206 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

fauna, — the Lusitanian, the West African, the Tropical Atlantic, and the
American Boreal forming the base of life as it were of the Atlantic Realm.
It is not a little remarkable that the point urged by Sars with so much
force (in absence of evidence) against Loven's theory of the distribution
of life, — of a uniform fauna throughout the bottom of the deeper parts of
the Atlantic, — should so soon have been disproved by actual exploration;
the presence of Rhizocrinus lofotensis, Schizaster fragilis, Homolampas fra-
gilis, Echinus norvegieus, Dorocidaris papillata. Echinoeyamus pusillus, at
such widely distant points and with such great bathymetrical range, shows
that the theory proposed by Loven gives, as far as we know, a rational ex-
planation of many phenomena hitherto imperfectly understood in the distri-
bution of marine life in the different bathymetrical hells. The explorations
now going on under the auspices of the United States Coast Survey will
probably extend our knowledge on this subject so materially that it
seems useless to attempt any further exposition of the subject till their
results are available, and 1 will limit myself, in discussing the geograph-
ical distribution of Echini, to strictly littoral divisions; not that I do not
expect the material likely to he collected will not modify to some extent
the limits assigned to the littoral divisions here sketched out. hut in the
main they are likely to be tolerably correct, if we ma\ judge from the na-
ture of the material thus far brought together in different public museums
of Europe and America by the exploring expeditions sent at different times
during this century by all the great continental nations. They have ex-
plored more or less thoroughly the shore lines at least of the greater
part of the world, leaving but few spots about which we actually know
nothing, so far at lea-1 as the distribution of Echini is concerned. It was. in-
deed, a matter of great surprise to find how few species of Echini hitherto
not noticed were not to be found in the vast stores of the British .Museum, the
Jardin des Plantes, the .Museums of Copenhagen. Stockholm. Berlin. Vienna.
Everywhere, although from different localities, were found repetitions of spe-
cies already well known, so that in making a map of the littoral regions we
find but short stretches of shores completely unexplored. Of course addi-
tional species will undoubtedly turn up even in the best explored localities,
but we have probably a very fair representation of the littoral Echini of the
world.

In following out the geographical distribution of such a limited order as
the Echini, we have the great advantage of being able to carry in our mind

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 207

the exact range of each species, and thus to see how far the limits of the
littoral faunae recognized among Mollusca hy Forbes and Woodward, and
among Crustacea by Dana, can be accepted for the Echini. Our limitation
of a fauna seems as arbitrary as that of a geological period. We take a cer-
tain assemblage of animals at any special point, and, contrasting them with
a different adjoining assemblage, frequently conclude that because we find
differences we are entitled to consider this a different fauna. Such may or
may not be the case on a more careful analysis of the range of the elements
composing these two assemblages, but too often it will turn out, when carefully
analyzed, that what we call a fauna is simply an overlapping of the range
of two more distant faunas, giving the intermediate district a peculiar phy-
siognomy not always readily separable into its constituent elements, either
from want of material or from imperfect identifications. It is frequently
almost impossible to determine to which littoral district certain points belong,
from the even balance held by the elements of the various districts found
there. At the Cape Verde Islands we find a nearly equal number of species
known to inhabit the Mediterranean, the West Indies, and tropical Africa ;
but there is no reason for making a special fauna of that part of the coast,
any more than the mingling of the arctic species of the west coast of
Norway with the Lusitanian, British, and even Mediterranean or Atlantic
species, entitles the Scandinavian shores to rank as a littoral fauna.
Nor does the presence of Arctic, West Indian, and boreal American species
south of Cape Cod entitle that region to form a special littoral fauna. It
has nothing peculiarly its own, as far as Echini are concerned, and is simply
an assemblage of species ranging far beyond the limits which the greater
number of species have. It is our ability thus to eliminate foreign elements
which will give our divisions greater or less aceuracy. Nor does the presence
of Atlantic species along the Virginia and North Carolina coast, associated
with West India species, entitle this region to be considered as a
special faunistic littoral division. It is a very peculiar littoral district,
as much so as the one immediately south of Cape Cod ; but it is an as-
semblage of foreign elements which, although they apparently give to the
coast of South Carolina, north and south, a very peculiar aspect, so far as its
Echini fauna is concerned, is yet made up of species (component elements)
having a very wide geographical distribution, and forming parts of totally
different combinations. It may be useful to have names for these assem-
blages, but they have no biological value. At first glance the presence of

208 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

Echinarachnius parma on the east coast of North America strikes us as very
characteristic of a Canadian fauna, yet when we remember that it is found
on both sides of North America and on the east side of Asia, extending
probably far south into the great Indo-Pacific Littoral Realm, Ave at once see
that although we have on the east coast of North America several of these
littoral assemblages, we have in reality only two faunaa, one the Circnmpolar,
the other the West Indian, which meet at Cape Cod, and by combination
with the Pacific Boreal, the Lusitanian, the Atlantic, and the Mediterranean,
form littoral assemblages which have thus far received the name of fauna?,
but are evidently not entitled to it.

The Littoral Districts, which have been mapped out on PL A and B, are
not made from any preconceived notions, but have been taken from the dis-
tribution of the several species of the annexed lists. We cannot fail to be
struck with the remarkable coincidence of the great belts of temperature
first mapped out by Dana, which are here copied from his map on the geo-
graphical distribution of Crustacea, ami the approximate limits of many of
our littoral districts, — an agreement which is still more striking when we come
to examine the range of the principal genera.

The number of littoral districts recognized is considerably smaller than the
number of provinces adopted by Forbes. Woodward, and Dana, the principal
writers on the limits of marine geographical provinces. This is due in part
to the smaller number of species of Echini, but the principal cause of the
extensive range of so many species must be looked for in the influence of
the currents.

The effect which currents play in shaping the geographical distribution of
marine animals is very great; we have an example in the Gulf Stream and
the northern branch of the Amazonian current flowing into the Gulf of
Mexico, which account fully for the great range of the more common littoral
species. The Japanese current makes itself fell as far as San Diego, two
species of Echini extending in the Northern Pacific from the northern part
of Japan along Kamtchatka. the Aleutian Islands. Sitka. Vancouver's Island,
the one as far as Cape Mendocino ( S. Drobachiensis), the other (Echinarach-
nius excentricus) to San Diego. The Indo-Pacific equatorial current has
undoubtedly been the main agent of the extensive geographical range of
such species as Cidaris metularia, Echinoneus cyclostomus, Heterocentrotus
mammillatus, Diadema setosum, Ilipponoe variegata. Echinolampas ovifor-
mis, Brissus carinatus, Clypeaster humilis.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 209

The effect of currents in thus extending the distribution of marine ani-
mals would act very differently upon the several classes of the animal king-
dom, and its efficiency depends to a great extent upon the nature of their
earlier stages, and upon their habits during that period. The time during
which the Pluteus of Echini remains helpless at the mercy of the winds and
currents is considerable ; from early spring till late in the summer or fall is
the usual time required for the full growth of the Pluteus in many species
of Sea-urchins, and the distance which the young could thus be transported,
even by a sluggish current, during a single season, must be considerable,
even under the most unfavorable circumstances.

As many Echini are not affected by a great range of depth (1200 fathoms),
and reproduce themselves frequently at the end of the third year, and even
of the second year, after the resorption of the Pluteus, it is not astonishing the
same species should be found in every extreme position of depth, latitude,
and longitude.

Various writers have attempted to retrace, in former geological periods,
the probable course of the currents and their effect upon the geographical
distribution of marine animals ; they all agree in representing, up to the Cre-
taceous period, an unbroken equatorial current, passing through Central
Asia, Arabia, the northern part of Africa, and connecting with the Pacific by
a narrow strait through the Isthmus of Panama. The existence of this con-
nection in the Cretaceous period is placed beyond doubt by the presence of
an Ananchytes, which I am unable to distinguish from Ananchytes radiata,
collected on the Isthmus of Panama, and now in the possession of Yale Col-
lege, kindly loaned me for examination by Professor Verrill. From the small
number of identical species, either of Mollusca, Crustacea, or Fishes, record-
ed on both sides of the Isthmus, this connection must have been very im-
perfect at a comparatively recent geological period, — since the existence of
the present faunae.

The question naturally arises. Have we not in the different faunae of both
sides of the Isthmus a standard by which to measure the changes which
these species have undergone since the raising of the Isthmus of Panama
and the isolation of the two fauna? ? If the upheaval of the Isthmus has
been gradual, it must, of course, have cut off the deep-water species on both
sides of the Isthmus, and gradually have isolated the more shallow, till the
littoral species also became separated. As a natural consequence, the deeper
we go, the farther back in time we must expect to find the representation,

210 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

— ;i result which is strikingly confirmed by the nature of the deep-water
fauna of the West Indies. Unfortunately we have not, as in the case of
the littoral faunas, a standard of comparison. At the same time, with the
gradual closing of the Isthmus of Panama, the greater part of Central Asia,
of the Arabian Peninsula, and of Northern Africa was emerging from the
sea, reducing the range of the equatorial current, and thus confining the
course of the currents much as they are at the present time. This would
thus cause a limitation in the range of the species formerly having the
greatest distribution, and extend that of those which were more local.

If migration on land when continents were joined together, and subse-
quent variations after their isolation through submergence, has been the
main agent in the distribution of the existing terrestrial fauna1, we must ac-
knowledge a similar agency to currents in the distribution of marine faunas;
and by the submergence or rise of various portions of the continents, we
shall be able, if we can trace these changes, to reconstruct within certain
limits the altered courses of the main oceanic currents, and get some idea of
the probable geographical distribution at different geological epochs. The
greater the batliymetrical range of littoral species, the longer will such spe-
cies remain unaffected, while deep-sea species may early become isolated
and remain as outliers as it were, — mementoes of a former condition of
currents, or even of a previous geological period. The careful analysis of
the fauna of a given point, its comparison with other faunae, and accurate
batliymetrical data, would go far towards reconstructing the Natural History
of the sea in former ages, and showing its relation to the present and past
times.

The representative species of Echinus, Echinocardium, Brissopsis, Schi-
zaster, in the Arctic and Antarctic boreal zones would be considered as the
living representatives of a cosmopolitan fauna existing at the time when tin-
great equatorial current flowed unbroken round the globe, sending branches
north and south along Eastern North and South America, along Eastern
Japan and Australia, and the Eastern Coast of Africa ; while the tropical
species of the genera Diadcina. Clypeaster, Echinoneus, Echinolampas, etc.,
existing at that time, had a more limited equatorial geographical distribu-
tion. The subsequent period of isolation of Atlantic and Pacific currents is
shown by the existence of truly Atlantic and Pacific species ; while as we go
down in depth we go back also in time, and find at first representatives of
the genera found in our Tertiaries, while at greater depth the species are

GEOGEAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 211

representatives of genera found in the Cretaceous. A more detailed com-
parison than can be given here of the present faunae with the fossils of the
tertiary deposits, would be most interesting; but unfortunately the materials
thus far collected are too fragmentary, and we must await deep-sea dredgings
of a considerable extent of coast, before we shall have the data needed to
follow up the important results to be gained in this way for palaeontology
and geography, of which our present incomplete materials give us such an
interesting glimpse.

What we know of the Tertiaries of the West Indies and Alabama, of Malta
and of India, shows that with the exception of the greater extension of Echi-
nanthus, Enpatagus, Maretia, Scutella, Pygorhynchns, the North Atlantic
fauna did not differ very materially from its present conditions. The same
may be said of the American ; while the Tertiaries of the East Indies show
the presence of Temnopleurus, Pleurechinus, Heliocidaris, Rumphia, Brey-
nia, Maretia, — genera which are still characteristic of the same districts.

As far as we can judge from the present geographical extension of the
genera characteristic of the different great Marine Realms, we can only recog-
nize four (PL G); the American, the coasts of the two sides of this continent
(north and south), being characterized by Echinarachnius, Arbacia, Encope,
Mellita, Hemiaster. The species of this realm extend as far as the Mediter-
ranean and the West Coast of Africa, where they unite with the species of the
North Atlantic Realm, Echinus, Sphaerechinus, Schizaster, Strongylocentrotus,
Dorocidaris, Spatangus, Echinocyamus, Echinocardium, and extend along the
Japanese coast to meet the great Indo-Pacific Realm ; the Atlantic Realm
extending through the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, to Japan, forming a belt of
species, Schizaster, Sphaerechinus, Echinocardium, Spatangus, now disconnect-
ed from the North Atlantic Realm except by the circumpolar species, which,
however, does not show the former association, through the Red Sea and
North Africa, as well as the existence of the above-mentioned genera asso-
ciated with thoroughly characteristic Indo-Pacific species. We must look
upon the great extension of the genus Strongylocentrotus along the whole
of the West Coast of North and South America and of Echinocardium as indi-
cating a possible genetic connection between the species of the Arctic and
Antarctic Seas.

The characteristic genera of the Indo-Pacific Realm are Phvllacanthus,
Colobocentrotus, Heterocentrotus, Paraselenia, Fibularia, Echinostrephus,
Laganum, Maretia. This realm is connected with the American Realm by the

212 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

genera Clypeaster, Echinanthus, Me tali a, Cidaris, Diadema, Echinometra, and
with the North Atlantic by the genera mentioned above, Echinocardium and
Strongylocentrotus.

The fourth realm, the Australian, differs radically from the others, and re-
mains more completely isolated from the other existing realms. Though it
is associated by Centrostephanus and Brevnia with the Indo-Pacific, and by
Strongylocentrotus and Echinocardium with the North Atlantic Realm, the
South Circumpolar District must be considered a part of this realm (by Go-
niocidaris canaliculars), as wre have looked upon the North Circumpolar Dis-
trict as a part of the North Atlantic Realm.

The principal Isochrymal Lines dividing the oceans into Frigid, Temperate,
and Torrid are copied from Professor Dana's Isochrymal Lines, given by him
on his valuable map of the Geographical Distribution of Crustacea, in his
great work on the Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition.

Plate A, contains the following Littoral Districts, — Pacific, Boreal American, West South
American, Tropical Atlantic, West Africa, Indo-Africa, Indo-Pacific, North Circum-
polar, Patagonia.

Plate B, — Japanese, Australian, North Pacific, Panamic, North Atlantic, Lusitanian, South
Circumpolar, East Indian, California^.

Plate G, shows the Distribution of the Oceans into four great Realms, — Atlantic Circum-
polar, Australian Antarctic, Pacific, and American.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

213

LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF ECHINI.

DESMOSTICHA Haeckel.

CIDARIDAE Mull.
GONIOCIDARIDAE Haeckel.

NAME ADOPTED.

Cidaris Kl.

Cidaris metularia Bl.

Cidaris Thouarsii Val.

Cidaris tribuloide.s Bl.
Dorocidaris A. Agass.

Dorocidaris papillata A. Ag.
Phyllacanthus Br.

Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Ag.

Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Ag.

Phyllacanthus dubia Br.

Phyllacanthus gigantca A. Ag.

Phyllacanthus imperialis Br.

Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Ag.

Stephanocidaris A. Agass.

Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Ag.
Porocidaris Des.

Porocidaris purpurata W. Tiiom.
Goniocidaris Des.

Goniocidaris canalicuta A. Ag.

Goniocidaris geranioides Ag.

Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk.

Cidarites metularia Lamk.

Cidaris Thouarsii Val.
Cidarites tribuloides Lamk.

Cidaris papillata Leske.

Cidarites annulifera Lamk.
' 'idariles baculosa Lamk.
Phyllacanthus dubia Br.

Cidaris Mauri Kl.

Cidarites verticillata Lamk.

original name. principal localities.

Red Sea; Mauritius; E. India
Isls. ; Sandwich Isls. ; Feejee
Lis.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

Florida ; Brazil ; Cape Palmas.

Norway; Mediterranean; Fla.

Australia; Philippine Isls.

Red Sea; Zanzibar; Mauritius.

Zanzibar ; Bonin Isls. ; Australia.
Chondrocidaris gigantea A.Ag. Sandwich Isls.

( Red Sea ; East India Isls. ; Aus-
( tralia.

{ Society Isls. ; East India Isls. ;
( Australia.

Cidarites bispinosa Lamk. Australia ; Malacca.

Porocidaris purpurata W. Thom. Rockall.

Temiiocidaris canaliculata A.Ag. Patagonia; Natal.
Cidarites geranioides Lamk. Australia; E.Indies.

Cidarites tubaria Lamk. Australia; Tasmania.

Salenia Gray.

Salenia varispina A. Ag.

SALENIDAE Agass.
Salenocidaris varispina A. Ag. Straits of Florida.

Arbacia Gray.

Arbacia Dufresnii Gray.

Arbacia nigra A. Ag.

Arbacia punctulata Gray.

Arbacia pustulosa Gray.

Arbacia spatuligera A. Ag.

Arbacia stellata Gray.
Podocidaris A. Agass.

Podocidaris sculpta A. Ag.
Coelopleurus Agass.

Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ag.

Coelopleurus Maillardi A. Ag.

ARBACIADAE Gray.

Echinus Dufresnii Bl.
Echinus niger (Mol.)
Echinus punctulatus Lamk.
Cidaris pustulosa Leske.
Echinus spatuliger Val.
Echinus stellalus (Bl.)

Patagonia; Chili.
Patagonia; Chili; Peru.
Long Island Sound to W. Florida.
Mediterranean ; Liberia ; Brazil.
Chili; Peru.
Panama ; Gulf of California.

Podocidaris sculpta A. Ag. Straits of Florida.

Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ag. Straits of Florida.
Keraiaphorus Maillardi Mich. Bourbon.

214 LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

DIADEMATIDAE Peters.

NAME ADOPTED. ORIGINAL NAME. PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

Diadema Schynv.

Diadema mexicanurn A. Ac. Diadema mexicanurn A. Ao. Acapulco; Cape St. Lucas.

( W. India Lis.; Cape Verde Isls. ;

Diadema setosum Gray. Cidarites diadema Lamk. J Indian Ocean; Japan ; Sand-

( wicb Isls. ; Feejee Isls.
Centrostephanus Pet.

Centrostephanus coronatus A. Ao. Echinodiadema corouata Ver. Cape St. Lucas.

Centrostephanus longispinus 1't. Diadema longispina Phil. Palermo; Canary Isls.

Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Ag. ThrichodiademaRodgersii A.Ag. Australia ; New Caledonia.
Echinothrix Pet.

Echinothrix calamaris A. Ag. Echinus calamaris Pall.

\ Society Isls. ; Last India Lis. ;

(. Philippine Lis.

< Red Sea ; Feejee Isls. ; Sand-
Echinothrix Desorii 'Pet. Astropyga Desorii Ac ASS. . , ,.

( Sandwich Isls. ; Feejee Isls. ;

Echinothrix tun-arum Pet. Diadema turcarum Schynv. -s Japan: E. India Isls.; Red

( Sea ; Zanzibar.

Astropyga (I ray.

Astropyga puloinata Agass. Cidarites pulvinata Lamk. Panama; Gulf of California.

. . i/. /.•/ j- i 1 Zanzibar; Last India Isls. ; Phil-

Astropyga radiala Cray. Ltdans radiata Li ski ;. J. . . '

( ii)[)ine Lis.

Asthenosoma Grdbe.

Asthenosoma hystrix A. AG. Calveria hystrix Tiiom. Florida; Roekall to Rona.

Asthenosoma varium GfiUBE. Asthenosoma varium Gut'itE. China Seas.

ECHINOMETRADAE Gray.
Colobocentrotus Br

Colobocentrotus atratus Br. Echinus atratus I. inn. Zanzibar; Java; Sandwich Lis.

Colobocentrotus Mertensii Bk. Colobocentrotus MertensiiBu. Bunin Lis.; Australia.
Heterocentrotus Br.

__ . i, . n /-.-j m ^ i- S Sandwich Lis. ; E. India Lis ;

Heterocentrotus »m»iMi//(i/«N Bit. Cidans mammillata Kx. .

( Keel s.- 1 ; Feejee Isls.

_ . , . . „ 7- , i .... < Mauritius; Java; Sandwich Lis.;

Heterocentrotus ingonarius Br. Echinus trigonarius Lamk.

( Feejee Lis.

Echinometra Rondel. (Breyn.)

( Zanzibar; Red Sea; E. India

Echinometra lucunter Bl. ( 'idaris lucuntrr Lkskk. -f Isls. ; Japan; Sandwich Isls. ;

( Feejee Isls.

Ellipsechinus macrostomus
Echinometra ynacrostoma A. Ag. .

( Sandwich Isls.; Philippine Isls. ;

Echinometra oblonga Bl. Echinus oblongus Bl. i Sevcbclle Isls

< Senegal; Cape Verde; Brazil;
Echinometra subangularis Desml. ("idaris subangularis Lkskk. 1 ^, j||(jja is[s . Bermudas

Echinometra Van Brunti A. Ag. Echinometra Van Brunti A. Ac. Peru; Panama; GulfofCal.
Echinometra viridis A. AGA8S. Echinometra viridis A. Ac. Florida; Hayti.

Parasalenia A. Agass.

( Kingsmills Lis. : Bonin Isls. ;
Parasalenia gratiosa A. Ac. Parasalenia gratiosa A. Ag. i Zanzibar

Stomopneustes Agass.

Stomopneustes oariolaris Ac. Echinus variolaris Lamk. Mauritius, Java; Samoa.
Strongylocentrotus Br.

Strongylocentrotus albus A. Ag. Echinus albus Mm.. Patagonia; Chili; Peru.

Strongglocentrotus armiger A. Ag. Strongylocenirottts armiger A. Ag. Australia.

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

215

NAME ADOPTED.

ORIGINAL NAME.

Strongylocentrotus Br. (continued).

Strongylocentrotus depressus A. Ag. Toxocularis depressa A. Ag.

Strongylo. Drobachiensis A. Ag. Echinus Drobachiensis Mull. ■,

Strongylo. eurythrogrammus A. Ag. Echinus eurythrogrammus Val.
Strongylo. franciscanus A. Ag. Toxocidaris franciscaua A.Ag.
Strongylocentrotus Gaimordi A. Ag. Echinus Gaimardi Bl.
Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Ag. Echinus gibbosus Val.
Strongylo. intermedins A. Ag. Psammechinus intermedius Barn.

Strongylocentrotus Hindus Br. Echinus saxatilis Lin.

Strongylocentrotus mexicanus A, Ag. Toxocidaris 7nexicana (A. Ag.)
Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Ag. Toxocidaris nuda A. Ag.
Slrongylo. purpuratus A. Ag. Echinus purpuratus Stimps.

Strongylo. tul/crcidatus Br. Echinus tuberculatus Lamk. 1

Sphaerechinus Des.

Sphaen chinus Australiae A. Ag. Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Ag. <

Sphaerechinus gramdaris A. Ag. Echinus granularis Lam.

Sphaerechinus pu/chrrrimus A. Ag. PsammechinuspvLlcheiiimus Barn.
Pseudoboletia Trosch.

Pseudoboletia granulata A. Ag. Bolelia granulata A. Ag.

Pseudoboletia Indiana A. Ag. Toxopneustcs iiidianus Mich.
Echinostrephus A. Agass.

Echinoslrephus molare A. Ag. Echinomelra setosa Rumph.

principal localities.

Japan.

N. European ; N. Pacific ; N. E.
Coast of America.

Australia; Tasmania; Samoa.

Formosa ; Puget Sd.; San Diego.

Brazil.

Chili ; Galapagos ; Peru.

Japan.

Enrop. Atlantic ; Mediterrane-
an ; Azores.

Gulf of California.

Sandwich Isls. ; Japan.

San Francisco; Puget Sound.

Japan ; China ; Australia ; New
Zealand.

Australia; Mauritius; New Zea-
land.
Mediterranean; Canary Isls.
Japan ; China Seas.

Sandwich Isls.
Philippine Isls : Mauritius.

Society Isls. ; Zanzibar; Natal.

Temnopleurus Agass.

Temnopleurus Hardurickii A. Ag.

Temnopleurus Reyuaudi Ag.

Temnopleurus toreumaticus Ag.
Pleurechinus Agass.

Pleurechinus bothryoides Ag.
Temnechinus Forbes.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Ag.
Microcyphus Agass.

Mycrocyphus maculatus Ag.

Microcyphus zigzag Ag.
Trigonocidaris A. Agass.

Trigonocidaris albida A. Ag.
Salmacis Agass.

Salmacis bicolor Ag.

Salmacis Dussumieri Ag.

Salmacis globator Ag.

Salmacis rarispina Ag.

Salmacis sulcata Ag.

Mespilia Des.

Mespilia globulus Ag.

ECHINIDAE Agass.

TEMNOPLETJRIDAE Des.

Toreumatica Hardwickii Gray. Japan.

Temnopleurus Reyuaudi Agass. Ceylon; China Seas.

Cidaris toreumatica Kl. Bombay ; E. India Isls. ; China.

Pleurechinus bothryoides Ag. Galapagos. ? ?

Genocidaris maculata A. Ag. Straits of Florida; Azores.

,.. , , . . ( Japan ; Navigator Isls. ; East

Microcyphus maculatus Agass. < ' ' °

( India Tsls.

Japan ; Philip. Isls. ; Tasmania.
Straits of Florida.

Cidaris bothryoides Kl.

Trigonocidaris albida A. Ag.

Salmacis bicolor Agass.
Salmacis Dussumieri Agass.
Salmacis globator Ag.

Salmacis rarispinus Agass.
Salmacis sulcatus Agass.

Echinus globulus Lin.

R'd Sea ; Mozambique ; Bombay.

China Seas.

Australia.

Philippine Isls.; Siam ; China
Seas.

\ Australia; Philippine Isls.; Mo-
( zambique ; Red Sea.

( Japan ; Philippine Isls. ; Sand-
i wich Isls.

216

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

NAME ADOPTED. ORIGINAL NAME.

Amblypneustes Ac; ass.

Amblypneustes grist us Ac.

Amblypneustes forniosus Val.

Amblypneusti s ovum Ag.

Amblypm usles pallidus Val.

Amblypneustes pentagonm A. Ag. Amblypneustes peutagonus A. Ag. Mauritius.?
Holopneustes Agass.

Holopneustes inflatus A. Ag.

Holopnt usi< s porosissinius Ag.

Holopneustes purpurescens A. Ag

PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

Echinus griseus Bl.
Amblypneustes formosus Vai
Echinus ovum Lamk.
Echinus pallidus Lamk.

Australia; New Zealand.

Australia.
Australia.
Australia ; Feejee Isls.

A mblypneustes inflatus Lctk. New Holland.

Cidaris granulata (Agass.) New Holland.

Amblypm ustes purpurescens Lutk. New Holland.

Phymosoma IIaime.

Phymosoma crenulare A. Ag.
Hemipedina Wright.

Hemipedina cubensis A. Ag.
Echinus Bond. (Linn.)

Echinus acutus Lamk.

Echinus angulosus A. Ag.

Echinus elegans Drn. o. KoR.

TRIPLECHINIDAE A. AGASS.
Glyptocidaris crenularis A. Ag. Japan.

Caenopedina cubeusis A. Ac. Straits of Florida
Echinus acutus Lamk.
( 'idaris augulosa Lekse.

Echinus elegans (Dub. o. Kor.)

Echinus esculent ns LlN.
Echinus gracilis A. Ag.
Echinus magellanicus Phil.
Echinus margaritaceus Lam.
Echinus melo Lam.

Norway : Mediterranean.

( Cape (! 1 Hope; Mauritius;

Red Sea; Philippines; New

( Zealand.

' Norway; off Valencia; Medi-

( terranean.
Norway ; English Channel.
Straits of Florida ; St. Thomas.
Patagonia; Chili; New Zealand-
Patagonia.
Mediterranean.

Echinus subglobosus Linn.

Echinus gracilis A Ac;.

Echinus magellanicus Phil.

Eel, inns margaritaceus Lamk

Echinus melo Lamk.

Echinus microtuberculatus I5l. Echinus microtuberculatus Bl. Mediterranean; Cape Verde Isls.

Echinus miliaris Mi l.L. Echinus miliaris Mill.. Kn. Norway : English Channel.

,. ,. j-... T-,_ ,. , ., ,- ( Norway ; off Valencia ; Mediter

kclitn us uorvegicus Din. o. Ivor. .LcAim/.snorvegicus Dm. o. Ivor, -j

( ranean; Straits of Florida.

Toxopneustes Agass.

Toxopm listen maculatus A. Ag. Echinus maculatus Lamk.

Toxopneustes pileolus AGASS. Echinus pileolus Lamk
Toxopneustes semituberculatus Ac;
Toxopneustes variegatus A. Ac;.

Echinus semituberculatus
Val.

Hipponoe Gray.

Hipponoe depressa A. Ag.

Hipponoe esculenta A. Ag.

Hipponoe variegata A. Ac.

Echinus variegatus (Lamk.)

Tripneustes depressus A. Ac.
Cidaris esculenta (Leske.)

Cidaris variegata Leske.

Evechinus Verrill.

Evechiuus chloroticus Verrill. Echinus chloroticus Val.

Christmas LI. ; Bourbon.
(Panama; B.India Isls. ; Feejee
{ Isls. ; Mauritius.
* Galapagos; W. coaBt Cent. Am. ;
( Cape- St. Lucas.
j Bermudas; S. Cirolina; W. In-
( dia Lis.; Brazil.

Gulf of California.

Florida; W. Indies; Surinam.
Sandwich Lis.; Japan, E.India

Isls. : Feejee Isls. ; Red Sea ;

Mozambique.

New Zealand.

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

217

NAME ADOPTED.

Echinocyamus Van Phels
Echinocyamus pusillus Gray.

Fibularia Lamk.

Fibularia australis Desml.

Fibularia ovu/um Lamk.
Fibularia volva Agass.

CLYPEASTRIDAE Agass.
EUCLYPEASTRIDAE Haeckel.

FIBULARINA Gray.
ORIGINAL NAME.

Spatagus pusillus Mull.

Fibularia australis Desml.

Echinus minutus Pall.
Fibularia volva Agass.

PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

j Norway ; Mediterr'an ; Azores ;
I Florida.

( Sandwic
1 lia.

h Isls. ; Japan ; Austra-

Indian Ocean ; Philippine Isls.
Red Sea; Formosa; N. Australia.

Clypeaster Lamk.
Clypeaster humilis A. Ag.

Clypeaster rotundus A. Ag.
Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk.

Clypeaster subdepressus Agass.
Echinanbhus Breyn.

Echinanlhus rosaceus Gray.

ECHINANTHIDAE A. Agass.

Echinanlhus hnmile Leske. \ Red Sea' K India Jsh-' New

( Caledonia.

Stolonoclypus rotundus A. Ag. Panama; San Diego.

Echinus reticulata Li.v. (pars.) \ EedSea; Philippine Isls.; Kings-

( mills Isls.
Echinanlhus subdepressus Gray. Florida; W. coist of Africa.

Echinus rosaceus Lin.

AV. India Isls.

Florida.

Echinanlhus testudinarius Gray. Echinanthustestudinarius Gray. 5 Australia i JaPan i Sandwich

( Isls.; Gulf of California.

Laganum Kl.

Lagauum Bonani Kl.

Laganum depressum Less.

Laganum Putnami Barn.
Peronella Gray.

Peronella decagonalk A. Ag.

Peronella orbicularis A. Ag.
Perouella Peronii Gray.
Peronella rostrata A. Ag.

LAGANIDAE Des. (Emend.)
Laganum Bonani Kl.

Laganum depressum Less.
Laganum Putnami Barn.

Scutella decagonalis Bl.

(Tasmania; E. India Isls. ; Pliil-
( ipj>ine Isls.

I Kingsmills Isls. ; Feejee Isls ;
-,' Philippine Isls. ; Australia ;
( Zanzibar.
Japan.

5 Japan ; New Caledonia ; Bay of

( Bengal.

Eehinodiscus orbicularis Leske. New Holland; Formosa.
Laganum Peronii Agass. Tasmania; Philippine Isls.

Laganum rostratum Agass. New Zealand ; Zanzibar.

Echinarachnius Leske.

Echinarachnius e.rcentricus Val.
Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Ag.

Echinarachnius parma Gray.

Arachnoides Kl.

Arachnoides placenta Agass.

Eehinodiscus Breyn.
Eehinodiscus auritus Leske.
Eehinodiscus biforis A. Ag.

Eehinodiscus laevis A. Ag.

SCUTELLIDAE Agass.

Scutella excentrica Esch. California; Kamtchatka.

Scaphechinus mirabilis A. Ag. Japan.

Scutella parma Lamk. (New Jersey; Labrador; Van-

Echinus placenta Lin.

couver Isl. ; Kamtchatka.

( New Zealand ; Australia ; East
( India Isls. ; Burmah.

Eehinodiscus auritus Leske. Zanzibar; Philippine Isls.

Echinodiicus biapexfoiatna Leske. Mozambique; Red Sea; Java.
Mellita laevis Kl. (Japan; New Caledonia; East

I India Isls.; S. Africa.

218

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

NAME ADOPTED.

Mellita Kl.

Mellita erythraea Gray.
Mellita longifissa MlCH.
Mellita pacifica Verrill.
Mellita sexforis A. Ac
Mellita Stok-csii A. Ag.

Mellita testudinata Kl.

Astriclypeus Verrill.

Astriclypeus Manui Verrill.
Rotula Kl.

Rotula Augusti Kl.

Rotula Rumphii Kl.
Encope Agass.

Encope califomica Verrill.

Encope emarginata Agass.

Encope grandis Ac ISS.

Encopi Michelini AGAS6.

Encope micropora Agass.

ORIGINAL NAME.

Mellita erythraea Gray.
Mellita longifissa Mini.
Mellita pacifica VERRILL.
Echinus hexaporus Gmel.
Encope Stokesii Agass.

Mellita testudinata Kl.

PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

Red Sea. ?

Panama ; Gulf of California.

Peru.

W. India Isls.

Guayaquil ; Panama.
( Brazil ; W. India Isls ; North
1 and South Carolina.

Astriclypeus Manui Verrill. China; Japan.

Rotula Augusti Kl.
Rotula Rumphii Kl.

Liberia.

Senegal ; Cape Verde Isls.

Encope californica Yerrii.l. Gulf of California.

Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske. 15raz.il; West Indies.

Encope grandis Agass. Gulf of California.

Europe Michelini Agass. Yucatan; Florida.

Encope micropora Agass. Panama; Gulf of California.

Echinoneus Van Pim.l.

PETALOSTICHA IIaeckel.
CASSIDULIDAE Agass.

ECHINONIDAE Agass.

Kingsmillg Isls. ; Zan-

EchinonStu cyclostomus Leske. Echinoneus cyc\ostomus].v.±KE. ]

( zibar.

Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk. Echinus semilunaris Ghel, Florida; W. India Isls

NUCLEOLIDAE Agass.
Neolampas A. Agass.

Neolampas rostellata A. Ag. Neolampas rostellatus A. Ag. Straits of Florida.
Echinolampas Gray.

Echinolampas depressa Gray. Echinolampas depressus GRAY. Straits of Florida.

Echinolampas Hellei Val. Echinolampas Richardi (Desml.) Senegal

Echinolampas ovifarmis Gray. Scutum ovatum Ki.. tied Sea; Molucca.

Rhynchopygus D'Orbig.

Rhynchopygui caribaearum LiJTK. Cassidulus caribaearum Lamk. W India Lis.

,>, , ■£ k k nil c 4 (Galapagos: Panama; Gulf of

Rhynchopygus pan/irus A. Ac. Pygorh ynch us pacificus Ag. < '

( California.

Echinobrissus Bsetn.

Echinobrissus recens D'Orb. Nucleolites recens Eow. New Zealand ; Madagascar.

Nucleoli tes Lamk.

Nucleolites epigonus Mart. Nucleolites epigonus Mart. E. India Isls.

Anochanus Gbube.

Auochanus sinensis Grcbe. Anochanus sinensis Grube. East India Isls.

Pourtalesia A. Agass.
Pourtalesia miranda A. Ag.

Homolampas A. Agass.
Homolampas fragQis A. Ag.

SPATANGIDAE Agass.
ANANCHYTIDAE Alb. Gras.

Pourtalesia miranda A Ag.
Lissonotus fragilis A. Ag.

Straits of Florida; Shetland
Channel.

Straits of Florida,

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

219

NAME ADOPTED. ORIGINAL NAME.

Platybrissus Grube.

Platybrissus Roemeri Grube. Platybrissus Roemeri Grube.

PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

Spatangus Kl.

Spatangus Liitkeni A. Ag.

Spatangus purpureas Leske.

Spatangus Raschi Loven.

Maretia Gray.
Maretia alta A. Ag.

Maretia ptanulata Gray.

ETJSPATANGINA A. Agass.

Spatangus Liitkeni A. Ag.
Spatagus purpureus Mull.

Spatangus Raschi Loven.

Maretia alta A. Ag.
Spatangus ovatus Leske.

Japan.

Norway ; Mediterranean.
German Ocean ; Azores ; off
Valencia.

f Gern:
I Va

Japan.
( Kingsmills Isls. ; China ; East
■1 India Isls. ; New Caledonia ;
( Mauritius.

Eupatagus Agass.

Eupatagus Valeuciennesii Ag. Eupatagus Valenciennesii Ag. Australia.
Lovenia Des.

Loven ia cordiformis Lutk. Guyaquil ; Gulf of California.

( Red Sea ; Australia ; Philippine
X Isls.

Lovenia cordiformis Lutk.
Lovenia elongala Gray.

Lovenia subcarinata Gray.

Breynia Des.

Breynia Australasiae Gray.
Echinocardium Gray.

Spatangus elongatus Gray.

~ . , . .-, (China; Luzon; Japan; Sand-

Snatanqus subcanuatus Gray. 4 .... l

r J { with Isls.

Spatangus Australasiae Leacu. Red Sea; Australia ; Japan.

Echinocardium australe Gray. Echinocardium australe Gray
Echinocardium cordatum Gray. Echinus cordatus Penn.

{ New Zealand ; Japan ; E. India ;

( Cape Good Hope.

f Norway; Mediterranean; Brazil;

1 Florida.

Echinocardium flavescens A. Ag. Spatagus flavesceus Mull. Norway; S.Carolina; Florida.

Echinocard. mediterraneum Gray. Amphidetus mediterraneus Forb. Mediterranean.
Echinocard. pennatifidumNoRM. Amphidotus gibbosus (Barrett). Northumberland ; Straits of Fla.

Paleostoma Loven.
Paleostoma mirabilis Loven.

LESKIADAE Gray.

Leskia mirabilis Gray.

China ; East India Isls.

Hemiaster Des.

Hemiusler australis A. Ag.

Hemiaster cavernosus A. Ag.
Tripylus Phil.

Tripylus excavatus Phil.
Rhynobrissus A. Agass.

Rhynobris. pyramidalis A. Ag.
Brissopsis Agass.

Brissopsis luzonica A. Ag.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass.
Agassizia Yal.

Agassizia excentrica A. Ag.

Agassizia scrobiculata Val.
Brissus Kl.

Brissus carinatus Gray.

BRISSSINA Gray.

Tripylus australis Phil.
Tripylus cavernosus Phil.

Tripylus excavatus Phil.

Rhynobrissus pyramidalis A

Kleinia luzonica Gray.
Brissus lyrifer Forbes.

Agassizia exceutrica A. Ag.
Agassizia scrobiculata Val.

Spatangus carinatus Lamk.

Patagonia.
Patagonia; Chili.

Patagonia.

Ag. China.

Luzon ; Siam ; New Caledonia.
Norway; Mediter'an; Florida.

Florida Gulf Stream.
Panama ; Gulf of California.

( Society Isls. ; Sandwich Isls. ;
East Indies; Mauritius; Phil-
( ippine Isls.

220

LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES.

NAME ADOPTED.

Brissus obesus Verrill.
Brissus unicoloi Ivl.

Metalia Gray.

Metal ia tifricana A. Ag.

Metalia maculosa A. Ac.
Metalia pectoralis A. Ag.

Metalia slernalis Gray.

Meoma Gray.

Meoma graudis Gray.

Meoma ventricosa Lutk.
Linthia Mee.

Linthia australis A. Ag.
Faorina Gray.

Faorina chinensis Gray.
Schizaster Agass.

Schizaster canali/erus Agass.

Schizaster fragilis Agass.

Schizaster gibberulus Agass.
Schizaster Philippii A. Ag.
Schizaster ventricosus Gray.
Mon a A. Agass.
Moira atropos A. AG.
Moira clothe A. AG.
Moira stygia A. Ag.

ORIGINAL NAME.

Brissus obesus Verrill.
Brissus unicolor Kl.

PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

5 West India Isls. ; Cape Verde
Isls. ; Mediterranean.

Plagionotus africanus Verrill. Sherboro Isls.

Echinus niaculosus Gmkl.
Echinus graudis Gmel.

Spatangus sterualis Lame.

Meoma grandis Gray.
Spatangus veutricosus Lame.

Dcsoria australis GRAY.

Faorina chineusis Gray.

Echinus lacunosus I.ix.
Brissus fragilis Din. o. Kor.

Schizaster gibberulus Agass.
Tripyltis Philippii Gray.
Schizaster ventricosus Gray.

Spatangus atropos Lamk.
Moera clotho Mich.
Mm na stygia Lutk.

! Samoa; Sandwich Isls. ; Anstr'a;
Mauritius ; Panama.
W. India Isls. ; Florida.
('Sandwich Isls.; Society Isls.;
I E. India Isls.; Philippine Isls. ;

i Australia; N. Caledonia; lied
Sea.

Acapulco; Gulf of California.
W. India Isls.

Tasmania.

China.

Mediterranean.

( Norway ; Gulf St. L;
\ Straits of Florida.

awrence ;

Red Sea.

Patagonia.

Feejee Isls.; Philippines; Siam.

West Indi.- : N. & S. Carolina.

Gulf of California.

1 lied Sea; Zanzibar. ?

LITTORAL DISTRICTS. 221

LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

NoRTn Pacific (PI B) and Boreal American Districts (PI. A).

The North Pacific District extends from the Sea of Okhotchk to the Gulf
of Georgia, and some of its species even to San Diego. Echinarachius excen-
tricus is found on the American and Asiatic sides of the Pacific, and in the
same localities as the North Circumpolar species (Pi. B), S. Drobachiensis.

E. excentricus extends to San Diego, and as far as the Gulf of Georgia is
found associated with E. parma, an eminently boreal American (PI. A) spe-
cies, which however goes far south on the Asiatic side of the Pacific, even
to the East India Islands, if we can credit the localities, across the whole
of the Japanese and Chinese Districts, and is besides eminently characteristic
of the northeastern coast of North America associated with the North Cir-
cumpolar species S. Drobachiensis.

Californian, Panamic, and "West South American Districts.

The true Californian (PI. B) fauna, extending from the Santa Barbara Chan-
nel Islands to the Gulf of Georgia, lapping the North Pacific and the Circum-
polar species, is poor in species, Strongylocentrotus franciscanus and S.
purpuratus being thus far the only species known on that extensive stretch
of coast strictly peculiar to it. The southern boundary of this fauna merges
into the northern extremity of a more varied coast, the Panamic (PL B),
extending from the northern part of Peru to the Santa Barbara Channel,
though many of the species have thus far not been traced beyond Cape St.
Lucas. Like the Japanese and Chinese fauna, it is made up of generic ele-
ments from the adjoining districts, the Indo-Pacific, Peruvian, Panamic, East
Indian, Australian, West Indian, all being represented, the former by the
presence of such species as Astropyga pulvinata, Toxopneustes pileolus, Lo-
venia cordiformis, and Metalia maculosa ; the Peruvian by the presence of
Agassizia, and the species of Arbacia ; the strictly Panamic species being for the
greater part representatives of the West Indian types ; the East Indian hav-
ing in common a species of Echinanthus, and the Australian the genus Cen-
trostephanus. The (Peruvian) West South American (PI. A) fauna extend-
ing from the northernmost part of Ecuador, lapping the Panamic District,
extends to the southernmost limit of Chili, two of the species even ex-

222 LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

tending to Cape Horn and the Straits of Magellan. This district probably
includes the Galapagos, which, as far as is accurately known, have about an
equal number of Peruvian and Panamic species. Many of the species gen-
erally credited to the Galapagos Islands are not known positively to live
there. The Peruvian District is remarkable for the great development the
Arbaciadae take, the other species being representatives of genera found in
the West Indian District, one of the species extending to Australia, and, as
I am informed by Dr. .Semper (if there is no error in the locality), two of
the species extend to the southern extremity of the Philippine Islands.

Patagonian District (PL A).

As far as known, the species of Echini of the southern extremity of
South America are, with few exceptions, peculiar to it. We find three or
four Peruvian species extending through the Straits of Magellan, and a few
species extending from the mouth of the La Plata on the Atlantic, around
the Horn to the coast of Chili, so that, to judge from positive evidence, the
extremity of South America forms a district lapping on the Pacific side the
Peruvian District (PL A), and extending on the Atlantic side to the south-
ern extremity of the Tropical Atlantic District (PI A), of which some of
the species reach the southern limit of Brazil, the coast gradually becoming
poorer and poorer in species as we go south from the West India Islands,
while towards the southern extremity of the continent a remarkable fauna
occurs, resembling to a certain extent the combination of species found on
the West Coast of Norway, in the North Atlantic District (PL B): —

Echinus margaritaceus, Echinus norvegicus,

Echinus magellanicus, Echinus miliaria,

Goniociuaris canaliculata, Dorocitlaris papillata,

Strongyloccntrotus albus, Strongyloccntrotus Drobachiensis,

Hemiaster australis, Brissopsis lyrifera,

Schizaster Philippii, Schizaster fragilis.

Goniocidaris canaliculata appears, if the localities are correct, to have a
most extensive geographical distribution, being found at the Sandwich and
Navigator Islands, Natal and Falkland Islands, and with Echinocardium aus-
trale, which has a somewhat similar range along the southern extremities of
all the southern continents, anil extending even north of the equator to
Japan, form the characteristic species of the great Southern Circumpolar
Belt (PL B).

LITTORAL DISTRICTS. 223

Tropical Atlantic District (PI. A).

It would be highly interesting to have sufficient data on the bathymetrical
range of the species inhabiting the Atlantic to arrive, by a careful com-
parison of the species found on both sides, at some definite conclusion
regarding the influence which depth and temperature have upon the
distribution of species. Unfortunately, we can make but very limited
comparisons. In spite of the zealous investigations of the elder and
younger Sars on the coast of Norway, the Dredging Reports of McAndrew
and Barrett and of Nermann, and lastly the data furnished by the Porcupine
Expedition from the European coasts, we have on our own coasts such a lim-
ited range for comparison that any conclusions can be but hints for future
use. The identity of several species of the Echini from Florida and
the coast of Norway confirmed in a remarkable manner the suggestion first
made by Loven of the possibility of finding in the warmer seas, at great
depths, arctic species, the most striking confirmation being the existence
of Rhizocrinus at great depths off Florida, off the Azores, on the coast of
Portugal, and off Norway. Yet when we come to make a more detailed
comparison of the species found on both sides of the Atlantic, we find some
of them having such an extraordinary range in depth that, on either
side, the extremes were far beyond the effect of any influence, due either to
pressure or to temperature. Such were, for instance, Echinocyamus pusillus,
Echinocardium corclatum and ovatum ; while Brissopsis lyrifera, Dorocidaris
papillata, Echinus norvegicus, Asthenosoma hystrix, Pourtalesia, Homo-
lampas, and Schizaster fragilis occur only at such depth in the Straits of
Florida as show that temperature and not depth is the main agent in the
distribution of the species of Echini over the bottom of the Atlantic. The
temperature being dependent upon the action of the sun only to moderate
depth, it follows that we reach comparatively soon a depth below which
the temperature is comparatively uniform, near the zero point ; this uniform
tempera 'e probably extending over the greater part of the bottom of
the ocean, at depths varying with the latitude. The cold bottom connect-
ing opposite shores in the North Atlantic is probably inhabited only by
more or less arctic species, having an extraordinary wide geogra hical range,
and corresponding to the arctic character of the fauna and flora of mountain
chains and high summits. The only difference between the land and sea
being that the ranges of variations of temperature are so small, we cannot

224 LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

expect to find as great a number of different belts of organized beings as we
find on land as we rise in altitude or in latitude. The tabulation of the
range of the species thus far found in Florida shows a very wide range in
(height) depth, in a comparatively narrow belt of variation of tempera-
ture. The species which characterize a local fauna are very limited
in depth, while, as a general thing, they have a wide geographical distri-
bution, as will he seen by an examination of the species which eminently
characterize the littoral fauna of the West Indies or of the West Coast of
Europe, which very soon merge (alter two or three intermediate belts) into
the deep-water (cold area) fauna of the North Atlantic. The species char-
acteristic of the deep waters of Florida, thus far not found extending to the
other side of the Atlantic, are Coelopleurus lloridanus. Salenia varispina, Podo-
cidaris sculpta, Trigonocidaris albida, Echinus gracilis. Echinolampas depressa,
and Agassizia excentrica. Of the truly littoral species of the Tropical At-
lantic District, some of them range from North Carolina, and even New
Jersey and Long Island Sound, to the southern extremity of Brazil; a great-
er number extend from South Carolina to Brazil ; a still greater number from
Florida to Brazil ; while from Florida to the northern part of Brazil we find
the strictly West Indian fauna (Tropical Atlantic District) sending out its
feelers to the Mediterranean, to the Platte River, to the Bermudas, and to
the West African Coast, while some of the deep-water (cold area) species are
found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Azores, Shetland Islands, Mediterra-
nean, and West Coast of Norway. Two species, Encope Michelini and Moira
atropos, seem to be specially characteristic of the mainland, and thus far ex-
tend but a short distance south from Mexico. ^nA do not reach farther north,
the one than the Florida Keys, the other than North Carolina ; they are on
that part of the coast always accompanied by Arhacia punctulata. which thus
far has not been found in the West Indies, except on the coast of Cuba and
in the Straits of Florida.

The American North Atlantic Coast from New Jersey to Hudson's Bay is
inhabited by species belonging in part to the North Atlantic District (PI. JJ)
and the Boreal American (PI. A), and in part to the Tropical Atlantic District
(PI. A). One of the species, Echinarachnius parma. is found not only on the
Atlantic side of America, but extends from the Straits of Behring along the
Aleutian Islands and on the Pacific Coast as far south as the East India Isl-
ands. Of the Tropical Atlantic species. Arhacia punctulata extends
to the southern extremity of Cape Cod ; this is also the limit of Mel-

LITTORAL DISTRICTS. 225

lita testudinata and of Toxopneustes variegatus.* Of the northern species,
the southern limit of Echinarachnius parma is the coast of New Jersey,
while Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis, the Circumpolar species, is some-
times found as far south as Cape Florida. Of the strictly North Atlantic
species, Echinocyamus pusillus does not seem to extend farther west than
Iceland, and has thus far not been found on the eastern coast of the United
States except in Florida ; Brissopsis lyrifera extends as far as Greenland ; and
Schizaster fragilis as far as the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Of the European
Atlantic species, Echinus sphaera extends westward to Iceland.

North Atlantic District (PL B).

On the European side of the Atlantic the Circumpolar species, Strongylo-
centrotus Drbbachiensis, does not reach as far south as on the American side,
being rarely found south of the English Channel. The range of some of the
species — Cidaris papillata, Spatangus purpureus, Echinus acutus, elegans, nor-
vegicus, Echinocyamus pusillus, Echinocardium cordatum, Brissopsis lyrifera
— is quite extensive, overlapping as they do the Circumpolar species on the
West Coast of Norway, as far north as the Lofoten Islands (in deep water),
and even up to North Cape, and stretching thence along the Atlantic shores of
Europe, throughout the whole range of the Mediterranean and the Adriatic ;
all these species, except Spatangus purpureus, E. acutus, and E. elegans, ex-
tend across the Atlantic to the deeper waters of Florida and the West India Isl-
ands (Guadaloupe), in conjunction with Asthenosoma hystrix, Pourtalesia mi-
randa, Echinocardium pennatifidum, ovatum, and Schizaster fragilis, which
as far as known do not extend into the Mediterranean or Adriatic. The
strictly European Atlantic species are Echinus sphaera, Echinus miliaria, Spa-
tangus Raschi ; they extend along the Atlantic coast, one of the species as far
as the Azores, up to the British Islands and Norway, but they are not found
in the Mediterranean.

Sphaerechinus granulans, a strictly Mediterranean species, extends north as
far as the West Coast of France, and south to the Cape Verde Islands, and
westward to the Azores. The same range is also occupied by Strongylocen-
trotus lividus and Arbacia pustulosa, but they both extend to the other
side of the Atlantic, and are found in Brazil associated with the West
Indian species.

* Teste Verrill.

226 LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

LusiTAsriAN District (PL B).

Leaving the North Atlantic District, we come to the strictly Mediterra-
nean species, consisting of Centrostephahus longispinus, Echinus microtuber-
culatus, Sphaerechinus granulans, Echinus nielo, Echinocardium mediterra-
neuin, and Schizaster canaliferus, overlapping to the north, as far as the
Portuguese Coast, and even, for some species, as far as the English Channel,
the North Atlantic European fauna, stretching westward as far as the Azores,
and to the south as the Cape Verde Islands. Many of the species of the Lu-
sitanian District occur at the Cape Verde Islands with strictly tropical Afri-
can species, and a lew of the West Indian species, extending to the Atlantic
Coast of West Africa, and combining with the North Atlantic species found
at the Azores, in the Mediterranean, and the Atlantic Coast of West Africa,
give to the Lusitanian District, north and south of the Straits of Gibraltar,
an extreme])- mixed character.

The West Indian species are Cidaris trilmloides | Diadema setosum cosmo-
politan!. Echinometra subangularis. Chpeaster suhdepressus. Strongylocen-
trotus lividus and Axbacia pustulosa belong also to the Mediterranean
species, but extend farther north and south than the purely Mediterranean
species, and also reach across to Brazil.

The North Atlantic and West European species which extend into this
district have already been enumerated.

West African District (PI A).

Of the Tropical Atlantic African District we know as yet too little to say
anything very definite of its range. The existence of two species of Rotula
and an Echinolainpas, combined with Mediterranean species, as well as West
Indian species to the North, is all we know, while the southern limit of this
district is as yet entirely undefined, and the coast between the equator ami
the Cape of Cood Hope is completely terra incogniln. The only thing we
know of that district is the presence of Echinometra subangularis at St.
Helena and Ascension, hut these islands are not sufficiently close to the
mainland to give us any clew to the character of the Echini found there.

South Circumpolar District (PL B\

The southern extremity of Africa is characterized by a very small number
ol' species, the northwestern limit of which is entirely unknown, while the

LITTORAL DISTRICTS. 227

northeastern limit is soon reached at Natal, the species which character-
ize the great Indo-Pacific Belt and the Indian District extending as far south
as that.

Echinus subangulosus and Echinocardium australe, two of the characteristic
species of the district, extend to a great distance, in one case as far as the
Nikobar Islands, while Echinocardium australe is, with the exception of
the southern extremity of South America, found in the great Antarctic Belt,
extending from New Zealand to the Cape of Good Hope, and even passing
the equator and extending to Japan, in a similar manner to the extension
of Echinocardium cordatum from Norway to Bahia. Echinometra lucunter
extends on the eastern coast of Africa very far south, while Diadema seto-
sum, a cosmopolitan species, unites the West African and the Indo-Pacific
Districts.

Another species is also found there, which is an antarctic type, Gonioci-
daris canaliculata ; this thus far is the only southern Circumpolar species
found, and, like E. australe, extends far north, being found at Zanzibar,
Sandwich Islands, and Navigator Islands, if the localities are to be trusted.

Indo-Pacific District (PL A).

In the great Indo-Pacific Belt the range of the species is very extensive.
It is characterized as a distinct belt, not only by its Echinoderms, but also
by its other Badiates, Mollusca, and Articulates. Better explored, as far as
its littoral fauna is concerned, than the corresponding parts of the Atlantic
Ocean, this belt extends on both sides of the equator in the Pacific, reaching
from the Sandwich Islands to the East Coast of Africa, comprising the Low
Archipelago, the Feejee and Navigator Islands, the north part of New Zea-
land, New Caledonia, New Guinea, the north shore of Australia, the whole
of the East Indian Archipelago, the Bay of Bengal, the Arabian Sea, the Bed
• Sea, and the East Coast of Africa as far as Natal, including the Seychelles,
Mascerene Islands, and Madagascar, and extending north as far as the Phi-
lippines, the Bonin Islands, and the southern extremity of Japan. This great
Indo-Pacific Belt encroaches upon the Australian District in New Zealand,
and the western and eastern coast of Australia, upon the Chinese and Jap-
anese District, and touches the west coast of Central America in the Pana-
mic District, while the Indo-African District, as well as the East Indian
and Pacific Districts, are both contained within the limits of this great belt.
The Indo-Pacific species having the most extensive range are : —

228 LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

Cidaris metularia, Parasalenia gratiosa,

Phyllacantbus dubia, Echinostrephua molare,

Phyllacantbus veriicillata, Hipponoe variegaia,

Diadema setosum, Toxopneustes pileolus,

Echinothrix turcarum, Clypeaster scutilbrmis,

Echinothrix calamaris, Laganum depressum,

Echinothrix Desorii, Echinoniius cyclostomus,

Hetorocentrotus maniniillatus, Maretia planulata,

Colobocentrotus atratus, Brissus carinatus,

Echinometra lucunter, Metalia sternalis,

Echinoraetra oblonga, Metalia maculosa.

There is a set of species which range as far in longitude, but do not ex-
tend as far north in latitude, having thus far not yet been found extending
to any considerable degree north of the equator, and being absent in the
Sandwich Islands and the Bonin Islands, though they arc found as far cast
as the Low Islands in the South Pacific, ami have also the same general
southern limits as the preceding species. They are : —

Phyllacantbus baculosa, Fibularia volva,

Phyllacantbus imperialis, Clypeaster hutnilis,

Stomopneustes variolarie, Peronclla rostraia,

Ilcterocentrotus trignnarius, Nucleolites recens.
Salmacis DoBSumieri,

Indo-African District | PI A).

The species which are eminently characteristic of the East Coast of Africa
and of the Indo-African District (PI. A) are few; they extend as far as the
West Coast of Australia, to the East Indian Archipelago, and even to the
southern part of Japan. These are Echinodiscus auritus. E. laevis and
biforis, Echinolampas oviformis, Salmacis sulcata and bicolor. With the
exception of Schizaster gibberulus, Moira stygia, and Mellita erythrea,
the Red Sea is inhabited by the species of the Indian Ocean and of the
Indo-Pacific Belt.

Metalia maculosa, Toxopneustes pileolus. and Echinanthus testudinarius ex-
tend as far as the West Coast of Central America.

East Indian District (PI B).

The species belonging strictly to this district, some of which extend as far
south and east as the Feejee Islands and New Caledonia, westward to the
Persian Gulf, and northward to the southern coast of Japan, are : —

LITTORAL DISTRICTS. 229

Phyllacanthus annulifera, Arachnoides placenta,

Temnopleurus toreuraaticus, Nucleolites epigonus,

Temnopleurus Reynaudi, Anochanus sinensis,

Microcyphus maculatus, Brissopsis luzoniea,

Pseudoboletia indiana, Paleostoma mirabilis,

Salmacis rarispina, Faorina chinensis,

Peronella Lesueuri, Schizaster ventricosus.

Of these species, many lap over the northern limits of the Australian Dis-
trict, extend into the Indo-Pacific District, ranging along the Chinese and
Japanese coasts, and encroach extensively upon the Indo-African District;
they have been enumerated already.

Pacific District (PL A).

The strictly Pacific (PI A) species which do not extend to the westward
of the East India Archipelago, and but little north or south of the equator,
but many reach eastward as far as the Paumotu Islands, are : —

Phyllacanthus gigantea, Mespilia globulus,

Coloboeentrotus Mertensii, Fibularia australis,

Strongylocentrotus nudus, Laganum Bonani,

Pseudoboletia granulata, Lovenia subcarinata.
Toxopneustes maculatus,

Japanese District (PL B).

The Japano-Chinese District is remarkable for the large number of species
of Strongylocentrotus which take there a great development, some of the
species of the genus extending far south along the eastern coast of Austra-
lia. True species of Echinus also inhabit the coast, while the association
of the species of the District with such Indo-Pacific species as Hipponoe va-
riegata, Echinometra lucunter, Toxopneustes pileolus, Laganum depressum,
Maretia planulata, and Echinodiscus laevis, almost conceals the small num-
ber of species which characterize this peculiar region. There are, in addition
to the species of Strongylocentrotus and of Echinus, Temnopleurus Hard-
wickii, Phymosoma crenulare, Asthenosoma varium, Astriclypeus Manni,
Echinarachnius mirabilis, and Lovenia subcarinata, several of the species
found on the East Coast of Africa having their easternmost range on the
southern part of the coast of China, Several of the species extend to the
Sandwich Islands.

230 LITTORAL DISTRICTS.

Australian District (PI. B).

By far the most typical of all the districts is the Australian, so peculiar
that wo might be tempted to ((insider the fauna of Echini a.s belonging to
a different period, were they not contemporaries of some of the species of
the Indo-Pacific, East Indian, Japanese, and of the Indo-African Districts,
from all of which there are species extending far into the Australian Dis-
trict. This region includes also the New Zealand Islands; they have one or
two species thus far limited to the northern islands, which have not yet
been found on the Australian coast, — Laganum rostratum and Evechinus
chloroticus.

The characteristic feature of the Australian District is the existence of so
many species of Amblypneustes and Holopneustcs, genera remarkably lim-
ited in their geographical distribution. The typical species are: —

Goniocidaris geranioides, Amblypneustes pallidus,

Goniocidaris tubaria, Amblypneustes griseus,

Stephanocidaris bispinosa, Amblypneustes ovum,

Centrostephanus Rodgcrsii, Amblypneustes formosus,

Salmaeis globator, Eupatagus Valenciennesii,

Ilolopneustes porosissimus, Breynia Australnsiae,

Holopneustcs inHatus, Linthia australis.
Ilolopneustes puipurescens,

Ilolopneustes and the succeeding genera were formerly represented in the
Nummulitic Period of India, and the Tertiaries of Europe ; they have, how-
ever, totally disappeared from the European seas.

NuRTII ClECUMPOLAR DISTRICT (PL A).

This district is characterized by a single species only, — S. Drobachiensis.
It extends far into the North Atlantic District, and is associated on the
American shores with the Boreal American and the North Pacific species,
lapping part of the Japanese and Calil'ornian Districts, and extending to the
Lusitanian District on the European shores.

LITTORAL LISTS.

The accompanying Lists will show how far the Geographical Districts
which have been recognized are natural. The lists are not culled to show
the characteristic species of each district ; on the contrary, all the species
occurring within a given range of coast are included ; and as the range of
each species in the district is always given, it will be an easy matter, by a
comparison of the map and of the lists, to see how far each species contrib-
utes to the districts recognized.

OKHOTSK SEA TO GULF OF GEORGIA.

Slrongylocentrotus Drfibachiensis A Ac. ass. Okhotsk Sea; Gulf of Georgia.
Strongylocenlrotus intermedins A. Agass. Seghalion.
EcMnarachnius excentricus Val. Karatchatka ; San Diego.
Echinarachnius parma Gray. Kamchatka ; Aleutian Islands.

GULF OF GEORGIA TO SOUTHERN PERU.

Cidaris Thouarsii Val. Peru ; Cape St. Lucas.

Diadema mexicanum A. Agass. Panama ; Cape St. Lucas.

Astropyga pulvinafa Agass. Panama ; Gulf of California.

CentTostephanus coronatus A. Agass. Cape St. Lucas.

Arbacia nigra A. Agass. Peru.

Arbacia spattdigera A. Agass. Peru.

Arbacia stellata Gray. Peru ; Santa Barbara.

Colobocentrotus atratus Br. Peru. ?

Echinnmetra Van Brunti A. Agass. Peru ; Cape St. Lucas.

Strongylocenlrotus Drdbachiensis A. Agass. Gulf of Georgia.

Strong ylocentrotus franc iscanus A. Agass. San Diego; Gulf of Georgia.

Slrongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass. Galapagos.

Slrongylocentrotus mexicanus A. Agass. Panama; Gulf of California.

Strongylocenlrotus purpuratus A. Agass. San Francisco; Gulf of Georgia.

Slrongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agass. Peru ; Galapagos.

Pleurechinus bothryoides Agass. Galapagos.

Toxnpneustes semituberculatus Agass. Panama; Galapagos; Cape St. Lucas.

Toxopneustes pileolus Agass. Panama; Gulf of California.

Hipponoe depressa A. Agass. Panama ; Gulf of California.

Amblypneustes formosus Val. Galapagos.?

Ecliinanthus testudinarius Gray". Gulf of California.

Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass. Panama ; San Diego.

Echinarachnius excentricus Val. San Diego; Gulf of Georgia.

232 LITTORAL LISTS.

Echinarach nius parma Gray. Gulf of Georgia.

Mel/ila longifissa Mich. Peru; Gulf of California.

Melllta pacifica Verrill. Peru ; Panama.

Mellila Stokesii A. Agass. Peru; Panama; Galapagos.

Encope micropora Agass. Panama; Cape St. Lucas; Galapagos.

Encope grandis Agass. Panama; Gulf of California.

Encope californica Verrill. Gulf of California.

Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass. Panama: Cape St. Lucas.

Lovenia cordiformis Lutk. Peru ; Cape St. Lucas.

Agassizia scrobiculata Val. Peru ; Cape St. Lucas.

Brissus obesus Verrill. Panama; Gulf of California.

Meoma grandis Gray. Acupulco; Gulf of California.

Mi /alia maculosa A. Agass. Panama; Gulf of California.

Moira clotho A. Agass. Gulf of California.

NORTHERN CHILI TO RIO LA PLATA.

Goniochlaris canaliculala A. Agass. Falkland Islands; Straits of Magellan.

Arbacia nigra A. Agass. Cape Horn ; Chili.

Arbacia spatuligera A. Agass. Chili.

Arbacia Dufresnii Cray. Patagonia;" Chili.

Colobocentrotus atratus Br. Chili.

Strongylocentrotus albus A. Agass. Straits of Magellan ; Chili.

Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Agass. Straits of Magellan; Chili.

Echinus margaritaceus I.amk. Straits of Magellan ; Chili.

Echinus magellanicus Phil. Straits of Magellan : Chili.

Hemiaxter australis A. Agass. East Cast of Patagonia.

Hemtiuter cavemosus A. Agass. Patagonia; Chili.

Tripylus excavatus Phil. Patagonia : Chili.

Schizaster PhUippU A. Agass. La Plata ; Chili.

SOUTHERN BRAZIL TO EASTERN VIRGINIA.

Cidaris tribuloides Bl. South Carolina : West Indies ; Rio Janeiro.

Dorocidaris papiliata A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream; Guadeloupe.

Salenia rari.spina A. Agass Florid:* Golf Stream.

Diadema selosum Gray. South Florida; Surinam; Bermudas; West Indies.

As/!,, nosoma hystrix A. Ag us. Florida Gulf Stream.

Arbacia punctulata Cray. North Carolina; Florida Gulf Stream.

Arbacia pustulosa Gray. St. Tbomas ; Rio Janeiro.

Coelopletirw floridanus A. AGASS. Florida Gulf Stream.

Podocidaris sculpta A. Ac \>s. Florida Gulf Stream.

Echinometra subangularis Desml. South Carolina; Bermudas ; Rio Janeiro; West Indies.

Echinomelra viridis A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream; Hayti; West Indies.

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass. South Carolina.

Strongylocentrotus lividus Br. Bahia : R:o Janeiro.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Hemipedina cubensis A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Echinus gracilis A. Agass. Florida Keys; St. Thomas; West Indies.

Echinus norvegicus Din. o. Kor. Florida Gulf Stream.

Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass. North Carolina ; Bermudas ; West Indies.

J/iji/>onoe esculenta A. Agass. South Florida ; Bermudas; Surinam; West Indies.

Echinocyamus pusillus Geay. Florid* Gulf Stream.

Ecltinanlhus rosaceus Gray. South Carolina; Hayti.

( 'lypeaster subdepressus Agass. South Carolina ; Brazil.

Mellita testudinata Klein. East Virginia; Rio Janeiro; West Indies.

LITTORAL LISTS. 233

Mellita sexforis A. Agass. South Carolina ; Bermudas; Mexico; West Indies.

Encope emarginata Agass. South Carolina ; West Indies ; Rio Janeiro.

Encope Michelini Agass. Alabama; West Florida ; Honduras; Yucatan.

Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk. Bermudas ; Florida Keys ; West Indies.

Echinolampas depressa Gray. Florida Gulf Stream.

Neolampas rostellata A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk. Florida Gulf Stream ; West Indies.

Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Homolampas fragilis A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass. South Carolina; Bahia.

Echinocardium cm-datum Gray. North Carolina ; Florida; Bahia.

Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. Florida Gulf Stream.

Agassizia exceutrica A. Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Brissus unicolor Kl. South Florida; West Indies ; Bermuda*.

Mi miia ventricosa Lutk. Florida; West Indies ; Honduras.

Metalia pectoralis A. Agass. West Florida; West Indies; Bahia.

Schizaster fragilis Agass. Florida Gulf Stream.

Moira atropos A. Agass. North Carolina ; Florida ; West Indies ; Texas.

NEW JERSEY TO ICELAND.

Arbacia punctulata Gray. Cape Cod; Long Island Sound.
Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass. Iceland ; New Jersey.
Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass. New Jersey.
Echinus esculenlus Li.v. Iceland.
Echinocyamus pusillus Gray. Iceland.
Echinarachnius parma Gray. Labrador; New Jersey.
Mellita testudinata Klein. New Jersey.
Brissopsis lyrifera Agass. Greenland.
Schizaster fragilis Agass. Gulf of St. Lawrence.

NORTHERN SHORES OF SIBERIA TO WEST COAST OF FRANCE.

Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass. South Ireland; West Coast of Norway.

Porocidaris purpurata Thoms. Shetland Islands ; Faroe Islands

Asthenosoma hystrix A. Agass. Shetland Islands.

Arbacia pustulosa Gray. West Coast of France.

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agass. British Seas ; Spitzbergen ; North Coast of Siberia.

Strongylocentrotus lividus Br. West Coast of France ; British Seas.

Sphaerechinus granulans A. Agass. West Coast of France.

Echinus miliaris Mull. English Channel ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinus esculenlus Lin. English Channel ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinus acutus Blainv. West Coast of France ; Irish Sea ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinus norvegicus DOb. o. Kor. British Seas ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinus elegans Dun. o. Kor. South of Ireland ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinocyamus pusillus Gray. British Seas ; West Coast of Norway.

Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass. Shetland and Faroe Islands.

Spatangus purpureas Leske. West Coast of France ; West Coast of Norway.

Spatangus Raschi Love'n. Shetland and Faroe Islands ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinocardium con/alum Gray. English Channel ; West Coast of Norway.

Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass. English Channel; West Coast of Norway.

Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. Shetland Islands.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass. South of Ireland ; West Coast of Norway.

Schizaster fragilis Agass. Shetland and Faroe Islands; West Coast of Norway.

234 LITTORAL LISTS.

PORTUGAL TO WEST COAST OF TROPICAL AFRICA.

Cidaris tribuloides Bl. Cape Verde Islands ; Liberia.

Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass. Adriatic ; Mediterranean.

Diadema setosum Gray. Cape Verde Islands ; Canary Islands ; Sicily.

Centrostephanus longispinus Pet. Madeira ; Sicily.

Asthenosoma hystrix A. Agass. Portugal.

Arbacia pustulosa (!iiay. Madeira; Azures; Siberia.

Echinometra subangularis Desml. Cape Verde Islands; Azores; Senegal

Strongylocentrotus lividus Br. Canary Islands ; Azores : Sicily.

Sphaerechimts granularis A. Agass. Cape Verde Islands; Azores; Sicily.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass. Josephine Bank.

Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass. Josephine Bank.

Echinus microtuberculatus Bl. Cape Verde Islands ; Sicily.

Echinus melo Lam. Cape Verde Islands; Sicily.

Echinus acutus Bl. Portugal ; Sicily.

Echinus elcgans Dub. o. Kor. Cape Sagras.

Chjpeaster suhdepressus Agass. West Coast Tropical Africa.

Echinocyamus pttsillus Gray. Madeira Islands; Azores; Sicily.

Rotula Rumphii Kl. Cape Verde Islands ; Senegal.

Rotula Augusti Kl. West Africa ; Liberia.

EcMnolampas Hellei Val. Liberia; Senegal.

Homolampas fragilis A. Agass. Josephine Bank.

Spatangus purpureta Leske. Mediterranean; Adriatic.

Spatangus Raschi LoyiS.n. Azores.

Echinocardium mediterraneum Guay. Mediterranean ; Sicily.

Eckinocardium cordatum Gray. Mediterranean.

Metaiia africana A. A<;.\>>. West Coast Tropical Africa.

Brissus unicolor K.L. Cape Verde Islands ; Sicily.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass. Mediterranean; Sicily.

Schizaster canaliferus Agass. Mediterranean; Sicily.

CAPE OF GOOD HOPE TO ARABIAN GULF.

Cidaris mclularia Bl. Red Sea; Mauritius; Madagascar; Mozambique.

Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass. Red Sea; Mozambique; Mauritius; Cape of Good Hope.

Phyllacanthus imperialis Br. Mauritius.

Phyllacanthus dubia Bit. Zanzibar ; Cape Town.

Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Agass. Mozambique.

Goniocidaris canuliculata A. Agass. Zanzibar; Natal.

( 'in Inp/eurus Muilliirdi A. Agass. Mauritius.

Diadema setosum Gray. Arabian Gulf; Red Sea; Cape of Good Hope; Mauritius.

Echinothrix Dcsorii Pet. Red Sea; Zanzibar; Cape of Good Hope ; Mauritius.

Echinothrix turcarum Pet. Red Sea; Zanzibar; Madagascar.

Eehinothrix calamari.i A. Agass. Mauritius.

Astropyga radiata Gray. Mauritius; Mozambique.

Heterocentrotus inanun Hiatus Br. Red Sea ; Seychelles; Mauritius.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. Bed Sea ; Seychelles . Mauritius.

Colobocentrotus at rat us Br. Seychelles; Mauritius; Zanzibar.

Echinometra lucunler Bl. Arabian Gulf; Red Sea; Zanzibar; Madagascar; Natal.

Echinometra oblonga Bl. Mozambique.

Parasalenia gratiosa A. Agass. Zanzibar.

Stomopneustes variolaris Agass. Bourbon ; Zanzibar ; Natal.

Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass. Mauritius.

Pseudoboletiu Indiana A. Agass. Bourbon ; Mauritius.

Ech.inostreph.us molare A. Agass. Bourbon; Zanzibar; Natal.

Temnopleureus torcumuticus Agass. Persian Gulf.

LITTORAL LISTS. 235

Mkrocyphus maculatus Agass. Muscat; Madagascar.

Salmacis bicolor Agass. Red Sea ; Zanzibar; Mauritius.

Salmacis sulcata Agass. Red Sea; Mozambique.

Echinus angutosus A. Agass. Bourbon ; Mozambique ; Cape Town.

Toxopneustes pileo/us Agass. Bourbon ; Sej chelles.

Tor.opneustes maculatus A. Agass. Persian Gull'; Mauritius.

Hipponoe variegata A. Agass. Red Sea; Mauritius; Mozambique.

Amblypneustes pentagonus A. Agass. Mauritius. ?

Fibularia volva Agass. Red Sea.

Clypeaster scutiformis Lame. Persian Gulf ; Mauritius; Zanzibar.

Clypeaster humilis A. Agass. Red Sea.

Laganum depressum Less. Persian Gulf; Zanzibar; Mauritius; Madagascar.

Peronella roslrala A. Agass. Zanzibar.

Echinarachnius parma Gray. Red Sea.

Mellila erythraea Gray. Red Sea. ?

Echinodiscus auritus Leske. Red Sea; Mauritius; Mozambique.

Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass. Madagascar ; Mussel Bay.

Echinodiscus luevis A. Agass. Red Sea ; Mozambique ; Mussel Bay.

Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske. Mauritius ; Zanzibar ; Mozambique.

Echinolampas oviformis Gray'. Red Sea ; Mauritius ; Cape of Good Hope.

Ecliinobrissus recens D'Orbig. Madagascar.

Maretia planulata Gray. Bourbon.

Echinocardium australe Gray. Zanzibar; Cape of Good Hope.

Looenia elongata Gray. Red Sea; Zanzibar.

Brissus carinalus Gray. Mauritius ; Mozambique.

Metalia sternalis Gray. Red Sea; Zanzibar.

Metalia maculosa A. Agass. Mauritius.

Schizasler gibberulus Agass. Red Sea.

Moira slygia A. Agass. Red Sea ; Zanzibar.

INDIAN OCEAN TO PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

Cidaris metularia Bl. Indian Ocean.

Phyllacantkus verticillala A. Agass. Flores ; Mindoro.

Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass. Philippine Islands.

Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agass. Flores; Amboyna.

Phyllacanthus imperialis Br. Ceylon ; Aru Islands.

Goniocidaris tubaria LtiTK. Indian Ocean ; East Indian Islands.

Diadema setosum Gray. Bombay ; Amboyna.

Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass. Timor ; Amboyna.

Echinothrix turcarum Pet. Timor ; Amboyna.

Astropyga radiala Gray'. Borneo ; Philippine Islands.

Arbacia nigra A. Agass. (?) Philippine Islands.

Echinomelra lucunter Bl. Calcutta ; Philippine Islands.

Echinomelra oblongaBi.. Nikobar; Philippine islands.

Parasalenia gratiosa A. Agass. New Guinea.

Heterocentrotus manrmillalus Br. Indian Ocean ; Siam ; Philippine Islands.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. Java.

Colobocentrotus atratus Br. Java; Moluccas.

Stomopueustes variolaris Agass. Java ; Calcutta.

Slrongylocenlrotus allius A. Agass. (?) Philippine Islands.

Echinostrephus molare A. Agass. Amboyna.

Pseudoboletia Indiana A. Agass. Philippine Islands.

Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass. Bombay ; Philippine Islands.

Temnoplcurus Reynaudi Agass. Birmah ; Philippine Islands.

Microcyphus maculatus Agass. Moluccas ; Philippine Islands.

23G LITTORAL LISTS.

Salmacis sulcata Agass. Ceylon ; Indian Ocean ; Philippine Islands.

Salmans rarispina A<. 188. Tranquebar; Philippine Islands.

Salmacis bicolor Agass. Bombay.

Salmacis Dussumieri Ac ass. Siam ; riiili]>j>iiie Islands.

Mespilia globulus Agass. Philippine Islands.

Echinus angulosus A. Agass. Nikobar and Philippine Islands.

Hipponoe variegata A. Agass. Bombay; Philippine Islands.

Toxopueustes /«/' h/hn Agass. Timor; Philippine Islands.

Fibularia ovulum Lamk. Bast Indian Islands.

Fibularia\olva Agass. Philippine Islands.

Clypeaster scuHformis Lamk. Flores; Philippine Islands.

Clypeaster humilis A. Agass. Ceylon; Philippine Islands.

Ijnimiuiii depresuin Less. Burn ; Philippine Islands.

Lagauum Bonani Kl. Java; Philippine Islands.

J 'i ruin Ha decagonalis A. Agass. Bengal; Philippine Islands.

A rachnoides placenta, Agass. Singapore; Philippine Islands.

Echinarachnius parma Gray. Indian Ocean. ?

Echinodiscus auritus Lebke. Amboyna; Philippine Islands.

Echinodiscus laeeis A. Agass. Malacca.

Echinodiscus biforis A. Agass. Java.

Echixumeus cyclostomus Leske. Flores; Philippine [glands.

Echinolampas oviformis Gray, Tranquebar; Moluccas.

Anochauus sinensis GkUBE. East Indian Islands.

Xm-ii nil/, .1 epigouus Mart. Timor.

Maietia jilmiulaiii Gray. Siam ; Philippine Islands.

Lovenia elongata Grat. Philippine Islands.

Loeenia subcarinala Gray. Philippine Hands.

Echinocardium australe GRAY. East India Islands.

Brissopsis luzonica A. Agass. Siam ; Banca Straits.

Paleostoma mirabUis LOVEN. Singapore.

Faorina chinensis GRAY. Last Indian Islands.

Brissus carinatus Gray. East Indian Islands: Philippine Islands.

Metalia sternalis Gray. Siam; Philippine Islands.

M, inii, i maculosa A. Agass. Timor; Philippine Islands.

Schizaster ventricosus Gray. Siam; Philippine Islands.

SOUTHERN CHINA TO NORTHERN JAPAN.

Asthenosoma varium Grube. China.
Diadema setosum Gray. Onsiina; Hong Kong.
Echinometra lucunter Bl. Japan.
Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br. China, Yedo.
Strongylocentrotus mi, Ins A. Agass. Niphon.

Strongylocentrotus depressus A. Agass. Niphon.
Strongylocentrotus intermedins A. Agass. Ousima; Hakodadi.
Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Agass. China; Hakodadi.
Temnopleurus Hardtoickii A. Agass. Nagasaki: Yedo; Hakodadi.
Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass. China; North China.
Temnopleurus toreumalicus Agass. China; North China.
Salmacis sulcata Agass. China.
Salmacis Dussumieri Agass. China.
Salmacis rarispina Agass. Shanghae.
Microcyphvs maculatus Agass. Ousima.
Microcyphus zigzag Agass. Kagosima.
Mespilia globulus Agass. China: Ousiuia.
Hipponoe variegata A. Agass. Ousima.

LITTORAL LISTS. 237

Toxopneustes pilcohis Agass. Formosa; Japan.

Phymosoma crenulare A. Agass. Hakodadi.

Fibularia australis Desml. . Ousima

Fibularia volva Agass. Formosa.

I 'lypeaster scutiformis Lame. Formosa.

Echinanthus testudinarius Gray. Japan ; Hakodadi.

Lagnnum Putnami Bai:n. Formosa ; Ousima.

Laganum depressum Less. Hong Kong.

Peronella decagonalis A. Agass. Hong Kong ; Japan.

Echinodiscus laevis A. Agass. China; Ousima.

Astriclypeus Manni Verrill. China ; Yedo.

Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agass. Yedo ; Hakodadi.

Spatangus Liitkeni A. Agass. Formosa ; Hakodadi.

Lovenia subcarinala Gray. China; Hakodadi.

Maretia plan ulata Gray. China.

Maretia alta A. Agass. Kagosima.

Echinocardium australe Gray. China; Japan.

Britsopsis luzonica A. Agass. Formosa.

Faoriaa chinensis Gray. Hong Kong ; China ; Shanghae.

Faleostoma mirabilis Love'n. Kong Kong.

Schizaster ventricosus Gray. Hong Kong.

PACIFIC OCEAN.

Cidaris metularia Bl. Solomon and Sandwich Islands

Phyllacanthus dubia Br. Bonin Islands; New Caledonia.

Phyllacanthus imperialis Br. Tonga.

Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agass. South Sea.

Phyllacanthus vertic{llala A. Agass. Navigator and Sandwich Islands.

Phyllacanthus gigantea A. Agass. Sandwich Islands.

Goniocidaris canaliculala A. Agass. Caroline and Sandwich Islands.

Diadema setosum Gray. Feejee and Sandwich Islands.

Echinothrix turcarum Pet. Bonin, Navigator, and Sandwich Islands.

Echinothrix calamaris A. Agass. Society Islands.

Echinothrix Desorii Pet. Feejee Islands.

Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Agass. New Caledonia.

Heterocentrotus mammUlatus Br. Feejee Islands; Sandwich Islands.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. New Caledonia ; Sandwich Islands.

Colobocentrotus atratus Br. Sandwich Islands.

Coloboceutrotus Mertensii Br. Bonin Islands.

Echinometra lucunter Bl. New Caledonia ; Loo Choo and Sandwich Islands.

Echinomstra oblonga Bl. Solomon and Sandwich Islands.

Parasalenia gratiosa A. Agass. Bonin Islands; New Caledonia; Sandwich Islands.

Stomopneustes variolaris Agass. Navigator Islands.

Strongylocentrotus tuberculalus Br. South Sea.

Strongglocentrotus gibbosus A. AGASS. Feejee Islands.

Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Agass. Sandwich Islands.

Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass. South Sea ; Feejee Islands.

Pseudoboletia granulata A. Agass. Sandwich Islands.

Echinostrephus molars A. Agass. Kingsmills, Society, and Sandwich Islands.

Temnopleurus torcumaticus Agass. New Caledonia.

Microcyphus maculatus Agass. South Pacific ; Navigator Islands.

Mespilia globulus Agass. Navigator Islands ; Tonga.

Evechiuus chloroticus Verrill. Christinas Islands.

Hipponoe cariegata A. Agass. Pelew Islands ; Feejee Islands ; Sandwich Islands.

Toxopneustes pileolus Agass. Navigator Islands ; Feejee Islands.

238 LITTORAL LISTS.

Toxopneustes maculalus A. Agass. Feejee Islands ; Christinas Island.
Amblypneustes pattidus Val. Feejee Islands.
Fibularia australis Desml. South Sea; Sandwich Islands.
Film/aria volva Agass. Kingsmills Islands.
Clypeaster scutiformis La.mk. Kingsmills and Sandwich Islands.
Clypeasler /tumilis A. Agass. New Caledonia.
EchinantJius testudinarius Gray. Sandwich Islands.
Laganum depressum Less. South Pacific ; Feejee and Sandwich Islands.
Laganum Bouairi Kl. Pclew Islands.
Peromelia decagonalis A. Agass. New Caledonia.
Arachnoides placenta Agass. South Sea; Solomon Islands.
Eckinodiscus laevis A. Agass. New Caledonia.

Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske. Navigator and Sandwich Islands.
\ olitea epigouus Mart. Lord Hood's Island.
Maretia planulata Gray. Kingsmills; New Caledonia.
Lovenia subcarinata Gray. Sandwich Islands.
Faorina chinensis Gray. Sandwich Islands.
Brissus carinatus Gray. Pclew, Feejee, and Sandwich Islands.
Metalia maculosa A. Agass. Kingsmills, Society, and Sandwich Islands.

Brissopsis luzonica A. Agass. New Caledonia.

Metalia stemalis Gi.ay. South Sea; New Caledonia; Navigator and Sandwich Islands.
Schizasler ventricosus Gray. l'elew and Feejee Islands.

WEST, SOUTH. EAST, AND NORTHEAST AUSTRALIA TO NEW ZEALAND.

Phyllacanlhus verticillata A. Agass. South Sea.

PhyUacanlhus annulifera A. Agass. South Sea.

Phyllacanthus dubia Bu. Australia.

Phyllacanthus imperialis I'.i:. Australia.

Goniocidaris geranioides Agass. Murray River; West Australia.

Goniocidaris tubaria Li n>. Bass Straits; Tasmania.

Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Agass. Australia.

Ci-tilnntti-phauus llndi/ersii A. Agass. Sidney; Iloutman's Abrolhos.

Echinometra lucunter Bl. North Australia ; Houi man's Abrolhos.

Strongylocentrotus lulu rculatus I i it. Sidney.

Strongybcentrotus armiger A. Agass. Australia.

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Agass. North Australia; New Zealand; Sidney; Murray Uiv.

Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass. New Zealand ; lvi-1 Australia; Adelaide.

Microcyphus maculatus Agass. Tasmania; W.Australia.

Microcyphus zigzag Agass. Australia.

Salmacis rarispina Agass. Cape York.

Salmacis sulcata AGASS. Port Markay.

Salmacli globator Agass. Australia.

Hohpneustes porosissimus Agass. Australia.

Holopncuslis in/Iain* A. Agass. East Australia; New Zealand.

Hohpneustes jinrpurescens A. Agass. Australia; Tasmania; Murray Riv.

Amblypneustes griseus Agass. New Zealand ; Sidney; Adelaide.

Amblypneustes ovum Agass. Sidney; Port Lincoln.

Amblypneustes pallidus Agass. Port Philip; Adelaide.

Amblypneustes formosus Val. Tasmania; Adelaide.

Evechinus chlorolicus Verrill. New Zealand.

Echinus margaritaceus Lamk. South Sea; New Zealand.

Echinus angulosus A. Agass. New Zealand; Adelaide.

Fibularia australis Desml. Coral Sea.

Fibularia volva Agass. North Australia.

Echinanthus testudinarius Gray. Australia.

LITTORAL LISTS. 239

Laganum depressum Less. Australia.

Laganum Putnami Barn. Australia.

Laganum Bouani Kl. Tasmania; Australia.

Peronella Peronii Gray. Brisbane Water ; Tasmania.

Peronella decagonalis A. Agass. West Australia.

Laganum rostratum A. Agass. New Zealand.

Ec/iinobrissus recens Edw. New Zealand.

Eupatagus Valenciennesii Agass. Port Dalrymple ; Tasmania.

Lovenia clongala Gray. Port Dalrymple ; West Australia.

Ecliinocardiuma.ustTa.le Gray. New Zealand; West Australia.

Breynia A ustralasiae Gray. South Sea; Sidney; West Australia.

Metalia sternalis Gray. North Australia; Sidney; New Zealand.

Linthia australis A. Agass. Flinders Islands ; Tasmania.

240 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE

GENERA.

The geographical distribution of the genera, which has formed the basis
for the division of the oceans into the four great realms [PL G) recognized
among recent Echini, is given in detail in Plates C, D, E, and F. It has heen
found impracticable to arrange them on the maps systematically, on account
of the color printing and the economy of space. Those genera, therefore,
which have a very similar geographical distribution are brought together,
or are so limited as not to interfere with the ready understanding of the
limits of the other genera represented. It lias not been found possible
to give always the precise limit of the extension of each genus, but as
the exact localities of each species are given with the synonymy, this
is not a serious defect, and the range of each genus is sketched out in
broad outlines. Genera which have nearly the same range, but differ
in some minor points, are represented as identical, — a method, of course,
not strictly accurate, but sufficiently so to call up in a broad way the
districts to which these genera are limited ; as, for example, in PL D
the range of the genera Pseudoboletia, Phyllacanthus, Colobocentrotus, etc.,
which means simply that the extremes of range are so nearly identical that
although the localities from which some of the genera are known to occur
are more numerous than others, yet if we intercalate between the extremes,
instead of adopting the more accurate method of mapping only what is
known, we shall arrive at about the same geographical distribution. In order
not to introduce too many colors when the range of a genus is nearly co-
extensive with that of two or more genera, the different colors characteristic of
the separate genera are given for the genus having the widest range : for in-
stance, in PL D the range of Echinoneus is made up of its own color in addi-
tion to the colors indicating the range of Pseudoboletia, Phyllacanthus, etc. ;
Salmacis, Echinodiscus, etc., range over a still more limited district, included
not only within the limits of the district over which Echinoneus is found, but
also within the limits of the range of Pseudoboletia. In the same way in PI. C,

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 241

Echinanthus ranges over an area included within the range of Cidaris, Echi-
nometra, etc. And in this same Plate (C) the range of Astriclypeus and
Faorina, of Arachnoides, Peronella, etc., of Holopneustes, Amblypneustes,
etc., is considered sufficiently approximate to be indicated by the same color.
In PI. E the range of Hipponoe' and Toxopneustes is included within the
limits of the range of Brissus, Lovenia in its turn being included within
the limits of the range of Hipponoe and Toxopneustes. These examples
will suffice to explain the method adopted to show the geographical distri-
bution of genera. Where the localities are in the least doubtful, they have
been omitted in the representation of the distribution of the genus on the
maps, as in the case of the occurrence of Moira on the Pacific coast of Mex-
ico, and of Mellita and Moira in the Red Sea. Other genera, consisting of
but single species of a limited or doubtful range, have also been omitted.
They are few, however, and the maps include every genus which is well
characterized, the distribution of which can be tolerably accurately ascer-
tained from the range of its species.

iMl'

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA.

Amblypneustes,

Arachnoides,

astriclypeus,

a-ikopyoa,

( 'ih IBIS,

Clypeaster,

coelopleurus,

DlADEMA,

PLATE C

ECHINAXTHUS,

ECHINOBEISSUS,

ECHINOLAMPAS,

El lll.NOMETRA,
Iv II I M s,
El I'ATAGUS,

Faobina,

holopneustes,

LlNTHIA,

Mespilia,

MoiBA,*

NeOI.AMI'AS,
Ni CLEOLITES,

Paleostoma,

Peronella,
Trigonocidaris.

Breynia,
Centbostephai

colobocentrotus,

hoUlll'IlPAIUS.
El 111 N LB \i ll\l:

ECHINOOY Wll 8,

Echixodiscus,

EcHINONEUS,

PLATE D.

EOHINOSTBEPHUS,

Fllil I, ARIA,

Hill Hoi l.MUMTUS,

Lag lndm,

M LRETEA,

Mn ROCYPHUS,

Pabasalenia,

PlIYI.I MAN IIIUS,
PSEl DOBOLETIA,

Rotii \.
Salmai IS,

Stomopneustes,
Strom. s loi entbotus,

Ti;mmipi.eurus.

Agassizia,
asthenosom \,
Brissus,
Encope,

GoNIOCIDABIS,

Hemiaster,

PLATE E.

HlPPOMU,

EOHOLAICPAS,

LOVENIA,

Mki.i.ita,
Mi OMA,

POURTALESI \,
lillY.Vt IIOI'YGUS,
Tk.M.M i II IM 3,

toxopneubtes,

Tripylus.

Arbacia,

Brissofsis,

PLATE F.

EclllXOCARDU'M,
SCUIZASTER,

SPATANGUS.

* Spelled on map Moera.

PART II.

ECHINI

EASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES,

TOGETHER WITH A REPORT ON THE DEEP SEA ECHINI COLLECTED

IN THE STRAITS OF FLORIDA, BY L. F. de POURTALES,

ASSISTANT UNITED STATES COAST SURVEY,

IN THE YEARS 1867-1869.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

Published by permission of Prof. B. Peikce, Superintendent U. S. Coast Survey.

WITH FORTY-TWO PLATES.

NOTE.

With the permission of Professor Peirce, the Superintendent of the Coast
Survey, I have been able to incorporate in my Revision of the Echini the
Report on the Deep Sea Echini collected by Count Pourtales in 1867-1869,
while in charge of the expeditions made for the exploration of the Gulf
Stream by the United States Coast Survey, in the steamers Corwin and
Bibb, Acting Master Robert Piatt, U. S. N., commanding. As this Report
includes nearly all the species found on the eastern coast of the United
States, two of the northern species not actually found by Count Pourtales
have been added to the Report, to make it as far as possible a complete
picture of the Echini of the Atlantic coast of the United States. This Was
the more advisable, as, both these species having been very fully examined
in all their earlier stages of growth, they were of essential assistance in the
study of the small Echini collected by Mr. Pourtales.

From the large number of small-sized Echini collected by Mr. Pourtales
it became necessary, in order to study them intelligently, to examine the
young of as many species as possible, and obtain some criterion by which to
determine this collection accurately. The results to which this examination
led me formed the basis of the Preliminary Report, published in the Museum
Bulletin, in which was given, as far as it could be done without figures, a
short resume of the conclusions to which I have been led by the study of
these young, leaving for this Report a detailed description, as well as
figures, of the changes there mentioned, which these young undergo. Some
of the specimens collected by Mr. Pourtales are so small that they must
have absorbed their Pluteus very recently before their capture. This col-

248 ECHINI OF THE EASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES.

lection, taken in connection with the Museum materials, gave the means of
studying the changes due to growth of the following species : —

Cidaris tribuloides. Toxopneustes variegatus.
Dorocidaris papillata. " pileolus.

Diadema setosum. Hipponoe esculenta.

Echinothrix turcarum. Eehinocyamus pusillus.

Arbacia punctulatu. Echinanthus rosaceus.

" pustulosa. Clypeaster subdepressus.

Ecliinometra Van Brunti. Echinarachniaa parma.

Strcmgylocentrotus Drobachiensis. Eneope emarginata.

Echinus acutus. Mellita testudinata.

" melo. " sexforis.

" norvegicus. " longifissa.

" gracilis. Fibularia vulva.

Sphnerochinus granulans. Echinolampas depressa.

Microcyphus zigzag. Echinocardiura cordatum.

Teninoplcurus Reynaudi. Brissus unicolor.

Temnechinus maculatus. Brissopsis lyrifera.

Trigonocidaris albida. Agassizia excentriea.

I ddiilit it', without the aid of the information gained by the study of these
young Echini, a satisfactory report of this collection could have been made.
The changes some species undergo are so great that nothing would have
been more natural than to place the two extremes of t ho series not only in
different species, hut often in different genera, and even in different families.
As a necessary consequence, the study of these young, showing what we
may consider differences due only to growth, will lead to the elimination of
numerous species and genera, and give us hereafter a much more accurate
basis in our limitation of genera species, and the higher subdivisions. I shall
always consider myself fortunate to have had the opportunity — thanks to
the liberality of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey — of examining this
collection, forming the most valuable addition to our knowledge of recent
Echinoids since the collections of the same order made by Stimpson in the
Pacific.

The changes in the classification of the Echini, hinted at in the Preliminary
Report, have been carried out as far as the recent Echini are concerned, and
I trust that the materials I have succeeded in accumulating will form a more
correct standard than we have had heretofore for the determination of the
fossil species. The number of fossil genera has been increased to such an

ECHINI OF THE EASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. 249

extent, and they have been based upon features which are here shown to
have so little value, that before we can make a satisfactory comparison of
the fossil species with those now living, a thorough re-examination of the
fossil Echini from our present stand-point is absolutely necessary.

In order not to duplicate the descriptions of the Echini of the eastern
coast given in this part (Part II.), I shall simply refer to them in their proper
place in the descriptive portion of the Revision, Part III. The characters of
the families will be fully discussed there ; the genera mentioned are, how-
ever, described at length, as their limits are frequently so different from those
generally accepted that, unless this were done, some confusion would natu-
rally follow. In order to illustrate the species of the Report as fully as
practicable, several of the Plates of the descriptive and anatomical parts
have been issued with the present Report, as it was found impossible to draw
the line distinctly between the plates belonging to the different parts of the
Revision of the Echini.

ECHINI

Eastern Coast of the United States.

DESMOSTICHA.

Suborder Desmosticha Haeckel, Entwiekel. Gesch. 186G. (emend.)

CIDARIDAE.

Family Cidaridae Mull. Bau der Echin. 1854 (emend.)

GONIOCIDARXDAE.

Subfamily Goniocidarida Haeckel, Entwiekel. Gesch.

TnE subordinal divisions usually adopted since their introduction by Albin
Gras do not seem satisfactory, if tested by our present information. In the
first place, the whole classification is based upon the separation of the anus
from the abactinal system. From what the embryology of Echini has taught
us, the position of the anus has not the physiological importance attributed
to it by authors who have so generally received this classification. The
unstable position it occupies in the same animal at different stages of growth
— at one stage opening next to the mouth, then on the margin, and finally
opening in the central part of the apical system in the adult — should make
us hesitate to adopt a single anatomical feature as our sole guide. In the
first place, the order of Perischoechinidae, a most natural one, is founded upon
characters derived from the structure of the interambulacral and ambulacral
systems. The other two suborders, regular and irregular, usually recognized,
can scarcely be called natural. The suborder of regular Echini is more sat-
isfactory than the other, though, from what I have said in the Preliminary
Report of the Galerites with teeth, I should be inclined to add them to the
suborder of the regular Echini (Desmosticha), as one of its three primary
subdivisions, which, as here limited, are the Cidaridae, the Echinidae proper,
and the Galerites. The suborder of " irregular " Echini, after the with-

252 CIDARIS.

drawaJ of the Galerites, still contains the Clypeastroids. From the structure
of the ambulacra! system, they have some affinity with the Spatangoids ;
yet the presence of partitions and teeth, combined with petaloid ambulacra,
seem to constitute good subordinal characters for the Clypeastroids as con-
trasted with the Spatangoids proper, which include all the edentate forms,
taking in also the edentate genera formerly placed among Galerites, as well
as the Cassidulidae, sometimes regarded as independent suborders.

CIDARIS.

Cidaris Ki.k.ix, 1734. Nat Disp. Echin.

Test thick, circular, turban-shaped ; actinal and abactinal region equally
flattened ; ambulacra narrow, undulating, having only granular tubercles ar-
ranged in vertical rows rarely more than six ; poriferous zones narrow, form-
ing a single vertical row of contiguous, disconnected pores. Interambulacra
from three to five times as broad as the ambulacra, with but two vertical rows
of primary tubercles ; these arc few in number, rarely going beyond seven in
each vertical row in the largest specimens. They are surrounded by large
scrobicular circles, either elliptical or circular. Areola more or less sunken
beneath the concave miliary zone ; granular tubercles occupy the whole of
the coronal plates between the scrobicular circle ; the primary tubercles
are perforated with a smooth base in all recent specimens.

The abactinal system is large, flat; composed more or less of pentagonal
genital plates, nearly uniform in size separated by triangular or crescent-
shaped ocular plates. The anal system is pentagonal, with larger plates in
angles of pentagon between genital plates.

The primary spines are large, stout, cylindrical, club-shaped, more or less
fluted, often surpassing the diameter of the test in length, and the granula-
tions assuming only a longitudinal linear arrangement.

The name Cidaris dates back to Klein, but he as well as Leske used
Cidaris to denote what corresponds to the Echini regulares. The first limita-
tions were made by Lamarck, and his species of Cidarites correspond to the
Cidaridae of Midler and Diadematidae of Peters. The genus has been subse-
quently modified by Gray, Brandt, Agassiz, Desor, Cotteau, and A. Agassi/..
For the sake of convenience, we can separate into two categories the spe-
cies of Cidaris, those with crenulated base and those with a smooth base.

CIDARIS TRIBULOIDES. 253

Cidaris tribuloides

! Cidarilcs tribuloides Lame. 1816. An. s. Vert.
! Cidaris tribuloides Bl. 1830. Zoopli.

PI. P.; PI II f. 1-3; PI. II. f. 13.

Genital plates somewhat rectangular; ocular large, triangular, with rounded
sides ; anal system pentagonal ; larger plates adjoining genital plates extend
little ways towards ocular, so as to separate the genital plates but slightly ;
whole abactinal system covered with miliary tubercles of nearly uniform size,
carrying small, flat, short secondary spines ; genital openings placed near outer
edge of the plates. Ambulacral zone with one outer row of miliary tuber-
cles separating it from the poriferous zones, and four rows of smaller milia-
ries, — two well defined, extending between them nearly the whole length of
ambulacra, and two exceedingly irregular ones of still smaller tubercles.
The two main rows of interambulacral tubercles are separated by a broad
median row of miliaries of nearly uniform size, slightly smaller on the me-
dian line, the miliaries round the scrobicular circle being but slightly larger.
The mamelon is small, with a moderate scrobicular circle. In large sj>eci-
mens there are three small miliary tubercles on each side of the perforated
scales of the actinal membrane.

The primary spines are cylindrical, rather slender, sometimes slightly ta-
pering, in younger specimens slightly swollen near the lower extremity; their
coloration is light brown, violet tinged, often ringed with white and brown; the
granulation is quite close and compact. The secondary spines are broad, flat,
yellowish-green, tipped with brown ; the ambulacral miliary spines are elon-
gated, of the same color as the secondary ones, while in the interambulacral
zone they are gradually reduced to mere papilla? in a large part of the zones.

Lutken has adopted for the common West India species the name of
C. metularia Lam., which he compares carefully with Cidaris tribuloides.
It is evident from his descriptions that his C. tribuloides is the C. metularia
Lam. ; he says himself that he may not have had the true C. tribuloides
Lam. From a direct comparison of the original specimens of Lamarck of
both these species in the Jardin des Plantes, there is no doubt that the
C. tribuloides of Lamarck is the common West India species for which the
name of C. annellata of Gray had been adopted in the Preliminary Report,
supposing Gray to have possessed, as far as could be judged from his descrip-
tions, the common littoral species of the Gulf of Mexico. Gray's originals
show that this was a mistake. The locality, however, of his C. annellata

254 DOROCIDARIS.

is not correct; it is undoubtedly a Pacific species. The original of Lamarck's
Oidarites metularia is from the Isle de France, there are also in the Jardin
des Plantes specimens from the Red Sea ; it has an extensive range, occurs
as far as the Sandwich Islands, is quite common in the East Indian Archi-
pelago. The O. metularia Lam. is also identical with the species which
I named Gymnocidaris minor, in the Museum Bulletin (1863). Not having,
at the time, had the opportunity of examining series of different ages, I find
that the differences which had been considered as specific are simply differ-
ent stages of growth.

In this species of Cidaris, as in genus Cidaris usually, the difference be-
tween old and young stages is almost entirely limited to the proportionally
larger size of the spines {PL IIc.f. l-l) and the more prominent serrations
(recalling Salenia). The abactinal system early assumes the character of
the adult ; in fact, witli the exception of the smaller number of coronal and
buccal plates, the above differences in the spines arc the only important
changes undergone in this genus.

Littoral to 110 fathoms.

(CIDARIS.) DOROCIDARIS.
Dorocidaris A AgabS. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z , I. et al.

This subgenus differs from Cidaris proper by its narrow median ambula-
cra; in interambulacral area, the smaller number of primary tubercles, with

a deep sunken scrobicular area, the scrobicular circle formed by close granula-
tion, leaves the median interambulacral space more or less sunken and bare.
The abactinal area is large, does not differ essentially from Cidaris. The
spines of this subgenus arc long, surpassing the diameter of the test, often
twice as long as diameter; fluted, or with pointed granulations arranged in
longitudinal ridges or forming disconnected lamellae. Poriferous zone nar-
row, undulating with disconnected pores.

Dorocidaris papillata

Cidaris papillata L,kske, 177S. Klein. Add.
! Dorocidaris papillata A. Ag. 18G9. Bull. M. C. '/.., I.

PI I; PL IT./. 13-15 ; PL P. ; PL TP.f. 1-lS; PL IP.f. 1-5.

I had, in the Preliminary Report, distinguished the specimens from Florida

from Cidaris papillata as Dorocidaris abyssicola. An examination of a fine

series of Cidaris papillata collected on the west coast of Norway by Dr. Sais.

in the Shetland Islands, and in sundry localities extending from Cape Wrath,

DOEOCIDARIS PAPILLATA. 255

to Cape Sagras collected by the Porcupine Expedition, and which I owe
to Prof. Wyville Thomson, shows such astonishing variation in the propor-
tions of the coronal plates, the length and thickness of the spines, the posi-
tion and size of the genital openings, the size of the anal system, of the ocular
plates, that the differences I had supposed to be specific between C. papillata
and D. abyssicola can only be considered as amounting to individual vari-
ations. The difficulty of distinguishing the Mediterranean C. hystrix from
the northern C. papillata had already suggested their probable identity, and
now that we have the fine series of the Porcupine Expedition, we can hardly
hesitate to unite as one species Cidaris papillata, hystrix, abyssicola, and
affinis (or Stokesii) ; the latter being the name given to Mediterranean speci-
mens having comparatively shorter and more distinctly serrated spines than
is the case in specimens where the fluting of the spines becomes more promi-
nent, accompanied also by more slender papillae, features which are repeated
in the individual variations of specimens of one and the same locality in
the fine series of the Porcupine Expedition collections. It is true that the
color given by Philippi and Sars of C. affinis as brilliant vermilion is very
different from the color of the Florida specimens, which Mr. Pourtales informs
me are when alive more or less straw color, with a tendency to a dull green-
ish-brown color, quite well developed in some of the specimens ; but as color
forms such an unimportant feature in the specific characters of Echini, much
stress cannot be laid upon this point.

Median interambulacral space sunken, vertical suture of plates distinctly
marked, edged by narrow bare space ; three to four concentric rows of sec-
ondary tubercles, but slightly smaller than those of the scrobicular circle,
extend towards median line from scrobicular circle. Scrobicular area sunken,
elliptical. Mamelon small, prominent; mammary boss small, indistinct. Broad
zone of secondary and miliaries separating the poriferous zone, the secondary
tubercles arranged in irregular radiating rows, separated by slightly marked
furrows. In the median ambulacra! region the two inner vertical rows of
secondary tubercles are near the middle and but little smaller than the ex-
ternal rows. Spines long, fluted, scarcely tapering, often equal in length
to twice the diameter of the test. From twelve to eighteen longitudinal fur-
rows on spines, frequently forming lamelke, or simply ridges with interstitial
space fully grown up ; collar of spine short, milled ring prominent,

Abactinal system sparsely covered with miliaries in central part of plates,
leaving edges bare, well marked by a wavy double line of small tubercles.

256 DOHOCIDARIS PAPILLATA.

Anal system pentagonal, with a more or less pointed plate extending be-
tween the genital plates to ocular plates, genital plates rectangular with
truncated edges, genital opening large, placed one third diameter of plate
from outer edge, ocular plates heart-shaped, ocular opening distinct. Ain-
bulacral papillae long, slender; interambulacral much curved and stouter.

In younger specimens the sutures are not so prominent, the stellar shape
of the anal system not so marked*

There are considerable differences in the external appearance of specimens
collected at different points. A lot of specimens dredged off Carysfort Reef,
at a depth of sixty fathoms, at first sight presents such striking contrast to the
bulk of the specimens, that it was catalogued as a distinct species. Instead
of the long smooth spines, perfectly white, which was characteristic of all
the specimens (except quite small ones) thus far collected, they have long
slender spines, not so stout in proportion to the diameter of test as when
ridges are worn out, with very distinct and prominent longitudinal rows of
serrations, but the base of the spine and the milled ring have the same
character as the other spines. There is, however, round the abactinal sys-
tem a circle of younger spines, which are not serrated, but are, on the con-
trary, somewhat stouter than others, short and smooth, having the same
structure as the spines of specimens where all are smooth, or nearly so. The
specimens with these slender primary spines also have secondary spines
round the primary tubercles of much greater fineness. The coronal plates
arc more numerous in the specimens with liner serrated spines, but not
more so than we find in many of the younger specimens, where the spines
are smooth. Had it not been for some specimens collected in forty fathoms
near Carysfort Reef, I should have considered these dill'erences of sufficient
value to be specific ; but several fine specimens possessing half-striated, half-

* The measurements are given in millimetres, the abactinal system is measured from the extremity of
the genital plate earrying inadreporic body to the outer edge 'of the opposite oeular plate The aetinal sys-
tem is measured from the median interambulacral line to the opposite median ambulaeral space. The
length of the anal system and of the spines when given is always the greatest length. The number of
coronal plates given is the number of the interambulacral plates carrying the primary tubercles.

Height.

Diameter.

Abaet. S.v.st.

Avtiu. Syst.

Spiue.

No. of Int. Coronal Plates.

24.5

3G.7G

19.05

9.04

(81.

(27.

7 toG

17.7

27.9

13.8

7.5

(5..
(50.

G to 5

18.2

13.9

8.1

2.7

12.5

G to 5

3.7

9.0

6.3

3.0

11.

6 to 5

2.75

3.G

2.6

1.5

3.75

5 to 4

From forty to two hundred and seventy fathoms.

DOROCIDARIS PAPILLATA. 257

serrated spines, and specimens possessing thicker smooth spines, fine sec-
ondary spines seemed to leave no differences of any value. The abactinal
system identical in the two forms. These differences in the spines are
probably the result of wear, for the young of both the varieties are
identical. In one case the serration becomes worn, stimulating the growtb
of the spines, as is the case also in Heterocentrotus, where broken or
bruised spines frequently exceed in size the spines which have grown
normally. As far as I have observed, in the genus Cidaris the spines
seem to vary but little in one and the same species, excepting those
modifications which are due to the very variable size of the spines upon
different parts of the test; but they are all after one pattern; the spines
round the actinostome being the only ones which, owing to the constant
wear, are liable to be worn out of their regular pattern. Such is at
least the case in Cidaris tribuloides, metularia ; P. imperialis, baculosa, gi-
gantea; Goniocidaris geranioides, S. bispinosa.

The tubercles are not perforated in small specimens, and it is only long
after all the specific characters (PL IP. f. S) are well developed, that the
perforation appears, showing that too great value ought not to be attached
to this character. The function of this perforation will only be satisfactorily
settled from an examination of living specimens.

The mode of growth of the buccal plates of the Cidaridae is totally un-
like that of all the other Echinidae, with the exception, probably, of Asthe-
nosoma. These plates perform the part of ambulacral and interambulacral
plates, and appear near the test at first, forming in full-grown specimens
rows made up of more than two plates, as in the Palaechinidae, suggesting
that the test of Palaechinidae must have been made up of plates homologous
to the buccal plates of Cidaris. The test, of course, would then have been
capable of considerable compression and change of outline, as is the case in
Astrop3'ga and Asthenosoma. This similarity is very striking in young
Cidaridae, where the number of coronal plates is small, and when the young-
Sea-urchin seems to consist almost entirely of an abactinal and an actinal
system, separated by a narrow band of coronal plates. Let this narrow
band of coronal plates disappear entirely, and the buccal plates take a corre-
spondingly great development, and we have a Palaechinus made up of small
ambulacral and interambulacral plates consisting of several rows, and con-
tinuous from the teeth to the abactinal system, similar to that discovered by
Meek and Worthen, the whole test surmounted by short spines, articulating

258 SALENIA.

upon a more or less distinct mamelon. The structural features of the buccal
membrane of Cidaridae, of the teeth and of the poriferous zone, appear to
entitle them to a higher rank than that of a family, in the suborder of Echi-
noids, intermediate between the Palaechinidae and Eclnnidae proper.

SALENIDAE.
Subfamily Salenidae Agass. 1838. Mon. Ech. Salunies. (emend.)

SALENIA.

Saleuia Gray, 1825. Ann. PbiL

Small Echini, remarkable for the extraordinary development of the abac-
tinal system, the connection of one (large subanal plate) of the anal plates
with the genital plates, the other anal plates very small, the sutures of the
abactinal plates more or less pitted, the madreporic body quite indistinct,
[nterambulacral areas broad, coronal plates few in number, tubercles in ten
principal rows, imperforate, distinctly crenulated, median interambulacral
occupied by vertical rows of small secondaries, carrying different kinds of
spines (papilliform) from those of the primaries, the abactinal part of am-
bulacra having similar spines. Primary spines large, of various shapes.
Poriferous zones narrow, pores arranged in single vertical pairs. Buccal
membrane imbricated, but ambulacra not extending through the buccal
plates, as in Cidaridae and some Diadematidae.

The structure of the abactinal system in young Echini explains most unex-
pectedly the homology of the subanal plate of Salenidae, which has been such
a puzzle to Echinologists. In the lirst place, I must reiterate that the posi-
tion of the anal system within the abactinal system is not one which can
be defined geometrically by any axis we can draw, nor does it hold any
organic connection with the general structure of Echini; the madreporic
body alone, in Echini proper, giving us the key to the position of an axis
which is most intimately connected with the structure of tin- Sea-urchin. The
genital plates are not equally developed : in some genera the ocular plates
occupy an intermediate position between genital plates of apparently the same
size; but in others the posterior genital plates are somewhat less developed,
and the ocular plates are thus placed in direct contact with the anal system,

SALENIA. 259

in which case the anal system appears pushed hack posteriori}' as in Salenia,
owing to the original spiral condition of the Sea-urchin, which continues to
affect the growth during the whole time of its existence (see figs, of young
Cidaris) ; the abactinal system sometimes shows very plainly the spiral mode
of growth by not being perfectly symmetrical, that is, the plates on the two
sides of the longitudinal axis are not equal in size ; this is particularly the case
in some species of Salenia. The structure of the abactinal system of our liv-
ing species. Salenia varispina, fully corroborates the view taken of the proper
homology of the subanal plate of the Salenidae. The analysis of the abactinal
system of a living Salenia here described shows that the subanal plate is the
homologue of the first-formed anal plate of young Echini (which iu many
cases remains decidedly larger even in older stages, Salmacis, Temnechinus,
Trigonociclaris), and shows that the abactinal system of Salenia is entirely
homologous with the abactinal system of the other Echinoids, the original,
first-formed plate only retaining a greater preponderance than has been thus
far noticed in other genera. Add now to this eccentric position of the anal
system the presence of a large plate covering (as in young Echini) nearly the
whole of the anal system, and we have then the remainder of the anal system
covered by excessively small plates (as in young Echini), lost, of course, in
the fossil Salenidae thus far found. This shows that the subanal plates have
no special function, are not special plates found in the group of Salenidae
alone, but are simply an embryonic feature, retained in the adult, — as is the
case in other genera, where, instead of one plate, we may have several
(Arbacia, etc.), — so that this subanal plate is simply a part of the plates cov-
ering the anal system, and has nothing to do in the apical system with the
genital and ocular plates ; although from its size it appears (as in young
Echini) to be a most prominent feature, and to form part of the genital
plates in the abactinal system. This so-called subanal plate is readily recog-
nized as such in Temnechinus (see PI, VIII. f. 8), while even iu genera in
which the existence of the subanal plate has never been claimed (Temno-
pleurus, Salmacis), we find that in the oldest specimens of some of the species,
this first plate, Avhich at first covered the whole anal system, always retains
a marked predominance, and can readily be distinguished from the others,
subsequently added to cover the increasing size of the anal system.

The remaining part of the anal system was, in the fossil species, undoubtr
edly covered by small plates, as in the living species ; and that this was the
probable structure of the anal system is shown by Wright, who has figured

260 SALEXIA.

the abactinal system of Acrocidaris, and removed the genus to Salenidae on
account of the presence of a subanal plate This feature, which seemed so
characteristic of a small group of Echini, is one which alone has no primary
systematic value, so that we must, I think, hereafter consider the Salenidae
simply as a subfamily of Cidaridae, as the description of the species dredged
in Florida by Mr. Pourtales will clearly show.

The mere presence or absence of this so-called subanal plate cannot be of
itself sufficient grounds for uniting with the Salenidae such forms as Acrosa-
lenia, any more than the presence of four anal plates in Parasalenia removes
it from Echinometradae to place it among the Ecbinocidaridae. I am in-
clined to doubt, therefore, the propriety of placing Acrosalenia. as limited
by Cotteau, among the Salenidae ; and to question the wisdom of removing
Goniopygus from it. as it evidently had, like Salenia, the interambulacral
granules carrying the second kind of club-shaped spines observed in Salenia,
as well as the sutural impressions of the abactinal system which are wanting
in true Acrosalenia. Nor do the spines, as far as they are known, warrant
such an approximation. The genera of Salenidae have evidently been too
much multiplied. The single character of the position of the anus separating
Peltastes from Salenia is not. according to analogy, of any generic value; it
may be a convenient section of Salenia, but even that is doubtful, to judge
merely from the position of the anus, which may be very considerably to one
side or the other, as in young Echini ; this seems to support the view taken by
Forbes, of the identity of Salenia, Peltastes, and, as Cotteau has shown, also of
the identity of Salenia and Ilvposalenia. "When we know something more than
we now do of the spines of Salenidae. the identity of these genera may be
proved more conclusively. The spines of Goniopygus thus far discovered show
an analogy to those of our Salenia ; they evidently had small curved spines, but
the larger spines were more or less club-shaped anil ribbed at the extremity.

Having adopted the view taken by Forbes of the affinity of these genera,
borne out by the shifting position of the anus in the anal system of Echini-
dae, I have no grounds left for separating, as 1 formerly did. this species as
an independent genus from Salenia. with which I therefore now unite it. From
what has been said I can see no reason for finding in Salenidae something
analogous to the exclusion of the anal system from the abactinal system in the
irregular Echini; on the contrary. I am led to consider the conditions there
prevalent as eminently embryonic, and to retain, very nearly as it had been
done by Agassiz. the limitation of the family and its position as intermediate

SALENIA VARISPINA. 261

between the Cidaridae and the Echinidae, forming a connecting link between
them, combining many features of the Cidaridae proper with true features of
the Echinidae, and to consider it as a subfamily of the Cidaridae. The absence
of the continuation of the ambulacral tubes through the imbricated scales of the
actinal membrane is not an objection to placing them among the Cidaridae, as
we find in the Diadematidae similar differences (Diadema and Asthenosoma.

Salenia varispina

! Salenocidaris varispina A. Agass. 1S69. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
! Salenia varhtpina A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

PL lll.f. s-14.

The general appearance of this Salenia (PL III. f. S) is that of a young
Dorocidaris papilla ta. The primary spines are enormous, twice the diameter
of the test in length, of a brilliant white color, and of all shapes. Some of
them are uniformly tapering, others swelling at about one third the distance
from the base, others flattened and curved, but all finely longitudinally
striated and loosely covered with sharp spines, irregularly arranged along the
body of the spines. The secondary spines, as well as the greater number of
the spines of the ambulacra, as far as the ambitus, are short, club-shaped,
sometimes curved and flattened, longitudinally striated with slight serrations.
These short spines give to the median interambulacral (PL III. f. 1,.') and
ambulacral (PL III. f. 14.) zones the aspect of the corresponding zones of
Cidaris ; but they are not, as in Cidaris, arranged in a circle round the base,
of the primary spines. These small spines, as well as the whole abactinal
area, are covered with prominent, dark violet pigment cells, standing in
striking contrast to the white primary spines. The abactinal system has
the structure of that of Salenia, but the position of the anal system is that
of Htjpomlenia. The imbricated buccal membrane is covered thickly with
plates arranged somewhat as they are in Echinocidaris ; the ten buccal plates,
placed half-way between test and teeth, are sparingly covered by pedicellaria?.*
The primary tubercles of the interambulacral area are large, arranged in two
vertical rows in the two areas ; those of the ambulacral area are smaller
(PL III f. 10), and diminish rapidly towards the abactinal pole; the median
interambulacral space is occupied by two vertical rows of small secondary
tubercles. The primary tubercles of both areas are imperforate, but dis-
tinctly crenulated. Near the actinostome the ambulacra flare slightly, some-
what as in Hemicidaris. The pores are small, placed in pairs far apart, one

* I could find no pedicellariae upon the test of the single individual coVected.

262 SALEX1A VARISPINA.

above the other, so that there seems to be, as far as I could see. hut a
single pair of pores for each ambulacral plate, though near the mouth they
are somewhat closer, differing in this respect totally from the structure of the
poriferous zone of any other fossil Sitlci>i;t with which I am acquainted; for
in all of them we have a large number of ambulacra] plates with the pores
closed together. As in Salenia, the indentations of the actinostome are very
slight ( /'/. TIL f. '.)). The abactinal system covers nearly the whole of the
abactinal part of the test; the anal system is eccentric [PL IILf. 1.) There
is a marked difference in the size of the genital [dates, the three posterior
ones being much larger than the two anterior ones ; the reverse is the case
of the ocular plates. In the largest genital plate there is a trace of the mad-
reporic body, corresponding to the position of the axis assigned to it by
Forties. Midler, and Wright, which cuts the symmetrical axis of the sub-
anal plate at an angle; this is the <■; se also with the angle made by the axis
of the madreporic body and the first anal plate of young Echini; the position
of the axis passing through the anal plate has no definite relation to the
madreporic body. The anal opening is covered by small plates, as in other
Echini ( PL TIL f. //). The whole abactinal system is studded with embry-
onic spines , /'/. ///. /. /?). which are longest along the exterior edge of the
abactinal system, thus separating it most distinctly from the test. The
sutures between the plates are sharply cut with deep pits at the angles of
junction of the genital and subanal plate, and of the ocular ami genital
plates. The three larger genital plates have also pits in the middle of their
line of junction with the subanal plate. The genital openings are large.
placed in the middle of the plates.
OH' Double Head Shot Key, ;J1j fathoms.

ARBACIA PUNCTULATA. 263

ARBACIADAE.

Family Arbaciadae, Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon.

ARBACIA.

Arbacia Gray, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. London.

Test thick, moderately large, subcorneal, actinal surface flattened. Ambu-
lacral areas narrow, poriferous zone exceedingly narrow above ambitus, com-
posed of simple vertical pairs, but becomes greatly petaloid owing to flattening
of test near actinostome. Tubercles of uniform size, neither perforated nor
crenulated, forming two irregular vertical rows, in the ambulacral zone, and
from four to twelve in the interambulacra, arranged at same time in more
or less regular horizontal and vertical rows. Actinostome large, no deep
cuts, but very prominent ambulacral lips. Auricles disconnected, teeth like
those of Diadematidae and Cidaridae. Anal system composed of four large
plates. The bare space of median interambulacral space is due to the resorp-
tion of the large tubercles, changed into a coarse granulation which is crowded
with pedicellaria along the ambulacral area. Spines stout, long, often spath-
iform, having a peculiar internal structure partly resembling that of Cida-
ridae. Buccal membrane bare.

Arbacia punctulata

! Echinus punctulatus Lamk. 1816. Ann. s. Vert.

! Arbacia punctulata Gray, 1835. Proc. Zool. Soc. London.

PL II f. 4; PI V.f.i-is.

The species of Arbacia have been too much multiplied, owing to the pre-
dominance given to characters which are now known to be either due to
differences of age or to very variable features. The character of the abac-
tinal system, the number of coronal plates, with the mode of arrange-
ment of the interambulacral tubercles, as well as the proportions of the
actinostome, furnish us with characters by which we can readily distin-
guish the species enumerated in this Revision. The two species found
in the Atlantic are easily distinguished by the great difference in size of the
abactinal system, the genital plates forming in A. punctulata a large promi-
nent pentagon ; the ocular plates are small and frequently reach the anal
system, though usually they are excluded from it ; the coronal plates are

204 ARBACIA PUNCTULATA.

high, the tubercles of the interambulacral space distant, separated by crowded
m diaries, rarely forming at ambitus more than three rows on each side of the
median line, of which usually but one row reaches the apex ; though in the
specimens from the northern localities we frequently have two and even three
of the vertical rows encroaching upon the bare areas reaching well towards
the abactinal region. The spines are long, moderately stout, frequently
exceeding in length the diameter of the test.

The color, when alive, varies greatly; from a deep violet, almost black, to a
straw-color, or spines tipped with violet>brown ; dry, denuded tests are usually
grayish, with more or less pinkish tint near apex, or light greenish-gray; the
poriferous zones being in each case of darker tint than test.

umber of | inter-

anil» ) I'riiiiiirv

Tubercles.

Number of
Vertical Rows

(interanib.).

Diameter of
Abactinal

System.

Diameter

of ActinaJ

S\ stem.

Height.

Diameter.

Length of
Spine.

1(>

7

13.4

23.5

29.

47.5

15

7

12.

22.2

28.5

44.8

36

12

5

8.9

18.

IS. 7

32.3

29

10

4

7.

11.8

12.

21.

28

Midler was the first to call attention to the difference in the tentacles of
the abactinal part of the ambulacra! system of this genus. They are pointed,
as in Diadema, having no sucking disk, and when fully expanded (as in
PI. V. f. /, .',.;) give to the Sea-urchin a very striking appearance, forming
tufts extending far beyond the spines of that pari of the test. These pointed
tentacles are flattened in one direction ( /'/. V. f. 6, 7, 8), they are capable of
enormous expansion (PI, V. /..;). but do not appear to act as rapidly as those
provided with suckers, which contract at least contact, while the pointed
tentacles can be considerably disturbed before they are drawn in.

The mode of moving of Arbacia is quite different from that of our
common Strongylocentrotus ; instead of slowly dragging itself along by
means of the suckers of the actinal surface, it makes free use of its spines,
and by a sort of tilting motion advances quite rapidly. The spat Inform
shape of the spines around the actinostome in species of this genus is un-
doubtedly due to the wear and tear produced by this means of locomotion,*
which enables them to travel quite rapidly over the ground, though the
slower mode of propulsion by means of the sucking tentacles of the actino-
stome is not unfrequently emploj'ed by them when climbing.

* There is formed a sort of cap at the extremity of the actinal spines, found in all the species of
Arbacia, which Desmoulins lias figured for several species in the Actes de la Soc. Linn, de Bordeaux
for 1870, and which is replaced as fast as worn out.

ARBACIA PUNCTULATA. 265

The South Carolina specimens are usually brick-red color in the bare inter-
ambulacral spaces with darker sutures, the spines are tipped of same color,
but fade gradually towards base into a light-colored violet, or even pale
yellow. The tentacles are yellowish-white ; the few pedicellaria? found upon
test (upper part) are of a dull white color.

In the youngest Arbaciadae observed, we have already four anal plates
(PL V. f. 9). The abactinal system of very young specimens is remarkably
prominent, occupying more than one half the abactinal part of the test
(PL V.f. 11.) The whole abactinal part of the test is deeply pitted, Trigo-
nocidaris-like (PI. V.f. n); the rudimentary tubercles, covering a part of
the abactinal part of the test, are connected by ridges (PI. V.f. 11), which
are gradually resorbed and reduced to the granulation found upon the coro-
nal plates of this genus. The primary tubercles are at first limited to the
ambitus, surmounted by short stout lanceolate spines, Podophora-like (PL V.
f. 9), gradually becoming more slender and proportionally longer with in-
creasing age (PI. V.f. 12, 13, 17), — the opposite of what takes place in Stron-
gylocentrotus, Cidaris, and most young Echini. The rudimentary spines
are not seated upon tubercles; they are club-shaped, somewhat similar in
shape to those of Podocidaris. The poriferous zone has in the earliest
stages the structure found in the adult, only it does not widen at the acti-
nostome (PL V.f. 15). The ratio of the actinostome to test does not vary
greatly in different stages of youth ; the edge of the actinal system forming
the groove of the gills is turned back but slightly in young, the lips taking
the place of cuts becoming more prominent with increasing age. The sepa-
ration of Agarites and Tetrapygus to represent the groups with bare or
crowded interarnbiilacra is not natural, depending upon the greater or less
resorption of the rudimentary tubercles formed in the earlier stages. It is
very common to find young of Arbacia punctulata which would pass for
young of Tetrapygus, and young Arbacia pustulosa which would pass for
young Agarites. Owing to the independent growth of the plates of the
poriferous zone, we have either three or four pairs of pores for each ambula-
cral plate ; the same is the case with other Oligoporidae, as limited by Desor,
showing that the division he has made, convenient though it is as a key for
the easier grouping of genera, is yet not strictly reliable, the mode of
growth of many Polyporidae showing in their young stages that they have
but a small number of pores for each ambulacral plate, which places them
among the Oligoporidae ; but, owing to the independent growth of the plates

266 ARBACIA PUNCTULATA.

of the poriferous zone in older stages, they seem to belong to the Poly-
poridae.

The changes which the tubercles undergo in their growth are very
marked; it constantly happens that primary tubercles, in way of formation.
become resorbed by the rapid growth of the test; at least, I can account
for the variation of the abactinal part of the interambulacral areas in no
other way (compare/. l't, 10, IS, PL V). Young specimens of such allied
species as A. punctulata and A. pustulosa can readily be recognized by the
differences of the abactinal system, which is quite pentagonal in young spe-
cimens of A. pustulosa (PL V. f. ID, ISO), while the position of the ocular
plates relatively to the genital plates presents in this system a totally differ-
ent appearance from A. punctulata (PL V. f. 14, is), where the ocular plates
project beyond the line of the genital plates.

The variations which occur at different stages of growth of this species
show how difficult it must be to distinguish the various species which have
been described at different times, many of which undoubtedly rest upon no
more substantial basis than variations due to peculiarities of young stages
which have been more or less persistent. The adult (when examining a
large series) shows no less liability to variation in the height of the coronal
plates, the size of the tubercles, their number upon the sides of the test, and
the relative number of the larger and smaller tubercles, as well as the spines
they carry; the sculpture even of the plates of the abactinal system, and
their shape and size, being subject to considerable variation.

The specimens collected by Mr. Pourtales seem to show conclusively that
the species distinguished as E. Davisii in the second number of the Museum
Bulletin is only a local variety. Allied species of Arbaciadae are diffi-
cult to distinguish; and the characters by which E. Davisii was separated
from A. punctulata are found, in the large series of young specimens col-
lected by Mr. Pourtales at Cape Fear and Florida Keys, to have no perma-
nence. Lutken considers the Echinus pustulosus Lam. as a nominal species;
quite a number of specimens of it were brought home by the Thayer
Expedition from Brazil ; the large series we possess proves its identity with
A. aequituberculata.

Littoral, — 125 fathoms.

COELOPLEURUS FLORIDANUS. 267

COELOPLEURUS.

Coelopleurus Agass. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.

General appearance of Arbacia : narrow poriferous zone, simple pairs of
pores above ambitus, tubercles imperforate and not crenulate. Actinostome
small, no cuts ; tubercles of median interambulacra have a broad bare space
entirely covered by minute granulations, forming undulating zigzag lines
from one side of the interambulacrum to the other. The tubercles of ambu-
lacra extend to the apex in two more or less irregular vertical rows.

Sutural impressions along median line, at junction of ambulacral plates
only on the actinal side, do not extend to the ambitus.

The spines, as far as they are known from the only living species, are
extraordinary, far surpassing in length those of the Diadematidae in propor-
tion to the test. They are long, curved triangular spines, tapering very grad-
ually, while on lower surface they resemble those of the other Arbaciadae,
and have the same cellular structure so characteristic of Arbaciadae. Out-
line of test less conical than in Arbacia.

Coelopleurus floridanus

! Coelopleurus sp. A. Agass. 1871. Bull. M. C. Z. III. p. 455.
! Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ag. 1869. Rev. Ech. Pt. I.

PI. IP. f. 14, 15.

Among the Echini collected by Mr. Pourtales in 1868-1869, were numer-
ous fragments of spines of Sea-urchins which I was unable, at the time of
writing the Preliminary Report, to refer to any genus of Echini known to
me. I am able to give some definite account of the spines, having while in
Paris had the opportunity — thanks to Professor Bayle — of examining Mi-
chelin's collection now in the Ecole des Mines, containing, among other types,
a remarkable Sea-urchin of which only a single specimen exists, described by
Michelin, in Annexe A to Maillard's Notes sur lisle de Bourbon, in 1863.

This Sea-urchin he named Keraiaphorus Maillardi; it was brought up
from a depth of two hundred metres on a fishing-line, and was called
Keraiaphorus on account of its long curved spines, resembling the antenna?
of Cerambycidae. The fragments of spines {PI. IP. f. 14), collected by Mr.
Pourtales off Tennessee Reef, at a depth of one hundred and sixty fathoms,
belong to this genus, but diner sufficiently in appearance to show they do
not belong to the same species. They are of a bright vermilion on the con-

268 COELOPLEURUS FLORIDANUS.

cave part of the spine, and a light pink on the opposite side ; the extremity
of the spine is white for a considerable distance; the spine is slightly
curved from the base; a section of the spines (PI. IP. f. 15) shows them to
be somewhat triangular, with rounded sides, the long convex side of the
triangle being placed on the side of greatest diameter of curvature of the
spine, and the short slightly concave or straight sides on the concave part
of the spine. The spine is nearly solid, with the exception of a small annu-
lar space, nearer the centre than the periphery, made up of one row of
large triangular limestone cells, such as are so characteristic of spines of
Echini; the central part and the periphery of the spine consist of very
minute circular cells, similar to those of Cidaris spines, closely packed
together, presenting a homogeneous structure ; in consequence, the outside
of the spine is not striated, either longitudinally or transversely, and shows
simply a homogeneous close granulation, like very line marble. The
longest fragments are about two inches in length, and, to judge from
analogy with Keraiaphorus Maillardi, they must have attained a length of
at least live or six inches. It is to be hoped that future explorations will
bring to light this interesting Sea-urchin, as the only specimen thus far
found is not in such a state of preservation as to enable us to ascertain its
affinities perfectly satisfactorily.

As far as an examination would allow, Keraiaphorus is identical with
Coelopleurus, as had already been suggested by Liitken. it has t lie same
abactinal system, the broad ambulacra! zones compared with the interambu-
lacral area, though not quite so sunken as in the fossil species. The arrange-
ment of the pores is the same in arcs round the base of the primary tuber-
cles; the genus is closely allied to Arbacia. There are some discrepancies
between the description of Michelin and his figures: the tubercles are not
perforated nor crenulated, the general structure of the genital and ocular
plates is similar to those of Arbacia ; unfortunately the anal plates are
not preserved, and Michelin says nothing about them. The peculiar struc-
ture of the bare portion of the abactinal part of the interambulacra is not
sufficiently brought out in Michelin's figures ; in the specimen, ridges of
small tubercles, running in S-shapcd curves across this bare part of the
interambulacra from the base of one plate to the angle of the opposite plate,
are quite prominent and fully as marked as in the best figures of Coelo-
pleurus given by Cotteau in the Actes de la Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux,
PI. XII. f. Jf, Vol. XXVII. The spines of Coelopleurus are as yet not known,

PODOCIDARIS SCULPTA. 269

unless the spines cited under the name of Cidaris incerta D'Arcii., in Mem.
Soc. Geol. Vol. III. 2d Ser. Mem. 6, p. 420, PI X. f. 11, found in the same
beds as those containing Coelopleurus, should turn out to be the spines of
this genus. They greatly resemble the smaller, shorter, and straight spines
of Keraiaphorus found round the actinostome, as was suggested to me by
Mr. Vaillant of the Ecole des Mines.

Nor is there any mention made of the sutural impressions found between
actinostome and ambitus in the median ambulacral space. These impres-
sions were first noticed by Cotteau * in a fossil species ( C. Delbosii) from
the lower tertiaries of Gironde ; although Michelin has not described them, the
accurate pencil of Humbert has not failed to show them in the figure of the
test, as seen from the actinal side (in PI, XIV. f. 2, of Michelin's paper).

It is interesting to note in this connection the existence of a fossil species
of this genus from the London Clay, described by Forbes in his Brit. Tertiar.
Echinoderms, under the name of Coelopleurus Wetherelli; we have also in the
Tertiaries of Alabama and of Bordeaux species of Coelopleurus.

PODOCIDARIS.

Podocidaris A. Aoass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Test regularly arched above, flat below, depressed abactinal surface, sur-
rounded by raised ambulacral ridges ; actinal system resembling that of
Arbacia ; primary tubercles carrying large, spindle-shaped spines, confined to
lower surface. Actinal membrane imbricated only towards centre from the
buccal plates. Abactinal part of test covered by spines not articulated,
rising directly from test ; median ambulacral and interambulacral spaces
deeply pitted by depressions surrounded by the ridges extending from the
base of the rudimentary club-shaped spines. Poriferous zone narrow ; a
single vertical row of pairs of pores ; abactinal system large, resembling
that of Arbacia ; anal system covered by four large plates.

Podocidaris sculpta

! Podocidaris sculpta A. Ag. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z.

PI. IV. f. 8-16.

This species has, at first glance (PI. IV. f. 8), the general facies of a young
Arbacia, with a depressed abactinal surface, the ambulacra rising in ridges

* Echinides Nouveaux, Rev. Mag. Zool., August, 1864, p. 105, PI. XIV. f. 10.

270 PODOCIDAKIS SCULPT A.

above the surface. The large primary spines are confined to the lower
surface as in Colobocentrotus, the primary tubercles scarcely extending beyond
the ambitus in the largest specimens obtained (PL IV. f. 9, 10). These tuber-
cles alone carry a large, smooth mamelon, while the rest of the test is covered
with rudimentary spines (PL IV. f. to), arranged, however, in regular, ver-
tical rows, four of which form a distinct, raised band in the median interam-
bulacral zone, flanked by three more, less well defined, placed in a compara-
tively lower plane, while in the narrow ambulacra] /one there are but two
such rows, close to the poriferous zone, which is very narrow, the pores being
arranged in a single vertical row, as in Arbacia (PL IV. f. 1 >). The rudimen-
i.ii v. knob-shaped spines,* strongly serrate, are not carried upon a mamelon,
but rise directly from the test, as in very young Sea-urchins, and are con-
nected at their base by a ridge, leaving thus a more or less quadrangular
pit in the space between four tubercles {PI. IV. f. 13). This ridge is par-
ticularly prominent between the spines of the median interambulacral
rows, while in the more irregular rows the ridges are less marked, form-
ing simply depressions in the test, running irregularly. The pits in the
ambulacra] zone are very marked, and are connected into an irregular
groove extending along the whole ambulacra! zone, the ridges, starting
from the base of the tubercles, extending only part way across the am-
bulacra! area, like spurs and rounded knobs. The whole surface of the test
(PL IV. f. 8) is covered with long-stemmed, articulated pedicellarire (PL IV.
f. li;). which have a distinct mamelon for their support (PL IV. f. /■/). sur-
rounded by a sort of scrobicular circle, the base of the pedicellarise forming
a ball-and-socket joint with the tubercle, while there is a thin muscular mem-
brane holding them in place, as in true spines, — an additional proof that
pedicellarise are only modified spines, as was made probable by their identical
mode of development with spines, observed in the Starfishes and Spatangoids

* We have in the adult of this genus, occurring with articulated spines such as are found in fully
grown Echini, rudimentary spines rising directly from the test, as we find them in very young Echini or in
all Starfishes, yet associated with pedicellarisB having an articulation playing upon a distinct tubercle, and
surrounded by a scrobicular circle. The probable function of the pedicellarise of scavengers and providers

seems tolerably well proved, not only by my own observations in our common Sc -a-urehin, hut also by those
of other writers on the pedicellarise of other genera, when- they have been seen c'asping small Crustacea,
Annelids, and other minute marine animals. Starting from the simple network of the reticulation of the
test, we pass gradually to all the forms of spines, whether fixed or articulated, whether appearing as mere
knobs or granules, to the complicated articulated spines of Cidaris on one side, or from the same granules
through fixed pedicellaria? to the highly articulated and movable pedicellaria? of this genus. To this 1 shall
recur again when describing the pedicellaria; of Echini in connection with other anatomical points.

PODOCIDAEIS SCULPTA. 271

by Miiller and myself.* The abactinal system, placed in a depression of the
abactinal part of the test, resembles that of Arbacia, having only four anal
plates (PL IV. f. 14), with large genital and ocular plates, which, however, are
not bare as in that genus, but carry small, rudimentary, knob-shaped spines.
The genital openings are near the anal system. The buccal membrane carries
ten large quadrangular plates, with rounded edges placed near the test, the
whole space between them and the mouth being covered by small plates
(PL IV. f. 9); the rest of the membrane is bare. The actinal opening is large,
the cuts slight, and the pores are not arranged in arcs near the mouth, as in
Echinocidaris. The spines are sharp, flat, spindle-shaped (PL IV. f. s) with
a prominent ridge running along the middle of the upper surface ; the sec-
tion is triangular, the longest side being the under side, which is convex, the
shorter upper sides being concave, as is shown better in the enlarged section
(PL IV. f. 15). The spines are finely granulated longitudinally, with a slightly
serrated edge. The large spines, as well as the knobs of the rudimentary
spines, are sometimes beautifully colored by dark violet pigment cells, follow-
ing the arrangement of the granulation. The pedicellarise have the same
coloration. The tentacles, to judge from alcoholic specimens, must have
been very large, though not possessed of a powerful disk ; being, especially
near abactinal pole, blunt, or more or less pointed (PL IV. f. 8), as in
Arbaciadae ; the test, when prepared to show the structure, was of a deli-
cate cream-color, upon which the brilliant coloration of the knob-shaped
spines stood out in bold relief.

138 to 315 fathoms.

* This genus may be truly said to represent Temnopleurus among the Arbaciadae. It is closely
allied to Glypticus, where the primary tubercles are gradually changed to irregularly shaped ridges, cover-
ing the abactinal part of the test. For figures of Glypticus see Goldfuss, Pet. Germania; ; and Agassiz,
fichinod. foss. Suisses.

272 D1ADEMAT1DAE.

DIADEMATIDAE.

Family Diadematidae Peteks, 1853. Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, (emend.)

ASTHENOSOMA.

Asthenosoma Grube, 18C7. Jahresb. d. Sillies. Ges. f. Vat. Cul.

Test flexible ; ambulacral and interambulacral areas composed of narrow
plates, in which calcareous deposits are limited to the median ambulacral
and interambulacral spaces, the remainder of the plate being more or less
membranous. The calcareous part of the plates is pistol-shaped, the but end
turned towards the actinostome in the interambulacral area, and turned in the
opposite direction in the ambulacra; they lap slightly along the median line
in both areas, and turning in opposite directions, give the test a great degree
of mobility. This character of lapping of the plates in opposite directions
in the two areas was thus far only known among the Palaechinidae (Melo-
nites, etc.). The tentacles are pointed near abaetinal area, as in the Dia-
dematidae. The abaetinal system resembles that of other Diadematidae, has
a small anal system, and approaches more the structure of that of Centroste-
phanus. There is in each area a principal vertical row of large perforate tuber-
cles; the rest of the plate is occupied by smaller tubercles, similar in struc-
ture, arranged in an irregular horizontal line, — a mode of arrangement thus
far not found among the Diadematidae. The poriferous zone is not formed
of independent plates, the large ambulacral plates are themselves perforated
for one pair of pores, the two other pairs passing through small scales,
resembling the ten buccal plates of Echini of the membranous part of the
large plate ; they form three vertical rows of pores, reminding us some-
what of the arrangement of the pores of Hipponoe ; the two inner vertical
rows passing through the membranous part of the large plate are placed
close together ; the other vertical row is well separated, placed nearer
the interambulacral zone, their structure recalling remarkably the struc-
ture of the poriferous zone of Palaechinidae.

ASTHENOSOMA HYSTRIX. 273

Asthenosoma hystrix

! Calveria hystrix W. Thomson, 1869. Prelim. Rept. Porcup. Exped Proc. R. S.
1 Asthenosoma hystrix A. Ai>. 1872. Rev. Eeh. Pt. I.

PL IP. f. 1-5.

The probability of the correctness of the view which I took in the Pre-
liminary Report, of referring a small Sea-urchin to Calveria hystrix, is greatly
strengthened by finding among some refuse of the dredgings from Florida,
collected by Mr. Pourtales, a couple of plates of Asthenosoma hystrix. They
must have belonged to a specimen measuring about one and a half inches in
diameter, to judge by a specimen slightly larger, which the Museum owes to
the kindness of Professor Thomson, collected by the Porcupine Expedition.
The small spines on this specimen show the same structure as those of the
young Sea-urchin referred to (Asthenosoma), and figured on PI. IP. f. 3.
Older spines become somewhat trumpet-shaped (PI. IP./. 4). The peculiar
structure of these spines is well shown in the transverse section (PL IP.f.5),
— a structure identical with that of the spines of Asthenosoma varium, which
I owe to the kindness of Professor Grube of Breslau. The pedicellariae also are
similar, leaving but little doubt of the generic identity of these two remark-
able Sea-urchins.

The young specimen, briefly mentioned in the Preliminary Report, is a
small Sea-urchin, about 3mm- in diameter (PL IP. f. 1, 2). It is already
of a size when a young Diadema has its plates tolerably well defined, and
when its spines far surpass the diameter of the test in length, besides
being provided with a long anal proboscis, which at once characterizes young
Diadematidae This specimen was nearly flat, the outline deeply cut at the
ambulacra (PL IP./, l), the interambulacra projecting as large lobes beyond
the general outline ; the whole test was made up of small limestone cells
(PL IP. f. 2), and evidently was quite movable, though tough in its present
condition ; there were deep actinal cuts in the centre of the ambulacral field
(PL IP. f. l), the actinal membrane unfortunately was not well preserved.
The spines were very short (PL IP./. 3), and bore about the same ratio to the
test which they have in Astropyga and Asthenosoma, the tubercles were not
yet separated from the general limestone network of the test, and the spines
were arranged in the interambulacral spaces in two irregular main rows, and
in one row in the ambulacral spaces, both extending to the abactinal pole
from the ambitus, the test round the actinostone being bare (PL IP./, l).

Florida Gulf Stream, 138 fathoms.

274 DIADEMA SJiTOSUM.

DIADEMA.

Diadema Sctiyn. 1 711. Thes. Imag. (Peters, emend.)

Outline of test slightly pentagonal, flattened at both poles, test moderately
thin. The tubercles of the ambulacra somewhat smaller than those of the
interambulacra, arranged in two vertical rows. The tubercles of both areas are
crenulate, perforate. The poriferous zones are narrow, the median ambulacra!
region much broader than the poriferous zone, but the ambulacra narrow
compared to width of interambulacra, and often rising considerably above
them. The pores are arranged in simple pairs, forming arcs round the
adjacent tubercles. The spines are all of same nature, hollow, closely verti-
cillate, and very long upon both areas, often three and even four times the
diameter of test in length. The milled ring at base very large and prominent,
and rapidly tapering to the width of shaft, which is maintained to extremity.
The actinal system is large; there are ten broad cuts, not very deep, but
provided with thin processes diverging from them. The actinal membrane is
thin, barely strengthened by small limestone plates. The ambulacral suckers
are provided with suckers on lower surface, but above the ambitus, up to
the abactinal system, they are pointed as in Arbacia.

The bare part of the sunken interambulacra extending from the genital
plates branches and extends on either side of the outer main tubercles.
The abactinal system is made up of five large, pointed, triangular genital
plates, the genital openings placed in a pit near outer extremity. The ocular
plates are small, regularly intercalated between the genital plates. The anal
system is covered by a thin naked membrane, only strengthened near genital
plates by a row of small plates, anal opening at end of a tube extending like
a proboscis three to four times the length of the anal system. Teeth large.

Diadema setosum

! Diadema setosa (Gray), 1825. An. Phil. p. 4 (non Rdmph).

PL IP./. €-10; PL II\f. 6 ; PL TV.f. 1 ; PL VP.f. 5.

I have been unable, after repeated examinations of a large series of speci-
mens from many localities, to distinguish more than two species of Diadema.
Bolsche had already called attention to his inability to separate Diadema
antillarum from Diadema Savignyi ; and I have to acknowledge that the
different species I attempted to discriminate from various localities in the

DIADEMA SETOSUM. 275

Pacific and Eastern seas cannot be maintained, with the exception of Diadema
mexicanum. I add for the sake of comparison the measurements of the only
two species of Diadema which seem to me to be based upon permanent
characteristic differences.

The height is extremely variable in all species of Diadema, the abactinal
system being frequently sunken considerably below the level of the abactinal
parts of the ambulacra, which rise like prominent ridges above the depressed
median interambulacral space. In the specimens of Diadema mexicanum I
have thus far examined this is rarely the case, the abactinal region is but little
sunken. The connecting ridges of the auricles are prominent, the auricles
themselves triangular, festooned, but less powerful than in the Mexican species.

Diameter
Abactinal System.

23

Diameter
Anal System.

13.5

Diameter
Actinal System.

40.

Diameter
ofTest.

90.

No. of Primary
(interauib.) Tubercles

17

D. Mexic.

35.

86.

D. setosum.

13

7.2

32.9

62.

15

D. Mexic.

14

9.

28.

66.

15

D setosum.

13

8.

27.5

51.5

13

D. Mexic.

22.4

46.0

14

D. setosum.

The spines, as a usual thing, are more slender and the verticillations closer
than in the Mexican species ; the miliaries small, scattered in irregular,
disconnected vertical lines between the primaries, the bare space of median
interambulacral row generally extending to the fourth coronal plate from
the abactinal pole.

The original specimen of Lamarck of Diadema turcarum in the Jardin
des Plantes was from Martinique.

Littoral to 1 7 fathoms.

In the young of both Diadema and Echinothrix the spines are propor-
tionally larger, and being so much less numerous, give to young Diadema-
tidae a peculiar facies, — E. calamaria-like {PI. IIC. f. 6). We find also in
young Diadema characters in the actinal membrane differing from the
adult ; the peculiar grouping, in five separate clusters,* of the buccal am-
bulacra! plates which appear first, is soon lost by the encroachment of the

* In the Preliminary Report, misled by this embryonic character of young Diadematidae, I took it for
granted that Echinodiadema of Verrill, in which these plates are covered with short spines, were only
an embryonic feature. I have since that time had the opportunity of examining the buccal membrane
of Centrostephanus of Triehodiadema, and find that large specimens of these two genera have identic d
plates, covered by spines, with those of Echinodiadema, and that this character is an excellent one to
distinguish Centrostephanus (= Triehodiadema = Echinodiadema) from the true genus Diadema in
addition to its other characteristic features.

27G STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.

smaller interambulacral plates, and in older specimens the plates become
deeply embedded in the buccal membrane. The pores at first are placed
in a vertical row in very young specimens; the}' then become arranged
in arcs of three or four pairs : with increasing age the median rows of in-
terambulacral tubercles assume the arrangement found in the adult. Owing
to the rapid growth of the spines in the young, the extremity, and fre-
quently the greater part of the spine almost to the base, is hollow; but
as the young increase in age they become more solid at the base, and
further up in proportion to their age. The anal tube of small specimens
is very striking, being as prominent as the anal proboscis of .-oine species
of Comatulae (PL IP. f. u). The anal membrane is still quite flexible in
the adult, and forms a proboscis, though shorter proportionally than in the
young, as Grube pointed out some time since.

In very young Echinothrix turcarum the spines become early solid, and
differ generally strikingly, on account of the close verticillation forming a
longitudinal striatum, from those of Diadema or of the other species of
Echinothrix. I was inclined formerly to retain for this species the generic
name proposed fust by Gray, but having examined a large series of this
species in the Godeffroy Museum, I find that although the spines are more
closely verticillate, yet the solidity — the main character upon which the
generic separation was based — was not so universal as I had been led to
suppose, and the structure of the test presenting no feature by which the
species of this group could be distinguished generally, they have been
united with Echinothrix.

ECIIIXOMETRADAK.

Family Echinometradae Gbay, 1855. Proc. ZooL Soc. London, p. 37.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.

Strongylocentrotus BbanDT, 1835. Prod. Descript. An.

This genus was first established by Brandt for the typical Echinus
chlorocentrotus = Drobachiensis. It has, in the subsequent limitations of the
genera into which Echinus has been divided by Agassiz, Desor, A. Agassiz,
Liitken, Verrill, completely escaped their attention. It includes all species
having a somewhat circular or subpentagonal, regularly arched or slightly

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS. 277

depressed test, with smooth, imperforate, not crenulate tubercles of unequal
sizes, forming primary and secondary vertical rows. Pores arranged in arcs
of at least four to five pairs. Actinostome decagonal; very slight cuts; buccal
membrane bare ; spines moderately slender, longitudinally striated, longer
proportionally than those of true Echinus, and more slender than those of
Sphaerechinus.

The analysis of the mode of growth of the pores shows how impossible it
is, upon the mere question of quantity or direction of the pores, to subdivide
this genus as has frequently been attempted ; and now that it is associated
with the Echinoinetradae, instead of the Echinidae, where we find variations
similar to those noticed in Strongylocentrotus, the homogeneous nature of the
genus as now limited cannot fail to be apparent, and however convenient the
former generic sections may be as keys for ready identification of species, we
cannot allow them greater value. The modifications of the poriferous zone
upon which these so-called generic distinctions have been based are in this
case simply quantitative modifications, not involving a single structural fea-
ture, as an examination of the analysis of the plates of the poriferous zones
of Echini apparently shows ; the petaloid appearance of the zones imme-
diately round the actinostome is a mere result of the flattening of the test,
and the direction of the arcs of pores due to the greater or less rapid growth
of the new additional plates of the poriferous zones or of the primitive plate
of each arc. If the latter grows rapidly, the arcs are open and transverse
(Loxechinus) ; if it is the older plates which grow very rapidly, we have very
regularly arched arcs, each arc (Toxocidaris) of greater or smaller size if
the new plates are added only at the upper part of the arc ; while if they
are also added at the open end of the arc, the arcs are more vertical
(Sphaerechinus), a structural feature which, taken into connection with
the actinal cuts, seems to entitle the section (Sphaerechinus) to rank as
subijeneric.

o

Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis

! ? Echinus Drbbachiensis Mull. 1776. Zool. Dan. Prod.

! Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Ag 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. 1.

PL IV". f. 2, 3, 4 ; PI. IX; PL X.

After a careful re-examination of the whole subject I am unable to distin-
guish more than one species of Strongylocentrotus in the circuinpolar speci-
mens thus far collected. I am aware that there are marked local differences,

278 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS.

and can readily see how with small series it would be possible to establish the
species generally recognized as S. chlorocentrotus, S. granulans (granulatus
Gould). Careful measurements of a number of specimens of the alleged
species are here given, tabulated according to their origin, and fail to show
any characters by which they can be separated.

The thickness of the test is extremely variable, the specimens from the
northwest coast generally are very much thinner (chlorocentrotus), though
those which are known as carnosus are more like Drobachiensis, and have a
somewhat thicker shell, while in granulatus it is often quite thick. The shape
and outline are very variable, as seen from measurements. Coronal plates are
of median height, with but one large tubercle on each plate, forming the two
principal vertical rows of the interainbulacral space, the rest of the plate
being closely covered by secondaries, so as to form irregular vertical or
transverse lines, as is usually the case in granulatus ; or the vertical lines are
more regular (as in Drobachiensis), the secondaries being larger and the
smaller secondaries less prominent, these being the greatest extremes. The
same general features of arrangement hold good in ambulacra! and inter-
ambulacral spaces. Though the extremes have been mentioned, we find the
loose arrangement of granulatus combined with the thin and thick test, and
with the broad and narrow poriferous zone. The arcs of pores of granulatus
are straighter, but in Drobachiensis said to be more vertical. This depends
upon the height of the vertical plates; when arcs are straight, the poriferous
zones are separated by two irregular oblique rows of minute tubercles which
follow the curve of the poriferous zones. The number of pairs of pores varies
greatly; in one and the same specimen we find one zone with six pores near
ambitus and generally but five above it, when in the next zone there may
be five or six above as a general thing.

Of the ocular plates two reach the anal system and the others are excluded.
The madreporic body is very much larger than other genital plates, which are
short-sided near the anal system, and long, pointed, extending beyond the level
of the ocular plates, with pretty large genital openings. Secondaries covering
loosely the whole abactinal system ; anal system large ; exterior row of plates
largest, gradually diminishing towards anus. Spines vary greatly in length,
comparatively slender, greenish-purple, or violet, or flesh-colored, or even
cream-color. Buccal membrane thin, with few small plates irregularly placed
in continuation of ambulacral system. Auricles slight, with large opening ;
shallow ridge connecting them.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENS1S. 279

1

CMorocentrotus.

No. Interamb.
Tubercles.

Diam.

Height.

Abactin.
System.

Anal.

System.

Actinal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

No. Pores.

Spine.

24

82.

32.7

18.5

9.

23.4

6.

6

14.

19

62.5

29.

14.

7.

19.9

4.5

6

13.

18

43.4

22.3

11.9

5.1

15.5

3.2

6

8.9

16

34.

18.2

8.9

4.1

12.

2.9

6

7.2

13

22.9

10.4

5.

2.8

Drobachiensis.

9.3

1.9

6

7.1

21

60.

33.

13.

7.2

19.

4.6

6

15.

16

48.2

21.4

12.

7.

17.9

3.5

6

12.6

15

44.4

19.

11.

56

15.

2.5

6

11.5

14

45.2

23.

11.1

5.8

16.5

3.0

6

18

50.

21.3

12.4

6.

16.3

2.9

6

11

20.5

9.

5.8

2.5
Granulatun.

19.5

1.8

5

24

78.2

38.2

19.

10.3

23.

4.9

6

23

68.

39.5

15.6

6.2

20.

5.0

6

20

58.4

30.

12.5

6.

17.

4.1

6

21

53.

29.3

12.

5.1

17.4

3.9

6

19

52.

26.

11.8

4.1

16 2

4.

6

16

39.

19.1

9.2

5.

14.3

3.

6

14

38.

19.4

7.4

3.9

11.5

2.9

6

12

22.3

10.7

6.1

3.3

10.2

2.

6

10

13.

6.9

4.

2.

6.4

1.1

6

In the young Sea-urchins where the Pluteus has only been resorbed
recently (PI. X. f. l), we find the spines limited to the edge of the flat
test, not articulated. They are few in number, and remarkable for their
size. There is no trace of an anal system, the anus still opening by the
side of the mouth as in young Starfishes. The tentacles equal in length the
diameter of the test. The whole test is thickly covered by dark crimson
pigment cells. The spines, which are at first mere projections of the cal-
careous network of the shell, become more fan-shaped in older specimens
(PL X. f. 4) as they extend further towards the abactinal pole. The
odd tentacle expands to a remarkable extent, sometimes to three times
the radius of the test. The four tentacles of each ambulacral space are
short and stout, and capable of but limited expansion and contraction
(PL X.f. 3), the whole actinal membrane being covered by an open plating
of limestone cells. The actinal system is circular (PL IX. f. 2), without any
notches, large, with teeth occupying but a small part of the actinal space,
extending as five narrow wedges from the centre to edge of test. The
tubercles are also comparatively large. These embryonic features are soon
lost, pedicillarise begin to appear, the spines lose their fan shape, becoming

280 STRONGYLOCENTEOTUS DKUBACH1ENSIS.

more elongate, though still serrate; the tentacles are more numerous; the
anal system is developed as a single large plate (PL X. f. g), the anus
opening to one side of it ; and we commence to trace distinct sutures
separating the coronal plates, new plates being added at the abactinal
pole round the anal system.

In young specimens of somewhat less than one eighth of an inch in diam-
eter (3",m ■), having five : six ambulacra! plates (PL IX. f. 3), we find features
totally unlike those belonging to the genus Strongylocentrotus. The anal
system is closed by one large circular plate occupying the whole of the space
between the genital plates. A line passing through the madreporie body and
the anal plate does not pass through the symmetrical axis of the plate, but
at a considerable angle, showing (as is the case in all young Sea-urchins) that
we cannot use the anal plate, or opening of anus, as a guide for the determi-
nation of any one axis in Sea-urchins. So that the attempt made to define
the longitudinal axis by a line passing through the axis of symmetry of the
subanal plate docs not give us any fixed position. This attempt was only in-
troduced from taking the subanal plate of Salenia as the guide in fixing this
axis, but if the subanal plate of Salenia is only the homologue of the large
anal plate of young Echini ( PI J X. f. ./. >;, s), it is natural to find the madre-
I nic' body to one side of it, as we find in the young of several genera of
Echini. The symmetrical axis of the anal plate pointing either to the second
or third genital plate (counting from the madreporie body to the left), and
as I have shown in my Memoirs on the Embryology of Echinodernis that the
plane of the madreporie body was one connected with a fundamental point
of structure in the plan of the young Echinodenn. there is no anomaly pre-
sented by finding in Saleniae the madreporie body passing asymmetrically
through the subanal plate, that being, as is the case in all Echini, its natural
position.

In these small specimens we find the pores arranged in vertical arcs of
four pairs for each ambulacral plate (PL IX. f. ',). There are two main
vertical rows of primary tubercles in the ambulacral and inteiambulacral
zones, nearly of the same size, surrounded by a few secondary tubercles
irregularly arranged ; the test is quite flat in proportion to the diameter, and,
when seen from below, we find the actinostome of extraordinary proportions
(PL IX. f. 4), occupying fully three quarters of the whole lower part; the
outline is scarcely indented; the points of the teeth are blunt, triangular; the
membrane is naked, being slightly stiffened by small granules round the at-

STRONUYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS. 281

tachment to the teeth. The ten perforated plates carrying tubercles, which
in the adult are close to the base of the teeth, are found to be close to the
test. In a somewhat older specimen, measuring 3.5mm- in diameter and
having nine : ten plates, there are traces of four additional minute plates in
the anal system {PL IX. f. 6). There is no change in the arrangement of the
pores or of the tubercles; when seen from the lower side, the actinal opening
occupies a much smaller proportion of the test {PL IX. f. ;). The tentacular
plates are nearer the centre, and the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces
on the periphery of the actinostome are equal, the latter having been the
larger in the younger stages. In a specimen somewhat older, measuring
5.1mm in diameter, the notches of the actinostome are more marked, the
opening reduced still further in proportion {Pl.IX.f. 10); and in specimens
of SA™™- in diameter the actinal opening has about the proportions of the
adult {PL IX. f. 12), the ambulacral area is broader than the interambu-
lacral at the periphery, the notches are about as they were in the preceding
stage. In the specimen measuring h.V™* in diameter, we find the first trace
of the open arcs of pores towards the ambitus {PL IX. f. 9), while the upper
tubercles are still surrounded by closed vertical arcs {PL IX. f. S). It seems
impossible to account for the subsequent arrangement of the pores, except
on the supposition that the plates forming the poriferous zone grow indepen-
dently of the ambulacral plates, and that they are pushed along down
towards the ambitus, forming open arcs of four or five or even a larger
number of pairs of pores.

In all these stages {PL IX. f. 3—1%), the test was quite depressed ; it is only
when it attains a diameter of 8.4mm , that the depression is not marked, and
the young Sea-urchin assumes the general outline and characters of the adult,
as is shown by the greater number of plates of the anal system and the
regularly open arcs of pores, as well as the appearance of the secondary
rows of tubercles.*

* The same general changes fake place in S. lividuo as in S Drobachiensis. In very small specimens,
2.5n,m- in diameter, and having four : five coronal plates, we find four pairs of pores for each ambulacral
plate arranged in an almost vertical row and but slightly curved. The same is the case in specimens
measuring 3.Cmm- in diameter, with six : five tubercles when the curve is somewhat more decided. In speci-
mens having seven : eight plates, and measuring 6.3mm- and 8.4mm- in d'ameter, we find still the same vertical
arrangement of the pores. The arcs do not open till the Sea-urchin has attained a diameter of 10n""-,
when we find in one plate an arc of five pairs of pores, anil in specimens measuring 12.7mm-, two plates
with open arcs of five pairs of pores. Young S. lividus are much more flattened than the young of S.
Drobachiensis, being generally mote turban-shaped, while the latter are always very slightly conical. The

282 ECHIXOMETRA.

ECHINOMETRA.

Echinometra Rond. 1504. De Piscib. (Bkeyn).

Test thin, elongate, the longer axis making an acute angle with the
anterior axis, the madreporic body being placed on the right of this long
axis. Tubercles large, imperforate, not crenulate, slightly smaller in the
ambulacral area. Poriferous /.one moderately broad, pores arranged in very
prominent arcs of many pairs. Actinostome large, actinal cuts shallow and
often broad. Jaws very powerful, and auricles very massive. Spines long,
longitudinally striated, quite stout ; there are usually clusters of spines on
the ten buccal plates of the actinal membrane, — a feature which distinguishes
this genus from the true Strongylocentrotus, with which it is far more
closely related than has usually been considered to be the case. The ob-
liquity of the axis passing through the madreporic body and the opposite
ocular plate is an embryonic feature, arising from the closing up of the
open spiral which forms the lirst foundation of the Echinus in the Pluteus;
when this spiral becomes lirst closed, it is always eccentric, hut becomes
symmetrical in the other Echinidae, with the exception of the true Echino-
metradae where the obliquity remains through the adult stages.

Nowhere among the young regular Echini have 1 found such great
changes in the shape and proportions of the test and spines as in Echi-
nometra, We frequently find specimens of the same size, where in one
case the outline is almost circular, the test flattened, covered with long
slender spines, while in the other the test is lobed. swollen, high, surmounted
by numerous short stout spines. These and all intermediate stages, compli-
cated by the greater or smaller number of primary tubercles, the arrange-
ment of the arcs of the poriferous zone undergoing changes exactly similar
to those described in Strongylocentrotus, are found existing in specimens of
very different size. This has given rise in a great measure to the confused

•* Do

synonymy attached to our most common species, and renders their identi-
fication, if based upon meagre material, almost hopeless.

poriferous zone also is wider proportionally, the actinal opening is larger, and no trace of branchial cuts
can lie seen in specimens measuring r.».7nim, the arrangement of the miliaries is more regular, and
they early have the two vertical rows of primary tubercles well developed.

ECHINOMETRA SUBANGULARIS. 283

Echinometra subangularis

! Ciduris subangularis Leske, 17 78. Kl. Adclit.
'.Echinometra subangularis Desml. 1837. Syn., p. 266.

PL X". f. %, 3, 4.

Poriferous zone broad ; pores arranged in arcs of not more than seven
pairs, usually six ; pores of a pair large, distant ; abactinal system narrow ;
madreporic genital far exceeds in size the other genital plates, which are
small, with large genital openings. What is specially remarkable in the
West India species is the great size of the auricles, extending in a T-shaped
broad column half-way the length of the polar axis, connected by a robust
ridge at base, equalling in height one third of the auricles. Auricular arch
small. Actinostome large and pentagonal ; the number of coronal plates of am-
bulacra in young specimens is materially greater than in the interambulacra,
but older specimens do not show a striking difference in the size of the
primary tubercles of the two areas. The variation in proportion of the test,
the structure of the ambulacra near the actinostome (more or less petaloid),
the proportions of the spines and the test, are so great that it is only by ex-
amining a large series of specimens that good characters, which are but few,
can be enumerated to distinguish this from the other species of Echinometra.

The color of the spines varies greatly from a dark violet-green to a deep
violet almost black. With increasing age, as the test becomes more gibbous,
the coronal plates increase greatly in size, and the primary vertical rows of
tubercles often attain an extraordinary size, which has caused them, when
flattened, to be mistaken for genuine Stomopneustes.

No. Primary
interamb.
Tubercles.

No. of Pores.

Diam. Aetinal.
System.

Diam.
Abactinal.
System.

Spine.

Diameter.

Height.

10

6

14.8

6.

18.

30.5

14.

11

6

19.

8.1

23.5

41

19.

13

7

21.

9.8

26.5

49.

22.

15

7

25.

11.

47.5

61.

31.

15

7

30.5

14.5

41.

75.

35.3

15

7

30.3

13.4

74.

36.5

From an examination of typical specimens of Echinus lucunter Lam. it
became evident that Lamarck's species was the common Echinometra, hav-
ing such an extensive range in the Pacific and Indian Oceans ; extending
from the Sandwich Islands to the Red Sea. It was with some doubt, how-
ever, that the name Michelini was adopted in the Museum Bulletin for our
common West India species, the varieties of which have served as the type
of many species : the large, somewhat oblong, swollen-sided adult, with short

284 ECHINOMETRA VIEIDIS.

stout spines, has been the EcMnometra lobata Blaixv. ; the flatter, more cir-
cular variety, with long slender spines, has even been referred to a different
genus, Heliocidaris, by Hupe. Authors generally have referred the young
flat stage to Heliocidaris niexicana Ac

Liitken supposed that the common West India Echinometra was the
Echinus lucunter of Linne, and both he and Professor Loven think the tradi-
tion of Linne's species points that way ; unfortunately the labels of the Coll.
Lud. Ulric. Reginae in the Museum of Upsala have been lost, so that it is
impossible with precision to determine what Linne meant, and as there is no
doubt as to what Lamarck meant by his E. lucunter, I have retained the
name for the common Pacific species, and would have retained for our
West India species the name E. acufera, as had been done before by Midler,
were it not that the types which have served as the Cidaris subangularis
of Leskc are still preserved in Erlangen, leaving us no choice in the
matter.

It is somewhat remarkable that, with the extensive geographical distribu-
tion of this species (the whole coast of Brazil, the Gulf of Mexico, Caribbean
Sea, West India Islands, Bahamas, Bermudas, and W. coast of Africa), it
should be so limited in bathymetrical range.

Littoral 6 1 1 > 7 fathoms,

Echinometra viridis

! Eclunomilni viridis A. Agass. 1803. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

PI. X". /. l.

At once recognized by its prominent bare abactinal system with equally
developed genital plates. The anal plates are large, bare, one or two
of the larger ones having a single spine, the genital plates carrying but a
single small tubercle near the anal edge; the ocular plates are completely
excluded from the anal system, the madreporic plate scarcely larger than
the other genital plates. The poriferous zone narrow, the arcs confluent,
the pores arranged in arcs of usually five, though sometimes six pairs.

The spines in all the specimens examined are of a dirty green color,
tipped with olive, with frequently a white milled ring. The actinostome
is nearly circular, the actinal cuts shallow but sharp for this genus, the
auricles slender, short, with a large auricular opening and low connecting
ridges. The secondary rows of tubercles of the interambulacral space are
irregular, made up of small secondaries, and in ambulacra are mere granules.

TE.MNECHINUS. 285

The tubercles are large and prominent, though the boss is low ; the coronal
plates are high.

Abac tin a 1

Aotinal

Anal

liameter.

Hi-isht.

System.

System.

System.

No.

Prim. Tub.

No

Pores.

Spine.

37.5

19.

8.5

15.5

4.2

10

6

19 (worn)

29.5

14.2

8.5

14.2

3.5

10

5

29.

14.

7.

13.

3.

10

5

28

21.

10.

6.

12.

2.3

9

5

19

As in Echinometra subangularis there is a flat long-spined variety of
Echinometra viridis, distinguished formerly as Echinometra plana, but which
the full series now in the Museum collection showrs decidedly to hold the
same relation to E. viridis which Heliocidaris mexicana Auct. holds to E.
subangularis.

Same bathymetrical range as former species ; much less common.

ECHINIDAE.

Family Echinidae Agass. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI. 1846. (emend.)

TEMNOPLEURIDAE.

Subfamily Temnopleuridae Desor, 1855. Syn. Ech. foss.

TEMNECHINUS.

Temnechinus Forbes, 1852. Brit. foss. Tert. Echinod. p. 5.

Small Echini, test globular, primary tubercles in two principal vertical
rows; secondary tubercles irregularly packed round base of primaries and
edge of pits situated in median ambulacral and interambulacral spaces.
Poriferous zone narrow, confluent, undulating ; pores sunken, tubercles
smooth and imperforate, actinal cuts slight, actinal membrane bare. Abac-
tinal system prominent, genital plates well developed, genital openings in
grooves. Anal system covered by one large conical plate, anal slit on
edge of this and covered by three or four small plates. Spines short,
slender, somewhat transparent, resembling those of Salmacis ; auricles slen-
der and closed.

286 TEMNECHINUS MACULATUS.

Temnechinus maculatus

IGenocidaris maculatus A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z.
! Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass. 1S72. Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

/'/. VIII. f. 1-18.

Saving examined lately several species of Temnechini from the London
Crag, contained in a fine collection of fossils from the Crag, sent to the
Museum by Dr. Q nimby of Liverpool, I am inclined to regard this as a living
species of Temnechinus, although it presents, even in the largest specimens
received, very marked differences from those of Temnechinus figured by
Forbes in his British Tertiaries.

This small Sea-urchin was described in the Preliminary Report as Geno-
cidaris maculata ( /'/. VIII. f. l). It is closely allied to Opechinus, which
Desor separated from Tcinnopleurus. The spines ( PI. VIII. f. 5) resemble in
their structure those of Temnopleurus, but are shorter; the Sea-urchin with
its spines resembling a Psammechinus, and basing, like it. a large number
of secondary tubercles, of nearly uniform size, closely crowded together (PL
VIII. f. 4), but of a peculiar chiselled structure round the base of the pri-
maries (so that it may be said that this genus is a Psammechinus among Tem-
nopleuridae), there is a principal row of tubercles in the ambulacra] and
interambulacral area larger than the others. The poriferous zone is narrow;
the pores, separated by an arched ridge, are arranged in an unbroken, slightly
undulating, vertical row. The primary tubercles are smooth, imperforate.
Near the base of the tubercle in the interambulacral spaces the test is orna-
mented by pits specially marked near the suture of the plates; in small speci-
mens (PL VIII. f. 11), the small tubercles are frequently connected by a
ridge with the main tubercles, and in still younger specimens (PL VIII. f.
H), before the secondary tubercles are well separated from the ridges, they
form spokes radiating from a hub, similar to the structure of the tubercles in
Glyphocyphus radiatus, and some species of Echinocyphus. The genera
Opechinus, Microcyphus, Trigonocidaris, and Temnechinus form a transition
between Echinus (Psammechinus) and Temnopleurus. The actinal membrane
is bare, with the exception of the ten small circular buccal plates. The acti-
nal opening is not large, with slight indentations ( PI. VIII. f. ..') ; in smaller
specimens the actinal system is nearly circular (PL VIII. f. 15), the test is
irregularly covered with pedicellariae, having a blunt bead surmounting a
long, slender stem, articulating upon a shorter, stout rod (PL VIII. f. 6).
The abactinal system is peculiar, as we find in the largest specimens even

TEMNECHINUS MACULATUS. 287

(PL VIII. f. l), which appear fully developed, but a single circular plate
(PL VIII. f. 3), slightly conical, occupying nearly the whole anal system,
with the exception of a small crescen1>shaped anal slit, covered by four very
small plates. The genital plates are large pentagonal, with a deep groove,
in which is situated the genital opening, having on the anal edge a cluster
of three or four small tubercles ; the ocular plates are also pentagonal, elon-
gated horizontally, indented slightly. The color of the test is greenish (in
alcohol), often mottled with dark violet patches : the spines are of the same
greenish tinge, banded irregularly with reddish transverse bands. In other
specimens we have the same pattern of coloration, in different shades of
green, with white spots irregularly scattered over the surface, or the me-
dian ambulacral and interambulacral spaces are colored, the tubercles rising
prominently from this deeper background ; the anal edge of the genital
plates is similarly colored. On PL VIII. f. 30, is given a part of the test of
Temnechinus globosus of Forbes, from a specimen considerably larger than
the specimen of T. maculatus (PL VIII. f. l), when the pits, which exist at
the base of the tubercles (PL VIII. f. 4), are just commencing above, while
they are well developed in the part of the test of the fossil species represent-
ed, but coincide in the structure of the upper part of the test with the living
specimens. The changes due to growth in the recent species of Temnechinus
are striking, the different stages from the perfectly smooth uniform granulation
of the smallest specimen collected (PL VIII. f. 17), with its immense actinos-
tome, through those represented in PL VIII. f. 14, to/. 11, and to/. Jt, would
scarcely be credited to belong to the same species were it not for the complete
series collected. The different habitus of the oldest and smallest specimen col-
lected is best seen by contrasting (PL VIII. f. 1G and PL VIII. f. l) the two
extreme sizes of this species collected by Mr. Pourtales. In the youngest stage
(PL VIII. f. 16), the spines are slightly flattened, pointed, swollen in centre,
serrated, longitudinally striated ; they equal in length the diameter of the
test, are few in number, and remarkably large, here and there some smaller
spines having the same structure as the larger, and a few club-shaped embry-
onic spines, not yet articulated. The test is flat, pentagonal, is not separated
into plates, has no abactinal system proper yet specialized, beyond the single
large plate of the anal system and the large genital openings, in the limestone
network. In a somewhat older stage the spines cover the test more close-
ly concealing the anal plate, they have lost their fusiform shape and take
the form of spines figured in PL VIII. f. IS, still retaining sufficiently the

288 TEMNECHINUS MACULATUS.

structure and coloration of the fusiform spines to show their connection. The
test denuded and magnified presents the peculiar hub-shaped arrangement of
the ridge to form the secondary tubercles round the base of the primaries (PL
VI II. f. 1J,). When somewhat older the actinostome is much smaller (Pi.
VIII. f. 15), slightly angular, the genital plates not yet distinctly formed.
In the following stage (PL VIII. f. 8, 9), the pits at the base of the tubercles
are quite marked | /'/. VIII. f. n), the spines are about a third the diameter
of the test, but have quite the general aspect of those of larger specimens
(PL VIII f. 12). The abactinal system is well formed, the genital plates
rising above the level of test, are pentagonal, deeply grooved for the opening
of the genital openings, the madreporic body prominent (PL VIII. f. 10),
and a single conical plate fills the whole of the anal system. The auricles
resemble those of some species of Temnopleurus (PI. VIII. f. IS).

The largest specimens collected (Pi. VIII. f. 1, Jf) have the same structure
in the middle of test which is found in the youngest plates of Temnechinus,
showing that eventually these incipient pits will fall together, forming pits
similar to those of the fossil species (PL VI I If. ,;o). The outline of the test
is regularly arched, slightly flattened at top (PL VIII. f. 7). The changes in
the poriferous zone are slight, the zone of the older specimens being some-
what undulating (PL VIII. f. >,) or angular, while in younger specimens the
poriferous zone is vertical (PL VIII. f. i.'t); the ridges separating the pairs

of pores becoming more distinct with age, and the pores more sunken.
From 30 to 1G0 fathoms.

Among the Temnopleuridae the changes due to growth are very promi-
nent ; hence the difficulty of recognizing the species thus far established, as
the descriptions belong to specimens not identical in age. It would be
hardly possible to recognize in PL VIII. f. ,.'.' and PI. VIII. /'. .' ; corre-
sponding portions of the test of Temnopleurus Reynaudi ; the sharp, deep,
rectangular pits at the sutures of the plates (PL VIII. f. .",). taken with the
peculiar anal system of this stage of growth (PI. VIII f. .'■!). with its large
elliptical anal plate covering nearly the whole anal system, would certainly
warrant us in separating these specimens from those with wide, diffuse, tri-
angular depressions at the sutures of the plates (PL VIII. f. .'.'), having promi-
nent, isolated, comma-shaped secondaries round the primary tubercles, and an
anal system in which, although one plate is much more prominent than the
others, yet is relatively small compared to the size of the anal system
(Pi VIII. f. 2 '/).

TRIGONOCIDARIS ALBIDA. 289

Similar changes of growth are observed in Temnopl. Hardwickii (PI
VIII. f. 25, 26). The secondary tubercles appear at first like radiating
spokes. The pits are sharp, rectangular (PI. VIII. f. 25), while in somewhat-
older stages they are more circular (PL VIII f. 26), the secondary tubercles
isolated, and eventually these pits become mere smooth, bare, angular spaces
at the junction of the plates in the adult. The increase in number of plates
of the anal system, due to age, is seen in comparing PI. VIII. f. 2S and PI.
VIII. f. 27 ; the anal system undergoing changes similar to those of the
anal system of Toxopneustes, Echinus, and the like, where no one plate re-
tains a greater prominence, as is so markedly the case in Temnopleurus, where
the plate, originally covering the whole anal system, is peculiarly orna-
mented, and retains throughout its characteristic features, and is readily
distinguished (PI. VIII. f. ;.'/) in the oldest specimens from the plates sub-
sequently added in younger specimens.

D'Archiac and Haime have figured from the Nummulitic formation of India
a number of species, which are usually referred either to Temnopleurus or
to Opechinus, which belong to this same genus Temnechinus.

TRIGONOCIDARIS.

Trigonocidaris A. Agass. 18G9. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Small Echini, test thin, regularly arched above, depressed below ; actinal
cuts slight, actinal membrane strongly imbricated. Two principal vertical
rows of tubercles, both in the ambulacral and interambulacral areas ; second-
aries and primaries connected by ridges raised above test, forming an irreg-
ular network of ridges, with more or less deep pits between them ; porifer-
ous zone narrow, pores arranged in single vertical pairs, spines longitudinally
and laterally striated. Abactinal system large, genital plates excluding
smaller ocular plates from anal system, which is covered by four plates.

Trigonocidaris albida

! Trigonocidaris albida A. Ag 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.

PI. IV. f. 1-7.

Small species, in which the primary tubercles have the same structure as in
Temnechinus ; but, in addition, the whole test is covered by a reticulation
of ridges, similar to those of Podocidaris, but more numerous and quite

290 TEIGONOCIDARIS ALBIDA.

irregular (PI. IV. f. S), extending from the base of the different tubercles,
both primary and secondary, and uniting them all in a complicated, raised
system of network, with irregularly shaped cells, the ridges leaving more or
less deep pits, giving the test the appearance of having been gouged out in
spdls ( PI. IV. f. l). The spines arc long, slender, somewhat transparent,
longitudinally striated, with slight transverse striatum (Pi. IV. f. 4). The
abactinaJ system resembles that ol Ilemipedina. but the anal system is cov-
ered by only four triangular plates, one of which is much larger than the
others 1 PI I V. /'. /). From the fact that in the youngest specimens exam-
ined we find them already, 1 am tempted to suppose they never increase in
number, and remain as they are, as in Arbacia. The actinal membrane is, as
in some specie's of Toxopneustes, entirely covered by a number of rather
large plates irregularly arranged, the ten buccal plates being hut slightly
more prominent (PI. IV. f. .') thru the others. The actinal opening is of
moderate size, slightly indented ; the auricles are exceedingly slender, and
disconnected at the extremity. There are hut two principal rows of primary
tubercles, both in the ambulacra] and Lnterambulacral zone, with hut five to
six minute tubercles seated upon the connecting ridges in the latter zone,
and two or three upon each plate in the former. The poriferous zone is
narrow ; the pores are placed obliquely in an unbroken vertical zone, three
to each ambulacral plate, and separated by ridges running from the ambula-
cra] tubercles to the interambulacral zone, similar to those joining the tuber-
cles. The test, as well as the spines, are almost white, the latter having only
a slight tinge of yellow when largest. The whole test is covered with pedi-
cellariae ( PI. IV. f. 5), having a large pointed head articulated upon a long,
comparatively slender peduncle, seeming scarcely capable of supporting the
bulky head.

In younger specimens | PI IV. f. (]), the reticulations connecting the
smaller number of larger tubercles are broader, the pits less numerous and
not so deeply cut (PI. IV. f. 7); the secondaries, however, show no regular
arrangement, the spines are comparatively longer, the arrangement of the
poriferous zone is the same, and the ahactinal system does not vary materi-
ally from the older specimens figured. The only approach we have to a
similar reticulation in any other genus is in Echinocyphus, but then it is
limited to a few spurs radiating from the primary tubercles like spokes.

From 40 to 270 fathoms.

HEMIPEDINA CUBENSIS. 291

TRIPLECHINIDAE.

Subfamily Triplechinidae A. Agass.

(PSEUD0D1ADEMA.) Hemipedina.

Hemipedina Wright, 1855. Brit. Ool. Eclrin.

The small number of living specimens of the genera belonging to
Pseudodiadematidae thus far found renders it extremely difficult to form
any opinion of the characters hitherto employed to distinguish the genera
allied to Phymosoma and Pseudodiadema. It seems pretty evident that there
have been too many generic divisions introduced, but I am unable from the
material thus far collected to give any satisfactory limitation of the genera of
Pseudodiadematidae, resting as they do upon the presence or absence of crenu-
lation and perforation of the tubercles. For this reason I prefer, until better
characters can be pointed out than those upon which I based my separations
from Hemipedina of Caenopedina, to regard this genus as identical with
Hemipedina, regarding Hemipedina at the same time as a subgenus of
Pseudodiadema, from which it differs only in having smooth tubercles, not
crenulate, and having deep actinal cuts and smaller ambulacral tubercles.

The genus contains Echini having but two principal vertical rows of tuber-
cles in the ambulacral and interambulacral areas, the ambulacral tubercles
smallest, both perforate but not crenulate. Poriferous zones simple, forming
arching curves round the primary tubercles. Actinal cuts marked, ten large
buccal plates. Abactinal system large, not prominent. Spines long, slender,
longitudinally striated. The poriferous zone resembles that of Orthopsis,
having also, like it and Echinopsis, perforate but not crenulate tubercles. It
resembles Acrosalenia as Avell as Phymosoma, of which the tubercles are,
however, crenulate and not perforate.

Hemipedina cubensis

! Caenopedina cubensis A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
! Hemipedina cubensis A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. I.

PI. III. f. 1-7.

This species is a living representative of the genus Hemipedina of Wright
(as emended by Desor, Wright having included in it species of other genera
of Pseudodiadematidae). It differs from its fossil representative by the pecu-
liar arrangement of the pores, which have a tendency to arrange themselves

292 HEMIPEDINA CUBENSIS.

in lateral arcs of three pairs (PL III. f. 4). The general outline of the test
is that of Phymosoma, there are only two rows of tubercles extending from
pole to pole ; the flatness of the abactinal part of the test (PI. Ill /'. 5),
and the great development of the abactinal system, remind us of some forms
of Bemipedina, as, for instance, Hemipedina G-uerangeri Cott. ct Trig., fig-
ured in PL XXII. f. 5, Echin. de Sarthe. The actinal opening is small, with
sharp cuts for the passage of long, narrow gills (PL III. f. ,?). The spines
are long, moderately stout, as long as the diameter of the test, longitudi-
nally striated, resembling the spines of some species of Hemipedina figured
by Wright. The pores are arranged in vertical connected arcs, of from
three to four pairs. There are two rows of perforate primary tubercles in
the ambulacra] area, decreasing rapidly in size towards apex, and placed
close together (PL III. f. 3). They are considerably smaller than those of
the interambulacral area. There are one or two small imperforate tubercles
at the base of the larger ones. The poriferous zone is broad and well
defined, spreading slightly at actinostorae (PL III. f. :.')■

The perforate interambulacral tubercles are arranged in two primary rows,
separated from the poriferous zone by a row of small imperforate tubercles
(PI. III. f. ./). with two or three similar irregular rows between the larger
tubercles in the median interambulacral zone. The pedicellaria1 of test, near
the abactinal pole, have very large, broad, open arcs (PL III. f. i;). when full
grown, resembling those of Echinus proper; the young pedicellarise (PL III.
f. ?) are more compact. The plates of the abactinal system are large (PL III.
/. i), with straight sides; the genital are heptagonal, carrying five to six
small tubercles, and as many still smaller ones. The ocular plates are pen-
tagonal, with a large ocular pore surrounded by an arc of small tubercles.
The plates covering the large anal system are very numerous and minute.
The anus is situated in the very centre of the anal system. The teeth re-
semble those of Arbacia. The buccal membrane is strengthened round the
mouth, close to the teeth, by ten large plates (PL III. f. ;.'), (perforated for
buccal tentacles,) occupying nearly the whole membrane, with eight to ten
very much smaller ones between the large plates and test. The color of the
large spines, in alcohol, is of a dull yellowish-green, while the smaller spines,
as well as test and abactinal plates, have a more yellowish tint.

Diameter. Height. Abactinal System.

11.2 4.8 6.4

From 138 to 270 fathoms.

ECHINUS GRACILIS. 293

ECHINUS.

Echinus Rond. 1554. De Piscib. (Linn.), (emend.)

This genus, as limited by Desor, contained only species more or less
globular, having comparatively small tubercles, smooth, imperforate, of nearly
equal size on the two areas, forming but two principal vertical rows upon the
coronal plates upon both areas, the other tubercles being smaller and irreo-u-
larly arranged. Actinostome small, with but slight cuts. Buccal membrane
bare, with only the ten buccal shields. Spines comparatively stout, fre-
quently attaining a considerable size, in some of the species equalling the
test in diameter. Pores arranged in arcs of three. Jaws comparatively
weak, auricles slender.

Lutken has first thrown doubt upon the validity of this genus, and is in-
clined to consider the species of Psammechinus also as true Echini. If we
were to found this genus simply upon the presence or absence of the plates
upon the buccal membrane, his objections would be well founded. It may
be objected that we must take into account the facies of the tubercles, the
close arrangement of the miliaries and secondaries contrasted with the sparse
and regularly placed primary rows of the true Echini, and the totally dif-
ferent structure of the abactinal system, which would seem to justify us
in considering Psammechinus as a subdivision, certainly ranking as a sub-
genus of Echinus proper; yet in Echinus sphaera we find the young so
closely resembling the typical Psammechinus that we plainly see that the
objections to Lutken's proposition are not based upon solid ground.

Echinus gracilis

! Echinus gracilis A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z. I., No. 9.

PI. VI". f. 6; PI. VII. f. 1-6.

This species holds an intermediate position between E. Flemingii Ball
and E. melo Lajl, to both of which it is allied. Like the former, it is sub-
ject to great Variations in the ratio of the longitudinal and vertical diameter
of the test. The primary tubercles are larger than those of E. melo, but
smaller than those of E. Flemingii. The spines in the proportion they bear
to test are similar to those of E. melo. The general pattern of coloration is
the same, consisting of bands of green made up of irregularly shaped lozenges
running in vertical rows, diminishing in intensity towards actinostome, the

294 ECHINUS GRACILIS.

intermediate spaces forming brilliant white or straw-colored hands. In one
of these white hands is placed the poriferous zone, and each primary row of
tubercles is placed in a similar hand at the junction of the points of the green
lozenges. Thus the test is divided into twenty bands alternately green and
white ; the poriferous zones, and two principal rows of tubercles being sepa-
rated by these dark green lozenges, giving the test a most graceful pattern
of coloration. The ahactinal system is compact and circular ; the shape of
the genital plates is a pointed pentagon somewhat as in E. melo, while in
Flemingii they are heptagonal. The madreporic body is reduced to a narrow
band across the genital plate. The anal system is made up of a large num-
ber of small plates. The ten large plates of the buccal membrane are quad-
rangular with rounded corners, carrying stout pedicellarhe similar to those
of E. melo. The position and general arrangement of the tubercles is similar
to E. melo ; the large tubercle is placed in the centre of the interamhulacral
plate, which carries in addition short horizontal rows of two or three minute
tubercles, tin1 row near the horizontal suture being the most prominent In
the ambulacral zone the main tubercle has a similar position ; the small
tubercles are placed close to the median suture, and form irregular vertical
rows. Two kinds of pedicellarise are scattered over the whole surface of the
test, supported upon distant miliaries, both in the ambulacral ami interam-
hulacral areas. The short-stemmed, thick-headed ones are similar to those
of E. melo. The long-stemmed have a triangular, sharp elongate head at the
extremity of a very slender stem, with wide arched openings. The distance
between the milled ring and the articulating surface of the shaft of the spine
is greater than in either of the allied species of Echinus.

liamctcr.

Height

A'-tinal
Sj >tcm-

Abac -rial

System.

No. of Intoramb.
piatea

65.8

69.5

21.5

11.7

28

42.4

57.9

15.3

12.

24

64.2

67.

17.

12.5

25

37.2

34.1

12.

8.7

19

10.1

5.0

5.

2.5

10

12.

17.

5.1

4.2

12

In younger specimens the smaller tubercles of the interamhulacral spaces
form irregular vertical lines, two on each plate; the miliaries are less numer-
ous, the anal plates larger and fewer in number, and the white hands of the
poriferous zones better marked ; the ten buccal plates are thickly studded
with stout pedicellariae.

In still younger specimens, measuring from 10nun to 15mm, the elegant

ECHINUS GRACILIS. 295

markings of the older specimens are scarcely laid out even towards the
abactinal region, where in the older specimens they are most distinct.
The main vertical rows of the primary .tubercles, both of the ambulacra!
and interambulacral, are very prominent; miliaries are almost absent, the
anal system of the youngest specimen being covered by five plates, one
of which occupied nearly the whole of the anal system. This species at-
tains a considerable size ; specimens are in our collection measuring 65.8 in
diameter, and another 78uim in height, exceeding somewhat the transverse
diameter.

In Echinus, as in Toxopneustes, we find in the younger stages (PL VII
f. 2, 4) the same unbroken vertical arrangement of the pores, taking next a
vertically arched form, still connected, and then assuming the arrangement
of the adult. In these genera the anal system is at first covered by one
plate, and undergoes changes similar to those of Strongjdocentrotus, by the
addition of four smaller plates (PL VII. f. l), and so on (PL VII f. 3, 5, 6), the
original subanal plate retaining long a greater prominence. The miliaries
are formed in these genera as well as Strongylocentrotus by radiating ridges
arising from the base of the primary tubercles, forming a sort of star (PL VII
f. i2) ; then they swell at the distal extremity, forming a set of club-shaped
spokes round the main tubercle ; these are little by little separated from it,
and become independent elliptical tubercles at first, and then miliaries or
secondary tubercles. The ten large buccal plates of the actinal membrane
are the first to appear. Small plates (in genera in which they are found in
the adult) are next formed between them and the teeth, while afterwards
they cover the whole membrane, as in Toxopneustes and Trigonocidaris, —
a mode of growth of the actinal buccal plates totally different from that of
the buccal plates of Cidaris, where new plates are added next to the coronal
plates of the test, carrying the poriferous zone along with them.

In young specimens of Psammechinus microtuberculatus we have a struc-
ture similar to that of the young of Echinus proper (PL VIII f. 19- U).
The poriferous zone is vertical, there being no tendency as yet, in specimens
measuring 5mm' in diameter, for pores to form arcs of three pairs ; the tuber-
cles are already closely crowded together, but no more than is the case in
young specimens of E sphaera of the same size, where we see, perhaps better
than in any other species, the impossibility of separating Psammechinus as
usually understood from Echinus proper as has been maintained by Dr. Liitken.
In Hipponoe the lateral spreading of the pores takes place very rapidly

296 ECHINUS NORVEGICUS.

(see PL VIII. f. 29), while in Psaramechinus the pores frequently remain
vertical so long that we might be tempted, as has been frequently the case
in allied fossil species, to retain the adult in the genus Arbacia Agass. non
Gray, from the impossibility of stating confidently whether the pores were
arranged in arcs of three pairs or not.

Echinus norvegicus

! Echinus norvegicus Dub. o. Koken, 1844. Skand. Echin.

PL VI". f. 4.

Test Hat, slightly conical, depressed. Ahactinal system prominent, com-
pact, raised above level of test. Anal system small, genital plates huge, with
large genital openings, and prominent secondary tubercles on part near anal
edge. Two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles in ambulacra! and
interambulacral space, with two shorter vertical rows of larger secondaries
extending from actinostome to ambitus, in interambulacral space, on each
side of primary row, and from ten to twelve secondaries on each plate, with
intermediate spaces filled by miliaries. Ambulacral space narrow, plates well
covered by secondary and miliary tubercles except along median line near
abactinal region where bare as well as in the interambulacral median space.
Mouth rather larger than in other species of Echinus of its size. E. norvegicus,
like E. elegans, is Battened below, with the actinostome somewhat depressed.
Primary spines straw-colored, long, sharp, tapering ; secondaries, same color,
attaining about one half the diameter of the test.

The variations of species of true Echinus are very considerable, the spe-
cies recognized are by no means discriminated with the accuracy which is
required, and the differences of opinion prevailing respecting the number of
species of this genus, as is readily seen by examining the >S\-nonyinie Lists of
various writers, show how much remains to be done. The remarkable uni-
formity in appearance of the specimens of the allied species of E. elegans. nor-
vegicus, Flemingii, melo, and the absence of complete series of different sizes
of the different forms, seems to make it impossible at present to characterize
these species with great accuracy; and I give with great hesitancy such
differences as I have noticed which appear constant, stating at the same time
that E. Flemingii, E. elegans, and E. norvegicus may yet turn out identical
species, as well as E. gracilis and E. melo, though the material at command
in the different Museums does not at present justify such a position.

I had not, when writing the Preliminary Report, seen a good series of

TOXOPNEUSTES. 297

Echinus norvegicus and referred the single small specimen to Echinus
Flemingii. It is a young Echinus norvegicus of which the Museum now
possesses a good set of specimens, thanks to Professors Thomson and Loven
and Dr. Lutken.

The younger Sars has separated as distinct from E. norvegicus, under the
name of E. rarispinus, specimens which are in my opinion only very globular
E. norvegicus ; under the name of E. depressus, large flattened specimens with
remarkably large and stout spines of an umber color, tipped with pink, equal-
ling in length more than half the diameter of the test, with a somewhat
larger anal system, more like that of E. elegans, and in which the second-
aries are arranged in circles round the primaries upon the somewhat higher
coronal plates. The series of specimens dredged by the Porcupine Expedi-
tion plainly shows this to be a modification of the typical E. norvegicus,
which previously had been known mainly from small specimens, very few
of them measuring more than one to one and a half inches in diameter
having been found previously.

TOXOPNEUSTES.

Toxopneustes Agass. 1836. Prod, (non Agass. Des. 1846).

Ecnini with test more or less conical, tubercles of uniform size, arranged in
several vertical rows in interambulacral and ambulacral spaces. Poriferous
zone broad, pores arranged in inclined arcs of three pairs, in the larger spe-
cies forming three irregular vertical rows resembling the arrangement of
Hipponoe. The actinostome is large, the cuts are deep, the buccal mem-
brane thickly plated with large imbricating plates. Spines short, moder-
ately stout.

My attention was first called to the affinity of Boletia and Lytechinus
from a comparison of young Boletia pileolus and Boletia rosea with young-
specimens of Lytechinus ; the former had all the features of Lytechinus,
except of the plated buccal membrane. A closer examination of the sub-
ject shows that no positive character can be drawn to distinguish the two
genera except the presence of the plated buccal membrane of Lytechinus.
The peculiar pedicellarige so finely developed in Boletia also occur in Lyte-
chinus, but are much less numerous and also much smaller. The structure
of the abactinal and actinal systems, the general structure of the ambulacral

298 TOXOPNEUSTES VARIEGATUS.

system is the same in the two genera. In old specimens of Boletia we find,
during* the growth of the poriferous zone, that new plates are frequently
added at any point of the poriferous zone, thus introducing an element of
irregularity in the trigeminal arrangement, giving a greater preponderance
to the apparent vertical arrangement of the pores which is not found in
Lytechinus, though in young Boletia maculata, and up to the largest size,
the mode of growth of the poriferous /.one is the same as in the typical
Lytechinus, and in this species of Boletia the general features of Lytechinus
arc retained ; unfortunately the buccal membrane of B. maculata is not
preserved in any of the specimens examined, and 1 am unable to show any
correlation between these characters. For the present it does not seem
advisable to maintain Lytechinus even as a subgenus of (Boletia) Toxop-
neustes, until we know something more of the Boletia maculata.

Toxopneustes variegatus

! Echinus variegatus (Lamk.) 1816. A. s. Vert

! To i variegatus A. A<; \~s. 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

PI. //. /. .:. 6 ; PL IV". f. 4, 6 ; PL VII f. 7- SO.

The tubercles both of the ambulacral and interambulacral areas are
arranged in perfectly regular vertical rows, closely packed on lower surfaces
in interambulacral area, but one vertical row of large tubercles extending

from ambitus to the apex, the one next to the poriferous zone gradually becom-
ing much smaller, while the others, according to the size of the specimens,
extend more or less towards the abactinal region, leaving a bare median
space on which the granulation of the plate is very fine and compact. The
secondaries are far apart and irregularly scattered round the primaries. In
the ambulacra] space the outer vertical rows alone extend to the abactinal
region, the others but a short way above ambitus, leaving a bare median
space as in the interambulacral space. The spines vary very much in
thickness and coloration. The variety with long, slender spines, with a
greenish coloration of test, has been called E. variegatus ; specimens with
a uniform yellowish or violet tint, having at same time generally blunter,
stouter, and shorter spines, have received the name of carolinus and atlan-
ticus. The actinal cuts are moderate ; the buccal membrane is completely
covered by large, very prominent plates, closely packed together. The
depression of the median interambulacral space near apex, so common in
Boletia rosea, leaving the ambulacra raised, is frequently found in this
species also.

TOXOPNEUSTES VAKIEGATUS. 299

No- Primary
Tubercles

Diameter.

Height.

Actin
System.

Ahactinal
System.

31

72.

39.9

21.2

11.5

25

59.5

32.3

17.4

11.

22

47.5

25.4

16.1

7.5

22

39.1

23.

15.2

20

34.2

18.3

13.7

More abundant material collected by the Thayer Expedition from St.
Thomas, Rio Janeiro, and along the whole coast of Brazil by Messrs. Allen
and Hartt, by Mr. Bickmore at the Bermudas, and by Mr. Pourtales, in the
Deep-Sea Dredgings of Florida, reduces the number of species of this genus,
which had been distinguished by my father and myself to the original E. varie-
gatus of Lamarck. The extensive series of large specimens brought to the
Museum by the Thayer Expedition, collected at every point from Rio as far
as St. Thomas, shows an extent of variation which is most surprising, while
the young specimens collected by Pourtales show an equal variability, leav-
ing none of the characters upon which Lytechinus carolinus or Lytechinus
atlanticus had been established as sufficiently permanent to warrant their
separation from Lytechinus variegatus. Yet, as is generally the case in
species of extensive geographical range, we find a few features which seem
to characterize the majority of specimens found at different localities, while
others again have such combinations of characters as show unmistakably
the gradual transition of all the features by which these so-called species
have been distinguished. The specimens from South Carolina, Georgia, and
the shores of both sides of the peninsula of Florida, as well as Alabama and
Louisiana, usually possess slightly stouter spines, a somewhat thicker test,
and larger tubercles. Those of West India Islands, as well as the south shore
of Cuba, have a thinner test and rather more elongate spines. The speci-
mens from the Bermudas have more closely crowded tubercles and slender
spines. In the specimens collected by Mr. Pourtales at thirty-four fathoms,
we find slender spines and the primary tubercles far apart, leaving the test
quite bare, when compared to the average of specimens of the same size of
various localities. But when we take the series from Brazil, of which we
have by far the greatest number, we find all these various characters com-
bined alternately so as to leave no doubt that we have but one species ex-
tending from Rio Janeiro along the whole coast of Brazil, to the West India
Islands, the shores of the Gulf of Mexico, Cuba, Florida, Georgia, South and
North Carolina. Those features which are usually well marked as specific
differences — the structure of the scales on the actinal membrane, the pedi-

300 TOXOPNEUSTES VAPJEGATUS.

cellara?, and the abactinal system — agree in all specimens to a remarkable
degree. In the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, I separated
the genus Lytechinus from Psammechinus to which Echinus variegatm (Lam.)
had been referred on account of the actinal notches, the regular arrangement
in vertical rows of the primary tubercles, and the absence of secondary tu-
bercles which fill so large a space on the coronal plates of Psammechiuus
miliaries, as well as the arrangement of the pores and the structure of the
abactinal system; the arrangement of the tubercles of the test being similar
to that of Magnosia, from which genus it differs, however, in not having
tin1 pores spreading near actinostome, but remaining trigeminate to the
extremity of the ambulacra, having a more deeply notched peristome, which
is much smaller, in comparison to the diameter of the test. Liitken, about
the same time, though a few weeks later, as far as publication is concerned,
distinguished this same genus on the same grounds which are given above,
and has correctly referred to it, also, E. semituberculatus from the Galapagos
Islands; but, as 1 have shown above, there is no good reason for separating
Lytechinus from Boletia, and for not restoring to both these genera their
original name of Toxopneustes.

This species has. like the common Echinometra, a great geographical
range identical with it, but at the same time has a somewhat more ex-
tensive bathymetrical distribution.

Littoral to 34 fathoms.

In the youngest specimen ex iniined. measuring 4.7""" in diameter ( PL VI I.
;'. ;). the arrangement of the pores [PL }'///. /'. & ) differed from that of the
adult in being in vertical rows ; the abactinal system was still quite imper-
fectly developed, having by no means the prominence and distinctness it
attains in the adult, its structure being well shown already in specimens meas-
uring 18.5mm' in diameter. In this smallest specimen the sutures of the
genital plates were indistinct, the ocular plates could barely be distinguished,
the whole anal system was covered by a large prominent plate, and on one
side of it, next to the left ocular plate, opened the anus; the madreporic body
was quite prominent, jutting out like a sponge above its genital plate. Both
in the ambulacra! and interambulacral areas, the two prominent rows of
tubercles of the adult are well marked; there are nine coronal plates;
buccal membrane, as in adult, covered with imbricating scales. In speci-
mens somewhat older, there are no important changes, beyond those of
the anal system, where the single plate is replaced by five, four other

HIPPONOE ESCULENTA. 301

smaller ones are found on its sides arranged >°°, so that the larger plate occu-
pies the base of the V-shape, and the smaller plates the point where the
anus opens (PL VII f. 10). This specimen measured 9.1mm', and had eleven
coronal plates ; the genital plates have become slightly more distinct. It
is, however, only in specimens measuring 10mm in diameter, and having
fourteen coronal plates, that the abactinal system becomes more promi-
nent and the sutures well marked. In specimens measuring 11.2mm" in
diameter the abactinal system is slightly raised, and numerous small plates
of anal system have appeared, completely obscuring the original arrange-
ment of the anal system.

HIPPONOE.

Hipponoe Gray, 1840. Synops. Cont. Brit. Mus.

Echini of large size, with thin test, tubercles small and numerous, imper-
forate, not crenulate, arranged in horizontal and somewhat irregular ver-
tical rows, median ambulacral and interainbulacral spaces frequently bare.
Actinostome small, but deeply notched Poriferous zones broad ; pores
arranged in three vertical rows, middle row sporadic, exterior ones regu-
larly vertical. Ambulacral areas very broad. Spines short, moderately
stout.

In retaining the name Hipponoe of Gray, to which objections will un-
doubtedly be raised on the ground of Hipponoa having been before used
by Audouin, and from the fact of the name alone appearing without further
indications of its connection, I am simply carrying out the principle that
Hipponoe and Hipponoa are two very different words, and that when speci-
mens are accessible which have served as basis for any systematic work,
their results should be accepted, when correct, even when they upset a
nomenclature generally recognized.

Hipponoe esculenta

! Cidaris esculenta (Leske), 1778. Addit. Klein.

! Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

PL VI a. f. 1-3 ; PL VIII f. 29.

In large specimens measuring 110mm we find twelve vertical rows of prin-
cipal tubercles in the interainbulacral space ; the arrangement of the tuber-
cles on each plate is more in horizontal rows ; towards the median line,

302 HIPPONOE ESCULENTA.

which, from the ambitus to the abactinal pole, is more or less bare, the
coronal plates are covered by miliaries. The third vertical row, count-
ing from the poriferous zone, is the most prominent one, this and the
adjacent one internally (towards median line) being the only ones to
reach the abactinal system. The tubercles, as a general tiling, are very
uniform in size, except in specimens where much of the median line is
bare, when the contrast between the main row (the third) and the other
is more marked, more like primary and secondary. On the lower surface,
both of ambulacral and interambulacral spaces, the tubercles are very uni-
form in size and closely packed in concentric rows round actinostome as
centre. The median ambulacral space is filled by five more or less dis-
tinct vertical rows, quite marked at ambitus, central row indefinite, exterior
being more prominent, also tending to arrangement in horizontal rows; the
vertical lines of pores are separated by irregularly arranged vertical rows
of secondary tubercles forming from two to three vertical lines.

Abactinal system well marked, madreporic body larger than others.
Three ocular plates excluded from large anal system covered bj- a com-
paratively small number of plates of nearly uniform size, very few smaller
ones immediately round anus, each plate carrying but one or two small
secondary tubercles and few miliaries, the genital ring having but few
secondary tubercles; near anal system they are more numerous, but also
sparsely scattered over the rest of the genital and ocular plates. The
actinal opening is small, with deep cuts; membrane covered by minute
plates irregularly scattered, not closely crowded. Spines short, compara-
tively stout, Color of spine whitish or yellowish, test generally brownish,
the median line frequently (interambulacral space) colored a beautiful violet.
Young specimens in which the median interambulacral and ambulacral space
are comparatively very bare have been described by Girard as Heliechinus.
The central vertical line of pores of the poriferous zone is slightly nearer the
inner line, though frequently almost in middle.

No. Primary
Tubercles.

21

Diameter.
28.5

Height.
15.2

Abactinal
Bj stem.

5.8

Anal
System.

3.

Actinal
System.

10.

Wi.ltli Porifer-
ous Zone.

2.9

Spine
4.6

23

4.V4

29.3

8.1

3.7

13.1

3.8

7.5

34

88.2

49.

12.

7.

23.2

7.8

12.

38

118.

67.

19.

10.9

26.2

9.1

13.

Heliechinus Gouldii of Girard (PL VIa. f. J), of which the original is in
the Museum collection, is nothing but a young Hipponoe esculenta. In

HIPPONOE ESCULENTA. 303

spite of the apparent polyporous arrangement of the pores in three vertical
rows, we find, on analysis of the plates, that, as Dr. Lutken has shown, there
are but three pairs of pores for each ambulacra! plate. With advancing
age the arcs of these pairs of pores, at first quite distinct in young speci-
mens, and still to be seen in the very uppermost part of the poriferous zone,
gradually become more and more horizontal, and finally form three regu-
larly vertical rows, due simply to lateral crowding and not to additional
plates, as is readily seen in PL VIII. f. 29, the upper part of the poriferous
zone of a young Hipponoe' escnlenta, showing the gradual changes taking
place, from a vertical arrangement, as in Echinus, to the characteristic
poriferous zone of Hipponoe.

Littoral to 10 fathoms.

When alive the color of the spines of Hipponoe esculenta is white or
straw-colored, a darker color at the base, or brownish-yellow. The median
interambulacral space is spotted with black, the color of the heads of the
innumerable pedicellariae, scattered thickly over the whole of that part of
the test. The ambulacra! suckers are white at tip, gradually passing to yel-
low, and finally the basal part of sucker is of a dark-brown color. So that
when suckers are fully expanded, the tentacles form lighter bands, inter-
mediate between the black bands of the median interambulacral spaces.
The buccal membrane is reddish-brown as well as yellow, and the suckers
near the actinostome are of the same color.

304 ECHINtx IYAMUS PUSILLUS.

CLYPEASTRIDAE.

Suborder Clypeastridae Auass. 1836. Prod. Mon. Rad.

EUOLYPEASTRIDAE.

Family Euolypeastridae Hakckel, 1866. Generclle Morph.

FIBULARINA.

Subfamily Fibularina Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech. (emend.)

ECHINOCYAMUS.

Echinocyamus Van Piikl. 1771. Rrief.

Small flattened Sea-urchins with a thick test. The ambulacra are very
imperfectly petaloid, poriferous zones diverging or parallel, pores discon-
nected. The horizontal sutures of the ambulacra! plates extending to the
actinostome, pierced with a large number of pores, the pores most numer-
ous above the ambitus. The interior of test has simple radiating partitions
extending towards the central actinostome. The supports of the jaws (auri-
cles) very tall and broad. Ambulacra broader than the interambulacra ;
tubercles of uniform size, extending over apical rosette; pores of madreporic
body frequently as large as genital or ocular openings. Spines short,
slender; anus inframarginal, situated near actinostome; genital pores four
in number, small, indistinct; ocular pores large.

Echinocyamus pusillus

Spatagus pusillus MiJIX. 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan.
! Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

PL XT. f. .;; PL XIII. f. l-.s.

The species of this genus present great difficulties ; their small size, the usu-
ally imperfect condition of their preservation, the great variation in the shape
of the test, and the differences due to growth, make it extremely difficult to
eliminate the special conditions of the specimens from the specific differences;
as far as I can judge from the material at my command, many of the spe-
cies have been based upon totally inadequate characters. The specimens

ECHINOCYAMUS PUSILLUS. 305

collected in Florida by Pourtales were determined in the Preliminary Report
as young of (Stolonoclypus) Clypeaster, basing my identification upon the
peculiar structure of the ambulacral area. We find that the poriferous zone
extends beyond the imperfect petals (PL XIII. f. 6), as a series of pores
in the sutures of the ambulacral plates (PL XIII. f. 2, 3), across the whole
width, from the base of the petals to the actinostome (PL XIII. f. 4), — a
character which had not previously been noticed in Echinocyamus, though it
was known in the flat species of Clypeaster from Midler's researches. Subse-
quently, however, on opening these small Echini, I found the characteristic
radiating partitions of Echinocyamus, while specimens of Clypeaster subde-
pressus showed already the concentric pillars developed near the edge of
test, as in PL XIII. f. 11, the small, high arched teeth of Echinocyamus also
greatly contrasting with the large flat teeth of Clypeaster, although at first
sight in these small specimens it is frequently difficult, without an internal
examination, to decide to which genus specimens belong, — a difficulty which
soon disappears when the ambulacral rosette is better developed. On com-
paring these specimens from Florida carefully with Norwegian specimens of
Echinocyamus pusillus I could detect no specific differences between them,
and found that E. pusillus had, like our supposed young Clypeaster, the same
peculiar structure of the poriferous zone. The outline varies from a pyri-
form to an elliptical one, more or less swollen, concave on actinal side ; the
pores are joined by very slight furrows ; the ambulacra three times as broad
as the interambulacra ; the apical system large, though not distinct; in
large specimens from six to seven pairs of pores to each petal. Anal sys-
tem small, composed of four to five triangular plates. The spines of the
lower part of test are more slender than those above ambitus, being fre-
quently subulate when exposed to much wear. The color of spines of
specimens when alive is greenish, frequently yellowish, or a mixture of
the two.

Littoral to 325 fathoms.

30G CLYPEASTER SUBDEPRESSUS.

ECHINANTHIDAE.

Subfamily Echinanthidae A. AGASB.

CLYPEASTER.

Clypeaster Lamk. 181 G. An. s. Vert, (emend.)

The flat Clypeastroids arc readily enough distinguished externally from
their allies, yet their generic distinction would often be difficult, if not
impossible, with such species as Echinanthus testudinarius from Australia,
were it not for the flatter character of actinal surface, the less sunken mouth,
and the better defined ambulacral grooves radiating from the actinostome.
But the interior at once furnishes us a set of characters of great impor-
tance, in the absence of the double ambulacral chamber, and the slender
needle-like pillars which replace the massive columns of the true Echinan-
thus. Actinal surface flat ; actinostome sunken in a cavity of small extent)
and well circumscribed, while in the other genus the cavity commences
quite gradually.
Clypeaster subdepressus

! Echinanthus subdepressus GRAY, 1825. Ann. Phil.
! Clypeaster subdepressus Agass. 1836. Prod.

PL XP; PL XI'. f. 1, .' ; PI. XII*. f. 4 ; PL XTTI. f. 10-18.

The onlv specific differences thus far noticed in the species of this genus
are the character of the tuberculatum, the position of the genital openings,
and the comparative width of the median ambulacral space in the petals.
The outline is elliptical, with slightly re-entering sides in the median intoram-
bulacral spaces. The greatest breadth is usually opposite the termination of
the posterior pair of ambulacra ; but in specimens in which the edge of the test
becomes swollen, the greatest breadth is opposite the anterior pair of ambu-
lacra (/'/. XI'. f. 1,2). The test usually is nearly flat from the margin to
the extremity of the ambulacral petals, then it commences to rise, and rises
quite suddenly, arching regularly to the abactinal pole. The odd petal and
the posterior pair have the same width of median ambulacral space ; in
the anterior pair this median space is narrower; they are also much shorter
than other petals, though the posterior pair are longer than the odd anterior
one. The genital openings are small, placed close to the madreporic body.
The general outline of the petals is somewhat lanceolate, but this varies

CLYPEASTER SUBDEPRESSUS. 307

greatly; the poriferous zone is narrow; tlie tubercles are small, uniform
over the upper part of test ; the miliaries are large, so that granulation
appears quite homogeneous, the same granulation extending over the mad-
reporic body. The spines over the whole of test are fine, short ; the same
generally on the lower surface, where, although the tubercles are slightly
larger than on upper part of test, it is only immediately round the cavity
where the mouth is placed that we find larger tubercles carrying longer
spines. The ambulacra] furrows are well marked from edge of test to
actinostome, extending along the upper part of the test in the median
and lateral sutures to the extremity of the rosette. The small anal system
is at a short distance from the edge of the test on the lower side.

The color is yellowish-green from above, — when alive, somewhat lighter
on lower side, where the sutures of the plates are a brilliant yellow, — the
poriferous zone is a dark carmine, the edge of the test and the internal part
of each plate of upper part of test is pinkish, surrounded by a yellowish
border. The height of the test varies extremely; we find all possible
stages between a highly arched test where ambulacral petals are placed,
suddenly tapering, and a thin edge scarcely rising towards apex, so that the
general aspect is that of an extremely flat Laganum when cursorily ex-
amined. A similar form of Clypeaster humilis is represented in the Pacific
Ocean by the Scutella latissima of Lamarck, which is nothing but an ex-
tremely attenuated Clypeaster humilis. Agassiz distinctly says it is allied
to C. scutiformis. This is an error, as it undoubtedly is a flat Clypeaster
humile, although by mistake it was subsequently referred to Laganum in
the Catalogue Eaisonne. The variations in our common species are figured
in the Plates ; a specimen figured on PL XII'. f. 4. is the young of the
flat type, while on PL XIII. f. 10 -IS we have the young of the speci-
men with a thick swollen edge, high central test, to which I had given in
the Preliminary Report the name of S. Ravenelli. A remarkably fine series
of this form from Georgia, in the Museum of Liverpool, shows that the char-
acters upon which I had distinguished it from C. subdepressus are only of
secondary importance. The internal structure of edge of test is of course
very different in the specimens with a thin edge or a swollen margin ; in
one case the pillars are few and broad, in the other they form quite a
series of concentric lamellae over a good portion of the interior of the test
{PL XII'. f. 4).

The presence of a true Laganum in the West Indies has been often men-

3f)8 CLYPEASTER SUBDEPRESSUS.

tioned by various writers on Echinoderms, but it has invariably been pre-
sumed to be founded upon mistaken localities (Peronclla decagonalis) or a
confusion with young specimens of Clypeaster subdepressus. Mr. Pourtales
has dredged, from a depth of thirty-four fathoms, a small Clypeaster subde-
pressus of about two inches in length, which has the facies of a Laganum
(PI. XIII. f. 16-18) to such an extent that it would pass for one without an
examination of the internal structure. The outline is pentagonal, with
rounded corners ; the pentagon is equilateral, and more regular than in any
species of Laganum, the central part of the test rising abruptly from the
extremity of the ambulacra! rosette, which is not swollen. The petals are
opened at the extremity. In this }7oung specimen the lower surface is
covered with spines only upon the interambulacral and a part of the am-
bulacra] area, leaving broad, bare bands of the ambulacra! areas colored
light yellow, giving this specimen a striking appearance. The tubercles
of the upper part of the test are quite small, closely crowded together;
they increase in size in the interambulacral spaces of the lower surface.
The color of the spines is greenish-yellow. Tin' test has a thick, rounded
vi\'jn\ and it may he that specimens of this shape have been collected by
those who have referred to the presence of a Laganum in the West India
Islands. Ilupe speaks of Laganum latissinuun as found on the coast of
Brazil. His specimen is nothing hut the extremely fiat variety of this
species, of which I have also seen specimens from Cuba in the collec-
tion of Mr. R. A ran go.

Liitkcn has given an excellent figure of young of this species (Bidrag. til.
Kundskal) om Kchiniderne, PI. //. /'. s>)'. Mr. Pourtales has dredged young
specimens, one younger ( in this youngest specimen the ambulacral rosette
was already developed, PI. XIII. /'. W) than the one figured by Liitken,
and the other slightly older. The specimens can at once he recognized as
young of C. subdepressus by their short ambulacra! rosette and their sunken
aetinostomes. The comparatively thick rounded edge of these young speci-
mens gives them a striking resemblance to Laganum. In the oldest of these,
and in one measuring only a trifle over ~>lmm in longitudinal diameter, col-
lected at Charleston, we have already the general elongated outline of the
adult, hut the edge of the test is much thinner and the ambulacral rosette
more closed than hi the adult. The tubercles are scattered uniformly over
the test, and we do not find, as in the younger specimens, along the edge
of the test, larger tubercles in five or six irregular horizontal rows, giving to

CLYPEASTER SUBDEPRESSUS. 309

the edge of the test of these young specimens a striking appearance (PI.
XIII. f. 14). We find frequently on the edge of the test of small specimens
the glassy tubercles which are so characteristic of Echinoneus, but they do
not appear to be constantly present, and furnish no additional clew as to
their function. The great development which the pores of the ambulacral
furrows take on the upper part of the test in small specimens is shown in
PL XIII. f. 12 ; in young specimens the pores of the furrows are limited
to the narrow line of the vertical and horizontal sutures of the plates, both
on the lower and upper part of the test.

Littoral, — 34 fathoms.

Ant. Diam.

Diam. trans.

Height.

Length
Post. Amb.

Width
Median Petal.

Width
Porifer. Zone.

Di?tanre of
Genital Pores.

Length
Ant. Amb

127

141

23.

44

12.

6.5

5.9

44.8

121

144

23.

38

14.

5.

5.

36.5

94

115

15.3

33

9.

3.8

3.1

26.

48

58

7.

4

4.1

2.

13.

The development of flat Clypeastroids of the type of Clyp. subdepressus is
most instructive, tending to show that, in connection with the development
of the Scutellidae hereafter described, we must probably introduce a complete
reform among the genera recognized as Lenita, Scutellina, Runa, and other
minute Echinoids, which may eventually prove to be nothing but the young
of other Clypeastroids, such as Mellita, Scutella, Laganum, Clypeaster, En-
cope, and the like ; but the want of sufficient material prevents me from enter-
ing into this comparison more in detail. Though Ave know now, from what I
shall show below, that the Scutellidae pass through phases which cannot be
distinguished from Moulinsia, Fibularia, Runa, Scutellina, and the Clypeas-
troids proper pass through a stage' of growth similar to Echinocyamus. For
similar reasons I am inclined to consider Fibularia as the early stage of some
Clypeastroid. The absence of partitions in some species, I think, can easily
be accounted for, as they are developed only later. We have a species of
Fibularia from the Sandwich Islands, in which there are no partitions when
very small, while in the adult these partitions are most rudimentary. Greater
material than I possess is necessary to elucidate the affinity of the genus,
which certainly has all the features of immature Clypeastroids.

Among the Clypeastroids, as well as among the regular Echini and Spa-
tangoids, a large number of fossil genera have been discriminated which are
based upon characters of no permanent value ; differences which are not even
specific among recent Echini, where we have had an opportunity of examin-
ing large series of various ages, having been so exaggerated as to become

310 ECHINANTHUS.

of generic importance. This tendency is, however, not confined to the
palaeontologists alone, for recent writers on Echini, and myself among the
number, have gone on subdividing genera till each species bids fair, if not
to stand in a genus, certainly to occupy the dignified position of a subgenus.
A glance at the material here brought together concerning a few species
shows how far we have been going in the wrong direction, and I trust that,
for certain groups at least, I have been able to show what direction we must
give to our examinations of species to have them yield valuable results.

EC1I1XAXTIIUS.

Echiuanthus Breyn. 1782. Schedias. (emend.)

Test thick, more or less elliptical or pentagonal. Ambulacra! petals broad,
often swollen, and limited by wide poriferous zones. Five genital pores, ac-
tinostome pentagonal, deeply sunken. Anal opening small, infra-marginal.
Teeth placed vertically at extremity of jaws, each of which is supported
upon two auricles. The interior is tilled by pillars rising from the lower to
upper tloors; they are continuations of the double Moors of the ambulacra]
and interambulacral chambers, so characteristic of the true Echinanthus, ex-
tending from mouth to apex. Johannes Miiller, in his Bau d. Echinodermen,
was the first to show the radical difference that existed in the internal
structure of the Hat and convex Clvpeaster.

Miiller has attempted to show that the madreporic body in the regular
Echini determined the true position of the axis in the irregular Echini. In
the figures he has given of the abactinal system of a number of species of
irregular Echini, he has invariably found that it was the right anterior
genital plate which was connected with the madreporic body, or the left
posterior; and because we have Echinometrae in which the madreporic body
is found either on the right or left of the imaginary longitudinal axis, he
argues that it must be one of these posterior plates which is invariably the
one to give us the position of the axis, and that it is not placing the irregular
Echini in a homologous position with the other regular Echini, where the
anus gives us the longitudinal diameter without any chance of error, to place
the irregular Echini with the madreporic body in the symmetrical rear, with
an ambulacrum opposite, as in the regular Echini. The madreporic body
in the Scutellidae and Clypeastridae occupies the whole of the mil nil part;
it is regular in outline, usually star-shaped, and is not connected in any way

ECHINANTHUS ROSACEUS. 311

with the genital openings, which open in the interambulacral plates, its posi-
tion would seem to show that in the irregular Echini, where the anal system is
no longer enclosed by the abactinal system, the madreporic body can open
anywhere, and become connected with either genital plate, as in the Spatan-
goids, either right anterior or right posterior, or several of them, including
the left posterior, thus depriving it of the value which it has in denning the
bearing of the axis of the regular Echini, where its position is fixed, while it
is not fixed in the irregular Echini (isolated in the Clypeastroids, and may be
connected with any one of the genital plates in the irregular Echini), where
we find other features to guide us in placing correctly the axis of the
animal.

Echinanthus rosaceus

! Clypeaster rosaceus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert.
I Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

PL XIC. ; XI*. f. 1, 2 ; XIf. f. 1-18 ; XIII. f. 9.

The characters by which most of the different species of Echinanthus
have been separated thus far are totally inadequate. The majority of the
large number of fossil species from the tertiaries have been distinguished on
variations of the height, breadth, outline, the more or less open ambulacral
petals, broader or narrower petals, — characters which the accompanying
measurements of a series of specimens from Florida show to be found in
any set of specimens from the same locality. The outline of this species is
more or less elliptical, with convex posterior, lateral interambulacra convex.
The test is usually moderately convex, varying in height from half to a third
the length of the longitudinal diameter. The ambulacral petals occupy the
greater part of the abactinal portion of the test, the madreporic body is
central, pentagonal, crowded with small tubercles, the intervening space rid-
dled with holes. The ocular plates joined to it are elliptical; the ocular
openings large. The genital openings are large, opening in the median inter-
ambulacral space at some distance from the madreporic body. The median
ambulacral space of ambulacral petals is broad, more than twice as broad
as the poriferous zone, the furrows of which are distant, of uniform breadth
for a considerable distance, and then diminishing rapidly towards the distal
extremity, and more gradually towards the abactinal pole. The tubercles
of upper part of test are remarkably uniform in size, sunken uniform
miliaries completely filling the intervening space. The tubercles are more

11 2

ECHINANTHUS KOSACEUS.

closely set in the median part of the ambulacral petals than upon rest of
test. This median part is frequently quite swollen, rising far above the gen-
eral level of the test, so that the poriferous zone is regularly sloping from the
edge of the zone to the interior row of pores ; there the test rises suddenly,
and is regularly arched over the remainder of the median ambulacra] space.
On the lower side, in old specimens, the mouth is deeply sunken, the cavity
in which it is placed forming quite abruptly at about two thirds the distance
from the edge of the test. The ambulacral furrows are very plainly defined,
increasing rapidly in width a short distance from the edge of the test, and re-
taining a uniform breadth to the mouth. The tubercles of the lower side are
much larger than those of upper part of test, placed closer, more deeply
sunken, the miliaries surrounding them not so distinct. The anus is placed
close to the edge of the test. The spines are short, of uniform size over
the whole upper part of the test with the exception of the poriferous zone,
where the average of the spines separating the ambulacral furrows is some-
what moii' slender. Those of the lower part of test are considerably stouter
and longer than those of the upper part of the test.

The posterior ambulacral petals are the longest ; the odd ambulacral one is
slightly shorter, the anterior pair are considerably shorter; the median space
of the odd petal is narrower than that of tin' other ambulacra, which are of
uniform breadth.

The color of this species when alive is. from above, a beautiful reddish-
brown; the median ambulacral region enclosed by the poriferous zone is more
yellowish ; the poriferous zone, of a darker reddish color, is a background
upon which the flesh-colored lobed tentacles of the pctaloid ambulacra are
projected (PL Xlr.f. 17, IS). The whole upper part of test is also covered with
minute flesh-colored water-tubes, capable of considerable expansion, passing
through the small pores which riddle the whole of the test of these double-
walled Clypeastroids.

Littoral t" •"> liitlioms.

Distance

between
Genital I'orea.

Trans.

hi tin

I.ong.

Ill.LIII.

Height.

Length
Post. Petals

Width

I'wi! /,..n<.

Iiitrrpnr.

Uedun

Post. Anib.
Petal.

rnterpor.

M.'ilmii

Odd Ant

Auit'iil

Length

Odd Int

Petal.

38.

48.

13.

13.5

2.

5.4

5.

12.

58.

71.

29.5

21.

3.

9.

8.

19.

71.

97.

36.8

33.

4.1

15.3

12.5

29.1

7.3

92.

114.9

34.5

39.

5.6

17.

15.

34.

10.

102 5

124.5

60.

55.

5.5

21.

19.5

47.5

86.

133.1

53.5

50.

6.

20.

19.

37.9

10.5

112.3

137.5

53.

53.2

7.5

20.5

17.2

41.

ECHINANTHUS EOSACEUS. 313

It is quite remarkable that of a species so common as this, only one young,
small enough to show any very striking difference from the adult, should
have been collected, while of nearly all the more common species complete
series of all sizes were obtained.

This specimen is figured, natural size, on PL XP. f. 1. It is quite flat,
the actinal surface is concave, but the test is not yet swollen; in fact, the edge
of the test is only somewhat stouter than in some specimens of Clypeaster
subdepressus. The rosette is much smaller, with a dark median ambulacral
space, forming a prominent star, from the apical system ; the sutures of all
the plates are marked by similar dark bands, in both cases formed by minute
spines closely crowded together. The primary spines are comparatively
prominent, and are figured on PL XP. f. 14. They resemble already closely
those of the adult. Younger stages are represented on PL XP. f. 1..', 13,
the latter being still attached to the test, while the spine (/. W) has a distinct
articulating surface. Over the greater part of the upper and lower part of
the test are found pedicellariaj {PL XP. f. 6, 10) ; they are specially numerous
in the small triangle at the edge of the test in the median ambulacra (PL XP.
f. 3). These pedicellari* are peculiar ; nothing like them has as yet been
described, except those of Pourtalesia, which resemble them. They consist
(PL XP. f. (]) of a principal shaft, as stout and nearly as large as a primary
spine, more transparent, terminating in a cup from which arises a compara-
tively slender muscle, urn-shaped, terminating in a huge tridactyle head of
very remarkable structure, which terminates in three ball jaws ; each jaw is
broad at base, with from four to five roots, narrows rapidly to form a verti-
cal shaft, terminating in a hollow semi-spherical head, edged with strong
teeth (PL XP.f. s, 9), which magnified appear like a very formidable weapon
of attack. PL XP. f. 7 is another view of a similar pedicellaria. A second
kind is totally unlike this ; the head is spherical, made up of thin half-shells
articulated upon a lung slender muscle and a slender shaft (PL XP. f. 10).
The test when denuded (PL XP.f. 4) presents some striking differences from
the adult. The primary tubercles are not sunken, but are raised above the
general level, are comparatively few in number and large in size. The
sutures are well defined by close granulation, the median ambulacral space
being specially distinctly banded. In this stage the rosette is already de-
veloped (PL XP. f. 4), and from a denuded specimen would present no
special points of difference, except in size, from an adult, with the exception
of the absence of the genital plates, which are not yet developed, and the

314 ECHINANTHUS ROSACEUS.

structure of the tubercles in the median ambulacra! space. When we ex-
amine the suckers coming from these pores, we find them totally unlike
those of the adult Echinanthus {PI. XT. /'. 17, 18). They are in every par-
ticular similar to those of the regular Echini, short, with a prominent well-
marked sucker, as seen in PI. XP. f. .', which represents a portion of the
petaloid rosette, while the character of the gill-like suckers of the rosette
of the adult is seen in PL XP. f. 17. Each primary sucker is surrounded in
the adult by small slender suckers, not differing from those found in young.
The long sucker is lobed on both sides lor half its outer length, and is pointed
(PI. XP. f. 18). The pores, discovered by .Midler in Clypeaster over the
whole surface of the test, are already well developed in young specimens
( /'/. XP. ./'. 16 represents a part of an ambulacra! plate of the specimen
figured in PI. XP. f. l',\. These pores in young specimens carry regular
tentacles with suckers, as i- shown in /'/. XP./. • /. representing the c(]ge of
the test of the young specimen ( /'/. XP. f. /) crowded with anilnilacral
suckers and pedicellarise. The interna! structure of Echinanthus is early
developed (PI. XP. f. 15), specimens of the size of PI. XIII. f. 9 have
already the commencement of the double floor on the vt\^' of the test,
and the pillars which separate the ambulacral system from the digestive
cavity arise from the floor in sharp, numerous pillars. The changes the
interior passes through correspond to those which Encope goes through,
where the ambulacra in young stages are not isolated, resembling at one
time those of Mellita, but afterwards the cellular structure of Encope com-
pletely isolates them; in Echinanthus the double partition early makes its
appearance, though for a time the ambulacra are connected with the diges-
tive cavity, resembling the permanent condition of Clypeaster proper; but
at no time do we find in Echinanthus the peculiar arrangement of the am-
bulacral pores of the lower side in the sutures of the plates so prominent
and striking a feature of Echinocyamus (PI. Xlll.f. .', 3) and of Clypeaster
proper (PI XP./. 25).

Numerous pigment cells, specially closely packed in the abactinal part of
the median interambulacra! space, indicate the commencement of the bril-
liant reddish-brown coloration so well developed in the adult.

ECHINARACHNIUS.

SCUTELLIDAE.

Family Scutellidae Agass. 1S41. Mon. Scut, (emend.)

(SCUTELLA.) Echinarachnius.

Echinarachnius Lf.ske 1778. Klein Add.

Outline circular, test thick ; ambulacral petals large, very distinct, open at
extremity. Ambulacral furrows sending ramifications out only once near
marginal extremity. Mouth central, anus marginal or rather supra-marginal.
This genus differs externally from Scutella merely by the position of the
anus and the mode of ramification of the ambulacral furrows of the actinal
surface, — the median furrow, like that of Laganum, being preserved to the
edge of the disk, — and it would perhaps be natural to consider it simply as a
subgenus of Scutella, as proposed by Martens. An examination of the inte-
rior shows that it has the same arrangement of pillars as Dendraster and Sca-
phechinus. The mere eccentricity of the apex and the slightly different mode
of branching in Dendraster do not entitle it to rank even as a subgenus of
Scutella; in Echinarachnius, Dendraster, and Scaphechinus the pillars of the
interior are more or less concentric with the edge {PI. XId. f. 4, 5), while in
Scutella they recall more the stellate arrangement of Mellita. The ambu-
lacral notches of the posterior extremity of Scutella are more or less present
in all the genera, so that externally Scaphechinus and Dendraster do not
differ from Scutella, the position of the anus being of no value, while inter-
nally they show a somewhat different arrangement of the pillars of the
edge of the test. For this reason I am inclined to consider Echinarachnius
as a subgenus of Scutella ; with it Dendraster and Scaphechinus will be
merged as mere sections.

The jaws are high, supported upon feeble auricles, lobed in the centre ; the
teeth are not enamelled at the tip ; the edges of the triangular base of the
jaws form at their junction a prominent projection, formed of elliptical or
circular cells, rising far above the level of the jaws, instead of the lamellar
structure of the edge of the jaw existing in Clypeaster, Mellita, and Encope.

316 ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA.

Echinarachnius parma

! Scutella parma 1. S.M. 1816. An. ?. Vert.
! Echinarachnius parma Gray, 1825. An. Phil.

PI. XI". f. 4, 5 ; PL XP. f. 4, .: ; PL XII. f. 1-13.

As the measurements of the accompanying specimens of this species show,
the variations in the outline, both from above and in profile, as well as the
shape of the petals, are considerable. The outline from above may lie either
nearly circular or somewhat pointed anteriorly, or decidedly truncated pos-
teriorly, with deep indentations for the amis and in the median ambulacra!
spaces. The profile may he regularly sloping from a nearly central apical
system, with a thin edge of test, or we may have a thick edge of test, and an
arching central part of the test from the outer edge of the petals. The posi-
tion of the apex is also sometimes somewhat eccentric posteriorly, showing
that this character alone cannot he of generic value, as had been taken for
granted in Dendraster. The apical system is well marked, hut differs con-
siderably in specimens of the same size; the rosette is generally open at the
extremity in Hat specimens, while in more arched ones the petals have a
decided tendency to converge at the outer end ; the poriferous /.one is nar-
row, not more than from one quarter to one fifth the width of the ambulacra.
The marginal ramifications of the ambulacra! furrows arc frequently quite
indistinct in older specimens. The tubercles are closely surrounded by
miliaries, covering the whole upper part of the test, including the apical
system, with a line homogeneous granulation. On the lower surface near
the actinostome the tubercles are distant; they become, however, closely
packed at the commencement of the ramifications of the ambulacra! fur-
rows, although there is no miliary granulation on the lower surface so
characteristic of the upper part of the test. The spines of the lower sur-
face are larger, longer, and of variable length, those covering the opening
of the actinostome are the largest, while the spines of the upper surface are
shorter, and of uniform size. The color when alive is a beautiful crimson-
carmine, tending to greenish, or of intermediate shades; lower surface of
the same color ; ambulacra! furrows darker.

The range of this species is quite astonishing, and its association on the
Asiatic coast with a second well-marked species has undoubtedly caused a
great deal of confusion, in addition to the presence of Arachnoides. which,
when covered by spines, might readily pass as either of the species of true
Echinarachnius. I am unable, upon examination of the originals, to dis-

ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA. 317

tinguish the species established by Michelin and Gray, based upon slight
local differences, such as the outline of the test from above or in profile, the
more or less open petaloid ambulacra, the distinctness of the branches of
the ambulacral furrows, which are all features subject to great variation in
specimens from the same locality. The length of the petals is very vari-
able, in some specimens not extending beyond half-way from apex to
margin, while in others they reach fully two thirds of the distance. There
are two principal branches of the ambulacral furrows, commencing from two
thirds the distance of the mouth to the edge of the test.

Littoral to 40 fathoms.

Width Med. Inter.

Height.

Lat. Diam.

Anal Diam.

Len

gth Ant

Amb.

Porif. Amh.

11.

73.

71.

20.

5.1

13.2

62.9

61.

20.1

8.

7.1

55.3

52.

15.2

4.7

9.

51.5

49 2

14.

3.1

10.5

46. 3

46.

15.

5.9

Young specimens of Echiuarachnius parma, measuring from 2.1mm to
g 2mm. jn diameter, are readily found in the stomach of our cod. The out-
line of the youngest specimen observed is elliptical (PI. XII. f. l). The test
is high, arched, resembling somewhat a Cassidulus from the position of the
anus (PI. XII. f. 3), and an Echinometra from the vertical rows of large
tubercles, one for each ambulacral and interambulacral plate, forming regu-
larly decreasing rows from the apex to the mouth. The lower surface is
nearly flat, the actinostome is large, pentagonal (PL XII f. 2), being fully
one third the diameter of the test across the opening. There are but slight
traces here and there of miliaries ; the tubercles are so closely crowded that
it is impossible, beyond the presence of five pairs of pores, one pair for each
ambulacrum, to detect any further trace of the ambulacral pores, although it
is easy to identify the ambulacral rows. The vent is placed a short distance
above the ambitus (PL XII. J. 3), no trace of the poriferous zone could be
seen near the mouth. The rotules are present in shape of a peculiar spine,
which is most prominent in specimens measuring about 4.mm in longitudinal
diameter. In a somewhat older specimen the difference of outline is very
striking; it is pear-shaped (PI. XII f. 4), the blunt end being the posterior;
the test is still considerably arched, but has become a good deal flattened
when compared to the previous stage. We find also the commencement of
the difference in the arrangement of the ambulacral and interambulacral
plates, due to the different rate of growth of the two areas. The mouth is

318 ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA.

comparatively much smaller, the lower surface has become much flattened,
the mouth being sunk, and edges of the test raised. There are quite distinct
ambulacra! pores, two for each side of the odd ambulacrum, and two and

three on each side of the other ambulacra. The pairs of pores are pierced
between the plates, and are not connected by furrows. Each plate (ambu-
lacral and interambulacral) of the test carries as yet but one large primary
tubercle; the rest of the plate is thickly crowded with miliaries. In a some-
what more advanced stage there was a marked difference iii size between the
upper pairs of pores, forming an extremely rudimentary rosette {PL XII.
f. .',) of independent pairs of pores not confluent and not joined by fur-
rows, additional pores, pierced through the plates, extending towards the
ambitus in continuation of the poriferous zone. The larger pores simply
radiate fanlike from the apex; there are four pairs in the odd ambulacrum,
three and live in the anterior pair, and four and live in the posterior am-
bulacra. The miliaries of the plates of test surrounding the main tubercle
are larger, and the sutures of the plates more distinctly brought out than in
the previous stage. The position of the anus is nearer the ambitus, and
when seen from the lower side ( /'/. XII. f. 6), the young Echinarachnius
has the same undulating concavity SO characteristic of J'ygaster and allied
genera. The outline of this specimen was also somewhat less pear-shaped,
and Hatter. In an older specimen, measuring about o.l""" in length ( /'/.
XII. f. !)). the test had become quite flattened, the mouth was slightly

sunken below the raised r<\^- of the ambitus, the outline i e pentagonal,

the vent placed nearer the edge, and we have the first appearance of pores
arranged so as to form a distinct rosette, connected by furrows in the part of

the rosette nearest the middle. As in the preceding Stage, there art' addi-

ditional pairs of pores pierced between the ambulacra! plates extending
towards the ambitus in continuation of the rosette. Each plate now carries
from three to six primary tubercles, according to its size, thickly crowded
round with miliaries. The anal opening is closed by a single plate (PL XII.
J. 11); the madreporic body i^ quite distinct, and very minute pores can be
traced in the indistinct ambulacral furrows of the lower side. In specimens
measuring G.mm- the rosette is more prominent (PL XIT. f. 1<>), the pores
being all connected by furrows; the plates of the test are uniformly covered
by primary and miliary tubercles, the sutures of the plates are less distinct,
and four small additional anal plates have appeared (PI. XII. f. 1 / ) at the
marginal i'A^c of the anal opening. In still larger specimens, measuring

MELLITA. 319

about 15."™' in diameter, the ambulacra! rosette lias all the features of the
adult (PL XII. f. 13), the grooves uniting the pores are deep, the madreporic
body is fully developed, the tubercles are uniformly distributed, the vent
closed by six plates (PL XII. f. 13), the first plate being still by far the
largest, — at this stage the difference in the rate of growth between the
ambulacral and interambulacral plates becomes quite as striking as in the
corresponding stages of Encope. There seems to be no ratio between
the number of ambulacral and interambulacral plates, as the older the speci-
men the greater seems to be the number of ambulacral plates in comparison
with the interambulacral plates; when measuring 15.°"°' to 16.mm- in diameter,
the young Echinarachnius has the general outline of larger specimens, and
except its size has, as far as I can see, no further distinguishing features.

MELLITA.

Mellita Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech.

Test exceedingly flat. Ambulacral petals closed, remarkably well defined,
five or six elongated lunules in the prolongation of the ambulacral petals ;
when five are present the odd anterior ambulacral one is wanting, the pos-
terior lunule is situated in the interambulacral space. The ambulacral
grooves of the actinal surface are very ramified and undulating. Pillars, in
the interambulacral areas, separate the buccal from the digestive cavity.
The tubercles of the interambulacra of the lower side are very large, com-
paratively, between the ambulacral grooves, and small adjoining them. The
spines corresponding to the different sizes of tubercles are either long and
tapering or short and club-shaped, while larger flat-shaped spines surround
the lunules on the upper side. The spines of the upper surface of test are
all club-shaped, those edging the lunules more or less spathiform ; those
of the ambulacral furrows and its branches are curved, and those of the
large tubercles of the lower surface straight and elongate. Four genital
openings; madreporic body occupying central apical part of test. The
anus is at the proximal extremity of the interambulacral lunule, close to
the mouth ; outline of test circular, truncated posteriorly.

320 MELLITA SEXFORIS.

Mellita sexforis

Eckinodiscus sexiesperforatus Leskk, 177s. Klein, Add.
I Mellita » eforis A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech. I't. I.

PL XL f. 1-12; PL XP.f. 3.

Five ambulacra! hmules and one posterior interambulacral one. The apex
and the mouth are central, or nearly so, while in the pentaphorous species
of Mellita they are quite eccentric. The ambulacral lunules are of the same
size, narrow, elongate, while the odd posterior lunule is usually somewhat
smaller than the others. The test in all the specimens examined slopes regu-
larly from the apex towards the edge. The outline is more or less circular
or pentagonal, but slightly truncated posteriorly. The ambulacral petals are
all ot* the same size, comparatively small, not reaching hall-way to the edge
of test from the apex. The median ambulacral space, included between
the poriferous zones, is as broad as each zone ; genital openings distant from
apex. The coronal plates of upper part ol test are all more or less convex.

The ambulacral furrows ramify more at the extremity near the edge of the
test, on each side of the lunules. than in tin' other species, leaving hut a very
narrow median interambulacral space not covered by furrows. The large
tubercles of the lower surface are consequently fewer in number; they are.
at the same time, more uniform in size where they occur; the rest of the
lower surface of the test is covered by line granulation of smaller tubercles
near the poriferous furrows. The difference in size between the spines of

the two surfaces is slight, their arrangement is the same, there are but few
comparatively large spines immediately round the mouth, the whole lower
surface being covered by silk-like spines not clavate. like those of the upper
part of the test. The color when alive is slightly yellowish, ranging through
all the shades of a dirty yellow to a light olive-green. The bathynietrical
range of this species is quite extensive (littoral-270 fathoms), though the
geographical range, as far as we know it. is not great, being confined to
the West Indies and to the Bermudas.

Young specimens of Mellita sexforis, measuring 2.4mm in diameter (PL
XL f. /). are almost circular, with a thickened raised edge as in Laganum,
and as yet have no lunules visible from the abactinal side. The rosette
is simply a series of radiating pores, three and two in each poriferous
zone, for each ambulacrum, extending but a short distance from the
apex, having the simple structure of the poriferous zone of non-conjugated
pores of Echinocyamus. The ambulacral and interambulacral plates are

MELL1TA SEXFURIS. 321

of the same size, hexagonal, forming twenty equal zones (PL XI f. 1),
earning but a single large tubercle in the centre of each plate ; seen
from below the surface is deeply concave (PI. XI f. 2), the mouth much
larger in proportion to the test than in adult specimens, and we see forming
from this side the posterior interambulacral lunule as a deep pit, at one
extremity of which is placed the anus near the mouth, about one third the
distance from the edge of the test, as is seen in PL XI. f. 0, representing
the posterior lunule of a specimen somewhat older; the rotulse are already
well developed in specimens of this size (Pi. XI. f. :,).

The outline in a subsequent stage becomes slightly pear-shaped (PL XI.
/'. .;), the plates elongate ; the lunule pierces through to the abactinal side ;
the rosette is still made up of radiating pores, consisting of five to six pairs
of pores for each poriferous zone. The ambulacral area is now slightly nar-
rower than the interambulacral zones, though the plates carry as yet but a
single primary tubercle. Seen from below (PL XI. f. 4), we find rudimen-
tary phyllodes made up of a few of the small pores, which eventually
extend in the ambulacral furrows to the edge of the test, but are now
restricted to a small number clustered round the mouth (PL XI. f. 4),
entirely similar to those of older specimens, as seen in PL XI. f. 20, though
restricted in extent. When the posterior lunule has become a small round
opening (PL XL f. 7), encroaching upon the plates of the posterior interam-
bulacral area, which extends as a very faint lobe beyond the outline of the
test, the rosette becomes slightly pentaloid. There are now from two to five
tubercles on each plate (PL XI. f. 7) ; the plates are quite elongate, having
lost their hexagonal outline ; the lower surface is flat, and on the lower side
(PL XI. f. s) the ambulacra have broadened very rapidly, the interambulacra
forming narrow bands carrying larger tubercles between the ambulacral
zones, showing already in a very marked manner the difference, so promi-
nent in older specimens, in the character of the ambulacral and interambu-
lacral areas of the actinal side. The edge of the test is still quite thickened
(PL XI f. 7), and it is only when the young Mellita has attained somewhat
less than half an inch in diameter that the ambulacral lunules appear as
pits, seen at first from the lower side only, and gradually forcing their way
through the test. The posterior interambulacral lunule increases rapidly in
size ; the lunule and the groove in which the anus is placed become some-
what separated, being simply a depression in the continuation of the lunule.
After the appearance of the lunules as slight pits, which develop unequally

322 MELLITA TESTUDINATA.

(PI. XI. f. 10), not appearing simultaneously, the changes are limited to the
increase in size of the lunules (PL XI. f. //), and of the poriferous am-
bulacral zone on the lower side; the outline and general facies, with the
exception of the larger size of the tubercles, being that of the adult
[PL XL ./: /*).

Contrary to what was to be expected from analogy, we find in Mellita
Stokesii, so closely allied to Mellita sexforis, the lunules developed as cuts
along the periphery, exactly as in Encope. and in the two other species of
Mellita, so thai the mode of development of the lunules does not seem to have
any great physiological value, whether formed by the resorption of the test in
the centre of the plates, or by a retardation of their growth at the edge of the
test; those species which are most closely allied having diametrically opposite
modi's of development of the lunules. In fact, the mode of development of
Encope and of Mellita testudinata (and M. longilissa) is far more closely allied
than that of the two species of Mellita of the types of sexforis and Stokesii.

Mellita testudinata

! Mellita testudinata Klein, 17.il. Nat Disp. Echin.

PI. XI. f. 13-22; PL XII\ .- PI. AY/'./. 1,2.

Four lateral ambulacral lunules, in continuation of the median line of
ambulacra, and one posterior interambulacral one ; outline more or less
rounded anteriorly, truncated posteriorly, greatest width usually across the
lateral posterior interambulacral space; the organic apex is slightly eccen-
tric anteriorly, the test sloping gradually towards the posterior ednc. but
curved towards the anterior edge, which is usually thicker, though we find
frequently specimens in which the slope is the same towards both edges;
the lunules are all narrow, elongate, the interambulacral one being the
largest. The petals are of nearly uniform size, the odd and anterior pair
slightly shorter than the posterior pair. Each poriferous zone is broader
than the enclosed median ambulacra! space; the poriferous furrows are
separated by a single row of tubercles very regularly arranged in a line
parallel to the furrows. The tubercles covering the upper surface of the
test are extremely uniform in size (except those on the edge of the lunules);
tiny are closely packed, and separated by ridges of minute miliary tubercles.
The large tubercles which cover the interambulacral space of the lower side
have no regular arrangement, any more than those of the upper part of
the test ; they are small near the edge of the test, and closely crowded, but

MELLITA TESTUDINATA. 823

gradually increase in size and become more widely separated, especially near
the actinostome from a distance of one quarter of the radius, where they are
quite distant. The ambulacra! furrows, sending out a principal branch on
each side of the median ambulacra! space, send out short processes over the
whole lower surface, and longer ones near the edge of the test; they diminish
considerably in number and distinctness upon the interambulacral spaces,
especially the posterior space. The median ambulacral zone carries large
tubercles, but they disappear near the branches of the poriferous zones,
leaving a considerable distance on each side of them apparently bare, but
covered in reality with very minute tubercles carrying diminutive spines.
The arrangement of the spines on the lower side in the two species of Mellita
is peculiar; the large spines of the anterior interambulacral spaces are
directed outward, those of the posterior interambulacra are turned inwards.
On the upper part of the test the spines all turn towards the periphery.
The color when alive is a greenish-blue.

The general character of the changes undergone by Mellita sexforis, as far
as they relate to the transformations of the ambulacral rosette, the growth
of the tubercles, the changes in the proportions of the relative breadth
of the ambulacral and interambulacral zones, is identical in Mellita testudi-
nata and M. longifissa. What is remarkable in Mellita testudinata is that the
mode of formation of the ambulacral lunules is not identical with that of M.
sexforis. The interambulacral lunule alone is developed from a depression
formed on the lower surface pushing its way through the test, while the am-
bulacral lunules are the result of the closing in of notches appearing on the
edge of the test, which remain open until the young Mellita has attained a
considerable size, — three quarters of an inch and sometimes more; long
after the arrangement of the plates, the shape of the rosette, the size of the
tubercles, and the extent of the poriferous zone on the lower surface have
the character of the adult.

The smallest specimens of Mellita observed, measuring about 3.61""1 in
diameter, are nearly circular ; they have at this stage but a single lunule,
the posterior interambulacral one, scarcely perceptible from above, but
from the lower side well seen as a deep conical j>it pushing its way gradu-
ally more and more towards the abactinal side, and becoming larger and
larger when seen from that side with increasing age ; when it has at-
tained a diameter of about S."im , the centre of the ambulacral edge of the
test becomes slightly indented, — the first trace of the ambulacral lunules

324 ENCOPE.

(PL XL f. 13). The posterior ambulacra] hmules (notches) are the first to he
developed, the young Mellita having at this stage (excluding the posterior
interambulacral lunule) somewhat the shape of a diminutive Echinodiscus,
or Encope Michelini, and as the cuts increase in depth with advancing age(P/.
XI. f. 19) resemble in a remarkable degree a small Encope grandis. The
commencement of the closing process of the notches is shown in drawings of
M. longifissa (PL XI. f. .;, .'7), while in/. 26, 27, of the same Plate, the
lunnles are completely closed.

The large series collected by the Thayer Expedition along the whole coast
of Brazil shows that this species has a wide geographical range, and is liable
to great variations, indicating that tin' characters which have been described
as separating M. quinquefora and M. testudinata have no permanent value.

Littoral to 7 fathoms.

KXCOPE.

Encope A.GAB8. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.

Contains species of considerable size ; actinal surface flat, abactinal more
or less regularly arched ; always having in the prolongation of the ambu-
lacral petals cither lunules or indentations, which \ar\ extremely according
to age. and in different individuals of the same species. There are live geni-
tal openings, while there are only four In .Mellita. The ambulacral petals are
very unequal in size, the posterior pair usually larger than the anterior ones.
Ambulacral furrows greatly ramified. The main difference between this
genus ami .Mellita consists in the continuous calcareous partition which
separates the buccal from the digestive cavity, in place of the disconnected
pillars of Mellita. Outline elliptical, truncated posteriorly. In addition, we
have in Encope a horizontal floor separating the buccal cavity front the
upper part of the test, in which the ambulacral system is confined, while
in Mellita the ambulacra! petals open directly into the main cavity above
the buccal orifice.

ENCOPE EMARGINATA. 325

Encope emarginata

Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, 1778. Kl. Add.
! Encope emarginata Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.

Pi. XII. f. u-Us PI- XII" ■ /■ is; PI XII". f. 2-3.

As the accompanying measurements show, it is difficult to define the out-
line of this species, its variations including all possible forms between a
more or less pentagonal outline with the deep cuts (lunulas) at the .angles
of the pentagon, and a subcircular outline anteriorly, retaining only one
side of the pentagon posteriorly. Seen from above, denuded of spines, the
whole test is covered by remarkably uniform tubercles closely packed with
extremely diminutive miliaries, the same granulation extending over the
ambulacra, both the poriferous zone and the median part of the rosette; only
on the edge of the lunules do we find somewhat larger tubercles. As in
other Scutellidae, the median interambulacral spaces are covered by larger
tubercles, as well as the rest of the lower surface, except in the proximity
of the ambulacral furrows and their branches, which form broad avenues
covered by small miliaries. In the typical E. emarginata the lunules are
more or less elliptical, and usually their edges at least touch, if they are not
completely closed ; the odd interambulacral lunule is nearly twice as long
as any of the others ; the edge of the test in such specimens is thin, and
the outline in profile is gradually sloping from the vertex to the ambitus.
The vertex is eccentric anteriorly, and corresponds usually also with the
apex ; but it is not unfrequent that the anterior edge of the posterior lunule
is slightly higher, especially if the lip of the lunule is well developed, as
in the case of what has been called Encope oblonga, where the lunules are
completely closed, and the edge of the test and of the lunules is thick, the
outline beinsr at the same time somewhat circular. When the lunules
remain wide open, and the general outline of the test is pentagonal, it
has received the name of E. Valenciennesii, but there are no features
by which it can be separated specifically ; though there is a species on
the west coast of America having very much the same general outline
(E. grandis), which has, however, such remarkable internal structure that
there are excellent grounds for maintaining that species.

In specimens measuring 13.n"" in diameter, the ambulacra are not yet
separated from the digestive cavity by the complete wall of spongy calca-
reous mass so prominent in old specimens. In these and young specimens
simple pillars connect at first the two floors, as in Mellita and Echinodiscus.

326 ENCOPE EMAEGINATA.

PI. XII'. f. .' shows the extent t<> which the ambulacra are isolated from
the remainder of the digestive cavity in fully grown specimens. The jaws
are quite small (PI. XIP. f. ,;), and the calcareous cellular work connecting
the two floors leaves a comparatively small space for the winding of the
alimentary canal, which becomes quite narrow and small by the time it
reaches the anal opening.

Among the specimens dredged from considerable depth were a number of
Encope emarginata of various sizes, from half an inch in longitudinal
diameter to an inch. These, in addition to a large series of young of the same
species sent from Desterro by Dr. Fritz .Midler, present some interesting
structural points, and have also, not unexpectedly, however, led to the con-
clusion that Moulinsia was nothing but a young Encope. Dr. Liitken, in
speaking of the chance of young Encope being a Moulinsia. seemed to con-
sider the scalloped v^\^e as a most distinguishing feature. The same fea-
ture is also quite prominent in young Mcllita. but they are always more
circular, and do not assume the elongated form which is so characteristic of
Moulinsia. This scalloped edge is not most prominent in the youngest
specimens; it is mosi striking when they are from 6.°"" to N.""" in diameter.
previous to the appearance of the lunules on the dorsal side, when, as 1
think, the figures will show plainly they have all the appearance of Mou-
linsa (PI. XII. f. /;, /:.). There are some points in the structure of the
young specimens of the size figured by Liitken. to which it may he worth
while calling attention. Liitken has noticed that there was a striking differ-
ence in .Mcllita and Encope in the modes of formation of the ambulacra!
lunules. In Encope they are formed by the closing in of notches made by
the prolongation of the plates, which often remain open during the whole
life, while in Mellita (M. sexforis) the ambulacral lunules are formed by pits
in the test itself. I have noticed that these pits (lunules) appear al first on
the lower surface, and little by little force their way through the test (see
Mellita sexforis); the posterior interambulacral lunule in Mellita is formed in
the same way, and the same is the cast' in Encope, where I have observed it
in the youngest Encope (a specimen from Desterro. sent by Dr. Fritz .Midler)
in the condition of a Moulinsia. when the lunule was a very marked pit on
the lower surface alone (PL XII. f. 15), not yet having forced its way through
the test to the dorsal side, which had a smooth unbroken posterior inter-
ambulacral doi-sal area (PI XII. f. 1.',). The anus opens directly in the
centripetal extremity of the lunule, while in the adult the lunule and the

ENCOPE EMARGINATA. 327

anal opening are separate, the latter being placed at a considerable distance
from it toward the mouth. As the specimens become older there is a ten-
dency to separate, the anus being placed in a groove which is a shallow con-
tinuation of the lunule, approaching more and more the mouth, till, in
specimens measuring 37."™ in diameter, the anus is completely separated
from the lunules (see Pi. XII. f. is, 21, 23, 25). The shifting position of
the anus depending upon entirely individual circumstances, shows that
its position cannot be used as a specific character. The youngest Encope
I have had occasion to examine shows already traces of the two posterior
ambulacral notches (PI. XII. f. Uh 15), but they are so slight that they
would most likely be overlooked, especially in specimens somewhat more
advanced, when the scalloping is more pi'ominent (as in the figures of
Moulinsia of Agassiz in his Monographic des Scutelles), in fact, the cuts of
the edges being fully as deep as the notches. These divide the edge of the
test into twenty well-marked scallops, the ambitus is elliptical, the apex cen-
tral, and in this condition the ambulacral and interambulacral plates both
diminish gradually in size towards the centre, forming twenty sharply defined
ridges, the sutures between the plates running to the apex from the edge
of the test being well marked by the absence of granulation. Each ambu-
lacral and interambulacral plate carries from one to two, or at most (near
ambitus) three, primary tubercles, the rest of the plate being covered by
miliaries. There is no ambulacral rosette, but two pairs of pores; one pair,
between adjoining ambulacral plates, extend in each poriferous zone from the
apex to the ambitus, there being in the present stage only as many ambu-
lacral as interambulacral plates (PL XII. f. 14), seven from ambitus to apex.
There is a faint trace, even at this early stage, of a madreporic body, but no
genital openings are as yet formed. The pairs of pores are not }ret con-
nected by a furrow, but are simple holes. The furrows formed by the
sutures of the plates are not as deeply cut on the lower surface, those of the
median ambulacrum being most prominent; the position of the poriferous
furrows is indicated by minute pores irregularly scattered, while towards
the mouth at the base of the furrows the pores are quite large, forming
almost an imitation phyllocle. The rotules, on each side of which start the
lines of pores, are already apparent. The lower surface is concave, the
edge being slightly raised ; the outline seen in profile is somewhat more
convex than in older Encope, but the difference bears no comparison to the
difference noticed in young Echinarachnius.

328 ENCOPE EMAEGINATA.

In older specimens, where the posterior interambulacral lunule has just
forced its way to the dorsal portion of the test (PL XIJ. f. i;). the abactinal
part of the ambulacra is petaloid, the last two pairs of pores alone are not
connected by furrows, and are pierced between two adjoining ambulacra]
plates, while the other pairs, fourteen in number, are joined by furrows.
These fourteen plates correspond to four interambulacral plates, showing a
different rate of growth between the plates of the interambulacral and am-
bulacra! series. The sutures between the various ambulacral plates have
become obliterated, there are a large number of tubercles on each plate, and
the genera] aspect of the upper surface begins to resemble more closely that
of the adult. The madreporic body is well developed, no genital openings
yet. The pores on the lower surface are particularly numerous round the
actinostome, forming ten points, somewhat like phyllodes (PI. XII. f. is).
baving their origin on each side of the rotules. In a somewhat more ad-
vanced stage the lines of pores are connected ai their base, and fork at a
short distance from the mouth (PI XII. f. :i). The interambulacral platen
on the lower surface are covered by larger tubercles than the others.
making five narrow zones, in contrast with the ambulacra! region, where the
tubercles are very minute.

The outline of the young stages of Encope ( PL XII. f. 20-24) before the
closing of the lunules. while they are still mere indentations, recalls strongly
the post-pliocene form Monophora, and some of the other species of Encope
found on the west coast of Florida and the (lull' of California. E Michelini
and E. grandis.

Dr. Liitken, in his discussion of Encope emarginata, has given figures of
young Encope after the appearance of the posterior interambulacral lunule.

The madreporic body is large, quite markedly stellil'onn. the ocular plates
often rising as sharp ends from its sales, the genital openings are large and
placed at a considerable distance from the centre of the madreporic hody
within the median interambulacral space. The posterior pair of ambulacral
petals are longer than the others, the odd petal somewhat shorter, and the
anterior pair of ambulacra intermediate in length. The poriferous zone has
about the same width in all the petals, hut the median ambulacra! space of
the posterior ambulacra is quite narrow compared to the others, the porif-
erous zone being broader than this median space in the posterior ambulacra.
The posterior lunule extends to within one quarter the distance of the
mouth from the edge of the test, the anus is placed quite near the mouth

ENCOPE MICHELINI. 329

in the commencement of the depression of the lunule. The color when
alive is dark olive-green.

The difference in the width of the median ambulacra] spaces is scarcely
marked in 3*oung specimens, as is seen by the measurements ; the posterior
lunule also is frequently enclosed by the posterior ambulacra in large speci-
mens, while in small specimens it is frequently entirely outside the ex-
tremity of the petals. The ambulacral petals become more and more dif-
ferent in length with increasing size; the difference of the median ambu-
lacral spaces is but little perceptible in young specimens.

Width

Traos.

Ant.

Post. Pair

Ant. Pair

Interpol1.

Interpol-.

Porif. Zone

Post.

Height.

Diam.

Diam .

AniVml.

Amb.

Post. Amb.

Ant. Amb

Ant. Amb.

Lunule.

14.2

115.

122.

34.5

28.

4.

5.8

6.2

29.

13.5

113.

120.

34.

24.9

6.

6.3

6.

31.

13.

99.

98.

26.

19.

4.1

5.9

5.9

24. S

• 7.

79.8

80.5

20.5

15.5

3.

4.

3.

15.3

5.

62.

61.2

14.

10.

2.

2.9

2.4

11.2

3.4

48.1

45.

10.5

8.

1.8

2.

1.8

7.

3.5

38.

38.

8.

7.5

1.2

1.2

1.2

6.5

16.5

140.

121.

45.

33.

4.

7.5

44.

littoral —

7 fathoms.

Encope Michelini

! Encope Michelini Agass. 1841. Mon. Scut.

PL XIP. f. J, ; PL XIP. f. 3, 4 ; PI XII". f. 1.

The extensive suite of Encopidae brought home by the Thayer Expedition
from different points of Brazil, and more particularly the series of all sizes
of Encope emarginata which the Museum owes to the kindness of Dr. Fritz
Midler, of Desterro, has satisfied me that Liitken is correct in uniting under
one name, that of E. emarginata, most of the nominal species he mentions
(E. Valenciennesii, subclausa, oblonga, E. quinqueloba), to which we would
add the name given by Belval, E. Ghiesbrechtii. Yet I cannot agree with
him in referring to the same species Encope Michelini, in which the position
of the apex is totally different from that of any of the other species referred
to E. emarginata, as is readily seen by the excellent profile given in Agassiz,
Mon. d. Scut., PL VP. f. 10. Nor can I agree with him in referring E. grandis
to Encope emarginata, a species found in the Gulf of California, and Encope
Agassizii, identical with it. There is a second species also found on the West
Coast, which Verrill has described as E. occidentals, and which is identical
with Encope tetrapora Ac non Gmel. From a careful comparison of speci-
mens of E. cyclopora, micropora, and perspectiva, there is no doubt that these

330 ENCOPE MICHELINI.

are only nominal species, all identical with E. occidentals ; and as the name
" micropora " seems to be the most appropriate, besides being the oldest, it
would be the best name to retain. A careful statement of the points of dif-
erence between E. micropora and E. emarginata will be found in the descrip-
tion of the Panama species, in the general descriptive part of the species.

This species is readily distinguished from E. emarginata by the position
of the vertex, which is directly in front of the small posterior lunule, and is
not due, as is sometimes the case, to the swelling of the lip of the lunule,
but to a rise in the test itself. The outline resembles, at first glance,
more that of E. grandis, but it is more pentagonal ; the lunules are
frequently closed, and when closed become obliterated exteriorly in old
specimens; the small size of the posterior interambularral lunule is strik-
ing, scarcely as large as the marginal lunules ; the three anterior lunules
are frequently mere indentations in the margin, giving to the general outline
very much tin- appearance of Echinodiscus with an interainbulacral lunule
{PL XII'. f. -,'). The vertex as well as the mouth is nearly central; the
anus is placed about one third the distance from the mouth to the edge of
the test. The tubercles are more closely packed than on the upper part of the
test of E. emarginata, while the spaces filled with larger tubercles between the
bare avenues adjoining the ambulacra! furrows of the lower side are Barrow,
and the tubercles smaller than in the preceding species. It is, however, on
examining the interior {PL XIP. f. 4), that we are at once struck with the
remarkable differences to be noticed between these two species. The size
of the jaws, the narrow marginal band connecting the two lloors. the great
size of the cavity occupied by the alimentary canal, the width of the alimen-
tary canal, and the size of the walls separating its different convolutions,
contrast strikingly with the small jaws, the narrow convolutions of the
alimentary canal, and the great breadth of the marginal band connecting
the upper and lower floors of E. emarginata {PL XIP. f. ■;).

eight.

Tran STerse
Diam

Long.
Diam.

Length Post.
Pair Amb.

Length tnl
P1I1 Amb.

Width
rntarporif
Post. Amb.

Width In-

torpnrif Ant.

Pair Amb

Length
Post

LuduU".

Width I'orif.
Zone Post
Pair Ambul.

18.

125.

128

50.4

36.2

3. -J

.VI

13

7.9

16.8

110.5

106

39.9

31.9

4.2

5.6

16

6.

11.

94.

84

20.5

23.

3.

5.

13

4.

Littoral to 1 1 fathoms.

TKTALOSTICHA.

PETALOSTICHA.

Suborder Petalosticha Haeckel, 1866. Generelle Morphol. (emend.)

Among Spatangoids proper, the examination of young specimens shows
that they undergo great changes in outline during their growth ; the pos-
terior part of the test is especially subject to variation, the position of the
anus is exceedingly variable in one and the same species, the mouth is
not labiate in the young as in the adult, the peripetalous and lateral fascioles
do not change in their limits, but the subanal and anal fascioles are liable to
great modifications during their growth, and cannot be used as distinguish-
ing features of generic value, while the permanence of the peripetalous and
lateral fascioles is of great systematic value. The ambulacra! petaloids also
are greatly modified with age, generally becoming confluent, while in the
young they are remarkably distinct, and the pores not conjugated.

Loven has already called attention to some of the most striking peculiari-
ties of Spatangus purpureus when young. To show the extreme care
which must be taken in our determination of genera among Spatangoids, I
have introduced figures of a small Spatangus purpureus (PI. XP. f. 19 - ..'..' ),
which is remarkable for its globular shape, but particularly interesting on
account of the structure of the abactinal part of the ambulacra (PI XP.
f. 19). The pores are as yet simple, not conjugate, resembling in every par-
ticular the simple pores of young Cassidulidae and of regular Echinidae, no
trace as yet being seen of the petaloid structure of this part of the ambu-
lacra. The ambulacra are in this young Spatangus identical in structure
with those of Holaster, and of other genera of Ananchytidae.

The Cassiduloid-shaped mouth of young Spatangoids, as well as the exist-
ence of several Spatangoids, both fossil and recent, in which the mouth has
a similar structure, is a convincing proof of the correctness of uniting Cassi-
duloids and Spatangoids in the same suborder, though the name given to
them by Albin Gras, of " Irregular," is hardly what could be desired.

The great number of Spatangoid genera established upon differences in
the subanal fasciole, the existence or absence of the anal branch, the depth
of the ambulacral grooves, the confluence or distinctness of the lateral am-

332 ECHINONEUS.

bulacra, all based upon characters subject to great variation (lining growth,
show the necessity of a careful revision of the whole group of Spatangoids,

especially of the fossil genera, with the data here furnished, before we can
attempt an arrangement of Spatangoids into natural families.

CASSIDULIDAE.

Family Casidulidae Agass. 1847. C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat. VII. 147.

ECHINONIDAE.

Subfamily Echinonidae Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VII. 147.

The close structural resemblance between the young of Echinolampadae
and Echinoneus shows that Echinoneus has no affinity whatever with the
Galeritidae, with which the genus has always been associated, but that it is a
true embryonic Cassidulus allied to Echinolampadae and Caratomus, already
suggested by Desor to be a true Cassidulus, and not a Galerites. This allinitv
the examination of young Echinolampadae proves undoubtedly. The removal
of Echinoneus. Caratomus, and all the allied edentate forms of Galerites, now
reduces the family to one of great homogeneity, and suggests again the ques-
tion of their allinitv to true, regular Echinoids in a more forcible manner
than before. We must, however, wait till we find a living representative of
Galerites to have the question fully decided. I am inclined, in the mean
while, to associate the Galeritidae having teeth with the true Echinoids, and
consider them as forming among Echinoids a prophetic type of the Clypeas-
troids, with which they have many points of resemblance.

This subfamily contains elliptical subovoid Echini, with simple ambulacra
and remarkably uniform sunken tubercles ; no jaws.

ECHINONEUS.

Echinoneus Van Phel. 1774. Brief.

This genus has been very generally placed as a subfamily among the
Galeritidae. The embryology of Echinolampas shows conclusively that this
association is not natural, and that the view first maintained by Liitken of
its Cassiduloid affinity is the correct one. Thus far, Echinoneus is the only

ECHINONEUS SEMILUNARIS. 333

genus of this subfamily, though probably other genera will eventually be asso-
ciated with it. The Echini forming this genus are not large; the test is thin,
ovoid; there are no teeth. The actinostome is central and oblique to the
longitudinal axis, has no phyllodes nor bourrelets; the anal system is ex-
tremely large, more or less pyriform, situated between the mouth and the
posterior extremity. The tubercles are large, numerous, arranged in more
or less regular rows, no mammary boss, neither crenulated nor perforate. The
ambulacra are simple, extremely narrow, extending unbroken from apex to
mouth, the poriferous zone forming a narrow vertical band of simple pairs of
pores. The presence of so-called glassy tubercles, not carrying spines, irregu-
larly scattered over the test, is a striking feature of this genus. Abactinal
system ill defined, four genital pores, spines short, ambulacral suckers pro-
vided with disks as in the regular Echini.

Echinoneus semilunaris

Echinus semilunaris Gmei.. 1788. Linn., Syst. Nat.
I Echinoneus semilunaris Lam. 1816. A. s. V.

PI. XIV. f. 1-5.

Liitken, like myself, has only been able to recognize one species in the
West India Islands. As is well known, the difficulty of distinguishing the
species in this genus is very great ; the more so, as thus for only tests with-
out spines, and without buccal or anal membranes, from uncertain localities,
have been used in the determination of species. The Museum has specimens
from Cuba, Hayti, and the West Indies, which I have been unable to distinguish
by any characters given as specific by Desor in his Monog. des Galerites. The
arrangement of the tubercles and of the glassy tubercles is so different in
various parts of the test, and in specimens of different sizes, that it is
impossible to separate, witli any degree of accuracy, the species recognized
by Desor, and which had already, in the Catalogue Raisonne, been consider-
ably reduced in number. Having, fortunately, in the Museum Collection,
specimens which, without any doubt, were collected at the Sandwich Islands
and the Kingsmills Islands, I am able to give a comparative description of
the two species I have been able to identify. This will be the more complete,
as in some of the Sandwich Island specimens the anal and buccal membranes
are still retained, while M. Pourtales has collected a living specimen with
all its spines at Carysfort Reef. I had, in the Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, adopted the name of E. elegans Des. as the only name
given to specimens which undoubtedly came from the West Indies. Liitken

334 ECHINONEUS SEMILUNARIS.

has perhaps more properly retained the name E. semUtmaris Lam., which
was adopted by Duchassaing, and which has been given by Desor, with some
doubt, to a species collected at Trinidad. I would retain for the species from
the Sandwich and Kingsmills Islands the name cyclostoinus ; to judge from
the description of the color given by Desor to his E. serialis, the Sandwich
Island species may prove identical with it ; this name is scarcely appli-
cable, being based upon an arrangement of the ambulacra! tubercles,
which is frequently met with in specimens of the two species. As far
as I am able to discriminate between the tests of these two species, the
Pacific species is remarkable for the narrowness of its poriferous zone (PL
XIV f. ?'), the pores being placed in close contact, separated by a ridge
carrying small tubercles, while in the specimens of E. semilunaris the porif-
erous zone is much broader (Pi. XIV. f. S). It has also (taking the same
point of the test in specimens of the same size) larger tubercles, and a
greater number of large glassy tubercles (PL XIV. f. ?'), while the miliaries
are closely crowded together. In E. semilunaris, on the contrary (PL XIV.
. the primary tubercles, as well as the glassy tubercles, are proportionally
much smaller and farther apart, the miliaries being more numerous. From
an examination of the alcoholic specimen from Florida, I could not come to
any satisfactory conclusion concerning the function of the glassy tubercles;
they are not primary tubercles in the course of growth, as they are fully
as large, and the primary tubercles, when young, always appear at first as
opaque tubercles. They carry no special spines. On Living specimens their
function will probably he ascertained. Similar glassy tubercles often appear
on the edge of very young Clypeastroids (Clypeaster subdepressus), which
disappear in older stages. Desor lias given figures of the spines; but, in addi-
tion to these, the test is thickly covered with stout pedicellarise carried upon
moderately long peduncles. The tentacles do not differ (PL XIV. /'. .' ) (as Un-
as could be judged from this alcoholic specimen, where they were still tolerably
expanded) from the tentacles of ordinary regular Echini, haying prominent
sucking disks. The tentacles retain the same structure from the mouth to the
apical system. On the lower surface, especially round the month and anal sys-
tem, the spines are longer and more slender (PL XI V.f. ', ) than on the remain-
ing portions of the test. The anal system will. I think, furnish good characters
for the determination of species, if we can judge from the striking differences
the arrangement of the plates of the anal system presents in the two thus far
examined. In the Pacific species (PL XIV. f. G) the anal opening is more

ECHINOLAMPAS DEPRESSA. 335

pear-shaped ; the anus is placed near the blunt end, surrounded by a number
of small plates arranged concentrically round it, and extending as a narrow
band of small, slender, elongated plates between the single rows of large
plates, extending on each side along the other extremity of the anal system.
This row of plates consists of five large plates, diminishing in size from
the centre of the row towards either extremity ; they carry a few large tuber-
cles bearing spines. In the West India species, on the contrary, the anal
system is more pointedly elliptical (Pi. XIV. f. 5), the anus being placed
almost in the centre, surrounded by a smaller number of small plates radi-
ating from it irregularly. The single outer rows are made up of four plates,
leaving a triangular space covered by small plates between them and the anus.
The rest of the anal system is covered by much larger polygonal plates than
in the Pacific species. The buccal membrane is covered by small quadran-
gular plates, entirely free from spines, arranged in rows radiating from the
mouth, diminishing in size towards the opening of the mouth placed in the
centre of the membrane. The absence of teeth is fully confirmed by an
examination of this specimen.

Littoral.

NUCLEOLIDAE.

Subfamily Nucleolidae Agass., 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VII. p. 147.

ECHINOLAMPAS.

Echinolampas Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

Echini more or less ovoid, apical system eccentric. Ambulacra! petals
elongate, unequal, the pores of the same petals frequently differently de-
veloped. Actinal surface slightly concave. Actinostome transverse, ellip-
tical or pentagonal, more or less eccentric. Floscelle tolerably well marked.
Bourrelets moderately prominent. Anal system infra-marginal, transverse.
Tubercles of very uniform size ; difference in size scarcely perceptible be-
tween the actinal surface and the rest of the test.

Echinolampas depressa

! Echinolampas depressus Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H.

PL XVI.

In the first dredging expedition of M. Pourtales, he brought home frag-
ments of the ambulacral rosette of an Echinolampas, which must, to judge
from the size of the fragments, have attained a length of about two inches.

336 ECHINOLAMPAS DEPRESSA.

What was striking in these fragments was the distinct continuation of the
poriferous zone beyond the ambulacra! rosette and beyond the ambitus, a fea-
ture which would at once distinguish it from either Echinolampas Hellei or
E. oviformis. In the second expedition he dredged from a depth of thirty-
five fathoms off the Tortugas a small specimen measuring over an inch in
length (PL XVI. f. 17- 19). The general outline resembles strikingly that
of E. Hellei; it is, however, much more depressed, and differs by the peculiar
structure of the ambulacral rosette ( PL XVI. f. Si). Both in the posterior
and anterior pairs of ambulacra the rosette is not strictly petaloid ; the outer
poriferous zones of each of the lateral ambulacra are very irregularly devel-
oped. In the posterior pair the anterior poriferous zone (the part forming
the rosette) is fully developed to about the point where the rosette usually
terminates in the other species of Echinolampadae, while in the inner or pos-
terior poriferous zone the portion where the pores are joined by a groove is
not quite half as long as the adjoining poriferous zone. In the anterior late-
ral pair, the posterior poriferous zone is the short one, and in the odd ante-
rior ambulacrum it is either the left or the right poriferous zone which is
the shortest. This same structure also occurs in several fossil species.
Unlike the other species of Echinolampas, the outer poriferous zone extends
unbroken to the mouth; the two rows of pores are not placed (dose together;
it is always the exterior row of pores which is continued from each zone, and
not pairs of pores, as is uniformly represented in all drawings of fossil Echi-
nolampadae. The ambulacral zone also widens between the poriferous zone,
as it approaches the ambitus, and as the poriferous zone is sunken and the
ambulacral slightly raised, the ambulacra have very much the appearance
of the ambulacral zones of Echinoneus. Round the mouth the pores form
a very distinct floscelle. What is remarkable in this young Echinolampas
is the absence of the peculiar bourrelet (PL XVI. f. 20) so characteristic
of the other genera of Echinolampadae, the only sign we have at present
of them being an accumulation of small tubercles closely crowded to-
gether, which occupy the interambulacral spaces, and are identical in
arrangement with those found on the bourrelet of older Echinolampadae.
The peculiar bare space of the actinal interambulacral space so charac-
teristic of some fossil species of Pygorhynchus, is well marked, though in
older specimens of Echinolampadae this band nearly disappears, there
being but very faint traces of it left. The primary tubercles are by far
less numerous in this species than in either the E. Hellei or E. oviformis ;

ECHINOLAMPAS DEPRESSA. 337

they are not closely crowded, but the secondary tubercles occupy a con-
siderable space round each primary tubercle; this may, however, only be
characteristic of the young, as in the fragments of older specimens they are
found somewhat more crowded ; no spines are found with any of these
shells and fragments, and the single whole large specimen had lost its
buccal and anal membranes.

The development of Echinolampas depressa has thrown unexpected light
upon the affinities of the toothless Galerites and of the Cassidulidae. It
shows conclusively that Echinoneus is only a permanent embryonic stage
of Echinolampas, thus becoming allied to the Cassidulidae, and that it has
nothing in common with the Galerites, as I would limit them, confining them
entirely to the group provided with teeth. This reduces the type to a most
natural division, and from what we now know of the simple nature of the
ambulacra of all Echini in their early stages, I would not give to this feature
the significance which it has received, but would be inclined to unite the
toothed Galerites with Echinidae proper in the same sub-order, approaching
the Clypeastroids by the separation of the anus from the apical system, and
retaining the teeth and general symmetrical structure of the regular Echini.
I am aware that the great development of Galerites in former geological
periods, and the relation of the anus and test, may, on further acquaintance
with living representatives, entitle them to l-ank as a suborder intermediate
between the Echini proper and Clypeastroids. Young Echinolampas depressa,
measuring a trifle over 4.0mm-, are elliptical, resembling Echinoneus, with a
large transverse elliptical lobed mouth {PL XVI. f. 2), the anus placed in the
truncated posterior extremity above the ambitus. The outline in profile is
almost globular {PL XVI. f. 3), truncated at the posterior extremity, where
the anus is placed. Each plate of the narrow ambulacral zone carries a
single principal tubercle {PL XVI. f. 4), surrounded by a circle of miliaries.
The pores are arranged in a vertical row of a single line of pores, three or
four for each ambulacral plate, extending from the mouth to the apex. The
interambulacral plates are elongated horizontally, and carry from one to
three principal tubercles, with numerous small miliaries arranged in circles
round the primaries, or irregularly scattered {PL XVI. f. 4). Seen from
above, the outline is elliptical {PL XVI. f. l), the madreporic body is quite
prominent, the large primary perforated tubercles of the interambulacral area
increase in size towards the actinostome, where the miliaries are also less
numerous. The spines are comparatively long, resembling those of some
of the Clypeastroids.

338 ECHINOLAMPAS DEPRESSA.

In specimens twice the .size of the above the test is less elliptical, more
flattened, and the first trace of a rudimentary rosette appears as a short
row of double pores extending from the apex (PI. XVI f. /;), consisting
of from eighl to nine pairs, only in one of the poriferous zones of each of the
lateral pairs of ambulacra — in the anterior zone of the posterior pair and the
posterior zone of the anterior pair of ambulacra — the old ambulacrum re-
mains simple. In specimens measuring about 13mm this rudimentary one-
sided rosette has increased in length (PI. XVI f. ?), and traces of the
second row of double pores are seen in the simple zones near the apex.
In specimens measuring an inch {PI. XVI. /'. .'/(.these rows have grown to
be half as long as the arc of the rosette first formed ; the same structure has
also extended to the abactinal part of the odd ambulacrum, and the furrow
connecting the pores of the petaloid part of the ambulacra (PI. XVI. f. :.')
is as well defined as in any old specimen of Echinolampas. The regular
elliptical outline so characteristic of the young specimens when seen from
above (PI. XVI f. /). and the high globular profile, are gradually changed
to a more circular and flattened test, passing through a more or less pen-
tagonal outline ( PI. X VI. /'. 8 — 10), and at last with the gradually increasing
projection of the posterior extremity the test assumes an ovoid outline ( /'/.
XVI. f. 17- 19). While these changes are going on, the miliary tubercles in-
crease rapidly in number,* forming clusters of small tubercles, embossing the
plates of both areas. This is quite a prominent feature in one of the stages
(PL XVI. f. 8- /"). With increasing age the primary tubercles become more
numerous, and finally appear as a nearly homogeneous granulation, with closely
packed miliaries between, in specimens of about an inch (PI. XVI. /'.
17-10). The anal system is covered by three large triangular plates;
carrying a few tubercles (PI. XVI f. .7, /.£), the anus opening near the edge
of the system, in a narrow slit covered by very minute plates. The mouth,
as the young increase in size, becomes more and more sunken, losing little
by little its prominently lobed outline (PI. XVI f. 2\ ami passing from this
stage through that of a slightly sunken actinostome. showing no trace whatever
of the bourrelets or phyllodes ( /7. XVI. f. 9), to the stage represented in
PI. XVI f. 18, 20, when the phyllodes are plainly laid out. and the first
trace of the bourrelet appears as accumulations of minute tubercles closely
packed together (PI. XVI f. 20) between the phyllodes. The buccal mem-
brane is covered with minute plates, the mouth opening in the centre of the
membrane (PI. XVI. f. 2, 9), as a diminutive slit. When measuring about

ECHINOLAMPAS DEPRESSA. 339

half an inch in length (PL XVI f. S- 10), the young Echinolampas resem-
bles Caratomus to such an extent that this stage was considered for a time a
living representative of Caratomus. The larger series collected by Mr. Pour-
tales, in his second expedition, showed conclusively the relationship to Echi-
nolampas, and proves the correctness of the step taken by Desor in removing
Caratomus and allied genera from the Galeritidae, and placing them among
the Cassidulidae, on account of the semipetaloid nature of the apical portion
of the ambulacra. Bifurcate pedicellariae with a short stem (PL XVI. f. 15)
and a large transparent head are irregularly scattered over the test ; the
spines resemble those of Clypeastroids (PL XVI. f. 16), being short, slender,
straight, the secondary spines silk-like. The tentacles, as far as could be
ascertained from alcoholic specimens, are provided with a powerful sucking
disk ; they are covered by dark pigment cells (PL XVI. f. IS) as long as the
specimens retain the aspect of Caratomus. The character of the tentacles
does not change in any part of the poriferous zone. They retain their disk
even after the petaloid nature of the abactinal part of the ambulacra is
fully developed and the pores are joined by a well-defined furrow; so that we
have the apparent anomaly of sea-urchins with petaloid ambulacra, yet pos-
sessing only tentacles differing in no way from those of the regular Echini.
A similar state of things has been shown to exist in the young of Echinan-
thus rosaceus at an age when the denuded petaloid ambulacra appeared to
differ in no wise from those of the adult, carrying well-developed lobed tenta-
cles in the petaloid portion of the ambulacra ; yet a young specimen, meas-
uring over an inch, was only provided with tentacles terminating in a
powerful sucking disk.

The bare part of the posterior interambulacral area between the anus and
the actinostome, often so prominent in the adult, is not apparent in the young,
and is formed by minute miliary granulation, encroaching more and more
with increasing size upon the larger primary tubercles of the actinal surface.
There are no teeth nor signs of auricles in these young, so that we can as-
sume that the genera now associated with Cassidulidae, allied to the Carato-
mus and the like, were, as well as Echinoneus, edente.

From 35 -160 fathoms.

340 NEOLAMPAS 110STELLATA.

NEOLAMPAS.

Neolampas A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I., No. 9, p. 271.

Test thin ; outline pyriform from above, profile regularly arched, posterior
extremity truncated, anal opening projecting as a tube ; tubercles of uniform
size over the whole test, raised above the surface of the test; no ambulacral
petals; ambulacra! system simple, reduced to single pores between the am-
bulacral plates, extending from the apex to the actinostome. Floscelle and
bourrclets well developed.

Neolampas rostellata

! Neolampas rostellatus A. AGASS. 18G9. Bull. M. C. Z\, I., No. 9, p. 271.

Pl.XVII.f.i-i:.

Outline from above resembling Echinolampas ( PI. X J 7/ /'. /). more elon-
gated, three large genital openings, placed closely together, the light or left
anterior one atrophied, madreporic body restricted to a narrow ridge sepa-
rating them. Seen in profile ( /'/. XVII. f. .;), the test rises gradually from
the anterior extremity towards the apical system, attaining its greatest
height between it and the posterior extremity; this is sharply truncated
anteriorly, as in some species of CatopygUS. The lower surface ( I'/. AT//.
/'. .') is concave, undulating; the anal system (PI. AT//./. j„ :,\ is large,
elliptical, occupying the whole of the posterior truncated end, somewhat as
in Hotriopygus, the test being turned in like the linger of a glove, while the
anus opens at the end of a long slender tube, projecting well beyond the out-
line of the test [PL XVII. f. a), the anal tube starts from the upper part of the
anal membrane, this is covered by small plates (PI. XVII. f. 5), gradually
diminishing in size, and eventually firmly soldered together to form the base of
the anal tube. Test thin, mouth placed near the anterior extremity, having a
well-developed floscelle and prominent bourrelets (PI. XVII. f. 9). The test
is covered by minute tubercles of different sizes (PI. XVII. f. s), not separated
into primaries and miliaries, as in Echinolampas. The tubercles are riot
sunk, but stand out prominently from the test, having a smooth maniinillary
boss and a rough scrobicular area. The spines are straight. very line, slightly
club-shaped, resembling those of the Scutellidae (PI. XVII. f. 10). There
is no ambulacral rosette, so prominent in all the Echinolampadae. From an

NEOLAMPAS EOSTELLATA. 341

external examination alone it would be difficult to trace the course of the
ambulacra, but from the interior [PL XVII. f. 11) we easily see one pore for
each ambulacra] plate, extending from the floscelle to the apical system, and
appearing as minute pores when seen from the outside ; through them pro-
trude very slender tentacles showing no trace of disk. In fact, the structure
of the whole of the ambulacra is identical with the structure of the part of
the ambulacra between the rosette and the mouth in other Echinolampadae.
The color of this Sea-urchin is yellowish-green, and I am convinced it is not
the young of any other Echinolamp, in spite of its size (14.7mm), owing to
the great development of the bourrelets, which in other Echinolampadae
appear only after the specific characters are fully formed and the main
features of the adult are attained.

There is a peculiar structure of the ambulacra of Cassidulidae which seems
to have escaped notice thus far. The rosette is formed by two poriferous
zones, each containing two pores joined by a furrow. The poriferous zone,
which extends from the petals to the floscelle (mouth), is reduced to its sim-
plest expression, a single pore between two adjoining ambulacral plates ; it is
only the inner set of pores of the poriferous zone which extends to the mouth
in all the ambulacra ; the exterior pair does not go beyond the rosette. The
buccal membrane is bare, the mouth itself exceedingly minute. The bourre-
let between the floscelle is well marked by the crowded tubercles packed as
closely as they can be placed. The floscelle is well defined, consisting of
large elliptical pores ; there are only three of the inner set of pores. I was at
first tempted to regard this genus as the young of a new Echinolamp, on ac-
count of the absence of the ambulacral rosette. But having found in a young
Echinolampas the ambulacral rosette developed before the bourrelets, I take
it for granted that this species has the principal specific characters of the
adult, unless this genus forms an exception to all other Echini allied to it,
as in all young Clypeastroids, Spatangoids, and Echinolamps which I have
examined, long before we can tell with certainty to which genus the young
Echinoderm is to be referred, such an important character as the ambulacral
rosette is already well developed (Encope, Mellita, Echinarachnius), or at
any rate more prominent than the remaining portion of the ambulacral
system.

From 100- 125 fathoms.

342 RHYxNCHUPYGUS.

(CASSIDULUS.) Rhtnchoptgus.

Rhynchopygus D'Orbig. 1855. Pal. FrariQ.

Lamarck's genus Cassidulus, as established in 1801, contains in it two dis-
tinct types : Cassidulus lapis caneri ; the species from the West Indies and
Cassidulus Mannimi. This has been separated as a distinct genus, Rhyn-
chopygus, by Desor, with which the recent species of the genus must also be
associated, as has been proposed by Liitken. After an examination of a fine
series of fossil species of the genus Cassidulus. 1 have been led to modify the
opinion 1 had expressed of the affinities of our recent species, and to return to
the view originally proposed by Desor and Liitken of uniting the recent West
Indian species to the genus Rhynchopygus, regarding this, however, only as
a subdivision of Cassidulus ; for, notwithstanding the transverse position of the
anus, covered in part by a projection of the test, and the absence of a promi-
nent anal furrow, we find in the species of the genus Cassidulus indica-
tions thai these characters are not of primary importance, though in the
present state of our knowledge they may serve to subdivide the genus
conveniently. The separation I had made in the Preliminary Report as
Kliyncliolampas of our recent Atlantic and Pacific species is not warranted ;
a series of C. Mannimi shows that the smooth band of the actinal surface
and the position of the large tubercles are subject to great variation, reducing
the distinctions to merely specific characters. The genus Rhynchopygus
includes, as here limited, species with a thin test, well developed petaloid
ambulacra; four genital openings: a transverse anal system placed above the
edge of the test, covered by a projection of the overhanging interambulacral
part of the test; a slightly marked anal furrow. The lower surface is slightly
concave, sloping towards the outer edge ; mouth eccentric anteriorly, bourre-
lets and phyllodes highly developed; a broad bare band extending from one
extremity of the test to the other. Tubercles of the upper part of the test
uniform, small, resembling Clypeastroid tubercles; tubercles of the lower part
large, deeply sunken as in Spatangoids; adjoining bare band, they gradually
diminish in size towards the edge of the test. Apical system more central
than mouth, eccentric anteriorly.

RHYNCHOPYGUS CARIBAEARUM. 343

Rhynchopygus caribaearum

! Cassidulus caribaearum Lamk 1801. An. s. Vert.
! Rhynchopygus caribaearum LuTK. 1864. Bid. til Kmxls.

PL XV /. 1-4.

Mr. Pourtales brought home fragments of this species showing that it must
equal in size its Pacific representative. As it has been figured frequently, and
described so well by Liitken, I will only call attention to a few points of dif-
ference between the East and West Coast species. The bare actinal band of
the West India species is deeply pitted with longitudinal, round and elliptical
pits and furrows (PL XV f. 3), the edges surmounted by minute tubercles,
carrying extremely delicate spines, resembling in every respect the structure
of the microscopic spines of the fascioles of the true Spatangoids. This band
is broad and elliptical, in the West India species, in the posterior actinal part
of the test, while in the Pacific species it is narrow even near the actinostome,
tapering very rapidly to a point near the anal extremity. The plates of the
anal system, arranged in three rows, are broader and longer than in the
Pacific species, where they are arranged in two rows only, the outer row
being the largest. In the Pacific species the pits of the smooth band are
reduced to a few indistinct impressions, the whole band being thickly covered
by minute silk-like spines. The floscelle is most distinct also, while, owing
to the sculpture of the bare band round the mouth in the West India species,
its outline cannot always be distinctly traced.

There are unfortunately no specimens of these two species of the same size
in any of the collections I have examined, making a more accurate com-
parison impossible ; the Pacific species, being evidently full grown, will be
described at greater length. Tbe difference in the length of tbe poriferous
zones both of the anterior and the posterior lateral ambulacra, so marked in
the Pacific species, exist already in the smallest specimen, about three quar-
ters of an inch in length, which I have examined. No pedicellarise have
been detected in this species.

Fragments in 106 fathoms.

344 POURTALKSIA.

SPATANGIDAE.

Family Spatangidae Agass. 1841. Prod. Mon. Rail, (emend.)

ANANCHYTIDAE.

Subfamily Ananchytidae Alb. GrA8, 1S48. ficli. fuss. Iser.

This subfamily includes Spatangoids having ambulacra flush with the sur-
face of the test, the apical system more or less elongate, but not discon-
nected. The anterior groove disappears in some genera, as in Cassiduloids.
The discovery of the genera Neolampas and Hoinolampas, where we find
the spatangoid structure of the actinostome, as well as that of the form
without bourrelets but with phyllodes, shows that the Ananchytidae are
not as disconnected a group among Spatangoids as we have been led to
suppose thus far, the genus Neolampas showing the possibility of finding Cas-
siduloids without the bare bands of the actinal surface, yet having the simple
pores of the Ananchytidae and the peculiar structure of the mouth of the
Cassidulidae, though not showing the faintest tendency to the development of
plastrons so characteristic of the other Spatangoids.

POURTALESIA.

Pourtalesia A. Ac ass. 1869. Bull. M. C Z., I. p. 272.

This genus is the living representative of Infulaster of the cretaceous
period, holding the same relation to it which Hlmiehopygus. with its pro-
jection covering the anus, holds to Echinolampas, if the posterior part of
the test of the former were drawn out into a long spout. The outline of this
genus, as well as of Infulaster, is very peculiar, and at first sight no one
would take for a Sea-urchin the elongate, bottle-shaped body with its thin
and transparent test. It is more like a Holothurian ; the anus is at one ex-
tremity suprainarginal, while the mouth is placed at the other. The short,
vertical diameter, as compared to its length ; the absence of any feature
which would indicate the presence of a petaloid ambulacra] rosette ; the
long, slender, curved spines, far apart, supported upon peculiar tubercles,
mark this genus as one of the most interesting brought to light by

POURTALESIA MIRANDA. 345

Mr. Pourtales. It forms a valuable link in our appreciation of the affinities
of Spatangoids proper with Spatangoids in which the mouth is not labiate.

Test thin, bottle-shaped, when seen from above ; vertically truncated an-
teriorly, the anterior apex corresponding to the abactinal pole, in profile
the outline is rectangular, convex below ; the posterior actinal part of the
test projecting far beyond the anus like a proboscis ; the posterior ex-
tremity cut out to receive the pit occupied by the anal system. Seen
endways, the test is heart-shaped ; mouth elliptical, not labiate, sunken in
a deep actinal groove ; abactinal and actinal plastrons narrow, elongated,
formed of closely packed tubercles. Tubercles few' in number, with large
scrobicular circle carrying long curved spines slightly fan-shaped at the
extremity. Smaller spines spatulate ; four genital openings. Ambulacral
pores extending as simple rows from the apex to the actinostome. Ambula-
cral suckers pointed.

Pourtalesia miranda

! Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 272.

PL XVIII.

Seen from above (PL XVIII. f. 3), the outline is bottle-shaped, the
neck being the posterior extremity. At the base of the neck the test car-
ries a deep pit, surmounted at its exterior extremity by a rostrum projecting
from the test, and under this, at the bottom of the pit, is placed the anus
(PL XVIII. f. 6, 7). Seen in profile, the anterior extremity is almost verti-
cally cut oft* (PL XVIII. f. l), the test arching regularly from the apical
system to the rostrum, where it is abruptly cut off", forming a regular curve
to the posterior extremity, this extends beyond the anal system like a
snout thickened at the end (PL XVIII. f. 5), surmounted at its extremity by
an accumulation of minute tubercles, colored dark violet, which carry no
spines. The lower surface is convex, regularly arched from the posterior to
the anterior extremity (PL XVIII. f. l). The posterior pair of ambulacra
extend on both sides of an elongated plastron to the base of the snout-like
prolongation, where they curve sharply upwards, and run close to the abac-
tinal part of the test (PL XV III. f. l). to the abactinal system situated
almost at the summit of the nearly vertical anterior extremity, along a
marked wedge-shaped ridge, extending from the apical system into the ros-
trum protecting the anus. The anterior pair of ambulacra take a similar
course in the opposite direction, but curve more regularly (PL XVIII. f. J,),

346 POURTALESIA MIRANDA.

following very nearly the edge of the deep anterior groove in which the odd
anterior ambulacrum (PL XVIII. /'. ;) is placed.

The odd ambulacrum is made up of two lines of pores far apart (PL XVIII.
f.S). The abaetinal system, consisting of four large genital openings (PL
XVIII f. 0) placed close together, with the madreporic body tolerably well
defined in the centre, is situated at the origin of the anterior groove ; this is
flanked by prominent ridges extending from the apical system, gradually dis-
appearing towards the mouth, placed at the outer extremity of the anterior
groove (PL XVIII. f. ,',); this increases in depth on the lower surface (PL
XVIII. f. S), resembling in fact the anal groove of Echinobrissus, and allied
genera, in an inverted position. The actinal system is elliptical, the long axis
in the trend of the groove very large, with sharply defined edges covered by
very minute plates (PL XVIII. f. 8). There are no indications of a floscelle.
The odd ambulacrum carries large, thick tentacles, with rounded extremity,
moderately close together (PL XVIII f. 1!)) ; while the tentacles of the other
ambulacra are placed, one for each plate, far apart, so as to readily escape
notice, isolated as they are in the midst of the prominent and peculiar pedicel-
larirc which are so abundant, especially along the line of the posterior ambu-
lacra. These pedicellariaj consist of a stem upon which articulate three slen-
der, contractile arms (PL XVIII. f. 1U, 17, IS), each terminating in a disk,
with milled edges.* There is no petaloid portion in the ambulacra ; they
are all composed of simple pores from the mouth to the apical system. The
spines are long, curved at the base, as in Spatangoids (PL XVIII. f. 10);
the tubercles to which they are attached have a smooth scrobicular area. The
mammary boss is small, crenulated, perforate in old, imperforate in younger
tubercles, surrounded by a large granulated scrobicular area (PL XV J 1 1 .
/'. //), and raised above the surface of the test, to which the milled ring is
attached by a very flexible muscular membrane (PL XVIII. f. l .', 13).
There are smaller spines of a similar structure, somewhat more fan-shaped
(PL XVIII. f. lJt); scattered irregularly over the test, but quite distant.
The whole appearance of the test is bare, the primary tubercles carrying
long spines being placed far apart in the lateral posterior interambulacral
areas (PL XVIII. f. l) ; and it is only on the ridges along the anterior
groove, round the mouth and anus, that the small spatulate spines (PL XVIII.
f. 14) are closely packed together.

* By an oversight, the description of these pedicellariae, in the Preliminary Report, became connected
with that of the tentacles.

HOMOLAMPAS. 347

Radiating from the apex towards the mouth, and extending along the
abactinal plastron {PI. XVIII. f. 8), there are masses of pigment cells
forming lines of dark violet spots, also a similar series of spots round the
extremity of the anal prolongation of the test, particularly marked on the
edge of the pit leading to the anal opening. The test is extremely thin,
transparent, of a bluish-gray color in alcohol, in this specimen, as well as
in a still younger specimen collected by the Porcupine Expedition. In
an older specimen, also dredged by the Porcupine Expedition, the test
was much stouter. From the above description it is evident that Infu-
laster and the Ananchytidae must have had a structure allied to that of
Pourtalesia, and are embryonic Spatangoids, still retaining some features
of Clypeastroids, while the features characteristic of young Spatangoids are
prominently developed.

A single specimen of this interesting genus was dredged at a depth of 349 fathoms.

HOMOLAMPAS.

Homolampas A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Echin. Pt. I.

This genus is intermediate between Cardiaster and Holaster. It has, like
those genera, ambulacra flush with the test, but, unlike Holaster, has a well-
developed anal and subanal fasciole, while it wants the lateral fasciole of
Cardiaster. The ambulacral pores form no petals ; they extend as simple
pores between the ambulacral plates from the phyllodes to the apex. The
actinal surface is flat ; the actinostome is pentagonal, not bilabial, with well-
developed phyllodes, but without trace of bourrelets, — a strong connecting
link between the Cassidulidae and Spatangoids proper. The compactness of
the apical system of this genus is in marked contrast with its structure in
allied genera, such as Cardiaster and Holaster.

The general outline of the test resembles Maretia, but is somewhat more
elongate. It is closely allied to Platybrissus, but the presence of a subanal
fasciole, as well as a slight anterior groove, readily distinguish the two
genera, in addition to the presence of a rudimentary rosette in Platybrissus,
wanting in this genus.

348 . HOMOLAMPAS FRAGILIS.

Homolampas fragilis

! Lissonotus fragiUs A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., No. 9, I. p. 273.
! Homolampas fragilis A. Agass., 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. I.

PL XVII. f. 13-21.

Test thin ; from above heart-shaped, elongate (PL XVII. f. 15). Seen in
profile (PL XVII. f. 14), it is regularly arched anteriorly from the lower side
to the apex, running then almost horizontally, and abruptly bevelled at the
posterior extremity. The ventral plastron is small (PL XVII. /'. /.;), trian-
gular, surmounted by an elliptical subanal fasciole (PL XVII. f. 19), sur-
rounding the anal plastron, which projects like a rounded keel below tbe anal
system. The spines of the lower surface are large and few in number, eon-
fined entirely to the edge of the test, leaving broad, bare bands in the
ambulacra! areas and adjoining parts, while on the rest of the test the tuber-
cles are minute, carrying small, fine spines, with tbe exception of three large,
crenulate tubercles (PL XVI. f. Si), surmounted by curved spines (Lovenia-
like) placed near the edge, in the anterior extremity of the test (PL XVII.
f. 17). The tubercles are also somewhat larger on the sides of the anterior
groove, and more closely packed in the posterior interambulacral space,
from the apex to the anal system, than in remaining parts of the test.
The plates of the two posterior ambulacra arc comparatively broad, while
all the other ambulacra are made up of smaller plates. The actinal system
is pentagonal, the mouth is placed near the posterior edge (PL XVII. f. It;).
The tentacles of the phyllodes are represented in different stages of de-
velopment in PL XVII. f. JO. The portion of the poriferous zone extend-
ing from the phyllodes to the apical system is made up of simple pores, one
for each ambulacra! plate, so that the ambulacra! areas, seen from above,
are scarcely perceptible, marked only by the somewhat more closely packed
minute tubercles (PL XVII f. 18) covering the ambulacra! plates. There
are three large genital openings ; the right anterior one is obliterated.
The anal system is transversely elliptical (PL XVII. f. 1:1), its membrane
is covered by minute granulation ; an indistinct branch of tbe subanal fasciole
extends along the lower side of the opening ; the anus itself opens in a
delicate tube, similar to that of Neolampas. hut shorter, frequently forming
a mere lip. The whole test is mottled with dark spots ; the ground-color is
grayish, with a purplish tinge.

From 320 to 368 fathoms.

ECHINOCARDIUM CORDATUM. 349

SPATANGINA.

Subfamily Spatangina Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech.

ECHINOCARDIUM.

Echinocardium Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil.

Test thin, heart-shaped. Ambulacral petals more or less triangular, inter-
rupted at apex by an internal fasciole ; pores of lateral pairs of ambulacra dis-
tant, broad anterior ambulacrum formed of small pores situated in a more or
less distinct groove. Anal system placed in the vertically truncated posterior
extremity. Subanal fasciole with ascending branches around anal system-
Spines of lower surface long, spatuliform, while those of the rest of the test
are thin and silk-like. I attempted formerly to distinguish Amphidetus and
Echinocardium on account of the more ovoicl shape of the test and the dis-
connected posterior fascioles of (Amphidetus) Echinocardium flavescens; the
little thus far known of the development of Echinocardium cordatum shows
satisfactorily that such characters are not generic.

Echinocardium cordatum

Echinus cordatus Fexn. 17 77. Brit. Zool.

! Echinocardium conlalum Gray, 1848. Brit. Rad.

PI XIX. f. 10 - 17 ; PL XX. f. 5-7.

Test thin, heart-shaped from above, vertex posterior, test rising gradually
as a rounded keel beyond the internal fasciole, truncated at both extremities,
odd ambulacrum sunken more than the lateral ones, the test forming a ridge
on both sides of the anterior depression. The abactinal portion of the odd
sunken ambulacrum is bounded by the broad internal fasciole, this gradually
becomes narrower towards the anterior extremity. The pores of the odd am-
bulacrum are small, comma-shaped, so closely packed together on the flat por-
tion of the groove as to alternate, though arranged singly towards the abacti-
nal pole and towards the actinostome. Four ovarian openings diverging
posteriorly. The anterior rows of pores of the lateral ambulacra are obliter-
ated by the internal fasciole. The lateral ambulacral petals are triangular ;
adjoining rows of pores of the lateral ambulacra form crescents in the lateral
and posterior ambulacral spaces. The anal system is vertically elliptical. The

350 ECHINOCARD1UM CORDATU.M.

subanal fasciole is lanceolate, extending to a beak, bounded by a broad fasciole,
narrowing rapidly towards tbe actinal surface. The bare ambulacral spaces
round the mouth taper rapidly towards the edge of the test. The spines are
short, hair-like, except on the oval plastron and the edge of the test, where
they are large and spatulate. Color, when alive, yellowish-white. Alcoholic
specimens often of a gray color, with pinkish tinge or darker yellowish.

The specimens of this species collected upon our shores had in the Pre-
liminary Report been referred to EcJdnocardmm Kurtzii of Girard, for want
of sufficient European material to make a satisfactory comparison of the
specimens occurring on both sides of the Atlantic. This comparison has now
been made, and shows the identity of the specimens from both sides of the
Atlantic. Fragments of this species were collected by Mr. Pourtales. Our
American specimens, of which the Museum possesses excellent series, show
differences confined almost entirely to a portion of the test, subject to the
greatest variation in Spatangoids. These consist in the greater prominence
of the posterior abactinal interambulacral ridge, the more circular anal ,
opening covered bj a slightly larger number of plates than in the European
specimens, where they are often larger and fewer in number ; the extremity
of the subanal plastron also projects, and is more prominent; — differences
which can be found in a large series from any one locality in different
individuals.

Littoral to 85 fathoms.

Young specimens measuring only G.3mm in longitudinal diameter have
already a labiate mouth, and, as in young Brissopsis, we find very early
all the generic features of Echinocardium fully developed, and no one could
fail to recognize even in such small specimens the young of E. cordatum.
The anterior ambulacrum is as deeply sunk, in proportion to the size of the
specimen (PI. XIX. f. 11), as in the adult specimens; the intrapetalous fasciole
is fully laid out (PI. XIX. f. 15), though it has a very different outline, being
triangular; the lateral ambulacra are totally disconnected as yet; the petals
are still linear (PI. XIX. f. 15), and have not yet assumed the characteristic
triangular shape of the adult (PL XIX. f. w) ; the anal membrane pro-
trudes, somewhat trumpet-shaped, from the anal system ; the subanal
fasciole and anal branch are at first united (PI. XIX. f. 14), but as the
specimens increase in size, the anal branch separates from it (PI. XIX. f. it)-
The actinal plastron is extremely prominent, and in young specimens the -
outline of the posterior extremity in profile resembles E. mediterraneum. The

ECHINOCARDIUM PENNATIFIDUM. 351

odd ambulacral zones are at first two single rows of pores (PI. XIX. f. 15),
which by closer crowding eventually alternate, but are not arranged in
pairs (PI. XIX. f. w).

Echinocardium flavescens

Spatagus flavescens Mull. 177G. Prod. Zool. Dan.

! Echinocardium Jiavescens A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. L

PL XX. f. 3,4-

Test oval ; stouter than in the other species of the genus ; seen in profile
quite regularly arched, though truncated at the posterior extremity, the
posterior interambulacral ridge extending over the anal system. The ambu-
lacra are very slightly sunken, not as much as in E. cordatum, but more
than in E. mediterraneum ; the anterior one is frequently nearly flush with the
test. The abactinal pole is nearly central. The internal fasciole is ellipti-
cal, remarkable for the great breadth of the space it encloses. The actino-
stome of this species and of E. pennatifidum is not narrow and transverse as
in the species mentioned above ; it is broader, with a straighter posterior lip.
The anal system is large, slightly elliptical, transverse. The color, when
alive, is pinkish.

An examination of young specimens of Echinocardium cordatum shows that
the generic distinction which I attempted to make between Amphidetus and
Echinocardium, based upon the isolation of the anal from the subanal fasci-
ole, and thus separating the group with a deep anterior groove from these
with a slight anterior groove, is untenable. The presence of two identical
species of Echinocardium on both sides of the Atlantic is certainly remark-
able, but I am unable to distinguish the fragments of specimens collected by
Mr. Pourtales and unmistakably identical with a fine specimen of Echinocar-
dium flavescens collected at Charleston, S. C, in the Museum collection, from
European specimens of this species.

— to 1 28 fathoms.

Echinocardium pennatifidum

Amphidotus gibbosus (Barrett), 1857. Ann. Mag. N. H., XIX. p. 32 (non Agass.).
Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm. 1KG8. 4lh Dredg. Rept.

PI. XX. f. 1, 2.

This species combines the general appearance of Echinocardium mediterra-
neum with the structure of E. flavescens. Its outline resembles that of E. cor-
datum, but it has, like E. flavescens, the anterior ambulacrum scarcely sunken.

352 ECHINOCAKDIUM PENNATIFIDUM.

It has a high test, the ridge between the posterior ambulacra being quite
prominent, regularly arched as in E. flavescens, but extending as a well-
marked rostrum over the anal opening ; this is somewhat pear-shaped, and
comparatively smaller than in the other species of the genus ; the arrange-
ment of the anal plates is similar to that of E. tlavescens ; the apical part of the
odd ambulacrum is narrow, the internal fasciole being very elongated, elliptical,
including an extremely narrow space, the sides of the test sloping up very
gradually like a roof towards the apex, which is anterior, and placed at a dis-
tance of about one fourth the longitudinal diameter of the test from the ante-
rior extremity, thus differing strikingly from either E. tlavescens or E. corda-
tum, in which the junction of the ambulacra is either almost central or eccentric
posteriori}- ; the posterior ambulacra are much shorter than in E. tlavescens,
The whole upper surface of the test is covered with very minute tubercles, as
in E. cordatum, with the exception of a few larger ones along the edge of the
anterior ambulacral zone. On the lower side they are large, as in E. flavescens,
having the same general outline ; the bare actinal spaces are far wider, the tu-
bercles not extending so far towards the mouth from the ambitus as in E.
flavescens. The posterior extremity is almost vertically truncated, the plastron
is much smaller than in E. flavescens; the subanal plastron is less broad,
and higher.

Length. Trans. Diam. Height.

87.1 31.7 21.

From 79-121 fathoms.

The existence of a species of Echinocardium having the outline of Echino-
cardium cordatum, but the slight odd ambulacral groove of Echinocardium
tlavescens, is an additional proof of the identity of Echinocardium and Amphi-
detus, as they had been limited in the Museum Bulletin, No. 2. The present
species, of which but a single specimen was collected, is closely allied to
E. mediterraneum ; not having in 1869, when the Preliminary Report was
written, sufficient material to make a thorough comparison which might
prove their identity, I gave the points of difference observed in the speci-
mens compared. A good figure of E. pennatifidum of Norman having been
given by Hodge in the Transactions of the Northumberland and Durham
Natural History Society, there seems but little doubt that the species I called
laevigaster in my Preliminary Report is the same as the E. pennatifidum
dredged by him on the west coast of Scotland.

AGASSIZIA EXCENTRICA. 353

BRISSINA.

Subfamily Brissina Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech.

AGASSIZIA.

Agassi zia Val. 1846. Voyage Venus, Atlas.

Test thin, ovoid, differing from all other Spatangoids in having the anterior
pair of petals composed of single poriferous zones. Peripetalons fasciole and
lateral fasciole connected and passing under anus.

Agassizia excentrica

! Agassizia excentrica A. Agass. 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., No. 9, I. p. 276.

PI. XIV f. 9 - 12 ; PI. XP. f. 23, 24.

I am somewliat inclined to consider this species as the Agassizia porifera ;
but not having any original specimens for comparison, and the drawings of
Ravenel and McCrady showing rather striking differences, I will not take
their identity for granted, and compare it only with its West Coast repre-
sentative, from which it can at once be recognized by the position of the
apical system, which is much more eccentric posteriorly ; on this account
the disparity between the odd anterior pair of ambulacra and the posterior
pair is greater than in that species. The interambulacral plastron is ellip-
tical, and with this exception the arrangement and proportion of the tuber-
cles is that of A. scrobiculata Val. The peripetalons fasciole does not pass
below the ambitus, and the posterior fasciole makes a sharp angle under the
anal opening. Only two denuded tests were collected, so that no further
details can be given about this species.

From 36 to 115 fathoms.

It is with considerable doubt that I refer to Agassizia small Spatangoids
{PI. XIV. f. 9-1.2) having, like it, a peripetalous and lateral fasciole and the
peculiar structure of the ambulacral petals of the genus, not limited, however,
to the anterior ambulacra, but extending to all the petals. The flat test {PI.
XIV. f. 12) is also unlike what has thus far been found to be the shape of
young in other Spatangoids (Moira, Echinocardium, Spatangus), and further
material may yet prove this to be the young of an undescribed Spatangoid,

354 BRISSOPSIS LYKIFERA.

though, judging from the analogy, there is nothing excepting the flatness of
the test which would be contrary to its being the young of either Agassizia
or Schizaster.

The young Agassizia, 6.2'"m in length, is a flat elliptical Spatangoid (PI.
XIV. f. 9) resembling Gualteria. The peripetalous and lateral fascioles
have the same general limits as in the adult, hut the arrangement of the
pores in all the ambulacra is identical ( PI. XIV f. n); there is but a single
pore for each ambulacral plate, as it exists in the anterior pair and odd am-
bulacra of the adult; the ambulacral grooves are not yet formed, the anterior
groove alone being slightly indicated ; the mouth is very slightly labiate
(PI. XIV. f. 10, 12).

(HEMIASTER.) Brissopsis.

Brissopsis AGASS. 1840. Cat. Syst. Ectyp.

Test thin, more or less ovoid ; the apex is nearly central, the odd anterior
ambulacrum but little prominent, ambulacral petals unequally developed.
Subanal fasciole and peripetalous fasciole entire. This genus does not seem
to be entitled to rank as more than a subgenus of Ilemiaster, where we have
a subanal fasciole; while ToxobrisiUS, which is said to have no subanal fasciole,
cannot, it seems to me, be separated from Ilemiaster simply on account of the
divergence of the ambulacra as proposed by Desor, a feature which is strictly
one of growth, and not one to be taken as a permanent character. Kleinia,
as based upon the original specimen (Kleinia luzonica) of Gray, certainly is
nothing but a Brissopsis, having a most distinct subanal fasciole. If the sub-
anal fasciole is really absent in Toxobrissus, it cannot, as Liitken considers it,
be identical with Kleinia. It may be that other characters will yet be traced
to separate it from Brissopsis ; if not, then Kleinia and Toxobrissus will both
become synonymous with Brissopsis.

Brissopsis lyrifera

! Brissus lyrifer Forbes, 1841. Brit. Starf.

! BrissopxLi lyrifera A<;ass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.

Pi. XIX. f. i - g ; PI. XXI. f. 1-2.

Test thin, ovoid, depressed; profile regularly arched, truncated posteriorly;
vertex posterior; peripetalous fasciole moderately broad, somewhat flexuous ;
posterior portion very distinct, less clearly defined towards anterior; all am-

BRISSOPSIS LYRIFERA. 355

bulacral petals uniformly sunken, posterior ambulacra shortest. Tubercles
more closely crowded within the peripetalous fasciole ; four ovarian openings
close together, nearly central. The pores of the lateral ambulacra are so
arranged as to form equally distant longitudinal rows. The anal system is
nearly circular, slightly elliptical vertically, distant from the subanal fasciole,
with a row of large plates round the exterior edge, the largest plates near
the anal fasciole, the remaining part covered by small plates. The subanal
fasciole is elliptical, strongly concave towards the anal system, sending off an
indistinct branch to the peripetalous fasciole. The tubercles of the subanal
plastron are closely packed, the spines usually arranged in two tufts on each
side of the median line. There are but few tubercles in the prolongation of
the petals; they are also less numerous in the median interambulacral sjiaces,
where the test is frequently quite bare. The actinal plastron is very promi-
nent, and the whole actinal surface is crowded by large tubercles of uniform
size, largest near the actinostome. The bare ambulacral spaces are very
broad, particularly the posterior ones. Forbes says of its color when alive,
'• a red body with pale yellowish spines, the dorsal and postanal impressions
of a rich brownish-purple."

The only difference to be traced, after a careful comparison, between Flor-
ida and European specimens, is the existence of a distinct branch of the
subanal fasciole extending round the anal system to the peripetalous fasciole
(PI. XIX. f. 4). In European specimens there are traces of this branch, but
it is not distinctly and sharply defined as in the Florida specimens. The
subanal fasciole seems, from all I can gather after an examination of Spatan-
goids in various stages of growth, the only one subject to decided changes, and
it is not remarkable that we should have in Brissopsis similar variations, in the
subanal fasciole, to those upon which Troschel has founded his genera Aba-
tus, Hamaxitus, and Atrapus, — changes which, in Brissopsis at least, are due
to different stages of growth. The character of continuity of the adjoining
pairs of ambulacra, which Desor assigns to Toxobrissus as a distinguishing
feature, becomes more and more apparent according to the size of the speci-
mens ; so much so, that we should place Brissopsis lyrifera, when young, in
Brissopsis, but when full grown it would most decidedly pass for a Toxobrissus.

Young Brissopsis lyrifera, less than a quarter of an inch in length, are
cylindrical (PI. XIX. f. 1-3), the mouth having a flat, crescent-shaped edge
(PI. XIX. f. 3), the test truncated vertically at the posterior edge (PL XIX.
f. 2), surrounded by a prominent elliptical subanal fasciole ; the peripetalous

356 BRISSUS.

fascicle is elliptical, undulating; the anus is placed near the posterior ex-
tremity of the peripetalous fasciole. In still younger specimens the peripe-
talous fasciole is rectangular, with rounded corners and concave sides,
extremely broad (PL XIX. f. ?'), wmle, as it widens with the increased
length of the ambulacra, it becomes much narrower.

The odd ambulacrum carries lour or five large tentacles with lobed dish
(PL XIX. f. „') ; the pores of the odd ambulacrum are single, not in pairs ;
the other ambulacra are short, straight, well defined, consisting of three and
four pairs of pores not yet conjugated (PL XIX. f. 7). In older specimens
the posterior edge of the mouth becomes labiate, the anus approaches the
subanal fasciole, which sends out a rudimentary anal branch (PL XIX. f. 4),
eventually uniting with the peripetalous fasciole, the outline of which be-
comes more pentagonal (PL XIX. f. 8), undulating, and elongated with the
increasing size of the petaloid ambulacra. The posterior edge becomes more
bevelled with age (PL XIX. f. 6), the subanal plastron more prominent, the
lateral pairs of ambulacra gradually tend to unite, passing from a strictly
Brissopsis outline (PL XIX. f. <s') to one considered hitherto characteristic of
Toxobrissus (PL XIX. f. 9). The spines in all young Spatangoids are
strikingly larger in proportion to their size than in the adult.

From bb to 156 tkthoms.

BRISSUS.

Brissus Klkin. 1 734. Nat. Disp.

Echini with elongate test ; apex eccentric anteriorly, often attaining very
large size; anterior ambulacrum nearly obliterated, flush with test, or placed
in a furrow of little depth. Other petals more sunken ; anterior ambulacra
more transverse than the posterior. Anal system moderately large ; tuber-
cles, except on each side of anterior furrow, and within the peripetalous fas-
ciole, remarkably uniform in size ; peripetalous fasciole exceedingly angular,
with a very prominent subanal fasciole ; four genital pores, anterior small,
close together, posterior ones larger and distant ; spines very uniform in size,
except on the actinal surface and on each side of the bare band, where
they are quite long and well developed.

BRISSUS UNICOLOR.

Brissus unicolor

! Brissus unicolor Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech.

357

' PL XXII. f. 1, 2.

A large number of species of the genus Brissus have been named, but
when we attempt to define their specific differences we have but a small
number left which can be distinguished with any degree of certainty. A
fine series of specimens from the Mediterranean which the Museum owes to
the kindness of Professor Panceri and Mr. Rigacci, specimens from the Cape
Verde and Canary Islands, the collections of Paris and of Professor
Haeckel, show such an extraordinary variation in all the characters which
have been employed to distinguish the species of this genus, that I have
not found anything left to separate them beyond the usually somewhat more
elongate shape of specimens coming from the Mediterranean, while those
from the Cape Verde and Canary Islands agreed completely with the
West India specimens. The only features by which I am able to sepa-
rate the two undoubted species of Brissus (B. carinatus and B. unicolor)
are the proportions of the anterior and posterior pairs of ambulacra, and the
striking difference in the course of the fasciole in the anterior part of the
test. In Brissus carinatus the posterior ambulacra are much shorter than the
anterior pair, while they are nearly equal in B. unicolor. There is but one
re-entering angle in anterior part of fasciole in the anterior interambulacra,
while there are two in B. carinatus ; some minor points of difference in these
species will be pointed out hereafter in the descriptions. The outline of the
West India specimens is usually elliptical, slightly broader posteriorly ;
anal extremity vertically truncated, and apex posterior; test sloping very
slightly from abactinal system to apex, forming a broad rounded keel, not
specially prominent in the posterior interambulacral space. Posterior extrem-
ity of the test uniformly tuberculated, while the larger tubercles of the edge
of the lower surface extend over the anterior extremity, slightly beyond the
anterior pair of ambulacra, and within the peripetalous fasciole, which is
narrow, deeply re-entering in the median lower posterior and odd interam-
bulacral spaces.

Lower surface slightly convex ; actinal plastron elliptical, terminated by a
narrow fasciole, forming a well-defined subanal area, elliptical, deeply in-
dented below the anal system, broader than the actinal plastron. Anal
system large, elliptical, composed of one exterior row of large polygonal
plates; interior ones smaller and irregularly arranged.

358 MEOMA VENTRICOSA.

Spines of dried specimens of a yellowish-brown color, comparatively long,
especially in the anterior part of the test. Mouth large, longitudinal and
transverse diameter nearly as one to two ; posterior lip but little prominent.

Genital openings round, close together ; posterior ones largest, slightly
more distant; madreporic body prominent.

The anterior odd ambulacrum is flush with the test, and is marked by a dis-
tinct narrow band of closely crowded small tubercles extending from the
abactinal system to the margin of the test between the two rows of large
pores forming the odd ambulacrum.

In smaller younger specimens we find the broad rounded posterior keel
less well defined, the anal system comparatively much larger, the subanal
plastron more elliptical, and the tubercles of the anterior extremity propor-
tionally much less prominent. Mouth comparatively more circular, ratio of
transverse to longitudinal diameter being two to one and a half.

Littoral.

Long
Diameter

Transverse
Diameter.

Height

Ant. Pair
Amb.

Post. Pair
Amb.

Breadth of
Actinal

Plastron

Breadth of

SabaoaJ

Area.

83

69

46.

28.

37.

37.5

35.4

64

51

38.5

21.5

26.5

28.

24.

52

39

27.

14.5

17.6

19.1

16.3

39

29

21.5

12.

14.5

14.1

15.9

28

21

14.

7.2

9.2

10.

13.

(BRISSUS.) Meoma.

Meoma Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. N. H.

Shell moderately stout, heart-shaped ; ambulacra (except odd one) sunk in
deep groove, the anterior and posterior pair nearly equal ; anterior ambula-
crum indistinct. Peripetaloua fasciole sinuous ; subanal fasciole more or less
imperfect, usually extending to the level of anal system as an open curve.

Meoma ventricosa

! Spatangus ventricosus Lamk. 1816. An. s. Vert.

1 Meoma ventricosa LiJTK. 1864. Bid. til Kunds. ora Echin.

PL XX. f. 8 ; PL XXII. f. 3, 4-

Test moderately stout, broadly elliptical, slightly heart-shaped from above.
Actinal surface, with the exception of the projecting posterior lip of the actinos-
tome, flat; anal extremity obliquely truncated towards sloping actinal surface;
regularly arched from the edge of the test to the apex ; apex anterior, corre-
sponding nearly with the abactinal centre ; regularly arched from anal and

MEOMA VENTRICOSA. 359

anterior extremity to apex, lateral ambulacra deeply sunken, posterior pair
somewhat longer than anterior pair, which diverges at a much greater angle
from the scarcely marked odd anterior ambulacrum ; this is placed in a very
slightly marked anterior groove. Peripetalous fasciole of uniform breadth, well
defined, four genital openings diverging posteriorly. On the interambulacral
plates, enclosed by the fasciole, the tubercles are arranged in single rows paral-
lel to the suture ; the rest of the test is covered by closely packed, uniform-
sized tubercles, carrying short, sharp spines. The tubercles of the actinal part
of the test are larger immediately adjoining the ambulacra, diminishing
in size towards the edge and towards the central part of the actinal plas-
tron. This plastron is bottle-shaped, short-necked, near the actinostome,
with a very indistinct keel near the central portion, bounded posteriorly by
the narrow, usually open, subanal fasciole, the anal extremity of which is
bent near the base of the anal system. The actinostome is deeply sunken,
the posterior lip extremely prominent and projecting almost as far as the
anterior edge of the actinostome. The anal system is small, elliptical, cov-
ered by irregular polygonal plates carrying spines, diminishing rapidly in
size towards the anal opening. The edge of the interambulacra adjoining
the ambulacral plates of the lower side, the space round the anal system and
round the actinostome, is closely crowded with two kinds of pedicellarire, one
with short head, broad base, and short arms, the other with long triangular
arms. Both are carried upon moderately long, stout stems.

A small specimen of Meoma, not measuring quite an inch in length, which
D'Orbigny had described as Schizaster cubensis, showed no special points
of difference from the adult.

Liitken first referred this species to the genus Meoma of Gray, established
for a presumed Australian species, M. grandis. Liitken also, in 1863, called
my attention to the generic identity of Kleinia nigra, A. Ag., with Meoma,
which I had with doubt referred to Kleinia. This mistake I was led into
by the fact that Gray himself did not refer Brissus ventricosus to Meoma,
but still retained it in a section of Brissus. This shows how little value
the subdivisions which Gray so frequently introduces in his genera of Echini
must have (often copied without any attempt at a more accurate discrimina-
tion of the species from similar headings in the Catalogue Raisonne), when
two species as closely allied as Meoma ventricosa and Meoma grandis are
placed in two genera ; or when in the subdivisions of Echinocardium, as another
instance, Echinocardium ovatum is placed in the subdivision of the genus

3fi() METALIA.

with "deep, odd ambulacra! groove? instead of being placed in the same subdi-
vision as E. mediterraneum. Tbe genus Kleinia I am unable from Gray's
specimens to distinguish from Brissopsis. Meoma grandis Gray, from a care-
ful comparison of the originals of Gray, I consider as identical with Meoma
nigra [Kleinia nigra A. Ac). The locality quoted by Gray is undoubtedly
erroneous, Captain Belcher, as Liitken mentions in his '• Bidrag," having
visited Central America ; and the fact that we have in the British Museum,
brought back by Belcher, an Agassizia subrotunda Gray, Meoma grandis
Gray, and an EcMnantkus testudinarius Gray, marked "Australia," neither of
which can be distinguished from Agassizia ovulum, Meoma nigra, and
Clypeaster speciosus, found upon the west coast of Central America, seems to
indicate without much doifbt an error in the localities of the specimens of
( i rav's Catalogue.

Littoral to 85 fathoms.

(BRISSUS.) Metalia.

Metalia Okay. 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech. (emend.)

The subgenera Plagionotus and Metalia are united as a single subgenus of
Brissus (Metalia). The slight differences in the course of the peripetaloua
fasciole and the presence of larger tubercles not being sufficient ground, with
our present knowledge of the changes due to growth, to warrant retaining
them both, and as Plagionotus is already in use among Coleoptera, the sub-
genus proposed by Gray has been adopted and emended to include Bris udae
having a more or less broad, elliptical, or undulating re-entering peripetaloua
fasciole, and an anterior ambulacral groove. Lateral ambulacral petals
narrow, elongate ; pores well separated; apex anterior ; actinal plastron nar-
row, heart-shaped ; subanal area bordered by a broad fasciole, with anal
branches connected with it ; subanal ambulacral pores sending radiating
grooves towards the centre of the subanal area. Actinostome anterior,
crescent-shaped. Tuberculation in the peripetalous fasciole coarse, frequent-
ly consisting of primary tubercles. Spines short, slender, curved ; those of
actinal surface longer, curved, broad at base of milled ring. Ilaime sug-
gested the propriety of uniting Eupatagus with Plagionotus, but as Desor
justly notices, the difference in structure of the ambulacra shows that they
have only superficial characters in common, Eupatagus being closely allied
to Spatangus, and not to Brissus. as is the case with Plagionotus.

METALIA PECTORALIS. 361

Metalia pectoralis

Echinus grandis Gmel. 1788. Linn. Syst. Nat.

1 Metalia pectoralis A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

PL XXI. f. 4, 5.

The specimens of this species usually preserved in museums are almost
invariahly denuded tests, and we have therefore a very imperfect idea of the
natural features of this fine Spatangoid. The few spines still remaining on
one of the specimens I have seen, corresponding to the small tubercles covering
the test, are quite short, greatly curved ; those of the large tubercles within
the peripetalous fasciole I have not seen. On a small specimen, part of the
spines of the actinal side are still left ; they resemble the spines of Lovenia,
are long, slender, strongly curved eccentrically near the broad base, so that
we may assume that the spines of the large dorsal tubercles were probably
of the same structure. The test is thin, more or less elliptical, though with
increasing size the edge becomes somewhat angular, the median interambu-
lacral spaces re-entering slightly. The outline in profile is regularly arched
in small specimens, but in older ones we frequently find a gradual sloping of
the test from the edge to the apex, others retaining the more regularly arched
outline. The vertex is anterior, corresponding to the abactinal system. The
odd anterior ambulacrum is placed in a slight groove. The anterior pair of
ambulacra are shorter than the posterior, — the anterior slightly curving an-
teriorly, the posterior diverging, on the contrary, at the extremity. The peri-
petalous fasciole is broad, sometimes sunken, somewhat elliptical, except the
anterior angle made previous to crossing the odd ambulacrum. A slight ridge
extending to the apex divides the anterior interambulacrum into a portion
bearing large tubercles next to the anterior pair of ambulacra, and into the
part adjacent to the odd ambulacrum, where the primary tubercles are numer-
ous but small. The whole space of the lateral interambulacrum above the
peripetalous fasciole is crowded with large primary tubercles with a broad
scrobicular circle, except the part immediately adjoining the posterior edge
of the anterior ambulacra, which is divided by a slight ridge from the re-
maining part of the interambulacral space. The same is the case with the
narrow posterior interambulacral space ; a ridge separates the space free of
tubercles adjoining the posterior edge of the posterior ambulacrum from that
covered by tubercles ; the tubercles of the odd posterior interambulacrum are
smaller than those of the lateral posterior ambulacra, where the primary tuber-
cles take the greatest development. The difference between the length of

362 METALIA PECTORALIS.

the lateral ambulacra is less marked in young specimens. The anal system is
placed in a depression in the obliquely truncated posterior extremity of the
test; it is pear-shaped, the small end turned towards the abactinal pole,
often rising above the edge of the test. The plates covering the anal sys-
tem are irregular, nearly of uniform size ; the plates covering the membrane
immediately surrounding the anal opening are minute, occupying the greater
part of the actinal portion of the anal system ; in the smallest specimen
measured the posterior extremity is truncated vertically, there being but a
slightly marked anal depression, which becomes afterwards so prominent with
advancing age as to form in large specimens cheeks on each side of this de-
pression at the angle of the subanal fasciole and the anal branch. The whole
upper surface of the test is covered by minute tubercles, forming a regular
granulation below the peripetalous fasciole to the edge of the test. Above
the fasciole the tubercles are slightly larger and more distant, especially
when forming the scrobicular circle round the primary tubercles. The geni-
tal openings are circular, diverging posteriorly, with prominent comma-shaped
madreporic body extending into the posterior interambulacrum.

The actinal plastron is elongate, narrow, with a marked keel at the posterior
extremity extending to the base of the broad, heart-shaped subanal plastron,
has four pores, completely surrounded by a broad fasciole, lobed internally. The
anal fasciole is independent of the subanal, being separated from it by an
extremely narrow ridge of minute tubercles; the horizontal part is broad;
the upper branches narrow, and extend to the edge of the test. The tuber-
cles of the actinal surface are largest outside of the ambulacra] rows, gradually
decreasing towards the edge of the test ; the tubercles of the actinal plastron are
considerably smaller, and more closely packed. In large specimens the suture
of the plates on the upper part of the test are slightly sunken, the plates them-
selves sloping from a vertex or ridge towards the edges, — a feature not
prominent in younger specimens, thus forming ridges dividing the interam-
bulacrum into distinct fields. The fine figure of this species given by Seba
is one of the best which can be given, and will serve, as many of his figures
do now, to readily identify many species of Echini. The mouth is com-
paratively narrow transversety, distinctly rounded anteriorly, with a straight,
raised posterior edge. The actinal membrane is covered by polygonal plates,
closely crowded, except the anterior row of plates, which is the largest, de-
creasing gradually to the posterior edge.

The identity of the pliocene and post-pliocene species cited in the synonymy

SCHIZASTER FRAGILIS.

363

of this as well as of others of our Eastern Coast species, is of course prob-
lematical ; yet the differences indicated by McCrady do not indicate as great
a range of variation as we find in living species. I have quoted the figures
for the sake of calling attention to them. There are, in addition, other ter-
tiary species described by Michelin and by Guppy, coming from the Gulf
of Mexico and the West India Islands ; but as their material was inaccessi-
ble to me, I have not attempted to point out their affinities.

Littoral and fragments from 115 fathoms.

Width of
Mouth.

Longitudinal
Diameter.

Transverse
Diameter.

Height.

Anterior
Pair Amb.

Posterior
Pair Anib.

Distance
of Mouth
from Ant.
Extremity.

Distance
of Vertex
to Anterior
Extremity.

Breadth
Actinal
Plastron.

19.5

157.

123.8

58

51.

62.5

33.

57.

29.

16.5

130.5

96.

40

39.2

53.

25.8

49.8

19.2

18.7

116.

91.

44

39.

52.2

24.

41.

21.8

9.5

62.

46.

27

16.2

21.8

14.

20.5

13.5

SCHIZASTER.

Schizaster Agass. 1836. Prod.

Test thin, elongate ; apex posterior ; great difference between length of
anterior and posterior pairs of ambulacra. The anterior ambulacrum
placed in a deep, broad groove ; anterior and posterior petals somewhat
sunken and diverging ; the anterior are nearly parallel with anterior groove.
Genital pores varying in number from two to three. Peripetalous fasciole an-
gular, running close to the ambulacral petals, with a narrow lateral fasciole
starting from the anterior ambulacra and passing under the anal system, with
elongate, triangular swellings. Posterior lip of bilabiate actinostome very
prominent, turned back, rising to a rounded beak in front of actinal plastron.

Schizaster fragilis

! Brissus fragilis Dub. & Kor. 1844. Skand. Echin.
I Schizaster fragilis Agass. 1847. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat.

PI XXI. f. ,3.

Test depressed, vertex and apical system almost coinciding; three genital
openings, right anterior obliterated. Compared with S. canaliferus, the
odd ambulacral groove is less broken and narrower ; the pores arranged in a
most regular line ; the pores of each pair separated by prominent, elongate
tubercles, making a beautiful line of beads from the apex to the peripetalous
fasciole, the flat space intervening between the poriferous zones being cov-
ered by small tubercles and granules of little prominence, except the outer
rows near the poriferous zone ; the lateral ambulacra are but slightly sunken,

oG4 SCHIZASTER FRAGILIS.

the anterior and posterior both diverging more than is the case in S. cana-
liferus, and the posterior ambulacra are proportionally longer. The posterior
genital openings arc distant, the madreporic body well developed between
them, extending posteriorly. The peripetalous fasciole widens into a broad,
triangular space at the extremity of the anterior ambulacra, extends straight
across from tip to tip, the two posterior ambulacra making quite a re-enter-
in"- angle between the anterior and posterior lateral ambulacra. Lateral
fasciole running parallel to the ambitus. Outline of the test from above is
somewhat diamond-shaped, with rounded angles. Seen in profile, the test
tapers very gradually towards the actinostome posteriorly, regularly arched
to the anal system; posterior extremity abruptly truncated, receding below
the anal system ; the subanal fasciole runs in a curve under the anus in a
depression between the projecting cheeks of the adjoining ambulacral plates,

a condition of things in striking contrast with the prominent keel formed

at the extremity of the actinal plastron by the angular exterior of the sub-
anal fasciole in S. canaliferus. Actinal side flat, with broad ban' ambulacral
zones; actinal plastron elliptical, posterior extremity not well defined, losing
itself in the tubercles of the test under the subanal fasciole.

Anal system covered by a large number of small plates carrying each
a small spine.

The spines of the upper part of test are short, spathiform ; tuberculatum
larger towards the anterior extremity and near the ambulacra, size of spines
corresponding to this. The tubercles of the lower side are far apart near
the edge of the test and of the ambulacral zones ; those of the actinal
plastron are closely crowded, while adjoining the anterior groove they be-
come very prominent.

The fragments of Schizaster found by Mr. Pourtales were referred to in
the Preliminary Report as Schizaster cubensis. Having since that time re-
ceived specimens of Schizaster fragilis from Dr. G. O. Sars and Professor
Thomson, there can be no doubt that the fragments belong to this species, as
they are the greater portion of the anterior part of the test. An examina-
tion of the original specimens of D'Orbigny's S. cubensis shows them to be
young Meoma ventricosa.

Mr. Whiteaves has dredged specimens of this species in 250 fathoms in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

80 fathoms, fragments.

on^itudinal
Diameter.

TmnSTprse

Diameter.

Height.

Distance of Vertex to
Posterior Extreui.

Posterior

Ambulacra.

Anter. Pair
Ambulacra.

Actinal
Plastron.

55

58

32

24.5

9.5

25.1

20

51

51

29

21.5

8.

23.

19

MOIRA ATROPOS. 365

MOIRA.

Moira A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. I.

Test moderately thin, ovoid ; ambulacral petals sunken ; test bulging towards
interior in five pouches from five narrow deep grooves, like radiating spokes
from the abactinal pole, edged by the peripetalous fasciole which forms round
them a smooth border. Lateral fasciole passing at a considerable distance
under the anal system, as in Agassizia and Schizaster ; tubercles arranged
upon the upper surface diagonally. Actinal plastron elongated, pentagonal,
covered by larger tubercles, with ill-defined scrobicular circle carrying spathi-
form spines; only two posterior genital openings. Anterior groove extending
to actinostome.

Gray has subdivided Schizaster into three genera, following the three
types of the Catalogue Raisonne ; he has, however, retained for S.
atropos the name of Schizaster, and separated the closely allied species S.
canaliferus and S. gibberulus, placing them respectively in the genera
Brisaster and Nina. The subdivisions of Michelin made at the same time,
more in accordance with the affinities of the species, are retained here. To
distinguish this genus from the same generic name previously used by Leach
and Huebner, I have changed the name to Moira: —

Moira atropos

! Spatangus atropos Lamk. 1816. An. s. V.

! Moira atropos A. Agass. 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. I.

PL XXIII.

Outline from above elliptical (PL XXIII. f. 1, 5) ; when denuded of
spines, slightly angular near junction of interambulacral plates. The plates
of test are all somewhat conical (PL XIII. f. 6), resembling shield plates of
turtles rising slightly towards one side and tapering towards the edge ;
from their highest point the tubercles radiate irregularly towards the edge.
The angular outline increases greatly with age, and in older specimens this fea-
ture becomes quite prominent, while in younger specimens the tendency is to be
more and more ovoid. Part of the posterior edge of the apical part of the
anterior ambulacra projects over the anterior edge, completely closing the
upper portion of the anterior lateral ambulacra (PL XXIII. f. 5). It then re-
cedes again, and the ambulacral groove thus appears to commence at a dis-
tance from the apex and make a marked angle with the longitudinal axis.

366 MOIKA ATROPOS.

The odd anterior ambulacrum is divided, by the closing up of the slightly
sunken edge of the abactinal part of the edge of the anterior groove, into two
connected cavities. When seen from above, the projecting lips form two
triangular spaces (PL. XXIII. f. 5), closely covered by small tubercles, to
the anterior edge of which the peripetalous fasciole extends, and then passes
on to the edge of the lateral ambulacra. The anterior lateral ambulacra
are much longer than the posterior. The vertex is situated slightly behind
the apical system; the posterior extremity is truncated vertically, making a
sharp angle with the actinal plastron, which has, immediately below the sub-
anal fasciole, a small, fully developed keel (PL XXIII. f. Jt). The anal sys-
tem is flush with the test, small, elliptical, edged by eight large plates sur-
rounding the smaller interior ones. The lateral fasciole is narrow, becoming
slightly broader under the anal system ; the part of fasciole adjoining the
deep groove is broad; the connecting parts between the petals are narrow.
Seen in profile, the anterior edge is gradually rounded from the vertex to the
ambitus, the same curve of the test extending to the mouth (PL XXIII f. .').

Fragments of this species were dredged from a depth of 80 fathoms.
Girard has attempted to separate specimens from Texas, of slightly more
elongate outline, as a distinct species. The color of M. atropos when alive
is yellowish. The spines, where more thickly clustered, are brownish ; they
are short except where they cover the sunken ambulacra, which are entirely
hidden by the longer spines meeting from both sides. On the lower surface, the
interambulacral plastron is covered by long spines, wdiich, as they wear out
at the extremity, become spatula-shaped. On the side of the ambitus, and
on the upper lateral part of the posterior ambulacra, the spines attain a
greater length, especially towards the mouth, where they are most closely
crowded together.

Littoral to 80 fathoms.

Longitudinal
Diameter.

Transverse
Diameter.

Height.

Length

Posterior

Ambulacra.

Lenpth

Anterior

Ambulacra.

Distance of Lip

Anterior Amb.

from Vertex.

Height of Anus

nl.ovp
Actinal Surf.

47.

44.

37.5

14.2

24.8

10.1

14.

42.

42.

31.2

13.0

21.

8.8

11.8

30.6

30.5

26.

10.0

18.

6.

8.9

22.5

21.

18.2

7.0

13.

5.

8.

BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL

DISTRIBUTION.

The accompanying table (pp. 368 and 369) shows at a glance the princi-
pal features of distribution of the different zones of depth. We can dis-
tinguish a strictly littoral fauna, extending from tide-mark to generally less
than 10 fathoms, though a few of the species characteristic of this zone
extend to a depth of 34 and 40 fathoms. This fauna consists of

Diadema setosum.
Echinoraetra subangularis.
Echinometra viridis.
Toxopneustes variegatus.
Hipponoe esculenta.
Echinanthus rosaceus.

Clypeaster subdepressus.
Mellita testudinata.
Encope Miehelini.
Encope emarginata.
Echinoneus semilunaris.
Brissus unicolor.

A second set of species, less numerous, extends from the shore to a much
greater depth, — from 80 to about 120 fathoms. They are

Cidaris tribuloides.
Arbaeia punctulata.
Meoma ventricosa.

Metalia pectoralis.
Moira atropos.

At a depth of from 30 to 40 fathoms commences a third set of species,
the majority ranging to about 160 fathoms, though two species range to
270 fathoms (marked*), and a few species commence at a greater depth,
80 to 90 fathoms. These species are

* Dorocidaris papillata.
Echinus gracilis.
Temnechinus maculatus.

* Trigonocidaris albida.
Rhynchopygus caribaearum.
Ecbinolampas depressa.
Neolampas rostellata.

Brissopsis lyrifera.
Agassizia excentrica.
Echinocardium flavescens.
Echinocardinm pennatifidum.
Echinocardium cordatum.
Schizaster fragilis.

;)i;s

BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

c

B

.2 P
o g

i 5

t- O

M

9

U-

-

1

n>

a

o

—

8 3

•3
'C
o

S

OS-
'S

*

<
c
<

"

<

a

<

en

CO

<

J

o

<

pa

ra

<

a.

^

?

;§

a.

~

c

n

^

a

•c

■~

{5

•a

• SS

o

a

o

K

a

o

G

Q

tc

os
O

■<
0
«5

< O

H '3 S ~

•3 * - *

-S 3

■S .3 -S

5

00

•«!

j

CO

<

CO

<

e

co

•£

'

■<

0

■<

<
<

3

S"'

a

a

<

<
a

<
<

m

3

co
U
O

X

<
8

<

c

-a

00

CO

<
u
•a!

<

eg

00

<

<

OS

O

a,
a

CO

to

B

•n

o

3

5

-a

«

B

J*

CO

a

0

g
o

■a

t

0

3
(J

.2

-a

CO

a

a
cm

a

o

-2
1
2

Hi'

••*

o
a
P

B
3

••*
o
0

-0

3

a

n

3

T3

<5j

3

6

-Si

J-

©

3
•5

o
5

b0

3

s

P

O

a

0

■c

Eh

1

C

•5

-5

-5

u

<

o

ft,

C

3

fc4

■z

^

ti

S

E^

bj

ts3

BATHYMETRICAL and geographical distribution.

369

1 s

«° CO

O CD
CO ■**
CO CO

340

o

CM

CO

o

o

CO

1 s

=* CM

o

CD
CM

o

CM

o

CM
CM

o
o

CM

©
CO

©
to

o <x>

to iO

©

!-H

00 ^*

©

CM

o

m

o
©

to
00

|

CO

©

CO

CO

o

©

CD

©

■>* t ©
CO -*

CO

©

CM

CO

CO

©

-

-

(^

t>

Clypeasler suhdepressus A. Agass. .
*Echinarachnius parma Gray.
Mellita testudinata Klein. .
Mellita sexforis Agass. ....
Encope Michelini Agass.
Encope emarginata Agass. ....
Echinoneus semilunaris Lam.
Echinolampas depressa Gray. .
Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk.
Neolampas rostellata A. Agass.
Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass. .
Homolampas fragilis A. Agass.
Brissus unicolor Kl

Metalia pectoralis A. Agass.

Bri/tsopsis hjrifera Agass. ....

Agassizia excentrica A. Agass.

Echinocardium jiavescens A. Agass. .

Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm.

Echinocardium cordatum Gray. .

Scliizaster fragilis Agass.

Moira atropos A. Agass. ....

370 BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

At a depth of about 140 fathoms, extending to over 310 fathoms, are
found most interesting species : —

Hemipedina cubensis. Echinus norvegicus.

Podocidaris sculpta.

While near the lowest depth reached hy the above species we strike
upon a peculiar fauna recalling types of the cretaceous period, extending
from 315 fathoms to the greatest depth attained in the straits between
Florida and Cuba. These are

Salenia varispina. Homolampas fragilis.

Pourtalesia miranda.

Two species — Echinocyamus pusillus and Mellita sexforis — have the
greatest bathymetrical range, extending from the shore, the one to 270
fathoms and the other to 325 fathoms. I would state, however, that it is
only the young which have this great range ; the adult specimens are
limited to a quite shallow zone, — about 40 fathoms. In the young of our
common northern Cuvieria the reverse takes place, the young being quite
common at low-water mark, while young Echinarachnius and S. Drobachien-
sis are found at a much greater depth than the adult.

I have given the greatest depth of living young, as the dead tests may
have been dropped by fishes or carried by currents. The character of the
Echinian fauna, on the three belts developed by the soundings of Mr. Pour-
tales, are tolerably well defined ; the first zone being littoral, and extending
to 90 fathoms, is characterized by species, the majority of which do not
range beyond 40 fathoms, with a few species ranging somewhat beyond, to
about 120 fathoms.

The second zone (from 90 to 250 fathoms) is characterized by species ex-
tending into the first somewhat, and attaining a range of about 270 fathoms,
with an admixture of a few species extending from 140 to 310 fathoms.

The third zone contains the typical deep-sea species of Florida, extending
from 315 to 500 fathoms.

Although we have not a sufficient number of soundings to establish homo-
geneous zones of geographical and bathymetrical range, an analysis of the
above grouping of species shows us something analogous to the distribution
of animal and vegetable life in latitude and height ; the oceanic distribution

BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 371

being of course an identity for northern latitudes and southern depth, or a
representation by species closely allied.

For instance, we find littoral, as far north as North Carolina, Moira
atropos and Echinocardium cordatum; Arbacia punctulata, as far north as
the southern part of Cape Cod, species which in Florida have a range in
depth to 125 fathoms. Of their bathymetrical range farther north we
know nothing.

The following North European species, Dorocidaris papillata, Schizaster
fragilis, Echinus norvegicus, Echinocardium flavescens, E. cordatum, Echino-
eyamus pusillus, Brissopsis lyrifera, Asthenosoma hystrix, are found in
Florida. These same species, with the addition of Brissus unicolor, Echino-
cardium pennatificlum, Diadema setosum, and Arbacia punctulata, are again
the representatives of a Mediterranean fauna strikingly similar, consisting
of Schizaster canaliferus, Echinus melo, Echinocardium mediterraneum,
Centrostephanus longispinus, Arbacia pustulosa. The specific representation
on both sides of the Isthmus of Panama is becoming every day, as far as
Echinoderms are concerned, more strikingly identical. Since the list given
by Mr. Verrill, several species have come to light, and the following com-
parative list (p. 372) of species on both sides of the Isthmus, extending
from Peru to the Gulf of California on the Pacific, and including on the
eastern side the Gulf of Mexico, Florida, the northern coast of South
America, the West Indies, and the Bahamas, may not be out of place. (I
have examined all the species there named.) As this list will undoubtedly
be greatly increased by additional dredging from the Hassler Expedition,
it is given as published in the Preliminary Report, and no attempt has been
made to re-examine the question of the specific identity of any of the
Echini on the Atlantic and Pacific sides of the Isthmus of Panama.

With the exception of three Panama species, all the West Coast species
have representatives on the Eastern Coast. The Eastern species which have
not as yet been found represented on the West Coast are the deep-water
species of Mr. Pourtales's collection, and, what is very peculiar, three species,
Echinoneus semilunaris, Echinocardium cordatum, and Echinolampas, belong-
ing to genera which have a most extensive range.

The relation of the Caribbean fauna to the existing geographical distri-
bution of Echini is shown by the accompanying faunal table, page 373, and
the maps of Part I. Plates A-G.

372

BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

Eastern Side.
{Tropical Atlantic.')

Cidaris tribuloidcs Bl.
Dorocidaris papillata A. Agass.
Salenia varispina A. Agass.
Diadema selosum Gray.

Asthenosoma hystrix A. Agass.
llemipcdina cubensis A. Agass.
Arbacia punctulata Gray.
Podocidaris sculpta A. Agass.
Coeloplcurus floridanus A. Agass.
Echinometra subangularis Desml.
Echinometra viridis A. Agass.

Echinus gracilis A. Agass.
Echinus norvegicus D. & K.
Temrtechinus maculatus A. Agass.
Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass.
Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass.

Hippnnoe esculenta A. Agass.
Echinanthus rosaceus Gray.
Clypeaster sul/depressus Agass.
Echinocyamu* pusillus Gray.
Mellita testudinata K i .
Mellita sexfnris A. Agass.

Encope Michelmi Agass.
Encope emarginata Agass.
Echinoncus semilunaris Lam.
Echinolampas depressa Gray.
Rhynchnpygus caribacarum Lutk.
Neolampas rostellata A. Agass.
Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass.
Homolampas fragilis A. Agass.

Brissus unicolor Kl.
Meoma ventricosa Lutk.
Metalia pectnralis A. Agass.
Brissopsis lyri/era Agass.
Agassizia excentrica A. Agass.
Echinocardium Jlavescens A. Agass.
Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm.
Echinocardium cordatum Gray.
Schizaster fragilis Agass.
Moira atropos A. Agass.

Western Side.
(Panamic').

Cidaris Thouarsii Val.

Diadema mexicanuai A. Agass.
Astropgga pulvinata Agass.

Arbacia stellata Gray.

Echinometra Van Brunti A. Agass.

Strongylocentrotus mexkanus A. Agass.

Toxopneustes semituherculatus A. Agass.
Toxopneustes pUeolus Agass.
Hippono'i depressa A. Agass.
Echinanthus testudinarius Gray.
Clypeaster rotundus A. Agass.

Mellita longifissa Mich.
Mellita pacifica Verrii.l.
Millita Stukesii A. AGASS.
Encope californica Verrill.
Encope grandis Agass.
Encope micropora Agass.

Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Agass.

Lovenia cordiformis Lutk.
Brissus obesus Verrill.
Meoma grandis Gray.
Metalia maculosa A. Agass.

Agassizia scrobiculata Val.

Moira clotho A. Agass.

BATHYMETEICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

01,

EASTERN SIDE OF ISTHMUS.
( Tropical Atlantic.)

Panamic.

North
Atlantic.

Luei-

i.int.iii

West
African.

Inrio-
Pacific.

Japanese.

Pata-

gonian.

Cidaris tribuloides Bl

... i ...

Diadema setosum Gray

... i ...

... i ...

... i ...

Arbacia punctulata Gray

Coelopleurus floridauus A. Agass

Echinometra subangularis Desml

... i ...

... * ...

Echinus norvegicus Dub. o. Kor

Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass

Echinanthus rosaceus Gray

^

Chjpeaster subdepressus Agass

Echinocyamus pustilus G ray

Mellita testudinata Kl

MelUta sexforis A. Agass

J

Encope emarginata Agass

Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk

Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass

... i ..

Homolampas fraq'rfis A. Agass

Meoma ventricosa Lutk

... * ...

Agassizia excentrica A. Agass. .

Echinocardium flavescens A. Agass

Echinocardium cordatum Gray .

Note. — i denotes identity of species ; * denotes representative species.

374 BATHYMETRICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

We have in Temnechinus maculatus and Trigonocidaris albida representa-
tives of the Teinnopleuridae, thus far limited almost entirely to the Indian
and China Seas. The littoral species having the most limited bathymetrical
range are those which have the widest geographical distribution. They are
Diadema setosum, Cidaris tribuloides, Clypeaster subdepressus, Echinometra
subangularis, Toxopneustes variegatus, Mellita testudinata, Encope emargi-
nata. Some of these species extend from the southern part of Brazil to the
Bermudas. They all belong to genera having representatives in the great
tropical belt surrounding the globe, formed by the Indo-Pacific, Lusitanian,
West African, Tropical Atlantic, and Panamic districts, — such as Cidaris,
Diadema, Echinometra, Hipponoe, Clypeaster, Echinanthus, Echinolampas,
Echinoncus, Brissus, — the species of which have a great geographical range,
and are represented by the following species : Cidaris metularia, Hipponoe
variegata, Echinometra lucunter, Diadema setosum, Clypeaster humilis, Echi-
nolampas oviformis, Echinoneus cyclostomus, Brissus carinatus ; all of which
have an immense geographical distribution.

The precise range of the different species of the East Coast will be found
in Part I., in the Synonymy and in the General Lists of the Geographical
Distribution.

SYSTEMATIC TABLE

OF THE ECHINI OF THE EASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES.

Suborder DESMOSTICHA, Haeckel.

Family CIDARIDAE, Mull.

Subfamily GONIOCIDARIDAE, Haeckel.

Cidaris Klein. Dorocidaris A. Agass.

Cidaris tribuloides Bl., 253. Dorocidaris papillaia A. Agass., 254.

Subfamily SALENIDAE, Agass.

Salenia Gray.

Salenia varispina A. Agass., 261.

Family ARBACIADAE, Gray.

Arbacia Gray. Fodocidaris A. Agass.

Arbacia punctulata Gray, 263. Podocidaris sculpta A. Agass., 269.

Coelopleurus Agass.

Coelopleurus fioridanus A. Agass., 267.

Family DIADEMATIDAE, Pet.
Asthenosoma Grube. Diadema Schynv.

Asthenosoma hgstrix A. Agass., 272. Diadema setosum Gray, 274.

Family ECHINOMETRADAE, Gray.

Strongylocentrotus Br. Echinometra Rond. (Breyn.).

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensh A. Agass., 277. Echinometra subangularis Desml., 283.

Echinometra viridis A. Agass., 284.

Family ECHINIDAE.

Subfamily TEMNOPLEURIDAE, Des.

Temnechinus Forbes. Trigonocidaris A. Agass.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass., 286. Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass., 289.

Subfamily TRIPLECHINIDAE, A. Agass.

Hemipedina Wright. Toxopneustes Agass.

Hemipedina cubensis A. Agass., 291. Toxopneustes variegatus A. Agass., 298.

Echinus Rond. (Linn.). Hipponoe Gray.

Echinus gracilis A. Agass., 293. Hipponoe esculenta A. Agass., 301.

Echinus norvegicus D. o. K., 296.

Suborder CLYPEASTRIDAE, Agass.

Family EUCLYPEASTRIDAE, Haeckel.
Subfamily FIBULARINA, Gray.
Echinocyamus Van Phf.l.

Echinocyamus pnsillus Gray, 304.

376 SYSTEMATIC TABLE.

Subfamily ECHINANTHIDAE, A. AGA8S.

Clypeaster Lamk. Echinanthus Beets.

Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 306. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray, 811.

Family SCUTELLIDAE. Agass.

Ecliinarachnius Leske. Encope Agass.

Echinarachniti3 parma Gray, S16. Em-o/n anarginata Agass., 325.

Melhta Klein. Encope Micbelini Agass., 329.

,1/r llila sex/oris A. Agass., 320.

Mellita teatudinata Ki. . 322.

Suborder PETALOSTICHA, Haeckel.

Family CASSIDULIDAE, Agass.
Subfamily ECHINONIDAE, Agass.

Echinoneus Van Phel., 332.

Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 333.

Subfamily NUCLEOLIDAE, AGA88.

Echinolampas Gray. Rhynchopygus DOrbig.

Echinolampas depressa Gray, 335. Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lt'TK., 343.

Neolampas A. Agass.

Neolampas rostellata A. Agass., 340.

Family SPATANGIDAE, Agass.

Subfamily ANANCHYTIDAE, Alb. Gras.

Pourtalesia A. Agass. Homolampas A. Agass.

Pourtalesia miranda A. Agass., 345. Homolampas fragilit A. Agass., 348.

Subfamily SPATANGINA, Gray.

Echinocardium Gray.

Echinocardium cordatum Gray, 349.
Echinocardium Jlavescens A. Agass., 351.
Echinocardium penuatifidum Norm., 351.

Subfamily BRISSLNA, Gray.

Agassizia Val. Metalia Gray.

Agasaizia excentrica A. Agass., 353. Metalia pecloralis A. Agass., 361.

Brissopsis Agass. Schizaster Agass.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 354. Schizaster fragilis Agass., 363.

Brissus Klein. Moira A. Agass.

Brissus unicolor Klein, 357. Moira atropos A. Agass., 365.

Meoma Gray.

Meoma ventricosa Lutk., 358.

INDEX

OF THE ECHINI OF THE EASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES,
DESCRIBED IN PART II*

Agassizia, 353.

Agassizia excentrica, 353, Pis. XL, XIV.

ANANCHYTIDAE, 344.

Arbacia, 263.

Arbacia punctulata, 263, Pis. II., V.

ARBACIADAE, 263.

AsTHENOSOMA, 272.

Asthenosoma hystrix, 229, PI. IIC.

BRISSINA, 353.

Brissopsis, 354.

Brissopsis lyrifera, 354, Pis. XIX., XXI.

Brissus, 356.

Brissus unicolor, 357, PI. XII.

CASSIDULIDAE, 332.

CIDARIDAE, 251.

ClDARIS, 251.

Cidaris tribuloides, 253, Pis. Id., 11., IP.

Clypeaster, 316.

Clypeaster subdepressus, 316, Pis. XIb., XI'.,

XII*., XIII.
CLYPEASTRIDAE, 304.

COELOPLEURUS, 26 7.

Coelopleurus floridanus, 267, PL IP.

DESMOSTICHA, 251.

Dtadema, 274.

Diadema setosum, 274, Pis. IP., IV., 17".

DIADEMATIDAE, 272.

DOROCIDARIS, 254.

Dorocidaris papillata, 254, Pis. I., Ib., II"., IP.
ECHINANTHIDAE, 306.

ECHINANTHUS, 310.

Echinanthus rosaceus 311, Pis. XP., XI*., Xlf.,
XIII.

ECHINARACHXIOS, 315.

Echinarachnius parma, 316, Pis. XI*., XP., XII.
ECHINIDAE, 285.

ECHINOCARDIUM, 349.

Echinocardium cordatum, 349, Pis. XIX., XX.
Echinocardium flavescens, 351, PL XX.
Echinocardium pennatifidum, 351, PI. XX.

ECHINOCYAMUS, 304.

Echinocyamus pusillus, 304, Pis. XP., XIII.

ECHINOLAMPAS, 335.

Echinolampas depressa, 335, PL XVI.

Echpnometra, 282.

Echinometra subangularis 283, PL X".

Echinometra viridis 284. PL X".

ECHINOMETRADAE, 276.

Echinoneus, 332.

Echiuoneus semilunaris, 333, PL XIV.

ECHINONIDAE, 332.

Echinus, 293.

Echinus gracilis, 293, Pis. VI". VII.

Echinus norvegicus, 290, PL VI".

En-cope, 324.

Encope emarginata, 325, Pis. XII., XIIh., XIId.

Encope MicheUni, 329, Pis. XI P., XIP., XII*.

EUCLYPEASTRIDAE, 304.

FIBULARINA, 304.

GONIO CIDARIDAE, 251.

Hemipedina, 291.

Hemipedina cubensis, 291, PI. III.

Hipponoe, 291.

Hipponoe esculenta, 291, Pis. 17"., 17/7.

Homolampas, 347.

Homolampas fragilis, 348, PL XVII.

Mellita, 319.

Mellita sexforis, 320, Pis. XL, XI".

Mellita testudinata, 322, Pis. XL, XII"., XIP.

Meoma, 358.

Meoma ventricosa, 358, Pis. XX., XXII.

Metalia, 360.

Metalia pectoralis, 361, PL XXI.

Moira, 365.

Moira atropos, 365, PL XXIII.

Nkoi.ampas, 340.

Neolampas rostellata, 340, PL XVII.

NUCLEOLIDAE, 335.

PETALOSTICHA, 331.

PODOCIDARIS, 269.

Podocidaris sculpta, 269, PL IV.

POURTALESIA, 344.

Pourtalesia miranda, 345, PL XVIII.

Rhynchopygus, 342.

Rhynchopygus caribaearum, 343, PL XV.

Salenia, 258.

Salenia varispina, 261, PI. III.

SALENIDAE, 258.

SCHIZASTER, 353.

Schizaster fragilis, 353, PL XXI.
SCUTELLIDAE, 315.
SPATANGIDAE, 344.

* The Synonymic Index, Part I., will give the references of the Synonynoes to the names adopted here.

378 INDEX.

SPATANGINA, 349. TEMNOPLEURIDAE, 285.

StbonCYLOCKNTROTUS, 276. TOXOPNKUSTES, 297.

Strongylocentrotus Drobacbiensis, 27 7, Ph. Toxopneustes variegatus, 298, Pis. II., IV"., VII.

IV., IX., X. TltlGOXOCIDARIS, 298.

Temxf.ciunus, 285. Trigonocidaris albida, 289, PI. IV.

Temnecbinus maculatus, 286, PL VIII. TRIPLECHINIDAE, 291.

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

AT HARVARD COLLEGE.

No. VII.

REVISION OF THE ECHINI.

r.Y

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.
PART III.

WITH FORTY-FIVE PLATES.

UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE,

w f. i. c h , n i r. 1: i. n w , & CO.

1873.

PART III.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES OF RECENT ECHINI.

WITH TWEXTY-EIGHT TLATES.

NOTICE.

nnilE third and fourth Parts of the Eevision -were to have been issued
-*- simultaneously. Owing, however, to the destruction, in the great con-
flagration of November 9, 1872, of the lithographic stones of six of the
Plates of Part IV., together with the original drawings, and all the MS.
Notes on the subject, Part III. is issued in advance, with the Plates
belonging to Part IV., in order not to delay the publication of the mere
descriptive Part (Part III.).

It was impracticable to refer in Part III. to publications which have
appeared since the issue of Parts I. and II. not included in the Bibli-
ography and Synonymy, as the greater portion of the descriptions of Part
III. has been in type for some time.

In Part III. no reference has been made in some of the specific descrip-
tions to a few plates which were not struck off at the time the descriptions
were printed. This is not of great importance, as the plates referred to
were intended to illustrate general points of structure. A complete Index
of the contents of the Plates is given to obviate this defect.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.
Cambridge, September, 1873.

DESMOSTICHA.

Suborder Desmosticha IIaeckei,, Entwiekel. Gesch., 1866. (emend.)

The order of Desmosticha contains the so-called Regular Echini of Albin
Gras, the Endocycla of Wright. The Echini belonging to this order are all
more or less circular in outline. The anal system is surrounded and com-
pletely enclosed by the genital and ocular plates. The actinostome is central.
The poriferous zone is composed of pairs of pores, extending from the abac-
tinal system to the actinostome, either as simple vertical rows or forming
numerous disconnected arcs. The jaws are highly developed and quite
complicated, supported upon prolongations (auricles) of the ambulacra! or
interambulacral plates of the edge of the actinostome, which may be con-
nected to form either arches or disconnected supports. A longitudinal axis
is indicated by the position of the madreporic body. The Desmosticha, com-
pared with the Perischoechinidae, (lifter in having only ten double rows of
ambulacral and interambulacral plates, five called ambulacral and five inter-
ambulacral. As far as known, they are all provided with branching gills
extending through openings of the coronal edge of the buccal membrane,
corresponding to cuts more or less marked in the outline of the test of the
actinal system. The digestive system is a simple alimentary canal, arising
above the jaws, suspended in a cavity, like a thin band, by mesenteries
attached to the interambulacral system, arching over the ambulacral system.
The ovaries in the breeding-season are large, they nearly fill the whole
space not occupied by the digestive system. Stone canal well developed.
Ambulacral tentacles pointed or provided with suckers. With the excep-
tion of the auricles for the support of the jaws and the madreporic funnel
of the stone canal, there are no pillars or partitions of any kind in the
interior of the test. Actinal system covered by a flexible buccal membrane
attached to jaws. Actinostome opening within the teeth, and leading
directly to the small part of the alimentary canal.

The tubercles carrying the spines form vertical or horizontal rows on the
ambulacral and interambulacral plates. The spines are comparatively large
compared to the size of the test, and less numerous than in the other sub-
orders of recent Echini.

384 CIDARIS.

C1DARIDAE.

Family Cidaridae Mil. leu, Ban d. Echinod., 18j4. (emend.)

GONIOCIDARIDAE.

Subfamily Goniocidarida Haeckel, Entwickel. Gesch., I860.

Althougli the Cidaridae proper had been separated as a group from the
Echinidae and Salenidae by Agassi/, and Desor, yet Muller was the first
to analyze more in detail their structure, and to separate the family
Cidaridae from the Echinidae Be showed, in addition to the large number
of small plates composing the ambulacra! area, composed of single pairs
of pores arranged in a narrow vertical zone (except in a single fossil
genus, Diplocidaris), the great width of the interambnlacral region, the
small number of the coronal plates of the interamhulacral region, each
surmounted with biri a single primary perforate tubercle, surrounded by
a large scrobicular circle more or less prominent, that the poriferous zone
extended to the buccal edge of the imbricated buccal membrane; that the
actinal cuts were not in the coronal plates, hut near the actinostome in the
edge of tin' buccal membrane. The actinal and abactinal system are both
huge and of nearly the same size. The primary interambnlacral spines are
large, while those of the ambulacral system and of the miliary zone are small
flattened papillae, and never ornamented ; the papillae extend over the
buccal membrane. The jaws are less complicated than in the Echinidae
ami Diadematidae. The teeth are in shape of a gauge, like those of the
Diadematidae ; and the auricles, made up of independent arches, take their
origin from the interambnlacral instead of the ambulacral spaces. The jaws
have not the large triangular foramen of the Echinidae. nor are the sides
of the jaws connected over their central part.

CIDARIS.

Cidaris Klein, 1784, Nat. Disp. Echin. (See Part II., p. 252.)

The structure of the spines is different from that of the other Echinidae.
A section shows the shaft to be made up of irregularly arranged small lime-
stone cells, closely packed, surrounded by an outer sheath of limestone
network, which forms the ornamentation of the spines and grows indepen-
dently of the inner structure.

CIDARIS METULARIA. 385

Cidaris metularia

! Cidaris metularia Blaixv., 1830. Zooph.

! CidarUe.1 metularia Lame., 181G, An. s. Vert.

PI. P.f. 28, n ; PL P.f. i ; PI. XXXV. f. s.

Abactinal system sparsely covered by minute miliary spines and small
pedicellarise mounted upon brilliant glassy tubercles. A ring of larger
miliaries surmounted by spines surrounds the whole abactinal system. Geni-
tal plates large, trapezoidal in contact ; anal system pentagonal, one row of
large plates on side next madreporic body ; ocular plates triangular. In the
ambulacra the outer rows of secondary tubercles adjoining the poriferous
zone are large, with two inner vertical rows of small miliaries, well defined,
extending along the ambulacra] zone. The median interambulacral space
filled with broad flat miliary tubercles, with indistinct mammary boss, in
striking contrast to the prominent secondary tubercles surrounding the small
scrobicular circle of the primary interambulacral tubercles. The striation of
the spines is fine; the granulation exceedingly coarse, especially in young
specimens; granules distant. The spines are more frequently colored by
transverse bands than either in C. tribuloides or C. Thouarsii. The color of
the secondaries and papillae is light violet, darker at tip, those of the ambula-
cra! region usually darker than the interambulacral secondaries and papillae.
The median interambulacral zone of C. metularia is much narrower than the
corresponding zone of specimens of the same size of C. tribuloides.

Red Sea ; Mauritius ; East India Islands ; Sandwich Islands ; Feejee Islands.

Cidaris Thouarsii

! Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 1846, Ac Df.s. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

PL P.f. i-5"; PL XXXV. f. 2; PL XXXVIII. f. 1,2.

Genital plates elongate, tapering ; genital openings large, only partly
covered by miliaries ; outer edges of plates adjoining anal system bare ;
plates of anal system much smaller than in C. tribuloides, extending towards
the ocular plates, forming a stelliform abactinal system ; the genital plates
completely separated by a large anal plate projecting between them from
the anal system. Ocular plates elongate, smaller than in C. tribuloides.

Ambulacra narrower than in C. tribuloides, with a single irregular vertical
row of small miliaries between the two exterior main rows. The principal
interambulacral tubercles separated by a narrow zone of miliaries of nearly
the same size as the secondaries forming- the large scrobicular circle. The

3S6 CIDARIS THOUARSH.

mammary boss of the primaries is much larger than in C. tribuloides ; the
primary spines arc larger and stouter, in proportion to the size of test, than
in the West India species, the granulation coarser; the secondary spines and
miliary papilUe are dark violet, and narrower than the corresponding spines
of the West India species. The granulation of the spines frequently
appears late; they are then longitudinally striated and pointed.

There are usually hut two iniliaries on the imbricating perforated scales of
the buccal membrane.

In large specimens the median ambulacral zone is filled by six irreer-
ular vertical rows of minute iniliaries. The primary interainhulacral
tubercles of the main vertical row are far apart. The median inter-
amhulacral space is completely Idled by minute iniliaries. increasing in
size towards the primary tubercles, carrying small papilla' arranged in
irregular transverse horizontal rows separated by more or less well-marked
furrows. These large specimens of Thouarsii are mentioned by Dr.
Liitken and by Prof Verrill in his Notes on Radiata as a new species ot
Cidaris from the Gulf of California.

Panama; Gulf of California.

Cidaris tribuloides

' Cidariles tribuloides Lamk., i*lii. An. s. Vert.
! Cidaris tribuloides Blainv., 1880, Zooph.
(See Part II. p. 253.)

PL 1' ; PI. 1 . f. is 22; /'/. //. f. i .;: PL II. f. /.;; PI. VI. f. 21 ; PI
XXVIII. f. .1,4; PI XXXV. f. l ; PL XXXVIII. f. g— .

Florida: Brazil; Cape Palmas.

(CIDARIS.) Dorocidakis.

Orlhocidaris (A. Ag.). 1868, non Cotteau.
Dorocidaris A. AoASS., 1SC9, Bull. M. C. Z., L
(See Part II. p. 2&4.)

Dorocidaris papillata

Cidaris papillata Lf.skk, 1778, Kl. Add.

I Dorocidaris papillata A. A<;ass.. 1860, Bull. M. C. 7... I.
(See Pari II. p. 254.)

PL I. ; PL P. ; PL P.f. ,.< ; S3 : PL IP./, i - 1.3; PI IP./. 1 - 5 ; PI II'. f. /.; - 15 ;

I PL XXIV. f. 1-8.

Norway ; Mediterranean ; Florida.

PHYLLACANTHUS ANNULIFERA. 387

(CIDARIS.) Phyllacanthus.

Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1835, Prod. Dese. An.

Brandt was the first to separate Cidaris into two sections, distinguished,
it is true, by the rather meagre character of straight and flexuous poriferous
zones. Yet the species he mentions as belonging to his two sections corre-
spond so well to the modifications subsequently introduced by Desor, that
we cannot help retaining his subdivision. Desor has separated as Rhabdo-
cidaris (crenulate tubercles, fossil) and Leiocidaris (no crenulation, recent),
the fossil and recent species, — a character which he has not adopted as
of generic value in Cidaris proper ; and there appears to be, at present at
least, no reason for assuming this feature to have any great value.

Test swollen, comparatively thinner, and with a larger number of coro-
nal plates than in Cidaris. Ambulacra almost straight or very slightly
undulating. The poriferous zone is broad, the pores of a pair connected by
a slight horizontal furrow. The primary spines vary greatly in shape, —
cylindrical, triangular, flattened, club-shaped, elongate, fluted; granulation
longitudinal, often forming highly developed lamelloe or simply close longi-
tudinal stria?, or rows of secondary spines. Tubercles perforate, mammary
boss smaller than in Cidaris ; scrobicular circle large, with very prominent
granules ; areola deeply sunken.

Phyllacanthus annulifera

! Cidariles auuulifera Lam., 1816, An. s. V.

! Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Eeh., Pt. I. p. 150.

PI T.f. 21-26*.

Genital plates separated from the large triangular ocular plates by bare
sutures. Genital openings large, near outer edge of plates. Miliaries cov-
ering the abactinal system distant and confined to central part in ocular
plates. Anal plates of nearly uniform size, each plate carrying but two or
three miliaries. Anal plates encroaching between the genital plates. Me-
dian ambulacral space narrow, with two vertical rows of miliaries between
the two external rows of secondary tubercles. Median interambulacral
space narrow, with but few small miliaries in addition to secondaries ; median
sutural line well marked. Scrobicular circle very distinct, formed by a
double row of secondary tubercles.

388 PHYLLACANTHUS BACULOSA.

Secondary spines and papillae elongate, tapering, yellowish, with greenish
longitudinal stripe in middle. Primary spines nearly twice the diameter of
the test, gradually tapering towards extremity, often tinted, cupuliform ;
granulation in irregular longitudinal rows, with scattered larger spines along
body of shaft. Spines greenish, ringed with alternate bands of violet and
yellow. Test thin, somewhat compressed ; the general facies is similar to
Dorocidaris papillata.

Australia ; Philippine Islands.

Phyllacanthus baculosa

! Cidariles baculosa Lam., 181 6, An. s. Vert.

! Phyllaeanthru baculosa A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 150.

PL P.f. 4, r,; PL P.f. S4-S8; PL P.f. U-2va; PL XXIV. f. 9; PL XXXV. f. 4.

In all species of Phyllacanthus the normal number of primary tubercles
is early developed ; this number, rarely exceeding eight in each vertical row,
is already attained in specimens measuring 37mm', and the number is not
greater in specimens of double the size, even in this species, which is the
one of the genus where the primary tubercles are most numerous, being
smaller and more closely packed together than is usually the case in the
other species of the genus.

The median interambulacral space is very broad, scantily covered by
minute miliaries carrying small papillae; so that this median space, even in
specimens covered with all their primary and secondary spines, has a very
denuded appearance. The scrobicular circle is elongate, elliptical, sur-
rounded by secondary tubercles, and less prominent than in species of this
genus, as the horizontal divisions between adjoining circles disappear almost
entirely, owing to the great reduction in the size of the dividing miliaries
and secondaries. The mammary boss of the primary tubercles is small, but
little prominent. The median ambulacral space is broad, with four well-
defined and well-sepai'ated vertical rows of miliaries placed within the two
outer rows of secondary tubercles forming the edge of this region. Two
of the inner rows are placed close to the outer rows of secondaries, the
other two inner rows are placed close together in the middle of the ambu-
lacral region.

The genital plates are nearly of uniform size, the madreporic plate only
slightly largest; genital openings are situated one third the length of plate
from outer edge. Ocular plates very large, trapezoidal ; ocular openings small,

PHYLLACANTHUS DUBIA. 389

whole surface of abactinal system sparsely covered by miliaries. One row
of large plates round the anal system extending between the genital plates
to ocular plates ; interior plates of anal system irregular in shape, few
in number, diminishing gradually in size towards anal opening.

Secondary spines and papillae long. Primary spines extremely variable
in shape, from flattened, spindle-shaped spines with serrated edges, slender at
base and pointed at extremity, to a uniformly tapering cylindrical shaft
with regular longitudinal rows of granulation. The character of the spines
gives such a different appearance to specimens that it is not remarkable
that many species should have been based upon features of such striking
character ; the only figures we possessed, that of Savigny and that of Miche-
lin, of the two extremes, naturally only strengthening the belief in the
validity of the differences noticed. A remarkably fine series of the varia-
tions of this species, due to the changeable nature of the spines, exists in
the Stuttgart Museum ; the only positive character of permanence being the
spotted base of the shaft of the spine below the milled ring, which is of a
light reddish or reddish-yellow ground-color, with deep violet spots marked
extremely distinctly upon the fine longitudinal striation. No matter what
might be the structure of the spine, the groundwork of granulation remained
the same, and could be distinctly traced either when the primary spines were
ornamented by thick lamellae running longitudinally, or were irregularly
covered by short spines, or were spindle-shaped with serrated edges, or
simply cylindrical shafts, slightly fluted.

Red Sea; Mauritius; Zanzibar.

Phyllacanthus dubia

FhyUacanthus dubia Br. 1835, Prod. Des. An.

PI. P.f. 39; PL I'.f. 7-10; PI F.f. 1, 2.

This species is extremely closely allied to P. imperialis, but better series
of specimens than those thus far collected may yet show the identity of this
species with P. imperialis. The geographical range of the two species is
nearly identical; the characters enumerated below have, ho\vTever, been
found to be permanent.

Genital openings large, on the very outer edge of the genital plate, placed
in a well-marked groove ; granulation of abactinal system coarse ; ocular
plates smaller, and plates of anal system larger and less numerous than in
P. imperialis.

390 PHYLLACANTHUS GIGANTEA.

Median ambulacra! zone narrow, with two exterior rows of coarse tubercles
and two median irregular rows of smaller alternating tubercles. The nar-
rowness of the median ambulacral field distinguishes this species from P.
imperialis, as well as the coarser character of the miliaries filling the median
interambulacral space. In the smallest specimens examined of P. imperialis,
the greater width of the median ambulacral zone, the number of vertical
rows of miliary tubercles in the median interambulacral space, and the nature
of the granulation were already well marked, as differing from P. dubia; so
that, in consequence of the coarser granulation of the secondary and miliary
tubercles, the ambulacral and interambulacral papillae which they carry are
broader, as well as those surrounding the hase of the primary spines.

This species, when not denuded, can apparently he readily distinguished
from its allied congener even when covered with its spines. The primary
spines are nearly cylindrical, sometimes slightly swelling near hase, or gently
tapering towards the extremity ; they are deeply grooved for their whole
length. The granulation forming the lamellae is extremely compact, the
whole interlamellular space is extremely porous ; while in P. imperialis the
granulation is most distinct, and the texture of the cylindrical or bat-shaped
spine homogeneous and solid.

The color of the secondary spines and papillae is violet ; the porous part of
shaft of spine is grayish, with darker-colored longitudinal lamellae of violet
or bluish tinge. The base of spine is reddish-brown, the milled ring promi-
nent; the spine tapers from the milled ring to the commencement of the
fluting, the line of demarcation between the shaft of the spine and annular
ring at hase of spine, above nulled ring, heing very marked.

Zanzibar; Bunin Islands ; Australia.

Phyllacanthus gigantea

! Chondrocidaris gigantea A. Ac, 180.3, Bull. M. ('. Z.

\ Phyllacanthus gigantea A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ecli., l't. I. p. 150.

PI. I'; PI. P. f. 27-.;i.

Only three large specimens of this species have been accessible to me.
The primary interambulacral tubercles are ten in number, the greatest num-
ber thus far noticed in any species of Phyllacanthus and Cidaris proper.
The scrobicular circle is elongated, the median interambulacral space covered
by miliaries is more than half the total breadth of the interambulacral zones.
The miliaries are densely packed, of uniform size, and carrying very short

PHYLLACANTHUS IMPERIALIST 391

papillae ; hence the bare appearance of this region even when the test is not
denuded. The secondaries forming the scrobicular circle are not large, and
at the horizontal junction of two scrobicular circles become much smaller,
and the scrobicular circle more or less indistinct.

The median ambulacra! zone is crowded with miliaries similar to those
of the interambulacral zone, forming from eight to ten irregular vertical
rows ; the outer rows adjoining the poriferous zones consist of small secondary
tubercles, carrying extremely elongate secondary spines of a grayish-green
color, slightly darker at top of spine. The poriferous zone itself is pro-
portionally narrower than in other species of the genus, compared to the
great width of the ambulacral system.

Genital plates in contact laterally, of nearly uniform size ; genital openings
near centre of plates. Anal system small, covered by close granulation,
formed of miliaries like those of the median ambulacral and interambulacral
zones, and carrying similar papilla?. Ocular plates cordiform, separated from
the genital plates by well-marked sutures between adjoining plates. The
primary spines are more or less cylindrical, slightly tapering, with large
spines along the whole length of the shaft, arranged in from six to eight
irregular longitudinal rows, or with lamella? forming ridges at the extremity
of the spines, and extending towards base of spine, or with the shafts of
the spines ornamented by irregular longitudinal rows of from six to eight
small disconnected lamella? ; the color in alcohol is greenish, with dark
olive-colored spines.

Sandwich Islands.
FhyUacanthus imperialis

! Ciduriles imperialis Lam., 1816, An. s. Vert.
Phyllacanthus imperialis Br., 1835, Prod. Des. An.

PI P. f. l-e; PlP.f.e.

The primary spines of this species have a general resemblance to those of
Heterocentrotus mammillatus. Though apparently smooth, they are covered
by a uniformly packed close granulation, arranged in more or less close irregu-
lar longitudinal lines. Extremity of spines fluted ; bare base of spine above
milled ring not rigidly defined, striation of base passing gradually into
granulation of the shaft. The spines are frequently ringed with two or
three broad bands of yellow upon the dark violet ground of the shaft of the
spine, which fades towards the base of the spines. In young specimens

392 PHYLLACANTHUS VERTICILLATA.

these rings are narrow, close together, towards the extremity of the spine at
the base of the fluting. The general color of the papillae and secondary
spines is dark violet.

Both in P. dubia and in P. imperialis there are but six large primary
tubercles in the largest specimens I have had occasion to examine (test
measuring 75"™ in diameter). The scrobicular circle of P. imperialis is well
defined, circular, limited by one row of rather prominent secondaries. The
mammary boss of primaries is prominent.

In the abactinal system the madreporic genital plate is considerably larger
than the others ; genital openings small, removed from outer edge of genital
plates ; granulation of abactinal system close; ocular plates crescent-shaped,
with deep ocular pit equal in length to the width of the genital plates.
Plates of anal system are small, with the exception of a row of large exterior
ones opposite the madreporic genital plate, and gradually diminish towards
the madreporic plate.

Median interambulacral space broad, covered by numerous irregular mili-
aries ; the median ambulacra! zone only slightly broader than the poriferous
zone, with four to five irregular vertical rows of miliaries closely crowded
together between the exterior rows.

Rod Sea; East India Islands; Australia.

Fhyllacanthus verticillata

! Cidarite* verticillata Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert.

'Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I.

PL P. f. 40-42"; Pl.P.f.7.
This species, which is so well known from its peculiar spines, swollen at
intervals along the shaft, has a test equally characteristic. The median
interambulacral space is smooth, totally bare ; the secondary tubercles are
limited, in each coronal plate, to the single row forming the scrobicular
circle, with but few irregularly scattered tubercles on each side of it,
towards the outer edge of the plate. The primary tubercles are small, not
prominent. The median ambulacral space, which is much broader than
the poriferous zone, is also nearly smooth, with the exception of an extremely
irresrular vertical row of miliaries flanking the two vertical rows of miliaries,
adjoining the outer secondary rows. This median space is slightly sunken,
the outer rows of secondaries adjoining the poriferous zone becoming thus
exceedingly prominent. The color of the secondary spines and papilla? is

STEPHANOCIDARIS. 393

greenish, tipped with a darker shade of the same color. The primary spines
are of brownish tinge, with three to four greenish or yellowish-green rings ;
the granulation is coarse, arranged in longitudinal rows, frequently forming
lamellae at the base of the swellings along the shaft of the spines.

The abactinal system is but sparingly covered by papilla? ; the genital
openings are small ; the ocular plates triangular ; the anal system pentagonal ;
the genital plates, with one exception, where they are separated by ocular
anal plates, are connected laterally.

Society Islands ; Australia ; East India Islands.

STEPHANOCIDARIS.

Stephanocidaris A. Ac, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., I.

The peculiar structure of the abactinal system in this genus is thus far
the only exception to the remarkable uniformity of structure of the solid
abactinal system of all Cidaridae, in which the abactinal plates are generally
solid, stout, immovable, and more or less covered with granules ; in Gonio-
cidaris we find in one of the species the outer edge of these plates free from
tubercles, smooth. In this genus the whole abactinal system is thin, mov-
able, resembling, in fact, far more the flexible anal system of Echinidae
proper than the massive abactinal system of Cidaridae. The test is also
exceedingly thin, but the remaining structural features of the test, spines,
and buccal membrane do not differ essentially from those of the other
Cidaridae. The number of primary tubercles is large ; the poriferous zone
as in Phyllacanthus.

Stephanocidaris bispinosa

! Cidarhes bispinosa Lam., 1816, An. s. Vert.

! Stephanocidaris bispinosa Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I.

Pl.r.f.43; PLF.f.s.

Test thin, and further distinguished from all other Cidaridae by the struc-
ture of the abactinal system, made up of thin flexible plates. Abactinal
system much larger than the actinal. Genital plates pentagonal, elongate ;
genital openings small, sometimes two for each plate. Ocular plates
large, trapezoidal, completely separating the genital plates. Whole abac-
tinal system moderately closely packed with miliaries.

Median ambulacral space broad, with five irregular vertical rows of mili-

394 POROCIDARIS.

aries between the outer rows of secondaries. Scrobicular circles ill defined,
running into one another along the middle of the horizontal lines of contact.
Broad median interambulacral zone. Secondary tubercles gradually diminish-
ing in size towards centre of median space, tilling edge of coronal plates
between scrobicular circles and the poriferous zone. Secondary spines elon-
gate, yellowish, with green stripe along the middle, tipped with pink. Ambu-
lacra] secondaries dark green. Primary spines flattened, tapering, with very
marked serrated edges, and smaller spines along median line of shaft of
spine; this is irregularly banded and spotted with violet, upon a greenish-
yellow background. Color of collar of spine violet-brown, with white spots.
Granulation of spines irregular, with longitudinal lines of larger granules,
alternating or mixing in witli smaller granulations. Plates of buccal mem-
brane small, closely packed together. Primary tubercles small; mammary
boss little prominent; auricles very high and thin.

Australia; East [ndia [glands.

POROCIDARIS.

Porocidaris Ues , 1851. Syn. Ecli. fuss., p. 46.

Among the most interesting genera collected by the Porcupine Expedition
is ;i recent representative of tins genus, hitherto only known from isolated
coronal plates, and from spines fully bearing out the characters and pecu-
liarities upon which tliis genus bad been established. The coronal plates are
pierced round the scrobicular circles by pores situated in shallow furrows
radiating round the scrobicular circle ; associated with these isolated fossil
plates, we find peculiar spines, remarkable for their flattened form, longitudi-
nally plicated, with strongly serrated edges. Milled ring prominent ; collar
distinct. In the recent specimens these flattened serrated spines were
found to occur round the actinostome. The primary spines of the test
above the actinostome are long, swollen at the base, tapering, and re-
markable for the immense development of the collar, which extends fre-
quently half the length of the shaft of the spine. Other spines are more
cylindrical, all are finely granular, presenting a tolerably smooth Burface.
The collar is of a beautiful brilliant purple, according to Professor Thomson;
and from this he has named the species mentioned below.

POROCIDARIS PURPURATA. 395

Porocidaris purpurata

! Porocidaris purpurata Thoms., 1869, Prel. Rept. Porcup. Exp.

PI. I'.f. 37-41; PI XXIV. f. 11.

Other peculiarities, such as the structure of the genital openings, will be
shortly described by him in his final Report on the Echinoderms of the
Cruise of the Porcupine, and I merely allude to this interesting species, of
which the Museum owes him a specimen, to make this Revision as complete
as possible, and leave for an Appendix a recapitulation of his description.

Rockall.

GONIOCIDARIS.

Goniocidaris Des., 1846, Agass., C. R.

The test is frequently higher than broad ; the coronal plates more nu-
merous than in the other genera of Cidaridae. Tubercles perforate, with
a smooth base. The ambulacra are narrower than in any other genus of the
family ; the poriferous zone is almost as broad as the median ambulacral re-
gion. The median ambulacral and interambulacral areas are bare ; the su-
tures of the plates sunken, and forming, along the vertical sutures near the
median line, and along the horizontal sutures, deep zigzag impressions, culmi-
nating in a pit at the angle of two plates. In each of these pits, both in
the ambulacral and interambulacral zones, are situated large spherical pedi-
cellarias with a short stem, a single one frequently filling the whole pit in
the interambulacral zone ; they are not so abundant in the ambulacral zone.
The spines are cylindrical, the surface covered with thorny spines, pointing
irregularly outwards ; flaring, and frequently cupped at the extremity.

Goniocidaris canaliculata

! Temnocidaris canaliculata A. Ac, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z.
! Goniocidaris canaliculata A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I.

PI. I'.f. 6-8 ; PI Is. f. 2; PI XXIV. f. 10.

Abactinal system with slight cuts at angles of coronal plates ; narrow fur-
row extending the whole length of the median ambulacral and interambula-
cral zones, following the sutures of the plates. Poriferous zone narrow, pores
adjoining ; ridge separating pairs of pores prominent. Scrobicular circle
well marked, elliptical, surrounded by a prominent row of secondary tubercles,
and near the median furrow by a second concentric row of smaller tubercles.
Mammary boss small and distinct. Poriferous zone not equal in breadth to the

396 GONIOCIDARIS GERANIOIDES.

median ambulacra! space. Besides an outer row of comparatively large
secondary ambulacral tubercles, there are two irregular vertical rows on each
side of the median furrow, with a few miliaries scattered irregularly between
the secondary tubercles towards the poriferous zone.

Genital plates in contact, irregularly pentagonal ; ocular plates lozenge-
shaped ; ocular pores near centre of plates; genital openings near edge.
There are but lew miliaries in the centre of each plate of the abactinal
system. The primary spines are comparatively slender, short, slightly taper-
ing, somewhat swelling at base, with indistinct fluting formed by lamellar
granulation. Ambulacral papillae somewhat rounded, longer and more slen-
der than the scrobicular papillae, which are considerably flatter. Covered
with its spines and papillae, this small species resembles strikingly in outward
appearance Dorocidaris papillata, with shorter spines. The color of test and
spines, to judge from drawings made by Captain Couthouy, at Orange Harbor,
Falkland Islands, is of a brilliant orange reminding us of the coloration of
Dorocidaris papillata (C. affinis of Philippi) from the Mediterranean.

Patagonia ; Natal.

Goniocidaris geranioides

! Cidarites geranioides Lahk., 1816, An. s. Vert.

! Goniocidaris geranioides A.GAS8., 1846, A.GA88. Cat. Rais.

PL P.f. 15 -17 ; PL P.f. .1,4; PL XXIV. f. 12, is; PI XXXV. f. .7.

Abactinal system uniformly covered by closely packed miliaries; sutures
of the plates of abactinal system well defined. Ocular plates large, triangu-
lar; genital plates of uniform size, adjacent sides in contact ; genital openings
large, placed near edge of plates. Anal system small, pentagonal, covered
by a moderate number of plates. Test high, thick ; as many as ten primary
tubercles. Scrobicular circle small, circular, well defined by a, close row of
secondary tubercles. Horizontal sutures of coronal plates left hare, bevelled
towards the median interamhulacral region ; the angle of the plates terminat-
ing in a deep pit, the rest of the plate covered by closely packed secondary tu-
bercles, diminishing gradually in size towards the median line. A narrow band
of similar tubercles extends between the primary tubercles and the poriferous
zone. The vertical line of median sutures is vaguely defined, left bare, but
not deeply sunken. In young specimens the vertical lines of sutures alone
are left bare, and the pits at angles of plates scarcely sunken. Mammary
boss small, but projecting. Secondary spines rather short, of a brownish-red

GONIOCIDAKIS TUBARIA. 397

color ; papillae quite short. Primary spines fluted, swelling near base, cupuli-
form at tip ; near upper part of spine fluting often broken up into discon-
nected lamellae, or forming rugose projections, apparently irregularly scat-
tered.

Median ambulacral space broad, sloping towards median line ; each plate
covered in central part with closely packed miliaries, forming five to six
irregular vertical rows of horizontal and vertical sutures, deeply furrowed,
ridges thus formed meeting almost on the median line. Poriferous zones
narrow, with high ridge separating the pairs of pores.

East India ; Australia.

Goniocidaris tubaria

! Cidarites tubaria Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert.

! Goniocidaris tubaria A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 131.

PI. I'.f. 32 -36; PL P.f. 9-14.

Test somewhat flattened, eight primary tubercles ; vertical and horizontal
furrows of median line of coronal plates forming a continuous groove from
abactinal system to buccal membrane. Scrobicular circle elliptical ; mam-
mary boss small, not prominent. Three to four rows of small miliaries,
concentric with the row of secondary scrobicular tubercles, upon each inter-
ambulacral plate, with a narrow band of similar miliaries separating primary
tubercles from the poriferous zone.

Primary spines somewhat swelling at base, tapering, cupuliform ; shaft of
spines ornamented by irregular longitudinal rows of small, flattened, discon-
nected, pointed lamella?, forming diminutive spines. Color of spines is green-
ish-yellow, with numerous pink patches of color scattered irregularly over
the shaft of the spine. Spines frequently smooth, regularly striated longitudi-
nally, by extremely fine granulation, with irregular spots of dark violet
scattered upon a pinkish-yellow ground-color. Secondary spines and papillae
yellowish at base, tipped with brown. Plates forming abactinal system
covered with miliaries near centre only, leaving broad bare sutures between
all the plates. Genital openings small, placed near centre of the genital
plates, in very centre of main patch of miliaries covering it.

This species differs strikingly from G. geranioides in the structure of the
primary spines ; the differences in the size of the genital plates and abactinal
system giving excellent characters by which these two species are easily
distinguished.

398 SALEN1DAE.

The resemblance of the primary spines and of the abactinal system of this
species to Stephanocidaris bispinosa is quite striking, and unless the speci-
mens are denuded it is easy to mistake the two species when covered with
spines and papillae ; hence the confusion which has existed regarding Cidari-
tes bispinosa, tubaria, and Goniocidaris Quoyi, owing to the general outward
resemblance of the primary spines of Goniocidaris and of Stephanocidaris.

The median ambulacra] zone is bare; the whole median ambulacra] space
is sunken, and lined on both sides with irregular niiliaries, adjoining the two
principal rows of secondaries next to the poriferous zone. The poriferous
zone is broader in proportion than that of G. geranioides.

Australia; Tasmania.

SALENIDAE.

Subfamily Salenidae Acass., 1838, Mon. Ech. Sale'nies. (emend.)

Small Echini with narrow ambulacra! zones. Interambulacral tubercles
forming ten primary vertical rows. Abactinal system remarkable for the
soldering together of the anal and genital plates, the deep sutural cuts and
pits formed upon tin' plates of the abactinal system; structure of the spines
similar to that of Cidaridae.

For further details see p. 258 of Part II., the description of the only living
Salenia thus far found.

SALENIA.

Salenia Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil.
(See Part II. p. 208.)

Salenia varispina

! Salenocidaris varispina A. Ac, 1869. Bull. M. C. Z., I.
I Salenia varispina A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 155.
(See Part II. p. 261.)

PL Ill.f. 8-U; PL XXXV. f. 16.

Straits of Florida.

ARBACIADAE. 399

ARBACIADAE.

Family Arbaciadae Gray, 1855, Proc. Zool. Soe. London.

The Echini composing this family are few in number ; but the characteristic
features are so striking, as intermediate between the Goniocidaridae and the
Diadematidae and Echinidae proper, that it was impossible to include them
in either of the above families. The absence of the characteristic secondary,
miliary, and granular tubercles of the Echinidae, the limitation to the num-
ber of vertical rows of primary tubercles, much as in Diadematidae ; the
peculiar structure of the actinostome, — are features which separate this small
group from either of the families mentioned. The structure of the jaws is
peculiar : they are elongate, as in Cidaris, with a small foramen ; the arch of
upper extremity of jaw is open, as in Cidaridae and Diadematidae. The teeth
are shaped as in the Diadematidae and Echinidae proper. The auricles are
disconnected. The poriferous zone is simple ; pores not arranged in hori-
zontal rows, somewhat as in Goniocidaridae. The abactinal system is, in all
genera thus far found to belong to this family, peculiarly ornamented. The
anal system consists of only four large triangular plates. The structure of
the spines is intermediate between that of the Goniocidaridae and Echinidae.
The centre of the spine, as well as the exterior, is made up of small lime-
stone cells, as in Cidaris, closely packed, irregularly arranged, with the excep-
tion of a ring at some distance from centre, made up of large, open limestone
cells, as in Echinidae. The outer sheath of the spines of the Arbaciadae is
limited to the extremity of the spines, forming a sort of cap. This has
been well described by Desmoulins.

ARBACIA.

Arbacia Gray, 1835, Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
(See Part II. p. 263.)

Arbacia Dufresnii

! Echinus Dufresnii Br.., 1825, Diet. Se. Nat. O.

! Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 1835, Proc. Zobl. Soc. London.

The dry denuded tests of this species, frequently occurring in collections,
are at once distinguished from any other species of the genus by the brilliant
green bare band in median interambulacral space, extending nearly to the
ambitus. This bare band is flanked by only one row of large primary
tubercles, distant, occurring frequently only on every other coronal plate ;
the intermediate tubercles being small, only two ; the inner row composed

400 ARBACIA DUFRESXII.

of small tubercles. These vertical primary interambulacral rows are placed
close to the poriferous zone ; the space between the primary tubercles is
completely filled by miliaries, carrying very minute pedicellarise. The granu-
lation of the hare median hand is line. The lines of growth of the edge of the
plates are well marked, forming colored zigzag lines, parallel to the median
interambulacral sutures. Immediately above the ambitus, and over the whole
actinal surface of the test, the primary tubercles of the interambulacral spaces
are closely packed, arranged in three vertical rows on each side of the median
line, forming at same time diagonal rows parallel to the sutures of the plates
of the interambulacral system. The tubercles arc largest near ambitus, di-
minishing gradually in size towards the actinostome. The median ambulacral
space has hut two irregular vertical rows of small tuhercles of uniform size, in-
creasing suddenly in size at ambitus, and diminishing towards the actinostome.
The lips of the actinal cuts are scarcely marked ; coronal plates narrow and
numerous; actinostome proportionally small; abactinal system large, resem-
bling in general arrangemeni that of A. punctulata ; the genital plates are

more rectangular, covered by a closer granulation ; the ocular plates ex-
cluded from the anal system, large heart-shaped, extending to limit of the

genital plates ; genital openings large, close to apex of genital plates : gran-
ulation of ocular plates forming indistinct radiating lines from ocular opening.
The ten huccal plates of actinal membrane large ; otherwise no specific
features in the structure of the huccal membrane. The spines are com-
paratively long, and correspond closely to the general appearance of the
spines of A. punctulata. In alcohol they are dull violet in color.

There has always been considerable doubi of the localities of this species.
The originals of Blainville were supposed to come from the Banks of New-
foundland ; it has heen mentioned as coming from the Sandwich Islands, and
the West Coast of Africa was also supposed to he its true locality. Dr. Cun-
ningham has collected quite a number of specimens, now deposited in the
British Museum, in the Straits of Magellan: there are also specimens from
Chili in the Ecole des Mines. So that, whatever may he the ultimate range
of this species, it is, like the other species of the genus, essentially American.

Philippi has described this species from Chili, under the name of E.
Schythei.

No. Interamb.
Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Diameter
Abact. Sysl

Diameter
Anal Svst.

Diameter

Actinal Svst.

17.

40.

23.

11.5

6.

21.

15.

35.2

18.

9.8

5.1

is.

11.

21.4

10.2

12.

'atasonia : Chili.

ARBACIA NIGRA. 401

Arbacia nigra

Echinus niger (Molin.), 1782, Chili.

! Arbacia nigra Gray, 1835, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London.

PL I", f. 6,7.

Abactinal system remarkable for the great size of the anal system, sur-
rounded by small, triangular genital plates, three of which are separated by
the ocular plates, reaching to the anal system. The genital plate carrying
madreporic body is much larger than the others, though with younger speci-
mens this difference in size is not so marked ;. genital openings large ; ocular
plates small, often mere knobs in older specimens; granulation of abactinal
system forming radiating lines over the anal and the genital plates. Inter-
ambulacral coronal plates much higher nearer abactinal system than towards
ambitus. Above ambitus coronal plates carry one large tubercle, close to
the poriferous zone, from which extends a horizontal row, parallel with the
suture of plates of as many as four smaller tubercles, diminishing, according
to their position, towards the median line, placed near the lower part of the
plate. The upper part of the plate is filled with secondary tubercles of
nearly uniform size, irregularly arranged, the whole space between them
filled by miliaries carrying pedicellariaa. The secondary tubercles are fre-
quently united, leaving the interambulacral median space above ambitus more
or less bare, covered simply by granulation of miliaries. The narrow coronal
plates from ambitus to actinostome carry one row of large primary tubercles
of uniform size, closely packed together, forming diagonal transverse rows,
and, in connection with the horizontal rows of the upper part of test, more
or less apparent vertical rows. The horizontal rows of the primary tubercles
of the actinal part of test are separated by miliaries. There are two well-
defined vertical rows of primary tubercles, of nearly uniform size, in the
median ambulacral space, surrounded by a ring of miliaries. Tbese are
flanked by a broad poriferous zone, the pores being crowded laterally at an
early age (35mm, diam.), so that, in large specimens, the pores appear ar-
ranged in an irregular, zigzag manner. Owing to this lateral crowding of
the pores, the poriferous zone is extremely petaloid round the actinostome,
the interambulacral space being reduced to a very narrow point between
the prolongation of the prominent lip of the actinal cuts.

Test regularly arched ; outline more or less circular ; the test frequently
more or less gibbous, especially near ambitus in the interambulacral zone. The
spines of the upper part of test, in median interambulacral space, are quite

402 ARBACIA PUNCTULATA.

short, flanked externally by a line of longer spines next to poriferous zone.
Immediately round ambitus the spines are longer; the general coloring of
spines and test is dark violet. Dried tests are usually light violet or brownish-
yellow, with purple patches in median interambulacral space. This sea-
urchin appears to be the most common species of the western coast of South
America, As I have shown in A. punctulata, it is not natural to separate A.
nigra and A. pustulosa from the other species of the genus, on account of
the greater number of the primary tubercles; the only other difference in
A. nigra which would be considered generic — the position of the ocular
plates — isnotalone sufficient to withdraw it from the present association.

No. Interainb.

Corun r

H< Ight.

Diameter.

Diami'tiT
A,bact. Syst.

Diameter

Anal Syst

Diameter

Actinal Syst

Length of

Bpj ■■

20.

39.3

75.

13.

8.

29.

18.

2G.8

68.2

12.9

7.8

29.

18.

33.4

62.4

12.5

7.6

29.

17.

2G.

50.

12.6

7.

24.8

[17. diff, apn.]

16.

29.

49.1

10.

5.8

24.

[23. diff. spa.]

15.

21.5

43.2

9.

5.1

20.

11.

15.2

35.8

7.8

4.

17.

12.

12.

25.

13.

agonia ;

Peru.

Arbacia punctulata

! Echinus punctulatus Lam.. 1816, An. s. Vert.
! Arbacia punctulata Gbat, 1885, Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
(See Part II. p. JC3.)

PI. II f. 4; PI. V.f. l-is; PI- VI- f. .*.■; PI. XXVI. f. 3-7; PI XXXV.

f.s; PI. XXXVIII. f. 10.

Long Island Sound ; West Florida.

Arbacia pustulosa

I ' 'it/arts pustulosa Lf.ske, i 7 7S, Klein, Add.

! Arbacia j> ustidosa Gray, 1885, Proc. Zool. Soc. London.

PI. P. f. 5; PI. IP. f. 15-33; PL V. f. 19-21 ; PI. XXVIII. f. 0; PI.

[xxxviii f. ur:

This species is remarkable for the narrow ring of genital plates forming
the abactinal system; the elongate anal system; the narrow coronal plates,
completely crowded by closely packed tubercles, arranged parallel to the su-
tures, of uniform size, with as many as seven to eight tubercles in each hori-
zontal row on the sides of the median line. There is no tendency in the tuber-
cles to a vertical arrangement in older specimens, they simply form irregular
vertical lines ; while in younger specimens the vertical arrangement is mod-
erately apparent, The spines are more slender and shorter than in A. punc-
tulata. The actinostome is also proportionally larger than in the American

ARBACIA SPATULIGERA. 403

species. The original specimens of Lamarck, though slightly worn, are iden-
tical with the Brazilian variety of A. pustulosa, which I formerly attempted
to distinguish from A. aequituberculata, the common Mediterranean species.
Specimens of this species are said by Desmoulins to have been introduced in
La Rochelle on the bottom of vessels ; they are most similar to the Liberian
specimens, the spines of which are frequently tipped with yellow.

No. In tern nib.
Coron. Plates.

No. Prim.
Interainb. V

Tub.
. Rows.

Diam Abact.
System.

Diam. Act.
System.

Diameter.

Height.

Length of
SpiQes.

20.

12.

12.

28.

57.

32.

2G.

18.

11.

10.5

26.5

52.4

22.5

17.

10.

10.

23.2

47.

22.

22.

17.

8.

7.4

17.

33.

15.

13.

7.

G.

12.8

22.9

9.9

Mediterranean ; Liberia ; Brazil.

Arbacia spatuligera

\ Echinus spatuliger Val., 184G, Voyage Venus.

\ Arbacia spatuligera A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ecb., Ft. I. p. 93. \Pl XXX Y.f. 7.

This species is intermediate between A. nigra and A. pustulosa. It has,
like A. pustulosa, narrow interambulacral coronal plates, and but one hori-
zontal row of primary tubercles on each plate ; the rest of plate is covered by
uniform miliaries, except a small part of the younger plates near the abac-
tinal system, which is left bare, as in A. stellata, A. punctulata, but, of course,
much smaller; it has, like A. nigra, the primary tubercles placed near the
lower suture of the coronal plates. The genital plates are not of equal
size ; they diminish rapidly in size as they are placed nearer or farther
from the madreporic body. The ocular plates are in contact with the anal
system, but the genital ring is not as narrow as in either its nearest allied
species, resembling more the genital system of A. punctulata : in younger
specimens frequently only one ocular plate reaches the anal system, opposite
the genital plate carrying madreporic body, the other gradually approaching
it, with increasing size.

There is a marked difference in the size of the primary tubercles above
and below the ambitus. The tubercles of the actinal part of the test are
largest near the ambitus, decreasing rapidly in size towards the abactinal pole,
and slowly towards the actmostome, forming on the actinal part of the test as
many as eight to ten irregular vertical rows, decreasing in number towards
the abactinal pole, leaving the small, bare, abactinal median part of the
interambulacral space flanked by three to four vertical rows of small primary
tubercles, with a larger vertical row adjoining the poriferous zone. On the

404 ARBACIA STELLATA.

actinal part of the test there are four diagonal rows of nearly uniform-sized
tubercles. The ambulacral and interambulacral tubercles are of nearly the
same size on that part of the test, but the former decrease rapidly in size
above the ambitus, corresponding fully to the decrease of tbe primary inter-
ambulacral tubercles. The actinal cuts are broad, deeply cut, with prominent

lips.

Tbe abactinal part of tbe poriferous zone above the ambitus is very broad,
although the pores are not crowded laterally as in A. nigra. The nature of
the spines is very variable in this genus, and the spathiform character of the

spines of the lower surface was only found to exist to an unusual extent
above the ambitus in the original specimens of Valenciennes. The actino-
stome is comparatively small, as in A. nigra. The auricles of the specimens
examined are barely connected.

Dried specimens are light brown, with reddish tinge below, of a dark
ground-color of same shade in median interambulacral zone above ambitus.

Test with a rounded outline uniformly arched, but less pentagonal than
A. pustulosa, though not often conical as in A. punctulata, and less depressed
than A. stellata.

No. "f Corona]
Interamb. Plates.

Diameter.

Illicit.

Abaetlnal

System.

Annl
System.

Artill.il

Sj -f i in .

19.

67.

58.

34.9

13.

7.

30.

28.8

17.

54.

25.

11.

G.8

25.

Chili; Prill.

Arbacia stellata

I Echinus strllntu* (Blainv.), 1825, Dirt. Sc. Nat O.
! Arbacia stellata Gray, 1835. Tin,, /.mil. Soc. London.

The facies of this species recalls strongly Arbacia punctulata, to which it is
extremely closely allied ; the proportion of the spines to the test, their mode
of distribution, and the general structure of tin- abactinal system, is nearly the
same. It differs from it in the greater breadth of the ambulacral zone, due to
the greater width of the poriferous zone; the ambulacral zone rising above
the level of test, giving to the outline a more or less pentagonal aspect. The
height of the coronal plates is greater, the size of the primary tubercles
larger; and in specimens thus far collected the bare median interambulacral
space remains quite marked, but not as distinctly prominent as in A. Du-
fresnii, the primary vertical rows of tubercles not extending much above the
ambitus. At the ambitus the ambulacral and interambulacral tubercles are
nearly of the same size. The part of tbe plate occupied by the miliary granu-

PODOCIDARIS. 405

lation surrounding the primary spines is limited much as in A. Dufresnii, and
in spite of the striking differences thus far noticed in these two species, it
may be that A. stellata and A. Dufresnii may turn out one species. From in-
ability to decide, for want of material, which of these two species of Arbacia
Blainville intended to denote by this name of stellata, as it is eminently
applicable to both, the young specimens of this species were described by
myself, and afterwards by Dr. Liitken, under a new name. . An examination
of the originals leaves no doubt as to which cf the two species Blainville
intended to apply the name.

The large, prominent abactinal system, with its pointed genital plates,
projects into the bare median interambulacral spaces ; a marked star-shaped
pattern is seen from above, owing to the peculiar pattern of coloration of
the genital plates of the median sutural interambulacral line. Actinal cuts
extremely shallow ; lips of cuts long, but not marked.

The prominence of the interambulacral sutural lines of 3"oung specimens
is quite marked. The genital plates on the edge surrounding the anal system
are covered by miliaries, differing in this respect strikingly from all speci-
mens of A. Dufresnii, in which the ornamentation of the genital and
anal plates is totally different ; the median abactinal part of the bare inter-
ambulacral space is often somewhat depressed. The color of the test of dried
specimens is grayish, with a purple tinge, or frequently light pink, with
angular markings along the median interambulacral line, on the lower part
of the coronal plates, extending from the apical system to the ambitus.
Alive the color is dark violet, with a somewhat lighter background to the
bare median interambulacral space.

No. Coronal
Interamb. Plates.

Height.

Diameter.

Anal
System.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Length of
Spine.

16.

25.4

49.

G.

14.

22.

39.

13.

19.8

42.1

6.1

13.2

20.5

11.

13.

25.

4.

7.5

15.

10.

11.

18.

3.

6.

11.3

17.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

PODOCIDARIS.

Podocidaris A. Ag., 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 269.)

Podocidaris sculpta

! Podocidaris sculpta A. Ag., 1869, Bull. M, C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 269.)

PI IV. f. 8-16.
Straits of Florida.

406 COELOPLEURUS.

COELOPLEURUS.

Coelopleurus Ag ass., 1840, Cat. Ectyp.
(Sec Pari II. p. 207.)

Coelopleurus floridanus

! Coelopleurus sp. A. Ac, 1871, Hull. M. C. '/.., II.
! Coelopleurus floridanus A. At;., l s 7 •_>. Rev. Ech., l't. I. p. 102.
(See Part II. p. ->G7.)

Pl.ir.f. 14-15.

Straits of Florida.

Coelopleurus Maillardi

! Keraiaphorus Maillardi Mica. 1862, Mull, Bourbon Ann. A.
! < •oeloptt urus Maillardi A. Ac, 1871, bull. M. C. Z. II. p. 150.

Test somewhat compressed. Ambulacral zones broad, covered with two
principal vertical rows of tubercles, becoming larger towards ambitus; on the
actinal side of test, of uniform size with the interambularral primary tu-
bercles; the tubercles of both zones remarkably uniform in size. Median
ambulacra! zone above ambitus carrying few secondary tubercles, forming an
irregular vertical median row ; the median line of ambulacral space is
pitted with sutural impressions between the actinostome and ambitus. There
are but two principal vertical rows of primary interambulacral tubercles,
extending only a short distance above ambitus; the abactinal part of the
median interambulacral space is covered by miliaries of uniform size, ar-
ranged in ridges, running in S-shaped curves from the base of one plate to
the angle of the opposite plate, across the bare part of the zone. This bare
part is further circumscribed by a broad band of secondary tubercles and
larger miliaries, extending on each side of the interambulacral zone, next to
the poriferous zone, between it and the principal vertical rows of tubercles,
from the abactinal system to the actinal surface. Poriferous zone is narrow;
pores, arranged in vertical tires of three round base of primary tubercles, do
not become petaloid round actinostome. Primary tubercles neither perforate
nor crenulate; no well-defined scrobicular circle. Actinostome of moderate
size, with slight cuts, the narrow, sharp lips of cuts well defined. Abactinal
system has a nearly circular anal system, surrounded by a row of large mil-
iaries on the edge of the genital plates, which arc of uniform size with geni-
tal openings situated in centre of plate ; madreporic genital slightly largest.
Ocular plates broadly triangular ; ornamentation of abactiual plates formed

DIADEMATIDAE. 407

by radiating ridges, round outer edge of genital plates and inner point
of ocular plates; in the only specimen existing, brought up on a fishing-
line from a depth of 200 metres, the anal plates as well as the buccal mem-
brane were wanting. The spines of the primary tubercles are immense,
totally unlike the spines of any other Echini, three times as long as diameter
of test; they are curved, triangular at base, with one rounded side, tapering
very gradually ; the milled ring is oblique; articulating boss smaller than
shaft of spine ; they are pinkish at base ; body of shaft greenish, with purple
bands. The spines surrounding actinostome are short, straight, flattened,
only banded on one side, resembling spines of Arbacia. The miliary spines
are narrow, cylindrical, longitudinally striated by minute serrations, usually
of a brilliant purple ; jaws resembling those of Arbacia.

Bourbon.

DIADEMATIDAE.

Family Diadematidae Peters, 1853, Monatsb. Akad. Bed. (emend.)

The test is thin, the ambulacra narrow ; ambulacral suckers pointed near
upper abactinal pole ; interambulacra depressed near abactinal system.
Spines long, hollow, verticillate ; tubercles of both areas similar in struc-
ture ; actinal cuts moderately developed, and in one genus ambulacra ex-
tending to the mouth, as in the Ciclaridae. The jaws and apophyses send
out thin processes, not forming connected arcs; teeth channelled as in
Cidaridae.

The arrangement of the pores of Diadematidae when young is identical
with the arrangement of the pores found in such genera as Pseudodiadema,
Cyphosoma, Hemipedina, in which we are unable to say whether they belong
to the Oligoporidae or Polyporidae, forming, as they do sometimes, arcs of
three or four pairs of pores round the base of the primary tubercles ; showing
in young specimens, measuring 12mm already, but a faint trace near actino-
stome of the arrangement of the pores in arcs of three. The abactinal
system is also remarkably different in structure from that of the adult, the
genital plates resembling more the pentagonal plates of the genital system
of Centrostephanus, and becoming pointed only with advancing age ; the
base of the anal membrane adjoining the ring of genital plates is strength-
ened by a row of small plates, which disappear in the older specimens or
are resorbed in the anal membrane.

408 DIADEMA SETOSUM.

DIADEMA.

Diadema S.iiyxv.. 1711, Then. Imag. (Pet. emend.)
(Slv Part II. p. 274.)

Diadema mexicanum

'.Diadema mexicanum A. Ac;., 18Ci, Bull. M. ('. Z., I.

PI. XXXVIII. f. 3-6.

As 1 bave already mentioned in Part II. of this Revision, I am unable to
discriminate more than two species of Diadema. Even the differences of
these two species are not great, amounting only to a difference in the pro-
portions of the actinostome and the test, of which comparative measurements
have been given on page '^75. The variations in the thickness and length of
the spines is so great that it is impossible to draw any permanent characters
from them : yet. as a whole, the spines of D. mexicanum are stouter,
though longer, as compared with diameter of test, than those of I), setosum,
which vary immensely, according to size and locality. The spines are usually
banded in young specimens of both species. Abactinal system is larger in
proportion than in I), setosum, with a larger anal system and larger genital
plates; poriferous /.one somewhat broader, and the outer low of interam-
bulacral tubercles, adjoining poriferous /.one. of uniform size, diminishing hut
little towards abactinal pole, and nearly reaching the ovarian plates without
material decrease in si/.e. Actinal cuts not deep, hut broad ; while usually
they are much narrower in specimens of I), setosum of the same si/.e.
The verticillations of spines are liner in I), setosum than in D. mexicanum.
Although a large number of specimens of all sizes of these two species
have been examined and compared. I am unable to give any more satis-
factory discrimination between them ; the pedicellariae do not help us in
the comparison.

Acapulco ; Cape St. Lucas.

Diadema setosum

I Diadema setosa (Gray), 1825, Ann. Phil, (non RrjMPH.).
(Sec- Pari II. p. 274.)

PI. IP./. 6-10; PI ir.f. 6; PL IV.f.i; PI VI. f. 15; PL VI". f. 5;
PL XXIV. f. 88-89; PL XXVII. f. :,; PI. XXVIII f. 5.

West India Islands; Cape Verde Islands : Indian Ocean; Japan; Sandwich Islands; Feejec Island?.

CENTROSTEPHANUS CORONATUS. 40'J

(DIADEMA.) Centrostephanus.

Centrostephanus Pet., 1855, Denkseh. Akad. Berlin.

Peters proposed to separate Diadema longispina of Philippi from the other
Diadematidae, on account of the globular outline of the test, and the presence
of ten large buccal plates ; subsequently I distinguished the genus Thricho-
diadema from the absence of a bare forking interambulacral space and the
peculiar structure of the abactinal system. This is nearly circular, the geni-
tal plates being pentagonal, and the anal system covered by comparatively
numerous, distinct plates unlike Diadema ; and still later, Verrill established
the genus Echinodiadema upon nearly the same grounds as Peters. An ex-
amination of original specimens satisfies me that the genus Centrostephanus
includes the genera of both Verrill and myself. The tubercles of both areas
are similar (as in Diadema and Astropyga), and arranged in two vertical rows
in the ambulacral zone. The buccal membrane is strengthened by ten large
plates, carrying spines as well as pedicellariae, — a feature not known in any
other genus of this family. The ocular plates are pushed out from the
genital plates by one small plate of the anal system, which separates the
genital plates. The stout spines resemble more the larger ones of Echino-
thrix, with closer verticillations, than those of Diadema ; they are still more
hollow, mere shells; actinal openings slight. The pores are arranged in
arcs of three, somewhat as in Astropyga and Diadema. Shell thick ; tuber-
cles crenulated and perforated. Teeth do not differ from those of the Diade-
matidae generally.

Centrostephanus coronatus

! Echinodiadema coronata Verrill, 18G7, Notes Radiata.
! CenlTOSlephanus coronatus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Eeh , Pt. I.

Owing to great difference in size of C. coronata and C. Rodgersii, no com-
parison can be made of the rows of tubercles in the interambulacral spaces
in the two species. The actinal opening seems rather larger in proportion
(C. coronata), even after allowance for difference of size. The abactinal
region is also less depressed : but what will at once characterize this species
are, the striking differences noticed in the abactinal system ; the greater
size in C. coronata of the genital plates in proportion to the ocular plates,
their (genital) more elongate and pentagonal form, as well as a similar

410 CENTROSTEPHANUS CORONATUS.

difference in the ocular plates, which are far broader and more elongated
laterally in C. Rodgersii than in C. coronata, where the ocular plates are
nearlv hexagonal. Another very important difference is shown by the
spines, which, as far as I have observed, in Echinothrix. in Astropyga. and
in this genus, oiler good specific differences. We will leave out of question
their greater proportional length in ('. coronata. on account of the differ-
ence in size, and simply compare the verticillatious : we find in C. coronata
the whirls very large and very distinct, the height of two whirls being
equal to the diameter of the spines, while in C. Rodgersii five whirls arc
equal to the diameter of the spines; the whirls are also much less regularly
arranged, the spines often appearing striated longitudinally in consequence;
the verticillation being very slightly prominent. A similar structure exists
in older spines of C. coronata; there are sixteen longitudinal lines in C.
coronata, only eleven in C. Rodgersii. Actinal cuts more marked in Rod-
gersii; hut this is a feature which, having developed with increasing size,
can scarcely he taken into account.

The following is the description of a small specimen of this species as
given by Professor Verrill, in his Notes on Radiata, page 295.

-Te<t circular, much depressed; actinal opening one half the diameter
of test, with very slight cuts, its membrane partially covered by five
principal groups of large oblong scales, which support numerous slender,
somewhat clavate spines. .1 inch long, and numerous short, rounded pedi-
cellate. Ambulacral pores large, in arcs of three pairs, becoming more
oblique below, where the zones are wider; tubercles in two lows, rather
large, with a median zigzag line of miliaries. Interambulacra about twice
as wide as the ambulacra, with two rows of tubercles, somewhat larger than
those of the ambulacra, reaching the abactinal region : external to these
are two irregular rows of small tubercles bordering the ambulacra; and
between them two imperfect rows of about the same size, arranged alter-
nately, with smaller miliaries scattered among them. The three uppermost
tubercles of both the ambulacra! and interambulacral system are very small,
and the two next the last bear small slender spines with globular, bright
purple tips. The ocular and genital plates bear each a somewhat longer,
slender spine. Abactinal system small, somewhat angular, depressed ; spines
twice as long as the diameter of the test, rather stout, with conspicuous ver-
ticillations, annulated with narrow bands of purplish-brown and light brown.
Diameter of test 0.85 of an inch ; height, 0.35.
Cape St Lucas.

CENTROSTEPHANUS LONGISPINUS. 411

Centrostephanus longispinus

Cidaris (Diadema) longispina PniL., 1845, Wicg. Arch.

! Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 1855, Seeig. v. Moss., p. 109.

The only specimens of this species I have been able to examine were
covered with spines, and in this condition the following features may be
added to the description of Philippi. The genital plates are somewhat
pointed, separated by one or two anal plates ; the ocular plates are small,
more or less rectangular. The upper part of the test is bare, both in the
ambulacral and interambulacral spaces.

The pores are arranged in nearly vertical rows, forming arcs of three
pairs only near perisome ; actinal cuts very slight.

Aradas, who is the only one who, since Philippi and Agassiz, has described
a specimen of Diadema from the Mediterranean, does not give us any
additional information concerning this species ; this is the more requisite, as
the West Indian Diadema setosum occurs at Madeira and also in the Medi-
terranean. From the external examination it was possible to make of the
originals of Agassiz and Philippi, sufficient could be seen of the abactinal
system to show its peculiar structure, and also of the buccal membrane,
showing the ten large buccal plates carrying small spines so characteristic of
Centrostephanus. It is very important that the denuded test should be
examined ; the only clew we have of its distinguishing features being the
few words of Philippi, in his original description : " C. testa pallide isabel-
lina, orbicular!, utrinque valde depressa, ambulacris serie duplici tubercu-
loruin munitis ; areis interambulacralibus serie duplici tuberculorum ma-
jorum, serieque tuberculorum mediae magnitudinis utrinque inter tubercula
majora et ambulacra munitis ; aculeis longissimis, (diametrum testae sesquies
aequantibus) violaceo et albido articulatis, longitudinaliter striatis et verti-
cillato-aculeatis, verticillis fere aeque altis ac latis ; assulis supremis aculeis
majoribus destitutis. Diam. 27'"; Alt. 13'"; Long. max. acuberum 42'";
iam. 4 •

Philippi mentions the presence of short club-shaped spines, of a bright
Vermilion color, on the upper part of the test, on the plates adjoining the
abactinal system. These small club-shaped spines are found on all species
of the genus, on the newly formed coronal plates, of which there are some-
times three to five small plates, formed in rapid succession in the flat part
of the abactinal part of test ; in younger specimens these plates remaining
of a small size, carry but one minute tubercle, smaller than the smallest

412 CENTROSTEPHANUS RODGEESII.

secondaries, and suddenly increase rapidly in size, when they carry long
spines like all the rest of the coronal plates.

Palermo ; Canary Islands.

Centrostephanus Rodgersii

!Thrichodiadema Rodgersii A. Ac, 18G3, Prop. Acad. X. S. Pliila.. p. 354.
! Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Ac, ]s72. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 98.

PL III"./, is; PL XXIV. f. 87.

The two primary rows of tubercles of the ambulacra! zone are closely
crowded together, owing to their size, which is nearly as large as the princi-
pal primary tubercles of the interanibulacral area. The median ambulacral
line is occupied by a zigzag vertical line of miliaries. The poriferous zone
is narrow; pores large, distinct. In the interanibulacral space there are two
principal vertical rows of tubercles larger than the others, flanked by two
shorter vertical rows towards poriferous zone, and one vertical row on each
side of the median line: all these tubercles are somewhat smaller than those
of the primary rows of the ambulacral zone, and considerably smaller than
those of the two principal interanibulacral rows. The miliaries are mod-
erately closely packed between the rows of smaller tubercles. The actinal
system is large, with but slight actinal cuts. Verticillations of spines close;
they are so arranged that spines appear irregularly longitudinally striated.
Outline of tesl circular from above, seen in profile regularly arched ; abac-
tinal part of test flattened, turban-shaped. Auricles slight, with a low con-
necting ridge and large auricular arch. Madreporic genital exceeding
greatly in size the other genital plates. Genital plates pentagonal, three
separated by a rectangular anal plate, the other two, adjoining madreporic
genital plate, by a smaller triangular plate ; genital opening large, placed
near outer edge, irregularly covered by small tubercles. Three of the
ocular plates are irregularly hexagonal, with outer rA^c rounded; the
three shortest sides forming the broadest outer edge of the plate; the other
two adjoining madreporic genital are triangular. Small elliptical plates cover
the whole anal system; a few only, somewhat larger, having a small tubercle,
carrying minute spines. Buccal membrane, in addition to the ten large
buccal plates, carrying small secondary spines, strengthened by longitudinal
plates, in continuation of ambulacral system.

According to Dr. Stimpson, the color is deep reddish-purple when alive.

Australia ; New Caledonia.

ECHIXOTHRIX. 413

ECHINOTHRIX.

Echinothrix Peters, 1803, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin.

Peters first called attention to the differences of the ainbulacral system
existing in several species of Diadeinatidae referred by Agassiz to Astropyga.
Gray and Desor subsequently established the genera Garelia and Savignya
to include the same type. This genus combines the features of Diadema
and of Astropyga. It has more the general facies of Diadema, a high test,
moderately stout ; larger tubercles and fewer vertical rows than Astropyga
in the interambulacra ; the ambulacra, however, differing very materially in
having many vertical rows of very small tubercles in place of the larger
tubercles of uniform size which characterize both Astropyga and Diadema.
Their structure is the same with that of the large ones, however. The am-
bulacra also are much broader near the abactinal system, becoming petaloid
there ; the space between the two primary rows of small tubercles is filled
with tubercles of nearly the same size, forming irregular vertical rows, the
median ambulacral zone becoming very much broader than the poriferous
zone ; the reverse is the case on the actinal surface, where the poriferous
zone is broader than the median ambulacral space. The poriferous zone is
broad, and the pores are arranged as in Astropyga. At first glance the
spines of the two areas appear very different ; they are only of different
size, the structure is nearly identical, — the one being very fine elongated
silk-line spines, the other large verticillate or longitudinally striated spines,
not as hollow as in Diadema, but having more the solidity of those of
Astropyga. The anal system is strongly protected at the base by plates, as
in Astropyga. The abactinal system resembling that of Astropyga, but
plates not cpiite so elongate. There is no bare forked median interam-
bulacral space, as in Astropyga.

Echinothrix calamaris

Echinus calamaris Pall., 1774, Spie. Zool.

lEchinothrix calamaris A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 120.

PL IIP./. 1-2 ; PI XXXV. f. io-i5.

This species is more closely related to E. Desorii, and is subject to consid-
erable variations in the proportions and size of the spines. Unlike the young
of E. turcarum, the spines of the young of this species are comparatively
shorter, but at the same time also proportionally much broader, more or

414 ECHINOTHRIX CALAMARIS.

less spreading at extremity, hollow for their whole length, and extremely
thin and delicate. The spines of older specimens frequently retain these
characteristics of the young until they attain quite a large size; generally,
however, with increasing age and size the spines become comparatively
more tapering and stouter. The test is intermediate between that of E.
turcarum and E. Desorii, having larger and more prominent tubercles than
the latter, but still with narrower coronal plates than the former. In the
interambulacral region the bare median space extends nearly to the ambitus.
There are but four primary tubercles to each coronal plate, few secondaries,
and the miliaries are more prominent and more numerous than in either
of the other two species. The scrobicular circle of the primaries is marked
and well defined, the primaries of the actinal surface gradually diminishing
towards the actinostome, which is proportionally larger than in the other
species of the genus. The actinal membrane is in the prolongation of the am-
bulacra, closely covered by large limestone plates. The ambulacra are broad,
the poriferous zone of median breadth, from three to four median rows of
secondary tubercles between the two outer ones. Ambulacra near the abacti-
nal system slightly raised, so that the test of both this species and E. Desorii
is slightly gibbous near ambitus, with flattened actinal surface and somewhat
conical outline towards the abaetinal pole, with depressed abactinal area. The
abactinal system is remarkable for the great size of the anal system, covered
by a thin membrane only strengthened by a lew limestone granules, a single
row of plates near the genital ring, and the small size of the cquilaterally
triangular genital plates separated by greatly elongated ocular plates. The
color of the spines varies from a uniform straw color to light violet-colored
spines, with four or five broad bands of a darker color; the test and am-
bulacra! spines being generally of darker tint. Crenulation of the tuber-
cles is quite indistinct, and in young specimens can scarcely be traced. The
actinal membrane of the young is thickly covered by plates, as well as the
anal membrane ; the outline of small specimens is also more globular.

No. of
Coronal Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abaetinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Length.

Spines

Breadth.

18.

89.

42.

27.

21.

41.

56.

2.1

13.

55.

14.

13.5

10.

26.

57.

2.9

7.

18.

17.

2.5

11.

27.

12.

37.

2.3

East India Islands ; Society Islands ; Philippine Islands.

ECHIN0THR1X DESORII. 415

Ecliinothrix Desorii

\Astropyga Desorii Agass., 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.
! Echinothrix Desorii Pet., 1853, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin.

Ambulacra quite pointed towards abactinal region, and much narrower,
than in either of the other species of the genus, while the poriferous zone is
extremely broad above the ambitus, nearly equalling in breadth the median
ambulacral space. The ambulacra are also well raised above the general
surface of the test, the sinking of the abactinal part of the median interam-
bulacral space rendering them quite prominent, There are but two inner
rows of secondary tubercles in the median ambulacral space, considerably
smaller than the two exterior ones. The coronal plates are narrow, carrying
near the ambitus as many as five primary tubercles on each plate ; there
are few secondaries irregularly scattered between them, and still fewer
miliaries, and these extremely small and indistinct, The primaries are
comparatively small, with an indistinct scrobicular circle and a not very
prominent mammary boss. The bare part of the median abactinal portion
of the test extends as far as the seventh coronal plate. On the lower
surface the tubercles are more closely crowded together, quite uniform in
size, decreasing but slightly towards the actinostoine. Actinostome small,
deeply lobed by the actinal cuts. Actinal membrane thin, strengthened
by large distant limestone plates in the prolongation of the ambulacra.
The abactinal system is very marked, somewhat sunken ; genital plates
large, broad at base, elongate, with large circular genital openings. Mad-
reporic genital larger than the others ; ocular plates narrow, elongate,
separating completely the genitals and adjoining anal system for their
whole length, as in the other species of the genus. Anal system nearly
entirely covered by a close pavement of prominent plates of uniform size,
of irregularly polygonal shape, each carrying a small tubercle ; a few
similar tubercles on the anal edge of the genital plates.

The spines of this species are comparatively slender, stout, solid, and
quite short, not more than half the diameter of the test and somewhat
bulging at centre of shaft, usually more or less banded by narrow transverse
bands of greenish-yellow, though frequently the spines, as in the other
species, are of uniform color.

No. of Interamb.
Coronal Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spines.

22.

121.

59.

36.4

23.

43.

68.

Rod Sea ; Feejee Islands ; Sandwich Islands.

416 ECHINOTHRIX TURCARUM.

Echinothrix turcarum

Diadema turcarum ScHTNV., 1711, Tins. Iraag.

! Echinothrix turcarum Pe.t., 1853, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin.

/'/. //',/'• 84-48; PL III"./, s; Pi. XXIV. f. 88-36.

This is by far the most common of the species of this genus. The test is
moderately thick, flattened above and below, extremely regularly arched in
profile j anal system small ; genital plates but slightly elongated, and ocular
plates separating them broadly rectangular, excepting the two adjoining
madreporic genital, which are more or less trapezoidal. Madreporic genital in
large specimens greatly exceeding the others in size, but generally in speci-
mens already measuring I'll"1"1-, but slightly larger or more prominent than
the other genital plates; genital openings large, slightly elliptical, situated
near outer extremity ; anal vd^i' of genital and ocular plates filled by sec-
ondary tubercles carrying small, slender spines similar to those of the ambu-
lacral system, the exterior edge only of anal system carrying small plates of
uniform size. The coronal plates are high, and in the largest specimens 1
have seen there are but three large primary t nbercles upon each plate in
the interambiilaeral system above the ambitus. The tubercles are well sepa-
rated; the secondary tubercles are small, and not more than one or two for
each plate, with a few miliaries filling the spaces between the primaries
around the scrobieular circle. The primary tubercles are large ; they are
uniform in size above the ambitus, verj prominent, very sharply crenulated;
mammary boss very distinct, and large scrobieular circle. On the actinal
surface they rapidly become smaller, and there are sometimes as many as
five primaries for each coronal plate near the ambitus in large specimens ; the
median space, occupied by secondaries, forms an ill-defined, irregular, verti-
cal row. Above the ambitus the primaries form three principal vertical rows.
The bare median interambiilaeral space docs not extend beyond the fourth
coronal plate in the largest specimens examined. Near the abactinal system
there are sometimes as many as four irregular vertical rows of small tuber-
cles in the median space between the two outer rows. The poriferous zone
is narrow above the ambitus, scarcely more than one third the width of the
median ambulacra! region.

The actinostome has dee]) broad cuts; actinal membrane thin, supported
by but i'cw small elongate limestone plates in the prolongation of the am-
bulacra. The spines of the interambiilaeral primary tubercles are long,
stout, tapering, but slightly hollow, frequently equalling in length the diam-

ASTROPYGA. 417

eter of the test, and sometimes surpassing it. The verticillations are so
close and regular that externally the spines appear longitudinally striated.
They are generally of uniform dark color, though they are not unfrequently
found light-colored with transverse bands of purplish-brown and all inter-
mediate stages. Formerly I was led to separate this species as a distinct
subgenus, Garelia of Gray, on account of the peculiar structure of the spines
and the nature of the abactinal system. A better series of E. Desorii and
E. calamaris show that in this genus the structure of the spines and the
general aspect of the abactinal system are subject to extreme variations in
both the other species, fully as great as those which serve to distinguish
Garelia from Echinothrix. According to Stimpson, the color of spines when
alive is of a purplish-black color, with five blue semicircular rays on the test
among the bases of the spines.

The name " turcarum " has been applied to species of Diadema as well as
to species of Echinothrix ; to the latter, however, it seems properly to belong,
though it is frequently impossible from the figures quoted to have any cer-
tainty of the genus to which the species belong.

No. of
Coronal Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spines.

17.

89.
91.

56.

24.

12.8

37.

64.
72.

13.

6 7.

31.2

15.8

8.

27.4

61.

12.

51.5

25.

12.5

5.8

24.1

57.

11.

22.

9.

5.3

2.

9.5

28.5

Sandwich Islands ; Fecjee Islands ; Japan ; East India Islands ; Red Sea ; Zanzibar.

ASTROPYGA.

Astropyga Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil.

The test of Astropyga is so thin, and the plates so loosely connected, that
the whole test is more or less flexible. The test is greatly depressed. In-
terambulacra sunken frequently far below the bulging ambulacra near the
abactinal pole. Bare median interambulacral space forking, but each plate
having a deep pit brilliantly colored in life (Peters). The color is frequently
retained in alcoholic specimens. Tubercles of both areas identical in struc-
ture, perforate, crenulate, arranged in many vertical rows in the interam-
bulacra, in two in the ambulacra. The spines are shorter than in Diadema,
rarely attaining half the diameter of the test in length. The poriferous

418 ASTROPYGA PULVINATA.

zone is broader than in Diadema, nearly as broad as the median ambu-
lacra] space ; the pores are arranged in four irregular vertical rows forming
steps of pores of three and one pair. The genital plates and abactinal
system, with the exception of the plated anal system, not materially differ-
ent from Diadema. Actinal membrane thickly covered by minute elliptical
or rectangular plates, with a few larger plates carrying spines irregularly
scattered. The jaws much smaller, in proportion to size of test, than any
other genus of Diadcmatidae. Coronal plates of actinal surface and near
ambitus deeply pitted when seen from inside of test, the pits corresponding
to the primary tubercles.

Astropyga pulvinata

! Cidarites pulvinata T.amk., lSlfi, An. s. Vert,

I Astropyga pulrinatn Ahass., ink;. ( '. U. Ann. Sc. Xat.. VI.

PL IIP./ 4; PL IIP./. 4-5.

This species has a more globular, less depressed test than A. radiata, with
broader bare median interambulacral spaces. It can at once lie distinguished
from its congener by the shape of the genital plates, which form nearly equi-
lateral triangles, with large genital openings, and correspondingly larger
rectangular ocular plates: the anal system also is surrounded by an exterior
row of much larger plates, the structure of the whole abactinal system
being in striking contrast to that of A. radiata. with its elongate lanceolate
genital plates, and diminutive plates surrounding the anal system. The
coronal plates are proportionally high, specimens of the two species of the
same size in the Jardin des Plantes having thirteen plates only in A. pulvi-
nata, while there are nineteen in A. radiata. The size of the primary tuber-
cles is correspondingly larger, and the number of vertical rows less ; speci-
mens of same size showing eighteen rows at ambitus in radiata and only
fourteen in pulvinata. The spines are also stouter, more coarsely striated,
with more marked verticillations ; the peculiar flat raised scrobicular circle,
so characteristic of A. radiata. is replaced in this species by a gradually rising
mammary boss, indistinctly defined at the base. The bare median interam-
bulacral space covers nearly the whole of the test above the ambitus, there
being but a small triangular part of the test near the ambitus covered by
primary tubercles, forming short vertical rows. The actinal part of the test
is much less flattened than in A. radiata. the tubercles less crowded upon
it, with larger and more numerous secondaries ; while above the ambitus,

ASTROPYGA PULVINATA. 419

owing to great breadth of the bare interambulacral space, the test is quite
bare, the tubercles more irregular in size : it is not the exterior primary
row of tubercles which reaches the abactinal system, but the next inner
row of secondaries ; in younger specimens, however, the reverse is the case.
A small specimen, figured on Plate IIP, was remarkable for the great con-
vexity of the edge of test, and the -uniformly flattened abactinal part of the
test ; ambulacra rising but slightly above the median interambulacra.

The great size of the actinostome of this species readily distinguishes it
from A. radiata, in A. pulvinata the actinostome being nearly a third of the
diameter of the test. The vertical rows of primary tubercles of ambulacra
are distant, frequently only every other plate carrying a primary, the oppo-
site being only a secondary tubercle. In this species, as in radiata, the spots
on the pits of the interambulacra (which are much less marked than in A.
radiata) are also sky-blue in life, according to Mr. Bradleigh : the color in
alcohol is yellowish below ; above, the ambulacra are more greenish-yellow
between the broad purple bare interambulacral spaces. The spines are com-
paratively longer than in A. radiata, in addition to being so much stouter,
often considerably more than half the diameter of the test, scarcely ever
longer than half the diameter in A. radiata, usually only one third ; they are
flesh-colored, with brownish-purple transverse bands. The dried test is of a
dirty greenish-white hue, much lighter below ; the median interambulacral
space between the bare forks above the ambitus being as light as the actinal
part of test, The comparatively narrower ambulacral zone in the abactinal
part of the test is quite marked in A. pulvinata when compared to A.
radiata.

In the large specimens in the Jardin des Plantes of A. pulvinata the ratio
of actinostome to diameter of test was T37, while it was T3¥47 in A. radiata.

The discovery of the habitat of this species is quite interesting, render-
it possible to trace precisely the geographical distribution of the two species
of the genus, concerning both of which many doubts existed. Mr. Brad-
leigh found this species at Panama ; and it had previously been received
at the Smithsonian from San Salvador, and at the Hamburg and Stockholm
Museums from the Gulf of California, settling its geographical position be-
yond doubt.

No. of Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Actinal System.

Abactinal System.

Anal System.

25.

88.

32.

34.

23.

13.

16.

38.

13.

17.

10.9

6.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

420 ASTROPYGA RADIATA.

Astropyga radiata

Cidaris radiata Leske, 1778. Klein, Add.
! Astropyga radiata Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil.

PI. XXIV. f. 40.

This species, long known only from the excellent figure of Seba, is appar-
ently quite widely distributed in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. The
specimens preserved in the different collections are. however, nearly all of
the same size, with the exception of a small specimen from Mauritius in the
Museum collection. Test exceedingly depressed ; actinal surface of test
flattened; actinostome somewhat sunken, small, with moderately deep broad
actinal cuts; actinal membrane strengthened by closely packed rectangular
or irregularly elliptical plates covering the whole membrane; ten promi-
nent buccal plates. The whole actinal part of test is covered by tubercles of
uniform size, forming closely arranged vertical and transverse rows, one
transverse row upon each coronal plate. The tubercles of both areas of the
same size, diminishing very gradually in size towards the actinostome. In the
largesl specimens examined there were as many as sixteen vertical rows of
tubercles on the actinal surface of the test near the ambitus. Outline of test
seen from above is pentagonal, with rounded ambulacra extending beyond the
general outline. Test at ambitus rising very rapidly, regularly arched, and
whole abactinal pari of test Hat. the interambulacra rising but slightly towards
the more or less sunken abactinal system. The ambulacra rise high above the
interambulacra, especially near the abactinal system, when they increase some-
what in breadth, tapering rapidly towards the ocular plates. There are two
rows of primary tubercles extending to ambitus, of uniform size, somewhat
smaller than the primary rows of the interambulacra Between most of the
primaries a small secondary is intercalated in the abactinal part of the test
only, the rest of the plate is loosely covered by miliaries ; on the actinal sur-
face the primaries, being closely arranged, occupy nearly the whole plate ; the
secondaries and miliaries in both areas are not numerous. The poriferous
zone is broadest about two thirds the distance from ambitus to abactinal
system, tapering rapidly to apex, but growing very gradually narrower from
ambitus on the actinal surface, being very slightly petaloid near actinostome,
owing to the greater obliquity and the greater size of the pores on the
abactinal part of the test.

In the interambulacral spaces the whole abactinal part of the test is occu-
pied by the broad bare forking band, separated from the poriferous zone by

ASTRO PYGA EADIATA. 421

one principal vertical row of secondaries extending to the abactinal system,
this primary row being flanked interiorly near the abactinal system by a
short parallel row of secondaries, and by an interior row of small tubercles
near ambitus. The coronal plates are narrow, elongate ; the median inter-
ambulacral space near ambitus contained between the narrow bare forks of
the median ambulacra! space, which extends to ambitus, is triangular, filled
by diagonal rows of primary tubercles, forming also very irregular horizontal
rows of uniform size, somewhat smaller towards median line. The tubercles
of both areas are small, very distinctly crenulated, with a broad flat scrobicu-
lar circle, sharply marked, slightly raised above the general level of the
test The spines are extremely slender and short compared to the great
diameter of the test in the other species of this family. They are
either uniformly colored or variegated, as in true Diadema, by transverse
bands of lighter color. The abactinal system is large ; anal plates elon-
gate, triangular ; madreporic genital slightly larger than the others ; geni-
tal openings close to apex, separated by narrow rectangular ocular plates
adjoining the large anal area ; base of anal membrane strengthened by a few
concentric rows of irregularly shaped plates, decreasing rapidly in size, carry-
ing very diminutive spines like those of the anal edge of the genital plates.

in a small specimen the ambulacra are quite gibbous near edge, the
outline is very pentagonal ; the tubercles forming only vertical and not
diagonal rows in the median interambulacral space (six rows). The actinal
part of the test is not so extremely flattened, nor is it thickly covered by
tubercles as in large specimens ; the actinostome of course is very large,
compared to the diameter of the test ; the poriferous zone is of uniform
width, the tubercles proportionally much larger ; the pits extending along the
sides of the bare median interambulacral space are well marked. Nothing
special in the abactinal system, except somewhat less pointed genital plates.

The color of this species when alive, Peters says, is whitish-green mixed
with reddish-brown. The anal system, genital plates, and bare median inter-
ambulacra are reddish, with a row of sky-blue spots placed in the pits of the
coronal plates; a similar spot is found upon four of the genital plates, a large
number of similar spots on the actinal membrane. Spines reddish-brown
ringed with greenish-white. The dried specimens I have examined are of
various tints, from a nearly uniform greenish-white test to a uniform dirty
violet color, the bare median interambulacral spaces being either lighter
or darker than the rest of the test.

422 ASTIIENOSOMA.

The exact locality of this species was long doubtful. The Museum owes a
specimen to the Essex Institute from Zanzibar, and several to Mr. N. Pike
from Mauritius. Dr. Semper has collected it at the Philippines. Gray first
gave as its habitat South America: these specimens he afterwards separated
as a distinct species ; they prove to be A. pulviuata, which is not uncom-
mon in some European Museums from the Gulf of California.

No. Tub. Diameter Diameter Diameter

InterambulacraL Diameter. Height. Actiual System. Abactiual System. Anal System. Spines.

20. 36. 11. 13. 9.2 5.

34.

129.

30.

33.

29.

18.

45.

36.

147.

37.

37.

28.

16.

44.

Zanzibar ; Philippine Islands ; East India Islands.

ASTHENOSOMA.

Asthenosoma Grube, 1867, Jahresb. d. Schles. Gcs. f. Vat. Cult
(See Part II. p. 272.)

Asthenosoma hystrix

ICalveria hystrix W. Tiiomps.. 1869, Prelim. Drodg. Rep., Proc. R. S.
! Asthenosoma In/sirix A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Tt. I. p. 93.
(See Part II. p. 273.)

Pi. ir.f. is; Pi xxxvin.f. 7-o.

Straits of Florida ; Roekall and Rona.

Asthenosoma varium

! Asthenosoma varium Grube, 1867, Jahreab. d. Schles. Gcs. f. Vat. Cult.

PI. XXIV. f. 14.

The following are the principal points mentioned in Grube's notice of this
species : —

"Test exceedingly flat, four and three quarter inches in diameter b}T one
in height ; differs from all other Echini in having a flexible test, owing to
the limitation of the limestone deposits in the coronal plates, which leaves
the edge so flexible that if the sea-urchin is lifted by the edge the whole
test is bent. The spines which cover the abacterial part of the test are
inserted at the base in a muscular sheath ; similar spines occur on the actinal
side more or less spathiform, and in addition, much larger spines, at least
five eighths of an inch in length, hollow like the others, slightly curved, trun-
cated, club-shaped, flaring into a funnel-shaped extremity. Pedicellariae nu-
merous, scattered over whole surface of test, many of large size. Primary

ECHINO.METRADAE. 423

tubercles perforated. Teeth with gutter, without keel ; jaws equilateral.
The test is pinkish, probably darker in life, dotted with violet. The spathi-
form and club-shaped spines of actinal surface green. Those of abactinal
part of test white, with two or three violet bands. Ambulacral zones not
half as broad as the interambulacra, with one prominent vertical row of
pores on outer edge of ambulacra. The heads of the larger pedicellariaa
are a brilliant yellow or greenish.

China Seas.

ECHINOMETRADAE.

Family Echinoinetradae Gray, 1855, Proc. Zobl. Soc. London.

Gray first called attention to the affinities of the genera here included in
the Echinoinetradae, which are understood in a somewhat wider sense, and
include not only Echini with an oblique axis, but also the greater part of the
Echini included by Desor in his division of Polyporidae. From the analysis
of the plates of the ambulacral system, we can readily separate the Echi-
noinetradae from the Echinidae proper, the former having always more than
three pairs of pores to each arc, while in the Echinidae the arcs are always
composed only of three pairs. This division, although it appears a nu-
merical one, is yet one of great physiological importance, as the mode of
growth of the poriferous zone in these two families is totally unlike.

COLOBOCENTROTUS.

Colobocentrotus Br., 1S35, Prod. Des. An.

The Echini of this genus do not become as large as Heterocentrotus, but
have like them a solid test and elongated axis lying in the same plane as
that of Heterocentrotus. The ambulacra are much broader than in the other
genera of the family, the actinal surface is flat, and the poriferous zone takes
consequently a great development. The tubercles are smooth, not crenulate,
having only an imperfectly developed mammary boss ; usually there are
two principal vertical rows of tubercles in the ambulacra, forming irregular
horizontal rows of several tubercles along the interambulacra. Arcs of
pores composed of as many as nine or ten pairs of pores. Actinostome

424 COLOBOCENTROTUS ATRATUS.

pentagonal, large, sensibly indented. Auricles very slender, connected by
low ridges. Tbe whole upper surface and the greater part of test to
ambitus is covered with short spines forming a close cuirass of polygonal
blocks; the spines of the ambitus and lower surface are more or less cylin-
drical, but short and frequently spoon-shaped. Buccal membrane bare.
.laws remarkable for tbe large deep open foramen extending far down
towards tbe teetli on tbe face of the pyramid.

Colobocentrotus atratus

Eckinus atratus Linn-.. 1 75S, Svst. Nat.
Colobocentrotus atratus Br., '835, Prod. Des. An.

PL IIId. f. s; PL XXX VI. f. e, r; PL XXXVIII. f. n, 12.

Tbe whole abactinal part of the test above the ambitus is covered by a pave-
ment of closely packed, irregularly shaped short hexagonal spines, scarcely
increasing in size towards the ambitus. At ambitus the spines lengthen
somewhat, become slightly spathiform or cylindrical, often club-shaped, and
form a more or less regular circle of prominent spines round the edge of
the test, carried by from two to three rows of primary tubercles near the
ambitus. On the actinal surface the spines are short, stout, cylindrical,
resembling short spines of Echinometra. The abactinal system is solid,
compact, covered by large secondary tubercles carrying spines similar
to those of the rest of the test, so that, when covered with spines, the
abactinal system is completely concealed. The anal system is small, ellip-
tical. Madreporic genital large, prominent^ greatly exceeding in size the
other genital plates. Genital plates pentagonal; ocular plates triangular,
excluded from the anal system, and not projecting beyond the circular line
of the abactinal system. The poriferous zone is broad ; the arcs of pores
composed of from eight to twelve pairs of small pores. The arrange-
ment of these arcs is quite irregular, the vertical crowding of the coronal
plates during their growth being so great that in older specimens it becomes
nearly impossible to trace the pores which belong to the same arc of the
poriferous zone ; the whole poriferous zone being covered by short discon-
nected arcs, irregularly scattered, without any definite arrangement when
seen from the outside.

From the ambitus the tubercles of the ambulacra] zone diminish gradually
in size towards the abactinal pole, and rapidly towards the actinostomc ;
they are arranged in two wvy regular rows, separated by a median line cf

colcboc;::,*th()tus ateatus. 425

delicate miliaries, irregularly scattered between the arcs of the porif-
erous zone. In the interambulacral spaces the tubercles are not arranged
in vertical rows, but form irregular horizontal rows, — sometimes two on each
plate ; they are largest near the ambitus, and quite small on the actinal sur-
face in the small interambulacral field left between the broad petaloid ex-
pansions of the poriferous zone. These interambulacral tubercles are not
uniform in size, nor do they diminish towards the abactinal pole, but are
irregularly arranged, as far as size is concerned, over the whole inter-
ambulacral zone above the ambitus. Actinostome large, pentagonal, with
but slight cuts and short lips slightly prominent. The miliaries of the upper
part of the test are regularly arranged round the base of the primary
tubercles.

The usual coloring of the spines of this species is of a dark-violet, almost
black, though there are a few specimens of a greenish tint with olive-green
colored spines, which have been distinguished as a separate species (P. pedi-
fera) : they are said to come from Valparaiso and Chili ; but as thus far there
is no positive authority for their having been collected there, the locality of
Chili and the west coast of South America can be accepted only provisionally.
The original specimens of Blainville came from Oahu, and the series I have
had occasion to examine does not show any features, except color, by which
P. pedifera could be separated from C. atrata.

The test is thick, flattened on the actinal side, somewhat conical, with
swollen edges near the ambitus, in }'oung specimens becoming quite gibbous,
and frequently almost rectangular in outline from above as well as in profile,
owing to the flattening of the abactinal part of the test ; buccal membrane
only strengthened by few irregular plates in the continuation of the ambu-
lacra. The ten buccal plates carry small prominent club-shaped spines.

No. of Inter.
Plates.

Long.
Diameter.

Height.

Diameter
Act. Syst.

Diameter
Abaet. Sypt.

IVidth Porif Zone
above Ambitus.

Diam
Anal 8yi

9.

22.

8.

11.

5.5

1.

2.5

11.

36.

13.

16.

82

1.7

3.

11.

47.

18.

20.5

9.1

2.2

3.7

15.

59.

22.5

25.

12.

3.

4.

15.

59.

29.

25.

12.

4.

5.

16.

62.

34.

26.

13.

3.9

4.

75. largest specimen seen.
Zanzibar ; Java ; Sandwich Islands.

426 COLOBOCENTROTUS MERTENSH.

Colobocentrotus Mertensii

Colobocentrotus Merteusii Br., 1835, Prod. An. Dos.

PI IIId. f. 4-5.

Distinguished at once from C. atratus by the smaller disconnected spines of
the abactinal part of the test, which do not form a close pavement as in that
species. The spines terminate in an irregularly spherical head, more or less
separated by the miliary spines crowded in between the primary spines.
The spines of the ambitus are more slender, flattened, and not cylindrical
or club-shaped, as in C. atratus. The spines of the lower surface of the test
are quite short, slender, cylindrical, and more uniform in size than those of the
actinal surface of C. atratus. The color of the test, covered with spines, is
bluish-green above and light reddish-hrown on the actinal surface. The actinal
membrane is thin, having a lew irregularly scattered plates carrying short
slender cylindrical spines; these small spines are somewhat more numerous
on the ten large buccal plates.

When denuded, the tesl of this species is in striking contrast to the other
species of the genus; and at the time of writing the Synopsis of Stimpson's
No. Pacific Echini I separated this species as a distinct genus on account of the
four rows of primary tubercles of the ambulacra! zone. This alone is not a
character of sufficient value to maintain a generic division, and the genus
has here been accepted as originally proposed by Brandt

The test is materially thinner than that of C. atratus. the outline more
circular and less elliptical ; the actinal surface is quite Hat, slightly concave;
the test in profile is conical, rising quite gradually from the ambitus, and not
gibbous or swollen near the ambitus, as in C. atratus. The primary tubercles
immediately on the edge of the ambitus are by far the largest, diminishing
suddenly in size towards the actinostome ; the narrow median ambulacral
spaces left between the broad flat petaloid base of the poriferous zone are
filled by two rows of small tubercles, with here and there an irregular
secondary in the midst of the poriferous zone. In the interambulacral space
there are three pyramidal lines of tubercles starting from the ambitus and
terminating in three single vertical rows of secondaries near the actino-
stome. The actinostome is larger, the actinal cuts more marked, and the
lips more prominent than in C. atratus.

The whole test immediately above the large tubercles of the ambitus up to
the abactinal system is covered by primary tubercles of uniform size, only
slightly smaller in the immediate vicinity of the abactinal system ; the same

HETEROCENTROTUS. 427

kind of tubercles closely crowd over the upper coronal plates, and the whole of
the genital and ocular plates. Each coronal plate in the interambulacral zone
has two parallel rows of primary tubercles, as many as eight in each row:
in larger specimens, near the ambitus, these tubercles are small, with a well-
marked scrobicular circle, but a very slight mammary boss, and a broad but
not highly developed tubercle ; the rest of the plate is covered by mil-
iaries of uniform size closely packed together. In the ambulacral space the
two median vertical rows consist of somewhat smaller tubercles closely ar-
ranged with an outer row of half the number of large tubercles, as large as
those of the interambulacra, separating the base of the poriferous arcs. The
miliaries which fill the median space extend laterally, but irregularly, across
the extremities of the arcs of the poriferous zone. The anal system is small,
deeply sunken, covered by minute plates. The ocular plates are large, trian-
gular ; the genital plates rectangular, with a large genital opening deeply
notching the outer extremity of the plate. The genital ring is much broader
than in C. atratus, and the difference in size between the madeporic genital
and the other plates not so marked as in that species. The poriferous zone
above the ambitus is much narrower than in C. atratus; the arcs are well
closed round the tubercles separating them, and consist of from six to seven
pairs of pores most regularly arranged, not crowded out of place, as is so
constantly the case in C. atratus.

\'o. of Int.
Plates.

Long. Diameter
Diameter. Height. Abact. Syst.

Diameter.
Act. Syst.

Anal
System.

13.

54. 21. 115

77. largest specimen seen.

23.

4.

Bonin Islands ; Australia.

HETEROCENTROTUS.

Heterocentrotus Brandt, 1835, Prod. Des. An.

Test very thick, elongated, as in Echinometra ; in this genus and in
Podophora the longitudinal axis makes an obtuse angle with the anterior
axis, the madreporic body being on the left extremity of the longer axis.
The tubercles are massive, comparatively few in number, with smooth base,
and imperforate. Poriferous zone very narrow above the ambitus, with
pores arranged in long narrow arcs of numerous pairs, round the tubercles ;
below the poriferous zone widens much more than in Echinometra, becom-
ing broader than the interambulacral space ; the actinostome is very large,
the actinal cuts very slight ; the jaws relatively much smaller to size of

428 HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS.

the test than in Echinometra. There is do great difference in the structure
of the jaws, except that of size in Podophora, Echinometra, and Heterocen-
trotus. The tubercles of both areas are of uniform size, forming but two

vertical rows of primaries. The radioles are very striking and very variable;
the large tubercles carry club-shaped or angular massive spines, frequently
twice as long as the transverse diameter of the test, apparently smooth,
hut in reality finely striated. Round the actinostome the spines are flat-
tened, while on the abactinal surface the secondary spines are short, often
polygonal, flattened above, and sometimes forming a closed pavement upon
the upper part of test, as in Podophora. Auricles tall, slender, with large
auricular opening, and connected at the base by a low ridge.

Heteiocentrotus mamniillatus

! Cidaris mammillata Ki.kin. J 7:54. Xnt. T > i s | > Ech.
Heterocentrotus mammillalus Brandt, [835, Prod.

PI. TIP.; PI. XXVI. f. l- .'./;; PI. XXXVI. f. g.

The only two species of this genus I have been able to distinguish have
been among the earliest species figured, though the characters upon which
they have thus far been separated are not such as can he used with accuracy.
The specific distinctions have been almost entirely based upon the differ-
ences of the spines, while the only permanent specific characters noticed
have generally been adopted as generic distinctions.

The two species, II. mammillatus and II. trigonarius, have usually been
distinguished by their spines: the former species includes all specimens with
stout hat-shaped swollen spines, more or less ringed at the extremity; while
the last species includes specimens with longer spines, usually tapering rap-
idly and more or less triangular. Blainville, Brandt. Agassiz. Valenciennes,
and others have attempted to describe other species combining more or less
the specific characteristics of the two: specimens having the character-
istic test of the II. mammillatus, hut the long triangular or tapering spines
of II. trigonarius. have received the name of carinata. hastifera, Postellsii ;
while other specimens, having the tuberculatum of II. trigonarius, hut the
shorter, bat-shaped, swollen, and ringed spines of II. mammillatus, have been
described as violaceus, Blainvillei, etc. The remarkably fine series of
specimens of all sizes and localities which I have now had the opportunity
of examining leaves but little doubt that there are only two species in
this genus, both having nearly the same geographical distribution, and both

HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS. 429

species subject to extraordinary variations in the form of the primary spines,
so much so that any discrimination based upon the spines alone is of no
specific value. The capacity of rapid repair of the spines throws consider-
able light upon this point, for we frequently find specimens with bat-shaped
swollen spines (H. mammillatus) where a spine is broken off at the base, and
is then replaced by a long, tapering, triangular spine, identical with those
thus far considered characteristic of H. trigonarius.

The test of this species is at once recognized by the small secondary tuber-
cles of uniform size covering the whole abactinal part of the ambulacral
region ; the large primary tubercles of the ambulacra extending only two or
three plates above the ambitus, the transition from large primaries to small
secondaries being very sudden. In consequence of this structure the arcs of
the poriferous zone almost meet along the median line of the abactinal part
of the ambulacral system. The abactinal system is quite distinct, with small
anal system ; the tuberculation of the plates not as marked as in H. trigona-
rius. In small specimens the large triangular ocular plates are excluded from
the anal system ; but in large specimens there are frequently one or two in
contact at apex with the anal system, the apex becoming then truncated.
The primary tubercles of the ambulacral system are nearly as large as the
adjoining primary tubercles of the interambulacral space. The secondary
tubercles of the interambulacral region are of same size as the secondaries
of the abactinal part of the ambulacral, and cover uniformly the moderately
wide space left between the primaries both along the horizontal sutures and
the median interambulacral line. The actinostome is comparatively larger
than in H. trigonarius. The secondary spines of H. mammillatus form a
sort of loose pavement, somewhat similar to that covering the test of
Colobocentrotus ; they cover the whole test, are small, short, usually
flaring and truncated at the extremity, and give an excellent external
character to distinguish temporarily these two species. (See H. trigonarius,
p. 430.)

The actinostome occupies the greater part of the lower surface of the test ;
the tubercles rapidly decrease in size towards it from the ambitus, carrying
much shorter spines, flattened and fan-shaped, with a rounded extremity in both
the species of this genus. The spines of H. mammillatus vary in shape from
cylindrical or bat-shaped, swollen and rounded at extremity, to long tapering
triangular sjnnes with edge more or less well defined. Coloration of spines
quite varied, either uniform ash-gray or light-brown, with white rings at the

430 HETEROCENTROTUS TRIGONARIUS.

extremity, or nearly black spines of uniform coloration, with all possible
combinations of these two extremes ; the most common coloration being
a light chestnut-color with straw-colored rings at the extremity of the
spines.

The number of pores in each arc is small in this species, generally from
ten to eleven pairs ; while in II. trigonarius they range, in the same-sized
specimens, from fifteen to seventeen pairs.

S'n. of Prim.
Tubercles.

Long

Diameter.

Height.

AlKirtinnl

Sj Bt62D.

Anal
Bystem.

Artinal
System.

Spine.

No.
Pores.

9.

37.

17.

8.2

8.2

21.

51.

11.

9.

60.

2G.

11.

4.5

32.

71.

11.

10.

74.

41.

14.5

5.7

34.

63.

11.

10.

83.

44.

15.

G.

40.

86.

11.

Red Sea; East India [stands; Feejee [slands; Sandwich Islands.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius

! Echinus trigonarius Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert.
Heterocentrotus tritjnimrins Hit . is:;.",. IVud. \)<<c.

PL III'./. 6; PL VI. f. ;.;.

The tubercles of the interambulacral space are placed close together,
leaving but little space both in the median interambulacral space and along
the sutures for the secondary tubercles. These are proportionally small, few
in number, many of them reduced to miliaries. The secondaries cany spines
similar in shape to the primary spines, but shorter, so that the space between
the large primary spines is tilled by short, sharp-pointed, secondary spines
and thin, tlat. miliary spines; the secondary spines are only rarely trun-
cated, rather bevelled at the extremity, thus forming an interstitial filling
of an entirely different sort from that of II. mammillatus. The abactinal
system is somewhat less prominent, being more or less hidden by the closer
granulation covering it. The striking specific feature is the structure of the
ambulacra! system. The two vertical rows of primary tubercles extend to
the abactinal system, gradually diminishing in size from the ambitus towards
the ocular plates, and diminishing somewhat faster than the corresponding
tubercles of the interambulacral area. The most common coloration of the
spines of this species is a uniform dark violet, or with a few lighter bands at
the extremity of the spines. The flat, fan-shaped spines of the lower sur-
face are generally of a lighter color and frequently banded at the extrem-
ity on the lower side of the spines. The same is also the case with the

ECHINOMETRA.

431

spines of the actinal side of II. mammillatus ; the top of the flat spines is
usually of a darker tint, but the contrast between the pattern of coloration
of the spines of the lower surface and those above the ambitus is not so
marked.

No. of Prim.
Tubercles.

Long.
Diameter.

Height.

Ahactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spine.

No. of
Pores.

9.

39.

19.5

7.

3.

17.

50.

15.

10.

52.

25.

10.

4.1

24.9

51.

15.

10.

G9.

33.8

11.6

5.1

29.

79.

15.

10.

84.

44.5

14.

38.

125.

17.

Mauritius ; Java ; Sandv

rich Islands ;

Feejee Islands.

ECHINOMETRA.

Echinometra Rondel, 1554, De Piscib. Mar. (Breyn.)
(See Part II. p. 282.)

Echinometra lucunter

! Cidaris lucunter Leske, 1778, Kl. Add.
! Echinometra lucunter Blainv., 1834, Actin.

PL IV. f. 4; PI. VI. f. 12; PI XXXVI. f. 1.

This species is perhaps the most variable species in a genus remarkable
for the range of the specific characters. The general coloration of the spines
ranges from a dark violet to almost straw-color tipped with violet, or uniform
light pink spines tipped with yellow, and all possible gradations between
this and a dark violet shaft with a yellow tip, or a light green shaft shad-
ing into a darker point tipped with yellow or a lighter shade than the body
of the shaft. The milled ring is generally of a brilliant white color. The
principal characteristic of this species is the shortness of the arcs composing
the narrow poriferous zone, never having more than five pairs of pores, usu-
ally only four, to each arc. The outer row of ambulacral tubercles is reduced
to minute tubercles, not forming prominent vertical rows as in the two
American species, though in very large specimens (which have been called E.
heteropora), and correspond to a variety of our common West India species
which has been called E. lobata. This outer row of tubercles is more marked
with a tendency to separate one of the pairs of pores from the others. The co-
ronal plates do not greatly increase in size during growth, but increase rapidly
in number. In our West India species the opposite is the case. The maclre-

432 ECHINOMETRA MACROSTO.MA.

porie genital is but slightly larger than the other genital plates, which are
uniform in size. The auricles are prominent, connected by a low interam-
bulacral arch, flattened, anchor-shaped, with a large auricular arch. Actinal
cuts well marked, somewhat rounded ; actinostome larger, in proportion to
the size of the test, than in any other species of the genus. The spines
arc proportionally short.

s'o. of Interamb.
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

No mi
Pom

Artitml

S\ stem.

AbnctiiKil
System.

Ppine.

11.

35.

15.5

4.

16.4

8.

21.

18.

4 7.

20.5

5.

21.

10.

19.

14.

51.5

23.5

5.

22.

11.

22.3

14.

56.5

28.5

5.

24.1

13.3

23.

19.

7G.

11.

5.

27.;,

17.

23.

Zanzibar; Red Sua; East India Inlands ; Japan; Sandwich Islands; Feejee Islands.

Echinometra macrostoma

Ellipsechinus macrostomus Ldtk., 1864, Bid.
Echinometra macrostoma A. A.G, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pi. I. |>. 116.

The following i< Dr. Li'it ken's description of this species: —
General facies of an Echinometra. The shape is regularly oval; the
actinostome and the actinal cuts somewhat larger than is usually the case
in Echinometra. The ambulacra] lips three times as broad as the inter-
ambulacral lips; the Latter are evenly cut off. the former indented in the
middle. The auricles low hut .strong, scarce]} connected. The interamliu-
lacral tubercles in six clo-e vertical rows; the two primary ones not much
larger than the others near the ambitus, Imt are the only ones reaching the

upper part of the test, the others being reduced to small granules; there

are seventeen to eighteen tubercles in each vertical row. There are also
only two rows of principal tubercles near the mouth, the two middle rows
disappearing, and the two outside ones becoming very small to make room
for the petaloidal ambulacra. There are about twenty-four primary ambu-
lacra] tubercles in the principal vertical rows ; near the ambitus they are as
large as the secondary interamhulacral tubercles; in the upper part of the
test, however, considerably larger than the corresponding interamhulacral
ones. A secondary row of tubercles is wedged in between the primary
ambulacra] tubercles and the poriferous zone, but disappears on the lower
side, which is completely filled by the poriferous zone, the primary ambu-
lacral tubercles dwindling down to a very small size on the actinal Bide.
The average number of the pores in each arc is eight; this number de-

ECHINOMETKA OBLONGA. 433

creases near the abactinal system and near the month (from seven to three
and two). Supposing the long axis to be the longitudinal axis of the test,
the madreporie genital will become the hindmost right genital plate. The
anal plates cover comparatively only a small space. The longest spines are
about three fourths of the transverse diameter of the test. Their color is
purple, which also is the color of the test. Height, 32mm- ; breadth, CGmm- ;
length, 70mm-, longest spines, 57mm\ The transverse diameter of the actino-
stome is 28mm- and 27mm'.

The locality from which Dr. Liitken's specimen came is not known. A
specimen in the Jardin des Plantes is said to come from the West Coast of
Africa. Dr. Lutken thinks it more probable that New Guinea is the home
of this species. This is an interesting species, representing as it does the
petaloid actinal ambulacra of Echinometra ; and on same grounds which in-
clined Dr. Lutken and myself to separate the petaloid Strongylocentrotus
from the typical genus as a separate genus (Toxocidaris and Anthocidaris),
Dr. Liitken separated Ellipsechinus from Echinometra. I think, from what
I have shown of the development of Strongylocentrotus and Echinometra,
that such a distinction of the structure of the actinal part of the ambulacra,
though it may serve as a very convenient specific key for discriminating
groups of species, has no generic value, as is also hinted at by Dr. Lutken
himself in the remarks subsequent to his description of this species.

Echinometra oblonga

! Echinus oblongus Bl., 1825, Diet. Sc. Xat. O.

'.Echinometra oblonrja Blainv., 1834, Actin. \_L I. AAA I I.J. 5.

This species has not received the recognition to which it is entitled from
its marked characters. Covered with the spines it is at once recognized by
the short spines, their great, thickness, frequentky swollen in the centre of the
shaft; and when denuded, by the great size of the two primary vertical rows
of tubercles in the interambulacral spaces. The secondary tubercles remain
small above the ambitus, and in the ambulacra are reduced to small granules.
The poriferous zone is narrow ; the arcs of pores nearly vertical, spreading
but slightly; pores are large, not more than five in an arc. The general out-
line of test is elongate, elliptical, highly arched, with a thick test, The abac-
tinal system is compact; the anal system comparatively large; the madreporie
body greatly exceeding in size the other genital plates. The actinal system
is nearly elliptical, with actinal cuts barely marked. The anal plates, as well

434 ECHINOMETKA SUBANGULARIS.

as the anal edge of the genital plates, carry prominent secondary tubercles;
auricles short, retreating rapidly towards lest, with low connecting ridges.
The color of the spines is uniform, varying from light pink to dark violet.

liameter.

Height.

No of Intcrauib.
Tubercles.

No. <>f
Pores.

ActiiKi]
System.

Ahactiaal
System.

Spine

42.

25.

12.

5.

20.

8.7

43.

23.5

12.

5.

19.9

8.5

20.

36.

19.

12.

5.

18.

8.3

17.

31.

17.8

12.

4.

14.9

G.8

25.

12.5

10.

4.

13.

6.

15.

Sandwich Islands ; Philippine Islands ; Seyrlii-lle Islands.

Echinometra subangularis

! Cidaris subangularis LESKE, 1778, Kl. Add.
Echinometra subangularis Df.sml., 1837, Syn.
(See Part II. p. 283.)

PL X'.f. I -J,; PI. XXVI. f. 11-13.
West India Islands; Brazil; Cape Verde; Bermudas; Senegal

Echinometra Van Brunti

! Echinometra Van Brunti A. Ac. 18C3, Bull. M. C. '/..

This species differs from the West India E. subangularis by the narrow
arcs of the broad poriferous zone. The pores are small, placed close together,
from seven to eight and frequently even nine pairs of pores in each arc,
tin' upper pair of pores being separated from the remaining pores of each
arc by the exterior row of small ambulacra! tubercles. The difference in
size between the median interainhnlacral vertical rows of tubercles is more
marked than in the West India species. The abactinal system closely
resembles that of the West India subangularis; but the genital openings,
which are huge, are placed at the very outer termination of the plates,
while they are in central part of the plate in subangularis. The most
striking difference is the slender auricles, with the large auricular arch con-
nected by the narrow and low interainhnlacral ridge. The actinostome is
proportionally small, and the actinal cuts well marked for an Echinometra;
the spines, as far as I have seen specimens, are uniformly larger and more
slender in proportion to the size of the test. The color in life is deep violet.

No. of Interamb.
Tubercles.

No. of
Pores.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal

Sj -trill.

Actual

.System.

Spin

13.

7.

42.8

19.

7.

19.

15.

8.

64.

30.5

9.1

25.

14.

8.

56.

24.

9.8

24.

53

15.

8.

59.

29.

10.5

24.

42,

Peru; Panama; Gulf of California.

ECHINOMETRA VIRIDIS. 435

Echinometra viridis

! Echinometra viridis A. Ag., 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 284.)

Pi. X'.f.i; PI. XXVI. f. 8-10.

West India Islands.

PARASALENIA.

Parasaleuia A. Agass., 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., I.

This genus seems to be an Oligopore among the Echinometradae, having
but three pairs of pores in each arc ; the poriferous zones are narrow ; the
obliquity of the test corresponds to that of Echinometra, and the spines
resemble those of the same genus ; there are but two rows of tubercles, of
a similar character to those of Echinometra, in the ambulacra! and inter-
ambulacral areas. The great generic difference is found in the small anal
system, which is closed by only four plates, as in the Arbaciadae. Buccal
membrane carrying minute spines and pedicellame, as in Echinometra.
Abactinal system large, characterized by the great development of the
genital plates and the limited number of anal plates. The jaws do not
differ from those of Echinometra proper.

Parasalenia gratiosa

! Parasaleuia gratiosa A. Ag., 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., I.

Pi. IIId. f. 1-2; Pi. VI. f. 14.

At first sight, large specimens of this species would readily be mistaken
for true Echinometra. The test is elongate, elliptical, depressed, with two
principal vertical rows of primaries of nearly same size in the ambulacral
and interambulacral area. Poriferous zone narrow ; pores arranged in nearly
vertical arcs of three pairs. Actinostome large ; actinal cuts slightly lobed ;
poriferous zone somewhat petaloid at actinostome in older specimens. In
the interambulacral zone an irregular vertical row of secondaries separates the
primary row from the poriferous zones. Median line in both areas occupied
by miliaries and few small tubercles irregularly arranged in vertical zigzag
lines. Abactinal system extremely prominent ; anal system covered by
four large anal plates. Madreporic genital much broader than other genital
plates, wdiich are extremely elongate, carrying a single small secondary
tubercle near the anal system ; the genital openings large, elliptical, placed

436 STOMOPNEUSTES.

near the outer edge. Ocular plates broadly triangular, excluded from anal
system. Coloring of spines seems to be fully as variable as that of Eehino-
metra lucunter, with which it is always associated.

Young specimens of this species show remarkable differences from the
young of Echinometra, reminding us somewhat of the changes undergone
by Arbacia. The spines of young are comparatively far shorter, stouter;
they are irregularly banded, so that, until a complete series was seen, the
young were supposed to belong to a distinct species. The granulation of the
abactinal system is also quite prominent in small specimens, measuring 6mm-
longitudinal diameter, while in the largest specimens examined, measuring
20nun,3 the abactinal plates were nearly smooth. The contrast between the
comparatively huge spines and test is so great in the small specimens that
they would at first glance readily pass for young of Heterocentrotus trigo-
narius.

Zanzibar; Kingsmills [stands; lionin Islands.

STOMOPNEUSTES.

Stomopneustes A<;.\ss., 1841. Munn<r. Scut. Int.

This genus shows conclusively that the mere obliquity of the axis alone
is not a sufficient basis to form of the Echinometradae a family among the
Echinidae, as has been proposed by Gray. There are in Echinometra. in one
and the same species, specimens in which the elongation of the axis cannot
he traced, when we must depend upon the other characters of the genus.
Stomopneustes forms the passage between Strongylocefttrotus and the true
Echinometradae. The test is nearly circular, although then' is a slight ten-
dency to obliquity in the axis of old specimens. The spines are long, stout,
finely longitudinally striated. The actinal surface is Hat. the poriferous /.one
becoming petaloid ; while above the ambitus it is narrow, forming three irreg-
ular vertical lines of parallel rows of pores. The actinostome is small;
actinal cuts scarcely marked. There are but two principal rows of primary
tubercles, both in the ambulacra! and interainhulacral areas.

By some oversight the name of Stomopneustes. given by Agassi/ to
Echinus variolaris, was overlooked in the Catalogue Raisonne ; and as Hclio-
cidaris, as there constituted, has become the receptacle for all doubtful
species, the i*estoration of this name cannot but prove justifiable, as the

STOMOPNEUSTES VARIOLARIS. 437

species subsequently added to Heliocidaris have only increased the confusion
already existing in the genus.

Stomopneustes variolaris

! Echinus variolaris Lamk., 1816, An. ?. Vert.

! Stomopneustes variolaris Agass, 1841, Monog. Scut. Int.

PllV.f. i-s ; PL XXIV. f. 31 -32; PI. VI. f. n-if; PI XXXVI. f, 2, s.

The general aspect of the test of this species with its spines is that of
some varieties of Heterocentrotus trigonarius, with more slender and nu-
merous spines. The test is thick; more or less irregular in outline when
seen from above, according to the greater or less eccentricity of the axis ;
the auricles very slender, somewhat depressed. Abactinal system compact ;
anal system tolerably large, thickly covered by small plates, carrying sec-
ondary tubercles ; the genital and ocular plates each carry one secondary
and smaller miliaries. Madreporic genital large ; the genital ring narrow,
all the plates nearly uniform in size.

The denuded test can at once be recognized by the continuous groove
extending along the vertical suture of the plates in the median interambu-
lacral space. This groove is barely marked in the ambulacral region. The
coronal plates are high ; two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles in
the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces, the ambulacral but slightly
smaller than the interambulacral. The ambulacral plates are loosely covered
by large secondaries and irregularly arranged miliaries extending into the
poriferous zone. The poriferous zone is separated from the primary rows
of tubercles by a vertical row of small tubercles ; two median interambu-
lacral vertical rows of small tubercles, irregularly arranged, separate the
primary rows above the median space.

The actinostome is small ; branchial notches moderately marked ; tuber-
cles of actinal surface small, but rapidly increasing towards the ambitus.
Principal spines are stout, solid, tapering, coarsely striated longitudinally from
the prominent milled ring ; their color is olive green with purple tips. The
poriferous zone is narrow above the ambitus ; it is proportionally narrower in
older specimens, where, owing to the great flattening of the actinal surface,
the poriferous zone becomes extremely petaloid ; but the number of pores
in each arc is not increased, though adjoining arcs are crowded together
laterally in such a manner as to give all the appearance of a great number
of pores to each arc. In young specimens, as is seen by the measurements,

438

,sti:o.\<;ylocextrotus.

the actinal part of the poriferous zone is only slightly petaloid ; the arrange-
ment of the pores above and below the ambitus differing only slightly. All
the specimens examined are remarkably uniform in character; only very
few and slight variations have been observed in the specimens of different
collections, and this species seems to be one of the best characterized among
Echini.

No. of Prim.
[ntenunb. Tub.

Diameter.

Height.

Binmeter
Abut, s_\>t.

Diameter

Act. Sjst.

Poriferous Zone

Width above Width belov
Ambitus. Ambitus,

16.

62.8

28.

10.6

17.

3.2

•l.G

outline of test circular.

13.

G1.3

29.4

11.1

18.2

3.1

4.2

very eccentric.

11.

27.5

13.

6.1

10.5

1.7

2.1

moderately eccentric.

Mauritius ; Java ; Samoa.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.

Strongylocentrotus Brandt, 1835, Prod. Dcs. An.
(See Pari II. p. '.'76.)

Strongylocentrotus albus

Echinus albas Moi. in.. 17Si>. Chili.

! Strongylocentrotus albus A. An . 1*72, Rev. Ech., ft. I. p. 162.

Test high, thick, regularly arched, outline from above slightly pentagonal;
poriferous zone broader than the median ambulacra! region, which is Hanked
externally by two vertical rows of small primary tubercles; from their base
extend horizontal rows of secondary tubercles, from five to six in a row,
slightly slanting, increasing in size outwardly, which separate the arcs of
pores of the poriferous zone. The median ambulacral space is closely tilled
with secondary tubercles, the larger ones forming two irregular vertical rows
placed next to the outer large vertical row adjoining the poriferous zone. In
the interambulacral space there are two vertical rows of very prominent pri-
mary tubercles extending from the apex to the actiiiostome. situated half-way
between the poriferous zone and the median interambulacral line. The rest
of the coronal plate is closely packed with secondaries and miliaries arranged
in somewhat irregular horizontal rows; the secondary tubercles are slightly
larger towards the median line and near the poriferous zone. Near the ambi-
tus there are from ten to eleven pairs of pores in specimens with about thirty
to thirty-three coronal plates. The anal system is large, made up of closely
packed tuberculated plates, surrounded by a narrow ring of small genital
and ocular plates, the latter, all except one, excluded from the anal area.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ARMIGER. 439

Surrounding the anal system the genital plates carry quite large secondary
tubercles. Genital openings large ; madreporic genital slightly larger than
the other genital plates. Actinal membrane smooth, excepting a few clusters
of well-separated plates in continuation of the ambulacra.

Color of test brownish ; spines short, moderately stout, greenish, tipped
with white.

i. Interamb.
Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Diameter
Abact. Syst.

Diameter
Act. Syst.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Diameter
Anal Syst.

Length
of Spines.

24.

78.

40.

12.

20.

8.

28.

96.

53.

15.

22.

9.

32.

106.

55.

17.

23.

10.2

10.

10.

33.

122.

63.

18.

24.

11.

Patagonia ; Chili ; Peru.

Strongylocentrotus armiger

! Strongylocentrotus armiger A. Ac, 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

PL V.f. 1.

Test thin, flattened above, regularly arched below. Is at once distin-
guished from its congeners by the peculiar short thick swollen spines,
resembling those of Echinometra oblonga. The test, when denuded, shows
that the largest primary tubercles of both areas are not placed near the
ambitus, but, on the contrary, within three plates of the abactinal system in
the interambulacral space ; they cover the abactinal part of the flattened test,
decreasing rapidly towards the ambitus and actinal surface.

The genital plates are small ; the genital openings large, exterior ; anal
system large ; the plates covered by small secondary spines and tubercles.
Madreporic genital much larger than the other genital plates. The two
principal vertical rows of tubercles of the ambulacral region are closely
packed, with secondaiy tubercles in the narrow median space forming only
a short very indistinct row for a part of the space. Poriferous zone broad ;
pores arranged in well-shaped arcs. The principal row of primary inter-
ambulacral tubercles is flanked exteriorly by smaller secondaries, separating
them from the poriferous zones by an irregular vertical row. There are two
median vertical rows of still smaller secondaries. The coronal plates are
narrow, the larger tubercles occupy nearly the whole plate ; the rest of the
plate is filled by small secondaries arranged round the base, with but few
miliaries, both in the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces. In the ambu-
lacral zone a few small secondaries extend between the arcs of the poriferous
zone.

440 STKONGYLOCENTROTUS DEPRESSUS.

Actinal cuts slight. Poriferous belt of uniform width. Actinal membrane

thin, with few irregular circular plates, in continuation of the ambulacra!
system, carrying miliaries.

The color of the dried test is light violet above, whitish below; spines dark
purplish-brown at the swollen part of the shaft, lighter colored at base and tip.

v,, r„teramb Diameter Diameter Diameter No. of Length of Diam.

TubS! Diameter. Height. Abact. Syet Ul Syal AnalSyet. Pore.. Spine, oTSpine.

16. 52. 26.6 18. 20-5 3-x

14.
13.

44.9 22.7 9. 16.2 4.9. 7.

38. 17.8 7.5 14. 3.9 6.

Australia.

Strongylocentrotus depressus

! Toxocidari* depressa A. Ac, 1863, Proc. A. X. S. Phila,

\ Slrongylocentrotus depressus A. Ac;., 1872, Rev. Ech. I't. L, p. 162.

The measurements and proportions are nearly the same as those of S. tu-
berculatus. The greater flattening of test, with narrower coronal plates and
correspondingly smaller tubercles, seem however, al first sight, to character-
ize in a marked manner the specimens of this species.

The primary tubercles of the ambulacra! and interambulacra! regions are
nearly of the same size. Owing to great flattening of test, the poriferous
zone is frequently extremely broad, the inner and one outer pairs of pores
becoming disconnected in specimens with a depressed test. This char-
acter distinguishes some of the specimens named E. disjunctus by Martens.
The actinostome is apparently proportionally much larger than in S. tuber-
culatus, especially in the smaller specimens, but with increasing si/.e this
difference becomes less apparent.

A larger series of specimens than are now to be found in the different
Museums may show that there have been too many species recognized in
this genus among the species inhabiting the Chinese. Japanese, and Austra-
lian Seas, and that, as in other species of the family of Echinomctradae,
we find great local differences, as among the specimens of the two most com-
mon species of Echinometra which have been described under so many specific
names. The want of material, however, prevents us from applying ex-
tensively to this most difficult genus the results which have reduced the
number of species so materially in other genera, as we should only increase
the existing confusion by attempting to consolidate species about which we
know so little thus far.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS. 441

The color of test is light brownish-pink ; the spines are short, slender, of
uniform color, somewhat darker than the test, and of very even length over
the whole abactinal j)art of the test, giving the species much the facies of
Sphaer. granulans.

o. Interamb.
Tubercles.

Diameter

Height.

Diameter
Abact. Syst.

Diameter
Anal Syst.

Diameter
Act. Syst.

No. of
Pores.

Length of
Spines.

23.

75.1

29.7

13.6

6.1

21.1

7.

20.

18.

45.5

17.

8.

4.

14.3

6.

13.

19.

44.

16.3

7.3

4.

14.2

5.

19.

Japan.

Strongylocentrotus Drdbachiensis

IV Echinus Drdbachiensis Mull., 1776, Zool. Dan. Prod.
1 Strongylocentrotus Drdbachiensis A. Ao., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 162.
(See Part II. p. 277.)

PL IV. f. 2, 3, 6; PL VI. f. g; PL IX. ; PL X ; PL XXIV. f. 15-24; PL
XXVII f. 1-5; PL XXXVIII f. 13, 14.

North European ; North Pacific ; Northeast Coast of North America.

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus

! Echinus eurythrogramrnus Val., 1846, Voyage Venus.

! Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 163.

PL V.f. 2-4.

Test regularly arched, subglobular. Two principal vertical rows of tubercles
in the interambulacral and ambulacral spaces ; a well-defined vertical row
of small tubercles separating the poriferous zone from the primary tubercles
in the interambulacral space. Two irregular median vertical interambu-
lacral rows. Coronal plates closely crowded with small secondaries ; the
intervening space again filled with closely packed miliaries surrounding them.
The same arrangement extends to both the median ambulacral and the porif-
erous zones. The main ambulacral tubercles are of the size of the median
interambulacral row, and the median ambulacral rows of the same size as the
secondaries filling the space between the primaries in the interambulacral
space. Poriferous zone broad ; pores arranged in oblique arcs separated by
irregular rows of secondaries arranged obliquely, and forming indirectly
a vertical line of small secondaries on the outer sides of the main vertical
ambulacral row. Poriferous zone slightly diminishing in width towards the
actinostome.

Abactinal system moderately compact, much like that of S. tuberculatus,
but less tubercular. Anal system covered by small plates less numeror.s

Xo. Interomb.
Tubercles.

Dli i> 1

Height

22.

70.

35.6

18.

62.

31.

17.

49.

22.0

17.

42.4

21.

No. of
Pores.

8.

Spine.

7.

22.

7.

7.

14.

442 STRONGYLOCENTROTUS FRANCISCANUS.

than in S. depressus. Cuts of actinostome very moderate. Color of spines
olive-brown ; they are moderately stout, tapering, tipped with violet.
Buccal membrane thin, strengthened in the continuation of the ambulacra
by a few elliptical plates.

In young specimens the difference in size of the tubercles between the two
areas is not so marked, and in large specimens the median vertical lines
become regular vertical rows of secondary tubercles.

A young specimen of this species was marked in the Jardin des Plantes
as labelled by Lamarck " E. tuberculatus " with a larger specimen, which
would leave no doubt as to which species was intended to be named S.
tuberculatus; to prevent confusion the large specimen was taken as the
type of Lamarck, and the other names given to the species of this genus
adopted to correspond to this assumption.

Diameter Diamctci Dian eter Wi.Ith
Ibacl Syet Act. Syst. Anal. Sysl Porif.Zone.

II. 21. 0. 4.8

II. 18.8 5.6

8.2 1G. 3.5

8.1 13.0 4. 2.4

Australia ; Tasmania : San

Strongylocentrotus franciscanus

IToxocidaris franciscana A. A<;.. ISO.'!. Bull. M. ('. '/... I.

I s rongylocentrotus franciscanus A. A.G., 1872, Rev. Ech., l't. I. p. 163.

PI V'.f. 1-2; PI. VI. f. in, in'.

This large species is readily distinguished from its congeners by its high
coronal plates; it is more closely allied to the Sandwich Island species.
S. nudus, than any other. The striatum of the spines is extremely fine, and
the transverse grooving scarcely marked ; while in the Sandwich Island
species the striatum of the spines is coarse and the transverse grooving more
marked. In addition to this, specimens of S. nudus having already thirteen
coronal plates are much smaller than specimens of S. franciscanus with
an equal number of plates ; unfortunately the specimens from the two local-
ities are so different in size that a close comparison could not lie instituted,
and I can only call attention to the relationship of these two species at the
present time, and point out their differences. Since the number of Echino-
derms common to Northern Japan and the coast of California is by no
means inconsiderable, it would not be at all unlikely if further materials
should prove the identity of these two species. Other points of difference

STRONG YLOCENTROTUS GAIMARDI. 443

are the proportionally larger size of the two principal vertical rows of
ambulacral tubercles, the well-marked scrobicular circle of the primary
tubercles of both areas, the proportionally smaller actinostome, and the anal
system, which is completely covered by secondary tubercles ; the actinal
cuts are less marked, and the ambulacral region broader.

Actinal surface flattened, generally somewhat depressed from above, regu-
larly arched in profile. There are two main vertical rows of very large
tubercles, each occupying the larger part of a coronal plate in the interam-
bulacral spaces, each flanked by a shorter row of smaller tubercles, uniting
on the median line, and an irregular row of tubercles of the same size sepa-
rating the principal rows from the poriferous zones. The rest of the plate
is loosely filled with secondaries of different sizes, and a few miliaries
arranged round the well-defined scrobicular circles of the primaries. In the
ambulacral zone the median vertical line is formed of small secondaries,
irregularly arranged ; the rows of larger secondaries of the poriferous zone
form a vertical line of tubercles of same size.

No. of Diameter Diameter Diameter Width Length of

Coron. Plates. Diameter. Height. Act. Syst. Abact Syst. Anal Syst. Poril. Zone. Spines.

14. 71.3 37. 25.G 14. 8.2 4.8 56.

18. 117.C 59.1 34.5 22. 10.9 7. 53.

Formosa ; Puget Sound ; San Diego.

Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi

! Echinus Gaimardi I»r... 1825, Dist. Sc. N. O.

! Slrongi/locenlrolus Gaimardi A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 1G3.

I am strongly inclined to believe that this species will ultimately prove to
be nothing more than S. lividus of the Mediterranean and Azores. Unfortu-
nately the material from Brazil is small ; there are but two specimens in the
Paris Museum, and we possess but few, — all nearly of the same size, vary-
ing from 25mm to 31mm' in diameter. A careful comparison with specimens
of S. lividus of the same size shows no differences sufficient to separate them,
and which age would not modify to a considerable extent in larger speci-
mens. In the Brazilian specimens the spines are slightly stouter, the genital
and ocular plates are grooved by radiating lines from the anal system to the
outer edge of the plates, — the only feature I have never seen in any of the
specimens of S. lividus examined. As the Brazilian specimens are all small,
other features may be developed during their growth by which these two
species, evidently most closely allied, may be further distinguished; but the

444 STEONGYLOCENTROTUS GIBBOSUS.

want of sufficient material prevents me from having a positive view on the
question. The number of primary tubercles is also greater ; in Brazilian
specimens there are fifteen coronal plates, while specimens of S. lividus have
only twelve, — a result which may be due to the greater flattening of the test ;
the corresponding tubercles of the ambulacra] and interamhulacral tubercles
are smaller, though their arrangement, as well as that of the miliaries on the
coronal plates, is identical in the two species. The plates of buccal mem-
brane are also correspondingly larger in S. lividus ; no difference could be
noticed in the pedicellariae of the buccal membrane or test, as far as ex-
amined in one of the specimens. The accompanying comparative measure-
ment of S. lividus and S. Gaimardi show the points of difference.

No. of
Interamb. Tubercles.

Diameter.

Actinal »•

tern.

15.

31.

13.

S. lividus.

17.

31.

13.1

S. Gaimardi.

14.

29.

12.

S. lh idus.

17.

29.

12.

S. Gaimardi.

Brazil.

Strongylocentrotus gibbosus

! Echinus gibbosus Vu... 1847, in Ac. Dks., C. R. Ann. Sc. Xat. VTI.
! Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Ai;.. 1872, Rev. Ech., Pi I. p. 164.

Test slightly depressed ; abactinal system sunken ; abactinal region some-
what asymmetrical ; the upper part of test being frequently distorted and
enlarged by a parasitic crustacean * which forces its entrance into the anal
system and soon attains its full size, so that small specimens of this sea-urchin
are comparatively quite distorted ; •• it causes a dilatation and malformation
of the intestine which eventually forms a huge membranous cyst or sac,
often in the larger specimens extending from the summit to the lower side
of the shell along one side, to which it is attached by fibrous tissues. A
large opening is always maintained externally, out of which the claws of the
crab may be thrust ; but it is apparently not large enough to allow it to go
entirely out when fully grown."

The outline of the test is somewhat pentagonal ; test comparatively thin.
The poriferous zones are broad, each nearly as broad as the median ainbu-
lacral space, which carries two principal outer rows of primary tubercles and
smaller inner rows, forming in small specimens only an irregular median
vertical row. In tin1 interambulacra there are two principal vertical rows

* Fabia Chilensis Dana (Verrill, Notes on Radiata, p. 306.)

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS INTERMEDIUS. 445

of primary tubercles, flanked by somewhat smaller vertical rows, — one
between the principal rows and the poriferous zone, the other towards the
median line, — in small specimens the two median rows form an irregular
median line. Botli in the ambulacral and the interambulacral region large
miliaries fill the coronal plates in both areas ; they are arranged in regular
rectangles round the primary and secondary tubercles. The spines are
moderately long, slender, finely striated longitudinally. When dry, their
2olor is olive-green, frequently tipped with purple. The ground-color of
test is grayish, with more or less of a greenish tinge. The genital plates
are broader than long, forming a narrow ring round the large anal system,
the greater part of which is occupied by the opening left for the passage of
the claws of the parasitic crab. The genital plates are not all united later-
ally, three of the ocular plates extending to the anal SA'stem. On the actinal
side the test is quite flat, and adjoining actinal membrane the poriferous
zone is not unfrequently slightly petaloid.

In large specimens there is less difference in size between the vertical
rows of primary and secondary tubercles, the interambulacral area being
occupied by fewer vertical rows of nearly equal sized tubercles ; spines also
become stouter in proportion ; the anal system is less sunken, and the abac-
tinal part of the test is much less distorted, even when attacked by the para-
sitic crab. In a few specimens in alcohol in the Jardin des Plantes and in
the Museum Godeffroy I could see no trace of the opening for the parasitic
crab. The abactinal was sunken, though but little, and the upper part of
the test was not asymmetrical, otherwise these specimens free from the
parasites showed no further differences, and were fully as gibbous and pen-
tagonal in outline as specimens attacked by parasite. The actinal system is
small, the cuts very slight.

No. of Interamb.
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Diameter
Abact. Syst.

Diameter
Act. Syst.

Width
Porif. Zone.

18.

37.

21.

9.

15.

3.

21.

70.

35.

15.

19.

6.

Chili ; Galapagos ; Peru.

Strongylocentrotus intermedins

! Psammechinus intermedius Barn., 1863, in A. Ac, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila.
! Strongylocentrotus intermedius A. AG., 1872, Rev. Ecli., Pt. I. p. 164.

Outline from above pentagonal; test depressed. Poriferous zone broad,
nearly as broad as the median ambulacral space ; this is flanked by two

446 STKONGYLOCENTROTUS LIVIDUS.

principal rows of tubercles, with two rows of smaller tubercles in the median
space. Miliaries and small secondaries covering closely the coronal platca
of both the ambulacra] and interamhulacral systems. Coronal plates broad,
with live vertical rows of tubercles extending from the ambitus towards the
abactinal region, forming nearly regular horizontal rows on each plate, the
central row of which is the longest. Plates densely packed with secondaries
and miliaries; spines short, stout, greenish, tipped with purple. Ocular
plates large; genital plates small, perforated by immense genital openings
placed <dose to the outer vd<j:i' : both these systems of plates carry small sec-
ondary tubercles extending over the anal system, which is made up of
small solid plates. Actinal membrane thin, covered by (dusters of well-sep-
arated plates in the continuation of the ambulacra! system. Actinal system
small. This species was originally described from a young specimen as a
Psammechinus. The irregularity of the third outside low of pores was noticed
at the time of making the description. A fuller series, containing larger
specimens, shows how they gradually lose this apparent arrangement in
three rows of pores: the irregular outer row, at fust separated by a vertical
row of small tubercles from the two inner rows, gradually forms, with in-
creasing age. an outer arc of two to three pairs of pores in continuation of
the inner arc. soon assuming the regular arrangement of pores character-
istic of the species or of Strong} locentrotus ; the two extremitiesofthe.se
arcs being separated by a vertical row of tubercles.

S'n. of Inter.ujib.
Tuberrb-s.

Diameter.

Height.

Ahactinftl
System.

Actinal

System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

Spine.

26.

58.

29.

9.

17.

4.5

7.

23.

50.

22.

7.5

15.

3.5

6.

Japan.

Strongylocentrotus lividus

! Echinus lividus I. am.. 1816, An. ?. Vert.
Strongyloceutrotus lividus 15u.. 1835, Prod. Dps. An.

PL V.f. :j; PL XXIV. f. 2r>.

Test depressed, regularly arched. Abactinal system prominent, nearly
smooth, excepting a few irregular small secondaries and miliaries near the
anal system ; this is large, (dosed by one row of largo irregularly shaped
plates near the genital plates, and smaller rows of plates towards the anus.
In large specimens two ocular plates reach the anal system, all the others are

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS MEXICANUS. 447

excluded from the anal area. In medium-sized specimens but one ocular
plate reaches the anal system. Genital ring broad, plates triangular, madre-
poric genital much the largest, genital openings moderate ; ocular plates
triangular, with rounded basal corners.

Two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles both in the ambulacral
and interambulacral regions ; median ambulacral space filled with small
irregularly arranged secondaries forming a zigzag vertical line. In the
interambulacral space each primary row is flanked by a second vow of
smaller tubercles; of these the median rows coalesce and run irregularly to
the apex, the exterior row reaching the apex as small secondaries.

Poriferous zone half as broad as the ambulacral zone, generally five pairs
of pore.-; to each arc ; the arcs separated by very minute tubercles, from
two to three, forming irregular oblique lines. The arcs of pores are some-
what oblique and but slightly open. The main tubercles of the ambulacral
and interambulacral spaces are surrounded by irregular circles of secondaries
and few miliaries forming lines between them. The coronal plates are nar-
row. The lower surface but slightly arched ; the actinostome small ; the
buccal membrane thin, with a few small distinct plates in the continuation
of the ambulacra. Spines long, slender, varying in color from olive to violet
purplish or even yellowish tint, tipped with yellow and all intermediate
shades.

No. of Tnteramb.
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Diameter
Abact. Syst.

Diameter

Anal Syst.

Diameter
Act. Syst.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Spines.

No. of
Pores.

23.

63.

37.2

11.

5.5

19.

3.

5.

21.

56 4

27.2

11.1

6.

18.2

2.9

19.

5.

13.

47.5

22.3

8.9

4.3

17.

2.5

19.4

5.

16.

366

17.5

8.

3.9

14.

2.2

17.

5.

15.

31.

14.4

7.

3.2

12.7

1.8

8.

5.

13.

19.2

6.8

4.4

2.

8.9

1.5

9.8

5.

10.

14.

6.

3.2

6.7

1.3

4.

5.

European ; Atlantic ; Mediterranean ; Azores.

SSrongylocentrotus mexicanus

! Toxocidaris mexicana (A. Ag.). 1863, Bull. M. C. Z.

! Strongylocentrotits mexicanus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Eeh., Pt. I. p. 165.

This species is distinguished from S. tuberculatus, to which it is allied
most closely, by its more compact anal system, narrow genital ring, and
large madreporic body. The poriferous zone above the ambitus is narrow", the
arcs of pores being nearly vertical. The actinostome is relatively large in
this species. In the ambulacral region the two main vertical rows of pri-
mary tubercles are placed close together, the median vertical row is reduced

IIS STROXGYLOCENTROTUS NUDUS.

to an insignificant line of small secondary tubercles, similar in size to the
secondary tubercles separating the median ambulacra] space from the porif-
erous zone. In consequence of this arrangement of the tubercles and of the
poriferous zone the whole ambulacra! system is comparatively narrower above
the ambitus than in most species of the genus. In the interambulacral
region the tubercles are more nearly of uniform size; the difference in size
between the primary and secondary tubercles is not very marked. The
secondary tubercles occupying the rest of the coronal plates are not numer-
ous and irregularly scattered ; the miliaries are few in number. The test is
thick, the spines lorn;- and stout. The actinal surface is .somewhat flattened ;
the actinostome but slightly sunken, having large, broad cuts; actinal mem-
brane thin, thickly covered by long elliptical limestone platen Coronal
plates high, test somewhat turban-shaped, coloring of spines dark violet.

\ , Width Porif Zone

System, above Ambitus, on Act. Surface.

5 8 3. 5.2

v> of Prim.
Tuber

Diameter.

Actinal

Bj st. 'in.

AbacUnal

Bj stem,

17.

68.5

26.9

12.

(iulf of California.

Strongylocentrotus nudus

! Toxocidaris nuda A. Ac, 18G3, Proc. A. X. S. Phila.

! Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Ac, 1872, Rev, Ech., I't. I. ]>. 1G5.

PI. XXIV. f. 26-30.

Abactinal system large, nearly smooth ; one large secondary tubercle on
each plate, with here and there a miliary tubercle. Test thin, regularly
arched, somewhat globular. Only two vertical rows of large primary tuber-
cles in the median interambulacral space. Coronal plates high; one indis-
t i ii 't median vertical line of secondary tubercles, ami a row of smaller ones,
separating the median interambulacral space from the poriferous zone; small
secondaries loosely arranged round the scrobicnlar circles, lilling the rest of the
coronal plates; the same arrangement holds for the median anibulacral zone.
Poriferous zone narrow, pores arranged in nearly vertical arcs; in the median
anibulacral space two vertical rows of primary tubercles very much smaller
than those of the interambulacral region. Poriferous zone slightly petaloid
on actinal side. Actinostome large; actinal cuts slight ; spines long, slender,
tapering; test and spines colored dark violet-brown. Actinal membrane
thin, with few elliptical plates in prolongation of ambulacra.

Nil .f CorOD.

Plates. Diameter. Height.

Abactinal
Sj stem.

Actinal

-■ item .

Anal

Bystam,

Spine.

I'orif. above
Ambitus.

Porif. below
Ambitus.

13. 50.7 23.9

11.3

22.

5.6

22.2

2.

2.G

Sandwich T>lan-i>: Japan.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS PURPURATUS. 449

Strongylocentrotus purpuratus

! Echinus purpuratus Stimps. 1857, Crust, Echin. Pacif. Coast.

I Strongylocentrotus purpuratus A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 165.

PL V.f. 5-e; PL VI. f. 7 ; Pi XXXVI. f. 9.

Test more gibbous than that of S. albus, to which it is closely allied, with
proportionally wider anibulacral area, and test less crowded with tubercles ;
primary vertical row not as prominent as in S. albus, and coronal plates
higher. The actinostome is also very much smaller in S. albus than in this
species, and the tubercles separating the arcs of the poriferous zone, which
form lateral rows, are much smaller than in the Chili species. The color of
the test and spines is a brilliant violet when alive ; test denuded, when dry,
is greenish.

Coronal plates high ; interainbulacral space with six irregular vertical rows
of large tubercles, the rows next but one to the poriferous zone the largest.
Scrobicular circle large, tubercles not prominent, miliaries and secondaries fill-
ing the rest of the coronal plates not very closely crowded. The secondaries
are large, scarcely inferior in size to the primaries. The principal vertical
row of primary tubercles of the ambulacra] space is nearly as large as those
of the median interainbulacral space. The median ambulacral space is filled
by irregular vertical rows of secondaries. The tubercles of the lateral rows
of secondaries separating the arcs of pores are larger nearer the inner edge.
The abactinal system is distinguished b}r its small anal system, flanked by
large ocular plates, two of which reach the anal system. The plates of
abactinal system are sparsely tuberculated ; genital madreporic plate pentag-
onal, pointed, and very prominent, much larger than the other genital plates.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Width of
Porif. Zoue.

Spine.

22.

68.

39.

11.

23.

7.

14.

18.

53.

26.

8.

15.

5.5

12.

San Francisco; Pup-et Sound.

Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus

! Echinus tuberculatus Lam., 1816, An. s. Vert.
Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br., 1835, Prod.

PL V\f. 4-5; PL XXXVI. f. 4.

The test is regularly arched, often somewhat flattened ; the spines large,
stout, sharp at extremity, and long compared to the size of the test. Anal

450 STKONGYLOCENTROTUS TUBERCULA.TUS.

system elliptical, covered by small plates carrying a few minute tubercles
near the edge of the anal system. Genital ring of nearly uniform breadth,
slightly narrower where the ocular plates reach the anal system. Madreporic
body large, pentagonal. Two main rows of tubercles in the amhulacral
and interambulacral space, each Hanked in the interambulacral space by
a smaller one uniting in a single vertical row in the median space. The
coronal plates are loosely covered by minute tubercles and few miliaries.
In the amhulacral space there is one irregular central vertical row of
small tubercles, with an exterior vertical row of tubercles somewhat larger,
from the base of which still smaller tubercles running obliquely separate
the arcs of pores. These small tubercles between the pores form in
larger specimens irregular vertical rows. Poriferous zone formed of arcs
of pores of from five to eight pairs of pores, more or less closed above the
ambitus, and. according to Battening of the test on the actinal side, more
or less petaloid. The notches of the actinostome are not deep, but broad
ami well defined. The color of the spines varies from dark violel to
black. Test when dry and denuded is usually greenish, the lower surface
whitish. Actinal membrane thin, covered by a few very distant elliptical
plates.

'fhe variations of this species show, perhaps better than any other species
of the genus, that the genus Toxocidaris. which both Liitken and myself
had separated from Strongylocentrotus on account of the remarkably peta-
loid structure of the actinal part of the poriferous zone of several of the
species, can only be considered as a convenient subdivision, as we find even
among the adults of this species, in which the petaloid structure of the actinal
part of the poriferous zone is more marked than in any other, specimens in
which the spreading of that pari of the poriferous zone does not exist and
in •which the poriferous zone is no broader below than above the ambitus.
The extent of the spreading of the actinal part of the poriferous zone
depends entirely upon the greater or less flattening of that portion of the
test; this flattening usually takes place only after the specimens have
reached a certain size (say about 40""" in diameter), and is not a structural
feature, many of the specimens always retaining their globular outline,
and the poriferous zone never showing any trace of flaring. A fine series
of this species, collected by Mr. Dall and now in the Smithsonian collection,
shows the impracticability of considering this character as one of generic
value.

SPHAERECHINUS.

451

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Aetinal
System.

Width r<irif.
Zone above
Ambitus.

Width Porif.

Zoue Actiual

Side.

18.

61.

31.4

11.

18 2

4.9

5.1

18.

61.

31.

11.

17.8

4.9

5.3

18.

61.

28.6

12.

5.4

16.9

5.

5.1

17.

52.

20.8

y.

4.9

18.

3.8

4.7

18.

47.

23.7

8.

17.

4.4

4.4

16.

47.

19.2

8.9

4.5

16.1

3.

44

14.

36.

16.5

8.

4.

15.

2.1

2.1

13.

22.

10.1

5.2

2.6

9.

1.7

1.7

Japan ; China ; Australia ; New Zealand.

(STRONG YLOCENTROTUS.) Sphaerechinus.

Sphaerechinus Desor, 1857, Syn. Ech. foss.

Test thick ; tubercles of uniform size, imperforate, not crenulate, nu-
merous, closely packed together upon both areas. Aetinal system decagonal,
with deep cuts. Buccal membrane thin, generally covered by four rather
prominent plates. In the poriferous zone the pores are arranged irregularly
in closed arcs of from four to eight pairs.

This genus can hardly rank as more than a subgeneric division of Stron-
gylocentrotus ; the presence of deep, sharp cuts in the aetinal system and the
regularity of the arrangement of the tubercles, although giving to the
species of this genus a striking facies, are simply quantitative characters,
the value of which a better acquaintance with the subject will determine.

Sphaerechinus Australiae

'.Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Agass., 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., ILL

PL VI. f. is.

Test thick ; outline globular, especially in young specimens, in which the
outline resembles that of Amblypneustes, but as they grow older they be-
come somewhat flattened below. The poriferous zone is narrow ; the four
pairs of pores are arranged in arcs of three pairs towards exterior, well
separated from the inner fourth pair, — this is quite hidden among the tuber-
cles, forming almost an independent vertical row. There are two principal
vertical rows of primary tubercles in the ambulacral space on each side of
the median line, forming, with the two rows of smaller tubercles separating
the inner pair of pores from the others, oblique lines of tubercles from the
median line to the exterior edge of the poriferous zone.

452 SPHAERECHINUS GRANULARIS.

In the interambulacral space there are from six to eight vertical rows of
large primary tubercles; near the median space, separating the principal
rows, closely packed secondary tubercles fill the rest of the coronal plates.
The coronal plates are high. The most prominent vertical row of primaries is
half-way from the median line to the poriferous zone. The abactinal system
is exceedingly compact and prominent ; anal system large, covered by small
plates carrying minute granulation ; ocular and genital plates covered by
secondary tubercles, genital ring narrow, genital pores large.

Color of test violet with tubercles of whitish-green. Actinal membrane
covered by large prominent elliptical plates moderately closely packed to-
gether. Spines short, tolerably stout ; when dry, violet at base with green-
ish tips.

No. of
Corou. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

\- final

S_\ stem

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Width

l'orif. Zone.

Spine.

17.

25.4

1C.2

10.5

5.5

3.

2.

4.5

18.

32.

23.

10.G

7.

3.3

2.6

18.

84.8

24.8

10.6

7.9

4.

2.7

18.

39.4

23.4

12.1

4.4

4.4

3.

7.5

Australia; Mauritius; Now Zealand.

Sphaerechinus granulans

! Echinus granulans Lahk., 1816, An. B. Vert.

! Sphaerechinus granulans A. A.G., 1863, Bull. M. ('. Z.. I.

PL V.f.r; PL VI.f.ie-17.

Aradas, in his memoirs on the living and fossil Echini of Sicily, has given
an excellent account of the many varieties to be distinguished in this species,
and which usually have served as types of as many species. The variation
in the shape of the test of this species is perhaps not as great as in many of
the species of Echinus, but the differences due to the mode of tuberculatum
are so great as readily to excuse the citations of the many synonymes of this
species. Test somewhat depressed, regularly arched, slightly flattened below ;
sometimes test somewhat conical above. Abactinal system prominent. Anal
system large, covered by comparatively few large plates, with a number of
smaller ones in the centre. Genital ring narrow, madreporic genital larger
than the others. The ocular plates reach the anal system; they arc rectangu-
lar, elongate. The genital and ocular plates carry a few huge secondaries
near the anal system, with additional tubercles on the madreporic genital.
Poriferous zone somewhat sunken ; pores arranged in very irregular arcs,

SPHAERECHINUS PULCHERRIMUS.

453

sometimes in straight oblique lines of four pairs, or in re-entering arcs of
from five to six pairs of pores, according to size of specimens. Actinostome
small, actinal cuts deep. In the ambulacra! zone the tubercles are slightly
smaller than in the interambulacral region, forming from two to four regular
vertical rows, with an irregular median vertical line, and minute secondary
tubercles contained between adjoining arcs of pores along the whole poriferous
zone. Small miliaries are arranged in connected rings round the scrobicular
circles of the main tubercles, and also fill the space between the primary
tubercles. In the interambulacral zone the vertical rows of closely packed
primary tubercles are at the same time arranged in regular horizontal rows,
separated by vertical and horizontal lines of miliaries and secondaries forming
irregular rectangles. There are from two to twelve vertical rows of primaries,
according to size of specimens, with an irregular median line. The spines are
are short, stout, and, owing to the narrowness of the coronal plates, closely
crowded together. They are frequently of uniform color, either violet-brown,
yellowish, or tipped with white at the summit, with darker-colored shafts, or
wholly white. The plates covering the actinal membrane are very large and
prominent, arranged in the continuation of the ambulacra. Auricles are slen-
der, with large auricular opening and low solid connecting ridges.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

neight.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Anal
System.

Length of
Spine.

No. of
Pores.

34.

92.

63.

16.

29.4

9.

11.

5.

33.

85.1

49.

12.9

26.

4.2

7.4

6.

32.

85.2

61.

25.

4.1

5.

32.

76.4

40.3

12.1

24.

7.5

9.

6.

30.

66.2

44.

11.

21.

7.8

11.5

6.

25.

61.2

34.

10.5

21.

3.6

6.

10.8

5.

22.

49.

28.

8.4

13.5

5.1

10.1

4.

20.

34.

17.5

6.6

13.4

3.

3.9

6.

18.

25.3

13.

5.7

12.

2.4

5.

13.

12.6

6.5

2.9

7.8

1.3

1.7

4.

Mediterranean ; Canary Islands.

Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus

! Psammechinus pulcherrimus Barn.. 18G3, in A. Agass. Proe. Pkila. Ac. N. S.
! Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech. Pt. I., p. 160.

PI. VI. f. 19.

Test flattened, of medium thickness. Poriferous zone broader than median
ambulacral region, containing oblique arcs of pores arranged in four pairs,
separated by an oblique row of three small tubercles, with smaller miliaries

454 PSEUDOBOLETIA.

somewhat distant. Median ambulacra! region flanked by two vertical rows
of larger tubercles ; the median space is occupied by smaller tubercles, form-
ing in the oldest specimen examined six horizontal rows of tubercles, the
exterior rows somewhat the largest. On the coronal plates the tubercles
of both areas are closely packed, forming horizontal lines in the ambu-
lacral space, and somewhat oblique lines in the median interambulacral
space. Miliaries distant. In the interambulacral space there are from six
to seven vertical rows in the largest specimens examined; the row placed
one third the distance from the median line is somewhat more prominent
than the others. The rest of the coronal plates is thickly covered by sec-
ondaries and comparatively only a few miliaries. The lower surface is
quite flattened. Actinostome has sharply marked cuts. Anal system large.
with prominent plates; genital ring quite narrow opposite madreporic geni-
tal, which is much larger than the remaining genital plates. Ocular and
genital plates closely covered with small tubercles. Genital openings large,
placed near exterior, almost at the very extremity of the pointed genital
plates. Two ocular plates reach the anal area ; they are rectangular and as
large as the adjoining genitals: ocular pore prominent. Auricles thin, slen-
der, with large foramen and low connecting ridge. Actinal membrane
moderately covered by small longitudinal plates, with ten extremely promi-
nent buccal plates.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Artinal
Sj stem

Alartinal
Sj -tem.

Anal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

Lonpth of
SpTaeB.

29.

52.

27.

13.5

9.9

4.7

4.1

6.3

27.

41.

1G.7

12.2

7.9

4.

4.

24.

35.5

16.2

11.2

6.4

3.3

3.9

20.

25.8

13.8

9.4

5.45

3.

2.9

3.8

Japan ; China Seas.

( STRONG YLOCENTROTUS. ) Psfxdoboletia.

Pseudoboletia Tkosch., 1869. Verhdl. d. Nat Ver. £ Eheinl. n. West.

Professor Troschel called my attention to the peculiar arrangement of
the pores of some species of Echini which I had referred to Boletia, and for
which he proposed the name of Pseudoboletia. The species of this genus
have the general facies of Toxopneustes, the spines are comparatively longer,
and the plates of the buccal membrane are thickly covered by small spines.
The general arrangement of the primary tubercles is like that of Toxop-

PSEUDOBOLETIA GRANULATA. 455

neustes, but the outer vertical row of pores of the poriferous zone consists
of twice as many pores as the inner rows, and the pores are arranged in such
a way as to form arcs of four pairs of pores. The poriferous zone is compara-
tively no broader than in the true Toxopneustes. The actinal cuts are
marked, but less prominent than in the genus just mentioned. This is an
interesting genus, forming, as it were, a link between the Echinometradae
and Echinidae ; its position is still doubtful, and as no young specimens
have yet been examined, I am unable to state anything regarding the mode
of growth of the poriferous zone of this genus.

Pseudoboletia granulata

! Boletia granulata A. Agass., 18G3, Bull. M. C. Z., I.

! Pseudoboletia granulata A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 153.

The tubercles of the coronal plates are very uniform in size, closely packed,
covering nearly the whole of both areas, leaving bare only a small space
along the median lines near the abactinal pole. The secondaries are small,
far apart, and the rest of the coronal plate is closely covered by miliaries.
The spines are long, scarcely tapering, of remarkable uniformity in diameter
and length. The abactinal system is not materially different from that of
Toxopneustes, though in this species the anal system is covered by plates of
uniform size, except those immediately surrounding the anus, which are
smaller. The ten large buccal plates of the actinal membrane are re-
markably prominent and well developed, and carry over their whole surface
spines of considerable size, closely packed together, varying from 4mm- to 5mm'
in length. The other buccal plates also carry each from two to three similar
small spines ; the whole buccal membrane thus being hidden from view.
The actinal cuts are slight, much less marked than in the species of Toxop-
neustes ; the adjoining interambulacral lip is large and broad, so that the
cuts appear almost like close comma-shaped openings. The pedicellaria? are
similar to those of Toxopneustes, though smaller, and do not attain the size
and prominence they do in that genus. The test is depressed, quite flat-
tened both above and below, slightly conical, regularly arched in profile.

Sandwich Islands.

456 PSEUDOBOLETIA INDIANA.

Pseudoboletia indiana

! Toxopneustes indianua Mien., 1862, Maill. Bourbon, Ann. A.
\ Pseudoboletia indiana A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., l't. I. p. 153.

PL V.f. 8, 9.

The outline of this species is more conical in profile; test thinner; tuber-
culatum relatively smaller, in proportion to the size of the test, compared to
P. granulata. The striking difference, however, is in the proportion of the
actinostome to the diameter of the test : the actinostome being considerably
more than one third the diameter of the test. The actinal cuts are shorter,
but broader, and the interambulacral lips of the cuts quite well developed.
The actinal membrane was missing in all the specimens examined. The spines
of this species are comparatively shorter than those of P. granulata, resem-
bling more the spines of the short-spined variety of Toxopneustes variegatus.
In a specimen measuring about 54"1IU in diameter, the actinal surface is
quite flat; actinostome not sunken ; there are six vertical rows of primaries
at the ambitus ami an irregular median one. The scrobicular circles are large,
with numerous small miliaries arranged parallel to the sutures of the plates
and vertically between the primaries. Secondaries few in number, irregularly
scattered. In the median interambulacral space; the primary tubercles be-
come very small and unimportant towards the abaetinal pole, and tubercles
of the exterior vertical row also diminish rapidly in size above the ambitus.
In the ambulacral space there are four such primary vertical rows of tuber-
cles, scarcely smaller than those of the interambulacral space, disappearing
towards the abaetinal system in the median ambulacra] as in the median in-
terambulacral space. The poriferous /.one is broader than in its congener, and
the coronal plates narrower. The abaetinal system does not differ materially ;
the anal system is perhaps somewhat smaller. Ocular plates rectangular,
two adjacent to anal system. Genital plates very unequal in size; madre-
poric genital much larger than the others. Test of a dull yellowish ground-
color, with darker patch of brown round abaetinal system, and a broken
ring of similar brown patches in the median ambulacral and interambulacral
space about half-way from pole to ambitus. A second irregular mottled
ring follows the line of the ambitus. The spines are of the same tint as the
test, and irrejrularlv mottled or banded with brown.

Diameter.

Height.

Abaetinal
System.

Aetinal
System.

Anal
System.

No. of
Coronal Plates.

54.

23.

7.5

20.

3.6

23.

Philippine Islau>l> ; Mauritius.

ECHINOSTREPHUS. 457

ECHINOSTREPHUS.

Echinostrephus A. Ac, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., I.

The shape of the test is very striking ; unlike other Echini, the great-
est diameter is near the abactinal surface, which is flattened. The test slopes
gradually towards the actinostome ; this is small, with slight cuts. Be-
sides the unusual outline of the test, the peculiar abactinal system is very
characteristic. It is circular ; the ocular plates do not project beyond the
outline of the genital ring, but are wedged in between the genital plates
somewhat as in Cidaris. The anal system is of moderate size, covered by a
central row of large plates. The spines are long, slender, tapering, exceeding
in length the diameter of the test; they have the usual structure of the
spines of Echinometradae. The teeth present no peculiar features ; auricles
small, highly developed, connecting ridge but little prominent.

Echinostrephus molare

Eclunometra setosa Rumph., 1705, Amb. Rar. Kam.

\ Echinostrephus molare A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I p. 119.

PL Va.f. 10-12.; PI VI. f. 20.

Interambulacral region occupied by ten vertical rows of tubercles of uni-
form size, diminishing gradually in size from the point of greatest diameter
towards both poles. The coronal plates towards the actinostome are high, Avhile
they are narrow and elongate towards the abactinal system. Miliaries and
secondaries are irregularly scattered on the lower surface of the test, while on
the abactinal surface they are arranged round the primary tubercles. There
are two vertical rows of tubercles in the ambulacral space fully as large as
those of the interambulacral area. They are flanked by an exterior vertical
row of small tubercles extending into the poriferous zone ; the median space
is occupied by a few secondaries and miliaries arranged round the primaries.
There are from three to four pairs of pores in each arc, the majority having
but three pairs. The spines are long, slender, tapering, but gradually vary-
ing in color from flesh-color to dark-violet. The whole abactinal system
is covered by distinct but well-separated secondaries. The buccal membrane
is thickly covered by minute longitudinal plates only in the prolongation of
the ambulacra; rest of membrane bare. Madreporic body distinct, well
marked, but, as in Cidaridae, the madreporic genital plate is not more

458 ECHINIDAE.

prominent than the others. In young specimens the uniformity in the size of
the tubercles of the interambulacral space is not so marked, the middle rows
on each side of the median line being the most prominent.

Specimens of this species have undoubtedly been figured by Rumph as
Echinometra setosa, but have since his time been generally referred to Dia-
dema, Small specimens of this species with dark violet spines would readily
pass to a casual observer as the young of Diadema, .and although his original
specimens are no longer accessible, yet his figure is too characteristic of this
species, and too unlike any Diadema known, to pass for anything else. From
the geographical range of the specimens of this species in the Museum and
other collections, there is every probability that Rumph must have found
it in Amboina, as it ranges from Natal to the Sandwich Islands.

No. "f
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactlna]

Sjsteln.

Actinal
Sj stem.

Anal
System.

Spines.

17.

28.

13.3

7.1

9.4

3.

35.

17.

28.

12.8

5.8

y.

2.6

18.

Society [stands; Zanzibar; Natal.

ECHINIDAE.

Family Echinidae Agass, 1846, C. 11. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI. (emend.)

This family is Dearly identical to the subdivision of Oligopores proposed
by Desor. It is here, however, circumscribed in such a manner as to include
the greater part of one of his subfamilies of Polyporidae, containing gen-
era like Hemipedina, Phymosoma, which it may yet be advisable to sepa-
rate into a subfamily when we know more respecting them from recent
species than we now know. The typical genus of this family is Echinus.
The mode of growth of the poriferous zone shows that the same type of
poriferous zone may form either a simple vertical zone with the pairs of
pores placed directly one above the other; or that one plate may be pushed
out laterally between the others, so that the poriferous zone becomes com-
posed of two vertical rows of pores ; or they may be pushed out laterally
to such an extent as to form three distinct vertical rows. Two of the sub-
divisions of this family proposed by Desor are here adopted, somewhat
modified. It is impossible, however, with the scanty material at our disposal
to characterize the subfamilies as distinctly, and to limit them as accurately,

ECHINIDAE. 459

as is desirable. The position of such genera as Mespilia and Amblypneustes,
and of the recent representatives of Pseudodiadema and its allies, must remain
very doubtful.

The subfamilies of Triplechinidae and of Temnopleuridae, into which the
Echinidae are divided, both contain representatives with the above-mentioned
different modes of growth of the poriferous zone. The function of the
peculiar pits in the Temnopleuridae at the angles of the plates in both the
areas, reduced to mere pores in some of the genera, is not known. This
character in Amblypneustes is reduced to its simplest expression, and the
sculpture so exaggerated in Temnopleurus and Microcyphus, already re-
duced materially in Salmacis, disappears entirely in Amblypneustes proper,
though the general features of the genus recall strongly Salmacis, Temno-
pleurus, and allied genera, in the structure of the abactinal and actinal sys-
tems, while the poriferous zone and the general arrangement of the coronal
tubercles are more allied to the Triplechinidae proper. In the second sub-
family (Triplechinidae), the arrangement of the poriferous zone in short
straight arcs of three pairs is the prominent feature, combined with a
more or less sporadic and irregular distribution of the tubercles in the inter-
ambulacral area, although in some genera of this subfamily, as in Hemi-
pedina, Phymosoina, the coronal plates of the ambulacra! system are so large
that the plates of the poriferous zone form a single vertical line of pores.

More abundant materials than are now accessible, especially in the Temno-
pleuridae, will undoubtedly greatly modify the views regarding the species
and affinities of these Echini, which are here given as an approximation
merely ; for nowhere among the regular Echini do we find such remarkable
changes due to growth as in this subfamily, to judge from the few species of
which I have had occasion to examine good series of specimens.

460 TEMNOPLEURUS.

TEMNOPLEURIDAE.

Subfamily Temnopleuridae Des., 1855, Syn. Eeh. foss.

TEMNOPLEURUS.

Temnopleurus Agass., 1841, Yal., Anat. Genre Ech.

Test regularly arched, somewhat conical ; actinal part of test more or less
concave ; tubercles crenulate, imperforate, forming two principal vertical
rows in each area. Pores are arranged in simple rows, but forming more or
less undulating and irregularly arranged zones. Tin- angles of the plates
separated by deep lateral and vertical grooves in the ambniacral as well
as the interambulacral areas. The spines are long, slender, tinted, especially
those near the ambitus; those of the upper pari of test are shorter, though
proportionally equally fine and slender. Auricles broad, with high connect-
ing ridges and small auricular foramen.

Temnopleurus Hardwickii

! Toreumatica Hardwickii Gray, 1855, Proe. Zoiil. >Soe. London.
! Temnopleurus Hardwickii A. A.G., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 1C6.

PI. VIII. f. 25-88; PL VIII*. f. is; PI XXV. f. 1-2; PI XXXVI. f. /;.

This species has the solid test of T. toreumaticus. the same solid prominent
abactinal system, with a small anal area. The abactinal system differs from
it, however, in the smaller number of anal plates, and the tuberculatum of
the greater part of the genital and ocular plates, leaving only the extremity.
where the genital opening is placed, bare. In the adult the structure of the
sutures of the coronal plates in both the areas resembles more in its orna-
mentation that of Microcyphus ; but in the younger stages ii is an undoubted
Temnopleurus, with sharp deep furrows ; these, however, with advancing age
become bevelled at the sides and extremity, so that in specimens of 28mm'
we find already the coronal plates bare along the median line, and the hori-
zontal sutures of the plates also bare and bevelled. Each coronal plate
carries but one large tubercle, forming from the ambitus a single vertical
row of primary tubercles ; the rest of the plate is covered by small sec-
ondaries and miliaries, irregularly arranged, and closely filling it. The bare
bevelled edges of the plates form deep connected triangular pits along the me-

TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI. 461

dian interambulacral line, with a similar vertical line of disconnected pits
adjoining the poriferous zone. Below the ambitus in both areas the bare sut-
ures and pits disappear completely ; the tubercles of both areas are of uniform
size, decreasing but slightly in size towards the actinostome, which is sunken
and scarcely indented ; actinal membrane extremely thin, completely bare,
with large buccal plates. On the actinal side the interambulacral tubercles
form six principal vertical rows ; interstices closely filled by secondaries. In
the ambulacral space there are but two principal rows, with median space
filled by ten irregular rows of secondaries. In the interambulacral space at
the ambitus there are two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles, nearly
as large as the interambulacral primaries, decreasing very gradually towards
the abactinal pole. The median space is bare ; edges of plates bevelled ;
bare space connected from abactinal pole to ambitus ; rest of plate as
in the interambulacral space, closely crowded by small secondaries and mil-
iaries irregularly arranged. The color of test is yellowish ; spines are
comparatively short and stout, pointed, dark violet at base and tipped
with yellow at the point, On the actinal side the spines flattened, and
banded with darker tints ; connecting ridge of auricles very low.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System,

Actinal
System.

Spine.

42.

20.5

9.

3.5

11.5

11.

27.

12.5

6.2

2.4

8.

8.5

22.

10.5

5.4

2.3

7.9

Japan.

Temnopleurus Reynaudi

! Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agass., 184G, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI.

PL VIII. f. 22 -24; PI VHP.f. 6-7.

This species does not reach the size of Temnopleurus toreumaticus. It is
readily distinguished by its thin test, its comparatively larger actinostome,
its immense anal system, and narrow genital ring ; the facies of this species
being more like Salmacis than like Temnopleurus. The furrows along the
sutures of the interambulacral spaces are shorter, extending but little way
from the median line, and the furrows adjoining the poriferous zone are
quite small ; these furrows are more or less comma-shaped, and become
shallow towards the principal vertical row of tubercles. The contrast be-
tween the two primary vertical rows of tubercles and the secondaries is quite
marked. At the ambitus there are three vertical rows for each plate, but the

4G2 TEMNOPLEURTJS REYNAUDI.

two vertical rows flanking the principal row are made up of small seconda-
ries extending higher up on the test than is the ease in T. toreuniaticus.
Above the ambitus there are other secondaries arranged in arcs round the
primaries on the upper part of the coronal plates. The principal row retains
its prominence on the actinal surface, the secondary rows of tubercles not
increasing in size. The pits are deeper and better defined on the actinal
siu face than above the ambitus. The abactinal system is large ; genital plates
heptagonal, pointed, with a sharp rectangular furrow across the base of the
ocular plates, which are pentagonal, with the outer side forked; genital
openings large. One ocular plate only reaches the large anal system, all
others excluded. In the largest specimens sometimes three ocular plates
reach the anal system. Madreporic genital much larger than the others.
Anal system covered by one large plate with a number of other smaller
plates decreasing towards the anus, the large anal plate more or less promi-
nent according to size of specimen. The comma-shaped pits of the interambu-
lacral space frequently form depressed Lozenges by the junction of the fur-
rows of the two ends of a plate, at the apex of which is placed the primary
tubercle; at other times the depression is limited to a mere narrow furrow
connecting the two pits, or the pits remain distinct. In the ambulacra! space
there are two principal vertical rows adjoining the broad poriferous zone,
with two inner irregular vertical rows of secondaries. The structure of the
pits is similar to that of the furrows of the median interambulacral space.
The tubercles of the ambulacra are as large as those of the interambulacra.
The poriferous zone is broad, though tin' pores are arranged nearly ver-
tically, leaving a bare space between it and the adjacent interambulacral
plates; and at the junction of the ambulacral plates and interambulacral
plates there is a vertical row of small pits. The color of the test is yellow-
ish, with light violet stripes along the median interambulacral and ambula-
cral zones; straw-colored below. The spines are comparatively more pointed
than in T. torenmaticus, and of a dark violet at base and lighter colored at
tip. The largest specimen I have seen of this species measured 40mm in
diameter, with spines 14mm- long.

'iameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spine.

23.

11.5

6.

4.

9.2

10.

Ceylon ; China Seas.

TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS. 463

Temnopleurus toreumaticus

! Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734, Nat. Disp. Ech.
! Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut.

PI VIII". f. 4-5.

This is one of the earliest species of Echini figured by the old authors,
and one readily recognized. Klein's original specimen was in excellent con-
dition, the abactinal system even being completely preserved. The anal
system is of moderate size, covered by a large number of irregular plates ;
the original single anal plate of the young can still be distinguished from the
others by its greater size in specimens measuring over 50mm in diameter. The
genital ring is broad ; all the ocular plates are excluded from the anal area ;
the genital plates are solid, prominent, triangular, with a well-marked genital
opening towards the extremity of the irregularly triangular genital. The
madreporic genital is only slightly larger than others ; the ocular plates have
rounded edges, with a deep pit in the angle of junction with the genital
plates.

In the interambulacral space there are for each plate along the horizontal
suture two deep rectangular furrows, separated by the principal row of
primary tubercles. The outer pit about half as small as the pits running to
the median line. At the median line the pits terminate in an almost vertical
line, towards the other extremity the pits are somewhat pointed ; the shape
of the outer pit is the reverse, being cut off square towards the poriferous
zone. The principal vertical row of primaries forms a connected line from
the abactinal pole to the actinostome, while in all the other vertical rows the
tubercles are disconnected by the deep pits of the sutures of the plates.
There are at the ambitus of the specimen measuring 55mm four vertical rows
of tubercles of nearly uniform size, — all, however, except the principal one
diminishing rapidly in size towards the abactinal pole, — which extend a little
way above the ambitus as minute secondaries. The tubercles of the princi-
pal vertical rows are surrounded by numerous minute secondaries, and near
the ambitus the tubercles of the other vertical rows are similarly circum-
scribed. Below the ambitus the tubercles are very uniform, gradually de-
creasing in size to the actinostome ; the furrows on the actinal surface become
mere small rectangular pits along the median line and next to the poriferous
zone. In the ambulacral space there are two principal vertical rows of tuber-
cles adjoining the poriferous zone ; the furrows run from the base of the tuber-
cles to the median line, as in the median interambulacral space. These primary

464 PLEURECHINUS.

tubercles are but slightly smaller than the interambulacral tubercles at the
ambitus, and diminish very gradually in size towards the abactinal pole.
The median amhulacral space is occupied by two vertical rows of discon-
nected tubercles of very unequal size, the one being as large nearly as the
primaries near the ambitus, but rapidly decreasing in size, while the other
is made up of minute secondaries. At the base of the primaries there are,
towards the median side, a few very small secondaries. On the actinal side
of the ambulacra, as in the interambulacral region, the pits become very
small, the tubercles of uniform size, with irregular horizontal lines of
small secondaries along the sutures of the plates. The poriferous zone is
broad, with minute secondaries at the extremity of the ridges separating
the pores, and on the outer edge of the zone a vertical row of somewhat
larger tubercles. Auricles are high, thin, with high connecting ridge and
minute foramen.

The spines are long, quite flattened, of a pink color, with three or four
purplish transverse bands. Actinal membrane bare; the ten buccal plates
prominent, though not large. Actinostome small, scarcely indented, some-
what sunken. The test of dried specimens is usually of a uniform drab color.

No. <'f
Spine. Plate.

23.

11.8

Diameter.

Height.

Abnctinal
System.

Actinal
System.

55.

29.

10.3

15.

45.

25.

9.

14.1

31.

17.8

5.2

9.5

23.

11.5

5.

8.

East Indian Ocean ; China.

(TEMNOPLEURUS.) Pleurechinus.

Fleurechinus Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut.

Echini resembling Temnopleurus, but more ovoid outline, with simple
pores arranged in straight or slightly undulating lines. Actinostome small,
scarcely cut. Tubercles imperforate, indistinctly crenulated. The sutural
impressions in the shape of deep disconnected pits, occurring not only in
the angles of the plates, but sometimes three or four, even six, in a horizontal
suture.

PLEUKECHINUS BOTHRYOIDES. 465

Pleurechinus bothryoides

! Pleurechinus bothryoides Agass., 1841, Monog. Seut.

The genus Pleurechinus corresponds to the genus Opechinus of Desor, -who
established it to receive several very characteristic fossil species of Temno-
pleuridae, which D'Archiac and Haime distributed in Temnechinus and in
Temnopleurus. Only a single recent species is known, and only a single de-
nuded test, which is now a part of Michelin's collection, in the Museum of
the Ecole des Mines. It is unfortunately in such a condition that no specific
description of any value can be made, and I can do nothing except to call
attention to the species, totally unlike, as far as it goes, any other species
of Temnopleuridae known to me. There are four deep disconnected pits of
about equal size along the sutures of the plates above the ambitus ; the pits are
separated by primary tubercles of uniform size, forming three principal verti-
cal rows, with two outer rows of smaller tubercles, separating the pits from
the narrow undulating poriferous zone. There are two pits in the ambulacral
system, with two principal outer vertical rows of primary tubercles, and two
irregular median vertical rows of smaller tubercles. The test of this species
is quite high, ovoid, with an outline recalling somewhat Amblypneustes.
Abactinal and actinal systems, as well as spines, wanting ; color of test dark
violet, with white tubercles.

In the Jardin des Plantes an old specimen of Temnopleurus toreumaticus
is also labelled E. bothryoides by Agassiz, which must not be confounded with
the specimen of Michelin's collection. The Pleurechinus bothryoides of
Agassiz, mentioned in the Anatomie du Genre Echinus, is evidently, from
the short description, something very different.* This species, as well as
several specimens of Temnopleurus and Amblypneustes, is marked as
coming from the Galapagos ; there is probably a mistake in the locality, most
of the specimens having been purchased from dimming, and are undoubtedly
from the East India Archipelago or the Philippine Islands, as the same
species in the British Museum, collected by Cumming, are labelled in that
way.

* It is probable that the Pleurechinus bothryoides mentioned in the Anatomie du Genre Echinus is
the adult Microcyphus zigzag, as there are several large specimens of M, zigzag in Michelin's collection
without labels either from Michelin or from Agassiz.

466 TEMNECHINUS MACULATUS.

TEMNECHINUS.

Temnechinus Forbes, 1852, Monog. Brit. Tertiaries.
(See Part II. p. 285.)

Temnechinus maculatus

IGonocidaris maculata A. Agass., I860, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
! Temnechinus maculatus A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 165.
(Sec Part H. p. 286.)

PL VIII. f. 1-18.

Straits of Florida ; Azores.

MICROCYPHUS.

! Microcyphus Agass., 1841, Vai.., Anat. Genre Ech. (non Mon. Scut.).

The tubercles in this genus are small, not numerous, limited to a portion
of the coronal plates, leaving in the interambulacra marginal hare spaces;
in the ambulacra the tubercles are regularly arranged. The poriferous
zones are narrow ; pores arranged as in Salmacis, in double irregular ver-
tical rows. The secondary tubercles, according to age, encroach more and
more upon the coronal plates, leaving thus bare spaces remarkably different
in specimens of different sizes ; the actinal opening is angular, not indented ;
the abactinal system is compact ; the test is stout, The spines are thin,
slender, short, resembling those of Mespilia ; the sutural pores are indistinct
in the median interamhulacral and ambulacra] spaces, though frequently well
defined at the junction of the poriferous zone and the interamhulacral plates.

Microcyphus maculatus ,

! Microcyphus maculatus Agass., 1841, Val., Anat. Genre Ech.

PL VIII". f. 8-io.

In specimens measuring 37n,m in diameter the test is stout, depressed from
above ; outline pentagonal, slightly re-entering towards the median interam-
hulacral line. In the interamhulacral space the tubercles above the ambitus
are of uniform size, slightly smaller towards the median line, covering closely
with the crowded miliaries placed between them, the central part of the
coronal plates, and so arranged as to leave a bare lozenge-shaped area parallel
with the horizontal sutures of the plates. These bare sjjaces rapidly decrease
towards the ambitus and disappear completely on the actinal surface, where
the tubercles are larger, occupying the whole of the coronal plates. The pits
at the angles of the plates are well-marked on the actinal surface along the
median as well as the horizontal sutural lines. In the ainbulacral space the

MICROCYPHUS MACULATUS. 467

tubercles are of uniform size, large, occupying the whole ambulacral space,
with sharp, triangular pits along the median junction of the plates. The
inner row of pores is separated from the outer by a vertical row of primary
tubercles. The outer row of pores is somewhat sunken. The actinostome
is large, only slightly decagonal, nearly circular. The general color of the
test is greenish-yellow, with bright violet bare sutural areas.

In specimens measuring 29mm in diameter the outline is much more pen-
tagonal, the median interambulacral line quite re-entering ; the tuberculiferous
part of the interambulacral plates is reduced to an irregularly rectangular
space, leaving broad bare bands along the median line, connected with the
bare sutural spaces of horizontal sutures extending to the poriferous zone.
The bare median space reaches nearly to the actinostome. The tuberculiferous
portion of the ambulacral area is not different from the preceding stage ;
the poriferous zone is somewhat narrower. The anal system is small ; the
genital ring broad ; the genital openings large, deeply cut out of extremity
of the genital plates ; abactinal system prominent ; genital plates completely
covered by small tubercles and miliaries ; ocular plates small, triangular, ex-
cluded from the anal system, tuberculated on the upper edges. Sutural pits at
the junction of ocular and genital plates. Anal system covered by small plates
irregularly arranged, one of which is 'more prominent than the others. The
color of the tuberculiferous part of test as in previous specimen ; the bare
interambulacral space is gray along the median sutures, with a dark violet
edge towards the poriferous zone and along the horizontal sutures.

In younger specimens, 18.5mm- in diameter, the differences are considerable.
The ambulacral system and adjoining tuberculiferous portion of the inter-
ambulacral system bulge out far beyond the re-entering bare median interam-
bulacral space ; the outline from above is regularly pentagonal, with rounded
angles and deeply re-entering sides. The abactinal system is very large in
proportion, carrying tubercles only adjoining the anal system. The genital
openings are placed in crescent-shaped cuts on the outer extremity of the
genital plates. The ocular plates are proportionally larger, and nearly touch
the anal system; the interior angle of the ocular plates is occupied by a
deep pit separating the adjacent genital plates. The tubercles of the ambu-
lacral region only cover the outer edges, leaving a bare median space and
bare horizontal sutural spaces separated by a small triangular patch of
tubercles ; the median sutural pits are scarcely marked in both areas, but
the deep horizontal sutural pits of this stage of growth give to these smaller

468 MICROCYPHUS MACILATUS.

specimens a totally different aspect from the adult or older stages. This
stage of growth I have called Anthechinus. The tuberculiferous portion
of the test is of a delicate green, while the hare spaces are of a light violet
tinge. The spines are long, slender near actinostome, of transparent green-
ish color, with one or two narrow dark green bands near the tip of the
spines. Above the ambitus they are shorter, tapering, with one or two
irregularly placed dark hands. The genital plates arc1 hare except near the
anal edge, of a delicate yellowish-pink color. The ocular plates carry tuber-
cles, as in the older stages.

In still younger stages, 13mm-, the outline is more circular, though the
character of the test, as far as the arrangement of the tubercles is concerned,
in both areas is the same as in the specimen just described. The pits of the
horizontal sutures at the junction of the poriferous zone with the interainbu-
lacral space an' deep. The poriferous /one is quite narrow, pores arranged
in one regular vertical row. The pits of both areas are still more marked
in younger specimens, gradually becoming obliterated with increasing size,
first in the interambiilacral space, and afterwards in the ainhulacral space.
The poriferous zone changes gradually from a regular vertical row of single
pairs of pores to a slightly irregular one. then to a regular inner row with
an irregular outer one. which in the oldest specimens becomes a regular
outer row with a smaller number of pores than the inner one. In small
specimens the spines vary in color from a light yellow to a dark green, more
or less plainly handed, ami the spines of small specimens, ll""n- in diameter,
are proportionally mucb longer above the ambitus than in the older stages.
Actinal membrane hare except the ten buccal plates.

The variations in the pits and hare spaces in different stages of growth
show how little reliance can he placed upon their shape and extent as far
as specific determinations are concerned. Specimens of the same size, as
is also the case in Amblypneustes, either having very deep median pits or
pits reduced to mere rudimentary pores, while, as is well known in some
species of Salmacis, the sutural pores may become deep furrows, as promi-
nent as in any species of Temnopleurus.

Diameter.

Height.

Atactica]

Sjsteni.

Anal
System.

Actinsil
S\ ;.tem.

No. "f
Coron. l'latcs,

37.

23.5

7.

14.

11.

29.

22.

7.

3.5

12.8

8.

26.

18.

6.

11.2

8.

18.8

13.

6.1

3.

8.9

8.

14.5

9.9

4.9

2.

7.

7.

11.

7.9

.Taprtn ; East India Island? : Navigator Islands.

MICROCYPHUS ZIGZAG. 469

Microcyphus zigzag

! Microcyphus zigzag Agass., 184G, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VI.

pi vnr.f. ii-is.

The young only of this species was described in the Catalogue Raisonne,
small specimens measuring about 12uml in diameter and Hmm- in height.
The outline from above is but slightly pentagonal ; test moderately stout ; a
few spines only preserved, similar to those of Amblypneustes, but somewhat
longer. Outline of test is more globular than the corresponding stages of
M. maculatus. The number of coronal plates is larger, the outline of this
species, especially of larger specimens, recalling more the ovoid Ambly-
pneustes than the low pentagonal typical Microcyphus, which, however, in
its 3'oungest stages is also globular and has not yet attained a pentagonal
shape. In the interambulacral space the tubercles cover, as a triangular
shield, the greater part of each plate, leaving the median sj:>ace and a
short length of the horizontal sutures bare from the abactinal pole almost
to the actinostome. One large primary tubercle occupies nearly a central
position in each plate ; round this are closety arranged smaller tubercles,
secondaries, and miliaries, the large central tubercle forming a vertical row
of distant ■tubercles. The median sutural pores are small, often wanting.
The ambulacral system is proportionally wider than in the other species of
the genus ; the poriferous zone is narrow, the pores arranged in a vertical
row of pores slightly undulating. In the tuberculiferous part of the ambu-
lacra the tubercles are arranged as in the median interambulacral space,
only the large tubercle of each plate is placed close to the poriferous zone,
forming a regular vertical line; the median space is bare, as well as a part
of the horizontal sutures ; the sutural pits are better developed than in the
corresponding interambulacral space, and become quite deep towards the
actinostome. The abactinal system is small, somewhat raised, quite promi-
nent ; the genital and ocular plates have rounded sides ; anal system covered
by extremely minute plates ; ocular plates distant from the anal area. Color
of the test of these small specimens yellowish-brown, with darker bare me-
dian spaces.

Larger specimens, measuring 25mm- in diameter, have not lost their ovoid
outline. The poriferous zone has become somewhat broader ; the pores are
arranged in nearly vertical oblique lines of three pairs ; the whole zone is
somewhat sunken ; the arcs of pores are separated by oblique lines of tuber-
cles extending from the base of the large tubercle in each ambulacral plate.

470 MICROCYPHUS ZIGZAG.

These larger specimens differ from the smaller ones in the greater concen-
tration of the tubercles on the plates of both areas; the median and hori-
zontal sutures are well-defined bare furrows, sloping gradually towards the
tubercles. The larger tubercles form an irregular horizontal row about
the middle of each plate; the principal vertical row is no longer quite cen-
tral, but somewhat nearer the poriferous zone. The bare median spaces
extend fully as far along the test, nearly reaching the actinostome, to within
a couple of coronal plates from it. The abactinal system shows no special
change, the tubercles near the anal edge being only comparatively larger and
more prominent. The actinostome is nearly circular. The poriferous zone,
as well as the tuberculiferous parts of the test, are of a greenish-yellow tint,
the latter standing out prominently above the dark chocolate-colored bare
median spaces.

This species is interesting as forming a link between Microcyphus and
Amblypneustes. It has the structural features of the former and the facies
of the latter. All the large specimens I have seen are unfortunately de-
nuded and have no actinal membrane.

This may possibly be the Cidaris bothryoides of Klein ; his figure has a
distant resemblance to the large specimen figured on PI. VIII'. f. ll, 12 of this
Revision, and it was probably also specimens of this size to which Professor
Agassi/, alludes, as existing in Stokes's Collection in the Anatomic du Genre
Echinus under the name of Pleurechinus bothryoides, a totally different
thing from what he labelled as such in Michelin's Collection. The charac-
teristic notice of the coronal plates as transverse costae would seem to leave
but little doubt on that subject.

Damefcer.

Height.

Abactloal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System-

No. of
Coron. I'lates.

25.

23.

C.8

2.8

7 5

18.

21.

19.5

5.2

2.1

6.9

18.

12.5

11.

13.

12.

11.

4.

1.5

3.6

12.

Japan ; Tasmania ; Philippine Islands.

TRIGONOCIDARIS. 471

TRIGONOCIDARIS.

Trigonocidaris A. Agass., 18G9, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 289.)

Trigonocidaris albida

! Trigonocidaris albida A. Agass., 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 289.)

PI. IV. f. 1-7 ; PI XXXVI. f. is.

Straits of Florida.

SALMACIS.

Salmacis Agass., 1841, Val., Anat. Genre Eeh.

Test moderately thick, more or less conical ; pores trigeminate ; tubercles
crenulated, not perforate, arranged in several vertical rows, at the same time
forming regular horizontal rows. Median interambulacral spaces frequently
bare; angular pores at junction of plates; abactinal system prominent;
actinal system small, with slight indentations ; spines fine, slender, longitu-
dinally striated, short.

The auricles are often very high, thin, with high connecting ridges and
small auricular foramen. Ambulacral system broad.

The different species of Salmacis are poorly represented in museums,
and with very few exceptions the specimens are mere tests without spines
and devoid of actinal membrane ; but few specimens exist from which any-
thing can be learned regarding the changes due to growth. The outline
of the test of all the species varies greatly, and the specific characters thus
far noticed are of course subject to doubt, owing to the comparatively lim-
ited material at our command.

Salmacis bicolor

! Salmacis bicolor Agass., 1841, Val., Anat. Genre Ech.

PI. VHP.f. 11-12.

Test moderately thick ; actinostome of moderate size, decagonal, with
very slight indentations. Abactinal system large, with broad genital rings ;

47:2 SALMACIS BICOLOR.

genital plates of uniform size ; madreporic genital but slightly larger. Anal
system covered by comparatively few large polygonal plates carrying small
tubercles, irregularly arranged, with smaller ones between them. The ocu-
lar plates are irregularly pentagonal, small, excluded from the anal system;
the genital plates carry a ring of secondary tubercles near the anal system.
Interambulacral space covered by tubercles very uniform in size, arranged
in vertical and horizontal rows decreasing gradually from the ambitus to the
abactinal pole ; the vertical rows adjacent to the poriferous zone are slightly
larger than the others, as many as twelve vertical rows of ambitus at speci-
men measuring 50"1"1' in diameter. The coronal plates are narrow; the plates
cany in addition to the primary spines an irregular horizontal row of small
granules above the primary tubercles. In the ambulacra! space the two
primary vertical rows adjacent to the poriferous zone are as large as the
interambulacral primaries; the median space is Idled with from four to five
irregular vertical rows of somewhat smaller tubercles. In large specimens
the second inner vertical rows an- frequently as large and regular as the
outer row. On the ambulacra! plates a few granules occupy the upper part
of the coronal plate. On the actinal side of the test we find that at the
ambitus and below it the tubercles rapidly increase in size, and cover the
whole actinal surface close to the actinostome with tubercles of very uniform
size arranged in regular horizontal rows, hut becoming slightly smaller
towards the actinostome. The median ainludacral tubercles, however, dimin-
ish gradually in size towards the actinostome. The poriferous zone is broad;
pores large, regularly arranged in arcs of three pairs. The spines of the test
above the ambitus are short, pointed, slender, of a greenish color, banded
with five or six transverse hands of violet. The spines of the actinal surface
are much longer and broader, frequently flattened, gradually tapering and
blunt at the extremity, and similarly banded to the spines above the ambitus.
The color of the test, when dry, is yello wish-brown. The pores at the median
junction are small, and the horizontal sutures of the coronal plates slightly
furrowed.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Bpljote.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

53.

35.

10.

5.

11.7

31.

44.

27.

9.1

5.4

12.

15.

27.

Red Sea ; [ndial] Ocean ; Mozambique.

SALMACIS DUSSUMIERI. 473

Salmacis Dussumieri

! Salmacis Dussumieri Agass., 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.

PL VIIF.f. 7-8.

The outline of this species is quite different from any other in the
genus ; the test is flattened, somewhat pentagonal from above, and at
first glance recalls Temnopleurus Keynaudi, having very much the same
coloration. It has, however, no pits, but simply small sutural pores. Gray
has established for this species the genus Toreumatica, but I cannot agree
with him in maintaining it even as a subgenus of Salmacis. None of the
specimens I have examined carry spines. The actinostome is small, with
short, rather sharp cuts deeply sunken. The whole actinal surface
carries large uniform tubercles, which diminish very rapidly in size from
the ambitus to the actinostome, separated by horizontal rows of miliaries
closely packed, and also miliaries in the median space. The abactinal sys-
tem resembles that of S. sulcata ; the genital ring is narrow, and one or two
of the ocular plates are in contact with the anal system.

Above the ambitus the median interambulacral space is bare, and is flanked
near the poriferous zone by one principal vertical row of large primary tu-
bercles ; the rest of the coronal plate having from two to three secondaries,
and a few miliaries irregularly scattered over it. Near the ambitus there are
three vertical rows of primaries on each side of the median line, the row
immediately adjoining the poriferous zone extends some way towards the
abactinal pole. There are in the ambulacral space two outer primary rows
of tubercles next the poriferous zone ; the median space is bare, with few
scattered miliaries, except near the ambitus, where there are two or three
additional short vertical rows of primaries.

Abartiual Actinal No, of

Diameter. Height. System. System. Coron. Plates.

44. 19. 9.1 10. 25.

41. 18. 8.8 9. 25.

China Seas.

Salmacis globator

! Salmacis globator Agass., 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI. [PL XXXVIII. f. 23.

This species is interesting as forming a transition between Salmacis and
Temnopleurus, showing these two genera to be much more closely related
than would appear from the comparison of such extreme forms of each as

-174 SALMACIS GLOBATOR.

S rarispina and T. toreumaticus. In each genua Ave find species recalling,
by their general appearance, some species of the other, — Temnoplenrus
Reynaudi, at first sight, recalling more a Salmacis than a Temnoplenrus. as
Salmacis globator reminds us more of Temnoplenrus than of Salmacis, — and
it may be advisable hereafter, with additional material, to limit these genera
somewhat differently than they are here defined ; as. however, we know, from
the little the young of these species teach us. that they are subject to very
great changes (luring growth, it would only have added confusion to a, group
which presents already sufficient difficulties to have adopted or modified the
genera thus far proposed by Girard and myself, I have preferred to retain
the old subdivisions till our material enabled us to make a Revision upon
a sounder basis.

The test of this species is quite stout; coronal plates narrow; the tu-
bercles of the whole test are remarkably uniform in size, though somewhat
larger on the actinal side, forming, as in S. hicolor, regular horizontal and
vertical rows; the upper part of the coronal plates is occupied by small
miliaries closely packed, and extending between the primary tubercles. In
specimens measuring lid""" there are as many as six vertical rows on each
side of the median line at the ambitus in the interambulacral. and three in the
ambulacra! space. The poriferous zone is comparatively narrower than in

the other species of Salmacis, the pores being closely crowded together ill
the short arcs. The prominence which the furrows of the horizontal sutures of
plates, extending from the poriferous zone to the median line above the am-
bitus, take, is remarkable ; in some cases they become pits as deep as any
we find in Temnoplenrus. and are disconnected, as in that genus, near the
poriferous zone, while in other specimens they are barely marked ; generally
the furrows are more marked near the median line of both areas. The
actinostome is sunken ; the tubercles of the actinal surface do not decrease
rapidly towards the actinostome ; there are no sutural furrows on the actinal
side : the actinal cuts are mere broad undulations. The spines are short,
stout, pointed, except a few longer spathiform spines near the actinostome;
they are dark green at the base, tipped with violet. The color of dry denuded
tests is grayish, tinged with light purple ; the sutural furrows of lighter color,
and yellowish on the actinal surface. The abactinal system is remarkable for
its large genital plates and comparatively minute ocular plates excluded from
the anal system. The genital openings are large, elongate. The genital plates
carry a few small tubercles on the anal edge ; anal system covered by large

SALMACIS RARISPINA. 475

plates carrying tubercles, and diminishing rapidly towards the anus. The
auricles of this species are remarkably broad, thin, with a high connecting
ridge.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal

System.

Spines.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

70.

52.

12.

21.

36.

67.

46.

12.5

5.4

19.

33.

60.

36.

11.

17.8

33.

48.

33.

8.

4.8

13.

8.

27.

22.

13.8

5.

2.

9.1

4.

18.

Australia.

Salmacis rarispina

'.Salmacis rarispiaus Agass., 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

PI. VHP. f. 4-6.

Test usually quite conical, much thinner than in other species of Salmacis.
The coronal plates are comparatively higher. The abactinal system large,
with a broad genital ring and genital plates of equal size. Ocular plates
large, pentagonal, completely excluded from the large anal system ; this is
covered by large plates decreasing rapidly in size towards the anus, carrying,
as well as the anal edge of the genital plates, small secondaries. In the inter-
ambulacral space above the ambitus the primary tubercles are small, nearly
of uniform size, far apart, forming only two continuous vertical rows next
to the poriferous zone. The other tubercles are more irregularly arranged,
forming disconnected vertical rows, and leaving the greater part of the me-
dian interambulacral space bare. The coronal plates above the ambitus are
comparatively bare, owing to the distance of the primary tubercles, and the
small size and small number of the miliaries which are extremely distant.
The test above the ambitus is a grayish color, with lozenge-shaped figures
along the horizontal sutures similar to the pattern so frequently found among
species of Echinus. In the ambulacral space the arrangement of the pri-
mary tubercles and the pattern of coloration are similar to that of the inter-
ambulacral ; there are two outer regular vertical rows and two inner irregular
disconnected rows of primaries. On the actinal side the tubercles are large,
quite closely packed, gradually diminishing in size towards the actinostome,
which is small and quite sunken, almost circular. The spines are long,
slender, pointed, somewhat flattened, straw-colored, with from seven to eight
brilliant purplish transverse bands. Sutural pores quite minute.

476 SALMACIS SULCATA.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spines

No. of
Corou. Plates.

20.

13.5

4.8

2.

8.

17.

20.

GO.

46.

13.

G.

12.2

28.

31.

61.

43.

11.

5.9

13.8

30.

72.

52.

14.5

8.

17.

34.

Philippine Islands ; Siam ; China.

Salmacis sulcata

! Salmacis sulcatus Agass., 184G, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

PI. VHP.f.s; PL VI. f. e.

This species is very closely allied to S. bicolor. It differs from it in having
a more deeply lobed and slightly larger actinostoine. The abactinal system
is less prominent; the genital plates are pointed, shallower; the ocular
plates approach the anal system, and carry two prominent tubercles on
each side of the ocular pore ; the anal system is large. In the interambulacral
space we find one of the vertical rows above the ambitus much larger than
the others; the remaining part of the coronal plates is occupied by small
secondaries and miliaries, forming two somewhat irregular horizontal rows.
sometimes three, near the ambitus, in striking contrast with the uniform
tuberculation of S. bicolor. The tubercles of the actinal side arc uniform
in size and larger than those above the ambitus, as in S. bicolor, but not
as closely crowded and with larger secondaries. In the ambulacra] space
the two vertical rows of primaries adjacent to the poriferous zone are com-
paratively smaller than those of the interambulacral region. The horizontal
furrows of the coronal plates are better defined in this species than in S.
bicolor. The sutural pores are slightly larger. The test, when dry, is yel-
lowish-green, with spines of the same color at the base, tipped witli dark
violet ; the spines are comparatively sharper and more uniform in size above
and below the ambitus than in 8. bicolor. Actinostome somewhat more
sunken also than in that species. Madreporic genital much larger than the
other genital plates. In other specimens the spines were cream-colored,
banded transversely by five or six narrow dark brown lines. Young speci-
mens of Salmacis sulcata figured by Savigny would readily be mistaken for
young Echinus, as the difference in size in the vertical rows of the primary
tubercles is not seen at that age.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal

tern.

Anal
S ya tern.

Actinal
System.

No. of
Coron. l'lates.

48.5

27.

9.

5.

14.5

30.

54.

30.8

16.

29.

61.

40.5

15.

32.

67.

40.

16.5

35.

Australia ; Philippine Islands ; Mozambique ; Red Sea.

MESPILIA. 477

MESPILIA.

Mespilia Des., 1846, in Agass., C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.

Echini with thin globular test ; tubercles small, imperforate, and crenulate ;
the median areas bare ; tubercles pushed to the sides of the coronal plates
on the upper surface of the test, on the actinal surface they are closely
packed together. Sutural pores in the angle of the coronal plates. Porif-
erous zone broad, pores arranged in two irregular vertical rows ; the outer
row has fewer pores than the inner row. Buccal membrane bare ; abac-
tinal system moderately large ; spines hair-like, very slender, not long ;
the bare spaces of the ambulacral and interambulacral areas closely packed
with innumerable pedicellarise, supported upon short steins. Actinostome
decagonal, of rather small size. Auricles are high, with low connecting
ridge and large auricular foramen. The pyramid of the teeth is remarkable
for the small foramen on the upper part of the face of the pyramid.

Dianietcr.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Anal
System.

Spines.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

46.

33.

9.

13.

6.2

9.

42.

34.

25.

7.

27.

19.

6.

9.9

3.5

6.

29.

Mespilia globulus

Cidaria granulata Leske, 1778, Kl. Add.

! Mespilia globulus Agass., 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

PI. Vl.f.i; PI Vlir.f. is- u; PL VIII'. f. 14; PL XXXVIII. f. ss, as"'.

The only species thus far known of this genus does not reach a large size,
and when covered with spines is a most graceful Sea-urchin. The broad,
bare areas of the interambulacral spaces are of a dark green color (in alco-
hol), separated by a belt of closely packed spines of uniform length ; the
spines are of a light green at the base, and towards the extremity banded with
white and purple. Between the broad belts are the narrower bare belts of
the ambulacral areas, separated from the poriferous zones by narrower zones
of spines. The bare spaces reach the ambitus ; the whole lower surface is
uniformly tuberculated and covered by rather larger and stouter spines than
those above the ambitus. Anal system large, covered by a small number of
rather large plates carrying each a minute tubercle ; genital ring narrow ;
genital openings large ; genital plates of uniform size, laterally elongate,

478 AMBLTPNEUSTES.

pentagonal, adjacent, excluding completely the small triangular ocular plates
from the anal system. Madreporic genital much larger than the others. In
both the median ambulacra! and interambulacral spaces the bare part of the
test is sharply separated from the tuberculiferous part of the plate which
occupies about half the outer part. Each plate in the interambulacral
space carries two nearly horizontal rows of tubercles, one of primaries,
and one above it of secondaries; below the ambitus the secondaries are
much smaller in proportion than above the ambitus. The arrangement of
the tubercles is the same in the ambulacral space, where of course the
horizontal rows are shorter, and in quite large specimens there are not
more than from two to three tubercles in each row. The pores at the angles
of the plates in the median line of both areas are small, but sharply cut.
The tubercles of both areas are of the same size, and both above and below
the ambitus the primaries and secondaries are remarkably uniform in
size. The pores at the angles of the plates between the poriferous zone
and the interambulacral plates are not as well defined as the median pores.
The whole bare si>ace of both areas is finely granular. This genus seems
intermediate between the Tcmnopleuridae proper and Amblvpneustes, which
forms the passage between the sculptured and pitted Ecbinidae to the Echini-
dae proper.

Japan ; Philippine Islands ; Sandwich Islands.

AMBLTPNEUSTES.

Amblypneustes Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut.

Abactinal axis as long as the transverse, sometimes even greater; test
extremely thin; abactinal system small, compact, but epiite prominent; ac-
tinostome small, without cuts. Poriferous zones broad, forming vertical rows
or short trigeminal arcs of well-defined pores. Ambulacral zone broad ; tuber-
cles of both areas identical in size ; median spaces frequently bare ; pores
very slender and comparatively small ; auricles delicate ; there are frequently
sutural pores at the angles of the plates in both areas; spines very fine,
slender, short, far apart ; no regular ambitus ; outline more or less ovoid ;
auricles slender, tall, scarcelj- touching over the large auricular foramen ;
high connecting auricular ridges.

AMBLYPNEUSTES FORMOSUS. 479

Amblypneustes formosus

! Amblypneustes formosus Val., 1846, Voyage Venus.

pi viip. f. 1-2.

Test thin, ovoid, remarkable for the distinctness and number of the median
sutural pores. The tuberculation is similar to that of A. ovum. The median
spaces of both areas are quite bare ; the secondaries of the interambulacra
between the principal primary vertical row are larger and more closely
crowded in this species, while those extending towards the median line are
smaller and more numerous, forming regular horizontal lines ; the rest of
the plate is filled by small distant miliaries irregularly scattered. As many
as ten or eleven tubercles in each plate in the interambulacra, and from four
to five in the ambulacra. There are as many as eight to ten sutural pores
for each plate along the median line, from which diverge, more or less paral-
lel to the horizontal sutures, shallow pores extending as far as the principal
vertical row, forming a most delicate sculpture over the median part of the
ambulacra! and interambulacral plates, extending from the abactinal region
nearly to the actinostome. The abactinal system is small ; the genital ring
narrow; the madreporic genital greatly larger than the other genital plates;
genital openings large. Poriferous zone narrow, smooth, without either sec-
ondaries or miliaries. Actinostome small. Spines long, slender, pink at the
base, frequently tipped with red or orange, or simply of a darker shade of
pink. The test is beautifully ornamented by dark, chocolate-colored lozenge-
shaped figures, upon adjoining angles of which are seated the primary vertical
tubercles, extending from the poriferous zone with the longer point towards
the median interambulacral line. Similarly shaped patches, much smaller,
extend from the inner part of the poriferous zone towards the median am-
bulacral line. Poriferous zones are yellowish, the rest of the test is of a
delicate brownish-pink color. Slight pits in the ocular plate as in A. pen-

.agon

us.

Diameter

Height.

Abactinal.
System.

Actinal

System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

Spines.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

31.

28.

6.

9.5

1.9

5.

28.

29.

31.

5.4

8.4

1.9

26.

27.

24.2

5.

8.

1.5

25.

23.

22.6

4.4

7.

1.2

4.5

21.

Australia ; New Zealand.

480 AMBLYPNEUSTES GRISEUS.

Amblypneustes griseus

! Echinus griseus Blaixv., 1825, Diet. Sc. Xat. O.

! Amblypneustes griseus Agass., 1841, Monog. Scut. \_Pl. XXXYIII. f. 20, 21.

Test comparatively stout, somewhat depressed, remarkable for its broad
poriferous zone and the size of the abactinal system. The tubercles in the
interambulacral space form one regular horizontal line in the centre of
each coronal plate ; the principal vertical row of primary tubercles is not as
marked as in A. ovum, the tubercles are more uniform in size, and extend-
ing to the median line, leave but a very narrow space covered by granules.
The sutural pores are more distinct, and the median ambulacra! space is
comparatively narrower than in A. ovum ; the broad poriferous zone is
frequently somewhat sunken. The secondaries and granules between the
pores in the poriferous zones are quite prominent, and form two more or
less regular vertical rows ; the tuberculation of the median space is close ;
the vertical arrangement distinct near the poriferous zone, but less marked
towards the median line. There are as many as seven tubercles in a hori-
zontal row in the interambulacra for each plate, and half the number in
the ambulacra] space. The color of the test varies from a greenish-yellow
to an ashy color; poriferous zone brighter colored. Ornamentation of the
median lines of both areas very indistinct; abactinal system with large anal
system. Spines comparatively stouter and less tapering than those of A.
ovum ; light green or violet, tipped with darker color or orange.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Artinal
System.

Wi.ltt,
Poril. Zone.

Spines.

No. nf

Coron. Plates.

47.5

35.1

10.5

15.

3.5

33.

44.2

34.2

10.

14.

3.1

5.

31.

35.

29.9

8.5

12.2

2.4

27.

30.

22.5

8.

11.3

2.4

26.

21.5
[Stralia.

12.

5.

8.

1.8

4.

25.

Amblypneustes ovum

! Echinus ovum Lamk, 1816, Ann. s. Vert.

! Amblypneustes ovum Agass., 184G, C. R. Ann. Sc. Xat., VL

Pi YllP.f. s,4.

Test thin ; outline regularly ovoid ; sutural pores of median lines both
in the ambulacra! and interambulacral spaces wanting or rudimentary. In
the interambulacral space there is one primary vertical row of tubercles, with
smaller tubercles forming one to two irregular horizontal lines on the coronal

AMBLYPNEUSTES PALLIDUS. 481

plates ; these secondary tubercles are largest between the principal vertical row
and the poriferous zone, quite small towards the median line or wanting, leav-
ing the median interambulacral space nearly bare or Idled with minute dis-
tant granules. The ambulacral space is narrow, with narrow poriferous zones ;
pores arranged in short oblique arcs of three narrow pairs of pores. Adjacent
to the poriferous zone, in the median ambulacral sj^ace, there is a promi-
nent vertical row of primary tubercles closely packed, as large as the pri-
maries of the interambulacral space ; the median space is more or less bare ;
comparatively large secondaries form from one to two irregular vertical rows
next to the outer primary row. The general color of the test is light olive-
green, with darker zigzag lines parallel to the median sutures in both the
ambulacral and interambulacral areas ; these lines are especially distinct and
numerous near the abactinal pole, they diminish gradually in intensity and
number towards the actinostome. From the median line horizontal lines of
the same color extend sometimes along the sutures, and have a tendency to
form indistinct lozenge-shaped figures near the poriferous zone, on the outer
edge of the interambulacral area. The primary tubercles of both areas are
considerably larger immediately round the actinostome. A dark brown band
often extends from pole to pole on the inner side of the poriferous zone
adjoining the median ambulacral space. The spines are short, slender,
pointed, of a dark green color at base, tipped with red, violet, or orange.
The abactinal system is smaller than in A. griseus; the ocular plates excluded
from the anal system ; genital openings large, notched out of the plate at
the very extremity of the genital plates. Anal system moderately large ;
genital plates of uniform size. The minute miliaries and secondaries scat-
tered through the poriferous zones form an irregular vertical row.

Diameter.

lleight.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Spines.

Width
Porif Zone.

No. of
Corou. Plates.

37.

37.5

7.5

11.

5.1

1.8

27.

49.5

47.

8.4

13.

2.9

31.

Amblypneustes pallidus

! Echinus pallidus Lamk., 1816.

\ Amblypneustes pallidus Val., 1846, Voyage Venus.

A better series of specimens than now exists in any of our Museums
will, I think, show the identity of A. pallidus and A. formosus. The peculiar
pattern of coloration so remarkable in A. formosus, as well as the delicate
sculptures of the median ambulacral and interambulacral spaces, exists in

482 AMBLYPNEUSTES PENTAGONUS.

what has been called A. pallklus, but so slightly developed that it would
readily escape attention, and, owing to the different ground-color of the test,
— a yellowish or light violet, — the facies of this species is apparently quite
different at first; the coloring of the test is very uniform, and the brilliant
white tubercles stand out prominently upon the even background of the
test. The presence of secondaries and small miliaries in the narrow porif-
erous zone, as well as the less numerous median sutural pores, and the greater
uniformity of the tubercles and their more irregular arrangement, makes me
hesitate to separate these two species, which I am convinced will prove
identical, though the intermediate links are as yet wanting. The differences
I have pointed at above are the only ones by which 1 can distinguish them.
The scarcity of good series of Amblypneustes in our collections makes it diffi-
cult to give a satisfactory account of them ; and as they are extremely
variable in coloration, pattern, ornamentation, proportions of test, what I give
here concerning them must be taken only as a preliminary attempt to un-
ravel this difficull genus.
Australia; Feejee Islands.

Amblypneustes pentagonus

! AmUypneusles peutagonus A. Agass., 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., HL

PI VIII .f. 7-8.

Unlike the other species of Amblypneustes, the outline of the test from
above is pentagonal; the ambulacra projecting considerably beyond the con-
cave interambulacra. The coronal plates are high, not half as numerous

as in other species of the genus of the same size. There is but a single
primary vertical row of tubercles both in the ambulacra] and in the interam-
bulacra! spaces, with remarkably well-defined and somewhat raised scrobicu-
lar circles, as in some species of Temnopleurus ; secondary tubercles few in
number, very irregularly scattered; sutural pores small, limited to the angle
of the plates; test thin, high, remarkable for the great size of the primary
spines. Abactinal system delicate, and not prominent and stout as in other
allied species.

The abactinal system resembles somewhat that of Temnopleurus Reynaudi.
The madreporic genital is far greater than the other genital plates, which
are pointed, pentagonal, narrow ; three of the genital plates are separated
by large pointed ocular plates which reach the anal system ; the ocular
plates are notched at the outer extremity, with a deep narrow furrow near
the centre.

HOLOPXEUSTES. 483

The poriferous zone is narrow ; buccal membrane with a few small plates
irregularly scattered over the surface. It is very probable that this species
will eventually form the type of a new genus intermediate between Salmaeis
and Amblypneustes; unfortunately I have but a single specimen, and until
there is more abundant material this species is temporarily placed with
Amblypneustes, which is its nearest ally.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System

Aetinal
System.

Spines.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Width
Porif Zone.

22.

21.2

4.8

7.8

7.

17.

1.2

Mauritius.

(AMBLYPNEUSTES.) Holo:pneustes.

Holopneustes Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut.

The ambulacra are broader than the interambulacra, owing to the extraor-
dinary lateral development of the poriferous zone. Each zone is flanked
by a regular vertical row of pores, the intermediate space is closely packed
with pores arranged apparently irregularly, though in reality the irregularity
is due only to an unusual lateral expansion of the central plate. General
facies that of Amblypneustes. Lutken unites the genus with Ambl}-pneustes.
I cannot agree with him in this, as the true Amblj-pneustes, no matter how
the pores are arranged, — in three vertical rows, as in Tripneustes, or tri-
geminate, — never have more than three regular vertical rows, so that I am
inclined to consider this group as a subgenus of Amblypneustes. The actino-
stome is small, has no cuts. The spines and the abactinal system are essen-
tially that of Amblypneustes. Teeth broad, with a low inner ridge. Spines
short, moderately stout, longitudinally striated, and swollen at the extremity.

Holopneustes inflatus

! Ambhjimeustes inflatus Lutk., 1872, in A. Ag., Bull. M. C. Z., HI.
I Holopneustes inflatus A. Ac, 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

Test moderately stout, nearly spherical ; poriferous zone more than equal-
ling in width the median ambulacral region, proportionally somewhat nar-
rower than in H. porosissimus, the pores arranged in three well-marked
vertical rows, — the inner and outer quite regular, the middle somewhat undu-
lating and disconnected. One very regular vertical row of small secondaries

484 HOLOPNEUSTES POROSISSIMUS.

in the poriferous zone parallel with the inner vertical row of pores ; others
smaller, irregularly scattered, where the tubercles form irregular horizontal
rows of from two to three tubercles for each plate. Towards the median
space in both areas the plates cany small distant secondaries arranged in
continuation of larger horizontal rows in the interambulacra, and irregularly
placed in the ambulacra. In the interambulacra] space there is for each
plate a larger primary, forming a distinct vertical row, and from one to six
smaller tubercles on each side of the median interambulacral line forming
horizontal rows and very indistinct vertical rows. The tubercles between
the principal primary vertical row and the poriferous zone are not as closely
packed as in II. porosissimus. No bare median ambulacra] or interambu-
lacra] spaces. The abactinal system is comparatively small, not prominent ;
anal system small. Madreporic genital somewhat larger than the other
genitals. Ocular plates as in H. porosissimus, disconnected from the anal
system, carrying tew secondaries, as well as on the anal edge of the genital
plates.

Color of test, denuded, yellowish-orange or reddish-orange, with the porif-
erous zone of a darker tint.

Diameter.

Height.

Arlinnl
System.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

So. of
Corou. Plates.

48.5

45.

12.

8.

3.4

4.5

46.

36.5

31.

10.

7.2

3.2

3.2

3 4.

34.

30.5

9.1

C.4

2.9

3.1

33.

New Holland.

Holopneustes porosissimus

! Cidaris granulata (Agass.). 1841. Mon. Scut.

I Holopneustes porosissimus Ac... 1846, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VI.

PL Vlir.f. o-io.

Outline of test globular, test moderately stout. Poriferous zone broader
than the median ambulacra] space. Pores forming an outer very regular
vertical row, an inner row somewhat undulating, while the remaining broad
space is filled by apparently irregularly arranged pores, due to the great lat-
eral spreading of the three original narrow plates of the poriferous zone in
such a manner that the three pores belonging together form parallel rows,
one shorter than the other either inwardly or outwardly, giving to the
median space of the poriferous zone the aspect of being filled by irregular
oblique lines of pairs of pores, between the inner and outer more regular

HOLOPXEUSTES PURPURESCENS. 485

vertical rows. The tubercles of the interambulacral space form irregular
horizontal lines, with rather large miliaries and secondaries closely filling the
coronal plates, except a narrow, bare median band extending from the abac-
tinal pole half-way to the actinostome, where the band disappears. There
is one principal primary vertical row of large tubercles, between which and
the poriferous zone the secondaries and miliaries are very closely packed.
In the ambulacral space the tubercles are irregularly arranged, forming only
most indistinct vertical rows ; the tubercles are of more uniform size than
in the interambulacral space, and a comparatively greater number as large
as the primaries ; the tubercles do not increase in size towards the actino-
stome, as in Amblypneustes. The spines are shorter, rather stouter, than
those of Amblypneustes, and swelling at the extremity ; they are coarsely
striated longitudinally, the ridges forming small lamella? at the swollen ex-
tremity ; the shaft is very uniform in width, scarcely tapering towards the
extremity. Milled ring very prominent. Abactinal system with narrow
genital ring ; genital plates of uniform size ; large anal system ; genital pores
very large ; ocular plates prominent, excluded from the anal system. Anal
system and anal edge of the genital ring closely crowded by small tubercles,
carrying small spines similar to those of the test. Secondary tubercles
irregularly scattered over the whole poriferous zone.

The ground-color of the test is greenish-blue, with violet median lines in
the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces ; the tubercles are of a lighter
color. The poriferous zone is light greenish with violet tinge. Spines
greenish at base, with reddish tinge towards the tip.

Diameter.

Height.

Actinal
System.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Width
Porif. Zone.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Length of
Spines.

49.

46.

10.8

9.2

5.

6.

48.

5.2

New Holland.

Holopneustes purpurescens

I Amblypneustes purpurescens Lutk., 1872, in A. Ac, Bull. M. C. Z., III.
! Holopneustes purpurescens A. Ag., 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

PI. VI. f. 25-25*; PI V IIP. f. 5-6.

Actinal and abactinal diameter equal, poriferous zone equal in width to
the corresponding tuberculiferous ambulacral space. In large specimens the
middle row of pores is very irregular, forming zigzag lines, while in younger
specimens the middle row is nearly as uniform as the inner and outer rows ;

486 HOLOPNEUSTES PURPURESCENS.

the latter is characterized by the greater size of the inner pore, and the
distance separating the pores of a pair. The tubercles of both areas form
most regular horizontal rows, as many as ten tubercles of nearly uniform
size, diminishing gradually towards the median line, and forming regular
vertical lines towards the poriferous zone on each side of the median line in
specimens of 80mm in diameter, and from one to three for the ambulacral
spaces, forming no distinct vertical rows.

The test is thin, the poriferous zone being narrower than in the other
species of the genus. The color of the small specimens, measuring 35mm in
diameter, is a beautiful light violet, with greenish median bands both in the
ambulacra and interambulacra and along the outer edge of the poriferous
zone. In the large specimens the test is of a uniformly yellowish-brown
color.

Specimens of Holopneustes are not common in museums, so that, with the
exception of the variations observed in H. inilatus, it is difficult to know
how far the species of the genus vary. The variations observed in II. inila-
tus and II. purpurescens are limited mainly to the poriferous zone in the
young specimens, the three vertical rows of pores being at first quite distinct,
then the middle row becomes undulating, and finally, with the lateral spread-
ing the original arrangement is completely lost sight of. It may be that II.
purpurescens will prove to be nothing but II. porosissimus with a rather
narrower poriferous zone, the variations of the size of the pores recalling
similar differences noticed in Toxopneustes pileolus. Additional material is
needed to discriminate better the species of Holopneustes temporarily distin-
guished in the Museum Bulletin.

New Holland.

TRIPLECHINIDAE. 487

TRIPLECHINIDAE.

Subfamily Triplechinidae A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. II.

PHYMOSOMA.

Cyphosoma (Agass.). 1840, Cat. Syst. Ectyp. (non Mann.).
Phymosoma IIaime, 1853, D'Akcii. et Haime, An. foss. Indc.

The teeth of this genus, representing a large number of fossil species of
this and allied genera, of which there are now living but few representatives,
do not present any striking features to distinguish them from the teeth
of the Echinidae proper ; they are not in the least allied to the teeth of
Cidaridae and of Diadematidae.

The value of the presence or absence of crenulation of the primary tuber-
cles as a generic character has been frequently discussed, and, owing to the
difficulty of clearly distinguishing the presence of crenulation in fossil species,
its value and importance have not been understood. As far as we can judge
from the recent genera with crenulated tubercles, — Diadema, Phymosoma,
Salmacis, Temnopleurus, and many genera of Spatangoids, — it is a feature
which appears early and seems quite characteristic, but is frequently indis-
tinct or obliterated. We can only guess at the function of this crenulation ;
it seems connected with the rapid and easy movements of the large or
long spines attached to them, which require considerable muscular force
and good points of support for the attachment of the muscular sheath at the
base of the spines.

Phymosoma crenulare

! Glyptocidaris crenularis A. Ac, 18G3, Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila.

! Phymosoma crenulare A. AG.f 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 151. r r>/ VVVT/T/T f

PI. VI. f. 2-8 ; PI VIP. f. 6, 8, 9; PL XXV. f. ss; PI. XXXVI f. io, n;

Test depressed, slightly pentagonal, flattened on the actinal side. Actinal
opening moderate ; actinal cuts slight. Actinostome covered by a thin
membrane, thickly covered by elliptical plates, and their intervals filled by
smaller elongated plates occupying the whole space. The median interam-
bulacral and ambulacral spaces are bare from the abactinal system nearly to
the ambitus. The two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles diminish

488 HEMIPEDINA.

rapidly in size in both areas as they approach the apex. The coronal plates
above the ambitus are sparsely covered by secondary tubercles. The smaller
tubercles, arranged in an irregular circle round the main tubercles, are not
crenulated, while the small secondaries, arranged on each side of the princi-
pal vertical rows in the interambulacral space, are crenulated. A vertical
row of secondaries extends from the actinostome to slightly above the
ambitus. In the ambulacral space there are only small unerenulated
secondary tubercles arranged irregularly round the primaries. In the abac-
tinal system the genital ring is of uniform width, the madreporic genital
being only slightly larger than the others. Two large ocular plates reach
the anal system, which is covered by plates carrying a few tubercles; these
plates diminish in size towards the eccentric anal opening. Tubercles of the
abactinal system not crenulated, and principally confined to the anal edge
of the abactinal plates.

The primary spines are long, stout, tapering gradually, with a fine longi-
tudinal striation commencing at the milled ring. The color of dried speci-
mens is yellowish, with darker- colored spines. The auricles are high, slight,
with low connecting ridges. Teeth present no marked feature as distinguish-
ing this type of Echini from the Echinidae proper.

Japan.

No. of
Inteniinb. Tub.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Ann)
Bj item.

it tinal
System.

Length of
opines.

13.

4G.

21.6

11.7

6.

17.2

32.

(PSEUDODIADEMA.) Hemipedina.

Hemipedina Wright, 1855, Brit. (Jul. Eih.
(Sec Part II. p. 291.)

Hemipedina cubensis

' Caenopedina cubensis A. Agass.. 1869, Bull. M. C. Z.. I.
'.Hemipedina cubensu A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 132.
(See Part II. p. 291.)

PL IILf. 1-7; PL XXXVI. f. 12.

Straits of Florida.

ECHINUS. 489

ECHINUS.

Echinus Rondel, 1554, De Piscib. (Lixx). (emend.)
(See Part II. p. 293.)

Echinus acutus

! Echinus acutus Lamk., 181G, An. s. Vert.

PI. VII". f. 5; PI XXV. f. 12-16.

The variation in the shape of the different species of Echinus is so great
that any attempt to describe the general form and outline would be useless,
and I shall confine myself to such special marks as are characteristic, and
make the description as far as possible comparative. In E. acutus the
general outline is slightly conical, and when seen from above somewhat
pentagonal, the median interambulacral space being somewhat concave ;
with two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles, one for each plate ; the
rest of the plate sparsely covered by secondary tubercles, forming an irregu-
lar arc above the primary. Nearer the actinostome there are two other
vertical rows, but they do not extend much beyond the equator on each
side of the primary towards the abactinal pole. Coronal plates high.
Median interambulacral as well as ambulacral space bare. In the am-
bulacral space two principal vertical rows of primary tubercles near the
poriferous zone, with two additional irregular ones extending from the
equator towards the actinostome. Auricles broad. Anal system moderate.
Genital plates pointed, carrying generally three small secondary tubercles near
the anal edge ; genital opening near the exterior edge of the plate ; ocular
plates pentagonal, openings distinct. Primary spines stout, tapering, usually
of a darker color than the test, brilliant carmine at base, tapering to white or
greenish tips, finely striated. This is known to Italian zoologists as E. sardicus.

Norway ; Mediterranean.

Echinus angulosus

! Cidaris angulosa Leske, 1 778, Kl. Add.

! Echinus angulosus, A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 122.

PI. VW.f. 3.

The longer, more slender spines, — generally tipped with violet, the shafts
of all shades between that and the lightest yellow, — the thinner test, the

490 ECHINUS AXGULOSUS.

greater number of coronal plates, and structure of abactinal system, at once
separate this from E. miliaris. We have in the median interambulacral space
one principal vertical row of tubercles, but they are as small as the sec-
ondaries in E. miliaris; in the remainder of the plate they are arranged
irregularly, forming neither vertical nor horizontal lines, more closely packed
between the main row and the poriferous zone; towards the median line
the secondaries and miliaries occupying the coronal plate arc most numerous.
The arrangement is the same in the ambulacra! space ; the median vertical
rows are composed of small secondaries scarcely larger than those forming
the vertical line in the poriferous zone. The poriferous zone is much
broader than in E. miliaris, and there are from one to three indistinct vertical
rows of tubercles formed from the small secondaries.

The differences in the anal systems of the two species are marked, the
genital ring is narrow, and frequently two of the ocular plates reach the
anal system, which is comparatively much larger than in E. miliaris; the
ocular plates are also larger. The secondaries on the genital plates near the
anal edge are small, and the anal plates are but little tuberculated ; both
in miliaris and in this species there are three to four very much larger anal
plates, — the rest are small, diminishing in size towards the anal opening;
actinal cuts more marked than in miliaris.

The buccal membrane is thin, and is hut sparsely covered by limestone
plates, which, in this species and in Magellanicus, are reduced almost to a
minimum ; although E. angulosus belongs strictly to Psammechinus, the
plates are not even as numerous as Ave find them in Echinus proper. This
shows that the features upon which these two genera have been separated
are not tenable. In fact, when we examine young E. esculentus, it would
puzzle us to know whether to place them in Psammechinus, on account of
their close uniform tuberculation, or in Echinus, on account of their smooth
actinal membranes.

No. of
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
Bjatan,

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

S|iilH-*.

19.

34.9

16.2

7.6

4.

12.6

2.2

7.8

19.

38.

22.3

7.5

3.7

14.4

2.2

10.5

24.

58.2

28.

10.2

4.9

17.7

3.5

13.

22.

52.4

28.8

10.4

4.5

1 7.3

3.2

16.9

Cape of Good Hope ; Mauritius ; Red Sea ; Philippine Islands ; New Zealand.

ECHINUS ELEGANS. 491

Echinus elegans

'.Echinus elegans (Dub. o. Kor.), 1844, Skand. Ech.

PL VII". f. 4.

Recognized from its congeners by the beautiful vermilion bands, extending
from the apex towards the ambitus ou both sides of the bare median vertical
line, both in the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces, separated by the
broad, yellowish poriferous bands. The principal rows of rather small pri-
mary tubercles stand out in bold relief from the plates, which carry from five
to six secondary tubercles in the interambulacral, and are crowded by mil-
iaries, especially near the ambitus ; in the ambulacral the miliaries are as
numerous, but there are only one to two secondaries. The test is thin ; the
genital plates are large ; edge near the anal system closely covered by mil-
iaries and secondaries. The primary spines are long, slender, often bril-
liantly colored, red, green, or tipped with white, green at base, or pink at,
the extremity. The secondaries are sometimes the color of the primaries,
but more usually of a uniform tint. In very large specimens alternate pri-
mary tubercles in both areas of the main vertical row are frequently resorbed.

Norway ; Mediterranean.

Echinus esculentus

Echinus subglobosus LlNN. 1745, Fauna Suec.
Echinus esculentus Linn. 1758, Syst. Nat.

pi. rir.f.7.

The coronal plates are broad, thinly covered by miliaries, covered with
tubercles nearly uniform in size, slightly smaller towards the median line,
with a large well-defined scrobicular and small but sharply defined tubercle
arranged in irregular horizontal lines. The poriferous zone is broad.
The median ambulacral space is about twice as broad as the poriferous zone ;
the edge nearest the poriferous zone is flanked by a closely crowded vertical
row of primary tubercles as large as any of the median interambulacral
region ; the rest of the plate is covered by tubercles and miliaries arranged
as in the interambulacral zone. The genital plates are heptagonal ; madre-
poric genital much larger than the others, covered with large secondary
tubercles like those of the test ; ocular plates well separated from the anal
system by the genital plates. Actinal membrane with plates irregularly
scattered in the continuation of the ambulacral system. The spines are short,

492 ECHINUS GRACILIS.

rather stout, varying in color from white almost to purple. Color of test
brick-red, or brownish and intermediate shades, with scrobicular circle set off
in light upon this.

Norway ; English Channel.

Echinus gracilis

'.Ec/Unus gracilis A. Ac, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 293.)

PI. Vl'.f.e; PI VII. f. l-e.

Straits of Florida ; St. Thomas.

Echinus magellanicus

\ Echinus magellanicus Phil., 1857, Wieg. Arch., I.

Only small specimens of this species exist thus far in the Museum, unless
an Echinus of which Mr. H. Edwards sent a couple of tests from Australia,
should prove the adult of it; as, unfortunately, they do not come from New
Zealand, where E. Magellanicus is found, 1 have made the description from
the smaller specimens, awaiting further materials. The small specimens
recall in general aspect the Mediterranean E. microtuberculatus. Abactinal
system is very prominent ; test thin ; poriferous zone distinctly colored,
giving the dry test a handed appearance. There are only two principal
prominent rows of tubercles in the intcrambulacral space ; generally but
one ocular plate reaches the anal system, frequently all are excluded ;
genital plates thickly tuberculated near the anal ring with small second-
aries : poriferous zone very narrow. Coronal plates narrow, closely packed
with irregularly arranged small secondaries and miliaries. tending to form
irregular vertical lines in the median ambulacra! spaces; spines line, mod-
erately long ; actinal membrane smooth, nearly bare ; but few actinal lime-
stone plates. Color of the test light violet ; edge of poriferous zone white ;
spines violet, tipped with yellow. In younger specimens a regular orna-
mentation is formed by the miliaries arranged round the secondaries. The
actinostome is remarkably small, nearly round, with the slightest possible
notches.

No. of
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Anal
System.

18.

28.

13.8

8.

8.9

15.

24.7

12.

8.

88

4.

13.

15.

8.

5.

7.7

2.5

4.1
Patagonia ; Chili ; New Zealand.

ECHINUS MARGARITACEUS. 493

Echinus margaritaceus

! Echinus margaritaceus Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert.

As suggested by Lutken, this is a true Echinus in the restricted sense
(Desor, emend.), with very marked features. It is flattened, slightly conical,
resembling in outline E. elegans ; has, like E. norvegicus, a large anal system,
but, unlike either elegans or norvegicus, the genital plates are narrow, with
three small tubercles near the anal edge; the genital openings large. The
coronal plates are not high; the principal row of vertical intcrambulacral tu-
bercles is small ; the remainder of the plate is densely covered with minute
secondary tubercles carrying short, slender, yellowish spines closely crowded
together, which are a lower groundwork from which the primary spines,
long, slender, and white, project prominently. The rest of the space of
the plates is closely covered by miliaries, covering the whole test with its
huge pedicellariae, except the indistinct vertical median line, both in the
interambulacral and ambulacral region, which extends to the ambitus from
the pole. The mamelon of the tubercles is large, the boss very prominent
and well defined. The ambulacral area is broad, the principal tubercles
of the main vertical row but slightly smaller than those of the interambu-
lacral space, the secondaries covering equally closely the whole plate.

Patagonia.

Echinus melo

I Echinus melo Lamk., 1816, An. s. "Vert.

Almost globular, very ventricose. Actinal opening much smaller than in
E. acutus. Smaller, thinner, and less powerful auricles. Coronal plates
very elongate, so that, when specimens of the same size are compared to
E. acutus, we can at once discriminate them by the greenish-yellow tinge
of the test, while in acutus red and pink tints are most common. The
principal row of vertical primary tubercles is small ; the rest of the plate
is more fully packed with secondaries than is the case in acutus, and densely
covered with miliaries carrying globicephalous pedicellarios. Alternate
primary tubercles are frequently absent in both acutus and melo ; the
horizontal sutures are bare both in the ambulacral and interambulacral area,
forming a lozenge-shaped pattern of a lighter color than the main color of
the test. This feature is usually not so prominent in acutus, and fre-
quently totally wanting. In large specimens the secondary tubercles form
six or seven vertical rows of tubercles hardly extending beyond the ambitus.

494 ECHINUS MICROTUBERCULATTS.

The primary spines are sharper, more slender, shorter, and are much more
closely striated than in acutus, of a greenish tinge, usually slightly darker
at the base. The abactinal system closely resembles that of acutus.
The genital openings are not so near the edge of the plates, and there are
from five to seven small tubercles near the anal edge, with the rest of genital
plates frequently well covered by miliaries, while in acutus there are coarser
secondaries and a much smaller number of miliaries. The median vertical
sutures of the ambulaeral and interambulacral space form a plainly marked
zigzag line, usually double, diminishing in breadth towards either pole.

Mediterranean.

Echinus microtuberculatus

! Echinus microtuberculatus Blaixv., 1825, Diet. Sc. Nat. O.

PI. VI. f. 4; PI. VIP./. 1-2; PL VIII. f. 19-21.

A great deal of the confusion concerning the identity of the Mediterranean
species arises from the fact that their northern representatives are found
associated with them ; as. for instance, E. miliaria and E. microtuberculatus,
E. acutus and E. melo, E. cordatus and E. mediterraneum ; and, also, that
sometimes where no difference exists, — B. lyrifer = B. pulvinatus; C.
papillata = C. hystrix, — the same species frequently appears under a
different specific name if found in the Mediterranean from that it receives
when coming from the Atlantic and the Northern Ocean. In many of the
museum collections I have examined, E. miliaris and E. microtuberculatus
are not distinguished when the localities are not marked otherwise than
as Mediterranean. Yet the two species are remarkably distinct ; it is not
the young of E. melo, as has been suggested, but a Psammechinus in the
old sense, with strongly imbricated buccal membrane. The actinal opening
is very small, circular, with the slightest possible cuts. The poriferous zone
is narrow, the pores being arranged almost vertically, with but a slight
obliquity, forming three pairs. The test is thin, flattened ; the abactinal
system large, prominent, with a very large anal system, covered by small
plates of uniform size, slightly tuberculated : the genital ring is comparatively
narrow ; genital and ocular plates covered by small secondary tubercles,
nearly of uniform size ; madreporic body but slightly larger than other geni-
tal plates; ocular plates excluded from the anal system ; genital oj^enings
large. Two principal vertical rows of large tubercles in the ambulaeral and
interambulacral space ; rest of coronal plates filled with closely arranged

Ef'HINUS MILIARIS. 495

secondary tubercles, forming neither horizontal nor vertical rows, arranged
irregularly, the spaces closely filled with miliaries. The plates of the
poriferous zone are high, shagreened with miliary granulation ; pores far
apart, distant vertically. Spines are fine, short, thin, generally colored
greenish, with white or yellowish tips ; the actinal plates are irregular in out-
line, forming a perfect closely packed limestone pavement over the buccal
membrane.

No. of
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Spiuea

14.

29.4

15.

8.3

5.1

9.7

1.6

5.

12.

14.5

9.

4.2

1.9

6.

0.9

3.8

Mediterranean ; Cape Verde Islands.

Echinus miliaiis

'.Echinus miliaiis Mull., 1771, Kxorr, Delic.

pi. xxr.f. n.

This the best known species can be taken as standard for comparison. The
outline is more or less pentagonal according to age ; the test is thick, flat-
tened below, slightly conical above ; in younger specimens the outline is
more regular, and regularly arched. The median interambulacral spaces are
closely packed with tubercles of nearly uniform size, one tubercle for each
plate, forming the two principal vertical rows of tubercles, being slightly
larger ; the other tubercles are arranged in two parallel irregular rows
exterior to the poriferous zone, tapering to the apex, and one horizontal
row in the centre of plate, towards the median line ; the rest of the plate
is filled by parallel horizontal rows of minute secondaries, with uniform mil-
iaries. The median interambulacral line is slightly depressed in old speci-
mens. The ambulacral space has two exterior larger and two interior smaller
vertical rows of tubercles of about the size of the second size of tubercles
in the interambulacral space ; groups of small secondaries in the poriferous
zone form an irregular vertical line adjoining the large row of tubercles.

Abactinal system large, compact ; ocular plates small, all excluded from
the anal system ; inadreporic body not greatly larger than the other plates.
Secondary tubercles on the anal edge of genital plates ; anal plates few in
number, smooth. Buccal membrane strongly imbricated, formed of long nar-
row limestone plates, closely packed together. Actinal system of moderate
size ; cuts slight. Spines short, moderately slender, of a greenish tinge, with
pink, grayish, or whitish tips.

496

ECHINUS NORVEGICUS.

In younger specimens the contrast between the two principal rows of the
secondaries is more marked, the space between the latter is greater ; a close
miliary granulation covers the high coronal jdates.

No of
Tubercles.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Anal

System.

Width
Ponf. Zone.

Spines,

13.

20.

11.8

6.8

9.

2.8

1.6

6.

1G.

36.2

19.9

9.5

14.9

3.2

2.

8.9

18.

38.

19.

8.2

13.9

3.1

2.6

8.

19.

45.5

27.6

10.2

17.8

4.9

3.

11.

Norway ; English Channel.

Echinus norvegicus

! Echinus norvegicus Dun. o. Kor., 1844, Skand. Ech.
(See Part II. p. 296.)

PI. VI". f. 4-

Norway ; Mediterranean ; Straits of Florida.

TOXOPNEUSTES.

Toxopneustes AOABS., 1841, Int. Monog. Scut.* (uon Ac, 1841, An. Ech., nee 1846, C. R.)
(See l'art II. p. 297.)

Toxopneustes maculatus

! Echinus maculatus LAMK., 1816, An. s. Vert.

! Toxopru ustes maculatus A. Ac;., 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I. p. 167.

There are but few specimens of this species in the different Museums,
nearly all of the same size, and all unfortunately devoid of spines and
of actinal membrane. The very peculiar pattern of coloration of the de-
nuded test, the large, irregular, star-shaped violet blotch round the abactinal
pole, extending some way down the test, and the broad hand of the same
color round the ambitus, give the test a very remarkable aspect ; but in spite
of this, and of its more regularly arched outline, the general measurements
agree very well with T. pileolus. As long as we know nothing more definite
regarding the anal and actinal system, it is as well to point out here the
(inferences just mentioned, and add that the arrangement of the tubercles
is somewhat different ; they are farther apart than in any specimens of
T. pileolus I have had occasion to examine. The outline from above is
very regular, and the most prominent feature is the comparatively shorter

* Not as on p. 297, Toxopneustes Ac ass., 1836, Prod.

TOXOPNEUSTES PILEOLUS. 497

size of the actinal cuts and of the projecting lips of the interambulacral part
of the cuts. This species is figured by Valenciennes in the Atlas du Voyage
de la Venus, but the lips are somewhat exaggerated and are not so promi-
nent in the original.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abaetinal
System.

Actinal
System.

Anal
System.

Width
Porif. Zone.

26.

81.

31.

27.5

3.2

28.

80.5

37.

11.

28.

5.3

4.1

Christmas Island ; Bourbon.

Toxopneustes pileolus

! Echinus pileolus Lam., 1816, An. s. Vert.

! Toxopneustes pileolus Agass., 1841, Monog. Scut. Int.

PI. V IIP. f. 1-2; PL XXV. f. 20, 21 ; PI. XXXVIII. f. w, n.

The differences formerly considered as specific between the species of this
genus do not hold when a large series of specimens is examined. The vari-
ations found in specimens from different localities and of various sizes are
very considerable, extending to the breadth of the poriferous zone, the size
of the pores, the proportions of the actinostome, the concavity of the actinal
surface, and the greater or less conical outline of the test.

In young specimens of Toxopneustes the arrangement of the pores is in arcs
of three pairs ; the actinostome is not sunken ; the cuts are slight ; the sec-
ondary and primary tubercles are arranged somewhat irregularly upon the
plates both of the ambulacral and interambulacral regions, forming only
two regular vertical rows in each area. The test of young specimens is
usually ornamented with spirally arranged bands of color, extending across
the ambulacral and interambulacral areas in disconnected patches, the bands
growing narrower towards the abaetinal pole (B. bizonata, Des.). With in-
creasing age these bands become more and more indistinct, and can often be
but faintly traced in the largest specimens examined. In larger specimens
the arrangement of the pores is in three apparently independent vertical
rows ; the size of the pores of the same specimen varies greatly in the
different ambulacra, and even in the different vertical rows of the same porif-
erous zone, either the inner or the outer row having the exterior pore the
largest (B. heteropora, Des.). In what has been considered usually the
typical T. pileolus the arrangement of the pores is uniform, preserving more
persistently the original arrangement of the pores, though the two outer

498 TOXOPNEUSTES PILEOLUS.

vertical rows of pores are placed slightly closer together, and separated from
the inner row. In specimens where there are at the ambitus twelve vertical
rows of tubercles in the interambulacral space, there are eight in the am-
bulacral region. Only one vertical row on each side of these regions extends
to the abactinal system ; the others extend some ways above the ambitus,
leaving a small part of both the median areas bare, in proportion to the
development of the vertical rows. The miliaries and secondaries are arranged
in horizontal rows across and between the primary vertical rows, forming a
simple network round the scrobicular circle of the primaries.

The abactinal system is compact; the madreporic genital very prominent;
the genital openings large near the apex of the plates; the genital and
ocular plates carry one large tubercle, with secondaries and miliaries ar-
ranged round the scrobicular circle as round the primaries of test. The
anal plates are small, smooth, oblong, with a few larger triangular ones on
the side opposite the anus. The spines above the ambitus are short, mod-
erately stout ; those of the lower side, however, are much longer and more
slender. The outline of test from above is pentagonal, with re-entering
angle in the median interambulacral space; the ambulacra projecting beyond
the general outline of the test. In profile the outline is generally somewhat
. conical, though young specimens are more regularly arched, and, when quite
small, almost globular ; in older, fully grown specimens the shape is some-
times quite globular. The actinostome is more or less sunken, and the
lower surface concave ; in medium-sized and large specimens the depth of
the actinal cuts varies considerably.

The extensive series of specimens of this species in the Jardin des Plantes,
and a number of specimens from Mauritius in the Museum Collection, show
such variations that I am unable in the adult to distinguish as distinct
species what I had called Boletia rosea from Central America, and the com-
mon Indo-Pacific, B. pileolus. Though, if what Mr. Yen-ill has called Psam-
mechinus pictus should turn out to be the young of B. rosea (B. picta), as he
is inclined now to consider it. it would be quite easy to separate these two
species when young by an examination of the buccal membrane, which is
stoutly imbricated in P. pictus, while the actinal membrane of young
specimens of B. pileolus, of the same size, is particularly bare and free from
limestone plates, except in the vicinity of the two large buccal plates.

TOXOPNEUSTES SEMITUBERCULATUS. 409

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Aetinal
System.

Anal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

25.

71.

31.

10.5

22.

5.3

3.4

From

31.

101.

39.

14.2

33.

6.9

5.1

i Acapulco

16.

19.8

11.4

5.

9.

2.1

1.1

24.

GO.

3S.

9.9

33.9

4.3

3.2

From

32.
34.

105.
103.

128.

46.
48.

14.8
14.3

35.

34.5

38.

5.9
6.

6.1
4.2
6.2 .

Mauritius

Panama ; Feejee Islands ; Mauritius ; East India Islands.

Toxopneustes semituberculatus

! Echinus semituberculatus Vai... 1846, in Ag. Des. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat, VI.
! Toxopneusles semituberculatus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 168.

The principal characters which at once distinguish this species from its
West Indian representative (T. variegatus) are the comparatively much
larger actinostome, the large coarse granulation occupying nearly the whole
of the bare median interambulacral and ambulacral spaces, and the com-
paratively small size of the primary tubercles, as the larger number of coronal
plates in specimens of the two species of the same size readily shows. In the
abactinal system the genital openings are close to the apex, at the very
tip of the genital plates, indenting the extremity of the genital plate itself.
The aetinal cuts are broader, and the abactinal system larger than in T.
variegatus. In dried specimens the color of the test is of an olive-green,"
with brighter bands along the poriferous zone. The buccal membrane is
plated, but not so thickly packed as in T. variegatus. The spines are com-
paratively shorter and more slender, of the general color of the test, only
somewhat darker.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Aetinal
System.

Abactinal
System.

21.

32.

18.

15.

23.

39.

22.

17.5

27.

46.5

24.

20.

9.

Galapagos ; Central Pacific America ; Cape St. Lucas.

Verrill has described as Psammechinus pictus a young sea-urchin wdiich I
had, from analogy with the corresponding stages of Toxopneustes variegatus,
referred to this species. Mr. Verrill subsequently considered it to be the
young of (Boletia picta) Boletia rosea. I am still inclined, from want of better
proofs, to retain my view of the affinities of this small Echinus, especially
since I have had occasion to compare it with the young of Boletia pileolus
from the Sandwich Islands. The structure of the buccal membrane of Psam-
mechinus pictus seems, as far as we know anything of the young stages of

500 TOXOPNEUSTES VARIEGATUS.

Boletia pileolus, to point to its identity with T. semituberculatus rather than
to its affinity to (B. rosea) T. pileolus, the young of which has a nearly
hare buccal membrane. The material for a definite conclusion is not in our
collections, and no positive results can he reached at present.

Toxopneustes variegatus

! Echinus variegatus (Lamk.). 181G, An. s. Vert.
! Toxopm ustes variegatus A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., I't. I. p. 1C8.
(See Tart II. p. "JUS.)

PL H. f. 5-6; PL IV. f. 4-5; PI. VI f. 2s; PI VII. f. 7-22;

PL XXV. f. 17-19.
Brazil ; West India Islands ; Bermudas ; South Carolina.

HIPPONOE.

Hipponoe Gray, 1840, Svnops. Cont. Brit. Mus.
(Sec Part II. p. 301.)

Hipponoe depressa

! Tripneustes depressus A. Ac... 18fi3, Bull. M. C. Z, I.
I Hipponoe depressa A. Ac 1872. Rev. Ech, l't. I. p. 134.

The differences between the two species of Hipponoe found on the Atlantic
and Pacific sides of the Isthmus of Panama are slight, but well marked.
They consist, in the Pacific species, in the comparatively higher coronal
plates, the irregular arrangement of the primary tubercles, not forming, as
in the West India species, regular vertical rows as well as horizontal ones.
There is only one well-defined vertical row of primaries, somewhat nearer the
poriferous zone than to the median line in the interambulacral space. The
anal system and the actinostome arc comparatively smaller in the Wot
India species, in which the buccal membrane is nearly smooth, while it is
thickly covered by large plates at its junction with the test in the Pacific
species.

No. of Abartinal Anal Actinal Width

Coron. I'latcs. Diameter. Height. System. SyBtem. System. Porif. Zone. Spines.

40. 127. 62. 1G.8 9. 29. 9.8 14.

118. 71.

Gulf of California.

HIPPONOE ESCULENTA. 501

Hipponoe esculenta

! Cularis esculenta (Leslie), 1778, Kl. Add.
! Hipponoe esculenta A. AG., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 135.
(See Part II. p. 301.)

PL VI. f. 28-29; PL VP.f.i-s; PI. VIII. f. 29.

Florida ; West Indies ; Surinam.

Hipponoe variegata

! Cidaris variegata Leske, 1778, Kr.. Add.

! Hipponoe variegata A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 135.

PI IV. f. 5~e; PL XXV. f. e-7.

As the Synonymy shows, this is one of the most variable of the species of
Echini in general appearance and in outline. Some specimens are nearly
globular, others greatly depressed, others with a pentagonal outline from
above, and re-entering median interambulacra near the ambitus ; the out-
line in profile varying from depressed to globular or conical. The general
appearance of this widely distributed species is such as readily to separate
it from the American species of the same genus. In the first place, the small
size of the tubercles and their smaller number are eminently characteristic of
this species. The median ambulacral and interambulacral spaces are gen-
erally bare from the abactinal pole to the ambitus, being covered by a few
small miliaries far apart. The anal system is comparatively very large ; the
abactinal system is more circular, less pentagonal, owing to the smaller
size of the genital plates, than in the West India species. The poriferous
zone is also much narrower ; the actinostome larger ; the spines much
more slender. The coloring of the specimens is. best shown by the names
of some of its synonymes, — violaceus, subcoeruleus, nigricans, — showing
the range of coloration ; the pentagonal specimens (pentagonus) having a
more brownish yellow coloration, much as in the West India specimens.
The buccal membrane is scarcely covered by calcareous plates ; the plates
of the anal system are smaller and more numerous than in the West India
species.

No. of
Coron. Plates.

Diameter.

Height.

Abactinal
System.

Anal
System.

Actinal
System.

Width

Porif. Zone.

Spine.

37.

54.
72.
45.5
53.

101.2

108.
74.
79.

15.8

9.2

24.5

7.

13.

27.

3G.5

60.

13.

6.8

20.

5.8

12.

24.

22.

40.

7.

4.2

14.9

3.2

7.

Sandwich Islands ; Japan ; East India Islands ; Feejee Islands ; Red Sea ; Mozambique.

502 EVECHINUS.

(HIPPONOE.) Evechinus.

Evechinus Verrill, 1871, Notes on Radiata.

This genus is closely allied to Hipponoe, having, when covered with spine?,
its general facies; the test is thick, circular, somewhat flattened, and covered
with tubercles ot" very unequal size ; the primaries arranged in regular
vertical rows; the secondaries irregularly grouped round the base of pri-
maries. Poriferous zone broad ; pores arranged in three irregular vertical
rows, narrowing towards the actinostomc. Actinostome small ; cuts slight :
buccal membrane thin, carrying few plates. Abactinal system prominent ;
genital ring narrow; anal system moderate. Spines stout, tapering, rather
short, very unequal in size. The close arrangement of the secondaries
between the primaries recalls (Psammechinus) Echinus. The poriferous
zone of the adult is like that of Hipponoe, while in the young it is like the
zone of Echinus, and in other stages the irregular arrangement of the pores
recall some of the species of Heliocidaris. as the genus was constituted in
the Catalogue Raisonne.

Evechinus chloroticus

! Echinus chloroticus Vat.., 184G, Voyage Venus.

! Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 1871, Notes on Radiata.

Pi. IV. f. ; ; PI Vl.f.SO.

Test moderately thick ; outline from above nearly circular, slightly de-
pressed. Actinal region somewhat sunken, in profile regularly arched. Two
principal vertical rows of ambulacra! tubercles, with an irregular median
row of smaller ones extending from the abactinal to the actinal pole. The
ambulacral and interambulacral plates are closely crowded by secondary
tubercles arranged in circles round the primaries ; miliaries in plates of both
areas few in number. There are six principal vertical rows in the interam-
bulacral region ; near the ambitus the exterior rows become somewhat
irregular; along the median interambulacral line an irregular or vertical
row of smaller tubercles. The poriferous zones are wide, narrowing at the
actinal region. The vertical rows of pores are separated by two rows of
secondary tubercles, the inner row consisting of the larger tubercles.

The anal system is small, covered by an outer ring of from nine to eleven
plates of uniform size ; the rest of the anal system is filled with small plates

EVECHINUS CHLOROTICUS. 503

converging towards the anal opening. Madreporic genital far larger than
the other genital plates ; genital openings large, near the outer edge. Geni-
tal plates carry one large secondary tubercle near the anal system ; smaller
ones fill the rest of plate. Ocular plates small ; the two reaching the
anal system carry secondary tubercles. Actinal cuts slight ; buccal mem-
brane thin, covered by very small distant plates, and a few well-separated
clusters of from six to eight larger plates in the extension of the ambulacra.
Spines rather stout, light green tipped with yellow ; color of the test greenish-
brown. In smaller specimens measuring not more than one fifth the above-
described specimen, — 18mm- in diameter and 17mm in height, with fourteen
coronal plates, — the poriferous zones are narrow in proportion to the size
of the test, we find only one row of pores separated by a vertical line of sec-
ondary tubercles from the outer rows of pores, which consist of two pairs
of pores placed obliquely near the ambitus, while near the abactinal region
the poriferous zone has all the features of (Psammechinus) Echinus ; the
changes in the arrangement of the poriferous zone at different stages of
growth will account for the position of this genus in so many different gen-
era by various authors. In the young the two principal vertical rows of
tubercles are more prominent than in older stages.

No. of Abactinal Actinal Length of

Coronal Platea Diameter. Height. System. System. Spine.

25. 107. 62. 14. 24. 28.

New Zealand.

504 CLYPEASTRIDAE.

CLYPEASTRIDAE.

Suborder Clypeastridae Agass , 183G, Prod. Mon. Rad.

The suborder of Clypeastridae has been recognized much within the same
limits as first established by Agassiz. I am fully aware that the tendency

<>f all recent writers on Echini has been to adopt, as most natural to the
presenl condition of our knowledge, the division into two suborders, as pro-
posed by Albin (iras. As 1 have already shown in my Embryology of
the Star-fish, and from the more recent study of young Echini in the pre-
liminary Report of the Deep-Sea Florida Echini, the separation of the anal
opening from the apical system is not alone sufficient ground to separate the
Echini into two suborders of equal value.

We have among the Clypeastroids, as they are here understood, structural
features and combinations such as are not known in any other group of
Echini, and which prevent us from associating with either of the usually
recognized suborder- those sea-urchins in which we find the upper and lower
floors, the actinal and abactinal surfaces, connected by limestone walls, pil-
lars, or radiating partitions. The suborder is strictly intermediate between
the Desmosticha and Petalosticha, having the petaloid structure of the am-
bulacra and anal opening disconnected from the apical system, giving US,
as in the latter, the position of an anterior and posterior extremity, and the
jaws of the former, though simpler and greatly modified, and moved by a
totally different mechanism, articulating upon the auricles instead of being-
held in place by a muscular system as in the regular Echini. They are \/-
shaped, placed horizontally, and in a grc< ve corresponding to the line of
junction of the two ossicula are placed the teeth. The structure of the
spines is more similar to that of the regular Echini. The ambulacra! pores
of the petals pass between the plates : the ambulacra] system is greatly
developed, lines of minute pores extend at right angles to the general
course of the poriferous zone. On the actinal surface there are ambu-
lacra] furrows crowded with pores arranged without any regular order ;
the furrows terminate at the actinostome in the buccal tubes ; in some of
the families the plates round the actinostome are cuneiform, forming a
buccal rosette. The ambulacra are broader than the interambulacra ; in
many of the Laganoids the interambulacra are reduced to a narrow band.
Tubercles small, perforate, and crenulate.

EUCLYPEASTRIDAE. 505

EUCLYPEASTRIDAE.

Family Euclypeastridae FFaeckel, 186G, Generelle Morphol.

In the Monographie des Scutelles the first attempt was made by Professor
Agassiz to separate the Clypeastroids into natural groups, based upon their
internal structure. Desor subsequently adopted, in his Synopsis, the sub-
divisions suggested by Agassiz ; these subdivisions, as far as we have studied
them, appear natural, and have been adopted, with the exception that the
subfamily of Fibularina of Gray has been retained, and has been separated
from the Laganidae, with which they had been associated by Agassiz and
Desor.

This family contains Echini, with simple supports connecting the upper and
lower floors, either as pillars, walls, needles, or radiating partitions, and of
which the test is covered by spines of a uniform structure, the mode of
formation of the internal supports forming the principal basis for the
distinction of subfamilies.

FIBULARINA.

Subfamily Fibularina Gray, 1855, Cat. Ree. Echini, (emend.)

This subfamily contains small globular Echini, with rudimentary petals,
high teeth, and simple partitions radiating, extending from the periphery
towards the actinostoine.

ECHINOCYAMUS.

Echinocyamus Van Piiel., 1774, Brief.
(See Part II. p. 304.)

Echinocyamus pusillus

Spatagus pusillus Mull., 1776, Prod. Zool. Dan.
[Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil., p. G.
(See Part II. p. 304.)

PL XI'. f. 3; PI XIII. f. l-s.

Norway ; Mediterranean ; Azores ; Florida.

50G FIBULARIA.

FIBULARIA.

Pibularia Lamk., 181U, An. s. Vert.

The characters of this genus must remain doubtful, so long as we have no
positive evidence that the small species of which it is comjjosed are not the
young, either of some species of Echinocyamus or of some species of Cas-
siduloids. It contains small species more or less ovoid or flattened, distin-
guished from Echinocyamus by the absence of distinct anterior peripheric
radiating partitions; there are highly developed auricles, and we find near
the anus, on the lower floor, traces of the radiating partitions of Echino-
cyamus ; anus infra-marginal. Petals imperfectly petaloid ; diverging pores
distinct, not conjugated, or only indistinctly, few in number; petals remain-
ing rudimentary, as in young Clypeastroids, and not closing at any time ;
poriferous zones extending from the apex to the actinostome as disconnected
pores. The jaws are very small, high, resembling in their general structure
the jaws of the Echinantliidae. and not of the Scutellidae ; they are inter-
mediate in their general features between the jaws of Laganidae and of
Echinantliidae. Actinostome central ; anus nearer the actinostome than the
ambitus.

Fibularia australis

Fibrdaria australis Desml., 1837, Syn. p. 240.

PL XIII. f. o-io.

This is the largest species of Fibularia known. Specimens measuring
about 20""". longitudinal diameter. ( 10""" transverse,) resemble in general
outline small specimens of Clypeaster. The test seen from above is elliptical,
slightly broadest anteriorly, regularly arched, with rounded edge from the
edge of the test to the apex, which is central ; outline sloping somewhat
towards the posterior edge. Petals open at the extremity, diverging from the
apex towards the edge of the test ; pores not conjugated ; four genital open-
ings ; petals extend nearly to the edge, the posterior pair somewhat shorter ;
poriferous zones equal, narrow, but slightly petaloid ; pores distant, round.
Mouth large, pentagonal, placed somewhat nearer the posterior edge; anus
elliptical, irregularly transverse, very large, occupying a third of the space
between the mouth and the posterior edge. Mouth sunken, and the whole
median posterior part of the lower side concave, while the anterior and edges
are rounded and swollen. Tuberculatum of the abactinal part of the test

FIBULARIA OVULUM. 507

largo, distant ; intermediate space packed by minute miliaries on the lower
surface ; the tubercles become more distant towards the actinostome, which is
surrounded by five smooth bands, formed of very minute tubercles, much as
in the bourrelets and their prolongation in the Cassiduloids.

In smaller specimens not measuring more than 8mm' in longitudinal diam-
eter (6mm transverse), the proportionally shorter open petals and. more
pointed posterior edge are the only differences noticed. Auricles nearly as
prominent as in Eehinocyamus ; jaws compact, high, like the jaws of Echino-
cyamus. There are no additional pillars between the two floors, developed
with age, as the presence in the young of anal posterior ridges on the two sides
of the anal opening connecting the upper and lower floors would lead us to
suppose. They are the homologue of the radiating partitions of Eehino-
cyamus, but neither do they extend to the mouth, nor are additional walls
formed, as in that genus. The smallest specimens examined did not measure
more than 2mm-, longitudinal diameter ; they differed from older specimens by
their more regularly arched abactinal surface, and the small size of the anal
opening ; its position was identical with that of older stages ; the number of
disconnected pores (three and four pairs) forming the rudimentary petals is
small ; they only diverge a short distance from the apical system.

This sj^ecies was originally placed in Eehinocyamus ; the internal differ-
ences are, however, sufficient to separate it from Eehinocyamus proper, viz.
the absence of the anterior and interior radiating partitions. Gray sep-
arated this species as an independent genus (Mortonia). I have removed it
from Eehinocyamus to Fibularia, with which, from the absence of lateral
radiating partitions, it seems most closely allied, but I am by no means satis-
fied that the genus Eehinocyamus and Fibularia are properly distinguished,
and that future study among these small Echini, with better material, will
not modify the views of their affinities here suggested.

Sandwich Islands ; Japan ; Australia.

Fibularia ovulum

Echinus minutus Pali... 1774, Spic. Zool , IX. PI. I.f. 3".
! Fibularia ovulum Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert., p. 17.

PL XHP.f. is.

This is the most common species of Fibularia in our collections, known and
quoted under a multitude of names, from the figures of Van Phelsum, yet

508 FIBULARIA OVULUM.

it has not been examined critically with a view to determining its affinities ;
most of the specimens usually preserved have lost their spines, as well as the
anal and buccal membranes. The genus is retained among the Clypeastroids
from its close affinity to Echinocyamus. The presence of teeth and of par-
tial rudimentary partitions only shows that the genus is an anomalous one,
and its exact position either with the Clypeastroids or Cassiduloids cannot
be accurately determined until we are better acquainted with the anatomy
of Fibularia than we are at present, as there are as many reasons for
associating them with the one group as with the other; and until we can be
sure that neither Fibularia vulva nor F. ovulum are not young stages the
question must remain unanswered.

The test is ovoid, angular, pointed anteriorly, high ; abactinal surface regu-
larly arched ; petals short; pores diverging, distant, not conjugate ; poriferous
zones consisting of not more than six or seven pairs of pores in specimens
measuring l()"m', longitudinal diameter. Middle of interambulacral plates
raised, forming ridges running from the apex to the actinostome, especiallv
well developed in the anterior part of the test. Apical system central ;
vertex anterior, at the extremity of the odd petal ; test sloping, uniformly
arched towards the posterior vi]^ ; petaliferous part of test flattened.
Lower surface convex, mouth and anus alone being placed in a slight de-
pression. Actinostome small, pentagonal ; bourrelets and phyllodes very rudi-
mentary,— the former reduced to small smooth interambulacral spaces, the
phyllodes to a couple of large buccal pores. Anal opening narrow, longi-
tudinally elliptical, half-way between the edge and the actinostome ; does not
equal in length the diameter of the mouth. The greatest diameter of the
test may be either anterior or posterior to the apical system, the outline from
above and in profile being extremely variable. Tuberculation regular, dis-
tant ; miliaries closely packed.

Longitudinal Diameter.

Transverse Diameter.

Height.

10.

8.2

7.9

7.

6.5

5.4

There is great difference in the size of the jaws in the two species of Fibu-
laria; in F. volva they are exceedingly small, scarcely projecting beyond the
auricles, while in F. ovulum they are large and more prominent, much as we
find them in Echinocyamus. The peculiar pits between the radiating ridges,
so prominent in the plates of the interior of Echinocyamus, exist also in all
the species of Fibularia, but are less marked ; they are more prominently

FIBULARIA VOLVA. 509

developed in this species than in any other of the genus, although, both in
this species and in F. volva, no trace whatever of the rudimentary anal
radiating partitions existing in Fibularia australis exists. In this species the
pores of older specimens are very indistinctly conjugate.

Indian Ocean ; Philippine Islands.

Fibularia volva

I Fibularia volva Agass., 184 7, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. p. 142.

This species is elongate, pointed at both extremities, flattened from above,
regularly arched ; edge of test rounded ; mouth slightly posterior ; anus very
small, placed close to the mouth ; actinal side convex, re-entering towards
the actinostome ; ridges of the median part of interambulacra prominent
on the lower side, near the anterior extremity , indistinct on the abactinal
side. In one of the specimens examined the buccal and anal membranes
were still preserved, and on opening the specimen very minute and delicate
jaws could be seen, though the auricles were highly developed, — fully as
well as in Echinocyamus. To the homology of the auricles I will return
again when speaking of the Cassiduloids proper, to show that it is by no
means safe to ascribe jaws to Clypeastroid genera from the presence of
auricles alone, even when apparently well developed.

The tubercles of this species are large, distant on the abactinal side, but
closely packed together on the actinal side ; as they approach the actino-
stome the miliaries are larger and more prominent than in other species.
The diverging petals are formed of from four to six large distant pairs of
pores ; the poriferous zones are continued by isolated distant pores to the
actinal side close to the actinostome. The actinostome is covered, as in
Echinoneus, with a membrane stiffened by minute calcareous plates, ar-
ranged concentrically round the central opening of the mouth ; the actino-
stome is not central, it is placed somewhat nearer the posterior edge.

longitudinal
Diameter.

Transverse
Diameter.

Height.

Distance of
Anus from Mouth.

8.8

5.6

4.

1.1

85

6.

4.1

.9

Red Sea ; Formosa ; North Australia.

510 ECHIXANTHIDAE.

ECHINANTHIDAE.
Subfamily Echinanthidae A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. II. p. 306.

This subfamily comprises large species, with pillars or needle-like projec-
tions connecting the two floors, with straight ainbulacral furrows ; jaws
articulating upon two auricles, the petals having a great degree of develop-
ment.

CLYPEASTER.

Clypeaster LAMK., 181C, An. s. Vert. (Mull, ememl.)
(See Part II. p. 30C.)

Clypeaster humilis

! Echinanthu» humile Leske, 1778, Kl. Add.. /'/. XIX. f. A B.
! Clypeaster humUis A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt I. ]>. 100.

Pl.Xl'.f. 1-8.

This species is distinguished by its long odd anterior ambulacra! petal, and
the great width of the poriferous zone at the extremity of the petals. The
petals are usually closed ; poriferous furrows crowded at extremity of petals ;
they are characterized by their uniform breadth, and somewhat swollen me-
dian tubcrculiferous part rising above the poriferous zone. The pores of the
poriferous zone are large, — larger than in the other species of the genus ; the
outer pore especially is of great size. The genital openings are distant. The
tubercles of the upper part of the test are somewhat smaller than in the
West India species. On the actinal side the tubercles increase in size towards
the actinostome, and become quite large, especially near the median inter-
ambulacral space ; the space occupied by the miliaries between the primary
tubercles is wider than in the West India species. In a very large specimen
(C. latissimus), measuring 245""", the edge is extremely attenuated; the
outline still more undulating than in smaller specimens, but not pentagonal,
as is so frequently the case in the West India species. The proportions of the
petals in the rosette are not changed in this large specimen ; the median
ambulacra] space is less swollen, and the petals somewhat pointed ; the
tuberculatum was remarkably uniform on both sides. In a very young

CLYPEASTER ROTUNDUS. 511

specimen (23mm) all the prominent characters described in the young of C.
subdepressus were noticed, — the circular outline, short rosette, ambulacral
pores in the horizontal sutures above and below ; the odd ambulacrum was
also already somewhat the longest.

Red Sea ; East India Islands ; New Caledonia.

Clypeaster rotundus

! Stolonoclypus rotundus A. Ao , 18G3, Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 25.

! Clypeaster rotundus A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 100.

This species is distinguished from its Eastern representative, C. subde-
pressus, by its depressed test, more circular outline, and the spindle-shaped
outline of the ambulacral rosette, which has its greatest width nearer tbe
centre instead of nearer the extremity, as in the West India species. Tbe
rosette, in fact, is similar to the rosette of the young of C. subdepressus ; tbe
poriferous zone is broader ; the summit of the test more rounded. The edge
of the test is thin. The lower surface of the test is more flat, the mouth
not being sunk as deeply as in C. subdepressus. But the principal features
which prominently characterize this species are the small size of the primary
tubercles of the test, especially in the abactinal part of the test ; those on
the lower surface, though slightly larger, are not as large as the dorsal tuber-
cles of C. subdepressus ; apical system small ; genital openings small, placed
at angles of a smaller pentagon. Dried, the color is of an ashy-brown, which
in life is more violet. Owing to the tenuity of the edge of test the limestone
pillars extend more than half-way between the edge and the outer extremity
of the ambulacral rosette.

The posterior pair of lateral ambulacra are somewhat longer than the
anterior pair. The odd ambulacrum is intermediate in length between the
two. The median ambulacral space, as well as the poriferous zone, is nar-
rower in the odd ambulacrum than in either of the lateral petals ; the lateral
posterior petals are usually more open than the others.

Longit. Ant.
IJi.ini.

Transv.
Diam.

Length Ant.
Pair Amb.*

Length Post
Pair Amb.

Width
Ant. Odd
For. Zone.

Width
Post Pair
Por. Zone.

Width
Inner Post.
Pair Amb.

Width
Inner Ant.
Odd Amb.

Disfr. of
Genit. Pores.

92.

82.

25.

27.

3.

3.2

9.

8.2

1.4

112.

130.

36.

39.8

4.1

4.7

15.

13.

2.9

Panama ; San Diego.

* In the ambulacral system of Clypeastoids and Spatangoids the measurements of the petals alone
are given.

512 CLYPEASTER SCUTIFORMIS.

Clype aster scutiformis

Echinus scutiformis Gmei... 1788, Linn. Syst. Nat.
! Clypeasier scutiformis Lamk., 1816, An. s. Vert., p. 16.

Pl.XIJF.f. 1-4,

This small species would at first glance pass for an Echinanthus allied to
E. testudinarius. It presents even outwardly several peculiar features which
have led Desor and other authors to place it in the genus Laganum, on
account of its swollen edge and of the depressed abactinal part of the test
in some specimens. I have at one time considered it the type of a distinct
genus. Test depressed. The general outline is somewhat elongated, pen-
tagonal, with rounded angles, pointed anteriorly, and slightly re-entering
sides in the posterior interambulacral ; edge of test swollen. Petals extend-
ing to the inner line of the swollen edge of the test, the abactinal part of
the test frequently quite flat, or rising hut little towards the apex ; the
extremity of the poriferous zone of the petals somewhat concave ; the con-
cavity extending sometimes to the interambulacral spaces, and forming a
continuous depression parallel to the edge of the test.

The ambulacral petals are broad, usually closed at the extremity ; the pos-
terior pair longer than the others, the anterior pair much shorter than the
odd petal ; the median interporiferous zone is narrow, acuminate, nearly of
the same width in all petals, broadest in the posterior petals; while the
poriferous zones are broad ; the pores large, vertically distant. The abac-
tinal system prominent : genital pores well marked. Seen in profile the
test is somewhat arched; the anterior and posterior extremity both projecting
beyond the level of the actinostome. The tuberculatum is moderate, com-
pact; on the actinal side the test is deeply scooped out; the outline of
the actinal surface is concave ; the ambulacral furrows are scarcely marked
by the absence of tuberculatum. The tubercles, which are large towards the
edge of the test, diminish rapidly in the median interambulacral spaces till
they approach the deeply sunken actinostome, when they become somewhat
larger again ; an irregularly tuberculated circular belt, bare in patches, is thus
formed at a short distance from the actinostome. The anus is usually placed
at a slight distance from the edge, from once to twice its diameter. Miliaries
closely packed cover the whole test between the primaries ; the primary
spines are of uniform size, shorter on the abactinal side than on the actinal
surface ; the longest spines immediately surrounding the actinostome are stri-
ated ; miliary spines very short and slender. The color of dried specimens

CLYPEASTER SUBDEPRESSUS. 513

is brownish-gray, or mottled with yellow ; the spines on the edges of the
coronal plates are frequently of a light yellow color ; on the actinal surface
they are of a uniform brownish-pink tint.

In general appearance this species resembles closely young E. rosaceus.
Tins resemblance extends, however, only to the exterior : when opened, we
find the test thin ; the whole actinal floor, except a third of the distance from
the edge and a small space round the actinostome, bristling with needle-like
pillars, leaving the principal passage from the intestinal canal adjoining the
edge of the test. Only the outer and the interambulacral pillars extend to
the abactinal floor ; the petals are entirely free, and connect directly with
the main intestinal cavity ; the floors of this species are single and not
double, as they are already in small specimens of Echinanthus.

It is possible that this species may prove the young of a still unknown
adult Clypeaster, but thus far, in all collections I have examined, I have not
found any species of Clypeaster which could, from what we know of the
growth of our Atlantic species of Clypeaster, be supposed to be the adult of
these small specimens. The largest specimens I have seen measure only
48°

in leng

th.

Long.
Di:im

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Width

Post. Horif.

Length

Ant. Pair

Amb.

Tnterp.
Area.

Length

Post. Pair

Amb.

Interporif.
Area.

Dist.
Genit. Pores.

48.

3C.8

14.

1.9

10.8

14.2

44.5

34.3

9.2

1.3

9.2

2.3

12.

2.8

2.

42.

32.5

10.8

1.9

11.

2.5

14.

3.

1.7

32.

23.9

8.

1.9

9.

2.

10.9

2.2

1.1

Red Sea ; Philippine Islands ; Kingsrnills.

Clypeaster subdepressus

! Echinanthus subdepressus Gray. 1825, Ann. Phil., p. 5.
! Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 1836, Prod.
(See Part II. p. 306.)

PL XP. ; PL XP.f. i-2 ; PL XP.f. 25; PL XII". f. 4; PL XIII f.
10 - is; PL XXV. f. 24, 25. PL XXIX; PL XXX.

Florida ; West Coast of Africa.

014 ECHINANTHUS.

ECHINANTHUS.

Eohinanthus Breyn., 17.J2, Schediasm. (emend.)
(See Part II. p. 310.)

Echinanthus rosaceus

Ecliin us rosaceus Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat.
! Echinanthus rosaci us (iitAY, 1825, Ann. Phil., p. 5.*
(See Part II. p. 311.)

PL XP.; PL XI'. f. i-:r, PL XT', f. i-is; PL XIIT. f. 9; PL XXV. f.
>.; ; PL XXVII. f. e; PL XXVIII. f. 1,2; PL XXXVII. f. 0, 11.

West India Islands ; Florida.

Echinanthus testudinarius

! Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 1851, Proc. Zobl. Soe. Lond., p. 35.

Although the original specimens of Gray were erroneously mentioned by
him as having been collected at Borneo by Captain Belcher, yet this species
is also found in Australia, Sandwich Islands, and the Red Sea ; it has been
described by Michelin as a new species, and subsequently again by Verrill,
from specimens collected in the Gulf of California. It has also been col-
lected in Japan by Dall. The specimens contained in the different museums
from these various localities vary but little in general aspect, the petaliferous
part of the test being only more or less raised ; the edges also are somewhat
swollen, not arching as regularly as in the majority of the specimens ex-
amined. There is in this species far less variation in the outline, both in
profile and from above, than in the common E. rosaceus. which is one of the
most variable of Clypeastroids. When examined from the actinal side, we
find a greater range in the flatness of the actinal part of the test. In some
cases the actinal floor is nearly Hat. the test near the actinostome sinks
rapidly, and the mouth is situated in a deep cavity, while in other speci-
mens the actinal part of the test slopes quite gradually from the t'i}i>:e of
the test to the actinostome. The uniformity in the general aspect of the
petals is much greater than in the eastern coast Echinanthus, although, as in
all Clypeastroids, there is a certain variation in the terminal part of the petals :
this is by no means as great as in E. rosaceus ; the outer extremity widens
but little, and is frequently nearly closed by the pores. The position of the

• On p. 311, 13th line from top, for Lam. 181C read Lam. 1801.

ECHINANTHUS TESTUD1NAKIUS. 515

anus is frequently its own diameter from the outer edge, but quite as often
on the edge itself. The test is depressed ; the outline is somewhat elongated,
pentagonal, with rounded angles and slightly re-entering interambulaeral
sides. Ambulacral petals comparatively much shorter than those of E. ro-
saceus, narrower, more elongated ; interporiferous zone often slightly raised ;
apical system small. Actinostome larger in comparison than that of E. ro-
saceus. Tuberculation of the test, both above and below, distant, and
smaller than in the Atlantic species. The most striking differences between
the Atlantic and Pacific species are at once seen on examining the interior.
The double walls are limited to the edge of the test ; the lower floor is
single, as in Clypeaster, as well as the whole of the abactinal floor from a
short distance beyond the extremity of the ambulacral petals ; the pillars
connecting the floors, which are so massive in E. rosaceus, are more slender
and more numerous, less soldered together ; and the whole of the lower and
upper floors is lined with short limestone, needle-like pillars, rising only a
short distance from each floor, resembling remarkably the structure of the
interior in Clypeaster scutiformis, in which, however, there is no double
floor at the edge of the disc. This species is interesting as showing the
possibility of a passage between the Clypeastroids, with single and double
floors. So that the position of C. scutiformis is by no means certain until
we are sure that the specimens described are really full-grown, and that we
may not, in the adult of that species, have gradually developed, with in-
creasing size, the structural features of the species just described. The teeth
are also proportionally much flatter and less powerful than in E. rosaceus.
For a figure of a section of this species see Verrill's Notes on Radiata, PI.

X.f. 7, 7".

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Length
Post. Ainb.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Length
Ant. Amb.

Width
Porif. Zone.

Interp. Zone
Tost. Amb.

Interp Zono
Ant. Amb.

80.

59.

29.

3.1

25.

3.2

11.9

10.

93.

81.

33.

4.

29.

4.1

11.

9.1

92.

74.

31.

39

24.

3.8

10.8

9.2

112.

104.

43.1

5.2

36.

5.8

13.1

12.

Australia ; Japan ; Sandwich Islands ; Gulf of California.

516 LAGANIDAE.

LAGANIDAE.

Subfamily Laganidae Des., 1857, Synops., 217. (emend.)

In this subfamily the connection between the two floors is made by walls
running parallel to the edge of the test; well-developed buccal tubes;
petals lanceolate; interambulacra extremely narrow on the actinal side of
the test ; ambulacra! furrows straight, and outline more or less pentagonal.

LAGANUM.

Laganum Klein, 1734, Nat. Disp. Ech.

Echini of large and medium size, with depressed test, subpentagonal, often
with swollen edge Ambulaeral petals lanceolate, closed before reaching the
margin, scarcely extending beyond half-way between the apex and the
margin of the test. Pores distinctly conjugated. Interambulacra narrow, es-
pecially upon the lower side, which is flat, with simple, broad, shallow, porous
ambulacra running a short distance beyond the peristomal star, but not
reaching the margin. Supports of the edge concentric with it. broad, and
few in number ; not more than two to three parallel rows of walls. The
primary tubercles are uniformly scattered over the surface, and much less
numerous than in the other Scutellae. The miliaries are more numerous.
The teeth articulated upon a groove in the upper surface of jaws ; the tip
of the teeth alone is enamelled, and. although massive, the jaws are not quite
built upon the pattern of the Clypeastroids, hut are never like the jaws of
Scutellidae. Anus infra-marginal. The outline is more or less pentagonal,
angular or rounded anteriorly, and truncated posteriorly.

There are no pillars usually between the jaws and the alimentary canal ;
five genital openings; the upper and lower Hours are perfectly smooth : the
sutures of the plates of the petals are well seen from the interior. Several
of the species of Laganum have a superficial resemblance to the Hat Cly-
peastri ; this has led to considerable confusion between the species of the
two genera with Clypeaster seutiformis and Clypeaster humilis.

LAGANUM BONANI. 517

Laganum Bonani

! Laganum Bonani Kl., 1734, Nat. Disp. Ech.

PL XIII'. f. 6-7.

The outline of this species is pentagonal, the longitudinal diameter
slightly greater than the transverse ; the posterior edge of the test is trun-
cated, slightly re-entering. The greatest transverse diameter is slightly in
advance of the apex, in a line with the anterior extremity of the anterior
ambulacra. The test is thin, but the edge is greatly swollen, so that the
apex rises but slightly above the edge ; there is frequently a marked depres-
sion of the test between the summit and the edge. The apical system is
small. The petals are large, extending to a short distance from the edge ;
they are lanceolate, nearly closed at the extremity ; the five genital pores
are in close proximity. The poriferous zones are narrow ; the pores closely
packed together, and connected by distinct grooves, the outer pores far the
largest.

The posterior pair of petals are somewhat longer than the anterior pair ;
these in turn are slightly shorter than the odd petal, which has a narrower
interporiferous space than the other ambulacral petals.

The tuberculation is remarkably uniform, the tubercles of the lower sur-
face somewhat larger and more separated than those of the abactinal side ;
miliaries small and indistinct ; the ambulacral furrows broad, marked, ex-
tending more than half-way between the actinostome and the edges of the
test ; the ambulacral pores are especially numerous near the actinostome.
The anus is large, longitudinally elliptical, placed about half-way between the
actinostome and the edge of the test ; the anterior edge depressed. The
mouth is large, pentagonal. The spines are uniform, those of the upper part
of the test short, slightly club-shaped, while those of the actinal side are more
slender and fluted. The few spines immediately around the actinostome are
particularly long and slender. In a series of alcoholic specimens preserved
in the Jardin des Plantes the color is brownish-yellow, witli small round
patches of black irregularly scattered on the interambulacra of the upper
side of the test. The partitions of the interior are limited to a couple of
thick concentric walls, diverging from the median interambulacral pillars,
which radiate from the edge.

Long.
Diam.

Trail fJ.
Diam.

Di:mi .
Apical
Sy6t.

Length
Post. Pair

Alnb.

Length

Ant. Pair

Amb.

Width
Porif. Zone
Ant. Pair.

Intcrp.
Ant.
Pair.

Dist.
Apex from
Post. Edge.

Dist.

Anus from

Edge.

3G.8

33.2

2.

12.4

10.8

1.1

3.2

19.

7.1

32.

28.

1.3

11 0

9.

1.1

3.

17.

7.

Tasmania ; East India Islands ; Philippine Islands.

518 LAGANUM DEPRESSUM.

Laganum elepressuni

! Layanum deprosoum Less., 1841, i-i Ac. vs.-, Mon. Scut. p. 110.

PI. XIIF.f. 6-8 ; PI XXX III./. .;, 4.

The synonymy of this species shows its great range of variation. The
test is more flattened than in L. Bonani ; the edge thinner, not swollen ; the
posterior extremity more angular. The anus is nearer the posterior edge,
and is transversely elliptical, or circular ; the apical system is larger.
The tuberculation small and crowded on the abactinal side ; on the actinal
side the tubercles are larger, more distant, especially in the slightly depressed
interambulacral spaces, where they are so far apart as to form fan-shaped
areas, extending from the aetinostome to the edge, where the tubercles are
more distant than in the adjoining portion of the actinal surface. The am-
bulacra! furrow-; are broad, extending nearly to the edge of the test. The
peristomal star is distinct, while in L. Bonani it cannot be traced in any
specimen I have examined. The spines of the abactinal and actinal sides
are similar to those of the actinal side, longer, more slender, and more dis-
tinctly fluted ; seen from the interior, the concentric walls of the edge of
the test occupy a relatively broader space, and me more numerous than in
L. Bonani. The jaws are powerful, high ; the two ] osterior jaws much larger
than the anterior ones ; the odd jaw far the smallest. The petals in small
specimens of 27""" in longitudinal diameter extend much nearer the edge
than in L. Bonani : in older specimens measuring ( L. Tonganense) To""" .
longitudinal diameter, the outline become- more angular, with re-entering
sides. The petals extend but a short distance beyond hall-way between the
apex and the edge Oi the test. In these large specimens the anus becomes
more circular. In alcohol the color is of a dirty yellow.

The greatest transverse diameter is placed behind the anterior pair of
ambulacra in old specimens, while it is directly across the tip of the same
in smaller specimens; the difference between .the longitudinal and transverse
diameter becoming less with diminishing size.

The pairs of pores are more separated as they near the tip of the petals,
where they are quite distant, though nowhere in the poriferous zone are
they as indistinctly conjugated ;is in L. Bonani ; the grooves connecting
them become obliterated with age. A fine series of this species, collected
at New Caledonia, in the possession of Mr. Crosse, has enabled me to solve
many doubtful points regarding the synonymy of this species.

LAGANUM PUTNAM r. 519

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Length Ant.
Pair Amb.

Length Odd
Amb.

Dist. Anus
from Edge

79.

70.

20.5

24.9

10.

74.3

65.

19.

23.4

12.

57.1

49.

14.9

17.5

9.9

45.

41.

14.

1C.

6.

35.8

32.

10.

11.4

5.

27.

23.

6.

7.

3.

Kingsmills Islands ; Feejce Islands ; Philippine Islands ; Australia ; Zanzibar.

Laganum Putnami

! Laganum Putnami Barx., 1863, in A. Ac, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Phila., p. 359.

From the figures and descriptions alone this species would be referred to
L. stellatum ; an examination of the originals has, however, shown that L.
stellatum, from its internal structure, was only a }'oung L. Peronii. There
is considerable confusion in the identification of the species of Laganum
with genital pores outside of the apical system, which can only be settled
after examining the internal structure. Laganum Putnami would undoubt-
edly pass as a variety of L. Peronii, to judge from its exterior alone. It
shows, when seen from the interior, only a couple of thin walls, concentric
with the edge, as in all Laganum species, while in much smaller specimens
of L. Peronii, the peculiar fan-shaped and radiating partitions and walls
already extend a considerable distance towards the actinostome from the
edge of the test. The outline of this species is quite pentagonal, with
rounded angles, resembling in general facies L. depressum, concentric apex,
but with more lanceolate and pointed petals, of uniform length, the an-
terior pair somewhat shortest ; the genital openings placed at about one
quarter the distance of the apex from the edge outside of the apical system.
The median interambulacra rising from the apex as a bare rounded ridge
from the apical system, and extending like spokes from the genital openings.
The tuberculation is distant, small ; the miliaries closely packed, minute ;
towards the edge the tubercles are larger and more closely crowded ; on the
actinal side they are large and well separated. The ambulacral furrows are
deep, extending almost to the edge of the test. The anus of the only speci-
mens I have examined, which were of same size, is about its diameter from
the edge of the test.

Long. Trans. Post. Dist. Genit Op. Dist. Anus

Diam. Diam. Pair Amb. from Apes. from Edge.

29.4 25.9 10.4 4.6 2.1

Japan.

520 PEUOXELLA.

(LAGANUM. ) Peronella.

Peronella Gray, is;,;,. Cat. Rec. Ech.

A.gassiz had already hinted at the probable generic separation of L.
Peronii from Laganum : this has boon adopted without further proof by
Gray, Desor, Michelin, and Ilupe. who have independently established a
distinct genus, based upon the peculiar position of the genital opening, far

away from the abactinal system, in the interambulaera ; hut as we have a
true Laganum in which the genital openings (L. Putnami) have the same
extrapetaloid position, this feature alone cannot be of any generic value. I
am inclined to adopt this group as a .subgenus, but basing the distinction
entirely upon the internal structure of the test in Peronella. The partitions
forming the connecting walls between the upper and lower floor ramify
somewhat as they do in Scutella and Arachnoides, and extend more than
hall-way to the centre of the test from the edge, instead of forming a narrow
belt of three or four concentric simple walls near the edge. Four genital
openings. In young specimens of P. decagonalis the partitions are already
well developed.

Peronella decagonalis

! Sculella decagonalis Less, 1*27. in I!r . Diet. Sc. X;it. Scut., p. 229.
Pi ron< lla rfi i agonalii A. A.G . 1872, IU\. Ech . Pt. I. p. l I*.

Pi XIII'. f. s i, ; Pi XXXVII. f. .;.

This is the largest and mosl graceful of the species of Laganidae. Its
origin having been till lately unknown, it has been described independently

several times. Its external features are sufficiently striking to have led
Agassiz to suggest its separation from Laganum ; this suggestion was carried
out first by Gray and subsequently by Desor. Michelin, Dujardin, and Hupe
later described the species as new. and formed a genus for its reception.
The test is very much Battened ; the edges are scarcely swollen, with a
slight depression between the edge and central portion of the test, as in
Laganidae generally ; the central part of the test rises somewhat abruptly
at the extremity of the petals, and is regularly arched, hut only lies to a
moderate height even in the largest specimens. The outline is regularly
decagonal ; the test is truncated by ten sides, the longer sides corresponding
to the interambulacral; and the shorter to the ambulacral area;..

PERONELLA ORBICULARIS. 521

The greatest width is anterior to the anterior pair of petals. The petals
are narrow. The interporiferous zone is broad ; the poriferous furrows
closely packed, diminishing very gradually towards the extremity, where the
poriferous zones converge slightly from the apical system towards the ex-
tremity, and are not rounded along the sides of the petals. The anterior
petal is somewhat larger than the lateral petals. There are four genital
openings. The actinal surface is perfectly flat. The actinostome is central,
circular, with distinct ambulacral furrows extending nearly to the edge. The
interambulacral areas on the lower surface form narrow well-defined bands.
The anus is near the edge, elliptical, but placed oblicpiely to the longitudinal
axis. The tuberculation of both surfaces is remarkably uniform, but, as in
all Laganidae, much larger on the lower surface. The spines correspond to
the difference in size of the tuberculation ; those of the upper surface are
small, slender, on the lower much larger and stouter ; they are distinctly
fluted, with minute serrations along the edge. There are no striking differ-
ences to be noted between the larger and smaller specimens. The pillars
of the edge of the test are proportionally fully as developed in the young
as in older specimens ; the proportions of the petals are not different, though
the decagonal outline is not quite as plainly marked. The color of dried
specimens is yellowish-brown ; alive they are said to be of a brilliant red
color.

Long.
Diiim.

Trans.
Diam.

Length OJd
Petal.

Len
Pai

gth Post.
c Petals.

Width
Porit". Zone.

Interporif.
Space.

Dist. Anus
from Eilye.

114.

104.5

110.

100.

31.9

28.

1.9

4.

6.

107.

99.

31.

27.

1.9

3.9

6.8

49.5

42.

12.

10.5

.9

2.6

3.7

40.3

37.2

Japan ; New Caledonia ; Bay of Bengal.

Peronella orbicularis

Echinodiscus orbicularis Leske, 1778, Kl. Add., p. 144.
1 Peronella orbicularis A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I. p. 149.

I have but little doubt that this species will prove to be the young of
Peronella decagonalis. Unfortunately all the specimens of P. orbicularis
examined are too small to form the connecting link with the youngest
specimens of P. decagonalis or of P. rostrata ; there is, however, nothing
markedly different which could not be accounted for by a difference of
age. The more rounded outline, shorter petals, more swollen edge,

522 PERONELLA PERONII.

thicker and shorter radiating walls and pillars, which distinguish this species
from P. decagonalis, arc merely features greatly modified by age. Not to
introduce needless confusion, 1 give the points of difference between the
specimens.

The outline is nearly circular; the edge of the test slightly swollen; the
abactinal surface slightly depressed at the extremity of petals, where the
tesl i> covered by huge glassy tubercles similar to those observed in the
young of C. subdepressus. Petals broadly lanceolate, extending more than
half-way to the edge; anterior pair slightly shorter than the others; porif-
erous zone narrow ; poriferous grooves sharply cut ; poriferous zone broadest
near the extremity of the petals ; four distant genital pores, one very indis-
tinct ; anus transversely elliptical, placed about three times its diameter
from the edge of the test. Ambulaeral furrows indistinct, extending only
a short distance from the actinostoine.

Lour. Trans. Ant. Pair I' t Pair Hit Anus

Diam. Diam. Petals. Petals. from Edge.

23.8 22. 5. 5.4 3.

Now Holland ; Formosa.

Peromelia Peronii

! Laganum Peronii Agass., 1841, Moo. Sent, p. 12.1. /'/. XXII.
! Perouella Peronii Giiay, 1855, Cat. Rec. Ech., p. 13.

n.xiir.f. 4-5.

Professor Agassi/, first called attention to the striking differences existing
among the specimens of what had usually passed as Laganum orbiculare,
distinguishing the species with four genital openings situated in the apical
system (P. orbicularis) from the present species, usually confounded with it.
in which the genital openings (four) are placed in the ambulaeral spaces at
a considerable distance from the apex. The general outline is circular ; test
thick; edge slightly swollen ; the petals broadly lanceolate, similar to those
of P. orbicularis. The mouth transversely elliptical, placed at about one
third the distance between the edtje and the actinostoine from the former.
Tuberculation, as in P. orbicularis, distant, quite uniform on both the actinal
and abactinal surfaces. Ambulaeral furrows indistinct, extending but a short
distance from the mouth. The interior already shows the fan-shaped and

PERONELLA ROSTRATA. 523

radiating partitions extending nearly over half the lower floor from the edge
of the test in specimens of which the dimensions are given below.

Long. Trans.
Diaui. Diam.

Dist. Genital
Pores from Apex.

Length Post.
Pair Ainu.

Dist. Anus
from Edge.

26. 23.5

4.

7.

4.8

Tasmania ; Philippine Islands.

Feronella rostrata

! Laganum rostratum Agass., 1841, Mori. Scut., p. 118, PI, XXV.
! Peronella rostrata A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 149.

The only authentic specimens of this species I have been able to examine
are in the Jardin des Plantes and the Ecole des Mines ; the material represent-
ing this species is too scanty to arrive at a definite solution of its affinities.
It is evidently a Peronella. The elongate form, the position of the anus, and
structure of the spines surrounding it, its conical outline seen in profile, the
thickness of the test, the comparatively greater size of the ambulacral
petals, and short ambulacral furrows, distinguish it apparently from its con-
gener, P. decagonalis ; but, as I have already suggested, it may prove to be
only the adult of Peronella orbicularis, which has, although all the specimens
of it examined are small, points of resemblance to the present species, such
as we may naturally expect to find between the old and young of species
in this genus.

New Zealand ; Zanzibar.

524 SCUTELLIDAE.

SCUTELLIDAE.

Family Scutellidae A<,.\ss.. 1841, Mon. Scut, (emend.)

In this family the test is reduced to its extreme flatness among Clype-
astroids; the outline is more or less circular, and is, unlike the Euclypeas-
triilac frequently perforated i>r cut at the margin, so as to form either
ambulacral <>r interambulacral cuts and lunules. The ambulacral furrows
of the actinal side are more or less branching and anastomose, spreading
over to the interambulacral spaces. The connection between the upper
and lower floors is made by partitions, radiating fan-shaped from single
points. The tubercles of the two sides of the test, as well as the spines
which they carry, differ greatly in size. The absence of rotuhe characterizes
the jaws of the Scutellidae; they are extremely Hat in some genera, articu-
lating directly upon very low auricles, and the teeth are horizontal instead
of being vertical as in Euclypeastridae.

(SCUTELLA.) Eciiixakaciixius.

Ecbinarachnius LESKE, 1778, Kl.. Add.
(See Bart II. p. 315.)

Echinarachnius excentricus

Scutella excentrica EsCH., 1829, Zool. Atl. /'/. XX. f. ?..

' Echinarachnius excentricus Y.u... 1846, Voyage Venus, /'/. X.

PL XT II'. f. 1-4.

This is the largest of the species of the genus; the test is thick; the
outline from above is nearly circular, elongated anteriorly, slightly truncated
posteriorly. The apical system is eccentric posteriorly, about one quarter
the distance of the vertex from the v(]'j:v of the test. The apical system is
large ; the posterior pair of genital openings twice ;;s far r.part as the an-
terior, owing to the eccentricity of the apex ; the ambulacral petals are very
unequally developed. The ambulacral pores of the lateral pairs of petals
are continued by three or four pairs diverging from the extremity of the
petals towards the edge, while the poriferous zone of the odd petal is con-
tinued by pores, becoming more and more distant, forming a distinct
reversed curve as a direct continuation of the gradually narrowing po-
riferous zone to within a couple of plates of the edge of the test. The

ECHINARACHNTUS EXCENTRICUS. 525

odd anterior petal is by far the longest, acuminate, with a broad interporiferous
space, enclosed by a narrow poriferous zone. The anterior pair are somewhat
shorter, rounded at the extremity ; the interporiferous area narrow, bounded
by broad poriferous zones. The posterior pair of ambulacra are still shorter,
scarcely more than half as long as the odd anterior ambulacrum, with broad
poriferous zones, open and rounded at the extremity ; the anterior poriferous
zone not regularly arched like the posterior zone, but decreasing very rapidly
in width near the apical system. The vertex is eccentric posteriorly ; tin-
test slopes gradually from the thin edge to the extremity of the petals, and
then it is regularly arched. The lower surface is flat ; mouth nearer the
posterior edge, corresponding to vertex ; the anus is placed at a distance
from the edge, from two to three times its diameter The ambulacral furrows
are very unequally developed ; they cover with their ramifications the whole
of the posterior half of the actinal surface, but extend only a little more
than half-way between the mouth and the edge of the test in the anterior
half. Portions of the ambulacral furrows extend even beyond the edge to
the abactinal part of the test, reaching, in the three posterior interambulacral
spaces, the level of the ambulacral petals, and in the petals sending two
branches, one of which extends nearly to the abactinal system in the inter-
poriferous zone of the two pairs of petals. The ambulacral furrows are
broad and deep ; near the somewhat sunken actinostome they spread fan-
shaped for a short distance, and then send out two branches, which run in
continuation of the direction of the outer line of the furrow, and then run
nearly parallel towards the edge of the test ; each main furrow sending oft"
a branch at right angles, extending into the interambulacral area, which
trends towards the edge of the test at its extremity. Numerous short spurs
are sent oft* from the furrows at right angles generally to the general trend
of the branches or main furrows, which in their turn may branch again. The
ramifications of the furrows are very variable, specimens of the same size
frequently possessing numerous small offshoots for the whole length of the
furrows and of their branches, while in others we have only the main
furrows and the principal branches, with here and there an occasional short
spur. The anterior ambulacral furrow, which is so much less developed than
the others, branches but once, and frequently remains simple at its extremity,
which does not extend to more than two thirds of the distance from the
actinostome to the ediye of the test. The tubercles of the actinal side are
much larger than those of the abactinal side ; they are especially large

526 ECHINARACHNIUS MIRABIL1S.

between the ambulacra! furrows and their ramifications, decreasing but little
in size towards the edge of the test in the posterior half of the actinal sur-
face, while in the anterior half they arc much smaller and more closely
packed, arranged like those of the upper side. The spines of the upper
surface are slightly club-shaped, short ; those of the lower sides are longer,
more slender. The color when alive is of a grayish-green both above end
below.

The calcareous partition walls and pillars connecting the two floors are
quite indistinct near the edge of the test, forming a nearly solid edge, with
but lew narrow parallel and diverging channels ; towards the centre they
become distinct, but are more numerous than in either of the other two species
of the genus, leaving but a narrow median ambulacra! space free. The
interambulacral pillars extend half the distance from the edge to the apical
system both in the odd posterior and posterior lateral ambulacral regions, and
half-way to the vertex in the anterior interambulacral spaces. 'Hie grooving
of the lower floor by low ridges running at light angles to the ambulacral
tube is very prominent, while the similar sculpture of the lower floor of E.
parma ami E. mirabilis is noi very prominent. The auricles are low but
strong, and connected at their base by a broad ridge running round the v<}\sc
of the actinostome, which in the other species of the genus is scarcely ap-
parent. The anus is placed at a distance of one and a half to three times
its diameter from the posterior edge.

Long.

I'l.llll

Trans.
Diam.

DM of Mouth

fr-tni Tost, Eds*.'.

I'i-r of Apical
B v - 1 from
Post Kdgo.

Length
Ant Pair

Amb.

Length

Post. Pair

Amb.

Did nf

Gcnit Pores

Ant. Pair.

Hist, of
Genlf Porca
Post Pair.

87.

94.7

43.4

35.

35.

25.4

5.8

8.1

79.

82.3

85.

27.4

31.

20.

5.

9.

57.2

62.3

26.2

21.

21.

13.8

3.

4.2

California ; Kamtschatka.

Echinarachnius mirabilis

! Scaphechinus mirabilis Barv , 1S(53. in. A. Ac, Proc. A. N. S. Pltila., p. 359.
\ Echinarachnius mirabilis A. A<;.. is;-.'. Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 107.

PL Xlir.f. 5-e; PI XXXVII. f. 7, 8.

Outline from above pentagonal, with rounded angles anteriorly, while the
two sides of the pentagon forming the posterior interambulacral space, at the
angle of which the anus is placed, form a sharper angle ; the median ambulacral .
spaces somewhat re-entering aiong the edge of the test, especially the two

ECHINARACHNIUS MIRABILIS. 527

posterior ambulacral areas. The edge of the test varies greatly in thickness;
it is more or less swollen and slightly convex on the abactinal side, or has
a thin edge, especially in younger specimens, which slopes gradually to the
apex. Apex (organic and geometric) eccentric anteriorly, particularly in
specimens where the posterior interambulacral space is pointed. In young
specimens the anterior part of the test is quite rounded, angular posteriorly ;
the broadest part of the test is then greater across the median posterior pair
of ambulacra ; with increasing size the outline becomes somewhat more cir-
cular, but the greatest breadth remains at the same point. The median
interambulacral areas are in old specimens slightly sunken ; this feature is
subject to great variations, as we frequently find specimens in which no trace
of this depression exists. The anus is placed on the edge of the test, rather
more on the upper side. The four genital openings are distant ; the pos-
terior pair somewhat farther apart than the anterior pair. The apical system
is comparatively larger than in E. parma. The ambulacral petals are of
uniform size, equally developed, extending about two thirds of the distance
from the apex to the periphery ; the poriferous zone is broad, two thirds as
broad as the enclosed ambulacral space ; the petals of the lateral ambulacra
are almost closed at the extremity ; the odd petal is usually more open at
the extremity than the lateral pair. The tuberculation of the abactinal part
of the test is close and uniform in size, slightly smaller in the median ambu-
lacral and interambulacral areas ; on the actinal surface the tubercles are
largest near the edge of the test, near the actinostome, and on the sides of
the ambulacral furrows, leaving a space of smaller ones between these two
points. On the lower side the ambulacral furrows begin to branch at a dis-
tance of about two thirds from the edge of the test, each branch forking
again somewhat nearer the edge, or sending one or two irregular smaller
branches from the furrows, which do not extend beyond the edge of the test
on the lower side, meeting the scattered pores which diverge from the ex-
tremity of the petals and extend to the edge of the test. The ambulacral
farrows are deep and broad as far as the first bifurcation. The spines are
short on the abactinal surface, somewhat club-shaped, and considerably longer,
more slender and cylindrical on the actinal side, corresponding to the smaller
or larger tubercles of the edge of the test and ambulacral furrows. According
to Stunpson and Martens the color in life is dark violet.

The jaws are flatter and more slender than those of E. parma ; the con-
necting pillars and walls between the two floors extend nearly one half the

528 ECH1NARACHNIUS PARMA.

distance from the edge of the test to the centre, leaving narrow ambulacral

passages.

F.on<r.
Diam.

Train.
Diam.

Dlst. Ant.

Pair GeD.it.

Porea

11. -1. Post.

Pair Genit.

I'm]- -

Ant. Pair

Anili.

Width

Porif. /.i>ih'

Interporlf.

/. ■

Post Pi ir
Arab..

69. 2

73.7

4.2

6.2

19.9

;:.

5.G

in :,

60.9

70.1

4.

7.

21.5

3.8

5.

21.4

58.2

59.

3.4

5.3

15.

:t.

3.9

14.8

29.6

34.

1.9

2.2

8.

1.9

2.5

8.

,l;i]p;m.

Echinarachnius parma

! Scutella parma LaMK., 1816, An. s. Vert., p. 11.
! Echinarachnius parma Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil., ]>. 6.
(See Tart II. p. 816.)

PL XI". f. 4-5; PL XI: f. 1-5; PI. XII. f. 1-1.7; PL XXV. f. 88-41;
PI. XXVI. f. 15 -is; PI. XXXI.

The range of this species is quite remarkable, occurring as it does on both
sides of the Pacific and one side <>!' the North Atlantic. I have carefully
compared the specimens from the different Idealities, and can find no valid
grounds for considering them distinci species.

There is. however, some doubt of the correctness of some of the localities,
as, for instance, the lied Sea. which is found on labels both of the .lardin des
Plantes and the Ecole des .Mines. There seems no reason to doubt the
authenticity of the Australian specimens.

New Jersey; Labrador; Vancouver l.»lan>l ; Kamtchatka; Australia.

ARACIIXOIDES.

Arachnoides Ku-'.IM, 1734, Nat. Dkp. Ech.

Test depressed, conical ; outline circular. Anus supramarginal ; four and
five genital pores in the only species known. Interambulacra sunken below
the level of ambulacra. Ambulacral furrows simple, and extending from
the actinostome in an unbroken line to the apical system. Tubercles of am-
bulacra, both the primaries and miliaries, arranged in oblique lines across the
plates, both on the actinal and abactinal surfaces. The interambulacra] tuber-
culatum is coarse and irregularly arranged, having the general Features of
allied genera, though remarkably larger tubercles, and les ..: crowded, on the

ARACHNOIDES. 529

actinal than on the abactinal side. In the buccal rosette the arrangement
is the same for both areas. Adjoining the actinostome the ambulacral fur-
rows are broad, lanceolate, but carry no pores in any part of the furrow.
The internal structure of the pillars is very different from that of Echina-
rachnius ; the walls are numerous, slender, frequently radiate or branch as in
Peronclla, though they retain a general parallelism to the outer edge ; they
extend nearly two thirds of the distance from the edge to the centre. We
have no solid interambulacral walls separating the interambulacral spaces,
so as to leave a broad bare triangular space, as in Echinarachnius. or as we
find it to a less decree in Mellita. The interambulacral walls are similar to
the ambulacral, arranged somewhat more fan-shaped ; the walls having,
besides the median free ambulacral spaces, three others (one median inter-
ambulacral and two lateral ambulacral), more or less distinct, separating the
interior into a number of triangular spaces ; the general arrangement of the
walls of each of which are repeated, or nearly so, in each ambulacral and
interambulacral space.

The jaws are remarkably Hat, more like those of Echinodiscus than the
solid massive ones of Echinarachnius. The central part of the jaws is re-
markable for the high crest rising; on each side of the dentiferous furrow.

The petals are diverging, sometimes even arched outwardly, so that, on
this account, and from its smaller width, the interambulacral space might
be mistaken for the ambulacral. The pores are conjugated to about
half-way between the apex and the edge, the petals extending no farther ;
the poriferous zone is continued in the same general direction by isolated
pairs reaching to the circumference. The ambulacral sutures running j)aral-
lel to the edge are riddled by pores, very much .as we find them in young
Clypeaster, and extend also to the ambulacral space, enclosed by the petal-
iferous part of the poriferous zone. The auricles are peculiar; they are two
independent, stout, short pillars, separated by a deep notch, instead of the
low. thin, indented auricles so common among the Scutellidae.

The separation of Arachnoides from the Scutellidae seems to me unnatural ;
the whole of its internal structure (the teeth and partitions) points to a close
relationship with the Scutellidae, and not with the Laganidae, as suggested
by Midler, and accepted by Desor, with which it has only the straight
simple ambulacral furrows in common.

530 ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA.

Arachnoides placenta

Echinus placenta Lix.v., 1758. Syst, Xat.

\ Arachnoides placenta Agass., 1841, Mon. Sent., p. 94.

PL Xlir.f. 1-4.

Gray has attempted to distinguish two species in this genus; a careful
comparison between his specimen and specimens of the same size of A. pla-
centa show no differences which can be considered as specific. The outline
is, seen from above, slightly angular, nearly circular. The edge of the test is
thin, the profile slightly conical ; the greatest diameter immediately across the
extremity of the posterior pair of petals; the poriferous zones are narrow,
nearly of uniform breadth the whole length ; the poriferous grooves are deep ;
the ambulacra! regions are broader than the interambulacral, both on the
actinal and abactinal part of the test. The petals can scarcely be called
such, as the poriferous zones diverge regularly from the apex towards the
outer edge, curving even outwardly at the extremity towards the median
interambulacral space. The conjugated portion of the poriferous /ones ex-
tends to about half-way between the apex and the edge. The apical system
is compact, slightly raised, like a button, above the level of the depressed
interambulacral spaces, which are especially sunken near the apex between
the poriferous zones. The amis is supra-marginal near the edge ; in
younger specimens it is somewhat more distant. The peristomal star is
small, remarkably well defined, regularly pentagonal. The posterior genital
opening is frequently wanting. Apex slightly posterior; anus angular,
comparatively smaller than in other genera of the family ; outline slightly
indented opposite anus, forming projecting angles; the young are quite
pentagonal.

Long.
Diun.

Trans Dianv
behind the
Ant. Pair.

Length

Petals

Post. Pair.

Intcrporif
Extension of
Petals.

Apical

System.

Dint.

Apex to
Kdge Post

Dist. Anus
from Edge.

72.

75.

18.4

12.8

3.

38.

4.

55.5

57.

13.

12.3

2.5

27.

1.5

44.

45.4

11.

9.

2.1

21.

1.

88.

39.

11.2

5.

1.7

18.8

1.2

29.

29.5

6.9

5.

1.4

14.

2.

New Zealand ; Australia ; East India Islands ; Burmah.

ECHINODISCUS. 531

ECHINODISCUS.

Echinodiscus Breyn., 1732, De Eclun. Schedias. (Leske emend.)

The test in this genus is more depressed than in any other of the Scutel-
lidae ; the test is thin ; anterior edge rounded ; posterior edge truncated.
There are two lunules or cuts corresponding to the posterior ambulacra, Am-
bulacral petals small, well limited. Four genital pores. Lower surface flat ;
ambulacral furrows ramify but little towards the exterior edge. Anus nearer
the posterior edge than the actinostome. The greater part of tbe interior of
the test is occupied by a calcareous network rising into pillars for more than
half the distance between the edge and actinostome, leaving the central part
more or less covered by a delicate tracery of limestone cells, into which the
appendages of the alimentary canal are received. There are no pillars or par-
titions separating the buccal cavity from the alimentary canal. The aliment-
ary canal is slender, having the same general course as in other Scutellidae,
with the exception of a lateral fold, previous to its turning towards the anus
in the right anterior ambulacral space. The jaws, which are extremely flat,
articulate upon the auricle, which fits in a pit in the middle of the lower
surface of the jaw, and are not enclosed by them, as in other Scutellidae.
The spines are uniform in structure ; those of the upper surface are only
shorter and slightly clavate.

Echinodiscus auritus

Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 1778, Klein, Add.

PI XIa.f. 9-13; PL XHP.f. is.

This is the largest and most common species of the genus. The test
is depressed, rounded anteriorly ; the greatest width about half-way be-
tween the apex and posterior edge ; anterior extremity much narrower
than the broadly rounded and truncated posterior extremity. The vertex
is somewhat anterior, and corresponds with the apex. The petals are
small compared to the size of the test, and, judging from the specimens
examined, do not increase in size in proportion to the increase of the test.
The genital pores, four in number, are distinct, diverging posteriorly rather
more than in the other species of the genus. The petals are nearly of the
same size ; the odd petal is somewhat longer than the others. The petals

,332 KCHINODISCUS BIFORIS.

are rounded at the extremity, closed ; the poriferous zones are broad, equal-
ling in width the interporiferous space.

The lunules are more or less closed, or simply form open slits, extending
over one third the distance of edge from the apex towards the centre, in
prolongation of the median longitudinal axis of the posterior pair of petals.
The tuberculation of the upper surface is small, compact, of uniform size,
carrying minute, short, line spines, slightly clavate. Tin' median interam-
hulacral and amhulaeral spaces are covered with larger and more distant
tubercles, decreasing in size near the edge, carrying longer and stouter
spines. The interambulacral spines are more brilliant 1\ colored than the
amhulaeral. The amhulaeral furrows are not deeply grooved ; the posterior
pairs branch more frequently near the edge than the others. The mouth
is nearly central, slightly anterior. The anus is of irregular outline, more
or less circular, placed in a line with the inner extremity of the cuts. The
color of dried specimens is violet or reddish-brown as they become older, to
judge from dried specimens.

Half the internal cavity is occupied by a close net-work of pillars, occupy-
ing the whole space from the edge ; between the commencement of the pil-
lars and the slender auricles the whole actinal floor is covered by a succession
of elongated cells, of the most irregular shapes, formed by the rising of thin
lamella1 or ridges from the floor, which form eventually the pillars extending
to the upper floor, as is readily seen on examining the base of the innermost
row of pillars, arising directly from the continuation of the walls of those cells
which have risen sufficiently above the lower floor to form pillars, and to
reach the upper floor. The net-work across the amhulaeral spaces is reduced
to short low ridges, running at right angles to the amhulaeral tubes.

Long Trans. Length Post. Width [ntcrp Length Length Dlst Amu Dlst. Mouth

Uiuui Diain. I'.nr IVt;ds. Pol /..me. Zone. Odd IVtaL Luuulc. from Edge, from Aut. Edge.

133. 139. 2G.2 4. 4.1 30. 30. 30 1 G4.5

155. 157. 30.1 3.t) 5.2 35. 38.5 32. 72.1

Zanzibar ; Philippine Islands.

Ecbinodiscus biforis

EcJiinodutcus bisperforatus Lkske. 1778. Kl., Add.

I Echinodiscus biforis A. A.,.. 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt I. p. 113.

PL XIII". f. o-6 ; PL XXXVII f. 4-6.

The outline is irregular, narrower anteriorly, rounded and slightly indented
opposite the anterior lateral ambulacra. Greatest breadth about half-wry

ECHINODISCUS LAEVIS. 533

between the apex and edge of the test ; posterior extremity truncated, slightly
indented in the direction of the anal opening. Test much thicker than
in the other species of the genus. Vertex anterior ; apical system nearly
central. The posterior pair of petals are quite short; the anterior pair some-
what longer, but still considerably shorter than the odd petal. The outline
of young specimens is triangular, with rounded angles.

The lunules are very long, narrow, sometimes narrower in the middle part,
forming an obtuse angle with the prolongation of the median axis of the
posterior petals. Seen from the actinal side, the ambulacral furrows are deep,
sharply cut, branching only once or twice quite near the edge ; they are very
prominent, as they are edged on both sides by minute tubercles, closely
packed, giving them the appearance of bare bands, greatly contrasting with
the coarse distant tuberculation of the remaining part of the actinal surface.
In the interambulacra the largest tubercles are placed along the bare bands
of the furrows, becoming smaller towards the median line and edge of test,
while in the three anterior ambulacral spaces the largest tubercles are in the
median space near the edge of the test, diminishing gradually in size towards
the actinostome. The mouth is small, almost central ; lobed. The anus is
small, circular, placed near the edge. The interior limestone network is very
compact, extending to the extremity of the petals, and leaving only a small
open space ; this is, however, completely smooth, showing no trace, except
a few ambulacral pits, of the delicate tracery covering the floor of the other
two species. The auricles are extremely small and low ; the teeth remark-
ably flat, even for this genus. The spines were not preserved in any of the
specimens I have seen. The color of dried specimens is dull olive-brown.

Long.
Diani.

Trans.
Diarn.

Length Post.
Pair Petals.

Length
Odd Petal.

Length
Lunules.

Dist. Anus
from Edge.

7G.

91.

13.

18.8

26.2

4.9

83.

100.

31.

5.4

25.9

29.9

3.8

6.

7.1

1.

Mozambique ; Red Sea ; Java.

Echinodiscus laevis

! Mellita laevis Klein, 1 734, Nat. Pisp. Ech.

! Echinodiscus laevis A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I. p. 113.

It is with considerable doubt that this species has been retained, although
I have examined considerable material representing from different localities
the E. auritus and E. laevis, and am not confident of having succeeded in
discriminating satisfactorily this species from its nearest ally, E. auritus.

534 MELLITA.

This species does not attain so great a size as E. auritus. It is more cir-
cular, but slightly truncated posteriorly ; though in young specimens the
general outline resembles more that of E. auritus. and in tliem the position
of the vertex is slightly anterior to the apex, while in the larger specimens
they coincide. The rosette is somewhat different from that of E. auritus;
the median interporiferous space is broader; the posterior pair of ambulacra
are much shorter than the odd anterior one. The lunules are small, closed,
more or less elliptical. The general structure of the tuberculatum and of
the spines does not differ essentially between the two species mi the upper
side ; on the lower side, however, the spines are larger and stouter, and are
carried upon larger and more distant tubercles in the median ambulacra!
and interambulacral spaces. The anus is placed much nearer the posterior
edge, being placed on a line drawn through the middle of the lunules.

The coloration of this species is rather more violet than that of E. auritus
in dried specimens. According to Stimpson the color is dark red when alive;
darkest below. Seen from the inside, the limestone tracery of the lower floor
differs considerably from that of E. auritus. The reticulation of the ambu-
lacra at right angles to the tube is highly developed, forming an elongated
rosette, beyond the buccal rosette at the base of the auricles, leaving the
interambulacral space nearly smooth, while in E. auritus the reticulation
covers the whole actinal lloor. The size of the jaws is comparatively larger;
the auricles arc more distant.

Long. Trans. Length Post. Wi.lth Width length Length Oist. Anus

Diam. Diam. Piir Petals. Intern, ^nacc. Porif. Zone. Ant. Petal. Lunules. from liJge.

126. 121. 20. 5. 3.5 24. 15.4 19.

75. 82. 1C. 4.9 3.3 19.1 11.3 5.

Japan ; New Caledonia ; East India Islands ; South Africa.

MELLITA.

Mellita Klein, 1 734, Nat. Disp. Eeh. (pars.)
(Set- Part II. p. 319.)

Mellita erythraea

! Mdliin erythraea Gray, 1851, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 36.

There are preserved in the Jardin des Plantes and in the British Museum
specimens of this species marked as coming from the Red Sea. It is the

MELLITA LONGIFISSA. 535

analogue of the hexapora type ; differs, as far as the few specimens existing
show, from the Panama species in the size of the lunules, which are longer,
more as in M. hexapora, while the position of the apex is intermediate be-
tween the two. The outline in profile is regularly conical ; the tuberculation
is large but distant; the petals are small, of uniform length, with very broad
poriferous zones, broader than in either of the American species. The lo-
cality of these specimens is said to be undoubted. The material existing is
not in a sufficiently good state of preservation to discriminate the three
hexaporous species of this genus more accurately.

Red Sea?

Mellita longifissa

! Mellita longifissa Mich., 1858, Rev. Mag. Zool., No. 8.

Pl.XI.f. 24-27.

This species is readily distinguished from its Atlantic representative (M.
testudinata) by its long and narrow lunules ; the posterior interambulacral
lunule is especially developed. The anterior extremity is quite rounded ;
edge of test thin ; the posterior extremity truncated. The development of
the petals is very unequal ; the posterior pair are long, arched, much as in
some species of Encope, with an extremely narrow interporiferous space ;
the anterior pair are short, making a more decided angle with the general
trend of the median ambulacral line than in M. testudinata. The apex is
more anterior, and the apical system comparatively smaller, than in M. tes-
tudinata. The odd anterior petal is somewhat longer than the anterior
pair, with a wider interporiferous space, much as in petals of M. testudinata.
There is no special difference on the actinal side, as regards the general ap-
pearance of the ambulacral furrows ; the interambulacral spaces are broader
proportionally than in the Atlantic species, and their general tuberculation
slightly larger and more uniform in size. The mouth, owing to the extreme
length of the posterior lunule, is very eccentric anteriorly, the anus being
placed nearly in the centre of the actinal side.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Length Post.
Lunule,
above.

Length

Ant.

Lunule.

Length

Post. Pair

Petals.

Width

Interp.
Space.

Length

Ant. Pair

Petals.

■Width
Interp.
Space.

Dist.

Ant.
Geuital.

Dist
Anus from
Ant Edge

Di=t.
Mouth from
Aut Edge.

53.2

60.

21.

15.

15.

1.

9.1

1.4

3.

28.7

19.5

51.

55.

15.

10.

13.

8.

25.5

21.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

53G MELLITA PACIFICA.

Mellita pacifica

! Mellita pacifica Verrill, ISC", Notes Rad., p. SIS.

T am inclined to believe that this species will prove to he large specimens
of Mellita Stokesii. The only specimen of it found thus far is so much
largei' than any specimens of M. Stokesii that no direct comparison can he
instituted. The more striking points of difference are the central position
of the vertex, and the peculiar position of the posterior interambulacral lu-
nule, in front of the two posterior lunules, while it is behind in M. Stokesii.
This lunule is placed half-way between the edge and apex, instead of being
placed in the immediate vicinity of the edge, as in all specimens of M.
Stokesii thus far examined ; this removes the anus close to the mouth. The
similarity of the ainbulaeral furrows with those of M. Stokesii is quite strik-
ing. The closed anterior or posterior lunules also occur in M. Stokesii, as is
seen in specimens collected at Panama by Dr. Maack. These differences
are. I am aware, no greater than variations noticed in the different species
of Encope. In .Mellita. however, so far as known, the differences in the
characters mentioned above are not so great as in the species of Encope.
The color of the dried specimen in the museum at Yale is deep green.
Peru : Panama,

Mellita sexforis

Echinoitiscus sexiesperforatus Lebke, 177S. Ki.. Add.
! Mellita sexforis A. A... 1872, Rev. Ech. Pt. I., p. Ml.
(See Part II p. S20.)

PI XI. f. 1-12; * PI XF.f. 3.
West India Islands ; Florida.

Mellita Stokesii

: Encopi Stokesii Aoass , 1841, Mon. Scut. p. 59.
! MelUta Stokesii A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 141.

PI. XIIId. f. i.

Professor Agassiz placed this species in the genus Encope from its exterior
appearance, although he pointed out. at the same time, the great differences
existing in the internal structure, which is identical with that of Mellita.
We find in this species no calcareous wall separating the intestine from
the buccal cavity, but only the calcareous network extending from the
edge towards the centre, having an identical structure with that of all the

* This is quoted by mistake as XI". f. .:, p. 320, 4th line from top.

MELLTTA STOKESII. 5?7

species of Mellita. The mere fact of the lunulea remaining open so fre-
quently, the position of the posterior lunule, and the comparatively greater
size of the petals are not sufficient grounds, now that we know the changes
due to growth in three of the species of Mellita, to separate this species
from Mellita and unite it with Encope. We find in M. longifissa, where we
have but five lunules, the extreme development of the posterior ambulacral
petals so characteristic of the species of Encope. A large series of speci-
mens shows that the closing of the lunules takes place as in Mellita penta-
pora, and not by perforation as in M. hexapora, to which it is apparently most
closely allied.

The outline of this species is more circular than any other of the genus,
less truncated posteriorly ; the divergence of the petals is quite regularly
pentagonal ; the petals are of nearly the same length ; the odd anterior
petal somewhat the longest. The apical system is eccentric posteriorly.
The apical system is prominent, with five large genital openings. The pos-
terior opening is less prominent, scarcely perceptible sometimes, and more
or less irregular.

The petals are broad, rounded at extremity, which is quite distant from
the lunules. The posterior lunule is rounded, placed near the edge, within
the inner extremity of the posterior pair of lunules. The ambulacral lunules
are frequently open, as in Encope, barely closed, or completely soldered, as
in the other species of Mellita.

The actinostome is pentagonal, not central, near posterior edge ; anus is
pyriform, placed half-way between the edge of the test and mouth. Main
ambulacral furrows well marked. Tuberculation of lower surface has
general features of Encope. The tubercles of the lateral posterior interam-
bulacra are large, of uniform size, closely packed ; those of the other interam-
bulacral spaces are large and distant near the actinostome, but diminish
rapidly in size towards the edge, where they are very small and closely
crowded together. The tuberculation of the abactinal surface is uniform in
size, closely crowded. The spines of the abactinal surface are uniform in
size, slender, clavate, cylindrical near the edge, more or less crowded accord-
ing to the tuberculation ; while on the lower side they are larger and
stouter in the median interambulacral and ambulacral spaces. The small
actinal tubercles of both areas carry minute spines, resembling those of the
upper side, more slender, however, and less clavate. Greatest width of the
test slightly behind the central transverse axis. Dried specimens are green-
ish-brown ; in alcohol more olive-colored.

Dist.

Ejength

length

Act in.

Lunuiea

Petals

Post. Edge.

Am. l\iir.

Post. Fair

538 MELLITA TESTDDINATA.

Long. Trans. Di*t. Apex Post. Lunule Anns

Diaui. Ihiin Vost KJge. from Edge. fromEdge.

50. 51. 28. 2. 11.2 22.5 'J. 12.2

Guayaquil; Panama.

Mellita testudinata

! Mellita testudinata Klein, 1734, Nat. Pisp. Eeh.
(See Part II. p. 322.)

PL XI. f. is -22; PL XI P. ; PL XIP.f. 1-2; PL XXXVII. f. 1, 2.

Brazil ; West India Islands ; North ami South Carolina.

(MELLITA.) Astriclypeus.

Astriclypeus VittitlLL, 18C7. Notes on Rad., p. 311.

This genus was firsi established by Verrill, and shortly afterwards by
Troschel, for a sea-urchin, combining at first glance the features of several
of the Scutellidae, hut which I am inclined, after an examination of the in-
ternal structure, to associate with Mellita as a subgenus. It forms the passage
between the Scutellidae of the type of Mellita and of tin- type of Echino-
disciis. It h;is, its in Mellita hexapora, five ambulacral lunules ; hut no pos-
terior interambulacral lunule, which is found in till the species of Mellita
thus far known. It litis the same general system of marginal limestone sup-
ports existing in Mellita. hut has not. like Mellita, the isolated pillars sepa-
rating the jaws from the rest of the chamber containing the alimentary canal.
The whole lower floor is smooth or nearly so. as in some species of Echino-
discus. without pillars, between the inner edge of the marginal limestone net-
work and the auricles. The auricles are low, completely disconnected, with
a notch in the centre, much as we find it in Mellita Stokesii. The jaws are iden-
tical in structure with those of Echinodiscns ; their flatness is extreme; they
have, as in that genus, the peculiar pits, articulating them upon the auricles,
which are covered by the jaws, and do not hold them in place as in Mellita
proper. The teeth themselves tire short, flat This genus is specially im-
portant, as connecting most closely the Encopidae with the Scutellidae of
the type of Mellita and of Echinodiscns. which seemed, up to the time of
the discovery of this genus, widely separated.

ASTRICLYPEUS MANNI. 539

Astriclypeus Manni

! Astriclypeus Manni Veurill, 1867, Notes Rail. p. 311.

PI XIIId. f. 2-4.

The test is extremely stout ; the outline from above is circular, somewhat
truncated on the posterior edge. The test is depressed, regularly conical,
with rounded apex, sloping uniformly from the vertex to the thin edge ; the
vertex is slightly anterior to the apical system, which is large, as in Encope,
with the two posterior genital pores farther apart than the anterior. The
petals are slightly unequal ; the odd anterior is the longest ; the anterior
pair are only slightly longer than the posterior, and the interporiferous spaces
of nearly the same width ; the poriferous zones are broad, broadest at the
extremity of the petals, which appear abruptly truncated ; the petals are
nearly closed at the extremity ; the inner pore is large, round, connected by
a sharp furrow with the minute outer pore ; the furrows are in close prox-
imity ; the poriferous zones are not so broad as the interporiferous spaces. In
large specimens measuring 121mm , long, diam., the lunules are oblong, wide ;
the posterior pair slightly larger than the others. In smaller specimens the lu-
nules were proportionally longer, much narrower, and the difference in length
between the odd anterior petal and the anterior pair quite marked ; they, in
turn, being considerably longer than the posterior pair. The summit of the
test was also more conical, not flattened, as in the largest and oldest speci-
mens examined. The lower surface is flat ; the actinostome rather nearer
the posterior edge than the anterior edge. Shallow grooves extend from the
lunules to the actinostome ; they carry larger tubercles than those on the
rest of the actinal side ; similar tubercles also exist round the anal opening,
which is smaller than the mouth, of irregular outline, about half-way between
the posterior edge and the mouth. The ambulacral furrow, after diverging,
runs nearly parallel on both sides of the lunules, sending out from four to
five branches, which in their turn send off a few irregular spokes into the
broad interambulacral spaces. The actinal surface, except as mentioned
above, is covered by a very uniform tuberculation, slightly more crowded in
the median interambulacra towards the edge of the test, similar to the tu-
berculation of the abactinal part of the test, which extends also over the
whole of the ambulacral rosette.

On some of the specimens preserved in the Liverpool Museum the spines
wrere still retained on the upper side ; they are extremely clavate at the
extremity ; on the lower side, according to the size of the tuberculation,

-)40 ROTULA.

they are iiioi-c or less longer and less clavate. The spines of the median
lateral interambulacral spaces poinl towards the actinostome, while those of
the ambulacra and posterior interainhulacrum point towards the edge ; the
reverse is the case in Mellita The coloration was of a uniform light reddish-
yellow.

We owe to Mr. W. II. Dall the first discovery of the locality of this inter-
esting genus; he collected specimens in Japan, and in the Bulletin of the
Museum the species was excluded from the geographical lists of the Pacific
shores of America. Dr. Martens had also collected it previously in Japan,
but supposed it to he a tertiary fossil, till his attention was called to it by
the papers of Yerrill and Trosehcl.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Dlam.

Length
Odd
Petal.

Length
Post Pair

Amb.

Width
Porif.

Z

Intern.

Zone.

Length

Lunule

Poet Pair.

Mat
Poet Genii
Openings.

Dist.
Ami- from
Post Bdge.

121.

118.

29.

5.G

5.4

18.8

10.

25.

89.

87.

17.3

10.

3.3

3.5

17.

5.5

•25.

China ; Japan.

ROTULA.

Rotula Klein, 1734, Nat Disp. Echin.

Test exceedingly flat ; outline circular; anal extremity digitate or deeply
lohed. Actinostome small, central ; anus nearer the mouth than the edge.
Ambulacral petals small, with a tendency to diverge ; pores extend as far as
the edge. On the actinal surface the ambulacral furrows are studded with
small pores ; furrows only branching twice, thus forming one branch for
each digitation of the margin. The structure of the abactinal system is
unique among Clypeastroids ; the whole system is raised, forming a promi-
nent star-shaped body, the points and ridges corresponding to the ambulacral
system. The four genital openings are placed in the centre of the sides of
the abactinal pentagon ; the ocular plates occupying the apex. The reverse
is the case in all other Scutellidae. The madreporic body is comparatively
small. The edge is supported by clusters of radiating partitions, extending
but a very short distance towards the centre. The median pari of the interior
surface of the lower part of the test is smooth ; the marginal notches cor-
respond mainly to the interambulacral spaces, there being but one cut in the
median ambulacra, except in the odd ambulacrum. The jaws are short, with
calcareous lamellae on the two sides ; those of the upper edge much larger

ROTULA AUGUSTI. 541

than those of the lower side. The furrow in which the teeth are articulated
is deep ; the teeth are thin, sharp, as in Mellita. The auricles are thin,
broad, and flat, scarcely rising above the lower floor ; the edges form a small
furrow, corresponding to a sharp ridge on the lower surface of the jaws.

D'Orbigny and Desor have proposed to separate Rotula into two genera. I
do not think this distinction is warranted. The marginal cuts, except the two
corresponding to the extremity of the lateral ambulacra, are simple marginal
notches, which we know, from the mode of development of similar notches
in Encope, to be subject to great variation, and the presence of two additional
closed anterior interambulacral lunules in R. Augusti is not a sufficient reason
for separating it generically from R. Rumphii ; there is certainly nothing in
the interior structure of the test warranting the separation proposed by
D'Orbigny, and adopted by Desor.

Rotula Augusti

! Rotula Augusti Klein, 1734, Nat. Disp. Ech.

PL XIIF.f. 4-3 ; PL XXXIII. /. 5.

The outline of the test is rounded anteriorly, somewhat truncated poste-
riorly, though in young specimens the general outline is almost circular. The
test is depressed ; vertex anterior to the apical system, which is rather eccen-
tric posteriorly. There has been great confusion introduced in the nomencla-
ture of this species, from descriptions made upon specimens of different sizes,
which vary greatly in the number, size, and proportions of the marginal cuts.
The general character of the marginal cuts is, that we have five deep median
interambulacral cuts extending half-way towards the centre ; the principal
lobes thus formed are again subdivided along the posterior edge, so as to
form two to four digitations in the posterior lateral and the odd interambu-
lacral spaces, — one or two on each side of the original median -cut ; while
in the anterior lateral interambulacral spaces the median cuts become nar-
rower with advancing size, and eventually close, so as to form lunules in the
interambulacral spaces. The median cuts opposite the anterior lateral am-
bulacra also close as lunules with advancing age. The digitations are broad,
rounded at the extremity, and with sides of variable size ; the two adjoining
the median interambulacral lino have one side much the longest, while those
forming the central part of the lobe have shorter sides of nearly equal
length. From an examination of a very young specimen we see that the

512 ROTULA AUGUSTI.

digitations are Formed without exception as marginal cuts, forming at first
mere indentations of the outline of the nearly circular test. The three pos-
terior median interamhulacral notches are the first to appear. Subsequently
the two anterior interamhulacral cuts appear (first on the lower side), and
the median ambulacra] cuts of the posterior pair of ambulacra much as they
are formed in Encope.

The petals are long, narrow, open at the extremity ; the interporiferous
space is of uniform width, broadest in the odd petal, and narrowest in the
posterior lateral pair of petals. The poriferous zones are broad in old speci-
mens, broader than the median space ; the poriferous zones extend as isolated
pairs of pores nearly to the edge of the test. In large specimens, measuring
from 60""" to TO""", the structure of the poriferous zones becomes peculiar.
The inner row of pores is the largest in young specimens, and is united to
the outer row of smaller pores by an indistinct groove. In the larger speci-
mens this indistinct furrow is completely pitted, for the outer part of its
length, by small pores, nearly as large as the outer pore, extending from the
outer pore to within a short distance of the inner row of pores (about one
third tin' width of the poriferous zone); this structure is well figured by
Agassi/, in his Monographic des Scutellcs. hut is not referred to in the text.
It gives to the petals a peculiar aspect, the poriferous zones appearing, as it
were, to be formed of narrow, sharply cut lines, commencing at a distance
from the inner row of pores, and extending to a minute outer row of pores.

The tuberculation of the abactinal surface is homogeneous ; the spaces
between the primary perforated and crenulated tubercles are closely packed
by miliaries. The apical system is small, compact, pentagonal, with four
large genital openings in the middle of the anterior sides of the pentagon.
There are irregular ridges running to the apex and centre of the sides of the
apical system, which are not riddled by the holes of the madreporic body. The
ocular pores are small, placed at the outer angles of the apical system. The
whole system is raised above the level of the abactinal part of the test.
standing out prominently from the apical extremity of the petals.

On the actinal side the tuberculation is coarser ; the tubercles adjoining
the ambulacral furrows are small, and the miliaries are more distant and less
numerous than on the abactinal surface. The mouth is small, circular ; the
ambulacral furrows deep, separating into two branches immediately near the
mouth, and forking again about half-way towards the edge, so as to send one
branch into each digitation of the margin of the test. The anus is rather

ROTULA RUMPHII. 543

nearer the mouth than the edge ; it is transversely elliptical, larger than the
mouth, with slightly raised edges. The anal plates and spines of the two
surfaces were not preserved in any of the specimens I have had occasion to
examine.

Liberia.

Rotula Rumphii

: Rotula Rumphii Klein, 1 734, Nat. Disp. Eeh.

PI XHP.f. 6-7.

This species is readily separated from its congener by the nature of the
digitation of the posterior edge. The outline of the test is circular, pointed
anteriorly. The greatest diameter is the longitudinal diameter, which is
slightly greater than the transverse. The opposite is the case in R. Augusti.
The edge of the test is thin, the central part higher ; the petals arching
regularly from their extremity to the apex. The vertex is anterior, but
closer to the apical system, which is almost central. The petals are small ; do
not extend so far towards the edge as in E. Augusti ; they are lanceolate,
pointed, with a tendency in the poriferous zones to approach towards the
extremity ; the poriferous zones are much narrower than the median inter-
poriferous areas. The interporiferous space is greatest in the odd anterior
petal, and the same in the lateral petals ; the posterior petals are shorter
than the anterior pair ; they, in turn, are shorter than the odd petal. In none
of the largest specimens examined do we find more than one or two of the
pores in the furrows connecting the outer and inner row of pores so markedly
developed in R. Augusti. The inner pore is the largest in this species. The
abactinal system is comparatively larger, less pointed ; but the position of
the ocular and genital pores is the same ; the apical system is more conical,
and still better isolated from the abactinal extremity of the petals than in
R. Augusti ; as in R. Augusti the petals are slightly swollen in the central
interporiferous part near the apex, while the median space, as well as the
whole of the petal, is flush with the surface of the test in R. Rumphii.

The digitations of the posterior edge of the test vary greatly with age ;
they are entirely confined to the posterior interambulacral spaces ; the an-
terior pair of ambulacral notches and the anterior interambulacral lunules
of R. Augusti exist only as slight indentations. The notches extend only
somewhat more than one third the distance from the edge in the median odd

544 ENCOPE.

posterior interambulacral space, where the digitatious are longest, gradually
diminishing in .size towards the anterior lateral ambulacra, where they are
reduced to mere indentations. The digitatious are longest in the prolonga-
tion of the two inner sides of the posterior ambulacra ; the two median
interambulacral ones corresponding to the odd interambulacral space are
usually slightly shorter. The mode of formation and order of appearance
of the digitatious appear identical with that described in R. Augusti ; in
very small specimens we find on the edge, seen from the lower side, traces
of the three posterior median interambulacral notches.

The tuberculatum of the abactinal surface is closer than in R. Augusti ;
the miliaries are less numerous, and on the actinal surface, though the tuber-
cles are larger, there is by no means so striking a contrast in the tubercula-
tion of the two sides. The actinostome is small ; the anal system nearly
circular, smaller than the mouth ; the furrows are less deep and less marked
than in 11. Augusti, but branch very much as in that species.

Though the specimens of R. Rumphii to which I have had access had lost
their spines, they were not so completely bleached as those of R. Augusti.
and retained their color to a certain extent. They were of a bluish-green
on the upper side ; the lower of a lighter green, mottled with yellow, along
the furrows and sutures.
Senegal; Cade Verde Islands.

ENCOPE.

Encope A.GASS., 1840, Cat. Syst. Etyp.
(See Part II. p. 32J.)

Encope californica

! Encojx californica VeRRILL, 1870, Sill. Jour., p. 97.

This species and Encope grandis represent on the west coast Encope Miche-
lini ; it has, like Encope Michelini, its vertex immediately anterior to the
interambulacral lunule. The outline is rounded anteriorly ; the greatest
diameter half-way between the apex and the posterior edge; the poster. or
edge is frequently somewhat rounded or truncated. The apical system
is nearly central. The petals are regularly elongate, rounded anteriorly;
the anterior pair is the shortest, with proportionally widest interporil'erous
space. The posterior pair are longer than the odd petal, and are not curved.

ENCOPE EMARGINATA. 545

The interporiferous space in the anterior and posterior petals is nearly of
the same width. The poriferous zones are broad, broader than the enclosed
area in the posterior and odd petals. The interambulacral lunule is small,
though longer than the ambulacral ones, and very variable in shape. The
ambulacral hmules are pretty regularly oval ; the odd anterior the smallest ;
the anterior pair next in size, and the posterior the largest ; in all the
specimens I have seen, they show traces of their mode of formation as mar-
ginal cuts, and they are often at a considerable distance from the edge of the
test. The internal structure, when compared to one of the other western
species, E. micropora, shows a corresponding difference (in the size of the
jaws, the dimensions of the walls separating the alimentary canal from the
actinal cavity), similar to what has already been alluded to and figured be-
tween E. emarginata and E. Michelini.

This species differs very materially from E. Michelini, in the first place by
the relatively much smaller size of the ambulacral petals, which reach a
great size in E. Michelini, in the presence, almost universal, of ambulacral
lunules ; and, in the second piace, on the actinal side by the position of the
anus, and the comparatively larger space enclosed in the broad bulging
branches of the ambulacral furrows, which merely diverge from their origin
in E. Michelini, and run more parallel towards the edge of the test.

Gulf of California.

Encope emarginata

Echinodiscun emarginatus Leske, 1778, Kl. Add., p. 136.
! Encope emarginata Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut., p. 47, PI. X.
(See Part II. p. 325.)

PL XII. f. 14-24; PL XIP.f. 1-3 ; PL XIP.f. 2-3.

Brazil ; West Indies.

Encope grandis

! Encope grandis Agass., 1840, Cat. Syst. Etyp.

PL XIIId. f. 5-6.

The origin of this interesting species Avas not known till General Stone
sent some specimens from Guyamas and from other points of the Gulf of
California to Professor Agassiz, a short time previous to the publication of
the Exchange List of Echini in the Museum Bulletin for 1863. Subsequently
it was found again by Captain Pedersen, who sent numerous specimens to the
Yale College Museum. It is remarkable for the solidity of the test, the

546 ENCOPE GRANDIS.

stout thick edge, the immense size of the posterior interambulacral lunule.
with its thick raised edge, which occupies the greater part of the posterior
interambulacral space, and the broadly open shallow ambulacra! notches. 1
have not, in the specimens examined, found any of these notches showing a
tendency to close. The posterior cuts are the largest ; the anterior pair some-
what smaller; and the odd ambulacral cut is sometimes a mere indentation.
The apical system is large ; the genital openings distant. The posterior
ambulacral petals longest, arched outwardly, with a narrow interporiferous
space ; poriferous zones broad ; the median space in the anterior petals as
broad as the poriferous zones. The general outline is pentagonal ; posterior
vi\^ concave, or straighter than the other interambulacral sides. The apical
system is anterior; the vertex posterior, at the anterior extremity of the
interambulacral lunule.

The furrows of the actinal side are remarkably deep, and commence to
branch a short distance from the mouth : they arc more diverging and less
arched than the furrows generally in Encope. The anus is situated at the
anterior extremity of the lunule. about one quarter the distance from the
mouth to the edge of the test. The median ambulacral spaces are quite
sunken on the lower side, forming a shallow, somewhat branching groove
from the marginal cuts towards the actinostome. The general coloration of
dried specimens is dark-greenish with a claret tinge ; on the lower surface

the median ambulacral ami interambulacral spares are yellowish. The
spines of the two surfaces differ, as in all Encopidae ; they are short, of uni-
form size, clavate on the abactinal side, and larger, stouter, and more fluted
and cylindrical on the actinal side in proportion to the size of the actinal
tubercles.

The jaws, as in the species of Encope in which the posterior lunule is
large, or the anus placed near the actinostome. are comparatively small ;
they are quite slender in this species, and much less powerful than in En-
copidae of the same size.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Hist. Apiral

Sjrsl from
Ant. Edge.

Length

Anf Pair

Petals

Width

Porif.

Zone

Intern.
Zone.

Dh>t.

Anus from

U >uth.

Dist.
Mouth

Ant. t^l^f.

Length
[ntenunb.

Lunule.

115.

11G.

52.

30.

5.

6.

9.

55.

29.5

108.

111.

45.

28.

4.9

5.

7.

4 7.

27.

93.

95.

42.

27.

4.8

4.8

10.

42.2

24.

85.

89.

37.5

24.

8.

39.5

18.

Gulf of California.

EXCOPE MICHELINI. 547

Encopc Michelini

! Encope Michelini Agass., 1841, Mon. Scut , p. 58.
(Sue Part II. p. 329.)

PL XII". f. 4; PL XII'. f. 3-4; PI XII'1. f. l.

Yucatan ; Florida.
Encope micropora

! Encopc micropora AGASS., 1841. Mon. Scut. p. 50.

This is the Pacific representative of Encope emarginata. Although the
species of Encope vary to an extraordinary extent on the Atlantic side of
the coast of North and South America, we find a much greater uniformity
in the general appearance of the species found on the west coast of this
continent.

We find neither in E. grandis, E. californica, or E. micropora, such a range
of variation as we have described in E. emarginata, and which has led to the
discrimination of so many false species. This species is readily separated
from E. emarginata. The test is depressed ; vertex anterior, near the ex-
tremity of the odd ambulacrum. The outline is rounded anteriorly, truncated
posteriorly ; apical system small ; posterior interambulacral lunule small,
round, or elliptical nearer the edge than the apex. The petals are com-
paratively longer than in E. emarginata, extending towards the margin,
so as to leave room for only small elliptical ambulacral lunules. The inter-
poriferous space of the petals is broad, as broad as the poriferous zones ; the
pores are more closely crowded than in the corresponding Atlantic species.
The actinostome is central ; the anus is placed half-way between the mouth
and the interambulacral lunule.

The interambulacral spaces left between the ambulacral furrows are
smaller than those in E. emarginata, owing to the greater spread of the fur-
rows towards the ambulacral lunules. On examining the interior we find
very striking differences between E. emarginata and this species. In E.
micropora we have the relatively smaller size of the jaws, the great width
of the walls separating the convolutions of the alimentary canal, the walls
being in some places more than equal in width to the size of the alimentary
canal ; while in E. emarginata the Avails are narrow, scarcely equalling more
than half the width of the alimentary canal. In larger specimens the com-
parative length of the petals is not increased ; the edge of the test seems to
increase in width, and we find a greater distance between the extremity of

548 ENCOPE MICROPOllA.

the petals and the ambulacral hmules. The color, so far as can be judged
from dried specimens, does not differ from that of E. emarginata.

Long.
Dium-

Dist.
Apical Svst.
Ant. Edge.

IxMlgtll

Post. 1'nir
Petals.

Width

Porif. Zone
Post. Pair

Width

Interpol it'.

Zone.

Kit.

Mouth tn
Anus.

92.

49.

29.1

4.3

5.2

10.

122.

c:i.

33.

5.

8.

12.5

Panama ; Gulf of California.

PETALOSTICHA. 549

PETALOSTICHA.

Suborder Petalosticha IIaf.ckel, 186G, Gencrelle Morphol. (emend.)

This third suborder contains Echini in which the ambulacra are more or
less petaloid, without teeth, and in which the anal system is, as in the Cly-
peastroids, disconnected from the apical system. The anterior and posterior
extremity are plainly characterized, not only by the shape of the test, but
also sometimes by the structure of the odd ambulacrum. The subfamilies
here recognized in this suborder are more easily characterized than the
common features of the ftunilies, which, with the exception of the few ordinal
features mentioned above, seem to be more negative than positive.

In this suborder we find specializations of certain parts of the test and
spines carried out to a greater degree than in the other suborders ; the
presence of plastrons and of fascioles, which are accumulations of miliary
tubercles in certain lines, are characteristic of most of the genera of Spatan-
goicls.

OASSIDULIDAE.

Family Cassidulidae Agass., 1847, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat. VII. 147.

They differ from the Clypeastroids by the absence of teeth, and less dis-
tinct structure of the apical system ; ambulacra more or less petaloid.
Mouth pentagonal, oblique, or elliptical, central or subcentral ; in some
genera the pores round the actinostome are connected by furrows and form
elegant designs, to which the name of phj-llodes has been given. These
phyllodes are separated by clusters or knobs of tubercles, rising in the
interambulacral spaces between them, known as bourrelets ; the phyllodes
with the bourrelets form the floscelle. We have included in the Cassidulidae,
as here limited, only genera which have no plastrons or fascioles. The
tubercles are neither perforate nor crenulate, as they are in Clypeastroids.
Position of anal system variable.

550 ECHINONIDAE.

ECHINONIDAE

Subfamily Echinonidae Agass., 184 7, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., Vli. 147.
(See Part II. p. 332.)

ECHINONEUS.

Echinoneus Van Phi is.. 1774, Brief.
(Sn- Part II. p. 332.)

Echinoneus cyclostomus

Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 177s. Ki.. Add., p. 173.

PL XIV. f. 6-8; PL XIV". f. 5-10.

A large, denuded specimen, measuring one and a half inches in its longest
diameter, was of a dark brown color; the poriferous zones extending along
the test as darker narrow lines, mid the primary tubercles being prominent
by their yellow color. In this specimen the anal and buccal membranes were
preserved entire. The buccal membrane was entirely paved by small, irregu-
larly shaped plates, covering the whole surface, and leaving but a small open-
ing in the centre. — the elliptical mouth: the plates diminished in size
towards the oral opening: there were no less than twenty-six plates in the
circle adjoining the test. Covering the anal membrane, there were four
large plates extending on each side of the pear-shaped anus, the rest of the
membrane being covered with smaller plates : the anus was placed near the
blunt (posterior) extremity of the anal opening. For a comparison between
the two species of Echinoneus see Part 11. p. 333.

Australia ; Kingsmills Islands ; Zanzibar.

Echinoneus semilunaris

Echinus semilunaris Gmel., 1788, Lixx. Syst. X*nt.
! Echinoneus semilunaris Lame., 1816, An. s. Y<-rt.. p. 1ft.
(See Part II. p. 333.)

PL XIV. f. 1-5; PL XXXVIII. f. 26.

Florida ; AVest India Islands.

NUCLE0L1DAE. 551

NUCLEOLIDAE.

Subfamily Nucleolidae Agass., 18-17, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII. 147.

The ambulacral petals are petaloid or subpetaloid. The odd ambulacrum
not different from the lateral ambulacra. Actinostome pentagonal, its sides
on one level, with prominent bourrelets and well-developed phyllodes.

NEOLAMPAS.

Neolampas A. Ac, 186 9, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 340.)

Neolampas rostellata

! Neolampas rostellatus A. Ac, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., I. No. 9, p. 271.
(See Part II. p. 340.)

PL XVII. f. 1-12.

Straits of Florida.

ECHINOLAMPAS.

Echinolampas Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil.
(See Part II. p. 335.)

Echinolampas depressa

I Echinolampas depressus Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H., p. 38.
(See Part II. p. 335.)

PL XVI

The specimens of this species in the British Museum were readily distin-
guished from E. oviformis by the large, elliptical actinostome, more central,
deeply sunken ; floscelle not flush, as in E. oviformis, with indistinct bour-
relets. The anal system is large, elliptical, elongated, with the test projecting
posteriorly more than in E. oviformis. Outline of test posteriorly convex.
Tubercles larger than in E. oviformis. In the unequally developed petals the
posterior zones of the posterior petals are the shortest, the anterior zones in
the anterior petals, and the left odd anterior zone. The pores of the inner
and outer zones are of the same size.

Straits of Florida.

552 ECHINOLAMPAS HELLEI.

Echinolampas Hellei

Echinolampas Richardi (Desml.), 1837 Tab. Syn., p. 310. (non Desmt.)
! Echinolampas Hellei Yai... 1S09, in Peru. Pedic, p. 170.

PI XV. f. 5-11; Pi XV". f. 5-6.

This species is readily distinguished from its Indian congener by the more
central position of the apical system, t he greater equality in the development
of the anterior and posterior poriferous zones ol* each petal, the close ar-
rangement of the pores of the narrow poriferous /.ones, the great size of the
apical system, and more distant tuberculation. The test is depressed, and
the outline from above quite angular, rounded anteriorly, and slightly trun-
cated posteriorly, somewhat resembling, at first glance, species of Clypeus.
Alcoholic specimens in the Jardin des Plantes show that the spines are short
and of uniform size, of a dark violet color, — brown, according to Desmoulins.
Actinal surface concave ; edges of lest swollen, sloping towards the aetino-
stome. Phyllodes and bourrelets very prominently developed, when com-
pared with those of several other fossil species of the genus. The anus in all
species of Echinolampas is inframarginal, flush with the actinal surface of the
test ; anterior edge of anal system slightly curved in ; tuberculation closest
immediately at the ambitus ; somewhat less close, hut uniform over the
actinal surface, and gradually more distant towards the actinostome.

Considerable confusion has arisen, in the discrimination of this species, from
its identification with a fossil species by Desmoulins; he. however, subse-
quently separated them, and lately has given an excellent figure of the
African Echinolampas in the Actes de la Soc. Linn, de Bordeaux.

1 have figured, in PI. XV. f. 7, the anal system of this species of Echi-
nolampas ; the general mode of arrangement differs materially from that
of Rhynchopygus. There is one large anterior row of four plates, covering
almost the -whole membrane, with large tubercles ; the rest of the membrane
is strengthened by carrying from six to seven minute plates, in the centre of
which is situated, near the posterior edge, the small, elliptical anal opening.

It is barely possible that this species and E. depressa may prove identical;
we have unfortunately only specimens of such different size existing in our
collections that no direct comparison can be made. The principal differ-
ences noticed in the ambulacral system may be only due to changes occur-
ring during growth.

T)i<t Dist. Width Width

Long. Trans. Apical .Syst. Actinost. Post. Pair Post Pair Dist.

lli.uu. Diam. Height Ant Edge. Ant. Edge. Poril. Zone. Intrrp Hpa.i-. Post. ( Jen.

88.

79.

41.

36.

34.

1.1

54.

48.

29.

19.

21.

.0

8. 3.4

4. 2.8

Senegal.

ECHINOLAMPAS OV1FOR.MIS. 553

Echinolampas oviformis

Echinus oviformis Gmel., 1788. Linn. Syst. Xat.

! Echinolampas ociformis Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil., p. 7.

Outline from above elliptical ; test high, swollen at the edges ; apex very
eccentric anteriorly ; apical system small ; poriferous zones broad ; pairs of
pores distant ; petals, especially the posterior pair, but little petaloid ; porif-
erous zones diverging ; anterior zones of anterior pair, and posterior zones
of posterior pair of petals much shorter than the other zones of the same
petals. Tuberculation distant ; mouth, in both E. oviformis and E. Hellei,
corresponds nearly in position with the position of the apical system. Ac-
tinal surface arching gradually towards the actinostome, less concave, except
near the actinostome, than in E. Hellei.

Bourrelets scarcely developed, and in old specimens forming a mere thick-
ening of the lip of the actinostome, with phyllodes more or less indistinct.
The tuberculation of the actinal surface is coarser than that of the upper
part of the test, and more distant near the actinostome than in E. Hellei.

Unfortunately the specimens of Echinolampas preserved in our collections
are usually dry tests, and little can be learned from them, excepting from the
short comparisons made above.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Dist.

Apex
Ant. Edge.

Dist
Actinostoms
Ant. Edge.

Dist.
Post.
Gen.

Width
Post. Pair
Porif. Zone

Width

Post. Pair

Interu. Space.

71.

G3.

47.2

28.

29.

2.

l.G

4.

68.

45.

35.

19.4

22.5

2.5

1.2

4.1

Red Sea; Molucca Islands.

(CASS1DULUS.) Rhynchopygus.

Rhynchopygus D'Orbig., 1855, Pal. Franc., VL
(See Part II. p. 342.)

Rhynchopygus caribaearnm

! Cassidulus caribaearum Lamk., 1801, An. s. Vert., p. 349.
I Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 1864, Bid. App., p. 1.
(See Part II. p. 343.)

PL XV f. 1-4; PL XXXVII. f. 12.

D'Orbigny established the genus Rhynchopygus for Cassidulus guadelou-
pensis, a tertiary fossil from Guadeloupe, which is probably identical with the
species now found living in the West Indies and Straits of Florida.

West India Islands.

554 RHYNCHOPYGUS PACIFICUS.

Rhynchopygus pacificus

! Pygorhynchus pacificus Ac, 1S63. Bull. M. C. Z.. T. p. 27.
! Rhynchopygus pacijicus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., 1't. I. p. 153.

PI. XV f. 1-2; PL XXXII. f. i-io ; PL XXXIII. f. is.

Outline from above elliptical, angular, rounded anteriorly, somewhat more
pointed posteriorly; vertex and apical system coincident, slightly anterior ;
ambulacra] petals lanceolate, extending nearly to the edge, open at the ex-
tremity ; poriferous zones broad ; pores distant ; poriferous zones equally devel-
oped in all petals, except that the posterior zones of the posterior pair of petals
are much shorter than the anterior zones. Apical system small ; posterior geni-
tal pores somewhat more separated than the anterior pair ; madreporic body
slightly convex. Seen in profile, the outline is regularly arched to the ante-
rior extremity, and towards the posterior as far as the anal projection of the
test, placed about one third the height from the edge to the apex ; posterior lip
of anal opening depressed ; test sloping from it towards the edge, forming at
the same time a shallow anal groove. Aetinal surface nearly ilat, forming a
sharp angle with the sides of the test at the ambitus, sloping slightly towards
the sunken actinostome; mouth pentagonal, nearer anterior extremity than
apical system ; anterior bourrelets greatly developed, very prominent; poste-
rior bourrelets smallest, less prominent than odd interambulacral one. Phyl-
lodes large, commencing at a distance from the actinostome, with as many as
seven to nine pores on each side in the outer row of pores, standing out prom-
inently in the smooth, dagger-shaped band, extending from the anterior to the
posterior edge; this hand is broadest in the anterior ambulacrum, forming a
continuous star-shaped band round the actinostome. extending a short distance
in the lateral ambulacra, slightly beyond the ph\ llodes. uniting in the median
posterior interambulacral space, and gradually tapering (with angular concave
sides) towards the posterior edge of the test. The whole of this apparently
smooth band is covered by minute distant tubercles, carrying short, slender,
silk-like spines, and is irregularly pitted along the lines of the sutures of the
plates of the test. The tuberculatum of the abactinal surface is quite uni-
form, extending on the aetinal side but a short distance from the ambitus;
it then increases rapidly in size ; the pits surrounding the tubercles become
deeper and broader, attaining their greatest size immediately adjoining the
median aetinal band. The spines of the abactinal side are short, slender,
longitudinally striated, cylindrical, tapering; those of the aetinal side more or
less curved, especially the larger ones, which resemble more spines of Spatan-

ECHINOBRISSUS. 555

goids proper, but they have the same ornamentation as those of the upper side
of the test. The ridges separating the pits round the larger tubercles of the
actinal side are irregularly studded with minute tubercles, carrying small
spines like those of the median band. Similar tubercles are irregularly
scattered on the ridges between the primary tubercles of the upper surface,
carrying slender, silk-like miliary spines. The transverse crescent-shaped
anal opening is protected by a membrane covered by a posterior row of
four large polygonal plates, with a second row of five or six smaller ones,
and an irregular minute row at the edge of the membrane next the anal
opening ; this is an elongated slit placed near the upper part of the anal
system, directly under the projecting ridge of the test.

The greatest diameter in smaller specimens is in front of the anus, while
in older specimens it is anterior to the apical system. The inner pores of
all the poriferous zones are round, joined by a shallow furrow to the outer
larger comma-shaped pores, which extend, irregularly scattered, from the
termination of the petals towards the actinostome, where they meet the
phyllodes.

The color in alcohol is greenish-yellow, mottled with darker spots, but
slightly darker than the light greenish-yellow tint, similarly spotted, of life.
This species lives like other Spatangoids of which the habits are known, —
gregariously on sandy beaches, from five to six feet below low-water mark,
half buried in the sand up to the extremity of the petals.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Dist.

Apex
Ant. Edge.

Diam.
Anal
Sj>st.

Width
Porif. Zone
Ant. Pair.

Width

Interp. Space

Ant Pair.

Dist.

Mouth

Ant. Edge

Diam.
Mouth

54.

45.5

31.

23.

8.1

1.5

4.

17.5

6.3

49.1

41.2

25.

20.8

8.1

1.1

3.

16.3

5.2

41.5

35.

20.9

17.5

7.5

1.

2.1

14.

Galapagos ; Panama ; Gulf of California.

ECHINOBRISSUS.

Echinobrissus Breyn., 1732, Schediasm. de Echin. (pars.)

Test rather flat, elongate, subquadrate, wider at posterior extremity,
more or less convex above, concave below. Ambulacral petals somewhat
lanceolate ; poriferous zones narrow ; pores not conjugate. Vertex eccen-

556 ECHINOBRISSUS RECENS.

trie ; anal system placed in a more or less sunken furrow. Actinal system
eccentric, pentagonal, or transversely elliptical. Floscelle rudimentary ; no
well-marked bourrelets.

Echinobrissus recens

! NticleoUtes recens Er»v. 1836, Cuv. Regn. An. Ed. 111.

1 Echinobrissus recens D'Orbig., 1854, Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 24.

PI. XIV. f. 2-4; Pi. XXP.f. l-z ; PI. XXXVIII. f. so -Si.

Test stout, depressed : outline from above somewhat rectangular, rounded
anteriorly ; greatest breadth across the posterior extremity of the posterior
petals, angular posteriorly ; posterior edge scarcely indented by anal furrow.
Vertex nearly central ; apical system anterior to vertex; anterior petals ex-
tending nearly to the edge of the test ; posterior pair reaching somewhat more
than half the distance from the apex to the posterior edge. Poriferous zones of
uniform breadth, diverging slightly, so as to leave the extremity of the petals
somewhat open ; pores of both zones round, of uniform size, irregularly
conjugated ; outer lows extending to the actinostonie from the extremity
of the petals ;. interporiferous spaces broader than the poriferous zones.
broadest in the anterior petal. Petals Hush with the test, posterior pair the
longest; four genital pores, posterior scarcely more distant than the anterior
pair. Anal furrow reaching vertex; anal opening longitudinally elliptical;
posterior edge nearly on a level with the v<\>j:c of the test ; sides of groove
very gradually rounded. In one of the specimens of the .Tardin des Plantes
the anal membrane is well preserved {/'/. XIV. f. 2, 3) ; there is a lame
outer row of plates round the posterior edge, with smaller ones extending
towards the nearly circular anal opening, situated at the top of the anal
system ; the plates immediately round the anal opening are small, closely
hut irregularly packed, becoming somewhat larger again, near the upper
part of the anal system. The continuation of the petals towards the acti-
nostonie is well seen in PI. XIV. f. ■!, 4, — interior views of the test.

The tuberculation is large ; the tubercles more closely packed on the
central part of the plates; on the edges near the sutures the miliaries are
more numerous, forming indistinct, irregularly shaped lozenge figures, parallel
with the longitudinal sutures of the plates. The tuberculation of the anal
furrow is reduced to miliary granulation. On the lower surface the tubercles
are distant in the posterior interambulacral space, but closely crowded in the
swollen edge of the posterior interamhulacra. The actinostonie is sunken ;

NUCLEOLITES. 557

the actinal surface is regularly concave, arching towards the mouth from the
rounded edge ; the posterior part of the transversely elliptical mouth is on
a lower level than the anterior lip, — the first trace we have found of the
projecting lip, so highly developed in Spatangoids, a character used at one
time to distinguish the Cassiduloids from the Spatangoids proper. The con-
tinuation of the outer poriferous zones is quite distinct from the edge to the
actinostome, running gradually into the phyllodes, which are simply diverg-
ing lines of pores from the actinostome. The tuberculation of the interam-
bulacra at the actinostome is small, it consists of primary tubercles closely
crowded, but in all specimens examined no buccal bourrelet had been de-
veloped.

The spines are still preserved on the specimen originally figured by Milne-
Edwards for the illustrated edition of Cuvier's Regne Animal. They are
short, stout, resembling in their general structure the spines of Echinolam-
pas, as we know them from those of Echinolampas depressa figured in Part
II. of this Revision, and of E. Hellei, of which alcoholic sj>ecimens are pre-
served in the Jardin des Plantes.

The general coloration of dried specimens was yellowish-brown ; the test
somewhat darker where the tubercles are more closely set ; and the spines
mottled with dark and light brown, usually tipped with the lighter tint.

New Zealand ; Madagascar.

(ECHINOBRISSUS.) Nucleolites.

Nucleolites La.mk., 1801, An. s. Vert, (par?.)

I have retained provisionally the separation into two genera of Echinobris-
sus proposed by Desor and D'Orbigny, though, from the examination of the
scanty material of living species, the splitting into two sections of this genus
seems scarcely warranted ; the mere conjugation of the pores is an insufficient
character, as in specimens of N. epigonus and of E. recens we find in the same
individual a petal in which the conjugation is marked, another where it
is indistinct, and frequently the corresponding one in which the conjugation
cannot be traced. Limited as the genus Echinobrissus is here, I have taken
as type of the genus, Echinobrissus recens, and as the type of one sub-
genus of it, Nucleolites epigonus ; subsequent observations will, I have no

558 NUCLEOLITES EPIGONUS.

doubt, prove these genera to be identical. In the subgenus represented by
epigonus, the actinostome is longitudinally elliptical, while it is transversely
elliptical in E. recens. In one subgenus the posterior extremity is verti-
cally truncated ; in the other the outline of the test is nearly uniformly
arched from the anterior to the posterior extremity; neither of these char-
acters seem to justify us in retaining permanently the genera Echinobrissus
and Nucleolites ; they are however retained, in order not to introduce new
complications from insufficient data, as neither of these species correspond
exactly to the genera Nucleolites and Echinobrissus, as recognized by Desor
and Cotteau, from the study of the fossil species, where considerable con-
fusion still exists. Wright does not admit the distinction made by Desor,
D'Orbigny, and Cotteau. and Forbes united Clypeus with Echinobrissus as a
subgenus, showing that the classification of this group is by no means sat-
isfactory as deduced from the examination of the fossil species alone.

Nucleolites epigonus

! Nucleolites epigonus Mart., 1865, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, Marz, p. 143.

PL XIX". f. 4-6.

Test thin ; outline from above elliptical, rounded anteriorly, attaining its
greatest breadth opposite the posterior extremity of the posterior lateral
ambulacra ; truncated across the posterior ambulacra ; median interambu-
lacrum indented by a deep vertical anal groove. Lower side concave, sloping
rapidly from the swollen, bulging, lateral interambulacral vd^v to the large
actinostome. which is anterior, longitudinally elliptical.

The outline in profile is regularly arched, falling towards the anterior ex-
tremity from the nearly vertically truncated posterior edge ; the vertex is
placed immediately anterior to the deep anal groove ; the anal system is
longitudinally elliptical, placed at the bottom of the groove ; the edges of the
groove are sharp near the upper end, but gradually become rounded towards
the actinal surface ; apical system anterior; madreporic body flush with the
test; four large genital openings. The petals are of nearly uniform width,
and equally developed ; the posterior pair extending somewhat beyond half
the distance between the apical system and the edge ; they are slightly
larger than the others. The other petals extend to within a short distance
from the edge ; the median interporiferous zone is broadest in the odd an-
terior petal, and narrowest in the posterior pair; from the extremity of the

ANOCHANUS. 559

petals the outer poriferous zones extend to the actinostome as independent
disconnected pores till they reach the phyllodes, when the pores become
again large, and arranged in two irregular rows diverging from the actino-
stome. The ambulacral petals are narrow, elongate, flush with the test; the
poriferous zones are as broad as the median interporiferous space ; the pores
are round, large, distinct ; outer row the largest, connected by a shallow fur-
row. The median odd posterior interambulacral line forms an indistinct
rounded keel from the vertex to the apical system. The tuberculation is
uniform over the whole abactinal surface, closely crowded with large miliaries,
mounted on the ridges separating the pits in which the tubercles are placed.
In the anal groove the tuberculation is reduced to a mere granulation ; on the
actinal surface the tubercles are more distant, the miliaries between them
less crowded. The steep sloping sides of the actinostome are covered with
closely packed uniform miliaries, barely forming traces of bourrelets on the
upper edges. None of the specimens of this interesting species, either in
the Berlin. London, or Stockholm Museums, had retained their spines ; they
were merely bleached tests, like the one figured in PI. XIXb.

East India Islands.

(ECHINOBRISSUS.) Axochanus.

Anochanus Grube, 1868, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, March, p. 178.

This subgenus is retained for a remarkable sea-urchin, with which future
investigations must make us more familiar before we can decide its generic
affinities. The test resembles in outline Echinobrissus ; has the same anal
groove ; the ambulacra, according to Grube, run uninterruptedly from the
apex to the actinostome. The apical system is wanting, and is replaced by an
opening leading into a genital cavity which does not communicate with the
interior of the test, and in which the young are found. This abnormal mode
of development in sea-urchins seems to correspond to the viviparous mode of
development of some Ophiurans and Starfishes, in which the Pluteus is
never pelagic ; but we must await the publication of Grube's memoir
for further information regarding the single species of this genus thus far
found .

5G0 ANOCHANUS SINENSIS.

Anochanus sinensis

! Anochamis sinensis Grube, 1868, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, March, p. ITS.

Grube does not give a detailed description of this remarkable sea-urchin, only
saving that it resembles Nucleolites epigonus. From a cursory examination
of the specimen it seems more closely allied to Eehinobrissus recens, and is of
about the same size. The young found in the breeding sac are circular, the
actinostome is central, while it is eccentric anteriorly, and transversely ellip-
tical in the adult; the primary spines are arranged in two principal rows
upon the interambulacra ; they have no apical breeding-sac nor anal furrow,
though what appears to be the anal opening is found above the ambitus.
somewhat behind the vertex. Grube says that the inner walls of the breed-
ing sac are lined with pedicellarise ; larger pedicellariae are found upon the
abactinal part of the test ; the spines are arranged without any apparent
order, and are of two kinds, — longer ones rather blunt, and shorter ones
spreading into a serrate extremity. There appears at the bottom of the sac a
plate leading into a stiff canal, which maydenote the position of the madreporic
body : but no trace of genital openings or of ovaries could be detected. The

breeding sac is filled with a membrane strengthened by a limestone network,
suspended from the inturned edges of the opening of the sac on the abac-
tinal surface. The greater part of the inner cavity of the test is occupied
by the large digestive canal, commencing with a narrow (esophagus ; at the
junction of the (esophagus with the stomach are found two small diverticula.
The young appear, according to Grube, to develop on the lower side of the
breeding cavity, where they are enclosed by a small sac. It is supposed that
this sea-urchin came from the China Seas or East India Islands.

East India Islands.

SPATANGIDAE. 501

SPATANGIDAE.

Family Spatangidae Agass., 1836 * Prod. Mon. Rad. (emend.)

In this family the actinal part of the test is occupied by a plastron, the
sides of which are -well defined by bare ambulacral avenues. The posterior
ambulacra towards the posterior extremity are frequently divided by a
fasciole, running in such a way as to separate the two poriferous zones and
form a limited area (subanal plastron) or plastron, which may or may not
be closed, and is more or less distinct. Other plastrons are formed by the
fascioles consisting of a crowded pavement of miliary tubercles carrying
miliary spines, running either within the petals (internal), or round the petals
(peripetalous), from which sometimes branches are sent off towards the anal
extremity (lateral). When the sub-anal fasciole sends a branch round the
anal system it forms the anal fasciole ; the lateral becomes the anal fasciole
when it runs continuously below the anal system, round the posterior ex-
tremity of the test. The combination of these fascioles together with the
shape of the test and of the petals has been made the most important
element in the subdivisions into subfamilies of the Spatangidae.

ANANCHYTIDAE.

Subfamily Ananchytidae Alb. Gras, 1848, Ech. foss. Isere.
(See Part II. p. 344.)

POURTALESIA.

Pourtalesia A. Ac, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., I.
(See Part II. p. 344.)

Pourtalesia miranda

! Pourtalesia miraiida A. Ag., 1869, Bull. II. C. Z, I. p. 272.
(See Part II. p. 345.)

PI XVIII.

Straits of Florida ; Shetland Channel.

* Should read Agass., 1836, on p. 344, not Agass., 1841.

5G2 HOMOLAMPAS.

HOMOLAMPAS.

Lissonohm (A. Ag.), 18G9, Bull. M. C. Z., I. (non Schonh.)
Homolampas A. Ag., 1872, Rev. EcL, Pt. I., p. 137.
(Scl- Part II. p. 34 7.)

Homolampas fragilis

! Lissonotus fragilis A. Ac, 1869, Pull. M. C. Z., I. p. 273.
! Homolampas fragilis A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt, I. p. 137.
(See Part II. p. 348.)

PI. XVII. f. 13-21.
Straits of Florida.

PLATYBRISSUS.

Platybrissus Grtjbe, 18G5, Jahresb. d. Sollies. Ges. f. Vat Cult.

This genus forms the connecting link between the Spatangina, such as
Spatangus proper, and genera closely allied to the Ananchytidae. The test
is depressed (in the only species known); outline regularly elliptical ; pos-
terior extremity rounded ; anal system placed in the uniformly swollen edge
of the test. Ambulacra flush with the test, terminating abruptly at the ex-
tremity ; poriferous zones nearly parallel ; pores not conjugate. Actinostome
large, with the edge forming an irregular polygon with a broad side at the
posterior ed-v ; anterior lip slightly sunken, so that the aetinal opening is
nearly on one level, much as we find it in Eupatagus, which genus Platy-
luissus strikingly recalls at first glance, though structurally so different,
Aetinal plastron small, not independent, reduced to a narrow point, ex-
tending a short distance in the broad bare aetinal avenue, formed by
the coalescence of the adjoining posterior ambulacra! spaces. The total ab-
sence of fascioles of any kind, either peripetalous, anal, or subanal, is a
remarkable feature possessed by many cretaceous Spatangoids ; but it is
the first case recorded of such a structure in any of the recent species.
The tuberculation of the aetinal surface is large, distant, with few small
miliaries irregularly scattered ; the largest tubercles are placed on the very
edge of the bare aetinal avenue, and near the actinostome ; that of the
abactinal surface is similar, but with secondary as well as miliary tubercles,
decreasing in size towards the apex.

PLATYBRISSUS ROEMERI. 5G3

Platybrissus Roemeri

! Platybrissus Roemeri Grube, I860, Jahresb. d. Sehles. Ges. f. Vat. Cult., p. CI.

Pl.XXP.f. 3-4.

Test depressed ; edge rounded ; outline from above regularly elliptical ;
vertex posterior, immediately in front of the anal system ; the test sloping
very slightly from the anterior extremity to the vertex. Apical system
anterior ; four large genital openings. Odd anterior ambulacrum scarcely
apparent, reduced to distant minute pairs of pores. Lateral ambulacral
petals open at the extremity, elongate ; poriferous zones narrow, of uniform
width ; pores close together; outer row largest, not conjugate. All the petals
are flush with the test. The anterior zones of the anterior lateral ambulacra
appear shorter than the posterior zones, owing to the small size of the three
pairs of pores adjoining the apical system. The whole abactinal part of the
test is covered by large secondary and miliary tubercles, distributed in the
same manner over all the plates : from three to five larger tubercles, sur-
rounded by distant miliaries, with about the same number of smaller second-
ary tubercles nearer the lower edge of the plates. The secondary tubercles
become larger towards the ambitus; and on the actinal side, which is flat, we
find only large, distant, primary tubercles, with few miliaries scattered be-
tween them. The actinostome is a segment of a circle, with the posterior
lip so slightly lobed that it appears on the same level with the anterior lip.
On the actinal side the anterior petals are only seen from the large buccal
tentacles radiating from the mouth in the ambulacra, the posterior lateral
ambulacra form a single broad avenue, occupying the whole central part of
the posterior part of the test ; they become separated near the posterior
extremity by a small pointed shield of tubercles formed by the posterior
interambulacral space ; but this shield is not separated either as an actinal
plastron or as a subanal plastron, neither of which exist in this genus. This
triangular shield has a slightly pointed keel, somewhat anterior to the sepa-
ration of the ambulacral fields on the posterior extremity. The posterior
extremity is bevelled anteriorly from the top of the anal system towards
the actinal keel. The anal system is pointed, elliptical ; neither spines nor
buccal or anal membranes were preserved in the specimens examined.

Locality not known.

564 SPATANGINA.

SPATANGINA.
* Subfamily Spatangiua Gkay, 18o5, Cat. Rcc. Ech.

Spatangoids with a flat test ; petals lanceolate, not sunken, with broad
interporiferous spaces flush with the test ; the abactinal part of the poriferous
zones usually rudimentary ; a subanal plastron and large interambulacral
tubercles within the-peripetalous fasciole (Eupatagus), or in the interambu-
lacral spaces.

The genera of this family, except Eupatagus, have no peripetalous fasciole.
On this account Eupatagus has usually been associated with the Brissina,
but from the structure of the petals I am more inclined to associate it with
the Spatangiua proper. In some genera we have an internal fasciole forming
a plastron which is placed above the margin, in the anterior part of the test,
and partially obliterates the abactinal part of the anterior poriferous zone
of the anterior lateral ambulacra.

SPATANGUS.

Spatangus Klein, 1784, Nat, Disp. Ech.

Test heart-shaped, with broad ambulacra] petals ; poriferous zones alone
sunken; odd ambulacrum placed in a more or le<s deep, broad, anterior groove.
Large tubercles on the live interambulacral spaces; subanal fasciole very
prominent ; no lateral or peripetalous fasciole.

Spatangus LUtkeni

: Spatangus Lutkeni A. Ag., 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

Test thick, distinguished at once by its regularly elliptical outline, in-
dented anteriorly by the broad ambulacra] groove ; its test regularly arched,
both transversely and longitudinally, truncated at the posterior extremity.
The apical system is anterior; the vertex slightly posterior; the outline
arching slightly but regularly from the anterior edge to the posterior edge,
above the large, broad, elliptical anal system ; the lower surface is much
as in S. purpureus, somewhat convex; but the actinal plastron is elongate ;
the subanal plastron heart-shaped, about one and a half times as broad as
long, while in 8. purpureus it is three times as broad as long, and in S

* In the List of known species, p. 219, this subfamily is by mistake named Euspati.i^iiia A. Afl.

SPATANGUS PURPUREUS. 565

Rashi scarcely more than one and a quarter times broader than long, and not
exceeding in width the widest part of the actinal plastron. The actinostome
is more distant from the anterior edge than in the two European species ; the
general £>roportions of the tuberculation and size of the spines much as in S.
purpureus on the actinal side. The small tubercles covering the abactinal sur-
face are much larger and more closely crowded than in the other species,
covering the whole abactinal part of the test, including the anterior groove,
with a very uniform granulation, carrying minute, slender, curved spines.
In the apical portion of the anterior lateral interambulacra there are a few
irregularly arranged primary tubercles carrying larger spines ; on the outer
slopes of the anterior groove, adjoining the ambulacral zones, irregular ver-
tical lines of large primary tubercles, carrying large spines, are found ex-
tending from the apical system to the ambitus. The lateral petals are
moderately broad, petaloid, proportionally shorter than in the other species.
The color in alcohol is dark violet.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Length

Ant. Lat

Petals.

Width
Porif.

Zone.

Length
Post.
Petals.

Dist.
Apical Syfit.
Ant. Edge.

Width

Subanal
Plastron.

81.

68.4

45.5

25.

5.

26.8

32.

18.

Japan.

Spatangus purpureus

! V Spatagus purpureus Mull.. 177G, Prod. 2850.
Spatangus purpureus Leske, 1778, Kl. Add., p. 170.

PL XF. f. 10-22; PL XI Va. /. 1 ; PL XIX. f. 5-6; PL XXVI. f. 24-27;
PL XXXII. f. 17, is; PL XXXIV. f. 3, 4; PL XXXVII f. m ; PL
XXXVIII f. 34, 35.

The outline of the test of this species, seen from above, is pretty uniform ;
it is broadly heart-shaped, slightly angular, truncated at the posterior ex-
tremity. Anterior groove deepest near the ambitus ; apical system slightly
anterior ; vertex posterior ; geometrical pole about half-way between the two.
The height is very variable. Posterior ambulacral petals petaloid, closed ;
interporiferous space broad ; interporiferous zone more convex than the inner
one. Anterior lateral petals longer than the posterior ones ; odd anterior
poriferous zone reduced to distant diverging rows of pairs of pores, the
interporiferous space attaining its greatest breadth somewhat above the am-
bitus. Pores of lateral ambulacra large, connected by a deep furrow. The
plates of the abactinal part of the interambulacral spaces carry large per-
forated crenulate tubercles of very variable size, most numerous adjoining
the median line, and extending in a V-shaped ime or forming a triangular

566 SPATANGUS PURPUREUS.

space towards the edges of the interambulacral plate. The large tubercles
extend nearly to the anal system in the odd interambulacrum : in the lateral
posterior interambulacra they reach the ambitus, or nearly so. in the anterior
part of the space ; in the (interior lateral ambulacra they extend to the am-
bitus. Adjoining the whole length of the anterior groove to the ambitus,
there are prominent tubercles, closely packed, which gradually pass into the
small, uniform-sized, secondary, perforated, indistinctly crenulated tubercles,
which cover the whole of the abactinal part of the test, including the inter-
poriferous zones ; the miliaries are minute, forming irregular arcs running
at a distance round the base of the small, well-separated secondaries. The
miliaries are more numerous in the anterior groove, in the interporiferons
space, than in the corresponding space in the petals. As the secondaries
approach the ambitus they gradually increase in size, become more dis-
tinctly crenulated, and pass into the larger primary tubercles of the actinal
side ; the miliaries forming more or less regular circles round the bare
scrobicular area ; these increase regularly in size in the lateral ambulacra,
till they reach the broad bare ambulacra! avenue-, extending from the
month to the ambitus. — the anterior ones to the very edge of the subanal
fasciole, and the others to the edge of the test. The anibulacral avenues

are covered by minute distanl miliaries. The actinostome is crescent-
shaped, broad ; posterior lip not remarkably prominent. The actinal plas-
tron is elongate, triangular, with a slight keel near the central part. It
is covered by large tubercles, gradually becoming smaller towards the me-
dian line. The posterior edge of the test, including a part of the actinal
surface, is occupied by a large transverse subanal plastron, edged with
a broad fasciole, with a deep re-entering angle below the transverse,
elliptical, pointed anal system. The tuberculatum of the subanal plastron
is largest in the central part of the corresponding loops formed by the fas-
ciole, on either side of the median line. The anal system is crowded b}r an
outer row of nearly rectangular plates, succeeded by concentric and more
irregularly shaped plates, gradually becoming smaller towards the anal
opening : these plates carry a few miliaries.

The secondary tubercles carry short, slender, pointed, curved spines,
longitudinally anil transversely striated. The larger spines carried by the
larger primary tubercles of the abactinal side and by the larger tubercles of
the actinal side differ only in size from the smaller ones; they are lighter
colored, usually of a yellowish tinge, while the smaller spines are of uni-
form and darker tint.

SPATANGUS RASCHI. 5G7

Seen in profile, the test rises rather more suddenly in the anterior part
arching uniformly towards the truncated anal extremity. The actinal sur-
face is nearly flat, sloping towards the edge ; the actinal plastron alone
sloping towards the ambulacra from the median line, forming an indistinct
keel. The plates of the ambulacra on the actinal surface are elongate ; the
pores far apart, except immediately round the actinostome, to form the very
marked phyllodes. The changes due to growth have been described by
Loven, and have been referred to in the description of the Florida Echini,
Kev. Ech., Pt. II. p. 331.

Long.
Diain.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Length

Ant. Lat.

Amb.

Lenpth

Post. Lat.

Amb.

Width
Post. Inter.
Porif. Space.

Wi.lth
Subanal
Plastron.

105.

99.

48.

39.

38.

8.

41.

97.

87.

53.

36.

33.5

7.2

40.5

77.

71.

42.

28.

26.

5.8

28.5

67.

67.

32.

20.

20.5

4.

24.2

62.

58.

34.

20.

21.

3.1

22.5

40.

36.

Norway ; Mediterranean.

Spatangus Raschi

! Spatangus Raschi Lovtfx, 1869, Ofv. Skand. Vet. Akad. Furh.

PL XXV. f. 35 ; PL XXVI. f. 23.

This fine Spatangoid has been well figured by Loven. It is easily distin-
guished from its European congener by the more angular outline of the test,
seen from above, the great height of the test, the depth of the anterior fur-
row at the ambitus, and the narrow elongate pointed lateral petals. The
primary tubercles of the abactinal part of the test have the same general
arrangement as in S. purpureus ; but they are smaller, more numerous in
each patch, and extend to the edge of the test in all the interambulacral
spaces. In the ambulacra! plates, between the extremity of the petals and
the edge of the test, smaller primary tubercles are crowded in the lower
half of the ambulacral plates. Seen from the actinal side the test slopes from
the edge towards the sunken actinostome, especially in the anterior part of
the actinal surface of the test, where the slope is quite sharp. The actinal
plastron is elongate, narrow, widest half-way to the posterior edge ; the test
sloping from the broad bare posterior ambulacral avenues to the indistinct
keel, which extends from the very prominent posterior lip of the actino-
stome. The subanal plastron is heart-shaped, edged by a narrow fnrc'ole.

568 MARETIA.

scarcely wider than the actinal plastron. The anal system is transversely
elliptical, proportionally much smaller than in S. purpureus, and is placed
near the ambitus ; the arch of the abactinal part of the posterior interambu-
lacrum reaching nearer the ambitus than in S. purpureus, in which the trun-
cated extremity of the posterior end is much larger.

The small tubercles covering the abactinal surface are smaller and more
closely crowded than in S. purpureus, extending over the anterior groove ;
the miliaries are larger, consequently the spines which cover the abactinal
surface are more uniform in appearance. The same is the case on the ac-
tinal surface; the tubercles increase greatly in size, bul are not so large as
in S. purpureus, either adjoining the bare ambulacra or in the actinal plas-
tron. The color of the smaller spines of dried specimens is dark violet; the
large spines are lighter-colored.

Long.
DIam

Diam.

Hciglit

Length

Ant. [.it.

Petals.

Width
Interp.

Zone.

I^TIL'tll

Poet i.nt.

Petals.

Width
Actinal
PLtstroo.

Width
Suhana]
Plaetron.

GG.

GO.

34.9

75.

67.

■1 2.

90.

79.

(8.

97.

87.

52.

37.5

3.

34.9

16.

20.

German Ocean; Azores.

(SPATANGUS.) Maretia.

Maretia Gray, 1855, Cat Bee. Ech.

Test thin, flattened ; large tubercles upon the interambtilacral areas, ex-
cept the oild one. Actinal plastron smooth, destitute of spines. No fascioles
except a subanal one. which is more or less indistinct. Petals spreading, at

same time elongate, extending nearly to the ambitus. Anterior groove in-
distinct, it disappears entirely on the abactinal surface.

This subgenus is distinguished from Spatangus proper by the great devel-
opment of the bare posterior ambulacral spaces of the actinal side, the small,
nearly smooth, actinal plastron, the thin flattened test, and different mode
of arrangement of the primary tubercles. None of these characters are,
however, features which seem to entitle Maretia to rank as anything more
than a subgeneric division of Spatangus. Desor has distinguished as Ilcini-
patagus, tertiary Spatangoids agreeing in every respect with the present
generic division formerly established by Gray, from the single recent species
known at that time.

MARETIA ALTA. 569

Maretia alta

! Maretia alta A. Ac. 1SG3. Pi-oc. Ac. N. S. Phila., p. 360.

The outline from above is elliptical, rounded anteriorly, with a slight inden-
tation at the ambitus formed by the shallow anterior groove. Posterior ex-
tremity truncated, nearly vertically, across the extremity of the petals. Seen
in profile, the test is uniformly rounded from the anterior edge to the apical
system, and rises gradually to the vertex, which is slightly anterior to the
truncated posterior extremity. The test slopes regularly from the central line
to the lateral edges of the test. Apical system anterior. Petals narrow, lan-
ceolate, extending nearly to the edge of the test. Anterior poriferous zones
of the anterior lateral ambulacra obliterated, with the exception of three or
four outer pairs of pores. Anterior odd ambulacrum narrow, reduced to a few
vertically distant pores, flanked near the apical system by a few larger pri-
mary tubercles ; the rest of the abactinal surface, with the exception of a
few large primary tubercles near the edge of the test in the posterior lateral
interambulacra, is covered by minute, closely crowded secondary tubercles,
carrying short, slender, curved spines. On the actinal surface the tubercles
increase in size towards the bare ambulacral avenues, and are arranged diag-
onally, carrying proportionally longer and stouter spines. The actinal plas-
tron extends half-way to the actinostome from the subanal plastion, forming
a sharp beak at its posterior edge. The subanal plastron is heart-shaped,
placed entirely within the truncated posterior extremity, surrounded by a
broad fasciole, which extends to the lower edge of the large transversely
elliptical anal system, placed at the upper edge of the truncated posterior
plane.

The proportions of the anal system, of the subanal and actinal plastron,
with the beak at its posterior edge, and the high test readily distinguish this
species from M. planulata. " Of a light buff color above, radiated with rows
of flesh-colored patches " ("W. Stimpson). No large specimens of this species
have yet been found.

Width
Long. Trans. Subanal

Diaui. Diam. Height. Plastrun.

20.3 16. 10. 7.

Japan.

570 MARETIA PLANULATA.

Maretia planulata

Spalanrjui ovatus Lkkkk, 1778, Ki.. Add. (non Lamk. nee El.).
!Maretia /I'aiiula a GltAY, is."ij. Cat Rec. Ech., p. 48.

[/• is, u-
PL XIX". f. 7-12; PL XXV. f. 8S-W, PL XXVI. f. >/. 22; PL XXX VI I.

This is apparently one of the oldest species known, if 1 am correct in re-
ferring Leske's figure (Seba, III. PLXV.f. ::. :s) to this species, and it seems
astonishing that a species apparently so common should not have been fig-
ured by Selia. The figure he gives is tolerably characteristic, and certainly
appears to fit better M. planulata than Echinocard. flavescens to which it is
universally referred. In profile the flat test slopes very gradually from the
posterior edge to the vertex, which is somewhat above the anal system, and
arches regularly towards the sides. Excellent figures of this species have
been given by Michelin and by Martens. Test thin, depressed ; outline from
above slightly heart-shaped, rounded anteriorly, with n plight indentation at
the ambitus, made by the shallow anterior groove : this disappears somewhat
above the ambitus. The sides of the test are regularly rounded, slightly
angular, broadest in the central or posterior part of the test ; the posterior
interambulacral space extends beyond the general outline, forming a more
or less prominent, rounded keel, above the bevelled posterior anal extremity
of the test ; this slopes anteriorly. The large, pointed, longitudinally ellip-
tical anal system occupies the whole of the posterior extremity of the test ;
the subanal plastron is broad, somewhat heart-shaped, surrounded by a
narrow fasciole, frequently indistinct, or almost obliterated. This plastron
is on the edge of the test, partly on the actinal surface, and partly on the
bevelled portion of the posterior extremity.

The apical system is small : four genital openings close together, anterior
to the centre. The poriferous zones of the broad petaloid lateral ambulacra
slope up to the edge of the somewhat raised broad interporiferous spaces;
the anterior ambulacra are the shortest The odd anterior ambulacrum is
flush with the test, except near the ambitus, where there is a slight groove ;
the pores are very minute, vertically distant, except near the apical system,
where they are closely crowded. In the lateral poriferous zones the inner
row is round, the outer elliptical, pointed ; they are connected by an indis-
tinct groove. The whole abactinal part of the test is covered by minute
secondary, perforate and crenulate, tubercles, very variable in size, quite
distant; the intervening space filled with miliaries. equally irregular in
size. In the lateral interambulacral spaces there are large, sunken, primary

MARETIA PLANULATA. 571

tubercles, perforate, crenulate, increasing in number towards the ambitus,
arranged parallel to the upper horizontal sutures of the plates. The pri-
mary tubercles carry long, slender, curved spines, more than half the length
of the test. The other tubercles carry similar curved spines, but quite
short and slender. On the actinal side the posterior bare ambulacra!
avenues coalesce, forming a broad, bare actinal shield, slightly convex,
terminating posteriorly in a small triangular actinal plastron, covered by
secondary tubercles. The edge of the test is quite sharp, sloping towards
the sunken actinostome, and the sides of the bare ambulacral spaces. The
tubercles increase rapidly in size from the edge of the test inwards, and are
arranged in diagonal rows in the lateral posterior interambulacra. The actino-
stome is large ; the anterior lip is parallel to the posterior raised lip, on a
lower level, forming a narrow parallelogram, bent in the middle, with rounded
corners. The anterior phyllodes are well developed, extending to the edge
of the test ; the posterior phyllodes have but three or four pairs of parallel
pores, extending a short distance beyond the actinostome. The development
of the bourrelets in this species is quite marked. The bare actinal surface
has a few distant miliaries, carrying minute, slender, curved spines; the
spines of the large tubercles of the actinal surface are like the long spines
of the abactinal side.

The coloration of this species is extremely variable, and has given rise to
the distinction of several species. It is (in alcohol) frequently of a uni-
form straw color, with darker spots at the base of the primary tubercles on
the abactinal side. In other specimens the abactinal part of the test is
light, surrounded by a dark violet-brown margin, running completely round
the edge of the test; the spines varying in color according to the position
in the dark or light areas. In other specimens the ambulacral petals alone
are colored violet-brown, with darker spots at the base of the primary spines.
In others, again, we have a combination of the marginal coloring and of the
dark ambulacral petals, forming irregular patches at the extremity of the
petals ; the coloring, when present, is usually strongest and most abundant
in the lateral ambulacra ; the odd ambulacrum is frequently only slightly
colored, or of a uniform yellowish tint in mottled specimens. The primary
spines are more or less intensely banded, according to the general tint of
the specimen.

In large specimens the pores of the abactinal portions of the anterior
zone of the lateral ambulacra are more or less indistinct ; the pores of this
anterior zone are usually smaller than those of the other zones.

372

Long.

Diaui.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Length

Ant. Lit.

Petals

Length

Post. Lit.

Petals.

Width

Interp. Space

Post. Pet.

math

Subanal

Plastron.

65.

51.3

18.

23.

30.

6.

16.5

59.

49.

16.

21.

27.4

5.1

14.2

50.

44.8

13.

16.3

•24.

3.9

12.4

38.

33.

13.

14.

18.9

3.

11.

30.

27.

11.5

9.

12.

2.1

9.5

Kingsniills; China; East India Islands ; Mauritius.

(SPATANGUS.) Eupatagus.

Eupatagus Ac ASS., 184 7. Aim. Sc. Nat.. VIII.

Test thin, depressed, elliptical. Ambulacral petals arched, not sunken,
closed ; interambulacral areas covered by large tubercles, as in Spatangus
proper, crenulate and perforate, but not extending beyond the elliptical
peripetalous fasciole. No anterior groove; subanal fasciole present, no large
tubercles in the odd interambulacral space.

The identity of Eupatagus and Plagionotus (Metalia), suggested by Haime,
does not seem to extend to more than a close affinity; Eupatagus forming, as
it were, a connecting link between the true Spatangoids, which have a pitted
anal plastron, and the Brissidae, where the anal plastron is simple. This
genus has the peripetalous fasciole of Plagionotus (Metalia), while it has the
ambulacra of Spatangoids proper.

Eupatagus Valenciennesii

! Eupatagus Valeuciennesii AGA8S., 1847, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 9.

PI XV. f. 8-4.

Test thin, depressed ; outline from above elliptical; elongated posteriorly;
posterior interambulacrum truncated. Posterior pair of petals once and a
half as long as the anterior pair, with a nearly elliptical interporiferous space.
pointed towards the apical system, rounded at the extremity, and closed. An-
terior pair lanceolate, pointed at the extremity; anterior poriferous zone nar-
row; posterior zone twice as broad as the anterior one. Poriferous zone of
the posterior ambulacra slightly broader than the posterior zone of the an-
terior ambulacra. Poriferous zones of petals consisting of an inner row of
rounded pores, conjugated by an indistinct furrow, with the outer large
triangular pore ; poriferous zones of lateral petals slightly sunken ; odd an-
terior ambulacrum reduced to minute pairs of pores placed close together.

EUPATAGUS VALENCIENNESII. 573

flush with the test. Genital openings four in number, close together ; poste-
rior pair slightly diverging at the anterior extremity of the madreporic body,
which extends into the posterior interambulacral space ; ocular spots forming
a large pentagon, enclosing in the central part tbe genital openings. Peri-
petalous faseiole broad, elliptical, running round the extremity of the lateral
petals and across tbe odd ambulacrum, slightly above the ambitus. The tu-
berculation of the abactinal surface is uniform below the peripetalous
faseiole ; the tubercles are distant, becoming more closely crowded towards
tbe ambitus and near the anterior extremity. There are from three to five
large isolated tubercles in the posterior interambulacral spaces above the
faseiole, from two to three similar large tubercles in the anterior interambu-
lacra next to the petals, and on each side of the odd ambulacrum a num-
ber of somewhat smaller tubercles, arranged in irregular transverse rows.
The edge of the test is rounded ; the actinal surface is flat, with the exception
of tbe slight keel formed by tbe posterior extremity of the interambulacral
actinal plastron ; the mouth is slightly sunken at the anterior extremity.
The actinal anterior and posterior lateral ambulacra form short bare avenues,
while between the lateral posterior interambulacra and the posterior end
of the plastron the posterior ambulacra form broad, bare, smooth bands, ex-
tending to the subanal faseiole and to the anal system. The subanal fasei-
ole is closed, heart-shaped, broad, with an indistinct anal branch. Seen in
profile, the test arches regularly to the vertex, which is anterior to the apical
system, then runs in a nearly horizontal line to the slight crest extend-
ing above the anal system. The anal system is large, pyriform, situated in
the vertically truncated posterior extremity, of which it occupies nearly the
whole space. From the edge, towards the actinostome, the tuberculation
becomes gradually more distant and coarser ; it is of uniform size, smaller
and closer than in the rest of the actinal side in the actinal plastron, except
on the keel. In the subanal plastron it forms diverging rows, becoming
smaller towards the faseiole, radiating from a small, nearly bare space.

In dried specimens the spines are of a grayish color with silvery lustre,
curved, stout ; the spines of the larger tubercles and of the actinal side do
not differ from those of the abactinal side, otherwise than in being longer
and more curved at the base. The spines of the subanal plastron form a
well-marked, pointed tuft. The actinostome is large, nearly circular, with a
small labiate posterior edge ; the buccal membrane is strengthened by a
pavement of small, irregularly circular, limestone plates.

Australia.

574 LOVENIA.

LOVENIA.

Lovenia Des., 1847, C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII*

The ambulacra! petals are somewhat triangular, adjoining zones form
two crescents on each side of the apex, with the concave sides towards
each other. Large tubercles upon the upper part of the test, except in
the posterior interambulacrum. There is an internal fasciole as in Echino-
cardium and in Breynia, hut no peripetalous fascioles as in the latter; a well
developed anal fasciole extends into the pit in which the anal system is
placed. Test thin, elongate, arched. Ilattened. truncated posteriorly j remark-
ably large ampulla' support the large tubercles, and form a close pave-
ment on the inner surface, over the whole floor of the ac final portions of the
test, they correspond to the large tubercles of the upper part of the test ;
these commonly carry long curved spines; anterior groove slight ; pores very
small.

Lovenia cordiformis

\ Lovenia cordiformis I.itk., 1872. in A. A.G., Hull. M. ('. '/... III.

Differs from the other species of the genus by the greater convexity of
the anterior part of the test, its more anterior apical system, the small
number of primary tubercles in the lateral amhulacral spaces, and the small
si/.e of the internal pouches of the primary sunken tubercles of the actinal
surface. The great flatness of the posterior edge of the actinostome is re-
markable, as well as the comparatively large size of the tubercles on each
side of the Hat abaetinal part of the odd anterior ambulacrum, within the
internal fasciole (not within the peripetalous fasciole. as was accidentally
printed in the original description). The posterior extremity of the test is
vertically truncated ; the anal system is not deeply sunken as in L. elongata :
the whole of the suhanal plastron is within the posterior a\'j:v of the test ; the
broad upper part of the fasciole alone spreading into the slightly re-entering
lower edge of the posterior extremity of the test, immediately below the
anal system. The actinal plastron is small, triangular, at the posterior edge
of the actinal surface.

* On p. 139, 3d line, for Lovenia Agass, 1847, C. R read Lovenia Des., 1847, in Agass.,

C. R

LOVENIA ELONGATA. 575

This species is more closely allied to the Japanese Lovenia than to L.
elongata ; it has a few characters recalling the latter.

Guyaquil ; Gulf of California.

Lovenia elongata

! Spatangus elongatus Gray, 1845, Eyre Voyag., I.
\ Lovenia elongata Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H.

[/;, is; PI. XXXVIII.. f. 27, 28.
PL XIX\ f.1-4 ; PI. XXV. f. 31 ; PI. XXVI f. 35, 36; PL XXXVII f.

Test depressed, flat, pointedly heart-shaped from above ; edge of the test
angular ; anterior groove desp at the ambitus ; posterior interambulacral
space extended, truncated, bevelled inwardly. Greatest breadth between
the apical system and the anterior edge; genital openings close together ;
madreporic body small. Internal fasciole of uniform breadth, surrounding an
elongate, posteriorly pointed plastron, crossing the ambulacra at right angles,
slightly concave towards the apical system ; the odd ambulacral zones run
along the edge of the flat abactinal plastron, the anterior half of which is
covered on both sides of the odd ambulacrum by rows of secondary tubercles,
with sunken scrobicular circles on the posterior edge only, five to six in each
row, diverging from the anterior ambulacrum, which is flat, with a narrow
interporiferous space, covered by minute granulation (miliaries) in the centre,
while between the pores on the edge there are minute secondary tubercles
with flat scrobicular circles, similar to those covering the remainder of the in-
ternal plastron, but smaller. The anterior ambulacral petals are triangular ;
the anterior poriferous zones obliterated ; the posterior zones forming, with
the anterior zones of the posterior lateral ambulacra, a nearly confluent arc,
separated by a short space, formed by the narrow abactinal part of the
interambulacral space.

The posterior petals are more elongate ; the posterior zones meet at the
posterior edge of the internal plastron, which extends a short distance
beyond the apical system. The poriferous zones of the lateral ambulacra
are slightly sunken ; the pores vertically distant ; the zones are continued to
the edge of the test, flush with the test, as pairs of small pores placed close
together. The anterior groove commences at the anterior edge of the abac-
tinal plastron ; the flat plastron extending below the fasciole along the sides
of the groove to form a flat keel. The abactinal part of the test, outside
the fasciole, is covered by minute, closely-packed, raised, secondary tubercles

57G LOVENIA ELONGATA.

of a uniform size, with few distant miliaries. In the anterior interambulacra,
and the anterior half of the lateral posterior interambulacra, there are large
primary tubercles, perforate, not crenulate, with deeply sunken scrobicular
circles of various sizes, carrying powerful, long, curved spines, often equalling
two thirds of the test in length.

On the actinal side the tubercles of the interambulacra] spaces increase
in size rapidly towards the bare ambulacra ; the scrobicular circles are deeply
sunken ; and the tip of the tubercle is bridged by a narrow space, curving
outward, connecting it with the anterior part of the test.

The actinostome is crescent shaped, with rounded ends, twice as broad as

long. The ph\ Modes are short ; pores distant, hut pr incut. The actinal

surface is nearly flat ; the posterior lip of the actinostome forming a slight
keel. The hare spaces of the ambulacra are connected, so that the greater
part of the actinal surface is free from tubercles. The actinal plastron is
semicircular, limited to the posterior extremity of the actinal sin lace. The
posterior extremity slopes anteriorly from the upper edge ; the anal system
is situated at the bottom, on the upper side, of the deep inverted funnel,
which divides the subanal plastron into two almost disconnected portions.
The fasciole is convex posteriorly, behind the actinal plastron, forming two

lateral loops, which spread over the edge, so as to cover the whole of the
inverted funnel of the posterior extremity below the anal system. The anal
system is longitudinally elliptical, pointed towards the lower edge; the
membrane is covered by an outer row of large plates, with smaller con-
centric rows of plates towards the anal opening, (hi the lateral shields of
the subanal plastron there are from eight to ten large primary tubercles,
carrying long, stout curved spines, forming two tufts on each side of the
sunken posterior extremity. The primary tubercles of the actinal side
carry long, slender spines, less curved than those of the abactinal side. The
actinal plastron is covered by minute secondaries, somewhat larger towards
the anterior edge, carrying short, stout, curved spines, while the spines of
the abactinal surface are short, slender, silk-like. The ambulacra on the
actinal side are covered by slender, short spines, mounted on miliaries, scat-
tered irregularly. The color in alcohol is a brilliant light violet ; the huge
spiines are lighter colored, handed with darker shades of violet On the
actinal side the coloring is lighter and of uniform tint. In small specimens
the coloration is uniform, and the large -pines are not prominently banded.
A tine series of species collected by McAndrew in the Eed Sea shows

LOVENIA SUBCARIXATA. 577

considerable changes due to growth, the young being long, high, while larger
and older specimens become gradually broad, flat, and angular.

^ODg.

Jiam.

Trans.
Diaxn.

Height.

Length
Internal

Plastron.

Width

Subanal
Plastron.

Distance
Acticost. from

Ant Edge.

83.

65.

27.

36.

32.5

35.

64.

52.

22.5

25.8

28.

29.

55.

4 7.

37.5

30.

12.8

14.5

15.

16.

27.

21.

11.

9.

10.5

11.1

Red Sea ; Australia ; Philippine Islands.

Lovenia subcarinata

! Spatangus subcarinatus Gkay, 1845, Eyre Voyage, I.
[Lovenia subcarinata Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. X. H.

Only small specimens of this species are known ; the test is high, elongate,
narrow. The anterior edge of the test is strongly keeled on each side of the
odd anterior ambulacrum. The posterior extremity of the test slopes gradu-
ally outward from the vertex to the upper edge of the subanal plastron. The
anal system is but slightly sunken, and the upper edge of the fasciole sur-
rounding the abactinal plastron is not lost in the depression of the anal
system. The shape of the actinostome is quite different from that of L.
elongata ; it is small, nearly triangular, with rounded edges ; while it is nar-
row, transverse, in elongata. This feature, and the re-entering posterior
extremity of L. elongata, in which the test slopes inward from the upper
edge of the anal system to the actinal surface, are sufficient lo distinguish at
once the two species ; for. in small specimens of L. elongata, no larger than
those of L. sul tea rinata, the posterior extremity, although more vertically
truncated, yet shows by the general position of the anal system, and the
shape of the actinostome and subanal plastron, the essential structure of the
larger specimens.

China ; Japan ; Sandwich Islands.

578 BREYNIA.

BREYNIA.

Breynia Des., 1847. \c... ('. R. Ann. Sc. Nat . VIIT.

Large Spatangoids with a thick tes< ; remarkable for the presence of three
kinds of fascioles not usually found associated in other Spatangoids. viz.
an internal, snbanal, and peripetalous fasciole. Large tubercles, deeply
sunken, are enclosed in a space formed by the peripetalous fasciole. The
internal fasciole causes an atrophy of the ahactinal pari of the petals, as
in Echinocardium. Gray suggested, in 1851, the propriety of making this
genus a subdivision of Echinocardium. The presence of a marked peri-
petalous fasciole, and the peculiar character of the large tubercles, would
seem sufficient (if any grounds are valid) among Spatangoids. to maintain at
present both these generic types.

Breynia Australasiae

Spatangus Australasiae Leach, 1813, Zo 1 Misc., II. p. G8.
! Breynia Australasia* Gray, 1855, Cat, Rec. Ech.

PL X I,/-. ; 9; PL XXV. f. 32; PI. XXVI. f. :n.

Test thick ; outline from above elliptical, slightly broader in the anterior
part, indented b\ a shallow, odd anterior ambulacral groove, truncated pos-
teriorly towards the act ino-toine. Apical system anterior, with lour genital
openings, placed close together; vertex posterior, ill front of the anal system,

half-way between the inner angle of the ambulacra and the truncated pos-
terior edge. Seen in profile the ahactinal part of the test is nearlj horizontal,
arching very gradually towards the anterior edge, where the test drops sud-
denly. Actinal surface flat, with the exception of the slightly sunken sides
of the large polygonal actinostome, and the short keel at the posterior edge
of the small triangular actinal plastron. Peripetalous fasciole following the
outline of the test, except in the anterior interainhulacnun. before it crosses
the odd ambulacrum, where it makes a short rectangular step. The peri-
petalous fasciole is formed of a series of lozenge-shaped elongate links. The
internal fasciole is pointed posteriorly, it extends from the geometric centre,
with nearly parallel sides to its sudden crossing of the odd ambulacrum, at
one third the distance from the apical system to the edge of the test. The
apical portion of the anterior poriferous zones of the anterior lateral ambulacra
is completely obliterated by the internal fasciole. The pores of the odd am-

r.REYXIA AUSTRALASIAE. 579

bulacrum are minute, vertically distant ; the interporiferous space is bare,
Hanked by a row of larger miliaries, and a number of irregular smaller
miliaries. The anterior lateral petals are triangular ; the posterior zon< s
slightly curved towards the anterior extremity, they extend nearer the apical
system, and are separated only by a narrow space from the anterior zones of
the posterior lateral ambulacra ; these are more petaloid. the posterior zones
coming to a point on each side of the median posterior interambulacral
line. In the lateral interambulacra, within the peripetalous fasciole, there
are from eight to ten large tubercles, perforate, not crenulate, with a sunken
scrobicular area, carrying, as in Lovenia, huge spines curved towards the
posterior edge, equalling half the test in length. On each side of the odd
ambulacrum small secondary tubercles are crowded in irregular patches ;
similar patches are found along the median line of the posterior interambu-
lacrum. The Avhole of the abactinal surface is covered by small raised
tubercles of uniform size, carrying slender, silk-like curved spines ; they in-
crease gradually in size near the ambitus, where they are more crowded ;
and on the actinal side they become larger and quite distant in the whole
of the anterior part of the test, leaving only the short, bare ambulacral
avenues on the sides of the actinal plastron, covered by a few minute mil-
iaries. Round the actino3tome the tubercles are small, closely packed, imi-
tating bourrelets between the phyllodes. The spines of the actinal surface
correspond in size to the increase of the size of the tubercles. The subanal
plastron is heart-shaped ; the fasciole surrounding it broad ; the upper line
of the fasciole is not sharply defined, forming a broad band below the
anal system, and sending oft" indistinct anal branches. The posterior part
of the test immediately below the anal system is somewhat re-entering ; the
anal system is elliptical, longitudinal, pointed. In the specimens with spines
which I have seen in the British Museum Collection, the color of the test is
a dark chocolate ; the spines are of a light violet. The buccal and actinal
membranes were not preserved in the specimens examined.

Dist.

Dist.

Width

Width

Long.

Trans.

Apical Syst.

Actinost.

Actinal

Suhanal

Diam.

Diam.

Height.

Ant. Edge.

Ant. Edge.

Plastron.

Plastron.

73.

59.

35.

28.

iy.5

15.

28.

63.5 53. 31.3 25. 17. 14.4 26.5

China ; Australia ; Japan.

580 ECHINOCARDIUM.

ECHINOCARDIUM.

Echinocardium Git ay, 1825, Ann. l'liil. (pars.)
(See Part II. p. 349.)

Echinocardium australe

: Echinocardium australe Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. X. II., p. 131. \_P1- XXXVII. f. 15.

Specimens of this species are readily distinguished from the Atlantic E.
cordatum, to which it is closely allied. Seen in profile the test rises some-
what more gradually from the anterior extremity towards the apical system ;
the abactinal pole is more central, and the anal system is elliptical, slightly
transverse, instead of being longitudinal, as in E. cordatum. The hare abac-
tinal posterior ambulacra! areas extend to the ambitus, remaining of the
same width, instead of becoming narrow, as in E. cordatum ; the pores of
the poriferous zones are more distant than in E. cordatum.

.I:i|. an ; New Zealand : East India ; Cape "I Good Hope.

Echinocardium cordatum

Echinus cordatus 1'inn. 1 777. Brit Zo I.. IV. p. 58.
Echinocardium cordatum (Iisay. 1>|s. lint. Had.
(See Part II. p. ;nn.)

PI. XIX f. io /; ; PL XX. f. ;, -? ; PI XXV. f. <r, as; PL XXXIII. f. g.

Norway: Mediterranean; Brazil; Florida.

Echinocardium flavescens

Spatagus flavescens Mci.i. . 177i;. Prod., p. 2?<'t.
I Echinocardium flavescens A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., I'l I. p. 110.
(See Part II. p. 851.)

PL XX. f. 3-4; PL XXV. f. 86, 26'.

Norway : South Carolina ; Florida.

Echinocardium mediterraneum

! Amphidetwt mediterraneus Forbes, 1S44. Jonrn. Lin. Soc. Loud.
I Echinocardium mediterraneum Gray, 1n.V>. Cat. Rec. Ech.

PL XXV. f. 29 ; PL XXVI. f. w.

Test high, flattened above, with deep sloping sides, as broad as long. The
anterior extremity is vertically truncated, with a shallow vertical groove ; the

ECHINOCAUDIUM PENXATIFIDUM. 581

abactinal pole is anterior ; the internal fasciole surrounds a broad, flat,
triangular, internal plastron, extending to the edge of the vertically truncated
anterior extremity. The abactinal part of the test is nearly horizontal from
the anterior edge of the fasciole, and the confluence of the posterior zones
of the posterior lateral ambulacra. The posterior interambulacrum rises as
a rounded keel above the general level of the upper part of the test. The
posterior extremity is bevelled ; the anal system vertically elongate. The
subanal plastron extends in a sharp beak beyond the general outline of
the test. The bare posterior actinal ambulacral avenues are broad ; actinal
surface flat.

The lateral anterior ambulacra descend nearly perpendicularly along the
sides of the test ; this, and the short posterior interambulacral keel, distin-
guish E. mediterraneum from E. pennatifidum.

Mediterranean.

Echinocardiimi pennatifidum

? Amphidotits gibbosui (Barrett), 1857, Ann. Mag. N. H. (non Agass.)
? Echinocardium pennatifiduni Norm., 1868, 4th Dredg. Rep. Shetland.
(See Part II. p. 351.)

PI. XX. f. 1-2; PI. XXXII. f. 16.

Northumberland ; Straits of Florida.

582 LESKIADAE.

LESKIADAE.

Stilifainilv Leskiadae Gray, 1 8.j."j. Cat. Rec Ech.

No ilistinct subanal or actinal plastron ; a peripetalous fasciole, enclosing
slightly sunken petaloid ambulacra. Anal system covered by a small num-
ber of plates; actinostome pentagonal, covered by five con verging- plates,
Hush with the actinal .surface.

PALEOSTOMA.

Leskia (Gray). is:,i. Ann. M;ig. i Bob. 1»i -.. 1880).

Paleostoma Lov£x, l si; 7. Vetensk. Ak. Forlidl.

Test ovoid : actinostome ilusli with surrounding parts of the tost; actinal
membrane covered by five triangular valves ; actinal and subanal plastrons
indistinct ; peripetalous fasciole slightly sinuous. Anus covered by five to
eight converging valves, forming a pyramid over the anal system: two large,
prominent ovarian openings. (May and Loven have established a distinct
family for this interesting genus; it is as yet known only from a few speci-
mens, and those described are evidently the young, as Simpson in his notes
says. ■• the dead tests of this species (P. mirabilis) show that it grows to a length
of three inches." The mere presence of a pentagonal actinostome. Hush with
the test, docs not seem sufficient grounds for a separation from the Brissina,
any more than the presence of a few anal plate- covering the anal system ;
we find a pentagonal mouth. Bush with the test surrounding it, in many
young Spatangoids. and in all young Spatangoids we have also lew anal plates.
Until we know more of this interesting genus it seems unnecessary to make
any changes in their systematic position, or suggest any other views than those
adopted by Loven and Gray, as this genus may prove to belong to a distinct
family among Spatangoids. corresponding to the Arhaciadae among the regu-
lar Echini, when we know something more of the adult than the mere fact that
in large specimens the anal pyramid is not composed of a materially greater
number of plates than in the young. Liitken has already pointed out that
the presence of a limited number of anal plates was by no means an un-
usual structural feature among Echini. h\ the first part of this Revision I
have added two genera to the regular Echini formerly known, with only four
or five anal plates. The presence of a limited number of buccal plates, how-

PALEOSTOMA MIRABILIS. 583

ever, can only be hoinologized to the regular large buccal tentacular plates
which are found in all young Echini, and which, in many genera, always
retain a greater preponderance, and in the young cover nearly the whole of
the actinal membrane. Though in young Spatangoids Ave find a smaller
number of actinal plates, yet nothing thus far has been observed in which
a regular radial arrangement exists ; all the Spatangoids with pentagonal
actinostome having a membrane covered with a large number of small plates
of nearly uniform size.

Paleostoma mirabilis

! Leskia mirabilis (Jrav. 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H.

! Paleostoma mirabilis Lov^N, 1867, Vet. Ak. Forhdl., p. 432.

PI. XXXII. f. 13-15.

The specimens of this species in the British Museum are smaller than the
figures given by Gray, in his Catalogue of Recent Echini, and show marked
differences from the young specimens collected by Kinberg, in the Stock-
holm Academy Museum, from which the Cambridge Museum owes a couple
of specimens to the kindness of Loven.

In the specimens described by Gray, which are by no means adult (as
shown by fragments collected by Simpson), the test is ovoid, with a rather
angular outline ; the vertex is nearly central, slightly anterior. The lateral
ambulacra arc broad, petaloid, rounded at the extremity, somewhat sunken.
The posterior pair much the shortest ; the odd anterior ambulacrum placed
in a rather broad, very slightly sunken, groove, with rudimentary porif-
erous zones of vertically distant pores ; peripetalous fasciole broad, some-
what angular, following in its general curve the outline of the test. There
are two very large, transversely elliptical, ovarian openings; actinal surface
convex ; actinal plastron oval, but not differently tuberculated from the rest
of the test, hence does not appear in striking contrast to the rest of the
actinal surface, as in other Spatangoids.

Anal system circular, placed near the upper extremity of the rounded
posterior extremity, covered by six to seven large triangular converg-
ing plates ; the anal opening itself surrounded by a number of minute
pointed plates. The actinostome is anterior, pentagonal, flush with the sur-
face of the surrounding test ; the angles of the pentagon corresponding with
the ambulacra. The sides of the pentagon form the base of short triangular

584 PALEOSTOMA MIRABILIS.

plates (the vertex turned towards the actinal centre), with concave sides, to
which are attached the movable triangular valves, converging at the actinal
opening; the concave sides of the bare plates forming a petal round the
actinostome. into the central line of each of which the slit of the converging
triangular plates runs, forming thus a set of ten movable plates, soldered
to a set of basal plates, forming the pentagonal outline of the actinostome.

The young specimens described by Loven would at first glance be taken
for young of Brissopsis ; they have the same cylindrical test, rounded at the
extremity; a slightly sinuous peripetalous fasciole ; short lateral ambulacra
with but few pores in the poriferous zone, with immense ambulacra] suckers
projecting through the pores of the odd ambulacrum ; the anal system
covered by comparatively few plates, and a pentagonal actinostome. The
anal system in Brissopsis soon becomes covered by a larger number of
plates, the actinostome assumes a crescent-shaped form, and a prominent
posterior lip is developed ; while the presence of a well developed sub-
anal and anal fasciole shows, in the earliest stages, even important typical
structural differences. It is interesting to note thai Platybrissus, which has
also an actinostome flush with the testj lias neither anal nor subanal fascioles,
nor a peripetalous fasciole, while Homolampas has only anal and subanal
fascioles. The spines of the young are curved, slender, slightly spathiform,
longest at the anterior extremity. Loven has noted the presence of tridac-
tvle toothed pedicellarioe.

China ; East India Islands.

BRISSINA. 585

ERISSINA.

Subfamily Brissina Gray, 1855.

The plastrons formed by the fascioles are more numerous in this family
than in the other subfamilies of Spatangidae. We sometimes find well de-
veloped anal, subanal, as well as peripetalous and lateral fascioles occurring
together. The petals are usually equally developed, and the abactinal sys-
tem elongate, more or less sunken, with narrow median interambulacral
spaces, generally narrower than the poriferous zones, and covered only by
miliaries.

HExMIASTER.

Hemiaster Des., 1847, Ag. C. R. Ann. Sc. Nat., VII.

Troschel was the first to call attention to the identity of structure of some
of the species of Tripylus, as established by Philippi, with Hemiaster, and to
suggest the propriety of uniting two of its species with Hemiaster. He
was prevented, however, from carrying out his suggestion by laying too
much stress upon the variation of structure of the anal lateral fasciole, —
structural features which we now know, from the study of the youno- of
several Spatangoids, to furnish no valuable generic characters. The peri-
petalous and subanal fascioles are the only ones which are subject to changes
of shape and not of quantity during their growth, and from their construc-
tion we may form generic divisions, taken in connection with other struc-
tural features. This has led me to consider many of the genera recognized
as simply subgeneric sections of Hemiaster — which are well and sharply
marked from our present stand-point, but which are based upon altogether
too limited materials — to be nothing more than temporary subdivisions.
The subgenus may be characterized by the presence of a peripetalous
fasciole, with more or less sunken petals, or shallow anterior groove ; the
presence of an abactinal subanal fasciole forms the subgenus Brissopsis ;
a subanal fasciole with anal branches, and a well-developed actinal plastron,
characterizes the subgenus Rhynobrissus. With a lateral fasciole, as in
Agassizia and Schizaster, and deeply sunken lateral ambulacra, the subgenus
Tripylus, as limited here, is formed. The ambulacral structure of Faorina,
combined with a simple peripetalous fasciole, and the addition of a well-

586 HEMIASTEE AUSTEALIS.

defined anal fasciole, together with the subanal fasciole, as in Brissopsis,
forms the subgenus Rhynobrissus ; the typical Hemiaster includes only
small, short Echini, with a depressed test, truncated posteriorly, with-
out a well-defined actinal plastron, and more or less sunken ambulacra,
while the high conical species resembling Micraster, with bare vertical
median interamhulacral and ambulacral sutures, with an indistinct anal
fasciole and an imperfect actinal plastron, form the subgenus Faoriua.
It seems almost useless to attempt a better definition of these subgenera
with the limited material at our command, anil when additional specimens
are discovered we may find better reasons than we now have for adopting
or discarding the subdivisions of the geuus Hemiaster, and the association
of the species as here proposed.

Hemiaster australis

! Tripylus australis Phil., 1845, Wieg. Archiv., p. 347.
I Hemiaster australis A. A.;., \±:i. Rev. Ech., I'i. I. p. 132.

Pi XXI. J. .:.

The outline of the test of this species varies considerably seen from above.
In some specimens it is exactly like the outline of II. cavernosus. — angular,
pointed posteriorly : while in other specimens in which the test is. perhaps,
slightly mure depressed, the outline is more regularly elliptical, nearly as
broad as long. These specimens Professor Loven is inclined to consider as
distinct species, though the material at our command seems hardly sufficient
for a determination of the question. There is also a slight difference in the
proportion of the anterior and posterior ambulacra! petals, and the peri-
petalous fasciole is usually broader than in the angular specimens ; hut in
both these features we find considerable difference in the specimens 1 have
been able to examine, which leads me to suppose that additional material
would show a range of variation great enough to include, as characteristic
of one species, all the differences mentioned above.

The apical system is more central than in II. cavernosus ; the depth of
the anterior ambulacral groove is the same, but the lateral ambulacra are
only slightly sunken. The pores of the poriferous zones vertically distant
the poriferous zones as broad as the median space ; ambulacra slightly petal-
oid, straight ; the posterior petals sometimes very slightly arched outward
at the extremity. The pores of the odd anterior ambulacrum are especially
distinct as far as the peripetalous fasciole. This, with the exception of the

HEMIASTER GAVERNOSUS. 5ST

small re-entering angle in the posterior lateral interambulacra, follows gen-
erally the outline of the test ; it varies greatly in breadth in some specimens ;
the width of the fasciole is nearly as great as the width of the petals, in
others it does not equal the width of the poriferous zones. The genital
pores are small. There is no marked difference in the tuberculation of this
species from that of H. cavernosus, except that the tubercles adjoining the
petals are somewhat larger, compared to those of the intermediate spaces.
The shape of the actinostome and its position is essentially the same as in
H. cavernosus. The spines resemble those of H. cavernosus on the actinal
side ; the large tubercles carry long, straight, slightly curved, and club-shaped
spines, with a short groove at the extremity ; the other spines are similar
in structure, but shorter.

Patagonia.

Hemiaster cavernosus

! Tripylus cavernosus Phil., 1845, Wieg. Arehiv., p. 347.
! Hemiaster cavernosus A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 132.

PL XXI'. f. i, 2.

This species would at first glance, on account of its deeply sunken lateral
ambulacra, be taken as the young of Tripylus excavatus ; specimens of the
same size of the latter species show the presence of the lateral fasciole as
fully and clearly marked as in older specimens ; while the absence of this
fasciole, and the different shape qf the actinostome and of the posterior part
of the test, are sufficient to distinguish these species, belonging, as they do, to
different subgenera. The test is depressed ; outline from above pentagonal,
with rounded angles ; posterior extremity vertically truncated. Apical system
and vertex coincident; the apical system scarcely sunken below the level of
the surrounding interambulacral ridges. Anterior and posterior lateral am-
bulacral petals sunken, nearly of the same length ; anterior somewhat the
longest. Anterior groove very shallow, — a mere indentation of the anterior
part of the test. Peripetalous fasciole following in its general outline the
outline of the test, with a concave side in the lateral posterior interambu-
lacra. Test in profile arching regularly towards the ambitus ; actinal surface
slightly convex, with an indistinct rounded keel near the posterior extremity
of the actinal plastron. Actinostome small, broad, crescent-shaped near the
the anterior edge ; posterior lip but little prominent ; anal system compara-
tively large, longitudinally elliptical, pointed at the two poles. On the

588 TRIPYLUS.

actinal side the tuberculation of the anterior part of the test is coarse,
distant, decreasing rapidly in size towards the ambitus, and remaining toler-
ably uniform over the actinal surface, diminishing in size somewhat towards
the apical system ; larger tubercles are found on the edges of the sunken
ambulacra, and on each side of the anterior groove. The spines are short,
club-shaped, slightly curved, grooved at the tip, and somewhat flattened;
they vary in length according to the size of the tubercles, but, apparently,
not materially in shape.

Philippi, in his description of this species, mentions finding in each one of
the posterior ambulacra a small sea-urchin, which he takes to be the young
of it. It is totally unlike the adult, and seems to be a stage previous to the
development of the petals. When the mode of development of this species
is better known it may throw some light upon the apparently abnormal
mode of development, discovered more recently by Grube, in a species of
(Echinobrissus) Anochanus. Color of dried specimens is yellowish-brown
test, with greenish-gray spines.

I could find no trace of the subanal fasciole in the specimens I have ex-
amined, such as has been figured by Philippi ; he does not mention it in the
text of his description.

Lonj*.
IHaiu.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Length
Post. Pair
Amb Pet.

Length

Ant. Pah
Amb. Pet

Pist
Apical Syst.
Ant. Kllge.

Inst
Mouth Ant.
Edge.

33.

30.5

19.

12.9

13.3

15.

5.9

35.

32.

13.3

13.5

15.5

'atagonia ;

Chili.

(HEMIASTER) Tripylus.

Tripylus l'mi.., 1845, Wir_' Aivhiv.

Test depressed, heart-shaped ; apical system anterior. Lateral ambulacra
sunken ; anterior groove slight: Actinal side flat. Peripetalous fasciole,
with continuous lateral and anal fascioles. This subgenus represents the
Schizaster type of Hemiaster.

Tripylus excavatus

! Tripylus excavatus Phil., 1845. Wieg. Arcliiv., p. 344.

pi xxr.f. 4.

Test thin, depressed ; outline from above heart-shaped, slightly truncated
posteriorly ; apical system slightly anterior to centre ; vertex posterior, half-

TRIPYLUS EXCAVATUS. 589

way along the rounded keel, extending between the apical system and the
truncated anal extremity, which is nearly level, only slightly arched. An-
terior extremity sloping gradually at first, then arching towards the ambitus.
Anterior groove narrow, extending to the actinostome. Lateral ambulacra
broad, deeply sunken, the anterior rectangular, extending nearly to the
ambitus, rounded at extremity ; the posterior shorter than the anterior, with
posterior edge more arched than anterior edge. Apical system flat, with
three huge elliptical genital openings. The peripetalous fasciole is rounded
anteriorly, where it descends near to the ambitus, re-entering slightly near
the extremity of the anterior lateral petals, forming a deep re-entering
angle in the lateral posterior interambulacral areas, and only a slight in-
dentation across the odd posterior interambulacrum ; the posterior part of
the fasciole is narrow from the point of branching of the lateral fasciole (the
extremity of the anterior petals) ; this arches towards the apical system in
the median interambulacral space, curving gradually downward, and passing
below the anal system near the ambitus, forming a nearly straight line
across the posterior edge. The anal system is situated at the upper end
of the posterior extremity ; it is longitudinally elliptical, small, strengthened
by an outer row of larger plates, gradually becoming smaller towards the
anal opening. The actinal side is flat. The posterior ambulacra form dis-
tinct, bare avenues, extending nearly to the ambitus in both sides of the
broadly triangular actinal plastron. The actinostome is narrow, transverse,
with a prominent posterior lip, nearly one quarter the width of the test in
length. The tubercles of the actinal side are large near the ambulacra,
diminishing rapidly towards the ambitus ; the whole abactinal part of the
test is covered by a close, minute granulation, carrying short, club-shaped
spines, slightly curved, grooved at the top, and flattened. On the actinal
edge of the sunken ambulacra are found larger tubercles, which carry
similar, only larger, spines, extending from both sides across the ambulacra,
and hiding them in part. The spines of dry specimens were of a light-
green color ; the denuded test grayish-pink.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam,

Height.

Width
Ant. Pair
Anib. Pet.

Length
Ant Pair
Anib. Pet.

Depth
Ant. Pair
Anib. Pet.

Length

Post.

Pair. Pet.

Width
Post. Pair
Amb. Pet.

46.

48.

27.

7.

20.5

9.

16.

6.5

Patagonia.

590 RHYNOBRISSUS.

(HEMIASTER.) Rhynobrissus.

Rhynobrissus A. Ac, 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

Tost thin ; outline from above diamond-shaped ; vertex posterior ; lateral
ambulacra petaloid. Odd anterior ambulacrum Hush with the test. Peri-
petalous fasciole existing with independent anal and subanal fascioles.
Anal fasciole forming a closed anal area. Tubercles remarkable for the
great development of the tlat, raised, scrobicular area. Spines of abactinal
surface short, silk-like, curved; on the actinal surface long, curved. Poste-
rior lateral ambulacra passing gradually into the actinal surface, without
forming a marked edge of the test in the posterior extremity. The edge
of the test is well defined in the anterior actinal extremity.

Rhynobrissus pyramidaBs

! Rhynobrissus pyramidalis A. Ac, 1872, Bull. M. C. Z., III.

PL XXIIP.f. 4-6.

Test thin; outline from above diamond-shaped; the greatest breadth is
across the apical system, which is slightly anterior to the centre. The vertex
is posterior, somewhat in front of the bevelled sharp posterior extremity, just
within the posterior edge of the peripetalous fasciole. Seen in profile the

outline slopes regularly from the od^r. slightly arched to the vertex, curving
sharply from the vertex, as far as the anal system. The anal system is
placed in a shallow depression of the sharp bevelled posterior extremity;
this is truncated vertically from the subanal plastron, and joins in a
beak the extremity of the elongate actinal plastron, narrowest at its pos-
terior extremity, where it meets the diamond-shaped subanal plastron, bound
by a broad fasciole. The central line of the actinal plastron forms an an-
gular keel, which becomes more prominent towards the posterior extremity
of the plastron. The anterior part of the actinal surface is flat, forming a
sharp angle with the abactinal surface at the ambitus; in the posterior lateral
interambulacra the actinal surface slopes towards the broadest part of the
test ; the ambitus rising to form a sort of node, and then arching regularly
from this point towards the sharp bevelled posterior edge of the test ; the
actinal surface is thus reduced, in the posterior part of the test, to the width
of the plastron, the posterior end of which is gradually rounded, and, with-
out forming a distinct ambitus, passes to the vertical face of the posterior
half of the lateral interambulacral spaces.

RHYNOBRISSUS PYRAMIDALIS. 591

The lateral ambulacral petals are short, extending about two thirds
towards the edge from the apex ; they are limited by the peripetalous fas-
ciole, which follows in a general way the outline of the test, except the
slight indentation in the posterior lateral ambulacra. The lateral ambulacra
are somewhat sunken, petaloid, remarkable for the great width of the porif-
erous zones, which leave only a narrow interporiferous space, a mere thread,
carrying a few distant miliaries, not a quarter of the width of the adjoining
poriferous zone ; the petals are straight, rounded anteriorly ; the pores large,
elliptical, nearly of the same size ; the inner pores the larger, the posterior
petals the longest; anterior petals diverging slightly anteriorly ; the anterior
poriferous zone more arched than the posterior one. The odd anterior ambu-
lacrum is flush with the test, narrow, consisting of hexagonal or pentagonal
plates, with minute pores in the median angles of the junction of the plates.
The tubercles (imperforate, not crenulate) of the whole of the upper part
of the test above the ambitus are uniform, closely packed, with distinct
raised scrobicular circles, and few most minute miliaries irregularly scattered.
Near the apical system, in the upper part of the odd ambulacrum, we find a
cluster of rather larger tubercles, carrying spines considerably larger than
those of any other part of the abactinal surface ; a narrow line along the
horizontal and vertical sutures is left bare. Within the peripetalous fasciole
the tubercles increase in size immediately adjoining the poriferous zones ;
and the spines are large enough to cover the whole width of the petals. The
spines are slender, short, curved, of uniform size over the whole abactinal
surface, except within the fasciole, as mentioned above, and towards the lower
side of the posterior extremity outside of the anal fasciole, where the tuber-
cles increase in size, and carry larger and longer spines, but similarly curved
to the shorter ones. The tubercles gradually increase in size, and reach
their maximum adjoining the bare actinal ambulacral avenues. In the an-
terior part of the test the tubercles increase rapidly in size to the edge of
the bare areas round the actinostome. In the actinal plastron they are
largest on the edge near the anterior extremity, diminishing in size towards
the keel and the posterior extremity. The spines of the actinal surface are
very long ; those of the actinal plastron are arranged in diagonal rows,
curving towards the central part of the plastron ; those of the lateral pos-
terior ambulacra are slightly S-Shapetb curving outward at the extremity.
The ambulacral avenues are covered by slender curved miliary spines,
carried by miliary tubercles somewhat irregularly and clo>elv scattered over

592 RHYNOBRISSUS PYKAMIDALIS.

them. The actinostome is very large transversely, nearly equalling one
third the width of the test; it is crescent shaped ; the posterior lip not prom-
inent ; the bare ambulacral avenues are connected round the actinostome,
forming a broad, bare, anterior space, extending into a point towards the
edge in the lateral ambulacra, and in the posterior lateral ambulacra, and
as a gradually narrowing avenue on both sides of the actinal plastron;
the extremity of the hare posterior ambulacra widens again at its junction
with the subanal fasciole. at the narrowing of the posterior part of the ac-
tinal plastron. The anterior side of the actinal membrane is covered by
huge, irregular, hexagonal plates, occupying the greater part of the mem-
brane; the rest is covered by irregularly arranged, smaller, imbricating scales.
The lateral anterior ph\ lloiles are prominent ; the pores close in the odd
anterior one ; the phyllodes run parallel to the edge of the actinostome ; they
are short in the odd ambulacrum ; in the posterior ambulacra the pores are
distant. The broad anal fasciole extends some distance above the anal sys-
tem ; it commences immediately above the subanal plastron, but it is not con-
nected with it. The anal system is placed near the summit of the posterior ex-
tremity; a secondary subanal plastron is formed by a broad transverse band,
extending below the anal system, forming, by the extension to a point of the
inner part of the upper and lower part of the fasciole. two nearly discon-
nected, small, diamond-shaped areas. The formation of sub-areas by the
fascioles is thus far known only in Faorina. in which the anterior part of the
pcripetalous fasciole forms one. and sometimes two. independent areas.

The anal system is elliptical (longitudinally i : the anal membrane covered
by numerous small plates, decreasing towards the anal opening, which pro-
jects, slightly trumpet fashion, beyond the level of the posterior edge.

The color of the spines in dried specimens 18 a delicate light-gray, with
a rose tint.

In a small specimen not measuring more than 17",m in length, and not
having more than eleven pairs of pores in the posterior lateral ambulacra,
we find no material change which is not readily explained by difference
in size ; the specimen fully described above measures 61n,m. The Hat
scrobicular circle is not so prominently developed, and the general out-
line from above is less angular; in profile the anterior extremity is quite
abruptly truncated, and does not slope regularly from the edge as in the
adult. The test is extremely thin ; the ambulacral petals comparatively
more sunken ; the fascioles broader, as is the case in all young Spatangoids ;

BRISSOPSIS.

the anal and subanal fasciol.es were developed, but had not the outline they
assume in the adult. The general color of the tests and spines was straw-
colored.

Dist.

Length

Length

Width

Width

Width

Width

Long.

Trans.

Ap. Syst.

Ant. Pair

Post.

Porif.

Inter p.

Ac tin o-

Submuil

Diain.

Diam.

Height.

Ant. Edge.

Amb. Pet.

Amb. Pet.

Zone.

Space.

stonie.

Plastron.

61.

52.1

China.

36.3

19.8

17.

19.

18.

(HEMIASTER.) Brissopsis.

Brissopsis Agass., 1840, Cat. Syst. Etyp., p. 16.
(See Part II. p. 354.)

17.

14.

Brissopsis luzonica

! Kleinia luzonica Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 133.
I Brissopsis luzonica A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 95.

The mere confluence of the lateral ambulacra does not constitute, as I
have shown in the history of the changes of Brissopsis lyrifera, a sufficient
reason for separating generically the East India species from Brissopsis, as has
been done by Gray. It is true that this confluence commences earlier than
in the European species ; but it is found in the latter ; and the other struc-
tural features agree so well with Brissopsis, that it is impossible not to as-
sociate these species in the same genus.

Test thin ; seen from above the outline is rounded anteriorly, indented
by the odd ambulacral groove, pointed towards the posterior extremity,
which is bevelled. The general outline in profile does not differ mate-
rially from that of Brissopsis lyrifera, the test perhaps sloping somewhat
more towards the anterior edge. The lateral ambulacra are confluent ; the
anterior arched towards the posterior end at the extremity ; the posterior,
arching towards the peripetalous fasciole, run parallel to the curve of
the ambulacra in the posterior interambulacra. and as the apical portions
of the posterior poriferous zone of the posterior lateral ambulacra are wholly
obliterated, the posterior extremity of the peripetalous plastron is pointed,
compared with its outline in Brissopsis lyrifera. The subanal plastron is
divided by a vertical branch in two parts (this is rudimentary, or does not
exist in B. lyrifera) ; the anal branch of the fasciole is prominent ; the anal
system is smaller in proportion to the size of the test than in B. lyrifera.
The anterior groove is somewhat deeper. The general mode of arrangement

594 BRISSOPSIS LYRIFEltA.

of the tubercles on the plates is the same as in B. lyrifera ; we have in this
specie- a cluster of large tubercles, carrying long spines between the peri-
petalous fasciole and the outer edge of the lateral petals and the sides of the
odd ambulacrum, which gives the apical part of the test a very different
aspect from that of 13. lyrifera ; the continuation of the sunken ambulacial
groove beyond the peripetalous fasciole to the ambitus, and beyond on the
actinal side, is quite well defined, forming a slight indentation at the edge
of the test, especially deep in the anterior lateral ambulacra, which form
a well-defined, broad, bare, and shallow groove as far as the ambitus, and
extending from the peripetalous fasciole to the actinostome.
The color of the spines was silver-gray in dried specimens.

Luzon ; Siaui ; New Caledonia.

Brissopsis lyrifera

! /.'iK»i lyrifer Forbes, 1841, Brit. Starf., p. 187.
\ Brissopsis lyrifera A.GASS. Deb., 1847, ('. K. Ann. Sc. Nat, VIII. p. 15.
(Sec Part II. p. 354.)

PL XIX. /. t-g; PL XXI. f. is; PI XXXi'IH.f. 36-38.
Norway ; Mediterranean ; Florida.

AGASSIZIA.

Agassizia Val., 1846, Voyage Vcnns.
(S,c Part II. p. 353.)

Agassizia excentrica

! Agassizia excentrica A. A<; , 18G9, Bull. M. C. Z., I. p. 276.
(See Part II. 353.)

PL XP.f. 23, 24; PL XIV. f. 9-12.
Florida Gulf Stream.

Agassizia scrobiculata

! Agassizia scrobiculata Val., 1846, Voyage Venus Atlas. PI. I.f. 2.

PL XIX".f. 1-3; PL XIX". f. 1-3.

Owing to the inaccurate drawings of this species given by Valenciennes,
it has been described again under different names by Gray and Liitken ; a

AGASSIZIA SCROBICULATA. 595

comparison of the original specimens leaves no doubt of the identity of the
three so-called species described from the Pacific side of Central America.

Test thin, ovoid ; apical system nearly central, slightly posterior, coincident
with the vertex ; outline from above elliptical, rounded anteriorly, slightly
truncated posteriorly ; greatest breadth of the test across the central part.
Anterior ambulacral furrow narrow, shallow, but little sunken near the apical
system, and flush with the test at the ambitus. Anterior lateral ambulacra
somewhat more sunken, extending to the ambitus. Posterior lateral ambu-
lacra short, petaloid, with wide poriferous zones, and narrow interporiferous
space, somewhat over half the width of the poriferous zone. Apical system
small ; genital openings close together. Peripetalous fasciole with a deep
re-entering angle in the posterior lateral ambulacra, from which it extends
parallel to the anterior petals, as far as the ambitus, makes a right angle,
and crosses in a slightly curved line the anterior part of the test; this
part of the fasciole is the broadest. The lateral fasciole arises above the
extremity of the anterior petals, extends nearly on the same level, slightly
concave upwards towards the anal system, forms a sudden angle, running
to a point from both sides below the anal sj'stem, so far on the actinal surface
as to form an indentation in the posterior part of the actinal plastron. The
anal system is transversely elliptical, large ; no anal plates are preserved in
any of the Museum specimens. The actinal surface is slightly convex ; near
the posterior extremity of the broad actinal plastron there is a short rounded
keel. The posterior bare ambulacral avenues are narrow, and do not extend
to the ambitus. The actinostome is anterior, transverse, narrow, with a promi-
nent posterior lip. The fact that the anterior row of pores, forming the
continuation of the anterior poriferous zones of the anterior lateral ambulacra,
stops suddenly near the actinostome, seems to show that in Agassizia it is
the whole of the anterior poriferous zone of the anterior lateral petals
which is obliterated. This structure exists already in the youngest speci-
mens I have examined. The tuberculatum is quite irregular ; the tubercles
of the actinal surface in the anterior part of the plastron are large, closely
packed, arranged in transverse oblique rows, forming a regular pavement,
diminishing gradually in size towards the posterior end. In the lateral pos-
terior interambulacra the tubercles are large, distant, decreasing slightly in
size towards the fasciole ; in the actinal part of the anterior part of the test
the tubercles are large, distant, diminishing gradually in size across the fas-
ciole as far as the apical system ; the tubercles adjoining the lateral anterior

59C BRISSUS.

ambulacra are larger than those adjoining the odd anterior ambulacra]
groove. The whole of the posterior part of the test above the ambitus is
covered by closely packed, smaller tubercles; the anterior furrow carries
along the median line only minute miliaries ; near the apex the test is covered
by a tuberculation similar to that of the adjoining parts <>(' the test near the
ambitus. The odd anterior poriferous zones are reduced to double pores,
vertically distant.

The color (in alcohol) of specimens covered with spines was yellowish-
gray; the spines are slender, curved.

Panama ; Gulf of California.

BRISSUS.

Brissus Ki.i-in, 1734, Nat. Disp. Ech.
(Sei Part II. p. 356,)

Brissus carinatus

! Spatangus carinatus LAMK., 1816, An. s. Vert., p. 30.
! Brissus carinatus Gray, 1825, Ann. Phil., p. 9.

PL XXP.f. i , ; PI XX V.f. 86, .; ; PI XXVI. f. 38.

This species, which has a very wide geographical distribution, varies also
considerably, and its differenl stages of growth have been described as dis-
fcincl species The principal difference between this species and B. unicolor
consists in the outwardly curved course of the posterior half of the posterior

lateral ambulacra, which are shorter than the anterior, if much curved ; the
more angular peripetalous fasciole, forming one deep re-entering angle in the
posterior interambulacrum, across the high rounded keel, which extends from
the apical system to the posterior extremity. In the anterior lateral ambu-
lacra the fasciole forms two deep re-entering angle-, crossing the narrow odd
ambulacrum at an obtuse angle. The posterior extremity is more obliquely
truncated than in B. unicolor. where it is nearly vertical. In young speci-
mens the test is more depressed | B. depressus) ; the keel not so prominent ;
the posterior extremity rounded, and the difference in the direction of the
lateral petals not marked, as it gradually becomes in older and larger speci-
mens. The test of dried specimens is frequently mottled; the central part
of the plates is dark, leaving the edge light or white. The width of the
peripetalous fasciole is greater in young and smaller specimens than in the

BRISSUS OBESUS. 597

adult, where it is usually narrow and sharply defined. The spines of this
species are perhaps slightly stouter than in the other species ; they vary in
dried specimens in color from a dark brown to a uniform silver-gray. The
outline of the test from above varies from greatly elongate, pointed poste-
riorly, with the greatest breadth across the apical system, to a nearly
pentagonal outline with rounded anterior edges, and the greatest breadth
across the extremity of the posterior lateral ambulacra. This species reaches
a large size : specimens measuring 140mm in length are in the Museum col-
lection. The subanal plastron is less in width than the broadest part of the
actinal plastron ; the actinal surface increases in convexity with age.

Long. Diam. Trans. Diam. Height.

140. 110. 80.

123. 98. 74.

110. 97. 61.5

92. 73. 47.8

69. 49. 40.

53. 40.5 28.

Society Islands ; Sandwich Islands ; East India ; Mauritius ; Philippine Islands.

Brissus obesus

I Brissus obesus Verrill, 18C7, Notes on Radiata, p. 316.

This species has been described by Professor Verrill, and distinguished
from B. unicolor by the more evenly rounded outline between the anterior
margin and ovarian plates, the more swollen posterior region, the increased
convexity of the subanal and ventral areas, the less anterior position of the
abactinal area, and the relatively shorter and broader subanal plastron.
The difference in size of the genital openings and of the abactinal sys-
tem in specimens of the same size, the slightly narrower lateral ambu-
lacral petals ami larger anal system in B. obesus. seem the most constant
characters. It may perhaps turn out that this species is only a variety of
Brissus compressus, which I have united with B. carinatus. As I have al-
ready stated, when describing B. unicolor, I find great difficulty in distin-
guishing the species of Brissus, and I have been led to unite as one species
the Brissidae described from the Mediterranean and West India Islands.
With ampler material at our command the question of the identity or differ-
ence of the species found on the two sides of the Isthmus of Panama might
be decided. This is desirable, as it is one of the few species of Echini where
the discrimination of the Atlantic and Pacific representatives is somewhat
doubtful.

Panama : Gulf of California.

598 • BEISSUS UNICOLOK.

Eiissus unicolcr

! Brissus uuicolor Ki.rcix, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech.
(Sec Pari II. p. 857.)

PL XXIT.f. i, 2; PL XXXVII. f. 19.

West India ; (.'ape Verde Islands ; Mediterranean.

(BRISSUS.) Metalia.

Plagionotus (Agass.). 1 S4 7 (non Mci.s. 1842).
Metalia Gray, 1855, Cat. Rec. Ech. (emend.)
(See Pari II. p. 360.)

Metalia africana

! Plagionolw africanus Verrill, 1871. Notes on Radiata, p. 569.
! Mi 'alia africana A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., l'l. I. p. 144.

It is with considerable doubl thai this species is maintained as distinct
from the West Indian M. pectoralis. The few specimens of the latter ex-
isting in our collections show a verj wide range of variation, find, as several
of the West Indian species are also found on the West Coast of Africa, this
may prove to be only a variety of our West Indian species ; although the
principal differences noticed in the two specimens examined by Mr. Verrill
may prove sufficiently constant, with additional material, to maintain their
specific identity. These differences consist in the smaller number of plates
covering the anal system (in M. africana), the presence of large tubercles on
the anterior or lateral interambulacra. above the peripetalotis fasciole, the
comparatively narrower peripetalous fasciole. and especially the outline of
the actinostome, which is broad, transversely, in the African specimens, and
much more rounded anteriorly and long in the West Indian specimens.

Metalia maculosa

Echinus maculosus Gmel., 1788, I.ixx. Syst. Nat.

\ Metalia \ Agass, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 144.

PL XXI". f. s 9; PL 'XXVI. f. 89; PL XXXVIII. f. 29.

Test depressed ; outine from above elliptical, slightly indented at the
anterior edge, truncated posteriorly. Greatest breadth across the extremity
of the posterior petals. Vertex posterior ; apical system more central
than in M. sternalis ; ambulacra! petals small, narrow, slightly sunken ;
peripetalous fasciole, with one small re-entering angle, near the posterior

METALIA MACULOSA. 509

extremity of the anterior lateral ambulacra, and a somewhat more decided
re-entering angle in the anterior lateral mterambulacral space. Genital
pores larger and more distant than in specimens of M. sternalis of the same
size. The petals are narrow, complete to the abactinal pole, with broad
poriferous zones ; the posterior petals longer than the anterior ones. Within
the peripetalous fasciole the plates carry large primary tubercles, arranged
in vertically distant, irregular, transverse rows in all the interambulacral
spaces. The whole anterior part of the test is covered by similar primary
tubercles, which diminish in .size as they extend towards the posterior lateral
interambulacra, below the fasciole, where the tubercles are small, crowded,
similar to those which cover the whole abactinal part of the test to the
ambitus. The actinal side is convex ; the actinal plastron narrow, elon-
gate, terminating in a prominent beak at the posterior extremity. The
subanal plastron is diamond-shaped, edged with a broad fasciole ; the bare
ambulacral avenues are broad ; the tubercles of the lateral interambulacra
and anterior part of the test are large, diminishing Aery gradually towards
the edge from the ambulacra. Those of the actinal plastron are large near
the actinostome, small towards the posterior extremity.

The actinostome is large, somewhat broader than long. The anal system
is pear-shaped; the anal opening nearer the lower edge; the anal plates
numerous, polygonal, arranged concentrically, largest near the upper edge
of the system. Anal branch of fasciole does not reach the abactinal surface.
This species receives its name from the fact that the tubercles of the abactinal
surface do not entirely cover the coronal plates, but leave the edges more or
less bare ; the median posterior interambulacral suture is especially promi-
nent in dark-colored specimens ; the contrast between the bare and tubercu-
lated areas is very prominent. The color, denuded, is light violet; sutures
lighter colored, or of a light yellowish-brown tint. The spines are short,
curved, slender, light yellowish-pink. Those of the actinal side longer and
stouter, and on the actinal plastron flattened at the extremity.

This species is closely allied to M. sternalis ; the principal differences are
its depressed test, its more central apical system, its narrow ambulacral
petals, and its well-separated posterior petals. The odd anterior ambula-
crum is flush with the test, except towards the ambitus, as it approaches the
fasciole, and below it. where it is placed in a slight indentation of the test;
while in M. sternalis we have a deep angular anterior groove, already
commencing; near the summit.

600 METALIA PECTORAL1S.

Long.

Plata.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Di 1
Apie. Syst

Ant. Edge.

Hist.

A. mi

A ul. 1. 1 <■-

Length

IV 1

Amii Pet.

u „hli
Post.

1', LI

Width

Suhanal

Plastron.

78.

G3.

34.

25.

17.

26.

5.

20.

58.

47.

29.

22 .5

12.

23.

4.2

15.3

45.5

39.

23.5

17.

9.

it.;,

4.

14.

43.

36.

21.9

15.9

10.5

15.

3.1

12.

Samoa; Sandwich Islands; Australia; Mauritius; Panama.

Metalia pectoralis

Echinus grandis G.MF.L., 1788, LlNN. Syst. Xat.
! Metalia pectoralis A. A.G., 1 S72. Rev. Ech., l't. I. p. 144.
< - Pari II. p. 3G1.)

/'/. XXI. f. 4, 5.

Wcsl In lia Islands ; Florida.

Metalia sternalis

! Spalangus sternalis Lamk., 1816, An. -. Vert., |>. 31.
! Metalia sternalis Gray, 1855, Cat. Etec. Ech., p. 51.

/'/. XXI. f. ;. .-,; Pi. XXI'.f.s 9; PL XXXII.f. //. / .<; PL XXXVIIf. 20.

This species -row- to a large size, and the differences due to age are quite
remarkable. In the largest specimens 1 have seen, measuring l."iO"""- in
length, the outline of the test from above is elliptical, slightly angular.
truncated posteriorly ; the anterior edge deeply indented at the ambitus
by the ambulacral groove. Seen in profile, the test rises vertically at the
anterior extremity almost to the summit. The apical system is anterior,
within the depressed abactinal part of the interambulacra, which rise above
the general level of the termination of the petals; the posterior pari of the
tesl is concave; from the apical system towards the posterior edge the abac-
tinal surface of the test is flattened. In specimens slightly younger the pos-
terior part of the test, seen in profile, is straight ; it is even convex near the
edge of the posterior pari of the interambulacrum. The genital pores are
large, circular, close together. The odd ambulacral groove is shallow, flat at
the ahactinal pole, becoming deeper towards the edge, but narrowing again
below the peripetalous fasciole. The lateral anterior ambulacra are sunken.
broad, elongate, somewhat rounded at the outer extremity ; the poriferous zones
broad ; the pores large, connected by a deep groove. The ahactinal part of
the anterior ambulacra is pointed ; the poriferous zones forming a slight angle
with the trend of the rest of the petal. The lateral posterior ambulacral
petals, for a considerable distance from the apical system, are narrow, elon-

METALIA STERNALIS. 601

gate, slightly diverging, running parallel to the narrow interambulacral space
which separates them. At about one third their length, the inner poriferous
zone, which remains thus far rudimentary, reduced to a mere line of distant
pores, increases rapidly in width, the whole course of the petal is deflected
outwardly, and at about half the length of the petal the two poriferous zones
are of equal width, and, remaining so, run almost parallel to the extremity
where the poriferous zones become somewhat narrower at the rounded end
of the petal. The outer portion of the petal curves slightly inward. The
aetinal surface of the large specimens is convex, flattened in the median
interambulacral space, and rounded towards the edges, especially in the lat-
eral posterior interambulacral spaces. The flat aetinal plastron is narrow,
elongate, rounded at the two extremities, with a slight keel, forming two
low nodes at the posterior edge of the two principal plates composing it.
It is edged by the narrow, bare, posterior lateral ambulacra, which extend
till they meet the subanal plastron, then diverge, following the line of the
plastron, and are lost in the tubercles before reaching the edge of the test.

The subanal plastron is broad, heart-shaped, occupying nearly the whole
of the posterior part of the sloping aetinal surface of the test. It is edged
by a very broad fasciole, broadest at the posterior edge, sending off a narrow
anal branch, which remains open, but extends to the abactinal surface above
the anal system. The anal system, situated in the upper part of the de-
pression of the posterior part of the test, is elliptical longitudinally, pointed
above and below ; the posterior part of the subanal fasciole is on the edge
of the depression of the test in which the anal system is placed.

The peripetalons fasciole forms across the posterior interambulacrum and
the posterior lateral interambulacral spaces an open rectangle, with rounded
corners and slightly undulating sides. The width of the fasciole equals in
breadth the median interporiferous space of the posterior petals. It forms
a right angle parallel to the anterior petals, at a short distance from it, and
then runs diagonally towards the extremity, which it crosses at right angles
to the trend of the petal, then diverges at the same angle on the other side
of the petal, forming a deep re-entering angle in the anterior lateral inter-
ambulacra. It then runs obliquely towards the ambulacral furrow, and at
a distance from it runs at a less angle towards the median line of the odd
ambulacrum. The actinostome is transverse ; the phyllodes well developed.

With the exception of the short diagonal rows of somewhat large tubercles
along the edges of the petals and of the odd ambulacrum, within the peri-

602 METALIA STEENALIS.

petalous fascicle, the whole abactinal part of the test is covered by small,
distinct tubercles, perforate and crenulate, with large, flat, indistinct scrobic-
ular circles, and but few miliaries scattered between. On the actinal side
the tubercles increase rapidly in size towards the ambulacra, where they

attain their greatest size, and are quite distant ; the tubercles of the actinal
plastron diminish rapidly from the edge to the median keel.

The tubercles of the posterior part of the subanal plastron increase in size
from the outer edge ; they run in curved radiating lines towards the middle
transverse line, from which the rows of tubercles radiate towards the ante-
rior edge, becoming smaller, and forming more numerous rows as they
approach the fasciole, between the deeply sunken pores, which arc placed
adjoining the fasciole, and from which slight grooves extend between the ra-
diating rows of tubercles. These large specimens show, perhaps, better than
in any other Spatangoid 1 have had occasion to examine, that the pores

of the subanal plastron art' formed by the posterior poriferous zones of the
posterior lateral ambulacra.

In smaller specimens, which have been described as Xauthob. Garetti, the
• is more globular, swollen ; the outline of the posterior interambulacrum
regularly arched ; the posterior extremity vertically truncated. The poste-
rior petals arched outwards: only a small part of the abactinal part of the
posterior zone rudimentary. The peripetalous fasciole but slightly sinuous,
and re-entering little in the lateral interambulacra. The actinal side quite
convex, and the subanal plastron placed entirely on the vertically truncated
posterior extremity. It is comparatively more diamond-shaped, nearly as
high as broad'; the broadest part of the fasciole i< on the sides in this stage
of growth. The spines are short, slender, cylindrical, slightly curved, of
uniform size on the abactinal surface, except adjoining the edge of the
petals within the peripetalous fasciole, and on the sides of the odd anterior
ambulacrum. On the lower side they are longer, but otherwise not different.
They are. in dried specimens, of a brilliant straw-color; in alcohol the color
is more grayish.

Aery small specimens do not differ essentially from the above ; the pos-
terior ambulacral petals are straight, well separated to the apex by the inter-
vening interambulacral space ; the posterior petals are relatively shorter,
and the peripetalous fasciole scarcely forms a re-entering curve within the
lateral interambulacra. The subanal plastron is as high as broad, diamond-
shaped. An excellent series of specimens of all sizes, collected in New

MEOMA. 603

Caledonia, in the possession of M. Crosse, and a smaller lot of specimens of
different sizes in the Stuttgard Museum, have satisfied me of the identity
of the species here united ; I can consider them only as differences due
to growth.

Sandwich Islands ; Society Islands ; East India Islands ; Australia ; Red Sea.

(BRISSUS.) Meoma.

Meoma Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H.
(See Part II. p. 358.)

Meoma grandis

! Meoma grandis Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.

PI XX VI. f. 28-38; PL XXXIV f. 1, 2.

Test more flattened or arched than in the somewhat conical M. ventricosa ;
readily distinguished by its coarser and more distant tuberculatum, both
within and without the peripetalous fasciole on the abactinal side, the deeper
anterior groove at the ambitus, its less angular peripetalous fasciole, espe-
cially in the posterior interambulacrum. The ridge separating the pairs of
pores carries but few large miliaries at the outer edge of the poriferous zone ;
while in M. ventricosa this line is formed of closely packed small miliary
tubercles, extending to the median interporiferous space. The principal dif-
ferences to be noticed on the actinal side are the shorter actinal plastron,
and the anteriorly curved subanal fasciole, which crosses the actinal plastron
in a straight line in M. ventricosa. The great size and distant tuberculatum
of the actinal surface, as well as the comparatively broad ambulacral avenues,
readily distinguish the Pacific from the West Indian species. The spines are
quite short, stout, very slightly curved. The color, when alive, is a dark
chocolate-brown. This species lives buried in the sand at a depth of from
two to three fathoms.

Acapulco ; Gulf of California.

Meoma ventricosa

! Spatangus ventricosus Lamk. 1816, An. s. Vert., p. 29.
! Meoma ventricosa Lutic, 18G4, Bid., p. 120.
(See Part II. p. 358.)

PI. XX. f. s; PI. XXII. f. s, 4; PI. XXVI. f. 31-34; PL XXXVIII. f. 24, 25.

Florida ; West India Islands.

004 LINTHIA,

LINTHIA.

Desoria (Gray), 1851, Ann. Mag, X. II. (non Agass., 1841).
Linthia Mtn. 1S03. in Des. Act. Sue Helv.

This genus unites structural features common to several genera. It has,
like Brissus, a shallow anterior groove, though quite broad, and lateral
anterior petals at right angles to the odd ambulacrum ; narrow, long, and
sunken lateral ambulacra. Peripetalous fasciole angular, re-entering in the
lateral interambulacra. Lateral fasciole extending under the anal system.
The general course of the fascioles and the principal features of the actinal
side are those of Agassizia. The general outline of the test and the structure
of the lateral ambulacra and the course of the peripetalous fasciole is that of
Brissus.

I have associated Desoria with Linthia. It was fust distinguished by Gray
as Desoria, hut. as this name was preoccupied. 1 have retained its svnonvnic.
Linthia; it is. however, impossible in the present state of our knowledge

of allied reeeiit Spatangoids to give any satisfactory reasons for associating
the only recent species with Linthia rather than with Periaster, nor do 1 feel
convinced that the generic characters assigned to Prenaster and Pericosmus
are sufficient to distinguish them accurately from fossil species alone ; for
they can be referred, to judge from the data obtained by the study ofrecenl
species, to either of the genera mentioned above. The greater or less dis-
tance of the peripetalous fasciole from the petals is not of great importance,
to judge from its variation in the young, as its proximity or distance appeals
to depend greatly upon age.

The genera Periaster. Prenaster, Linthia (Desoria), Agassizia, and Schi-
zaster all agree in having a peripetalous fasciole and a lateral fasciole
branching from this, forming the subanal fasciole; the fact that in Linthia
the peripetalous fasciole follows the course of the ambulacra! petals is not
sufficient to separate it as a genus from Periaster. as was already suggested
by Desor, in his Synopsis. I would therefore propose to maintain the genus
Linthia. with Periaster as a subgenus, in which the peripetalous and lateral
fasciole are continuous, the peripetalous fasciole not surrounding the petals.

LINTHIA AUSTRALIS. 605

Linthia australis

! Desoria australis Gray. 1S51, Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.
I Linthia australis A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Ft. I. p. 138.

PI. XIXa. f.7-9 ; PL XXI ». /. 5 - 7.

Test thin ; outline from above elliptical, angular. Anterior groove de-
scending to the ambitus ; posterior extremity vertically truncated. Apical
system anterior, about one third the length from the anterior edge ; vertex
central. The central part of the lateral interambulacral plates form a
series of irregular ridges, extending from the apical system to the ambitus.
These ridges are less marked in small specimens. The posterior interambu-
lacrum rises to the vertex from the apical system, extending as a more or
less angular keel, most distinct at the apical part, towards the anal system;
odd anterior ambulacrum broad, diverging to the ambitus ; pores closely
crowded near the apex, becoming quite distant at the ambitus, extending to
the actinostome ; intervening space covered by large distant miliaries. The
lateral ambulacra are sunken; the anterior at right angles to the odd ambu-
lacrum, elongate, curved anteriorly at the extremity, reaching almost to the
ambitus. The posterior petals somewhat shorter, diverging near the ex-
tremity ; poriferous zones of lateral ambulacra broad, as broad as the median
bare interporiferous spaces ; pores of zones large, round, joined by indistinct
grooves, well separated vertically ; apical system small ; madreporic body
elongate ; four genital openings, equidistant, or posterior sometimes di-
verging. Peripetalous fasciole narrow, angular, with a re-entering angle in
each median interambulacral space ; the deepest angle in the lateral poste-
rior interambulacra. It crosses the anterior groove near the ambitus, forming
an acute anode across the ambulacrum. The lateral fasciole starts above the
extremity of the anterior lateral petal, sloping towards the ambitus; near
the posterior edge it forms a sudden curve, and passes under the anal system
at the ambitus, a considerable distance below it. The actinal surface is
slightly concave ; the actinostome near the anterior edge small, broad, with
distinct phyllodes, and bare posterior ambulacral avenues. The actinal plas-
tron is broad, triangular, slightly re-entering at the posterior extremity.

The anal system is high, pointed, narrow, covered with an outer row of
large rectangular plates, the largest at the lower part of the system, and
with smaller inner concentric rows, gradually decreasing in size towards the
central anal opening.

The tuberculation of the abactinal surface is small, uniform, with the

606 LINTHIA AUSTRALIS.

exception of the vertical rows of large primary tubercles, with bare scrobicu-
lar areas on each side of the anterior ambulacral groove, above the peri-
petalous fasciole. The tubercles increase in size towards the rounded am-
bitus, especially at the anterior extremity ; from the ambitus they increase
rapidly towards the ambulacra and actinostome, where they are largest and
quite distant, owing to the greater size of the bare scrobicular areas. The
miliaries are small, closely packed in the intervening spaces between the
tubercles, both above and below. The tubercles of the actinal plastron are
largest towards the actinostome, decreasing in size near the posterior ex-
tremity ; a few large rounded tubercles adjoining the pores near the actino-
stome give the phyllodes an unusual degree of prominence.

In young specimens the outline is more ovoid ; the test is less angular and
gibbous than in the older specimens. The posterior amlmlacral (actinal)
avenues diverge towards the edge, while, as the specimens become older, they
converge somewhat, forming a re-entering curve before tiny trend towards
the edge. The posterior petals also simply diverge from the apical system,
and, with increasing age, become somewhat curved outward at the extremity :
though at no time do we find the least trace of confluence or suppression of
the pores in the ahactinal extremity of the posterior zones of the posterior
lateral ambulacra ; the petals are invariably well separated by the inter-
vening interambulacral space, which forms a rounded keel.

One of the British Museum specimens is covered with short spines like
those of Brissus ; the coloring of the specimen figured by Gray seems anom-
alous, as all the other specimens are of a uniform tint, without the mottled
coloring of the central part of the plates. A similar pattern of coloration
sometimes occurs in M. sternalis, B. carinatus. and B. unicolor.

Long.
Diani.

Trans.
Diani.

Height.

Ant. Let.
Amb. Pet.

Dist.

Apical Syst.
Ant. Edge

61.

50.

39.3

25.

19.

53.

45.2

33.

22.2

17.7

38.

33.4

25.3

16.3

10.5

Tasmania.

FAORINA. 607

(LINTHIA.) Faorina.

Faorina Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. X. H.

This genus is at first glance most strikingly similar to Micraster. The
lateral ambulacra are scarcely petaloid, slightly sunken, the groove extend-
ing to the ambitus, and even beyond ; anterior ambulacra] furrow slight.
Peripetalous fasciole often dividing into two anterior circumscribed areas ;
short anal fasciole. Actinal surface convex. Median vertical ambulacra! and
interambulacral sutures bare. Apical system anterior ; vertex central.

Faorina chinensis

! Faorina chinensis Gray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. H., VII. p. 132.

PI. XIX". f. 4-6.

Nearly simultaneous with Gray's description of this species, the affinities
of Tripylus were made the subject of an interesting paper by Troschel,
to which I referred when speaking of the distinction of several genera
established among the Brissina.

The outline from above is broadly heart-shaped, truncated at the posterior
extremity. The longitudinal diameter is but slightly longer than the trans-
verse. The test is high, somewhat conical ; the vertex is central, placed
immediately behind the apical system. The ambulacral petals are deeply
sunken within the peripetalous fasciole ; the depression of the lateral ambu-
lacra is continued to the ambitus as a gradually diminishing groove, made
somewhat prominent, owing to the great height of the outer edges of the
ambulacral and interambulacral plates, and the fact that the vertical sutures
of the plates of the median ambulacrum and interambulacrum are left bare.
The anterior groove is well marked, and extends to the actinostome. The
pores of the anterior ambulacrum are reduced to diminutive pores placed
close together, near the apical system, gradually becoming more distant
towards the ambitus, where the ambulacral plates are greatly elongated.
The lateral petals are straight ; poriferous zones indistinct at first, but after
the fourth or fifth pair of pores the poriferous zone is broad, well defined ;
the two zones running nearly parallel ; the pores are distinct, not conjugate,
terminating abruptly and widely open at the peripetalous fasciole. The
poriferous zones are broader than the median interporiferous space. The

G08 FAORINA CHINENSIS.

anterior petals are about a third longer than the posterior. The peripetalous
fasciole follows tolerably the general outline of the test ; in the anterior part
of the test it is double, forming across the anterior ambulacrum, between the
two anterior petals, an elongated, irregularly crescent-shaped area ; this fasci-
ole is broadest at the extremity of the petals. Troschel says there are three
genital openings ; in four of the specimens I have examined there were only
two, showing conclusively, what has already been insisted upon in other Spa-
tangoid genera, that the number of genital openings is not a structural fea-
ture of generic importance, as has been assumed. The anal system is at the
upper part of the vertically truncated extremity ; it is elliptical, but slightly
higher than broad, covered by one outer row of large polygonal plates, en-
closing a nearly circular area, covered by much smaller plates, in the centre
of which the anus is placed. The actinal surface is convex ; the actinostome
is situated near the anterior extremity ; it has a very projecting posterior lip
high above the anterior lip. The actinal plastron is elongate, triangular, con-
fluent with the posterior extremity, covered by a close tuberculatum, becom-
ing smaller and more crowded towards the posterior extremity. The posterior
ambulacra form broad, bare avenues near the actinostome. extending nearly
to the posterior n\>j;r. but becoming gradually concealed by the increasing
number of tubercles carried by the ambulacra! plates. The anterior ambu-
lacra are covered by large distant tubercles, like those of the interambulacral
area, diminishing in size and distance towards the ambitus. Along the
median line, in the two anterior ambulacra, the vertical sutures are left
bare a short distance from the mouth. A ver\ slender siihanal fasciole ex-
tends below the anal system from the ambitus to the level of the lower side

of the anal system, reaching across the outer interambulacral line into the
vi]'j:q of the adjoining ambulacra! field. The bare median interambulacial
sutures are especially prominent in the abactinal part of the test ; the pos-
terior median interambulacral line extending along the edge of the test, from
the apical system to the anal system, is frequently as prominent as the bare
spaces, in continuation of the ambulacra] petals. The bare spaces become
indistinct towards the ambitus, with the exception of the posterior median
line, which is directly connected with the broad bare avenues of the actinal
surface. From the ambitus to the peripetalous fasciole the tubercles are
nearly uniform in size, crenulate, perforate, diminishing slightly in size to-
wards the fasciole. rather distant ; miliaries indistinct, not numerous ; the
horizontal sutures of the plates are frecpiently left bare. Above the fas-

SCHIZASTER. 609

ciole the tubercles .are larger adjoining the petals. The anterior part of the
peripetalous fasciole seems to vary considerably in large specimens; we find
sometimes two crescent-shaped areas, one above the other, or traces only of
the second area. There are also more or less distinct narrow intrapetalous
branches of the peripetalous fasciole, extending into the two anterior inter-
ainbulacral spaces. The interporiferous space is covered by indistinct mili-
aries ; the spines are short, cylindrical, at least those of the abactinal part
of the test. The color of the dry tests is violet or grayish-violet. The ante-
rior groove is covered by minute miliaries ; the edge of the groove is flanked
by distant tubercles, somewhat larger than those of the abactinal part of
the test ; the j^hyllodes round the mouth are wanting ; only the two anterior
actinal ambulacra form indistinct triangles, formed by the large pores diverg-
ing from the actinostome.

Length Length I)ist. Dist.

Long. Trans. Ant Pair Post. Pair Mouth Ant. Apical Syst.

Diain. Diam. Height. Anib. Pet. Amb. Pet. Edge. Ant. Eilge.

65.5 59. 49.5 23. 18.5 9.2 23.

60. 53. 43.2 21.4 17. 9. 24.

52. 49. 40. 21. 15. 7. 20.

China.

SCHIZASTER.

Schizaster Agass., 1836, Prod.
(See Part II. p. 363.)

Schizaster canaliferus

Echinus lacunosus Linn., 1 758, Syst. Nat. 665.

! Schizaster canaliferus, Agass., 184 7, C. R Ann. Sc. Nat, VHI. p. 20.

PL XXIIF. f. is; PL XXXIII. f. 7.

Outline heart-shaped ; anterior extremity deeply indented at the edge by
the broad, deep groove of the odd ambulacrum. The outline of the test.
seen from above, is angular, slightly indented in the median anterior lateral
ambulacral lines, broadest about opposite the central part of the test. The
apical system is posterior, about one third the length of the test from the
posterior edge. Seen in profile, the test rises rapidly from the anterior
edge, attaining its greatest height at the vertex placed behind the apical
system, thence the test curves rapidly to the upper edge of the posterior
truncated extremity. The sides of the test are nearly vertical, high, rounded

610 SCHIZASTER CANALIFERUS.

towards the actinal and abactinal side. The edge increases in height in the
same proportion with the increase in the height of the test. The posterior
interambulacruin forms a rounded keel. In the middle of the plates of the
posterior lateral interambulacra, near the upper part of the edge, there are two
or three nodes, forming a disconnected keel, extending to the actinal surface.

The actinal surface is convex ; the whole posterior extremity is rounded;
the actinal side and the high posterior edge of the test running into each
other, so as to form a continuous surface ; the ambitus is only indifferently
defined, in the anterior portion of the test. The anal system is placed in
the upper part of the posterior extremity, which is slightly depressed, and
slopes towards the posterior hh]^ of the actinal plastron, forming a shallow
depression between the two rounded nodes, which connect the actinal plas-
tron with the posterior extremity of the test.

This species is remarkable for the great breadth and depth of the odd
anterior ambulacrum. It forms a rectangular groove, attaining its greatest
breadth a short distance from the apical system. The sides of the groove are
vertical, slightly convex outwardly ; the broadest part of the groove is about
in the middle; where the peripetalous fasciole crosses this groove it is slightly
narrower, shallower, becomes rounded, and is gradually lost at the actino-
stome ; the pores are irregularly crowded, closely packed at the base of the
angle of the vertical sides of the groove. The median I interambulacral)
line forms a keel between the odd groove and the lateral anterior ambulacra,
extending to the peripetalous fasciole, and continued as independent nodes
to the edge of the actinal surface ; a narrow, indistinct keel is formed nearer
the groove which commences at the fasciole, consisting of two or three con-
nected nodes.

The posterior lateral ambulacra are very short, petaloid, rounded at the
extremity, with broad poriferous zones. The anterior lateral ambulacra are
elongate, more sunken than the posterior, slightly broadest near the extrem-
ity, which flares outward ; the pores are of the same size, elliptical, pointed,
connected by a shallow groove. The abactinal extremity of the lateral
ambulacra is narrow, pointed, with narrow poriferous zones; in the posterior
ambulacra this rudimentary part is in the trend of the petals; in the anterior
ones it forms nearly a right angle with the general trend of the ambulacra.
The peripetalous fasciole crosses the posterior interamhulacrum, pointing to-
wards the posterior edge; it runs from the extremity of the posterior ambu-
lacra, nearly parallel to the general trend of the anterior lateral ambulacra,

SCHIZASTER CANALIFERUS. Gil

forming an outward angle near its extremity ; it runs diagonally from the
extremity of the lateral anterior ambulacra to the termination of the porif-
erous zone of the odd ambulacrum. The fasciole is broadest at the extremity
of the anterior lateral ambulacra, and where it crosses (at right angles) the
odd ambulacrum. The lateral fasciole is narrow ; it commences from the
angle of the posterior lateral interambulacra, runs diagonally across the test
to the level of the lower edge of the anal system, where it descends rapidly,
forming an angular loop below the anal system, the lower extremity of which
nearly reaches the actinal plastron. The anal system is pointed, longitudi-
nally elliptical ; the whole of the abactinal surface is crowded by minute,
uniform, secondary tubercles, with flat scrobicular circles; the edge of the
anterior groove carries somewhat larger tubercles, and below the fasciole the
tubercles of the anterior part of the test increase rapidly in size towards the
ambitus, becoming larger and more distant as they approach the actinostome ;
the same is the case in the lateral posterior ambulacrum ; the tubercles, how-
ever', increase more gradually, and on the posterior extremity they do not
attain so great a size. The tubercles of the actinal plastron increase very
gradually in size towards the actinostome from the posterior edge ; they are
closely arranged in rows, diverging, fan-like, from the posterior edge towards
the actinostome, forming, at the same time, indistinct rows, diverging fan-
like from the central line of the elongate actinal plastron, with its rounded
sides, slightly narrower at the posterior extremity. The bare ambulacral
avenues are narrow ; the phvllodes not very prominent ; the posterior lip
of the actinostome raised, pointed, with a lip turned back.

The spines of the abactinal surface are short, slightly curved, somewhat
club-shaped at the end, slightly longer on the edge of the petals, which they
cover completely, and also reach across the deep, broad anterior groove.
On the actinal side they increase in length in proportion to the size of the
tubercles, forming a pointed tuft over the anal system, and U\o lateral tufts,
on each side of the extremity of the actinal plastron. The spines at the
extremity of the actinal plastron are cupped at the end.

The color of dried specimens is silver-gray. Usually two large genital
openings.

Long.
Diam.

Trans.
Diam.

Height.

Length
Ant. Lat.
Amb. Pet.

Width

Odd Ant.

Amb.

Length
Post. Lat.
Amb. Pet.

Length

Odd Pet.

to Fasciole.

Width

Actinal

Plastron.

Dist.
Ap. Syst.

Post. Edge.

60.8

53.

38.3

24.2

9.9

10.

32.

20.

25.

68.6

iterranean.

56.5

45.

28.5

10.8

10.9

37.3

21.

25.2

012 SCHIZASTER FRAGILIS.

Schizaster fragilis

I Brissus fragilis Dun. o. Ivor., 1844, Skand. Echin., p. 280.
! Schizaster fragilis A.GASS., 1847, C. It. Ann. Sc. Nat., VIII. p. 22.
(See Part II. p. 363.)

PI. XXI. f. .;; PI. XXVI. f. &.

Norway ; Gulf of St. Lawrence; Straits of Flori'la.

Schizaster gibberulus

! Schizaster gibberulus Agass., 1847. C. R, Ann. So. Nat., VTIT. p. 22.

This seems to be a smaller species than S. canaliferas, judging from the
specimens preserved in collections. It is difficult for want of material to
make an accurate comparison of this species with the Mediterranean S. cana-
liferas, to which it is closely allied. It appears, however, to differ by its com-
paratively shorter lateral anterior ambulacra, the more anterior position of
the apical system, the usual presence of three or lour small genital openings,
the more flattened and elongate (posteriorly) test, the vertically truncated
posterior extremity, the proportionally coarser and more distanl tubercles,
and a deep re-entering angle of the fasciole in the lateral posterior interam-
bulacral spaces.

Red Sea.

Schizaster Philippii

! Tripylus Philippii Gray, 1851, Ann Mag. X. II.. VII. p. 132.
Philippii A. Agass., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pi. I. p. 158.

PI XXVI. f. 40- ;/•

This species of Schizaster, which is closely allied to S. fragilis. and is its
Southern representative, has been referred by Gray to Tripylus, on the same
grounds which induced Sars to refer its northern congener to it. We
know now. however, that the number of the genital openings alone is
not a suitable generic distinction, and after Lutken's exhaustive comparison
and analysis of the reasons for uniting T fragilis to Schizaster, there is no
neces>ity for further discussion of the question of the generic affinity of these

two species.

Test depressed ; outline from above broadly elliptical, with deep anterior
indentation, made by the anterior ambulacra! groove. Apical system slightly
posterior, coincident with the vertex ; greatest breadth across that part of
the test. Anterior and posterior lateral petals slightly sunken ; anterior not

SCHIZASTEE PHILIPPIT. 613

quite twice as long as the posterior ones. The course of the petals much
as in S. fragilis; the posterior, however, slightly arching towards the median
posterior interambulacral line. Anterior groove shallower than in any other
species of the genus ; poriferous zones distinct ; but interporiferous space
quite narrow ; edges of groove very gradually rounded towards the sides,
not forming a sharp keel, due to the great depression of this part of the test,
as in the other species of the genus. Owing to the greater length of the
posterior petals, the posterior part of the peripetalous fasciole forms three
side.; of a rectangle ; the posterior side, somewhat concave, runs at a slight
angle with the anterior petal nearly to its extremity, crossing the point
of the petals at an obtuse angle ; the sides of the rectangle starting from
the point where the lateral fasciole, which runs nearly parallel with the
ambitus, branches off, and from the angle formed in the median anterior
interambulacral sjiace, which is somewhat nearer the apex than the extrem-
ity of the petal. The lateral fasciole curves towards the posterior extremity,
sloping gradually towards the ambitus, passing below the anal system at
the very edge of the test. The proportions of the anal system are nearly
those of S. fragilis ; the large plates which cover it are, however, more nu-
merous, and decrease quite gradually in size towards the anal opening ;
there are in S. fragilis only two or three rows of large plates surrounding a
number of comparatively much smaller ones, immediately round the anus.
The tuberculation of this species is comparatively coarser, and the tubercles
more distant than in its Arctic representative. The large tubercles on the
rounded edges of the anterior ambulacral groove are widely separated, when
compared to the close arrangement of the corresponding tubercles in S.
fragilis. The actinostome is much broader (transverse), compared to its
longitudinal diameter, than in S. fragilis. The general coloration of the two
species is similar, judging from dried and alcoholic specimens. The Antarc-
tic species is probably darker.

Long.
Diam.

Tran
Diam.

Length
Ant. Lat.
Amb. Pet.

Length

Post.

Amb. Pet.

Breadth

Odd Ant.

Amb.

Height.

Dist.
Apical Svst,
Post. Edge.

65.5

64.

5.1

17.5

32

35.

32.5

Patagonia.

014 SCHIZASTER VENTRICOSUS.

Schizaster ventricosus

! Schizaster ventricosus Cray, 1851, Ann. Mag. N. II., VII. p. 133.

This species is intermediate between the species of the group of the genus
to which S. fragilis and S. Philippii lielong and that formed by S. canaliferus
ami S. gibberulus. It has the comparatively elliptical outline and subcehtral
apical system of the former, with the more deeply sunken lateral ambulacra,
broad anterior groove, the angular peripetalous fasciole, and the four genital
openings of the latter group.

Test thin ; outline from above broadly elliptical, angular anteriorly. Api-
cal system subcentral, posterior ; vertex immediately behind the apical sys-
tem, which is situated in tin- flat sloping space formed by the spreading of
the median ahactinal part of the interambulacra, which narrow the abactinal
part of the petals almost to a point, forming a slight angle with the general
direction of the lateral petals, as in S. canaliferus and S. gibberulus. The
two posterior genital openings are large, round ; the anterior small, forming
an irregular rectangle. The posterior petals are concave outwardly ; the an-
terior only arch outwardly at the extremity. This species is remarkable for
the great breadth of the lateral ambulacra. The odd anterior ambulacrum
is placed in a deep. Hat. rectangular groove, with steep sides, forming a high
keel in the median anterior interambulacra! space, extending nearly from the

apex to the peripetalous fasciole. where the keel is lost. The peripetalous
fasciole is broad, angular, extremely broad at the extremity of the anterior
lateral petals, re-entering in the median interamhulacral spaces.

The broad posterior extremity is nearly vertically truncated, forming a
broad, Hat, posterior extremity, in which is placed the comparatively small
anal system, covered by plates decreasing uniformly towards the anal opening.
The lateral fasciole runs obliquely to the ambitus from the middle of the an-
terior ambulacra towards the posterior extremity. The posterior extremity
of the actinal plastron is lost in the rounded posterior edge of the test. The
tuberculatum within the peripetalous fasciole is coarse, closely packed in all
the interamhulacral spaces, except the odd posterior one.

DisI Length Length Width

Long. Trans. Ap. Sv-t. Post l.-it. Ant. Lai Ant Odd

Diani. Diam. Efelght. Post. Edge Amb. Pet. Amb. Pet. Amb.

69. 60. 43. 32. 10. 27.5 8.

Feejee Islands ; Philippine Islands ; Siant.

MOIRA. 615

MOIKA.

Moera (Mich.), 18.">o. non Leach nee Hubn.
Moira A. Ao., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 146.
(See Part II. p. 3G5.)

Moira atropos

! Spatanyus atropos Lame:., 181G, An. s. Vert.
! Moira atropos A. Ag., 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 146.
(See Part H. p. 365.)

PI. XXIII.

West Indies ; North and South Carolina.

Moira clotho

! Moera clotho Mich., 1855, Rev. Mag. Zobl.

! Moira clotho A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 147.

There are, in the Jarclin des Plantes, and in the collection of Michelin, now
in the Ecole des Mines, specimens of a species of Moira most closely allied to
the West Indian Moira atropos ; this, and Hipponoe depressa, are the two
species of Echini from the two sides of the Isthmus of Panama, which it is
most difficult to discriminate satisfactorily, and for which more abundant ma-
terial is needed for an accurate comparison. The points of difference consist
in the different positions of the apical system, which is more central in the
California species ; the shorter longitudinal diameter compared to the trans-
verse, and, consequently, the broader and comparatively larger actinal plas-
tron ; the greater size of the actinostome, and the smaller anal system, which
is more circular, only pointed at the lower extremity. These are characters
which, as far as the material from the East Coast can furnish any data, ap-
pear tolerably uniform in the specimens I have had to examine and compare
from different localities.

Gulf of California.

Moira stygia

! Moera stygia LiJTK., 1872, in A. Ac, Bull. M. C. Z., III.
! Moira stygia, A. Ac, 1872, Rev. Ech., Pt. I. p. 147.

This is a most characteristic species, and at once distinguished from its con-
geners by striking features. The test is remarkable for its great height,
its general conical form, and the sharp, slightly rounded posterior keel, ex-
tending from the vertex to above the anal system, — the vertex is about half-
way to the posterior edge from the apex, along the arched keel, — its elon-

61G MOIf.A STYGIA.

gate apical system, its steep sloping anterior extremity. On the actinal side
the actinal plastron is rounded posteriorly, projecting into a sharp beak.
The sunken ambulacra are narrow; the edges slope suddenly, and are not
gradually curved in, as in the other species of the genus. The posterior am-
bulacra are straight, proportionally larger ; the course of the anterior pair
forms but a slight angle near the apex ; the posterior edge, which projects
over the lateral anterior ambulacra in M. atropos, and which is more than
one third the length of the whole ambulacral depression, is, in this species,
scarcely one fifth of the length of the corresponding petal. In the odd an-
terior ambulacrum the triangular space dividing, in M. atropos. the ^loove
into two cavities, is here reduced to a very indistinct space (lip), forming
gradually sloping sides, slightly re-entering in the centre, extending to the
extremity of the petal, which terminates at a considerable distance above the
ambitus, the ambulacral groove disappears very gradually, becoming a slight
indentation at the ambitus, while it is quite deep, and extends to the actino-
stonie, in M. atropos.

The outline of the test, as seen from the actinal side, is broadly rounded
anteriorly, pointed posteriorly. The actinostome is remarkably large, nearly
twice as broad, in proportion to its length, as in M. atropos. The actinal
plastron is elongate, rounded towards the posterior extremity, which termi-
nates in a sharp keel. It is covered by a uniform t uberculation of large tu-
bercles, scarcely becoming smaller at the posterior end : while, in M. atropos.
the diminution in the size of the tubercles is quite rapid and marked, as the
distance from the actinostome increases. The anal system is very elongated,
narrow, elliptical ; but the general arrangement of the plates is the same. — an
outer row of large plates, of nearly uniform size, surrounding a circular area
of smaller irregular plates in which the anal opening is placed. The course
of the lateral fasciole is nearly horizontal, forming a sharp curve as it passes
towards the anal system to become the anal fasciole ; it extends far below the
anal system to the edge of the test, to a short distance above the beak of the
actinal plastron. In the specimens examined the tuberculation of the abac-
tinal surface is somewhat more crowded and proportionally smaller than in
M. atropos. A comparison of the measurements of this sf>ecies with those of
M. atropos will show at a glance the great differences between them.

Dist. Length Dist. Length Iliitrlit

Long. Tmns. Apical Syst. Ant. Ijit. of Ant. Amb. Poet AnsiSyst.

Diam. [Ham Iloight. Ant. Edge. Amb. l'et. from Apes. Amb. Pet. above Edge*

49.5 43. 40. 28. 28. 4. 17. 16.

Red Sea ; Zanzibar.

SYSTEMATIC TABLE*

OF THE SPECIES OF ECHINI DESCRIBED IN PARTS II. AND III.

Suborder DESMOSTICHA, Haeckel, 383.

Family CIDARIDAE, Mull. 251, 384.
Subfamily GONIOCIDARIDAE, Haeckel, 251, 384.

Cidaris Ex., 252, 384.

(Maris metularia Bl., 385, Pis. P; Is; XXXV.

Cidaris Thouarsii Val., 385, Ph. P ; XXXV; XXXVIII.

Cidaris tribuloides Bl., 253, 386, Pis. I* ; P; II; IP; VI; XXVIII; XXXV; XXXVIII.
Dorocidaris A. Ag., 254, 386.

Dorocidaris papillaia A. Ac, 254, 3S6, Pis. I; V> ; P ; II"; IP ; IP ; XXIV.
Phyllacanthus Br., 387.

Phylla mithus annulifera A. Ag., 387, PI. J".

Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Ag., 388, Pis. P ; P ; If; XXIV; XXXV.

Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 389, Pis. P; P; If.

Phyllacanthus giganka A. Ag., 390, Pis. I" ; P.

Phyllacanthus imperialis Br.. 391, Ph. P ; If.

Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Ag., 392, Ph. P ; If
Stephanocidaris A. Ag., 393.

Slephanocidaris bispinosa A. Ag., 393, Pis. P; If.
Porocidaris Di.s., 394.

Porocidaris purpurata W. Thom., 395, Pis. P; XXIV.
G-oniocidaris Des., 395.

Goniocidaris canaliculata A. Ac;., 395, Ph. P ; Is; XXIV.

Goniocidaris geranioides Agass., 395, Ph. P ; Is ; XXIV ; XXXV.

Goniocidaris tubaria Lutk., 397, Pis. P : P.

Subfamily SALENIDAE, Agass., 258, 398.

Salenia Gray, 258, 398.

Salenia varispina A. Ac., 261, 398, Pis. Ill ; XXXV.

Family ARBACIADAE, Ghat, 2G3, 399.

Arbacia Grat, 2G3, 399.

Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 399.

Arbacia nigra A. An., 4<>1, PI. Is.

Arbacia punctulata Gray, 263, 402, Pis. II: V; VI; XXVI ; XXXV; XXXVIII.

Arbacia pustulosa Gray, p. 402, Pis. Is ; II"; V; XXVII; XXXVIII.

Arbacia spatuligera A. As., 403, PL XXXV.

Arbacia stellata, Gray. 404.
Podocidaris A. Ac., 2G9, 405.

Podocidaris sculpta A. Ac, 269, 405, PI. IV.
Coelopleurus Agass., 267, 406.

Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ao., 267, 406, PI. IP.

Coelopleurus Maillardi A. Ag., 406.

* Fur Synonymy see Part I. p. 88.

g28 SYSTEMATIC TABLE.

Family DIADEMATIDAE, Peters, 272, 407.

Diadema Schynv., 274, 108.

Diad ma meaoanum A. A.;.. 108, PL XXXVIII.

Viadema setosum Gray, 274, 408, Pis. Ilh ; IP : IV* ; VI; VI*; XXIV: XXVII; XXVIII.
Centrostephanus Pet., 109.

Centrostephanus coronatus A. Ac, 409.

Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 411.

Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. A.G., 412, Pis. IIP; XXIV.
Echinothrix Pet., U3.

Echinothrix calamaris A. Ac, 413, Pis. Ill": XXXV.

Echinothrix Ih-.inrii l'i:i\, II"'.

Echinothrix turcarum Pet., H6, Pis. 11": 111": XXIV.
Astropyga Gray, 117.

Astropyga pulvinata Agass., 118, Pis. Ill"; IIIb.

Astropyga radiata Gray, 420, PI. XXIV.
Asthenosoma Gri be, 272, 122.

Asthenosoma hystrix A. Ag., 273, 122, Pis. I lr : XXXVIII.

Asthenosoma varium GRUBE, l-'2, /'/. XXIV.

Family ECHINOMETRADAE, Gray, 276, 473.

Colobocentrotus Br., 123.

Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 424, Pis. Ill* : XXXVI; XXXVIII.

Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 4^r,, PL IIId.
Heterocentrotus Br., 127.

Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., 428, Pis. Ill' : XXVI; XXXVI.

Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br., 130, Pis. Ill'1: VI.
Ecliinometra Rondel. (Breyn.), 282, 131.
tr i lucunU r I'.i ... 131, Pis. IV'1 : VI.

Echinometra microstoma A. Ag., 132.

Echinom tra oblonga Bi ., 133, PI. XXXVI.

Echinom tra subangularis Desml., 283, 134, Pis. X*; XXVI.

Echinom tra Van Brunti A. Ag., 434.

/. kin m tra viridis A. As., 284, 135, Pis. A"; XXVI.
Parasalenia A. Ag., 4:15.

Parasalenia gratiosa A. Ag., 135, Pis. Ill'': VI.
Stomopneustes Agass., 136.

Stomopneustes variolaris Ag., 4:'.7. Pis. IV*; VI; XXIV; XXXVI.
Strongylocentrotus Br., 276, 438.

Strongyloa ntrotus alius A. Ag., 138.

Strongylocentrotus armiger A. Ag., 439, PI. V".

Strongylocentrotus depressus A. A'... tin.

Strongylo. DrSbachiensis A. Ag., 277, ill. Pis. TV*; VI: IX; X ; XXIV; XXVII; XXXVIII.

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammm A. Ag., 141, /'/. V*.

Strongylocentrotus franciscanus A. Ag., 442, Pis. V1 ; VI.

Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi A. A',.. 443.

Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. A';., ill.

Strongylocentrotus intermedius A. Ag., 445.

Strongylocentrotus lividus Br., 446, Pis. Vh ; XXIV.

Strongylocentrotus /»■ cicanus A. Ag., 447.

Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Ag., 448, /'/. XXIV.

Strongylocentrotus purpuratus A. Ag., 449, Pis. V" : VI: XXXVI.

Strongylocentrotus tubtmdatus P.u., 449, Pis. V* ; XXXVI.

SYSTEMATIC TABLE. 019

Sphaerechinus Des., 451.

Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Ag., 451, PL VI.

Sphaerechinus granulans A. Ag., 452, I'ls. V" ; VI.

Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Ao., 453, PL J'l.
Pseudoboletia Trosch., 454.

Ps udoboletia granulate A. Ag., 455.

Pseudoboletia unit, am A. Ac., 450, /'/. V".
Echinostrephus A. Ag., 457.

Eelvinostrephus molare A. Ag. 457, Pis. V" ; VI.

Family ECHINIDAE Agass., 285, 458.

Subfamily TEMNOPLEUSIDAE Des., 285, 460.

Temnopleui'us Agass., 4G0.

Temnopleurus Hardmckii A. Ag., 460, Pis. VIII; VIII"; XXV.

Temnopleurus^ReyuaxLdi Agass., 461, Pis. VIII; VIII".

Temnopleurus toreumati :us Agass., 463, Pis. i'HI".
Flemechinus Agass., 164.

Pleurechinus bothryoides Agass., 465.
Temnechinus Forises, 285, 460.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Ag., 285, 466, PL VIII.
Microcyphus Agass., 466.

Microcyphus maculatus Agass., 466, PL VIII".

Microcyphus zigzag Agass., 469, PL VIIIC.
Trigonocidaris A. Ag., 289, 471.

Trigonocidaris albida A. Ag., 28!), 471, Pis. IV; XXXVI.
Salmacis Agass., 471.

Salmacis bicolor Agass., 471, PL VIII".

Salmacis Dussumieri Agass., 473. PL VIIIh.

Salmacis globator Agass., 473, PI. XXX VIII.

Salm leis rarispina Agass., 475, PL VIII1'.

Salmacis sulcata Agass., 476, Pis. VI; VIIIh.
Mespiiia Des., 477.

Mespilia globulus Agass., 477, Pis. J'l; VIII"; VIII' ; XXXVIII.
Amblypneustes Agass., 478.

Amblypneustes formosus Val., 479, PL VHP.

Amblypneustes griseus Agass., 480, PL XXXVIII.

Amblypneustes ovum Agass., 480, PL VHP.

Amblypneustes paUidus Vai.., 481.

Amblypn ustes pentagonus A. Ag., 482, PL VHP.
Hoiopneustes Agass., 483.

Holopneustes inflatus A. Ag., 483.

Hoiopneustes porosissimus Agass., 484, PL VHP.

Holopneustes pwrpurescens A. Ag., 485, Pis. VI; VHP.

Subfamily TRIPLECHINIDAE A. Ag., 291, 487.

Phymosoma Haime, 487.

Phymosoma crenulare A. Ag., 487, Pis. VI; VII"; XXV; XXXVI; XXXVIII.
Hemipedina Wright, 291, 488.

Hemipedina cubensis A. Ag., 291, 488, Pis. Ill ; XXXVI.

620 SYSTEMATIC TABLE.

Echinus Rond. (Lin.), 29:;, 189.

Echinus acutus Lamk., 189, Ph. I'll" ; XXV.

Echinus angulosus A. A<;., 489, PL I'll".

Echinus elegans (Dub. o. Kor.), 491, PL VII".

Echinus eseulentus Lin., 491, PL I'll1:

Echinus gracilis A. Ag., 293, 492, Pis. 17"; I7A

Echinus magellanicus Phil., 4!t±

/■. Iii mix margaritaceus Lam., 4!i:{.

Echinus melo Lam., 493.

Echinus microtuberculatus Bl., 494, Ph. VI; I'll"; VIII.

Echinus miliaria Mull., 495, PL XXV.

I. hinus norvegicus DiJB. 0. KoE., -!»<;, 196, PL VI".
Toxopneustes Agass., 297, 196.

Taxopn usL t m i :u/atiw A. A<;.. )!!(>.

Toxopneustes /-(/...'hx Agass., 497, Pis. VIIP> ; XXV; XXXVIII.

Toxopn ustes s mitub rculatus Agass., 199.

Tm , i iegatus A. Ag., 298, £ , Ph. II; IV'; VI; VII; XXV.

Hipponoe Guav, 301, 500.

Hipponoi depressa A. Ag., 500.

Hipponos esculenta A. Ag., 301, 501, Ph. VI; VI"; VIII.

Hippono van gata A. Ag., 501, I'lx. Il'b; XXV.
Evechinus Verrill, 502.

Evechinus chloroticus VERRILL, .""■< >ii. Ph. IVb ; VI.

Suborder CLYPEASTR1DAE Agass. 304, 504.

Family EUCLYPEASTRIDAE Haickil. 304, 505.
Subfamily FIBULARINA Gray, 304, 505.

Echinocyamus Van Piu.i.s, 304, 505.

Echinocyamut pusillus Gray, 304, 505, Ph. XI' : XIII.
Fibularia Lamk.. 506.

Fibularia australis Desml., 506, /'/. XIII.

Fibularia ovulum Lwik., .~pii7. /'/. XIII'.

Fibularia volva Agass., 509.

Subfamily ECHINANTHIDAE A. Ac, 30G, 510.

Clypeaster Lamk., 306, ,r)l0.

i „r aster humilis A. Ag., 510, /'/. XIa.

Clypeaster rotundas A. Ag., 511.

Clypeaster scutiformis Lamk.. .">1l'. /'/. XHIf.

Clypi ister subdepressus Agass., 306, 513, I'lx. XI* ; XI'; Xlf; XIId: Xlllf; XXV; XXIX; XXX.
Echinanthus Breyn., 310, ."» 1 4.

Echinanthus ros to us Gray, 311, .".14, Ph. XI' ; XI*; X'.f; XIII: XXV; XXVII; XXVIII; XXXVII.

Echinanthus testudinarius Cray, ">14.

Subfamily LAGANIDAE DBS., 516.

Laganum Ki.., 516.

Laganum Bonani Kl., 517, PI. XIII'.

Laganum depressum Less., .lis. Pis, XI I If ; XXXIII.

Laganum Putnami Barn., .r>!fl.

SYSTEMATIC TABLE. C21

Peronella Gray, 520.

Peronella decagonatis A. Ag., 520, Pis. XIII' ; XXXVII.
Peronella orbicularis A. Ag., 521.
Peronella Permii Gray. 522, PL XIII'.
Peronella rostrata A. Ag., 523.

Family SCUTELLIDAE Agass., 315, 524.

Echinarachnius Leske, 315, 521.

Echinarachnius excentricus Val., 524, PI. XIII".

Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Ag., 526, Pis. XIII": XXXVII.

Echinarachnius parma Gray, 316, 528, Pis. XI*; XI'; XII; XXV; XXVI; XXXI.
Arachnoides Kl., 528.

Arachnoides placenta Agass., 530, XIIIh.
Echinodiscus Bretn., 531.

Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 531, Ph. XI" ; XIII'.

Echinodiscus biforis A. Ag., 532, Pis. XIIIb ; XXXVII.

Echinodiscus tat ris A. Ag., 533.
Mellita Kl., 319, 534.

Mellita erythraea Gray, 534.

Mellita longifissa Mich., 535, PI. XI.

Mellita pacifica Verrill, 536.

Mellita sexforis A. Ag., 320, 536, Pis. XI; XI*.

Mi liita Stokesii A. Ac, 536, XIIId.

Mellita testudiuata Kl., 322, 538, Pis. XI; XII"; XIP.
Astriclypeus Verrill, 538.

Astriclypeus Manni Verrill, 539, PL XIIId.
Rotula Kl., 540.

Rotula August! Kl., 541, Pis. XIII" ; XXXIII.

Rotula Rumphii Kl., 543, PL XIIP.
Encope Agass., 324, 544.

Encope californica Verrill, 544.

Encope emarginata Agass., 325, 545, Pis. XII ; XII b ; XII*.

Encope graudis Agass., 545, PI. XIIId.

Em-ope Michelini Agass., 329, 547, Pis. XW> ; XII'; XII*.

Encope micropora Agass., 547.

Suborder PETALOSTICHA Haeckel, 331, 549.

Family CASSIDULIDAE Agass., 332, 549.

Subfamily ECHINONIDAE Agass., 332, 550.

Echinoneus Van Phel., 332, 550.

Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske, 550, Pis. XIV ; XIV".
Echinoneus semilunaris Lamk., 333, 550, Pis. XIV ; XXXVIII.

Subfamily NUCLEOLIDAE Agass., 335, 551.

Neolampas A. Ag., 340, 551.

Neolampas rostellata A. Ag., 340, 551, PL XVII.
Echinolampas Gray, 335, 551.

Echinolampas depressa Gray, 335, 551, PL XVI.

Echinolampas Hellei Val., 552, Pis. XV; XV".

Echinolampas oriformis Gray, 553.

622 SYSTEMATIC TABLE.

Rhynchopygus D'Orbig., 342, 553.

Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lt'TK., :!4:i, 553, Ph. XV; XXXVII.

Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Ag., 554, Pis. -VI'",- XXXII; XXXIII.
Echinobrissus Bui.yn., 535.

Echinobrissus recens D'Orb., 556, Pis. XIV« ; XX I b , XXX I'll!.
Nucleolites Lamk., 557.

NuckoliUs epigouua .Mart., 558, /'/. A/A*.
Anochanus Grdbb, 559.

Anochaiius sinensis (Iri'be, 560.

Family SPATANGIDAE Agass., 344, 561.
Subfamily ANANCHYTIDAE Alb. Grab., 3*4, 561.

Pourtalesia A. Ac, -SI I. 561.

Pourtalesia miranda A. AG., 345, 561, /'/. AT///.
Homolampas A. Ag , •"> 1". 562.

Homolampas/wjii/..- A. A... Ml--, 562, /'/. XVII.
Platybrissus Grdbe, 562.

Platybrissus Roemeri GRUBE, 56:',, /'/. XX lk.

Subfamily SPATANGINA Gray, 349, 564.

Spatangus Ki... 564.

Spatangus Lutkeni A. Ag., 564. [XXXVIII.

Spatangus purpur u l.i ee, 565, Ph. Xlf: XIV; XIX'; XXVI; AAA//; XXXIV; XXXVII;

Spatangus Rascal Loven, 567, Pis. XXV; XXVI.
Maretia Gray. 56&

.1/ in ' i alta A. Aft 569.

Maretia Gray, 57$ Pis. A/A6 , XXV; XXVI.

Eupatagns Ag \ss., .572.

Eupatagus Valenciennesii AGASS., 572, PI. XV".
Lovenia Des., 574.

/. hi i cordiformis Li IK., 574.

Lov nil tlongata Gray, 575, Ph. XIX'; XXV; AAI7. XXXVII; XXXVIII.

• hi iinih i ( rRAY, 577.

Breynia Des., o~8.

/.V i ie Gray, 578, Pis. XV' ; XXV; XXVI.

Echinocardium Gray, 349, 580.

AV/i australe Gray, 580, /'/. XXXVII.

Erin i ■am Gray, 349, 580, PU. XIX; XX: XXV; XXXIII.

Echinocardium flavescens A. Ag., 351, 580, Ph. XX; XXV.

Echinocardium m iiterraneum Gray, 580, Ph. XXV; XXVI.

Echinocardium pennatindum Xorm., 351, 581, /'/.<. XX : XXXII.

Subfamily LESKIADAE Gray, .582.

Paleostoma Lovex, 582.

Paleostoma mirn'illis Lov£\T, 583, PL XXXII.

Subfamily BRISSINA Gray, 353, 580.
Hemiaster Des., 585.

Hemiaster australis A. Ac, 586, PI. XXI'.
Hemiaster cavernosa A. Ac, 5<7, /'/. XXI'.

SYSTEMATIC TABLE. G2-:

Tripylus Phil., 588.

Tripylus excavatus Phil., 588, PL XXIC.
Rhynobrissus A. Ag., 590.

Rhynobrissus pyrarnidalis A. A.G., 590, PI. XXIII".
Brissopsis Agass., 354, 5U3.

Brissopsis Ivssonica A. A.:., 593.

Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 354, 594, Pis. XIX; XXI; XXXVIII.
Agassizia Val., 353, 594.

Agassizia excentrica A. Ail, 353, 594, Pis. XI f ; XIV.

Agassizia scrobiculata Yai.., 594, Ph. XIX" ; XIXb.
Brissus Kl., 356, 596.

Brissus carinatus Gray, 596, Pis. XXI" ; XXV; XXVI.

Brissus obesus Verrill, 597.

Brissus uuicolor Kl., 357, 59S, Pis. XXII; XXXVII.
Metalia Gray, 360, 598.

Metalia africana A. Ag-., 598.

Metalia maculosa A. Ag., 598, Pis. XXI1 : XXVI; XXXVIII.

Metalia pectoralis A. Ag., 361, 601), PL XXI.

Metalia sternalis Gray, 000, Pis. XXI" ; XXI' : XXXII ; XXXVII.
Meoma Gray, 358, 603.

Meorna graudis Gray, 603, Pis. XXVI; XXXIV.

Meom < ventricosa Lurx., 358, 603, Pis. XX; XXII; XXVI; XXXVIII.
Linthia Mek., 604.

Linthia auslraUs A. Ag., 605, Pis. XIX" ; XXlb.
Faorina Gray, 007.

Faoriua chineusis ( }ray, 607, PL XIX".
Schizaster Agass., 363, 609.

Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 609, Pis. XXIII" ; XXXIII.

Schizaster fragilis Agass., 363, 612, Pis. .VAT; XXVI.

Schizaster gibbsrulus Agass., 612.

Schizaster Philippii A. Ag., 612, PL XXVI.

Schizaster ventricosus Gray, 614.
Moira A. Ag., 365, 615.

Moira atropos A. Ag., 365, 615, PL XXIII.

Moira clotho A. Ag., 615.

Moira styrjia A. Ag., 615.

INDEX*

TO PARTS I.-III.

Agassizia Val., 80, 353, 594.
Agassizia excentrica A. Ag., 88, 353, 594.
Agassizia scrobiculata, Val., 88, 594.
Amblypneustes Agass., 88, 478.

Amblypneustes r/riscus Agass., 89, 480.
Amblypneustes formosus Val., 88, 479.
Amblypneustes ovum Agass., 89, 480.
Amblypneustes paUidus Val., 89, 481.
Amblypneustes pentagonus A. Ac, 89, 482.
ANANCHYTIDAE Alb. Gras., 344, 5G1.
Anochanus Grube, 89, 559.
Anochanus sinensis Grube, 89, 560.
Arachnoides Kl. 90, 528.
Arachnoides placenta Agass., 90, 530.
Arbacia Gray, 90, 263, 399.
Arbacia Dufresnii Gray, 91, 399.
Arbacia nir/ra, A. Ag., 91, 401.
Arbacia punctidata Gray. 91, 263, 402.
Arbacia pustulosa Gray-, 92, 402.
Arbacia spatuligera A. Ag., 93, 403.
Arbacia stellata Gray', 93. 404.
ARBACIADAE Gray, 263, 399.
Asthenosoma Grube, 93, 272, 422.
Asthenosoma hystrix A. Ag., 93, 273 422.
Asthenosoma varium Grube, 93 422.

Astriclypeus Verrill, 93, 538.
Astriclypeus Maimi Verrill, 93, 539.
Astropyga Gray, 94, 417.
Astropyga pulvinata Agass., 94, 418.
Astropyga radiata Gray', 94, 420.
Breynia Des., 95, 578.
Breynia Australasiae Gray, 95, 578.
BRISSLNA Gray, 353, 585.
Brissopsis Agass., 95, 354, 593.
Briasopsin luzonica A. Ag., 95, 593.
Brissopsis lyrifera Agass., 95, 354, 594.
Brissus Kl., 90, 356, 596.
Brissus carinatus Gray, 96, 596.

Brissus obesus Verrill, 96, 597.
Brissus unicolor Kl., 97, 357, 598.
CASSIDULIDAE Agass., 332, 549.
Centrostephanus Pet., 97, 409.
Centrostephanus coronatus A. Ag., 97, 409.
Centrostephanus longispinus Pet., 98, 411.
Centrostephanus Rodgersii A. Ag., 98, 412.
CIDARIDAE Mlll., 251, 384.
Cidaris Kl., 98, 252, 384.
Cidaris metularia Br.., 98, 385.
( 'idaris Thouarsii Val., 98, 385.
Cidaris tribuloides Bl., 99, 253, 386.
Clypeaster Lamk., 99, 306, 510.
Clypeaster humilis A. Ag.. 100, 510.
Clypeaster rotundus A. Ac, 100, 511.
Clypeastpr scutiformis Lamk., 101. 512.
Clypeaster subdepressus Agass., 101, 306, 513.

CLYPEASTRIDAE Agass., 304, 504.

Coelopleurus Agass., 102, 267, 406.
Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ag., 102, 267, 406.
Coelopleurus Maillardi A. Ag., 102, 406.
Colobocentrotus Br., 102, 423.
Colobocentrotus atratus Br., 102, 424.
Colobocentrotus Mertensii Br., 103, 426.

DESMOSTICHA Haeckel, 251, 383.
Diadema Schynv., 103, 274, 408.
Diadetna mexicanum A. Ac, 103, 408.
Diadema selosum Gray, 103, 274, 408.
DIADEM ATIDAE Peters, 272, 407.
Dorocidaris A. Ag., 104, 254, 386.
Dorocidaris papillata A. Ac, 104, 254, 386.
ECHINANTHIDAE A. Ag., 306, 510.

Echinanthus Breyn., 106.
Echinanihus rosaceus Gray, 106, 311, 514.
Echinanthus testudinarius Gray, 106, 514.
Echinarachnius Leske, 107, 315, 524.
Echinarachnius excentricus Val., 107, 524.

* For Synonymes see Synonymic Index, Part I. p. 171.

626

INDEX.

Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Ag., 107, 526.
Echinarachnius parma Gray, 107, 316, 528.
ECHINIDAE Agass., 285, 458.
Echinobrissus Bbetn., 108, 555.
Echinobrissus recens D'Okb., 108, 55G.
Echinocardium Gray, 109, 349, 580.
Echinocardium australe Gray, 10!), 580.
Echinocardium cordalum Gray, 109, 349. 580.
Echinocardium flavescens A. Ac, 110,351,580.
Echinocardium medilerraneum Gray, 110, 580.
Echinocardium pennatifidum Norm., 111,351,581.
Echinocyamus Van Phel., 111,304,505.
Echinocyamus pusillus Gray, ill. 304, 505.
Echinodiscus Breyn., 112.
Echinodiscus auritus Leske, 112, 581.
Echinodiscus biforis A. AG., 113, 532.
Echinodiscus laevis A. Ag., US, 583.
Echinolampas Gray, 111. 335, 551.
Echinolampas depressa GRAY, 111. 335, 551.
Echinolampas Hellei Val., 1 1 l, 552.
Echinolampas oviformis Gray, 11 I. 553.
Echinometra Rondel. (Breyn.), 115, 282,

431.
Echinometra lucunter Bl., 115, 481.
Echinometra macrostoma A. AG., 116,482.
Echinometra oblonga Bl., 110, 433.
Echinometra subangularis Desml., 1 1G, 283, 434.
Echinomt 'ra Van Brunti A. Ac; .117. 434.
Echinometra viridis A. Ac. 117. 284, 435.
ECHINOMETRADAE Gray, 276, 173.
Echinoneus Van Phel., 1 17, 332, 550.
Echinon us cyclostomus Leske, 1 1 7. 550.
Echinon us semilunaris I.amk.. 11s. 833, 550.
ECHINONIDAE AG kSS.,

Echinostrephus A. Ac 119, 157.
Echinostrephus molart A. AG., 119, 157.
Echinothrix Pet., 119, 41:5.
Echinothrix calamaris A. Ao., 119, 413.
Echinothrix Desorii I'i-.t. 120, 415.
Echinothrix turcarum Prt., 120, 410.

Echinus Rond. (Lin.), 121, 293, 189.

Echinus acntus I.amk , 121, 489.

Echinus angulosus A. Ac... 121, 189.

Echinus ekgans (Dub. o. Kor.), 122, 491.

Echinus esculentus Lin., 122, 491.

Echinus gracilis A. Ac, 123, 293, 492.

Echinus magellaiiicus Phil., 123, 492.

Echinus margaritaceus Lam., 124, 493.

Echinus melo Lam., 124, 493.

Echinus microtuberculatus Bi ... 124, 494.

Echinus niiliaris Mull.. 125, 495.

Echinus uorvegicus Dun. o. Kor., 125, 296, 496.

Encope Agass., 126, 324, 544.

Encope californica Verrill, 12fi, 544.

Encope emarginata Agass., 126, 325, 545.

Encope grandis Agass., 127, 545.
Encopt Michelini AGASS., 127. 329. 547.
Encopi micropora AGASS., 127. 547.

ETJCLYPEASTRIDAE Haeckel, 304,

505.
Eupatagus Agass., 128, 572.
Eupatagus Valeuciennesii Ac. 128, 572.
Evechinus Verrill, 128, 502.
Evechinus chloroticus Verrill, 128, 502.
Faorina Gray, 129, 607.

Faorina chineusis GRAY, 129, 607.

Fibularia Lamk., 129, 506.
Fibularia australis Desml., 129, 506.
Fibularia ovnlum I.amk.. 129, 507.
Fibularia volva AGASS., 180, 509.
FIBTJLARINA GRAY, 804, 505.
GONIOCIDARIDAE HaeCKI i -'51, 384.

G-oniocidaris Des., 131, 395.
Goniocidaris canaliculate A. Ac, 131, 395.
Goniocidaris geranioides Ac, 131,896.
Goniocidaris tubaria LttTK., 131. 397.
Hemiaster Des., 132, 585.
Hemiasltr australis A. Ac, 132. 586.
Hemiaster cavernosus A. Ag., 182, 587.
Hemipedina Wright, 132, 291, 188.
Hemipedina cubensis A. Ac, 132. 291, 488.
Heterocentrotus Br., 133, 127.
Heteroceutrotus mammillatus Hi:.. 133. 128.
Heterocentrotus Irigonarius Bit., 134, 430.
HipponoeCKu. 134, 301, 500.
lliir""' depressa A. A.;.. 134, £

Hippono esculenta A. Ac 135. 801, 501.

Hippo ' " A. Ai... 185, 501.

Holopneustes Ac".. 136, 1*3.

Holopneustes mftatus A. AG., 186, 483.

Holopm usti s porosissimus Ac, 136, 484.

Holopneustes purpurescens A. Ac. 136,485.

Homolampas A. Ag., 137, .".17. 562.

Homolampas yni;//7i'.< A. Ac, 137, 348, 562.

LAGANIDAE Des., 516.

Laganum Ki... 137, 516.

Laganum Bonani Ki.., 137, 517.

Laganum depressum Less., 138, 518.

Laganum Putnami Barn., 138, 519.

LESKIADAE Gray, 582.

Linthia Mr.n, 138, 604.

Linthia australis A. Ag., 138, 605.

Lovenia Des., 130, r>74.

Lovenia cordiformis Li'tk., 139, 574.
Lovenia elongaia Gray, 139, 575.
Lovenia subcarinata Gray, 139, 577.
Maretia Okay, 139; 568.
Mai-etia alta A. Ag,, 189,569.
Maretia planulata Gray, 140, 570.

INDEX.

02 7

Mellita K..„ HO, 319, 534.
MellL'a erythrea Gray, 140, 534.
Mellita longifissa Mich., 140, 535.
M< Hi/a pacifica Verrill, 14 1, 53G.
Mellita sexforis A. Ag., 141, 320, 536.
Mellita Stokesii A. Ag., 141, 53G.
Mellita testudinata Ki.., 141, 322, 538.
Meoma Gray, 142, 358, 603.
Meoma grandis Gray, 142, 003.
Meoma ventrico.ia Lutk., 143, 358, 603.
Mespilia Des. 143, 477.
Mespilia globulus Agass., 143, 477.
Metalia Gkay, 144, 360, 598.
Metalia africana A. Ag., 144, 598.
Metalia maculosa A. Ag., 144, 598.
Metalia pecloralis A. Ag., 144, 3G1, 600.
Metalia sternalis Gray, 145, GOO.
Microcyphus Agass., 145, 466.
Mycrocyphus maculatus Agass., 146, 466.
Microcyphus zigzag Agass., 146, 469.
Moira A. Ag., 146, 365, 615.
Moira atropos A. Ag., 146, 3G5, 615.
Moira clotho A. Ag., 147, 615.
Moira slygia A. Ag., 14 7, GI5.
Ileolampas A. Ag., 147, 340, 551.
Ileolampas rostellata A. Ag., 147, 340, 551.
IIUCLEOLIDAE Agass., 335, 551.
Nucleolites Lamk., 147, 557.
Nucleolites epigouus Mart., 147, 558.
Paleostoma Loven, 147, 582.
Paleostoma mirabilis Loven', 147, 583.
Parasalenia A. Ag., 148, 435.
Parasalenia gratiosa A. Ag., 148, 435.
Peromelia Gray, 148, 520.
J'eronella 'decagonalis A. Ag., 148, 520.
Peronella orbicularis A. Ag., 149, 521.
Peronella Peronii Gray, 149, 522.
Peronella roslrata A. Ag., 149, 523.

PETALOSTICHA Haeckel, 331, 549.
Fliyllacanthus Br., 149, 387.
J'hyllacaathus annulifera A. Ac, 150, 387.
Phyllacanthus baculosa, A. Ag , 150, 388.
Phyllacanthus dubia Br., 150, 389.
Phyllacanthus gigantea A. Ag., 150, 390.
Phyllacaiithus imperialis Br , 151, 391.
Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Ag., 151, 392.
Phymosoma Haime, 151, 487.
Phymosoma crenulare A. Ag., 151, 487.
Platybrissus Grube, 152, 562.
Flatybiissus Roemeri Grubk, 152, 5G3.
Pleurechinus Agass., 152, 464.
Pleurechinus bolhryoides Agass., 152, 465.
Podocidaris A. Ag., 152, 269, 405.
Podocidaris Eculpta A. Ag., 152, 269, 405.

Porocidaris Das., 152, 394.
Porocidaris purpurata W. Tiiom., 152, 335.
Pourtalesia A.Ag., 152, 341, 561.
Pourtalesia mirauda A. Ag., 152, 345, 5G1.
Pseudoboletia Trosch., 153, 454.
Pseudoboletia granulala A. Ag., 153, 455.
Pseudoboletia Indiana A. Ag., 153, 456.
Rhynchopygus D'Orbig., 153, 342, 553.
Rhynchopygus caribaearum Lutk., 153, 343, 553.
Rhynchopygus pacificus A. Ag., 153, 554.
Rhynobrissus A. Ag., 154, 590.
Rhynobrissus pyramidalis A. Ag., 154, 590.
Rotula Ki.., 154, 540.

Rotula Augusti Ki.., 154, 541.
Rotula Rumphii Kr,., 155, 543.
SALSNIDAE Agass , 258, 398.
Salenia Gray, 155, 258, 398.
Salenia sarispina A. Ag., 155, 261, 398.
Salmacis Agass., 155, 471.
Salmacis bicolor Agass., 156, 471.
Salmacis Dussumieri Agass.. 15G. 4 73.
Salmacis globator Agass., 156, 473.
Salmacis rarispina Agass., 156, 4 75.
Salmacis sulcata Agass., 156, 4 76.
Schizaster Agass., 157, 363, (.09.
Schizaster canaliferus Agass., 157, COO.
Schizaster fragilis Agass., 157, 3G3, C12.
Schizastt r gibberulus Agass., 158, 612.
Schizaster Philippii A. Ag., 158, 612.
Schizaster veutrico^us Gray, 158, 614.
SCUTELLIDAE Agass., 315, 524.
SPATANGIDAE Agass., 344, 561.
SPAT ANGINA Gray. 3! 9, 564
Spatangus Kl., 158, 564.

Spatangus Liitkeni A. Ag., 15S, 564.

Spatanqu* purpureus Lkskk, 158, 565.

Spatangus Raschi Love's, 159, 567.

Sphaerechinus Des., 159, 451.

Sphaerechinus Australiae A. Ag., 159, 451.

Sphaerechinus granularis A. Ac. 159, 452.

Sphaerechinus pulcherrimus A. Ac, 160,453.

Stephanocidaris A. Ag., 160, C93.

Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Ac, 160, 393.

Stomopneust.es Agass., 161, 436.

Stomopneustes variolaris Ag., 161, 437.

Strongylocentrotus Br., 161, 276, 438.

Strongylocenirolus alhus A. Agass., 162, 438.

Strongylocentrotus armiger A. Ag., 162, 439.

Strongylocentrotus depressus A. Ag., 162, 440.

Strongylocentrotus DrobachiensLi A. Ac, 162, 277, 44 1 .

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus A. Ag., 163, 441.

Strongylocentrotus franciscanus A. Ag . 163, 442.

Strongylocentrotus Gaimardi A. Ag., 163,443.

Strongylocentrotus gibbosus A. Ac, 164,444.

I12S

INDEX.

Strongylocenlrotus intermedin* A. Ac, 1C4, 445.
Strongylocentrotus lioidus Bit , 1G4. 440.
Strongylocenlrotus mexicanus A. A(i., 1G5, 447.
Strongylocenlrotus nudus A. Ac, 1U5, 448.
Strongylocenlrotus purpuratus A. Ac;.. 165,449.
Strongylocentrotus hihi rrulnlus Hit., Hi.'i. 149.

Temnechinus Forbes, 165, 285, 166.
Temnechinus maculatus A Ac, 165, 285, 4(i6.
TBMNOPLEURIDAE Dis. 285,460.
Temnopleurus Agass., 166, 460.
Temnopleurus Hardwicldi A. Ac, 166,460.
Temnopleurus Reynaudi Acvss.. 1GG, 4G1.

Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agass., 166, 4G3.
Toxopneustes Ac\*s., ir>7, l".i7, 4'JU.
Toxopneustes maculatus A. Ac, 1G7, 49G.
Toxopneustes pileolus Ag ^^s., 1G7, 497.
Toxopneustes semituberculalus An., 168, 499.
Toxopneustes variegatus A. Ac;., 1G8, 289, 500.
Trigonocidaris A. Ac, 169, 289, 471.
Trigonocidaris albida A. Ac, 1G9, 289, 4 71.
TRIPLECHINIDAE A. Ac, 291, 487.

Tripylus Phil., 169. 588.
Tripylus escavatus Phil., 1G9, 588.

ERRATA.

PARTS I., II.

In Chronological List, page 71, insert in 1858,

McCrady, J., Proe. Elliot Soc. N. H. of Charleston, S. C, I. p. 283, 1858,
Ravenelia.
In I860,

Ebray, Etud. Pal sur le Dept. de la Nievre, p. 56, 1860,
Orbigniana.
Page 77, 3d line from bottom, for Ravenellia read Bavenellia (Liitk.) non McCr. 1858.
128, 9th line from bottom, for Evechinus Verrill read Evechinus Verrill.
131, insert 4th line from bottom, Goniocidaris tubaria ! Lutk. 1864. Bid.
139, 3d line from top, for Lovenia Agass. read Lovenia Des. 1847 in Agass.
143, 21st line from bottom, for Mespilia Agass. read Mespilia Des. 1846 in Agass.
164, 25th line from bottom, for Stronyylocentrotus lividus read Strongylocentrotus Hindus.
194, 19th line from bottom, insert Orbigniana Ebrat, 1860.
197, loth line from top, for Ravenellia Lutk. 1864 read Ravenelia McCr. 1858.

Ravenellia (Liitk.) 1864, non McCr.
213, 19th line from bottom, for Goniocidaris canalicuta read canalieulata.

216, 20th line from top, for Echinus elcgans Dcb. O. Kor. read Echinus (hr/ans (Dub. o. Kor.)

217, 6th line from bottom, for Scaphechinus mirabilis A. Ag. read mirabilis Barn.

219, 4th line from top, for EUSPATANGINA A. Ag. read SPATANGINA Gray.
242, to list of genera in Plate D add Echixothris.

" " " ' " E " Metalia.

254, 18th line from bottom, insert Orthocidaris (A. Ag.) 1863, non Cotteau, 1862.

267, 17th li::e from bottom, for ! Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ag. 1869, read 1872.

286, 2d line from top, for ! Gonocidaris maculatus read maculata.

297, 17th line from bottom, for Toxopneustes Agass. 1836. Prod, read Agass. 1841, Mon.

Scut, Int.
308, 4th line from top, for Clypeaster Lamk. 1816, read Clypeaster Lamk. 1801.

311, 13th line from top, for ! Clypeaster rosaceus Lamk. 1816, read Lamk. 1801.

344, 2d line from top, for Spatangidae Agass. 1841, read Agass. 1836.

347, under original name Homolampas add Lissonotus (A. Ag.) 1869, non ScHON.

365, 2d line from top, insert Moera (Mich.) 1855, non Leach nee Hdebn.

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE.

No. VII.

REVISION OF THE ECHINI.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

PART IV.

UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE,

WELCH, BIGELOW, & CO.

1874.

PART IV.

STRUCTURE AND EMBRYOLOGY

ECHINI.

WITH SEVENTEEN PLATES ISSUED WITH PART III., AND SIXTY-NINE WOOD-CUTS

PRINTED IN THE TEXT.

CONTENTS.

NOTE.

TERMINOLOGY.

THE TEST. GROWTH OF NEW PLATES.

PERISCHOECHINIDAE.

SPINES. FASCIOLES. PEDICELLARIAE. SPHAERIDIA.

ALIMENTARY CANAL. GENITAL ORGANS.

OCULAR SYSTEM. ANAL SYSTEM. ACTINOSTOME.

JAWS.

CIRCULATION. WATER SYSTEM. MADREPORIC BODY.

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

HABITS OF ECHINI.

EMBRYOLOGY. ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI.

HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF THE ECHINI.

NOTE TO PART IV.

The lithographic stones of six plates, containing the anatomy of Strongy-
locentrotus Drobachiensis and of Echinarachnius parina, were destroyed,
together with the original drawings, and the bulk of my notes on the
subject, in the great conflagration of November 9, 1872. They were the
accumulation of several years of more or less consecutive work on living
specimens of the two more common species of the New England coast.
My observations on S. Drobachiensis and Echinarachnius parma were in-
tended as the basis of a critical revision of many of the doubtful points
of the anatomy of the order, and at the same time, taking these two
species as types of their allies, I hoped to give as complete a history as
possible of the structure of two of the suborders of the Echini. This, in
connection with the anatomy of Spatangus, lately published by Hoffman,
would have given us a tolerably full account of the whole order.

This exposition I must now leave for future special monographs, and I
here add a revision of the Anatomy and Embryology of the order, based
upon what I have myself observed, taking in turn each of the three sub-
orders, in the discussion of the special points of structure. It will of course
be impossible for me, on account of the loss of so man}' of my plates of
reference, to make Part IV. as complete as it would otherwise have been,
and I am compelled to print a much less satisfactory exposition of this part
of the subject than I hoped to be able to publish.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

Cambridge, January, 1874.

TERMINOLOGY.

The following terms are usually employed in the description of the
species. A few additional terms, not of such general application, are also
used ; they will be found explained in their proper places.

The test of a Sea-urchin is composed of the following parts. An apical
system, or, as it is also called, an abactinal system (PL IP.f. 1. e; III f. n),
composed of the anal system (PI. VII. f. is), the genital and the ocular plates;
the genital plates correspond to the summit of the interambulacral areas,
the ocular plates to the ambulacra! areas. One of the genital plates is
spongy, pierced with small holes, and is called the madreporic body (PL IP
f. i. <;). The anal system is not necessarily a part of the apical system (PL
XV. f 7). The coronal system, or test proper, is made up of ten zones, five
ambulacral and five interambulacral areas (PL VP.f. 1,2). The ambulacral
areas consist of a median zone (PL VII f. 4), carrying the tubercles, and
are either flanked by a poriferous zone or pierced for the passage of the suck-
ers. The pores are called unigeminal. bigeminal, trigeminal, when they are
arranged in single, double, or triple pairs of pores. When the pores form an
uninterrupted line from the apex to the mouth they are called simple ; they
are called petaloid when near the apex they expand and afterwards contract,
forming a leaf-like figure on the upper part of the coronal system (PL XP.f.
1). The interambulacral area consists of two vertical rows of plates extend-
ing from the apex to the mouth (PL VII f. 14, ie). The actinal system or
peristome is the opening closed by a membrane, in which the mouth (actino-
stome) is situated (PL IP.f. 2 ; PI VII. f. 20).

The actinal system is, according to its shape and position, circular, central,
and notched, or eccentric, elliptical, transverse, and bilabiate. The poriferous
zone frequently assumes a peculiar shape round the actinostome, becoming
petaloid in some of the regular Echini (Pi. XIV1. f. 1) ; in others, where the
actinostome is pentagonal (Cassidulidae), the two poriferous zones are sep-
arated by the spreading of the ambulacral area, forming what is called a
fioscelle ; adjoining actinal ambulacral parts (called the phyllodes) are sep-
arated by an accumulation of small tubercles called bourrelets (PL XV.
f. dt 6), which correspond to the interambulacral region.

(336 TERMINOLOGY.

The tubercles attached to the plates composing the test are divided, ac-
cording to their importance, into primary tubercles, secondary tubercles
miliary tubercles, and granules. We distinguish in the primary tubercles a
mamelon which maybe perforate (PL 11. f. /). or imperforate (PL III. f. u) ;
the boss is the conical or mammiUary eminence supporting the mamelon, which
may be either smooth (PL III./, j), or crenulated (PI. IP./, a; PLIII.f. 11).

The areola or scrobicule is the smooth circular or elliptical space from
which the boss rises (PI. III./. ■;).

The scrobicular circle is the raised ring of small tubercles enclosing this
areola (PL 111./. .;).

Miliary zones are spaces between any two rows of primary tubercles, either
in the ambulacral or interambulacral region, which may or may not be cov-
ered by small granules ( PI. 111. /'. .;).

Sutural impressions are the smooth zones or furrows which mark the junc-
tion of adjoining coronal plates (PL VIII. f. 22, 26).

Angular or sutural pores are found in the horizontal and median ambu-
lacra! or interambulacral lines of junction of coronal plates. Radioles or
spines ( Pis. I'.. I'.) are the appendages articulating upon the tubercles. The
different parts of the spines are the socket by which it is articulated to the
tubercles; the lower part of the radiole is called the head, and is sep-
arated from the neck, which is usually smooth or finely striated, by the
milled ring, — a prominent ridge more or less deeply grooved, serving as an
attachment lor the muscles which are to move the spine: beyond the neck
we have the body or shaft of the spine.

The principal parts of the jaws (PL II"., PL XI". ) are the five pyramids
in which the teeth proper move. The auricles (PL IP. f. 5, w) are the
limestone pieces of the interior of the test, intended for the support of the
whole dental apparatus (lantern of Aristotle).

Fascioles or semitse — apparently smooth bands, but really covered by
minute modified spines — are found only in Spatangoids, and will be de-
scribed in their appropriate places.

In Clypeastroids and Spatangoids, owing to the presence of a well-defined
longitudinal axis, we distinguish a bivium and a trivium. The bivium is
made up of the two posterior lateral ambulacra with the enclosed interam-
bulacral space. The trivium is the combination of the three anterior ambu-
lacra. We also distinguish anterior and posterior lateral ambulacra, an odd
anterior ambulacrum, and an odd posterior interambulacruin.

Pedicellarise are modified spines (Pis. XXIV. -XXVI).

THE TEST.

The composition of the test in the three suborders of recent Echini is
readily reduced to a common formula, and, indeed, from an analysis of the
plates of the test alone we should hardly find sufficient data for a correct dis-
crimination of the suborders. The Desmosticha stand in marked contrast to
the other orders, owing to the large number of nearly identical coronal plates
which compose the test in the interambulacral space, extending from the
actinostome to the apical system (PL VI" '. f. 1 , 2) ; in the ambulacra! space
the arrangement of the plates is much more irregular; certain numbers of
plates form series, which are nearly repeated in vertical succession. The
plates of the ambulacral system are much more numerous in the Desmosticha
than those of the interambulacral spaces (PL VII f. 4), and in all Desmos-
ticha the test is more or less spherical, flattened, with a sort of ventral surface
(PI. VIa. f. 1) (the actinal surface), which forms an indistinct passage at the
ambitus (the edge of the test) to the dorsal side (the abactinal side). In
some of the regular Echini this passage is so gradual that no ambitus proper
can be said to exist (Amblypneustes, PL VHP.) ; while in others, such as
Colobocentrotus (PL IIId. f. 5), some species of Pseudoboletia and Arbacia,
the contrast between the actinal and the abactinal side of the test is very
distinctly marked by the flattening of the test and the sharply defined
ambitus.

In the Clypeastroids (Pl.XP.f. 1) the number of the coronal interambula-
cral plates is much smaller than in the Desmosticha ; the plates are of very
variable outline, the test being as it were built up of individual plates fitted
especially for their place. This specialization of the coronal plates is carried
to the greatest perfection in Petalosticha, and in some of the Brissina (PL
XXII.), Schizaster, and Moira (PL XXIII), and the like, the shape of the
plates is widely different in different parts of the test. In Clypeastroids we
find the greatest contrast between the actinal and abactinal side (PI. XIP.
f. 3, 4), — a contrast that extends not- only to the shape of the plates of both
the ambulacral and interambulacral areas, but to the intimate structure of
these two areas. The ambitus is well marked by a sharp edge ; the growth

fi38 THE TEST.

nf the two surfaces proceeds independently after reaching a certain size ; the
character of the spines of the two surfaces is usually different; but the most
marked difference exists in the structure of the ambulacral system. which forms
in all Clypeastroids ambulacral furrows, ramifying more or less over the actinal
surface, the thin, delicate water-tubes of which are in striking- contrast to the
comparatively powerful ambulacral tentacles of the abactinal surface. As in
the Petalosticha the number of ambulacral plates of the Clypeastroids is
greatly reduced on the actinal side, and immediately below the petals they
do not exceed in number the Lnterambulacral plates. The interambu-
lacra do not extend to the actinostome, but the ambulacra! plates encroach
upon them, forming what has been called the buccal rosette, immediately
round the mouth (PI. XIP.f. .;); this rosette consists of ambulacral plates,
it precedes the interaiubulacral area, commencing with a single plate. The
contrast between the actinal and abactinal side is not so sharply marked in
Fibularia and the Echinanthidae | PI. XIb.) as in the Scutellidae (PI.XIP.),
Laganidae, and the like, in which the most characteristic structural features
of the suborders are fully developed. There are in the Clypeastroids but
few variations in the structure of the abactinal part of the ambulacral sys-
tem. The great structural distinctions are mainly found on the actinal side.
In the Petalosticha the specialization of the interaiubulacral plates is carried
to its height. The actinostome also presents some very characteristic dif-
ferences ; the outline formed by the vi\^v of the test is subject to consider-
able, changes [Pis. AT.. XVII., XXI, XX//L XXIII ". i. In the other
suborders, especially in the Clypeastroids, the uniformity of the actinal open-
ing is very marked. The Petalosticha are distinguished from the Clypeas-
troids by the formation of plastrons (Pis. XXI f. >,.:,; XXI'.f.s) where
the tuberculatum is usually closely packed,,often surrounded by bands formed
of minute miliaries (the fascioles) ; but what is especially characteristic of
this suborder are the remarkable changes 1<> which the abactinal part of the
ambulacra! system is subject in the different families, and the specialization
of one of the ambulacra, which in many genera shows a completely different
structure from that of the Lateral ambulacra i /'/. A" V". f. i.r; -XIX"..
A/A'.. XX /.. XXIII".). The tubercles which form so conspicuous a part of
the test of the regular Echini, as in the case of the Cidaridae ( PI. 11. f. l).
where they are limited in number and very large, are gradually reduced in
importance as we pass through the Diadeinatidae [VI. III.". IIP.) to the
Echinidae (PI. VHP.. VHP.), until in the Clypeastroids (PI. XI') they are

THE TEST. 639

extremely numerous, small, and though not differing in structure from those
of the regular Echini, yet are comparatively unimportant, and become still
less important in the Spatangoids, where in many places of the test the
tuberculatum is reduced to a mere granulation (PI. XV"., XXI".). In a few
genera of the three suborders, we sometimes find the scrobicular circles deeply
sunken, as, for instance, in Asthenosoma, where the miliary tubercles are
surrounded by a deep channel, formed by the scrobicular circles. In many
Clvpeastroids the scrobicular circles of the primaries are sunken ; in Echino-
neus (PL XIV".), and in some Spatangoid genera, — Breynia (PL XV". f. ?).
for instance. — where a few of the large tubercles within the peripetalous
fasciole have a similar structure. The large abactinal tubercles of Maretia
and Lovenia have a sunken scrobicular area ; but in Lovenia this is carried
to such an extent that the depression forms a purse on the interior of the
test (PL XXXVIII. f. 28). The calcareous test is covered by a thin cuticle,
crowded with vibratile cilia ; in the folds of the envelope and of the intestine
and other organs the plates forming the test, and the spicules found in the
walls of the intestine, are deposited (PL XXXVIII). These spicules are not
found in the Petalosticha.

The ambulacral system forms, in the Clypeastroids (PL XP.f. 1) and Peta-
losticha (PL XXIII. f. 5), a bivium and a trivium. In the Clypeastroids the
ambulacra have all the same structure (PL XI'. f. 2). with the ex-
ception of differences of length in the petals (PL XIP.f. .;). and of the
lunules, placed in the prolongation of the petals, which are more or less well
developed in the different ambulacra, and are not materially different
(PL XIP.f. ■})■ The odd anterior ambulacrum forms, in connection with the
anterior lateral ambulacra, a trivium, in which the lateral anterior interambu-
lacra are placed symmetrically on each side of the median longitudinal
axis, and there is one odd median ambulacrum (PL XII'. f. .;). In the
bivium, on the contrary, the lateral posterior ambulacra are placed symmetri-
cally on the sides of the median longitudinal axis, and there is an odd
median interambulacrum (PL XII". f. .i). In Petalosticha the symmetrical
combinations possible in the trivium are complicated by the difference in
structure of the odd anterior ambulacral zone ( PI. XV. f. 2 ; PL XXI. f. .5).
It is, as I have attempted to show, impossible to trace a bivium and a trivium
in the Desmosticha which will be homologous to that of the Petalosticha and
Clvpeastroids, as there is no anterior or posterior developed ; what appears to be
the first trace of this in the regular Echini, the differentiation of a longitudinal

640 THE TEST.

and of a transverse axis in Echinometraclae, owing to the obliquity of the
test, is an embryonic feature retained in the Echinometradae, and which
exists in all Echinoderms in their Platens stage. In one genus of the Echi-
nometradae (PI. X".f. 2) the short axis makes an acute angle with the
longer axis; in another it is the reverse (PL III'./, i). In Stomopneustes
the obliquity is so slight as to l»e imperceptible in many specimens.

Loven has made an exceedingly ingenious analysis of the test of the three
suborders of Echini, in which he attempts, on entirely new grounds, to deter-
mine the position of the madreporic body as the right anterior one in the
regular Echini. From what I have attempted to show of the position of the
madreporic body with reference to an axis determined by the course of the
alimentary canal. I think Loven's views cannot lie sustained. The homology
he traces in the arrangement of the peristomal plates is one which is due to
the nature of the case. Any series of plates with an angular suture alternat-
ing on each side of a median line, and increasing in number at the apical
extremity in a spiral order, must necessarily consist of alternately larger and
smaller ones, and the unequal rate of growth, as well as its complete inde-
pendence in the ambulacra] and interambulacral plates, to which I called
attention in the Preliminary Report on the Florida Deep-Sea. Echini, seems
to me to form strong reasons for objecting to the general laws Loven at-
tempts to deduce from them. The Clypeastridae, standing, as they do, inter-
mediately between the regular Echini and the Spatangoids. do not come
strictly within the scope of the ordinal arrangement by which he has so
ingeniously connected the Spatangoids with the Desmosticha ; as in them
(the Clypeastridae) neither the connection of the madreporic body with the
right anterior genital plates ever exists, nor do we find the interambulacral
spaces in many genera reaching the actinostome, which is entirely sur-
rounded by ambulacral plates, while the interambulacral plates commence
with a single irregularly shaped plate, entirely outside the peristomal ring of
the ambulacral plates.

GROWTH OF NEW PLATES.

In the Spatangoids and Clypeastroids the pores are never arranged in arcs ;
the ambulacral plates are limited to their simplest expression, — a series of
single plates arranged symmetrically on the two sides of a median axis ;
each plate is perforated, either with one or two pores, to carry only a
single tentacle. We find in these suborders no difficulty in understanding
the mode of increase of the ambulacral areas. Additional plates are con-
stantly added at the apical pole, which push down, towards the actinostome,
the older, previously formed plates (PL XI, PL XII.). The growth of
the upper part of the ambulacral system above takes place independently of
the increase in number of the plates of the interambulacral areas. At the
actinal end of the ambulacral system the same phenomenon of independent
growth takes place by the crowding together of the ambulacral plates to
form phyllodes. The intermediate parts of the ambulacral system between
the phyllodes and the petals retain their relations to the adjoining inter-
ambulacral plates during their growth, as the number of new ambulacral
plates formed is small compared to that added at the apical system to form
the petals. So that in the Clypeastroids, as well as in the Petalosticha, the
number of plates in the two areas increases independently, but only at the
abactinal system ; the plates increasing in size round the edges as fast as re-
quired by the increase in diameter of the test. Plates of both systems are
constantly passing from the region above the ambitus to the actinal surface,
the periphery not being a constant one even in the flat Scutellidae.

In the Echinonidae the same simple mode of independent increase of the
plates of the two systems is observed. In the Desmosticha, the Ciclaridae
alone have the same simple mode of growth, and, owing to the small number
of plates of the interambulacral area, the growth of the ambulacral system
is plainly shown to be entirely disconnected from that of the interambulacral
system ; new plates are constantly formed at the abactinal extremity of the
two areas immediately adjoining the genital plates (PL VI. f. 2l). In many
genera, even in the adult, the abactinal part of the ambulacral system

642 GROWTH OF NEW PLATES.

always exhibits its simple mode of growth, as in several of the fossil genera
allied to Phymosoma and the like. In Arbacia the ambulacra! plates above
the ambitus are simple : those of the actinal surface are crowded out of
their original position and become arranged in arcs. In the Diadematidae
(PL VI f. /.;"). Echinometradae (PL /A'.; PI VI. f. m"). and Echinidae
(PI. VII.), the younger stages always have simple single ambulacra] plates,
and it is from the study of the young that we have come to a correct
understanding of the manner in which additional plates are intercalated, in
the ambulacra] series, at different points at the same time, by the splitting
up of the original plates, ami by the arrangement of adjoining primitive
plates into more or less regular arcs of pores. In this way the ambulacra]
plates of the two sides of the median lateral line are apparently arranged
into two sets, — one large perforated plate on each side of the suture winch
carries the primary tubercles, and a second outer set of minute perforated
plates, which are arranged in more or less regular arcs, intercalated be-
tween the primary plate-.

The position of these secondary plates is used to distinguish genera, hut.
unless taken from the mode of growth of the plates, the apparent arrange-
ment of the pores is deceptive, and similar results are obtained by very
different modes of growth, by combinations of parts of one arc with parts of a
second arc. The simplest mode of intercalation of new plates is that of Echi-
nus (PL VI f. >,). in which a small triangular plate is developed between the
two larger ones, and thus trigeminate simple arcs are formed. The same result
is also readied in Hemipedina by the curving of the pores round the base
of the primary ambulacra] tubercles (PL III. f. .>,). the tubercle riding upon
two or three of the original plates, the sutures of which can be plainly seen
running through its mammary boss. In Mespilia (PL VI f. 1), Salmacis (PL
VI. f. o), Temnopleurus (PL VI. f. 5), Toxopneustes (PL VI. f. ..;. 24), and
Evechinus (PL VI. f. .jo), the same mode of growth occurs as in Echinus
It is very similar in Phymosoma (PL VI f. ..>) and in Diadema (PL VI. f. 15).
In one of the groups of the Echinidae, Amblvpneustes (PL VI. f. 26, 27), Ho-
lopneustes (PL VI f. 25, 25a), and Hipponoe (PL VI f. 28, 29), the original
mode of growth is identical with that of Echinus ; but in the subsequent de-
velopment, owing to the great number of plates which are rapidly added,
more or less regular vertical rows or irregular trigeminate arcs are formed,
due to the lateral crowding of the secondary plates.

In the Echinometradae the primary plates always retain their greater com-

GROWTH OF NEW PLATES. 643

parative size ; the .secondary plates are added either above, below, or later-
ally. In Strongylocentrotus they are added on the sides, new plates being
constantly intercalated between the upper secondary plate and the large
primary plate (PL VI f. t - 10), so as to form arcs varying in the number
of pores at different stages of growth. In Stomopneustes there are several
sets of secondary plates forming trigeminate arcs added on the side of the
large primary plate (PI. VI. f. ll, if). In Echinometra (PI. VI f. 12), the
number of secondary plates is smaller than in Strongylocentrotus; the mode
of growth is the same. In Parasalenia (PL VI f. 14), the arcs round the
base of the primary tubercles are formed by a combination of the structure
of Arbacia and Echinometra. In Heterocentrotus (PI. VI. f. 1,2), the arc,
made up of numerous pores, sometimes as many as thirteen, consists of
small secondary plates. In Sphaerechinus (PL VI f. 16-19) and Echino-
strephus, the formation of the arcs of pores resembles most closely Echino-
metra.

PERISCHOECHINIDAE.

Isolated plates of Sea-urchins, referred formerly to the genus Cidaris, have
been known for a long time from the Silurian, Devonian, and Carbonifer-
ous. Owing to their peculiar shape and the character of their tubereulation,
they were separated from Cidaris as Echinocrinus by Agassiz, and subse-
quently placed by him in the vicinity of Cidaris. McCoy, in his Carboniferous
Fossils of Ireland, was the first to describe tolerably complete specimens and
to throw new light on their affinities.

A number of genera of this group have been discovered in America and
Europe ; the affinities of the group of Echinoderms comprising Melonites,
Archaeocidaris, Eocidaris, Palaechinus, etc., have been the subject of much
discussion, from the time of their first discovery, when they were considered
as true Echini, till McCoy proposed to consider them as a distinct older,
equivalent to the Echini, under the name of Perischoechinidae* Rocmer con-
sidered them a suborder t of Echini, and DcsorJ a tribe, to which he gave the
name of Tesselles, while formerly Professor Agassi/., on theoretical grounds
alone, and before the structure of this group had been as well marked out as
it is at present, considered them as belonging to Crinoids. Since the publica-
tion of these views a considerable number of more or less perfect specimens
have been found, until it is now possible to reconstruct the charac-
teristic features of this type of Echinoderms ; the comparison with the
recent genera of Cidaris has shown points of identity which will, I think,
place beyond doubt the true nature of these apparently anomalous Echino-
derms, and show plainly that their systematic position is that of a suborder
among Echini, as first correctly appreciated by Roemer. Before the dis-
covery of the oral and abactinal openings the presence of a large number
of plates in the interambulacral space seemed to relate them to the Cystidae,
where we find hexagonal, pentagonal, and other irregularly shaped plates,
many of which are perforated ; but, as Midler has clearly shown, their pores
cannot be homologized with those of the true Echini, being openings corre-

* Brit. Palaeozoic Fossils, p. 124.

t Wieg. Archiv.. 1855, p. 312.

i Synopsis d. Eekinides Foss., 1858, p. 152.

PERISCHOECHINIDAE. 645

sponding to those which we might find in the plates of the abactinal area.
From the moment the presence of teeth was clearly proved, and the exist-
ence of a large oral opening demonstrated, placed opposite an anal region,
surrounded by plates entirely homologous to those of the ovarian and ocular
plates of the Echini, their affinity to Crinoids could no longer be maintained ;
as we find nothing in any Crinoids thus far known which could in a remote
degree be homologized with those areas, as constructed in the group of Pa-
laechinidae. There remained, therefore, nothing but to place them among
Echinidae, and this view is now generally adopted ; the value of the charac-
ters of the group, whether ordinal or subordinal, being the only ones ques-
tioned. No writer thus far has as yet succeeded in homologizing these Echini
with our recent Echini ; the structure of the ambulacral and interambu-
lacral system finding no parallel apparently in any of the recent Echini.
Miiller, while establishing the genus Lepidocentrus,* took occasion, in the
course of his description of the isolated plates and spines which were found
in the Eifel, to show that it was possible for Echini to have such imbricating
scales as we find in Lepidocentrus, stating, however, at the same time, that
there exists nothing of the sort in the recent Echini ; the only irregularly
shaped plates known are those of the actinal system of Cidaris, with which,
however, he considers they have nothing in common. Miiller was the first
to draw attention to the value of this set of plates in distinguishing the
Cidaridae from the Echini, but he has not, I think, fully appreciated the
value of this part of the actinal system of the family. It is well known that
the Cidaridae and Echinothuriae have no cuts in the test for the passage of
the actinal gills, but we find these cuts directly at the point of contact of
the buccal membrane and the teeth, and there the {/ills make their appearance.
Miiller himself has drawn these cuts in his plate,t in the very memoir where he
denies the existence of the gills, and it is somewhat astonishing they should
have escaped the notice of such an admirable observer. It is well known
that in the Cidaridae we have only a small number of coronal plates ; in
the largest Cidaris I have ever seen (Phyllacanthus gigantea), measuring 2.5
inches in height and 3.5 in diameter, there are only ten. If we examine a
young Cidaris, we find the coronal plates reduced to a minimum, but, con-
trary to what is the case in young Echini (Strongylocentrotus) of the same
age, where no buccal membrane is developed,! we already find the buccal

* Lepidocentrus of Muller, which has thus far escaped the attention of American Paleontologists, is
closely allied to Lepidechinus of Hall, if not identical with it.
f Muller, Ueber den Ban d. Echinodermen, PL IT. f. 7.
% A. Agassi z, Emb. of Echinod. in Mem. Am. Acad., Fig. 27.

646 PERTSCHOECHINIDAE.

membrane fully developed with all its plates, cuts, and carrying a prolon-
gation of the ambulacral system as in the adult. It requires but a slight
stretch of imagination to reduce our young Cidaris to a Palaechinus. Ob-
literate the two rows of coronal plates and we have a spherical urchin com-
posed of a series of plates corresponding in every respect to the hypothetical
Palaechinus. It consists, namely, only of an abactinal system (the large size
of the plates of Cidaris is similar to Palaechinus). of an ambulacral and inter-
ambulacral system, composed of hexagonal and pentagonal plates, perfectly
flexible, and of an oral opening through which we find teeth projecting. We
have thus a complete reconstruction of the typical Palaechinus. Let us now
examine in detail the various parts and trace the coincidence still further :
the Palaechinidae arc Cidaridae where the coronal plates are wanting (those
carrying the large tubercles and spines) ; the test, reduced to the abactinal
and actinal systems, being entirely made up of the flexible parts of the buccal
membrane of Cidaris. which is capable of great mobility, thus confirming
the view taken by Meek and Wort hen of the probability of considerable
adaptation of shape, without rupture, of parts of the test, as would be the
case in Echini when subjected to pressure.

This view has received great support from the discovery of the flexible
Echinothuriae. in which the limestone coronal plates are only partly solidi-
fied, leaving considerable freedom of motion. The Echinothuria described
by Woodward in the Geologist for September, 1863, is undoubtedly the cre-
taceous representative of the deep-sea Asthenosoma (Calveria. W. Thorns.),
of which we owe a short description to Grube. Asthenosoma has also been
dredged by Pourtales and subsequently by Thomson, who has figured it in
his Depths of the Sea. I had previously figured a fragment in Part II. of
the Revision of the Echini, and have given a full description and figure of
the same species in the Ilassler Expedition Echini. In all these Echini (As-
thenosoma, Echinothuriae. and the Palaechinidae), the whole test is imbri-
cated ; the ambulacral and interambnlacral plates lap in opposite directions
in the Palaechinidae, as they do in the recent species of Echinothuriae. In
this family (Echinothuriae) we find the imbricating actinal membrane so
closely connected to the coronal plates, that there is no reason why we should
not have in Palaechinidae, as we have in Clypeastroids. the actinal mem-
brane reduced to an insignificant member, the coronal plates almost reaching
the jaws, or the test composed entirely of plates to be homologized with
those of the actinal membrane of Asthenosoma and Cidaris.

PERISCHOECHIXIDAE.

647

The teeth of Archaeocidaris were first figured by Miinster (Beit. PL III. J.
6d) ; by Desor (Synopsis, p. 154). in 1856, and attention was called to them
by Miiller in 1857 ; he figured the teeth. Hall, on Plate 26 of his Iowa Re-
port, gives figures, showing the existence of jaws in Archaeocidaris Worthenii,
though in the text no attention is paid to this. Meek and Worthen have
given (in Vol. II. of the 111. Geol. Rep., p. 227, Fig. 21) a cut (Fig. /), show-
ing the presence of teeth in Melonites raultipora, the furrow in the centre of
the teeth resembling that of the teeth of Archaeocidaris figured by Miiller.

Fio. 1.

Fig.

Fig. 6.

The figures given by Meek and "Worthen, p. 228, Vol. II., 111. Geol. Rep.
Figs. 21, 22 {Figs. 5, 6) are most interesting ; they agree entirely with the
general structure of the apical disc of Echini, showing ocular and genital
plates and a large anal area. The genital openings are more numerous, and
there is apparently no madreporic body described, though the presence of an
unequal number of pores in the different plates may indicate the presence
of such a body ; the larger one being probably a madreporic body, as sug-
gested bv Meek and Worthen. The presence of two genital openings is not
an uncommon feature in recent Cidaridae. I cannot agree with Meek and
Worthen in considering the differences in the apical structure as sexual, to
judge at least from analogy. In our common Sea-urchins the difference in
the sexes can be determined only at the time of spawning by a slightly dif-
ferent coloration, and there is nothing in the shape of the genital plates or in
the size and number of the genital pores which indicates a sexual difference.

Fig. 1. Oral opening (somewhat distorted), and jaws of Melonites multipora (natural size), d d d,
spaces between teeth (foramen of the pyramid ?).*

Fig. 5. Apical disc of Melonites multipora, showing the anal opening, surrounded by the genital and
ocular plates, and their connection with the ambulacra] and interambulacral pores (two diameters).

Fig. 6. Melonites multipora, having five pores in three genital plates.

* I have to thank Messrs. Worthen and Meek for allowing me to copy their cuts, illustrating a few of
the principal points of the genera here mentioned.

648

PERISCHOECHIXIDAE.

How far the two families established b}' McCoy, which are founded almost
entirely upon the nature of the spines and their articulations, are warranted,
cannot be ascertained at present ; the presence of spines of a uniform struc-
ture is an important difference, as compared to spines of two different kinds ;
but the perforate or imperforate character of the tubercles is not one upon
which family characters could be established, unless accompanied by other
features.

In Hall's genus Lepidechinus the ambulacra and interambulacra lap in op-
posite directions. Interambulacra in eight rows ; outer pentagonal, others hex-
agonal. Hall, in his Report on the Geology of Iowa, has given us excellent
figures of the tubercles, spines, and portions of the ambulacra! and interam-
bulacral plates {PI. XXVI). From all these figures it is apparent that the
pores of the ambulacral system are pierced directly through the plates in all
the genera.

In Archaeocidaria (Fig. 2) there are four plates in the ambulacra; each
plate forming vertical rows, much as in Hipponoe and Holopneustes ; four

Fig. 7.

Fig. 2.

rows of hexagonal and pentagonal interambulacral plates, each carrying one
large spine and a scrobicular circle.

Fig. 2. Melonites multipora (two diameters). Diagram showing the number and arrangement of the
ambulacral pieces and pores, and connection of the former, with the first range of the interambulacral
pieces on each side, near the middle of the ambulacral area.

Fig. 7. Palaechinus burlingtoniensis (about two diameters) Diagram showina! a part of two ambu-
lacra, and the intervening interambulacral pieces above the middle of the body.

Fig. 4. Lepidesthes Coreyi (diagram enlarged three diameters), showing the number and arrangement

PERISCHOECHINIDAE. 649

In Palaechinua (Fig. ?) we find but two rows of ambulacral plates, with four
rows of interambulacral plates, — differences which do not remove so abso-
lutely the Palaechinidae from the Echinothnriae, and show a more intimate
relationship between the carboniferous and the cretaceous mailed Echini than
has been supposed to exist heretofore.

In Lepidestb.es (Fig. 4) the ambulacral areas are wider than the interam-
bulacral, and composed of a greater number of rows of plates ; while in
Melonites (Fig. 2) the ambulacral and interambulacral fields, though of
different width, are composed of nearly the same number of vertical rows
of plates.

These examples of the Perischoechinidae have been taken as the most
prominent, and most fitted to show the af-
finities of this remarkable group of Echini
to the regular Echini.

It may perhaps not be superfluous to
recall that the plates of the poriferous zones
of regular Echini (Podophora, Arbacia, some
species of Strongylocentrotus, Stomopneus-
tes, etc.) are frequently, in the immediate vicinity of the aetinostome, so
closely packed together as to pass, from simple -zones arching round the tu-
bercles on the abactinal side of the test, to broad, flat surfaces, over which
the pores are scattered without any apparent order, forming many rows
of ambulacral plates, irregularly packed (PI* IIId. f. 5 ; Pi. Is- f. 6 ; PL
IVb. f. 1 ; PL V\ f. 2.), — the flattened petaloid actinal ambulacra in the
regular Echini.

In fact, when we come to analyze more fully the mode of formation of the
ambulacral plates we shall find in many genera, — Stomopneustes, Strongy-
locentrotus, Heterocentrotus, which will be found noticed in the chapter on
the water-system, — that in the ambulacral system of the Desinosticha it is
possible to have several rows of ambulacral plates on each side of the median
line, much as we find them normally developed in the Perischoechinidae ;
forming, however, in the latter, usually vertical rows of pores, while in the

of the ambulacral pieces (a) near the middle of the body, with the two pores penetrating the middle of each
piece, and in a few of those above the granules covering the whole surface of all the pieces. On the left
the interambulacral pieces (i a) are seen, showing their arrangement, and the comparative narrow breadth
of the interambulacral areas. By the side of these plates b represents a section of them, illustrating their
imbricating arrangement. On the right side of the ambulacral series, only the marginal row of the inter-
ambulacral plates is represented.

Fig. 3. Oligoporus Danae (two diameters).

650 PEKISCHOECHIN1DAE.

Desmosticha they form more or Less regular lateral arcs. We have thus a
much less marked difference between the two suborders than would appear
on first analysis. We know nothing as yet of the mode of formation of the
additional rows of plates either in the ambulacra] or interambulacral system;
this would throw great light on the homologies of this suborder.

THE SPINES

As is well known, the tubercles of Echini, from the few large primary
interambulacral tubercles of the Cidaridae to the minute tubercles of the
abactinal part of the test of the Spatangidae, carry spines which in their
general features are identical. Whether we examine the large solid spines
of the former or the silk-like spines of the latter, they consist of a shaft and
of an articulating head or condyle, forming a ball and socket joint with the
tubercle proper (PI. XXXV. f. 1, 4, 8, 10; PI. XXXVI f. 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, 14; PI.
XXXVII.) ; the ligaments which keep the spine in place conceal its base,
and are attached to the outside edge of the scrobicular circle and to the
milled ring or collar which is at the base of the shaft proper. The notches
of the milled ring are the continuation of the stria? or ornamentation of the
shaft proper, only the calcareous tissue is more compact, and the dividing lines
between the longitudinal striae are so marked as to be readily distinguished
with the naked eye as indentations in the circumference of the flaring collar.

The longitudinal and transverse sections of the principal families given on
Pis. XXXV. - XXXVII, show the more important features distinguishing
them. We And, as far as the structure is concerned, greater differences be-
tween the Cidaridae and the other Desmosticha than we find between the
Clypeastroids and Spatangoids on one side and the remaining Desmosticha
on the other. Yet, to judge from the external appearance of the small silk-
like spines of the Petalosticha and Clypeastroids when compared with the
comparatively huge spines of the Desmosticha, we might have expected
marked structural differences.

In the Cidaridae the whole of the shaft is made up of small limestone
meshes, radiating from a central part, consisting of somewhat larger cells.
These cells are simply arranged in spokes, and do not greatly increase in size
towards the periphery (PL XXXV. f. 2-0). The exterior of the shaft is
made up of larger elliptical limestone wedges, shooting out irregularly from
the periphery of the homogeneous interior, and connected by irregular cross-
bars, which form the spines, serrations, granular and other ornamentation of
the spines of Cidaridae. As fast as the outside sheath increases in breadth,
by sending out shoots from the outer edge, and by the increase in number

652 THE SPINES.

and breadth of the smaller wedges intercalated between the older ones, as the
spine increases in the periphery, the outer edge of the homogeneous centre
is increased by the addition of smaller cells like those of the central part
of the shaft. The shape and mode of connection of the wedges of the outer
sheath are frequently quite characteristic of the different genera and species
(PL XXXV. f. 1-5). The structure of the papillae is more homogeneous;
they have no regular outer sheath of wedges, as in the primary interambu-
lacral spines. They resemble closely in their structure the spines of Arba-
ciadae.

As the spines of Cidaridae are among the most common fossil remains in
some of the formations, I have given detailed figures of the spines of several
of the genera, to show the variations which may occur in the same species,
either in size or in shape, according to their position on the test. These changes
are limited to the interambulacral spines. The ambulacra] papillae, though
differing so strikingly from the interambulacral primary spines, yet are not
variable, and show no differences of consequence in the course of the ambu-
lacra] areas. The papillae which surround the base of the primary interam-
bulacral spines are similar in structure to the ambulacra] papillae, there being
no other primary spines in the ambulacra] system of the Cidaridae. 1 need
not go beyond referring to the explanation of the plates (PI. Ic., I'.), to
show how impossible it is to base specific distinctions upon the structure of
the spines, even when they come from the same part of the test. Compare,
for instance, the figures of the abactinal spines of Phyllacanthus gigantea
(PI. I'-f. 27-29). The great differences observed in the spines of Phylla-
canthus baculosa are specially noteworthy (PI. I' f sj, -.is; PL I*, f
11 -Jo"). In all Cidaridae we find certain primary spines frequently quite
smooth, slender, pointed, in the midst of the other spines ( PI I'.f. 17, 88,'
PL. I'.f. 22,85). Compare especially the different spines of Phyllacanthus
dubia (PI. I'.f. 7-10) and of Phyllacanthus imperialis (PL If.f. ,:). In sev-
eral of the genera the tips of the primary spines are often cup-shaped, and
this, added to the other structural differences, often produces a very marked
contrast in specimens of the same species in which one or the other type of
spine may predominate. Compare the spines of Goniocidaris tubaria ( PI
I'.f 9-u; PL I'.f. 32-36), and of Goniocidaris geranioides (P£ I'f.15- 17).

The spines of the actinal surface are usually flattened, elongate, in Gonio-
cidaris canaliculata. and in Phyllacanthus (PL I'.. PL l'.)\ in Porocidaris
they assume a very peculiar shape (PL I'.f. ',"", ;/ i ; in Dorocidaris they are

THE SPINES. 653

serrate and flattened (PL Ic.f. 32, ss). As a general thing the actinal inter-
ambulacral spines of the Cidaridae are small compared to those of the abac-
tinal primary interambulacral tubercles. In the ornamentation of the spines
we find extraordinary differences, all possible passages between the per-
fectly smooth pointed spines to spiny or lamellar and cup-shaped ornamen-
tation or nodes. Compare this passage in the spines of Phyllacanthus
baculosa, which pass gradually from the extreme of PL Ic. f. 35 to that of
PL P.f. -it;", or in the spines of Phyllacanthus verticillata passing from PI. P.
f. 42 to PI P.f. 40", and in the gradual transition of the smooth spines of
Goniocidaris to the cupped spine so characteristic of the genus. The greatest
differences to be noticed are perhaps found in the spines of the huge Phylla-
canthus gigantea, where we find at the same time the lamellar and spiny
structure so frequently found in the fossil spines of many species of Bhabdo-
cidaris.

The microscopic structure of a section of a primary interambulacral spine
shows the cause of this great variety, which is due to the independent
growth of the outer sheath ; while in other regular Echini the growth of
the outer layer takes place uniformly with the increase in size of the spine.

In the Perischoechinidae the centre of the shaft is hollow ; the body of the
shaft is made up of very close minute cells, with an outer independent
sheath of solid lamellar wedges, as in the Cidaridae proper.*

In the fossil genus Hemicidaris the structure of the spines, as shown by a
section, is identical with that of the recent Cidaridae of the type of Cidaris
metularia ; the position of this genus among the Cidaridae has been con-
sidered as doubtful by Wright ; he has established for it a separate family.

The other Echini in which the shaft of the spine has a homogeneous cellu-
lar structure are the Arbaciadae and the Salenidae. In the Salenidae (PI.
XXXV. f. ie) the radiating lines of cells are quite marked, and we have
the same independent outer sheath as in the Cidaridae proper. In the Ar-
baciadae the structure of the inner part of the shaft is like that of the
Cidaridae, only the cells are comparatively larger (PI. XXXV. f. 7, 0),
and the marginal wedges are large, elliptical, and disconnected, similar to
the ordinary wedges of the Echinidae proper, only developing so as to form
a deeply indented edge (PI. XXXV. f. 7, 0) in a transverse section. The
homogeneous central part of the shaft is well seen in the longitudinal sec-
tions of the Cidaridae (PI. XXXV f. 1, 4) and of Arbacia (PI XXXV.

* Muller has given figures of spines of Lepidocentrus in his Neue Echinodermen d. Eifel, 1857.

654 THE SPINES.

/. 8). In the fossil genus Acrosalenia (PL. XXXV. f. e) we find the nearest
approach in the structure of the shaft to Arbacia, only without the charac-
teristic edge. It recalls also the structure of the recent Phymosoma (PL
XXXVI. f. 11), but has not, like it, the well-marked circular rings, denoting
the different stages of growth of the spines, which is a structural feature
characteristic of all the other Echini — whether Desmosticha, Clypeastroids,
or Petalosticha (with the exceptions just enumerated) — which 1 have had
occasion to examine, and the sections made extend to the principal genera
of these suborders. In the Diadematidae we have a combination of two
modes of growth, of the concentric and of the cellular. Near the base of
the spine, which may bo hollow [PL XXXV. f. i<) in the primary interam-
bulacral ones, or solid (PL XXXV. f. 15) in the small ambulacral spines,
the section is made up of a couple of rings ; the inner ring consists of spokes
of small cells, irregularly arranged between the large outer solid wedges ;
this is then succeeded by a second ring of irregularly arranged cells, edged
by a row of small solid wedges (PI. XXXV. f. 1,:) ; higher upon the shaft
of the spine the solid wedges have become connected, and are separated
by the spokes of minute cells (PI. XXXV. f. 11). The wedges form the
verticillations so characteristic of the Diadematidae, and, in fact, they con-
stitute the ornamentation of all the spines, whether they form an indepen-
dent sheath, as in the Cidaridae, growing in size at the same time and inde-
pendently with the central part of the shaft, or. as in the other Echini, form
a part of the inner substance of the shaft, and increase at the same time with
the cellular interlamellar substance.

In the Echinometradae we find the concentric rings most distinctly marked.
Each ring terminates by a row of larger cells, indicating clearly the growth
to have taken place at definite intervals, until the spines have reached a
maximum size ; but even then, as has been well shown by Carpenter, they do
not cease to grow, as huge broken spines of Ileterocentrotus are very soon
repaired, and attain frequently a larger size than they would under ordinary
circumstances.

The great size of the wedges and their intermittent growth are especially
marked in sections of Echinometra (PL XXXVI. f. 1), of Stomopneustcs
(PL XXXVI. f. 2), and of several species of Strongylocentrotus (PL XXXVI.
f. 4, 9). In Heterocentrotus (PL XXX VI. f. 8) and Podophora the wedges
are small, connected ; hence the smooth or finely granular surface presented
by the outer surface of all the spines of these genera. The Echinidae proper

THE SPINES. 655

are remarkable for the great size and small number of the outer wedges of
the surface of the spines, and the narrow interlamellar cellular tissue, as,
for instance, in Echinus melo ; the spines of this family differ from those of
the Echinometradae proper by the small amount of interlamellar tissue, and
the smaller number of outer wedges. In some genera, as Mespilia and Trigo-
nocidaris, this feature is particularly striking ; yet in the genera Phymosoma
(PL XXXVI. f. n) and Hemipedina (PL XXXVI. f. u) the outer wedges
are minute, and the interlamellar space, owing to the indistinctness of the
concentric rows, recalls the structure of the interior of the shaft of the
Arbaciadae. In the genus Trigonocidaris the section of a primary interam-
bulacral spine (PL XXXVI. f. is) closely resembles that of the Diadema-
tidae in its structure ; in fact, the spines of Echinidae are like solid spines of
Diadematidae, with more marked concentric rings of growth.

Tbe spines of the Echinonidae (PL XIV. f. 2) resemble more those of the
Desmosticha than those of the Petalosticha ; the same is also the case with the
spines of the abactinal region of Echinolampas (PL XVI. f. "13, 16). The spines
of Rhynchopygus (PL XXXVII. f. i„>) do not differ from those of the other
Petalosticha. In the Clypeastridae and Petalosticha the spines are remark-
able for the proportionally great size of the collar and the prominence of the
milled ring (PL XXXVII f. 3, 16, 18, 20) ; also for the peculiar articulation
of the condyle, which is not smooth as in the other Echini, but consists
of four or more knobs fitting into the crenulations of the mammary boss
(PL XXXVII. f. 3, 4, 9, ll). Owing to the great size of the collar compared
to the length of the spines, they are capable of rapid movements. This is
readily observed in living specimens of Echinarachnius, Mellita, Rhynchopy-
gus, Moira, Brissus, Meoma, showing probably that these spines are far more
sensitive than the spines of the Desmosticha, and may in these instances be
even coarse organs of touch. The spines of the actinal and abactinal sides
of the Clypeastroids are usually different ; they are clavate and short on the
abactinal side (see Mellita, PL XXXVII. f. 1); while they are curved,
pointed, and slender on the actinal side (PL XXXVII f. 2). The same is
the case in Echinodiscus (PL XXXVII. f. .4). In the Laganidae (PL
XXXVII f. 3) and Echinanthidae (PL XXXVII f. 9), there appears to
be no difference in the spines of the two surfaces.

In the Petalosticha the spines of the abactinal surface are curved above
the milled ring (PL XXXVII. f. 14, 16, 19), and pointed, gradually tapering
towards the tip ; while the spines of the actinal surface, more especially those

656 THE SPINES.

of the actinal plastron, are spoon-shaped at the tip (PL XXXVII. f. is). In
the Clypeastridae the spines are frequently serrated (PL XXXVII. f. i, 4)
much as the spines of the Desmosticha. The spines of the Petalosticha are
generally smooth (PI. XXXVII. f. 18,20). In some of the longer curved
spines of the abactinal surface prominent distant serrations are developed,
ns in Maretia (PL XXXVII f. i>,) and Lovenia (PI XXXVII f. 17).

In transverse sections of the spines of Scutellidae the interior is hollow,
with large well-separated marginal wedges, and but little cellular interla-
mellar substance (PL XXXVII f. 5, 6, 8), rendering the spines of the Scutel-
lidae quite transparent. The spines of Echinanthidae (PI. XXXVII f. 9, 10)
resemble quite closely those of the Spatangina (PL XXXVII f. is, 15), in
which we have a large hollow central space, with two or three concentric
rings of cellular substance intercalated as narrow strips between the solid
marginal wedges. The structure of the spines of the Scutellidae is quite
similar to that of the Arbaciadae, if the latter had a hollow central shaft.

FASCIOLES.

Among the Spatangoids there are several families where the spines are
specialized along certain lines (the so-called fascioles or Semites) in which
they always retain embryonic features, being either articulated j.IG 8
{Fig. s) or directly attached to the test, and provided at the extremity $!jjj
and along the shaft with a more or less sensitive vibratile membrane, as
all young spines originally are. These fascioles are very varied in their
course ; they extend round the petals, in which case they are called
peripetalous, as in Brissopsis {PI. XIX. f. 7-0 ; PI. XXI. f. 2), Brissus
{PI. XXI". f. 1), Metalia {PI. XXI f. 5; PI. XXP. f. 4; PI. XXP.
f. s), Rhynobrissus {PI XXIII". f. o), Meoma {PI XXII. f. 3).
The subanal plastron, as it is called, is edged by a fasciole which
encloses within its area a part of the inner poriferous zone of the
actinal posterior lateral ambulacra : this is called the subanal fasciole,
as in the case of Brissopsis, of Maretia {PI. XIXh. f. s), of Lovenia {PL
XIX\f. 2), of Spatangus {PI XIX'. f. 0), of Metalia {PI. XXP. f. 5), and
of Rhynobrissus {PI. XXIIIa. f. 4). In other genera there is connected
with the peripetalous fasciole a band running towards the posterior ex-
tremity, bending downwards, and passing under the anal system ; this is called
the lateral fasciole. It occurs, among other genera, in Agassizia {PI. XIX".
f. 1, 2), in Linthia {PI. XIX". f. 7, 8; PI. XXP. f. 5, 7), in Tripylus {PI.
XXP.f. 4), in Schizaster {PI XXIII". f. 1, 3), in Moira {PI. XXIII. f. 5, e).
The lateral fasciole is sometimes disconnected from the peripetalous fasciole,
the portion which passes under the anal system alone remaining ; or when
there is no distinct subanal plastron formed, the subanal fasciole remains open :
the first case occurs in Faorina, the latter in Meoma {PI. XXIII f. 4) and
in Linthia. It is then called the anal fasciole. An anal fasciole is also
sent off as a branch of the subanal plastron (Brissopsis), and may or may not
enclose the anal system. The subanal fasciole of Rhynobrissus is subdivided
into two areas by a transverse fasciole. The anterior part of the peripetalous
fasciole of Faorina {PI. XIX". f. 4) is double, and encloses a secondary area.

In Echinocardium {PI. XX. f. 1,5), Breynia {PI. XV". f. 7), and Lovenia
{PI. XIXc.f. 1) we find a still different kind of fasciole, — an internal fasci-

658 FASCICLES.

ole enclosed within the anterior lateral petals, extending across the abactinal
extremity of the posterior poriferous zone of the posterior lateral ambulacra,
and running parallel to the odd ambulacrum, crossing it at some distance
above the ambitus. This internal fasciole takes the place of the peripetalous
fasciole, but in Breynia both occur together. The use of these bands of em-
bryonic spines is evidently to keep the petals free from foreign matters. We
always find along the fascioles large accumulations of dirt, which are laid
there by the minute spines as by a sieve. Troschel first called attention tu
the true nature of the appendages of the fascioles ; Midler subsequently, in
his Embryology of the Echinoderms, gave excellent figures of the spines of
the fascioles of Schizaster ; yet, in spite of these observations, dating back to
1852, recent writers persist in stating that the fascioles carry true pedicel-
lariae, while in all Spatangoids pedicellariae are found scattered over the
whole test, but they are especially numerous round the actinostome and
along the bare ambulacral actinal avenues.

Liitken has attempted, from the arrangement and combination of the fasci-
oles,— their presence or absence, — to make a classification of the Spatan-
goids. As he himself says, it is a most artificial one, and one which can only
be used as an auxiliary with other features ; the subanal, anal, and lateral
fascioles are subject to great changes during growth, and to considerable
variations in older specimens. The peripetalous and the internal fascioles
offer more constant characters.

PEDICELLARIA.

O. F. Mullek, in his " Zoologia Danica," was the first to point out the ex-
istence of certain organs in sea-urchins which have long remained a puzzle to
naturalists. To these organs he gave the generic name Pedicellaria, and
considered them as parasites of the sea-urchins. Of his genus, Pedicellaria,
he describes three species, which are now known to be either different stages
of development or different kinds of pedicellaria?, situated in various parts of
the shell of the sea-urchin. Our knowledge of the pedicellaria? has been
materially changed by the views of Delle-Chiaje, who in 1825 figured and
described the pedicellaria? of several sea-urchins and starfishes. He, however,
no longer considers them simple parasites, but says distinctly that they form
a part of the test of the Echinoderms, and help them in seizing their prey
and taking hold of adjoining bodies. Much of this view has been corrobo-
rated, and, like many of the shrewd observations of Delle-Chiaje, is gaining
only now the recognition it should have received long ago. Valentin, in
1841, gives in his "Anatomy of Echinus" excellent figures and descriptions
of pedicellaria? which he considers as organs of prehension. Agassiz at
that time suggested the possibility of their being young stages of Echini
in consequence of the discoveries just made by Sars of the remark-
able development of a species of starfish. This, it is needless to say, is a
view he has long ago abandoned, though he is most persistently credited
with it even at the present time. Subsequently, Erdl. Duvernoy, Muller and
Troschel, Sars, Stimpson, Norman, and Stewart, have figured and described a
number of pedicellaria? of Echini and starfishes, and have made a more or
less successful attempt to use their characters as aids in distinguishing closely
allied species.

In an article on pedicellaria? in the " Annales des Sciences Naturelles " for
1869, Perrier gives a large number of excellent figures of the pedicellaria?
of starfishes and sea-urchins ; unfortunately the writer passes over much of
what has been done on the very appendages he was describing, so that
he leaves the question of their nature as it stood in the days of Valentin,
in spite of the many observations made, and hints of their true nature thrown

660

PEDICELLARLE.

out, by MUller, Troschel, Sars, and A. Agassiz, which should have prevented
much useless speculation.* No attempt has been made to ascertain the
homoloo'ies of these organs, with the exception of a short article in the
American Naturalist, intended to give the results which have been reached
by the writer since 1864, from the study of the embryology of starfishes and
Echini.

Pedicellarue are. as is well known, scattered in between the spines over
the whole surface of the shell. The pedicellaria? consist of a calcareous stem

* The attempt Perrier makes of applying our knowledge of the pedicellarise to the classification of the
collections of the Jardin des Plantes must In- regarded as Bomewhat unsatisfactory. The observations are
made on museum specimens, and though the material accumulated is verj considerable, yet do additional
information is given on die nature oi the pedicellarise. The omissions from the literature of Echinoderms
are such that no critical revision of the subject from a new point of view could l»- made, a- he attempts.
In tin- catalogue "i the species no notice has been taken of numerous species of starfishes ami sea-urchins
described by Sars, Liitken, Stimpson, Grube, Mobius, Verrill, and A. Agassiz, ami tin- anatomical works
relatin" to the subject are incompletely quoted. Tin greater part of what has appeared on pedicellarise
ami spiculse by Johannes Miiller, Stewart. Troschel, Stimpson, A. Agassiz, aid Herepath has passed un-
noticed, ami the conclusions which present tin' r&sumd of the work, given by the author as his own, are
simply confirmations ami additional details of the work of his predecessors,

A- the starfishes are not particularly to be discussed, I will give onlj a few examples of the manner
in which the work has been done, leaving further details to the discussion of the Echini, here more
properly in question. Simple inspection iloe- not enable us to distinguish at one bj the pedicellarise, as
stated by Perrier, whether a starfish belongs to the group with four or mi h two row- of -inkers. StimpBon

has given excellent descriptions of starfishes, in which he has made use of the character- derived from

pedicellarise several years before the present attempt of Perrier. These two statements will show that
there remains as original with Perrier, as far as the starfishes arc concerned, all the work of detail lor man}
species. We are told thai Stichaster has been established bj Norman. Heliaster helianthua is placed in

Asteiaeanthion. A-tropecten Mulleri i- credited to Valenciennes. Common West Indian and North

American species, well described by Liitken and Stimpson, receive new name-. Well-known species from
Chili and the Arctic regions share the same fate. Solaster i- said to have no pedicfellarise. In fact, both
for starfishes and sea-urchins the museum MS. names attached to specimen- are invariably taken as correct:
no critical examination of the specie- can possibly have been made, and the whole \ aluc of the method

urged by Perrier becomes questionable. We do not know from his observations how far the pedicellarise

vary in any one species of Starfish or sea-urchin. That they do vary considerably is we'll known ; he

has admitted nominal species as well defined, from their pedicellarise, which show in several cases differ-
ences due either to size and age or to extensive geographical range. No reliable data lor systematic
zoology can be drawn from the very laborious researches of Perrier, owing to this lack of criticism, and
we must fall back to the older memoirs fur trustworthy information. All that bears on the development of
pedicellarise written by Erdl, Sars, Koren and Danielssen, Johannes MUUer, and myself has been ignored.
The generalizations regarding the nature of the pedicellarue in the regular and irregular Echini (as
understood by Perrier) are not correct. lie corrects Valentin for several errors long ago pointed out by
Miiller and Stewart, brings up as new facts (see Valentin 1841, Stewart 18G5) the presence of spicule in
ambulacra! tubes. He characterizes as new families the Cidaridae, Diademidae, Echinocidaridae, appar-
ently ignorant that Miiller, Peters, and Gray have done excellent work on this very subject. A genus

PEDICELLARLE. 661

{PL IILf. e ; PL IV. f. 5, 15 ; PI X.f. 7, n - u ; PI- XF.f. e; PL XXVI.
f. 3, 4, 16), articulating at its base upon a small granule of the test ; this is
surrounded by a muscular sheath expanding into a somewhat swollen por-
tion, with a thimble-shaped knob at the end. This knob, though it seems
solid and compact at first sight, is in reality split into two or three wedges
{PL X. f. 15; PL XXVI f. st ; PL XXV. f. se ; PL XXVI. f. is, is; PL
XXV. f. 89), which can be opened and shut at will. When open, these pedi-
cellarire may be compared to a three-pronged fork, except that the prongs

well established by Peters in 1853. which is well known to every writer on Echini (Eehinothrix), is nowhere
alluded to. except under the name of Savignya, given to it some time after by Desor. In those species
where the pedicellarise are most abundant and seem to play an important part (Temnopleurus, Salmacis.
etc.), the whole subject is passed over in a few words ; no mention even is made of Grube's sii^sestions as
to the pedicellaria? of these interesting genera. It cannot be from want of material, for there is ample
material of alcoholic species of Temnopleurus. The following blunders have crept into his Systematic
Catalogue. We find, on page 14G, Echinus subangulosus BL, E. longispinus Ag., E. lezaroides A(j.\ this
we presume from an examination of the specimens. A little further on the same species appear in a new
genus, as Psammechinus subangulosus Ag., P. longispinus BL, P. laganoides ; this time entered in his
catalogue from the Catalogue Raisonne of Agassiz. Lezaroides is a calligraphic error in the label of P.
laganoides. The Museum of Paris i* said to possess only one species of Astropyga ; there is a fine
series of A. pulvinata. No species of Echinus is examined (for want of specimens), yet the best
possible series of Echinus acutus exists in the Museum. The genus Sphaerechinus is completely mis-
represented, being made to include the typical Echinus esculentus Lin. and Toxopneustes gibbosus, while
Sphaerechinus brevispinosus of Desor, the type of Sphaerechinus, is placed in Toxopneustes. Loxechinus
purpuratus (from Mendocino, California) appears ns Echinometra No. 274, Echinometra lucunter is
ascribed to Gray, and in the same genus we find Echinometra (Podophora) Quoyi BL, which does not
appear in Podophora at all. All the MS. species of Acrocladiae of Blainville and Valenciennes are taken
as valid.

In the irregular Echini the following errors occur. Michelinia elegans Mich, is said not to exist in
the Museum collection ; there is a large series of this species under the name Laganum Lesueuri. Encope
grandis is omitted. Echinodiscus digitatus and Rotula augusti, the same species, appear in two different
genera. No mention is made of Clypcaster subdepressus (Clypeaster prostratus Rav.~). We have two
new species of Brissopsis from the Baltic. Lovenia is spelled Loevenia. Meoma nigra Gray is placed
in the genus Brcynia Echinocardium cordatum anil Echinocardium ovatum appear (from the Baltic)
as new species of Amphidetus, No. 171 ami No. 193. We find Amphidetus Novae Zelandiae of Vol.,
nothing apparently being known of Gray's species from the same locality. Moera atropos exists in the
Museum collections. Lovenia quadrimaculata Val. must have been placed in the genus Lovenia without
any examination; it is only a Maretin planulata.

I have been perhaps too particular in pointing out the systematic errors of this paper, but as the details
are remarkably accurate, and the. drawings are admirably done, it was important that the value of the
generalizations should be known, and the nature of the specific determinations be clearly recognized,
before making use of this material, which is most important as an immense accumulation of new facts,
and can be usefully applied as far as genera are concerned, but upon which no reliance can be placed
as far as the specific distinctions claimed for it in the memoir of Perrier are concerned, unless the above
discrepancies are taken into account.

R62 PEDICELLARLE.

are arranged concentrically instead of on one plane, ami when closed they
fit into one another as neatly as the pieces of a puzzle. PI. X. f. 15 ; PI.
XI'. f. u represent end views of some of these pedicellariae.

If we watch a sea-urchin after he has been feeding, we shall learn at least
one of the offices which this singular organ perforins in the general economy
of the animal. That part of the food which he ejects passes <>ut of the anus,
an opening on the summit of the body in the small area where the zones of
which the shell is composed converge. The rejected particles, thrown out in
the shape of pellets, are received on these little folks, which close upon them
like forceps, and they are passed from one to the other, down the side of
the body, till they are dropped oil' into the water. Nothing is more curious
ami entertaining than to watch the neatness and accuracy with which this
process is performed. One may see the rejected bits of food passing rapidly
along the lines upon which these pedicellariae occur in greatest numbers, as
if they were so many little roads for the conveying away of the refuse mat-
ter ; nor do the forks cease from their labor till the surface of the animal is
completely clean and free from an}' foreign substance. Were it not for the
pedicellaria' the food thus rejected would become entangled among the ten-
tacles and spines, and remain stranded there till the motion of the water
washed it away. These curious little organs have other offices besides this
very laudable and useful one of scavenger. They occur over the whole
body, while they pass the excrements only along certain given lines. They
are specially numerous about the mouth, where they are much shorter (PL
X.f. 9, m) and more compact ; the muscular sheath below the head is quite
short, the tripartite head resting directly upon the limestone rod of the base.

On watching the movements of the pedicellaria' we find that they are
extremely active, opening and shutting their forks unceasingly, reaching
forward in every possible direction, the flexibility of the sheath enabling
them to sweep in all the corners and recesses between the spines, and occa-
sionally they are rewarded by catching hold of some unfortunate little crus-
tacean, worm, or mollusk which has become entangled among the spines.
They do not seem to pass their prey to the mouth (at least I have never
succeeded in seeing sea-urchins pass the food thus caught), but merely
throw it off from the surface like any other refuse matter. Their mode of
eating, also, — a sort of browsing, by means of their sharp teeth along the
surface of the rocks, — does not favor the idea of using the pedicellaria' as
forks.

PEDICELLARL-E. 663

In the Cidaridae the pedicellariae are placed at the base of the circle of
the papillae surrounding the primary interambulacral spines ; they are more
numerous near the ambulacral areas. They are characterized by a shaft
made up of longitudinal rods, into the tip of which is set a second short cal-
careous rod, somewhat smaller in diameter than the shaft of the base (PL
XXIV. f. 5, 7). The longitudinal rods are soldered together by short irreg-
ular transverse processes. There are but few pedicellariae on the buccal
membrane, and frequently they are entirely wanting, while in the other
regular Echini the abactinal membrane is, at certain points, studded with
short-stemmed pedicellariae. The head of the pedicellariae of the interam-
bulacral pedicellariae are elongate (PI. XXIV. f. 7,11), toothed along the
edges, when they have reached their full size (PL XXIV. f. 2. 8, 8a, 4), while
in the smaller stages the margins are nearly smooth (PL XXIV f. 1). The
young of these pedicellariae are quite solid and compact (PL XXIV. f. 9).

There are found on the abactinal system of Dorocidaris and other genera
short-stemmed, stout-headed pedicellariae, much more delicate than those
just described (PL XXIV. f. 5, <?). The separate prongs of these short
pedicellariae are rectangular, with a pointed tip, a large open space at the
base of the prong, and the same transverse bar dividing the top into a dis-
tinct terminal triangular cavity (PI. XXIV. f. 0), as in the long-headed
pedicellariae (PL XXIV. f. 9). Below this bar there is an elongate cavity
with serrated edges; the very tip of the prong terminates in a hook (PL
XXIV. f. 8).

In Goniocidaris, we find seated in the pits of the sutures of the interam-
bulacral and ambulacral median lines, a large, stoutdreaded, short-stemmed
pedicellaria (PI. XXIV. f. m, is), similar to those so numerous in the abac-
tinal system of other genera.

In Porocidaris the long-headed pedicellariae are remarkable for the open-
ing near the base (PI. XXIV. f. 11). In the Diadematidae the large tridac-
tyle pedicellariae resemble somewhat those of the Echinidae proper ; they
differ in having few large marginal serrations (PL XXIV. f. 14, 87, 40); the
extremity of the prong is frequently spoon-shaped and widest at its very tip,
as in Asthenosoma. In the group of Echinothuriae occurs the only case of
pedicellariae with four prongs. Thomson has figured such pedicellariae in his
" Depths of the Sea " as found in Phormosoma. In Echinothrix the simi-
larity of the large, long-headed pedicellariae (PL XXIV f. 33 -36) to those of
Echinidae proper is very marked ; they differ, however, in the proportions

064 PEDICELLARIAE.

of the base and of the spathiform prolongation; the latter is in Echinothrix
wider than the base, the opposite is the case in Echinidae proper. The
limestone rod of the shaft is slender, with a large terminal head ; the soft
parts surrounding the head and shaft are greatly developed. I have figured
the small broad-headed pedicellariae of Asthenosoma in the Hasslcr Echini.
The buccal pedicellariae of the Diadematidae differ from those of the Echi-
nidae in having a solid base (PL XXIV. f. 3?').

The pedicellariae of the Arbaciadae are of two kinds. Those near the
actinostome have a short muscular shaft seated upon a long base, strength-
ened internally by a slender rod ending in a broad head. The muscular
base supports a stout head (PL XXVI. f. 4,5), with strong sharp teeth near
the tip. The other kind differs only in the length of the upper muscular
sheath and the solid, nearly bare calcareous shaft supporting it, In the
abactinal part of the test the long-stemmed pedicellar'ue (PL XXVI. f. 3)
arc especially abundant in the interambulacral spaces close to the anibu-
lacral areas. The muscular sheath is so long that in alcoholic specimens the
weight of the head is sufficient to bend it over; when living, these pedi-
cellariae are most active, reaching out in all possible directions. In Podoci-
daris the pedicellariae occur over the whole abactinal surface (PL IV. f. s),
the head is still larger in proportion to the length of the shaft, than in Arbacia,
and. as has been mentioned already, they are supported upon small tubercles
with distinct scrobicular circles.

In the Echinometradae, as limited here, the pedicellariae do not differ very
essentially from those of the Echinidae proper, and we can apply to them the
terms introduced by Valentin to denote, according to their position and
shape, the different kinds of pedicellariae. The buccal or ophicephalous
pedicellariae are short-stemmed, stout-headed, the base ending in more or
less complicated and regular semicircular arcs (PL XXVI. f. s). They arc
figured with their soft parts in S. Drbbachiensis, in PL X. f. 0,10, and the
calcareous prongs in PL XXIV. f. 17,19,21; other ophicephalous pedicel-
lariae of Strongylocentrotus are figured in PL XXIV. f. ..>:, and of Stomo-
pneustes in PL XXIV f. 32. The gemmiform pedicellariae are remarkable
for the great development of the soft parts, and the slender prongs of the
heads, usually terminating in two large hooks, placed one above the other in
Echinometradae (PL XXIV f. 18,24; PL XXVI f. 10.14), while they are
nearly on the same level in Echinidae proper. The third kind are the long-
headed tridactyle pedicellariaa, in which the calcareous parts take the greatest

PEDICELLARLE. 665

development (PL X. f. 7,11,12); the prongs have a triangular base and a
more or less spoon-shaped tip, slightly serrated, as in Strongylocentrotus
Drobachiensis (PL XXIV. f. 15,16,22,23), S. lividus (PI. XXIV. f. 25),
S. nudus (PI. XXIV. f. 26, 28), Stomopneustes variolaris, (PI XXIV f. si),
and in Echinometra (PI. XXVI. f. 9, 11, 12, is). In Heterocentrotus (PI.
XXVI f. 1,2) the tridactyle pedicellariae are of the type called trifoliate;
in Echinometra (PI. XXVI. f. n) there is no doubt these trifoliate pedicel-
lariae are only the younger stages of the tridactyle forms.

The principal differences between the pedicellaria? of the Echinidae proper
and the Echinometraclae consist in the position of the hooks of the gemmi-
form pedicellariae, which invariably terminate on one level, both in the
Triplechinidae (PL XXV. f. 4, 16, 17,20) and in the Temnopleuridae (PL
XXV f. ,.'). The differences in the ophicephalous pedicellariae of the two
families are not very marked; compare (PI. XXV. f. l, 14, 19, 2l) the pedi-
cellariae of Temnopleurus, of Echinus, and of Toxopneustes with those of
Echinometra and of Strongylocentrotus referred to above. The same is the
case with the tridactyle pedicellariae of the Temnopleuridae (PL XXV f. 1, 2)
and of the Triplechinidae (PI XXV. f. 3, 5, 6, 11, is); they agree most closely
with the corresponding pedicellariae of the Echinometradae, — the principal
distinction consists in the more slender, spoon-shaped prong.

In the Clypeastridae we find great differences in the pedicellaria? ; in some
cases they approximate closely to the tridactyle pedicellariae of the Echinidae
and Echinometradae, — see one of the prongs of a tridactyle pedicellaria of
Clypeaster subdepressus (PL XXV f. 24, 25', 42), or the more elongate type of
the same species (PL XXV. f. 22), — while what must be considered the
ophicephalous pedicellaria? of Echinanthus take most extraordinary shapes
(PL Xlf. f. 6-9)- Another form of pedicellaria? is the hemispherical kind,
supported upon a long, slender, flexible, muscular shaft attached to a base,
strengthened by a comparatively stout rod ( PL XIf. f. 10, 11 ).

In Echinarachnius the pedicellaria? have but two prongs, as in the hemi-
spherical pedicellaria? of Echinanthus. They are supported upon a short,
stout, calcareous rod, at the base of a long, powerful, muscular band, support-
ing a comparatively small bifid head. PL XXVI. f. 15, 16 ; PL XXV. f. 38, 39,
represent them in different attitudes. PL XXVI. f. it, is ; PL XXV. f. 40, 41,
are various stages of growth, although I have not had occasion to examine
the pedicellaria? of a large number of Clypeastroids, yet the great variety of
the forms observed is very remarkable.

666 PEDICELLARISE.

In the Petalosticha the genera which have been examined show a much
greater uniformity of plan. The pedicellarise of the Echinonidae resemble
the short type of tridactyle pedicellarise of Clypeaster, with a somewhat
longer, flexible, muscular shaft (PI. XV. f. .'). In the Cassidulidae the only
pedicellarise observed are figured on PI. XVI. f. 15 ; they resemble the small,
tridactyle, short-stemmed pedicellarise of Spatangus. Very remarkable pedi-
cellarise have been described in Pourtalesia ; they are figured on (PI. XVIII.

f. 16- 18).

In the genera Echinocardium (Pis. XXV., XXVI.) Lovenia. Leskia,
Breynia, Spatangus, Maretia, Brissus, Schizaster, and Metalia, of which I
have examined pedicellarise, we find a remarkable uniformity of type, and
very slight differences among the different families. We can reduce them
to two types, in one of which the heads consist of more or less slender
prongs, leaving -wide open spaces {PI. XXVI f. 37), resembling the gem-
miform type of the Echinidae and Echinometradae, but of which the tips
are merely serrated, and never carry large terminal hooks; this type is the
most common among the Spatangoids, and is found in Echinocardium (PI.
XXVI. f. 19 ; PI. XXV. f. so), Lovenia {PI. XXV f. 31 ; PI. XXVI. f. 36),
Breynia {Pi XXV. f. 82), Maretia 1 PI XXV. f. S3, SJ, ; PI XXVI. J. 21, 22),
Meoma (PI. XXVI. f. 28, 29, S3, .:.',), Brissus ( PI XXVI. /. 38), and in Schi-
zaster {PI XXVI. f. 41, 42). The other includes what we may call the ordi-
nary tridactyle type, with a stout head, broad base, and short stem, such as
we find in Spatangus {PI XXVI f. 23, «; PI XXV. f. 85), and the long-
headed, small-based, long-stemmed, tridactyle pedicellaria, with smooth or
serrate edges, occurring in Echinocardium (PI. XXV. f. 26, 27% in Spatangus
(PI. XXVI /. 26,27), in Meoma {PI XXVI. f. 80, 31, 82), and in Schizaster
(PI. XXVI f. 40); we may have serrations taking the place of lateral pro-
cesses, as in Brissus (PI. XXV. f. 36, 37). Another kind of pedicellarise,
which we might strictly call the typical trilobate pedicellariaa, is character-
istic of the Spatangoids proper (PI. XXV f. ..v, ',:; PL XXVI. f. 24); the
short tridactyle pedicellariae of Clypeaster recall them to a certain extent.
These pedicellarise are gibbous at the base, contracted in the central part,
which is prominently serrated, and terminates with a broad spoon-shaped
tip (PI. XXV. f. 26"). In the pedicellarise of the Spatangoids the soft parts
are but scantily developed.

In the greater number of starfishes the pedicellarise are supported upon
comparatively short stems, and are, as in our common starfish (Asteracanthion),

PEDICELLARISE.

667

clustered round the base of the spines of the dorsal surface {Fig. u) ; in some
starfishes we also find tripartite pedicellarise as in sea-urchins, only they
are usually supported upon a very short stem, or articulate directly from the
limestone network of the shell. We find similarly in Echini pedicellarise placed
in pits (Goniocidaris) in which the stem is reduced to a minimum ; their func-
tion is quite problematical, and their movements are reduced to the mere
opening and shutting of the valves. It is from the study of the pedicellarise
of starfishes that we have been able to form .some accurate idea of the ho-
mologies of these interesting appendages.

We must now go back to the early history of the growth of spines in em-
bryo Echinoderms, to obtain the key of the homologies of pedicellarise. In
all young Echinoderms the test, i. e. the upper coating of the arms of a star-
fish, the envelope of a Holothurian, the shell of a sea-urchin, is made up of
an irregular network of limestone cells (Fig. 10), which makes its appearance

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

^»

'con

in the early Pluteus stages; with increasing size this network becomes closed
at certain points, and sends off upright shanks, which little by little form
very irregular fan-shaped spines (PL IX. f. i ; PL X.f. 4); in our common
sea-urchins these spines are immovable, forming at that stage part of the test
itself. As the spines grow they become more pointed (PL X.f. 4), but are
still immovable. In somewhat more advanced stages a slight constriction is
formed at the base of the spine (PL X. f. s), and very soon after that, below
the constriction, a tubercle is formed upon which the spine is articulated, and
is then capable of a certain amount of motion by means of the muscular
sheath connecting the base of the spine with the tubercle, which fit by a
ball-and-socket joint ; soon the spine appears longitudinally striated, the
limestone cells of which it was composed when smaller becoming obliterated
by the successive circular layers of the older spine.

In some sea-urchins (Arbacia) we find spines which never become articu-
lated, are always fixed, and remind us, although of very different shape, of
the embryonic stage of the spines of our common sea-urchin (Pi XXVI. f.

(368 PEDICELLARISE.

6, 7). In one of the Echini discovered by M. Pourtales, the fixed spines
cover the whole upper part of the test (PL IV. f. 8, 10, 12, !■:)■ the movable
spines being limited to a circumscribed area along the edge of the shell (Po-
docidaris).

If we trace the development of the spines of starfishes, we find something
similar ; but as the pedicellarise are clustered round the base of the longer
spines, we are able to distinguish in the earliest stages what will become a
spine and what will eventually form pedicellariaa, — a distinction which it is
not possible to make in Echini, where the pedicellariaj and spines are irregu-
larly scattered. This is especially the case in such genera as Arbacia and
the like, in which there are so-called embryonal spines remaining always
fixed immovably to the test (PI. XXVI. f. 6, 7).

In our common starfish I have traced the earliest stages of the spines and
pedicellarise (Fig. 11), and have found that at first it is impossible to distin-
guish between a spine and a pedicellaria ; it is only in somewhat later stages
that the first trace of a difference can be detected (Fig. 12) ; subsequently

Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fio. 14. Fio. 15.

o°2o
o /yb

"00°

there is no doubt whatever, owing to the greater and more rapid develop-
ment of the central spine, as to what will form spines or pedicellarise
(Fig. i.i). In one of the pentagonal starfishes of our coast (Hippasteria) it is
even easier to trace the gradual passage of the original limestone network,
either, on the one hand, into a spine, or, on the other, into bipartite pedicel-
larise. In Fig. n we can easily trace the development of a simple central
granule, surrounded by smaller granules, into a short spine ; or by the split-
ting of the granule we have gradually formed a slight furrow, then a deeper
groove, till two clappers are formed (Fig. 15), which eventually become mov-
able, and act as pedicellarise, though they are the simplest forms of that organ.
In another starfish, the genus Luidia, the central granule, surrounded by
smaller granules, develops either into a spine which passes through the stages

PEDICELLARI.E.

669

of Fig. 16, and terminates in a long slender spine, surrounded by papillae at
its base ; or the central spine of Fig. ie is, like the central granule of Hip-
pasteria, little by little split into three, and finally forms a passage through
such forms as are given in Fig. is, into short tripartite pedicellariae, sur-
rounded by isolated spines at the base.

If anything further were required to prove the homology between spines
and pedicellariae, it is the case of tripartite, pedunculated, Echini pedicellaria?
attached, as common spines are, upon a tubercle, surrounded by the pecu-
liar smooth area called the scrobicular circle ; this form of pedicellariae is
actually found in the genus Podocidaris (PI. IV. f. 1,3). The same reason-
ing will readily suggest to the student of Echinoderms the homologv of the

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17

Fig. 18.

so-called claws of Ophiurans (Fig. 17) and of the anchors of Holothmians
( Fig. is), which, although used for such totally different functions, — a sort of
prehensile organ, for motion along the ground. — are in reality in their turn
only modified spines, or different forms of pedicellariae

Although the spines of our sea-urchin are apparently so different from
the pedicellariae, yet when we pass in review the whole order of Echini
we find differences among the spines fully as great as those observed in the
pedicellariae. What can be more diverse than the immense, slender, hollow
spine of an Echinothrix (PL III"./. 1), or of a Diadeina, six to eight times the
diameter of the test, and the short flattened spine, forming a regular pave-
ment on the test of Colobocentrotus (PI IIId. f. 4) ; we find such extremes
as the club-shaped, curved ambulacral spines of Salenia (PI. Ill f. 8) ; the
papillae of Cidaris ; the sharp, solid, curved antennae-like spines of Coelopleu-
rus (PI. IP. f. 14); the massive bat-shaped spines of Heterocentrotus (Pi.
IIId. f. e ; PI IIP) ; the cupuliform spines of Goniocidaris (PL P.f. 3, 4) ;
the slender silk-like spines of the Clypeastroids (PL XIII". f. 4 ; PL XIIP.

670 PEDICELLARLE.

/. 8 ; PL XTIIf. f. 7), and of the Spatangoids (PL XV". f. / ; PL XIX1 f.
9; PI XXI'. f. 5).

In Ophiurans we find all the intermediate stages between plates, claws,
and slender spines; in starfishes, between the simplest granules, the most
complicated serrated spines and pedicellarise ; and in Holothurians, between
mere spicules, anchors, and the pavement-like covering of such genera as
Cuvieria and Psolus. All this shows plainly enough that the spines and
pedicellariae are strictly homologous, whatever modifications they may as-
sume in the different orders of Echinodernis, whether they serve as prehen-
sile scavengers, or simply protect the test against the violence of the waves on
the rocks or the attacks of their enemies. Sea-urchins are the favorite food
of many species of fish ; the}- would find it rather dangerous to attack the
bristling Diadema, and require pretty strong jaws to get the better of the
armored lleterocentrot us. The spines are not simply organs of defence;
they also act as means of locomotion, and in such genera as Arbacia the am-
bulacra! suckers perform only a secondary part in the displacement of the
sea-urchin, the spines of the lower side serving as stilts by which the sea-
urchin raises itself and move- along by a kind of halting gait. In Ophiurans
and Holothurians. the pedicellariae hooks and anchors perform the part of
organs of prehension and locomotion at the same time.

There is nothing in the history of the development and in the homologies
of these organs to show that they have been suddenly brought into exist-
ence ; on the contrary, the modifications of the spines and pedicellarise show
the most complete homology between appendages which have lately been con-
sidered as strong proofs of the possibility of the sudden appearance of organs
for which no utilitarian motive could be given. 1 trust 1 have made it suffi-
ciently plain that in the most complicated pedicellariae known, with a freely
movable stalk and with snapping jaws, we have only a very gradual modifi-
cation of the simplest sort of limestone network found in all Echinodernis, in
the earliest stages of the embryonic development, while still in the Pluteus
stage, and that we have an unbroken sequence from this primitive network
to form, on the one side, the most diversified spines, and on the other equally
variable pedicellariae, and that we must consider the latter in their most
complicated forms as nothing but highly specialized spines.

SPHiERIBIA.

In addition to their well-known outer appendages, the recent Echini, with
the exception of Cidaris, possess external organs which have only lately
been detected b}' Loven ; he calls them Sphaeridia*

They are small button-like bodies, — spheroidal, ellipsoidal, or somewhat
irregular balls, furnished with a short stalk, movable upon slightly projecting
tubercle. The sphaeridia are hyaline, shining, hard, solid, clothed with con-
nective tissue rich in pigment, with epithelium and a ciliated cuticle. Their
pedicel has the reticulated texture typical of the Echini, which spreads
more or less distinctly and continuously around its starting-point. In the
direction of the axis of the ball we not unfrequently see a tube which
opens in its upper pole, and is either simple or branched in a more or less
regular manner. A great many of the balls have on their surface small ele-
vations, tubercles, or spines, and many also depressions, which are sometimes
shallow, but frequently sink deeply in towards the axis in a conical form.
But the greater mass of the ball is formed of very numerous and very thin
concentric layers, and there are some which do not present anything but
these. Their solid contents are dissolved by a weak acid.

The sphaeridia belong exclusively to the ambulacra, and in all the genera
where they occur they are found in the peristomal plates. They always
occupy a definite position. In the Spatangidae they stand generally uncov-
ered ; one, two, or more in a little group by the base of the tentacular cirri
of the buccal area, near the side turned toward the median suture of the
ambulacra, decreasing thence the farther from the mouth, especially on the
bivium, — not unfrequently four, three, or two upon each of the first plates,
only one on each of the ordinary plates immediately following ; more nu-
merous on the trivium, in depressions or like rows of beads in narrow, elon-
gate, well-defined furrows. In Lovenia the segregated sphaeridia are con-
cealed under domes, which have a small, narrow, transverse opening at their
apex.

* The following abbreviated account is tnken from the translation by Dallas, in Ann. and Mag., Oct.,
1872, of Loven's article in the Oefversigt of Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., 1871.

fi72 SPILERIDIA.

A covering of this kind, which is tlic exception among the Spatangoids, is
the rule in the Cassidulidae and Clypeastridae. Khynchopygus has, on every
plate of the first live pairs in each ambulacrum, a sphseridium which is grad-
ually overgrown by the outer layer of the test, and which leaves finally only
a fine fissure open. (See PI. XV. f. ■: ; PI AT"./. >),

The Clypeastridae exhibit two types. Echinarachnius, Lobophora, Mellita.
Encope, Rotula, Laganum, and Echinocyamus have in each radius only a
single sphanidiuni in common for both of its peristomal plates, and most
frequently, even in very young individuals, concealed in a crypt in the mass
of the shell. In Clypeaster and Araehnoides we have two sphseridia in
each ambulacrum, one in each of its two peristomal plates. Echinoneus bus.
near the tentacular pore on the first and second plates, segregated globular
sphseridia, which are seated in uncovered slight depressions. In this, as in
much else, they resemble the regular Echini.

In the regular Echini the sphseridia are numerous, and distributed alter-
nately on both rows of plates of the ambulacra. In the Echinidae proper
they stand near the sutures of the plates: in the Diadematidae. near the
tentacular pores. In the Arbaciadae each ambulacrum has only a single
sphseridium in a round notch in the suture "lose to the margin.

These organs, which are so well ami peculiarly protected in many genera.
cannot be anything lint a sensorial apparatus, probably destined for the per-
ception of the changes which take place in the surrounding water, and in
the substances which they hold in solution or suspension ; consequently an
organ of taste. The sphseridia make their appearance seemingly later than
the spines and pcdiccllarise.

I have to thank Professor Loven for preparations showing the sphseridia
of several genera.

ALIMENTARY CANAL.

The alimentary canal of Echini consists of an oesophagus, a so-called
stomach proper, and a terminal intestine leading to the anal opening. In
the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids the oesophagus is further specialized ; at
the entrance of the actinostome it is divided into a narrow canal, situated
entirely within the pyramids of the jaws ; this narrow oesophagus is more or
less pentagonal near the actinal opening, strongly ribbed by five longitudinal
bands with folds intermediate between them,* extending from the five basal
lips attached to the teeth proper, and the junction of the narrow oesophagus
with the oesophagus proper. In the Desmosticha the alimentary canal (if we
place the test so that it winds, after leaving the upper part of the pyramid,
from left to right) follows the outline of the test, making a complete cir-
cuit ; it then turns upward towards the abactinal pole, and curves back again
in the opposite direction, forming a second circle round the test from right to
left. These circles are not simple circles, but successive loops pointing towards
the apical system in all the interambulacral spaces, and towards the actino-
stome in the ambulacra] spaces. These loops thus form two concentric
series, extending round the test (PL XXVII f. 1. s, 4, 5 ; PI XXVIII. f. 5),
and terminating in the narrow terminal anal intestine, which runs obliquely
towards the apical system to the anal system [PL XXVIII. f. 3, 6, a).

The alimentary canal is kept in position by minute, flat-pointed appendages
on the edges of the canal, firmly attached to the inner surface of the test.
These points occur at regular intervals, and are particularly well shown on
PI. XXVII f. 5 ; PI XXVIII f. s, 6 ; towards the abactinal part of the
alimentary canal they coalesce, and gradually pass into a rounded thread,
which follows the course of the alimentary canal (PI. XXVII. f. ,j, 4). The
terminal intestine flares, somewhat trumpet-shaped, immediately below its
point of attachment to the anal system, to which it is attached by prominent
radiating bands, similar to the mesenteries of the actinal part of the alimentary
canal (PI. XXVIII f. s, 6). The upper part of the oesophagus is remarkable
for the papillae, which cover the whole exterior surface (PI. XXVII. f. 1, 5).

* Valentin, Anatomie du Genre Echinus, PL VII. f. 124.

574 ALIMENTARY CANAL.

We can distinguish in the walls of the alimentary canal an outer and inner
connecting layer, enclosing a transverse and a longitudinal muscular layer.

Although at first sight the general course of the alimentary canal appears
totally different in the Clypeastroids and in the Petalostieha from that of the
Desmosticha, we do not find on ultimate analysis such a wide difference.

While examining the course of the alimentary canal from the point at
which it leaves the pyramid in the Desmosticha, it was placed in such a way
that, when seen from above, the first winding should be from left to right
along the test. This does not place the different genera in a homologous
position, as in one case we may have the first loop of the alimentary canal so
placed as to be nearest what in one genus would he the left anterior ambu-
lacrum, and in the other the left posterior ambulacrum, if we determine the-,'
ambulacra by the position of the madreporic genital ; in all the genera 1 have
examined the alimentary canal trends from the pyramid to the interambula-
cral space in which the madreporic body is placed. On determining whether
this has a definite relation to the anal opening, we find that it is placed nearer
a trivium, hut not the same trivium. in different genera. If we now take the
trend of the terminal intestine as our guide, we find that although the rela-
tive direction of the terminal part of the alimentary canal and of the origin
does not correspond with that of the irregular Echini, yet. in the Desmos-
ticha, if we place one of the ambulacra in the prolongation of the direc-
tion of the anal termination of the alimentary canal, the madreporic body
will always be in the left posterior Lnterambulacral space. The above posi-
tion of the Desmosticha. with the madreporic body in the left posterior
interambulacral space, is the only one properly homologous to that of the
Clypeastroids and Spatangoids. in which we always find the odd ambulacrum
in the prolongation of the trend of the terminal anal pari of the alimentary
canal.

In Clypeastroids the pyramidal oesophagus is quite slender ; it opens into
a Hat triangular pouch, the broad oesophagus which runs in the trend of the
longitudinal axis (Ph. XXVIII., XXIX. lower figs. ; PL XXX. upper' Jig.) ; at
its junction with the alimentary canal proper it turns sharply round to the
left, and runs back along the edge of the test, past the posterior extremity,
completely round the ambitus to the anterior L't\<i:c. where it forms a second
loop, and runs back again on the inside of the outer part of the alimentary
canal to the anal opening (PL XXXVIII. f. l, 2, XXIX. loiver Jiy. ; PL
XXX. upper Jig.).

ALIMENTARY CANAL. 675

The terminal anal extremity of the alimentary canal does not differ materi-
ally in some Clypeastridae from the rest of the canal (PL XXVIII. f. a ; PL
XXIX. lower fig.); in the Scutellidae it is often remarkably slender (PL
XXXI. f. 2). The alimentary canal is separated by pillars or by continuous
walls from the actinal cavity, and also from the ambulacral system ; the
arrangement and structure of these walls and pillars giving excellent features
to distinguish generic groups, when taken in connection with the marginal
pillars and walls uniting the two floors. In Echinocyamus the marginal par-
titions radiate from the ambitus to the actinostome {PI. XIII f. 7), and
there are no walls separating the digestive cavity from the ambulacral system
or the actinal cavity. In the Laganidae (PL XXXIII f. .;, 4 ; PL XIII'. f.
10, ll) the marginal supports form disconnected walls, concentric with the
outer edge, without separating the alimentary canal from the actinal cavity.
In the Scutellidae we find the marginal supports usually in the shape of
radiating pillars (PL XHP.f. 3 ; PL XI P. f. 6; PL XHP.f. 1, 2, ■>). and in
some genera the first trace of small pillars (PL XII". f. 4) appears (PL XIIId.
f. 1), between the marginal pillars and the auricles. This system of pillars
is more and more complicated in some of the Scutellidae (PL XI d. f.
3), Encopidae (PL XIP.f. s, 4) and Echinanthidae, till it finally entirely sep-
arates the alimentary canal from the remaining internal cavity of the test
{PI. XP.f. 2, 4 ; PL XP.f. s, 4 ; PL XXVIII f. 2).

The mesenteries which hold in place the alimentary canal are few in num-
ber, generally reduced to a simple chord following the alimentary canal, as in
the abactinal part of the alimentary canal of the Desmosticha (PI. XXV 111.
f. 1 ; PL XXX. upper fig.), and in this case it follows nearly the course of
the main vessel following the alimentary canal.

In Desmosticha the alimentary canal is filled with particles of alga?, those
towards the anal part are formed into pellets (PI. XX VIII. f. 5; PL
XXVII f. 1, s), and as such pass out of the anal opening, while nearer the
actinostome the contents form a homogeneous mass of minutely ground par-
ticles of seaweed and the like. In the Clypeastroids the alimentary canal is,
as in the Petalosticha, filled with sand in spite of the presence of jaws and
teeth. The majority of Clypeastroids live upon sandy shores, and use their
jaws simply to force in the sand by a process of shovelling ; they do not
browse habitually on seaweed growing upon rocky shores, as the regular
Echini do. This is probably due to their comparative helplessness and inca-
pacity of locomotion, which they share with the Petalosticha. It is difficult

gyg ALIMENTAEY CANAL.

to imagine why the more highly organized Spatangoids. which stand at the
top of the scale of Echinoids should be the most helpless and least capable of
protecting themselves and of choosing their food ; while the Desmosticha can
readily change their locality, and are by nature infinitely better protected
against the attacks of their enemies than the comparatively helpless
Spatangoids. whose main reliance against destruction consists in burrowing
in sand-banks, and, by becoming more or less covered by sand, thus escape
the notice of their enemies. The Spatangoids have reached such a state of
Echinoid perfection that their ultimate disappearance is clearly foreshad-
owed !

In Rhynchopygus we find the simplest form of alimentary canal observed
in Petalosticha. Owing to the delicate nature of the walls of the aliment-
ary canal of Spatangoids, it is almost impossible to follow its course in
alcoholic specimens. The walls are invariably broken through by the
weight of sand which tills the canal. Careful preparations must be made
from living specimens to be able to follow its course. A few such prep-
arations 1 was able to make at Aeapulco on Rhynchopygus; they will
enable us better to understand the more complicated structure of Spatangus
as given by Hoffman in his excellent monograph on the anatomy of Spatan-
gus purpureus. 1 have freely copied from his memoir the data to elucidate
that part of the anatomy of Spatangoids, as we have no common Spatan-
goid very available on our coast for study in a fresh condition. The com-
parative study of Rhynchopygus, Spatangus. and the Clypeastroids will show
a far closer general identity in the structure of the alimentary canal than
could have been traced from a comparison of Spatangus with the Clypeas-
troids directly.

In Rhynchopygus the (esophagus is quite narrow, trends slightly to the
left of the odd anterior ambulacrum (Pi XXX I If. ;)• takes a sharp turn
upwards and opens into a wide alimentary canal (PL XXXII. f. .;). which
bends back towards the posterior extremity, running from left to right com-
pletely round the edge of the test till it reaches the anterior extremity again.
It then makes a second sharp turn upwards and backwards, running again
towards the posterior extremity, completely round the edge of the test till it
nearly reaches the anterior extremity ; it then curves towards the central
longitudinal axis, and, turning completely round, runs in a straight line to the
anal opening, which it reaches as a narrow tube compared to the broad
pouches which made the last circuit of the test (Pi. XXXII /. 1). At the

ALIMENTARY CANAL. 677

junction of the oesophagus with the broad intestine (PL XXXII. f. 5) we
find a cluster of diverticula, in the form of pointed pouches. Seen from the
actinal side, a simple mesentery unites the interior edges of the alimentary
canal (PL XXXII. f. 3). The outer edges of the canal, which follow the
edge of the test, are attached by delicate mesenteries ; their course can be
traced on the interior of the test (PL XXXII. f. 2; PL XXXIII. f. 2).

In the Petalosticha the trend and course of the alimentary canal appear to
vary greatly, and may prove of value as systematic characters. In Spatan-
gus (PL XXXII. f. it, IS, copied from Hoffman) the commencement of the
alimentary canal runs in the posterior interambulacral space, rising slightly
towards the apical system, trending to the right ; it runs then from right to
left, rising very gradually until it has reached the anterior extremity of the
test, where a huge diverticulum, trending upwards and towards the posterior
extremity, arises. It continues to run parallel to the test, forming a nearly
complete circuit, till it nearly reaches the anterior extremity. It then curves
sharply upwards, running backwards from right to left towards the posterior
extremity, completing somewhat more than a half-circuit ; it then forms a
sharp curve towards the central part of the cavity, becoming much wider at
the same time, and, when it has reached the longitudinal axis, suddenly nar-
rows and extends to the anus in the posterior interambulacral space, immedi-
ately above the place of its origin, only in the abactinal part of the test. We
can distinguish, as in the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids, an oesophagus, a
broad part of the alimentary canal, and a terminal anal extremity. The ali-
mentary canal is attached to the test by innumerable minute mesenteries.
Distinct traces of the course of this attachment can still be seen (PL
XXXIV. f. 2) on the interior of the abactinal part of the test, as in the
regular Echini ; but in addition to these we have large mesenteries which
connect the central parts of the alimentary canal, and are not found either
in the Desmosticha or in the Clypeastroids.

In Metalia the trend of the oesophagus follows the line of the posterior
interambulacral field (PL XXXII. f. 11). It consists at first of a large tri-
angular actinal pouch, passing gradually into a narrow oesophagus. At the
junction of the oesophagus with the alimentary canal proper is found a
cluster of small diverticula resembling those of Rhynchopygus, and not a
single large diverticulum as in Spatangus proper.

The mesenteric plates holding the alimentary canal in place are more
complicated in Spatangus than in Rhynchopygus, where the only prominent

678 ALIMENTARY CANAL.

one is the actinal plate ( PI XXXII. f. .;). while in Spatanguswe have an ac-
tinal and an abactinal mesenteric plate, both of which consist of a larger and a
smaller plate. The smaller actinal plate commences to the left of the solid
actinal mesenteric supporter, and reaches the oesophagus on the right. The
other larger actinal mesenteric plate covers the whole solid support from
which it originates, covering the smaller plate, and follows the winding
of the alimentary canal from the junction of the (esophagus to the point
where the returning curve of the alimentary canal commences. The dorsal
mesenteric plates commence, the smaller one on the posterior left side of
the actinal support, following the terminal upper end of the alimentary
canal to the anus; the larger plate on the right of the actinal support, also
following the edge of the alimentary canal to the aims, and extending under
the diverticulum to the returning curve of the alimentary canal, where the
actinal and abactinal mesenteric plates meet.

Hoffman has discovered in Spalangus a remarkable organ, which he calls
the "gewundene organ." the function of which is entirely unknown (PI.
AAA"//./. 18). It consists of a long tube, somewhat winding, partly follow-
ing the course of the large actinal mesenteric plate : it is open at the two
ends leading into the alimentary canal, thus forming, as it were, a second
smaller alimentary tube. This organ had escaped the notice of all former
observers excepting, perhaps. Milne-Edwards, who describes a sort of heart
connected with the actinal vessel following the course of the actinal mesen-
teric plate. In Spatangoids, as in Desmosticha, we distinguish an inner and
an outer layer, and a transverse and a longitudinal muscular layer. The
diverticulum probably acts in Spatangoids as an organ of secretion.

The spicules of the alimentary canal and of the genital organs were hist
noticed by Valentin. They consist usually of simple bihamate spicules and
of perforated and reticulated plates of considerable size, with irregularly
indented margins, extremely variable in shape (PI XX X l'/f /.). To Stewart
we owe a more extended notice of the spicules of the alimentary canal
and ovaries I PI XXXVIII. f. i .>"'''). which he considers will afford valuable
hints for generic and even specific distinctions. As far as my observation
goes, I have found these spicules of little value beyond identifying the more
extensive groups. The envelope of the genital organs frequently contains
large perforated plates, forming sometimes, as in the case of the Cidaris,
a regular mailed casing to the ovarian tubes. In the walls of the alimentar}'
canal, although plates are sometimes found (PI. XXXVIII. f. .'""'). the

ALIMENTARY CANAL. 679

spicules proper are more common, and are especially numerous in the
mesenteries and the enclosing wall of the pyramid of the jaws.

Hoffman has been the first to call attention to a peculiar calcareous sup-
port found in Spatangoids, situated near the actinostome, on the inner surface.
It consists of an irregularly shaped triangular or rectangular projection of
the test, placed in the left posterior interambulacral space (PI. XXXIV. f.
2, 4), from which the main mesenteries of the alimentary canal take their
origin. This support seems peculiar to the Spatangina, and is not to be
homologized with the prominences of the interambulacral spaces next to the
actinostome in Nucleolidae (see PI. XV. f. 1 ; PI. XXXIII. f. 1); these ap-
pear, judging from the mode of formation of the auricles of some Clypeas-
troids, to be rudimentary auricles. The auricles of those Scutellidae in
which the reticulation of the inner actinal floor is very marked (PI XIIIc.f.
.;). shows that they are mere processes of the interambulacral plates (see
also PI. XII". f. 4; PI XIII". f. 5; PL XIIF.f. &).

GENITAL ORGANS.

In all Echini the genital organs open outwardly through ovarian openings
situated in the apical system, immediately above the apical extremity of the
interambulacral spaces, between the origin of the poriferous zones. There
are usually five ovarian openings in all Desmosticha ; passing through large
prominent plates, they lead into as many genital organs, consisting of clusters
of ovaries or of spermaries. There is no difference in the shape of the gen-
ital clusters between the males and the females, beyond the difference in
coloring noticed at the time of breeding, when the genital organs are fully
expanded. The ovaries arc then usually colored yellowish-brown, while the
spermaries an' of a milky tint; they consist of a main tube branching into
a number of diverticula filled witb eggs or spermaries. In the Desmosticha
the genital organs, at the breeding time, fill the whole of the free space
between the test and the alimentary canal in the interambulacral spaces
I PI. XXVII. f. ; .■ PI XX VI I If. ;), and the space enclosed within it (PL
XXVII f. a; PL XX VIII. f. .:), completely surrounding and encasing the
alimentary canal. During the growth of the genital organs they extend
as clusters between the test and the alimentary canal i PI. XXVII. f. 2) only
in the interambulacral spaces; even at the time of breeding the ambulacra]
fields are kept free {PL XXVII. f. 4 ; PL XX VIII. f. 4).

In the Clypeastroids the genital organs extend over the abactinal part of
the alimentary canal (PL XXVIII f. 2 ; PL XXIX.). forcing their way
under the inner edge of the outer turn of the alimentary canal, and appear-
ing on the actinal floor (PL XXVIIT.f. 1 -. PL XXX.). The course of the
alimentary canal can be traced by the compression of the ovaries along its
path (PI. XXIX. upper fig. ; PL XXX. lower fir/.). In genera with radiating
walls or walls parallel to the outer edge, the ovaries force their way between
them, completely filling the intervening spaces (PL XXXI. f. .').

In the Petalosticha the genital organs occupy a much more limited space
even at the time of breeding (PL XXXII. f. 2, 12), being reduced usually to
four small clusters in the abactinal part of the test. In all Petalosticha the
genital openings are limited to four, the odd posterior genital opening is

GENITAL ORGANS. 681

wanting, the lateral posterior genital organs are more fully developed
than the anterior ones (PL XXXII. f. 2, 12), and the right anterior one
is the least developed (PL XXXII f. 2, 12). In those genera in which
there are only three genital openings it is usually the right genital opening
which disappears first, and when there are only two genital openings,
the posterior pair alone is left. Something analogous can also he traced in
the Desmosticha (PL XXVII. f. 2), in which two of the genital organs, the
posterior ones, are more fully developed than the others. The same is the
case in the Clypeastroids ; the posterior genital organs are usually the
largest. The genital organs in the Petalosticha are attached to the test by
delicate membranes extending from the abactinal part of the genital organs;
in PI XXXIII f. 2, the scars left by the delicate mesenteries, can be seen
in the interambulacral spaces. For the structure of the egg see the chapter
on the Embryology of the Echini. The spermatozoa consist, according to
Kblliker and Peters, who have described them, of a minute head with a long
slender tail.

OCULAR SYSTEM.

Intercalated between the genital plates, at the abactinal extremity of
the ambulacra! system, are five plates smaller than the genital plates, which
have received the name of ocular plates. They are more or less polygonal,
and from their relative positions between the genital and anal plates im-
portant generic characters have been derived. These plates are perforate,
allowing the passage of an odd tentacle ; this is the homologue of the odd
ocular tentacle of starfishes, and although no eye-specks have as yet been
discovered in these odd tentacles, they are, from their position at the end
of the ambulacra! tube, undoubtedly the homologue of the ocular tentacles
of the starfish. For a detailed account of the odd tentacle and its probable
homology, as well as the interpretation of the ocular plates, 1 would refer to
the description of the young Echini. In the Desmosticha and the Clype-
astroids the ocular plates are more prominent than in the Petalosticha.

ANAL SYSTEM.

In all the Desmosticha the anal system is enclosed by the genital and
ocular ring. It consists of a series of polygonal plates, usually irregularly
arranged, becoming smaller towards the anal opening, round which they are
minute, lapping so as to close the opening completely (Pi. VII f. 19; PI.
VIII. f. 24). In the Diadematidae the anal sj'stem is quite large, covered
by a nearly bare membrane (PL IIIa.f. .;). strengthened round the base by
plates (PL IP.f. 6, 7). The anal opening is placed at the extremity of a
conical tube projecting tar beyond the general level of the anal system
(PL IP.f. 6; PL IIP./. 1. 4 ; PL IIP./. 5). As I have shown in my Em-
bryology of Echinoderms,* the anal system in the very j^oungest stages is
covered with only a single plate (PL VIII. f. 10 ; PL X. f. r>); other anal
plates are subsequently added, but the original large anal plate frequently
retains its prominence in full-grown specimens (PL VIII. f. 8 ; PL VIII. f.
24'), while in those genera in which the anal system is covered by a limited
number of anal plates, as in Arbaciadae (PL V.). Parasalenia (PL IIId. f. .').
Trigonocidaris (PL IV. f. 1), the number does not vary with age.

Judging from the study of the recent species alone, the contrast between
an anal system connected with the apical system, as in the Desmosticha, and
the independent anal and genital systems of the Clypeastroids and Petalo-
sticha seems very striking. There are some fossil genera, Pygurus and
Galeropygus, which, when better known, may show how the anal opening
becomes gradually disconnected from the genital ring, as in both these
genera the anal plates must have been in contact exteriorly with the genital
ring. The anal system is less prominent in the Clypeastroids than in either
of the other suborders, and is usually reduced to a small insignificant opening-
covered b}7 small plates, the position of which is extremely variable (see PL
XI. f. 17; PL XI". f. 2; PL XP.f. 1.4; PL XII". f. 4 ; PI- XIP. f. < ; ;
PL XIP. f. 4 ; PL XIII". ./'. 2, r, ; PL XIIP. f. 2, 7 ; PL XIII r. f. 2). In
the Petalosticha the anal system is usually large, very prominent ; the ar-
rangement of the plates furnishing excellent characters for discriminating
* A. Agassiz, Embryology of Echinoderms, Mem. Am. Acad., 1864.

684 ANAL SYSTEM.

species. The membrane is covered by large, more or less polygonal plates,
becoming smaller towards the anal opening. As is the case in the Diadema-
tidae, the anal opening is sometimes placed at the extremity of a tube
projecting beyond the level of the test (PI. XVII. f. 4, 6). In one of the
families of Spatangoids, the Leskiadae, we find a limited number of anal
plates; in Paleostoma the anal plates (PI. XXXII f. 15) form a conical
projection, and are not arranged, as in the other Petalosticha, in concentric
rows decreasing in size towards the anal opening. See Part III. p. 582.

In the Salenidae the larger plates covering the anal system become sol-
dered to the plates of the genital ring, while the minute plates which imme-
diately surround the anal opening are movable and do not differ from the
anal plates of the other Desmosticha. See PL III/. //. ami p. 258 of Part
II., for the description and discussion of the relationship of the apparently
abnormal apical system of this family.

Among Spatangoids proper we never find more than four genital openings.
The central plate, which carries the madreporic body, becomes completely
united with the fifth imperforate genital plate. We thus find the structure
of the apical system passing through its simplest form as typified among
the regular Echini, in which the anal system forms a component part of the
genital and ocular systems, to the anal system of the Clypeastroids and the
Spatangoids, which becomes isolated from the genital and ocular rings; in
the former we still have left what we may consider the analogue of the large
primary anal plate of young regular Echini, which becomes the madreporic
plate, and is isolated from the genital plate ; this may be perforated or not :
in Spatangoids this genital plate never has a genital opening, and always
carries the madreporic body.

The position of the madreporic body cannot, I think, be taken to indicate,
either in the regular Echini or in starfishes and Ophiurans, the position of an
anterior extremity. If we examine the position which the madreporic body
holds with reference to the winding of the alimentary canal in Spatangoids
and Clypeastroids, we find that it may be either to the right or to the left of
the longitudinal axis, as defined by the position and direction of the ali-
mentary canal, leading from the mouth either towards the anterior or towards
the posterior extremity of Spatangoids and Clypeastroids, as fixed by the
odd anterior ambulacrum. See PI. XXXII. f. 5, 11, in which the oesophagus,
when leaving the actinostome, trends in one case in the direction of the odd
anterior ambulacrum, and in the other in the direction of the odd posterior
interambulacral space.

ANAL SYSTEM. 685

In some of the Spatangoids the abactinal system becomes very elongated,
by the great increase in breadth of the lateral posterior interambulacra near
the apical system. This is carried so far that in some of the fossil families —
Dysasteridae and Ananchytidae — the genital and ocular plates of the
trivium and the bivium become completely disconnected by the junction of
the apical plates of the lateral posterior ambulacra of opposite sides of the
test, thus forming two independent apical systems. We find a gradual
passage between the compact abactinal system of such recent genera as
Schizaster, the Brissina, and the like, to the disconnected apical system of the
Dysasteridae, through such fossil genera as Cardiaster, Holaster, Ananchytes,
where the plates of the apical system gradually become arranged in two
parallel lines, the ocular and genital plates alternating ; the system ending
at the anterior extremity in an odd ocular plate, and at the posterior one in
two posterior ocular plates.

ACTINOSTOME.

There is a marked difference in the position of the actual opening of the
mouth in those Echini which have teeth, as in the Desmostieha and Clypeas-
troids, and in those which are edentate, as in the Petalosticha. The actual
mouth is a circular opening of the actinal membrane, from which the five
jaws protrude (PI. VII. f. w); the actinal membrane fitting closely to their
outer sides, while on the inner side, within the jaws, where the teeth arc
attached to the pyramid, is found the inner opening, formed by the attach-
ment of the continuation of the walls of the alimentary canal within the
pyramid. This continuation forms a sort of (esophagus, which in the toothed
Echini is placed either wholly or in part within the pyramid of the jaws, and
separates the peristomal cavity from the exterior. This short oesophagus
is only attached at the extremity, and is separated from the upper part of
the pyramids, leaving them full play for motion ( PL XXVII. f. 1. .:).
Valentin lias given an excellent figure of the intestine separated from the
pyramid, on PI. VII f. 122 of the Anatomic du Genre Echinus. In the
Clvpeastroids. owing to the shorter height of the jaws, this oesophagus is quite
rudimentary, hut the mode of attachment of the inner mouth membrane and
of the actinal membrane to the pyramids is the same a- in the Desmostieha
(PI XXIX. bwerfig.; PI. XXXVIII f. i. : ; PI. XXX. upper fig.).

In Spatangoids the opening of the actinal membrane leads directly into the
oesophagus through a more or less conical pouch (PI. XXXII. f. 5,11,17)
in which we do not find the muscles and folds so characteristic of this part of ,
the digestive canal in the toothed Echini. The actinostome of some of the
Spatangoids consists of a transversely elliptical opening, in which an upper
and a lower lip can he (PI. XIX". /'. .;, 6, S, 9) distinguished ; the actinal
membrane is covered by large polygonal plates, leaving a small mouth-open-
ing ; the plates are largest near the anterior extremity, becoming smaller
and frequently very minute near the actinal opening (PI. XXI". f. 3 ; PL
XXXII. f. ii ; PI. XXXIV. f. .'. j). By the movement of the upper lip
the actinal opening can be increased or decreased, and even closed. The
upper and lower lips of the actinostome are well marked in such genera

ACTINOSTOME. fig 7

as Faorina (PL XIXn.f. 5, 6), Linthia (PL XIXa.f. 8, 9), and Brissus (PL
XXI". f. 2, s) ; less marked, and at the same time the opening is more
circular, in Breynia (PL XV." f. s, 9), Eupatagus (PL XV". f. 3, 4), and Platy-
brissus (PL XXP f. .3, 4) ; while in the Cassiduloids, in which the actino-
stome has become pentagonal, the sides are all on one level (PL XV. f. 3),
and the actinal membrane is covered by a coating of numerous small plates,
leaving a central opening (PL XVI. f. 9). In some genera, the interambula-
cral spaces between the phyllodes are crowded with minute tubercles, forming
what are called bourrelets (PL IF*. /. 2; PL XV. f. a), or the ambulacra
remain simple pairs of pores, as in Echinoneus (PL XV. f. e), round the
actinostome, forming an approach to the structure of the true Clypeastroid
actinostome. A very anomalous structure of the actinostome occurs in
Paleostoma, where the actinostome is pentagonal, and covered by a small
number of plates radiating from the actinostome (PI. XXXII. f. 14). See
Part III. p. 582.

JAWS.

I\ the Desmosticha the jaws are composed of the pyramid, the brace, the
rotulae, the compass, and the teeth.

The pyramid (PI. II". f. 1,2, if, -is, 49 -SI, 34-37) has an outer con-
cave side and two flattened sides, forming the hollow groove in which the
tooth runs. The pyramid is so placed that its vertex is near the actino-
stome. The pyramid is divided by a longitudinal suture, and it either lias a
solid face at ils upper extremity, as in the Cidaridae ( PI. II". f. /), or its
upper part is more or less open, occupied by a wide triangular foramen in
the other Desmosticha ( PI If"./. 15, 3d). The prolongation of the ahactiual
part of tin' lateral part of the foramen (its apophyses) either forms a closed
are in Echinidae proper, or an open one in dilferent families (Cidaris. Arlia-
ciadae, and Diadematidae). The lateral faces are lamellae laterally striated
(PI II". f. 17, •.'';). enclosing a cavity which occupies the greater part of the
abactinal part of the pyramid, the lower part of the pyramid alone forming
the solid guide for the tooth. This structure is best seen in I'l. 1 1 " . f. 34, m
which one of the lateral faces of the pyramids is removed. The brace is
placed between adjoining pyramids; it is a lengthened flat piece (PL II".
f. n. in. 28 ■:<'. 10 ;.') below the level of the compass, which is placed with
its convex side uppermost (PI. II". f. r/, .;/ .;.;, 4.3 -45, 57), the single
point towards the centre of the pyramid and the fork outward. The Lantern
of Aristotle, as the whole masticatory apparatus is called, is composed of
five pyramids, made up of two halves, the five braces, the five teeth, and
the five compasses, which, as shown by Meyer, arc made up of two pieces
soldered together. The teeth are composed of two parts, — one the tooth
itself; the other the upper soft part, the matrix of the tooth. The teeth of
the Desmosticha are either simply grooved, as in Cidaris and Diadema (PI II".
f. 12, 47), or else keeled in the middle, as in Arbaciadae and Echinidae {PI.
II". f. 26, 27, 59, 60). In the Clypeastroids the jaws have the same general
structure, only we find that the compass is wanting {PI. XI".). The true
structure of the jaws of Clypeastroids was early known ; Parra, in his Hist.
Nat. de Cuba, having already given a correct description of them. As far as I

jaws. 689

have examined the jaws of the Clypeastroids I find they differ mainly, as
Midler has already shown, in their manner of articulating irpon the auricles.
The rotulae are placed upon the sutures of adjoining pyramids (Pi. XI". f.
ih g), and are made up of three minute plates. The greatest variation in the
shape of the jaws consists in their great height, as in Clypeaster and Echi-
nanthus (PL XP'.f. 1-8), or in their extreme flatness, as in the Scutellae
proper and in Eehinodiscus (PI XI". f. 9 -is). The teeth are placed in a
groove of the pyramid, as in the Desmosticha. Muller is of the opinion
that it is to the rotulas of the Clypeastroids that we must compare the cal-
careous ring of the Holothuriae, as it is near these rotulse that the ambu-
lacral canals open outwardly ; the Holothuriae thus would want the pyramids
and the teeth: it also follows, from Midler's careful analysis of the mouth
papilla? of Ophiurans, that they are in no way homologous to the jaws of
Echini.

The pyramids of Clypeastroids are triangular, flattened ; the outer side,
however, forming a re-entering angle (PL XI".), so that the junction of ad-
joining pyramids forms the apex of the pentagon of the jaws, and there
the rotulge are placed ; — see the figs, of Eehinodiscus auritus, seen in pro-
file and from above (PL XIa.f. 9, 12), which show the position of the rotulae.
The mode of articulation of the jaws upon the auricles is entirely distinct
in the Clypeastroids and in the Desmosticha ; in the Clypeastroids the auri-
cles are disconnected (Pi. XP . f. 4 ; PL XII". f. 4; Pi. XIIP. f. 5 ; PL
XIIP. f. 0 ; PL XIIP. f. 3; PL XIIP. f. 1), and when the jaws are in
place they completely hide the auricles upon which they ride, as in PL XP.
f.4; PL XIP.f. 3,4; PL XXVIII f. 1,2; PL XXIX. lower fig.; PL
XXXIII. f. 3. In the Desmosticha, on the other hand, the jaws are placed
entirely within the line of the auricles (PI. XXVII. f. 1,5), from which
they are supported by a very complicated set of muscular bands, extending
in pairs from the sides of the auricles, from their base and from the inter-
vening spaces, to different points of the pyramid and of the braces ; thus the
jaws of all Desmosticha are capable of considerable motion. The greater
part of the jaws is, as is well known, surrounded by the membrane of the
lantern (Pi. XXVII f. 1,5); this membrane is in the Clypeastroids reduced
to the small bursiform appendages of the inner part of the pyramid. The
muscular system of the jaws of Clypeastroids is reduced to a very feeble
band attached to the under side of the pyramids and extending to the
auricles.

690 JAWS-

The auricles are interambulacral processes ; they are developed from the
test itself and do not belong to the dental system, as stated by Loven, while
the teeth and jaws are developed independently as isolated pieces in young
Echini (PL IX. f. 2)- In the Cidaridae the processes of the adjoining inter-
ambulacral auricles are closely connected, and appear to be more intimately
related than in the Desmosticha proper, where the interambulacral processes
on each side of the intervening ambulacra] space form an arch, which may
or may not be closed, and of which the extremity is more or less closely
soldered together (compare PL IP. f. .;. 5, Dorocidaris, to PI. IP. f. 9, 10,
Diadema). The last trace of what is evidently the hoinologue of the auricu-
lar processes of the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids is found in the inter-
ambulacral protuberances existing round the actinostome on the inner side
of the test of the Nucleolidae ( PL AAA//./. .; ; PL XXXIII f. l).

The microscopical structure of the jaws has been shown by Valentin to be
similar to that of the other parts of the test. The teeth, however, are com-
posed of long, slender, narrow plates, composed in their turn of long, slender
prisms, slightly curved at the extremities, while the outer sheath is formed
of limestone plates, arranged irregularly between and across the component
prisms of the teeth proper. The histological components of the muscular
tissue of Echinoderms is but little known ; according to Leydig* the muscu-
lar fibres consist of rather large wedge-shaped bodies, closely packed to-
gether, and surrounded by a delicate membrane. Kollikert has described the
muscles of the jaws of Echini as made up of needles of transversely striated
muscular fibres. It is remarkable that the muscular structure of the Ophi-
urans and starfishes should be so different from that of the Echini, if the ob-
servations of Schwalbe % are correct.

* Archiv. f. Anat. a. Hivs., 1854.
t Wiirzburg Verhandl., 1858, VIJI.
t Archiv. t. Microscop. Anat.. 18G9, V.

CIRCULATION.

There are as yet many contradictory views regarding the circulatory
system. Delle-Chiaje, who was the first to describe the circulation of the
Echini, entertained somewhat erroneous views ; the subsequent observations
of Tiedemann have in the main been confirmed by Agassiz, Valentin, and
Miiller. In the Desmosticba we have a genital ring surrounding the anal ex-
tremity of the alimentary canal, which sends out, near the madreporic body, a
branch leading towards the jaws, following the course of the stone canal and
opening into the heart (an ovoid canal), from the base of which it emerges
again to form a circular ring round the oesophagus, and then follows the
inner edge of the alimentary canal as the alimentary artery, while on the
outer edge of the alimentary canal runs what we might call the alimentary
vein, connected with the heart, sending out branches to the test and to
the walls of the alimentary canal. No vibratile cilia have been detected in
the circulatory system. In addition there is, according to Valentin, a branch
of both these systems extending along the ambulacra] tubes, but I have been
unable to trace it. The heart is an ovoid canal surrounded by a vibrating
membrane, a sort of pericardium.

The same general course of the circulatory system is traced in the Clype-
astroids ; we find the inner and outer vessel following the course of the ali-
mentary canal (PL XXXVII. f. 1 ; PL XXIX. lower fig.), with a well-devel-
oped oesophagal and genital circular ring (PL XXIX.).

In the Petalosticha, the circulatory system does not follow as intimately
the course of the alimentary canal, but is carried partly upon the mesenteric
plates connecting the windings of the alimentary canal (PL XXXII f. 17,18).
Hoffmann has succeeded in proving for Spatangoids the existence of a con-
nection between the water system and the circulatory system (PL XXXII
f. it), which had formerly been shown, by Agassiz, to exist in Echinarach-
nius. This connection has not as yet been traced in Desmosticha. though it
undoubtedly does exist also, as blood cells have been found in the water
system. The course of the actinal vessel on the actinal floor, with a branch
leading along the anal extremity of the alimentary canal, as well as its

692 CIRCULATION.

connecting branch leading to the circular ring of the water system, is well
shown in Echinarachnius [PL XXXI. /'. ..'). No heart has been found in
Spatangoids proper. In Clypeastroids we have what we may perhaps con-
sider a heart, — an expansion of the vessel running along the inner side of
the oesophagus.

WATER SYSTEM.

Agassiz first gave an accurate account of the water system of Echino-
derms. His discovery of the stone canal, and its connection with the circular
actinal water ring and with the ambulacral canals, as well as his subsequent
discovery of the connection of this system with the circulatory system, have
laid the foundation of the present knowledge of the water system.

The stone canal, starting from the madreporic body, runs along the heart
to the circular ring. Its abactinal extremity is protected by a funnel-like
prolongation of the madreporic genital plate, which is very prominent in all
Petalosticha (PL XIV. f. i-.i, 7; PL XV. f. in; PI. XXXII. f. w ; PI.
XXXIV. f. 1, 8), though also present in the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids,
but not usually so fully developed (PL XXVII f. 2). The circular actinal
ring surrounds the oesophagus close to the lantern in the Desmosticha and
Clypeastroids ; with this are connected the five Polian vesicles, and from it
also branch the five main radiating ambulacral tubes, which in the Desmos-
ticha and Clypeastroids run towards the auricles, pass through them, and ex-
tend along the median ambulacral line to the abactinal pole. These tubes
are quite large near the circular actinal ring, gradually diminishing in size
towards the abactinal pole (PI. XXX. lower fig.). There are no Polian vesicles
in either the Clypeastroids or the Petalosticha, and in the latter the circular
actinal pentagon runs immediately round the actinostome, close to the level of
the actinal floor (PI. XXXII f. 5, 11 ; PI XXXIII f. 1 ; PI XXXIV f. 2, 4)-

From the main central ambulacral tube, which is lined with vibratile cilia,
branches are sent off at right angles, on both sides ; one branch to each pair
of pores, each branch forming a vesicle for each pore, and the two vesicles
connecting with a single exterior ambulacral tentacle. These tentacles are
expanded by the contraction of the vesicles, and when drawn in the vesicles
are fully expanded. In the Desmosticha we distinguish usually the shaft
and the sucking-disk (PL X. f. 5, 6). The shaft is provided with longitu-
dinal muscles, and is strengthened by numerous spicules ; at the base of
the sucking-disk the spicules form a regular calcareous ring surmounted
by polygonal plates, forming the so-called rosette. This rosette is very

R94 WATER SYSTEM.

variable, according to the size of the individuals examined. The tentacles
of the Demosticha are capable of great expansion and contraction, reach-
ing far beyond the spines (PL V. f. 1-8 ; PL X f. i). All the tentacles
do not terminate in a sucking-disk, as in the Diadematidae and the Arbacia-
dae for instance, where the abactinal tentacles are pointed, and where we
find neither terminal calcareous ring nor rosette {PL II'. f. &" ; PL IV. f. 8 :
PL V.f. 1-3,6-8). The ambulacra! tubes are most sensitive and contract
at the least disturbance. In the regular Echini the suckers of the actinal
side, which are by far the most powerful, are the main organs of locomotion,
and are capable of adhering with considerable force to the surface of the
rocks. They are, however, by no means the only organs of locomotion, as 1
have already shown when speaking of the habits of Arbaeia, in which the
spines are also used for locomotion on level surfaces, though of course the
suckers alone are used when the sea-urchin climbs steep slopes, to which it
can cling very (irmly by the suction of the ambulacra! tubes, — so firmly that
considerable force is necessary to separate a sea-urchin from a surface to
which it has become attached.

In all the regular Echini, except the Cidaridae and some of the Echino-
thuriae. the ambulacral feet do not extend over the whole of the buccal
membrane. We only find near the actinostome live pairs of large buccal
tentacles provided with suckers; they are not always circular, but frequently
lobed as in Arbaeia. In the Cidaridae the imbricated plates, first noticed by
Desmoulins in the continuation of the ambulacral system, are pierced for
suckers identical with those of the rest of the ambulacral zone, extending
unbroken to the actinostome as far as the buccal tentacles, which are not
different in size from the other ambulacral tentacles. In all Desmosticha,
except the Cidaridae and Echinothuriae, the so-called gills protrude through
cuts, more or less deep, in the actinal edge of the coronal plates, between
the coronal plates and the buccal membrane. In the Cidaridae these gills
are found in cuts of the buccal membrane itself, close to the actinostome.
(Miiller denies their existence, yet he has himself figured the cuts through
which the gills pass in a species of Cidaris.)

In the Clypeastroids the ambulacral tubes are already more complicated
and quite different in the so-called petals from those of the rest of the ambu-
lacral system. We find below the petals ambulacral snekers, having much
the same structure as those of the Desmosticha, capable of considerable ex-
pansion and contraction, with very well developed sucking-disks [PL XI '.,/'.

WATER SYSTEM. 695

2, 8 ; PL XXXI. f. s) ; while the tentacles which are found near the actino-
stome are simple conical water tubes (PL XXX I. f. 14, 15), resembling the
water tubes which are found both in the ambulacral and interambulacral
spaces {PI. XXXI. f. 10, ll)\ they are connected with the ambulacral system
by long branches sent off from the main ambulacral tubes at right angles to
it (PI. XI f. f. 25), or scattered more irregularly over the abactinal side of the
test (PI. XIf. f. jo). These water tubes are usually confined to regular
lines on the actinal side, forming ambulacral furrows, which may be either
simple grooves, as in Clypeaster (PI. XP.f. 1) and Laganum (PL XIII'.
f. 7, 9), or may, as in Scutellirlae and Encopidae (PI. XIP.f. 2, 4 ; PL XIIId.
f. e), branch from the ambulacral over to the interambulacral space, and
sometimes extend, in Dendraster, almost to the abactinal system on the abac-
tinal side of the test (PL XIII". f. 3, 4).

In the Clypeastroids we find modifications of the ambulacral regions
which are very characteristic of the suborder : the so-called ambulacral
fields covered by minute pores, which exist in their simplest form in Echino-
cyamus, Fibularia and Echinanthus ; these pores carry minute locomotive
tentacles, provided with suckers, strengthened by a calcareous ring or rod ;
they extend laterally in the ambulacral plates. In Clypeaster the minute
pores are most numerous along certain lines forming the central part of the
ambulacral zone, where they are closely crowded together without any
apparent order ; the smaller pores which carry the sucker-bearing tentacles
do not extend on the actinal side beyond the periphery. In another group
the furrows are either simple and straight, or fork at a short distance from
the actinostome, — the principal forks ramifying again more or less towards
the periphery ; these ramifications extend in several genera even into the
interambulacral spaces, — and it is in the lines of these furrows alone that
the minute ambulacral suckers are confined ; while in the Clypeastroids, in
which the pores extend over the surface of the ambulacral plates, they are
arranged either in regular horizontal rows parallel to the suture of the
plates, or without any apparent order. When seen from the inner side we
find in one section of the Clypeastroids that there are calcareous needles
running between these ambulacral pores ; in the other section these needles
are united to form a double floor extending over the whole inner surface
of the test, except over the petaloid part of the ambulacral zones, which is
only covered by small needles separating the rows of double pores. This
da^dalus of poriferous channels extends over the whole of the ambulacral

696 WATER SYSTEM.

and interambulacral systems, except the abactinal part of the latter which
lies between the petaloid ambulacra. Miiller has made a calculation that in
an Echinanthus rosaceus of ordinary size there must be as many as 100,000
locomotive pores ; they have been figured in a young specimen on Pi XIf.
The ambulacra! galleries are readily seen on the inner side of Clypeaster
subdepressua (PL XP.f. 4), Echinanthus rosaceus (Pi XP.f. ;). in Mellita
(PI XII". f. !-■;). and in Encope (Pi XII". f. 1 ; Pi XII'. f. 4). Con-
nected with the ambulacra] system of the Clypeastroids is the forked pro-
longation of the actinal ambulacra! edge of the test forming a tube with
several openings, which give passage to small tentacles identical with those
of the furrows proper. Agassiz considered them as the probable openings of
gill passages, but neither .Miiller nor myself have been able to find in living
Echinarachnius anything but the tentacles mentioned above.

The course of the water-system branches is well shown in Echinanthus
(PI. XP.f. .'i. and in Mellita (PL XII". f. 2), seen from the actinal side;
when seen from the interior, the branches of the water system on the acti-
nal floor are shown in Pi XXX. lower fig. Although the tentacles of the
petaloid portion of the ambulacral zone are apparently so different, they are
in reality only modified sucking-tentacles; in the earliest stages of some
of the Spatangoids and Clypeastroids exaniiiied.no difference exists, previous
to the format ion of the petals, between the tentacles of the abactinal and
actinal part of the poriferous zones.

Echinarachnius is interesting as showing, even in the oldest specimens
examined, traces of a sucking-disk together with a great development of the
base of the tentacle, which characterizes the so-called abactinal gills of the
CI3 peastroids and Spatangoids. The young tentacles are at first all provided
with sucking-disks (but without a terminal rosette); as fast as the petals
commence to form, by the spreading of the abactinal part of the poriferous
/ones, the pores not yet becoming conjugated, the tentacles assume a conical
shape (Pi XXXI. f. <;) ; with advancing age the tips elongate (PL XXXI.
f. 4), and finally are capable of considerable expansion and contraction inde-
pendently of the fiat basal part of the tentacle I Pi XXXI. J. 5, ? -9). During
this growth the terminal portion has constantly been thickening, assuming
more or less the appearance of a sucking-disk (Pi XXXI. f. 12). As in the
Desmosticha and in all Echini, no matter how widely separated the conju-
gated pores of the petaloid portion of the ambulacra may be, the flattened
base of the suckers forms but a single tentacle (Pi XXXI. f. 13), with two

WATEB SYSTEM. 697

canals, one leading to each ambulacral pore. In the Echinanthidae the am-
bulacral tubes of the petaloid part of the ambulacra are fringed, and prob-
ably perform the function of gills (PL XIf.f. 17. 18). In a young specimen
of Echinanthus the abactinal tentacles could not be distinguished from those
of the margin of the test; they were provided with disks, and capable of con-
siderable expansion and contraction even after the first appearance of the
petals (PL XIf.f. 4).

In the Petalosticha we find extensive differences in the character of the
ambulacral tubes. In the Echinonidae the suckers do not differ from those
of the regular Echini ; they are, like them, provided with powerful sucking-
disks, from the actinostome to the abactinal system (PI. XIV. f. 2). In the
Cassidulidae there are three kinds of ambulacral tubes : the tubes of the
phyllodes with lamellar extremities as in Rhynchopygus (PL XXXII. f. 8-
10); simple ambulacral tubes, with a slight thickening of the extremity, form-
ing more or less rudimentary suckers, — the suckers are well developed in
Eehinolampas (PL XVI f. is); they extend from the phyllodes to the base
of the petals; — and lastly, the tubes of the petals, which are fiat, broad tubes
slightly lobed laterally and at the end (PL XXXII. f. 1;, 7); the tubes of all
the petals are identical ; the odd anterior ambulacrum does not differ in
structure from the others, the abactinal part of this ambulacrum forming a
regular petal, like the lateral ambulacra (PI. XXXIII. f. 2 ; PL XV. f.
,.', 4. J; PI XV. f. 1. ■>). Each one of the tubes of the petals extends, as in
Echinarachnius, from the inner pore of the petals to the outer one.

In the Spatangoids proper we have a still greater variety of ambulacral
tubes, owing to the difference in structure of the odd anterior ambulacrum.
This is never petaloid in the ordinary sense of the word (PL XXIII. f.
PL XXXIII f. 7 ; PL XXXIV. f. 1, s ; PL XXI'. f. 9) ; — see also the fig-
ures of Spatangoids seen from the abactinal side (PL XIX". ; PL XIX \ ;
PL XIX'.; PL XXIa.; PL XXIII". ), — the ambulacral tubes of the an-
terior ambulacrum are usually short, thick, stout tubes, with large terminal
suckers (PI. XIX. f. 1, 2), or pointed extremities (PI. XVIII. f. 9, 19). The
buccal tentacles immediately round the actinostome terminate in club-shaped
appendages (PL XVII f. 10 ; PL XXXII. f. ie). They occupy the figures
formed by the pores corresponding to the phyllodes of the Cassidulidae
(PI. XXII f. 4; PL XXI f. 4 ; PL XXIII f. 4) (see also figures of Spa-
tangoids seen from the actinal side in PL XIX".: PL XIX".; PL XIXC. ;
PL XXI". ; PI. XXIII".) which are not as complicated as in the Cassiduloids,

698 WATER SYSTEM.

owing to the absence of bourrelets. The radiating ambulacra] tubes send to
the pores forming the phyllodes much larger branches than to the pores of
the remainder of the ambulacra! system (PI XXIII. f. l ; PL XXXIII. f. i ;
PI. XXXIV. f. 4).

In the odd anterior ambulacrum the ambulacra! tubes consist entirely of
so-called locomotive tentacles, that is, tentacles slightly rounded at the tip
without any prominent sucking-disk; when there is a peripetalous fasciole
present, we find, within the peripetalous fasciole. that the tentacles of the
upper part of the odd anterior ambulacrum are usually larger than those
nearer the ambitus, and that they are provided with a powerful indented
or scalloped sucking-disk, strengthened by radiating spokes extending to
the periphery. Whenever we find a subanal fasciole present, tentacles like
those near the actinostome protrude through the large pores of the field.
The Echinonidae are the only Petalosticha having ambulacral feet provided
with suckers extending from the buccal membrane to the abactinal pole.
They do not. however, extend on the buccal membrane itself; that seems
to be a feature eminently characteristic of Desmosticha, and is not found in
any of the Clypeastroids or Petalosticha thus far known.

The tentacles between the phyllodes and the petals are usually simple
tubes, either pointed at the extremity or with rudimentary sucking-disks
( PI XVII. f. n;). The tubes of the petals are lobed laterally as in the peta-
loid ambulacra of Clypeaster. In the Petalosticha the tentacles are not
the only organs of locomotion. These, except the tentacles of the phyl-
lodes, are, as is well known, too delicate to play more than a very second-
ary part in locomotion, so that in Spatangoids the spines of the actinal
side must be used to a considerable extent. In all Spatangoids the power
of locomotion is quite limited; the spathiform and spoon-shaped spines of
the actinal plastron, usually so much stouter and more powerful than those
of the rest of the test, are their main organs of locomotion.

Another important structural distinction between the Clypeastroids and
the Spatangoids is found in the ambulacral system. In Spatangoids proper
the ambulacral plates of the abactinal part of the test alone are perforated
by two pairs of pores, while toward the ambitus and on the actinal surface,
where the ambulacral plates increase in size, they are pierced by a single
opening ; this, as I have already shown in Echinolampas, is due to the exten-
sion of one zone of the poriferous system towards the actinostome. while the
other extends no farther than the petals, or but little beyond them. In the

WATEIt SYSTEM. 099

immediate vicinity of the actinostome the plates become smaller again, the
ambnlacral pores increase in distance to form the buccal rosette, which
has received the name of phyllode from Desor, and was supposed to be
eminently characteristic of the Cassiduloids alone, but which evidently is
also found in the Spatangoids proper. In the Clypeastroids the innumerable
ambulacra] pores, found both in the horizontal sutures above the ambitus
and in the ambulacal furrows of the actinal side, often extending into the
interambulacral spaces, give the ambnlacral system a widely different
structure from that of the Spatangoids. The buccal rosette is limited to
its simplest expression in Echinarachnius ; PL XXXI. /'. / ;, /.;, shows the
simple terminal tentacles immediately adjoining the actinostome.

In the Spatangoids the buccal tentacles have usually been considered as
gills ; but from what Mr. Robertson has shown in the case of Echinocardium.
they are evidently to be considered as organs of locomotion and prehension,
and seem, in spite of their apparent delicacy of structure, capable of exert-
ing considerable power in digging into the ground and enabling the helpless
Spatangoids to fill their alimentary canal with the fine sand from which
they derive their main supply of food. To assist them in this operation
the actinal membrane is found to be quite movable, capable of consider-
able expansion far beyond the line of the lips of the actinostome proper.
The buccal tentacles terminate at the extremity in a cluster of irregularly
arranged club-shaped appendages, strengthened internally by limestone
rods {PI. XXXII f. 16). This is a totally different structure from that of
the so-called gills of the regular Echini (compare PL V.f. .:. where I have
figured the brandling gills of Arbacia). These grape-like gills are not con-
nected with the circular canal but with the interior cavity ; they are there-
fore filled by the introduction of water through the edge of the madre-
poric body. Similar gills are found in all Desmosticha, although Midler
denies their presence in Cidaridae ; even there they are found, but close
to the jaws. The buccal tentacles of the Spatangoids and Clypeastroids
are the homologue of the ten large buccal tentacles (PL V.f. ;), placed
immediately around the mouth in the regular Echini, and which pierce
the ten large prominent actinal plates found on the actinal membrane of
all Desmosticha, whether that membrane be regularly imbricated or not.

In the Clypeastroids proper we have seen that these buccal tentacles differ
in no wise from the adjoining ones of the ambnlacral system, and in some
Spatangoids (Khynchopygus) the buccal tentacles are much simpler {PL

700 WATER SYSTEM.

XXXII. f. s-io), though protruding from pores which have the regular
arrangement of phyUodes {PI XV. f. 1,8; PI XVa.f.2; Pi XXXII. f. 5;
PI. XXXIII f. 1). Hoffmann lias already called attention to the absence
of gills in Spatangoids ; he correctly suggests the presence of gills proper in
Cidaridae, although this had been denied by Midler. The cuts for their
passage are found, as 1 have already stated, not in the test, as in the regular
Echini (see PI. VII. f. 20), but near the actinostome in the actinal membrane;
so that their position is quite different in the Cidaridae (PL V. 6 ; PI. IP.
f. 2, .;; PL lP.f. 11), and in the other regular Echini (PI. I'.f. 6 ; PL IIP.
f. 8).

In the Desmosticha the ambulacra) suckers, as is well known from the
early descriptions of Valentin and the subsequent memoirs of Stewart, are
strengthened by limestone plates (the disk) in the termination of the sucker
itself; the disk formed in the sucker consists of four terminal pentagonal
plates (PL XXXVIII.), the outer edge of which is more or less indented,
but the form of the marginal indentation docs nut enable us to recognize
with tolerable certainty the genus to which these disks belong, as the inden-
tations of the margin art' but so many points of growth which, with the
increase of the plate, become part of the interior of the disk, and at dif-
ferent stages present a very varied outline. These disks are riddled with
holes, formed by the component limestone rods. Immediately under the
terminal disk four smaller plates are placed, and they form a gradual pas-
sage, as far as I have been able to observe them in the Diadematidae and
Cidaridae. to the more simple ambulacra! calcareous spicules found along
the shaft of the tube (PL XXXVIII). The lower spicules appear to be
arranged without any special order, they are placed near the periphery of
the ambulacral tube, and are evidently of use in strengthening the thin
walls of the tentacles. In the Petalosticha (PI XXXVIII. f. :',. 25, ,>?), the
spicules in the terminal part of the actinal tentacles of the phyUodes pass
gradually into the irregular spicules of the shaft of the tube. The terminal
spicules differ in no way from those of the shaft, as there is no regular
disk composed of plates, but the thickened base of the long spicules (PL
XXXVIII. f. ,?4 -„'/;) is undoubtedly homologous to the plates of the suck-
ing-disk of Desmosticha. In Echinoneus (PL XXXVIII. f. 26) I have only
seen the spicules of the shaft, they remind us somewhat of the shorter
spicules of the Petalosticha ; there are no regular terminal plates as in the
Desmosticha, although the terminal sucking-disks are well developed in the
ambulacral tubes of Echinoneus.

WATER SYSTEM. 701

When taken in connection with other structural features, the general aspect
of the plates and spicules of the ambulacral tubes may be of some value in
tracing the affinities of genera ; but the mode of formation of all the calca-
reous deposits of Echinoderms, as large open limestone cells, is subject to
such remarkable variations in the same species, that characters drawn from
the spicules of the ambulacral tubes of the ovaries and of the alimentary
canal must be used with great caution, as the merest inspection of the fig-
ures of the terminal plates of a few of the leading genera will readily
show (PI. XXX VIII.). The variations are still more striking if we com-
pare the spicules from the shafts of the tubes (PI XXXVIII. f. 4-6, 7-9,
16, 17, 30, 31, 34, 35) of a few of the species figured. The same extreme varia-
tions occur in the spicules from the ovaries and from the alimentary canal of
the same species (PI. XXXVIII. f. 2a'c, Ua'\ 12a-k). Valentin, and subse-
quently Stewart and Herepath, have called attention to the systematic value
of the spicules. An additional number of spicides from the ambulacral
tubes have been figured by Perrier in his Memoir on the Pedicellarise, and
the probable passage of the terminal disk of the Desmosticha into the spic-
ules of the shaft of the tube intimated for one family (the Diadematidae).
He has also, as Midler had previously shown so well, called attention, as a
new feature, to the absence of a terminal calcareous disk in Petalosticha.

In the Desmosticha the ambulacral pores pierce the ambulacral plates ;
the same is the case also in the Clypeastroids and Petalosticha, only in the
petaloid portion of the ambulacra they are placed in the sutures between
adjoining plates, and towards the extremity of the petals the pores gradually
pass from the sutures to the central part of the plates. In the Desmosticha
and Petalosticha we never find more than one double pore for each ambula-
cral plate ; this is by no means the case in the Clypeastroids, in which, as
was first shown by Midler, the number of ambulacral pores increases with
age as fast as the ambulacral plate increases in size. The phyllodes of the
Cassidulidae form no exception to this rule among the Petalosticha, for Mid-
ler has plainly pointed out that it is owing to the unequal development of
the ambulacral plates, — two small ones and a large one alternating, — that
the phyllodes are developed. It is the connection of the primordial ambu
lacral plates in series of three or more plates (secondary ambidacral plates,
but originally all of the same value), which has served to a greater or less
extent to distinguish genera among the Desmosticha. See analysis of the
plates of the ambulacral system (PL VI). Among the Clypeastroids and

TO-J

WATER SYSTEM.

Spatangoids the sutures of the plates, both in the ambulacral and inter-
ambulacral system, are always readily traced, while in the Desmostieha the
sutures of the ambulacral system, frequently become obliterated, and can
only be traced with difficulty; when seen from the inner side of the test,
the sutures are often still apparent when they can no longer be traced
from the outer side of the test. In the Desmostieha the new plates are
formed between the apical system and the upper part of the ambulacral sys-
tem;* the position in which additional pores are found, one on each side of
the odd terminal tentacle, corresponds to the mode of addition of new
suckers traced in the starfish.! The same is the ease in the Clypeastroids.
as has been shown by Philippi and Miiller; hut. as 1 have shown in the ex-
amination of the young Echini from the Report of the Deep Sea Echini of
Florida, the growth of the ambulacra! and interambulacral systems takes
place independently. — the ambulacral plates increase very rapidly in num-
ber, while the coronal plates increase slowly in number, but gain in breadth
and in height. This is especially the case with the ambulacral plates of the
Clypeastroids, in which they assume such an immense preponderance over
the interambulacral plates, which in many genera are quite narrow belts on
the lower surface.

The buccal imbricated plates of the actinal membrane also increase in-
dependently of the coronal plates. The new plates are added next to the
fixed actinal (.''\^H' of the coronal plates, as fast as the opening of the actinal

system increases in size ; the edge of the coronal plates is denoted by the
position of the auricles which arise from the outer oral v>]^^ of the coronal
plates. This is especially well -ecu in the mode of growth of the buccal plates
in Cidaris, as first shown by Miiller. An apparently very important modifi-
cation of this mode of growth is found in the buccal system of Asthenosoma ;
when seen from the outer actinal side the plates of the actinal system seem
to be firmly soldered with the coronal plates, as if no new plates were inter-
calated between the coronal plates and those of the buccal membrane. Such,
however, is not found to lie the case; when the junction of the coronal and
buccal plates is examined from the inner part of the test, we find small new
plates which gradually force their way between the two systems below the
thin slight auricles found upon the outer edge of the coronal plates proper.
as in other Echini.

* First shown by Agassiz, and subsequently mnfirmprl by Philippi .•iml Miiller.
t See A. Agassiz's Embryology of the Starfish. lst>4.

WATER SYSTEM. 703

In the Clypeastroids we' have at an early age a fixed equatorial periph-
ery. The plates which compose the actinal side of the test at an early age
attain the number which they reach in the largest specimens, and then in-
crease only in length and breadth, while in the upper part of the test the
plates do not increase as rapidly, and small new plates are added to the test
at its apical portion. The distinction established by Miiller between the
(Cidaridae) Desmosticha and Clypeastridae. based upon the permanence of
the periphery (edge of the test), is valid only after a certain stage of growth,
and does not hold good in the very youngest, stages of some of the Clypeas-
troids I have had occasion to examine (Echinarachnius, Mellita, Clypeaster).
Additional plates are also added at the apical pole of the Petalosticha In
Spatangoids proper we have a still smaller number of interambulacral coronal
plates than in the Clypeastroids ; additional plates are only added in the
ambulacral regions, the interambulacral plates keeping pace with the growth
of the ambulacral zone by their increase on the edge of the coronal plates.

The ambulacral suckers in the case of the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids
ride upon double pores ; on the abactinal part of the test of the Spatangoids
below the petals the pores gradually approach and finally frequently coalesce,
forming a single opening. In the Clypeastroids we have, in addition to the
large suckers of the ambulacral system, transverse rows of single minute
pores also belonging to the ambulacral system, piercing the plates of the
ambulacral system near the sutures. These pores were first traced by
Agassiz in Echinarachnius, and shown by him to be connected with the am-
bulacral system by direct injection. They increase (laterally) in number
with the age of the test, as can readily be seen when comparing Clypeas-
troids of different sizes.

The coronal plates of the Desmosticha are made up, near the actinal sys-
tem, of an equal number of zones of ambulacral and interambulacral plates ;
while round the actinostome of the Clypeastroids the so-called buccal rosette
is formed, which consists entirely of ambulacral plates touching one another,
the interambulacral plates commencing only as a single plate on the second
and sometimes even only on the third row from the actinostome.

MADREPORIC BODY.

The function of the madreporic body is to introduce water into the water
system through the stone canal. The madreporic body occupies, however, a
larger space than the termination of the stone canal, so that a large portion
of the pmcs lead directly into the cavity of the body, and through its open-
ings currents can flow in or out. The water is either forced in or out accord-
ing to the greater or smaller space occupied by the ovaries at different times,
by the Idling or emptying of the alimentary canal, by the expansion or con-
traction of the ambulacral vesicles, all these conditions change the state of
equilibrium and produce currents of water either inward or outward through
the madreporic body. In the Desmosticha and Clypeastroids, where we have
an actinal membrane of considerable size, the power of increasing the capacity
of the interior of the test is very marked. We frequently find our common
sea-urchins | Toxopneustes, Strongylocentrotus. Diadema. Hipponoe), when
alive, with actinal membranes distended to an extraordinary degree, project-
ing far beyond the general level of the aetinostome. It is probable that
there also exists a connection between the water system, the circulatory sys-
tem, and the perivisceral cavity of the test ; but. however probable this con-
nection may be from some of the phenomena observed (the presence of pig-
ment cells in the water of the interior), the actual connection is not yet
proved. Hoffmann has made similar observations, but has not been able to
trace the direct communication. I have seen spermatozoa escape through
the madreporic body of our common sea-egg (S. Drobachiensis), and this
appears the only way they can escape when, through accident or otherwise,
they fall into the interior cavity by the breaking of the walls of the sper-
matic sacs.

The madreporic body, as has been stated before, occupies a part of one of
the genital plates ; it is entirely within the genital ring in the Desmosticha.
It is disconnected from the genital plates in many of the Clypeastroids, occu-
pying the central part of the apical system, and it is connected with the right
anterior genital plates in the Petalosticha, while at the same time it fills a
greater or less space of the intergenital apical system.

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

The nervous system of Echini has been shown by Tiedemann to consist of
a circular ring with five ambulacral branches. The circular ring surrounds
the oesophagus. It is placed above the actinostome and the extremity of the
pyramids in the toothed Echini ; in the Petalosticha it is placed round the
actinostome at the point of contact of the upper lip and of the test, where it
forms an irregular pentagon, from the angles of which the five ambulacral
branches radiate. This is the general structure in all Echini. The nervous
ring is intimately connected with the circular aquiferous ring placed within
the nervous pentagon. The ambulacral canals cover the nervous branches,
passing over the nervous pentagon at their origin.

Krohn* was the first to observe accurately the course of the nervous sys-
tem. The pentagon is kept in its place by delicate transverse bands. The
ambulacral branches are somewhat broader than the pentagonal ring, and
send off delicate lateral branches, in its course towards the anus (PI. XXXI.
f. is), which extend under the ambulacral vesicles. According to Midler,
branches are sent to the pedicellaria* and to the muscular base of the
spines.

* Archiv. f. Anat., 1841.

HABITS OF ECHINI.

Maxv of the Desinosticha, along coasts exposed to the action of the waves,
live- in cavities which they hollow out of the solid rock. This they do. not h\
means of any solvent, but by mere mechanical action. They chisel ont with
their teeth the solid rock by incessant turning round and round, and keep
their cave, where they are frequently prisoners for the rest of their existence,
up to the size required by the growth of their test and spines by constant
gnawing. Along parts of the coast of France. Strongylocentrotus lividus
excavates in the solid granite. Caillaud has given an account of their
abodes. From the Azores the Museum possesses tin- same species, occurring
in cavities dug out of the solid rock. On the coast of California the common
Strongylocentrotus purpuratus occurs in the same way: we find long tracts
of the >hoiv. where this sea-urchin is common, completely honeycombed ami
pitted by cavities and depressions, in which they seek shelter against the
powerful surf continually beating against the rocks. The same species does
not excavate in sheltered places, where the sea-urchins can find protection
between the interstices of large fragments of rock, or Ledges more or less
sheltered from the more direct action of the open sea. Stimpson say- that
Coloboccntrotus is found at the Bonin Islands adhering, simply by their
suckers, to the perpendicular faces of rocks exposed to the full fury of a
Pacific Ocean swell. We must remember that the test of this genus forms
with its spines a Hat segment of a sphere, and that the close pavement of
polygonal spines presents but little surface to the action of the water. The
suckers of the actinal side are also very powerful and numerous. Some of the
species of Echinometra have the same habit of excavating a recess, in which
they grow. Echinometra Van Brimti is quite common at Panama in cavities
formed by the sea-urchin in the solid rock of the reef running out from the
town. Cidaris Thouarsii is also found in similar cavities in the same locality.
On the Florida reef, our common West India Cidaris has sometimes the same
habit of hollowing out a cave for protection, where greatly exposed, though
it is quite as frequently found free in the spaces between masses of rock.

HABITS OF ECHINI. 707

The Clypeastroids are mainly found in sand, considerably below low-
water mark, though .some of the species seem to thrive on the edge of that
line, where they are exposed to the full force of the surf on open sandy
beaches. Echinarachnius parma, Echinarachnius excentricus, Mellita testudi-
nata, and Mellita longifissa are quite common in certain localities at low-
water mark, where the force of the breakers is very considerable. As a gen-
eral rule, however, the Clypeastroids, as well as Spatangoids, prefer quiet
sandy bottoms, in which they bury themselves. All the Echini, as far as
known, are more or less gregarious ; those who have had occasion to collect
on our rocky shores cannot fail to have noticed how sea-urchins are fre-
quently crowded, in favorable localities, over the surface of the rocks, so
as literally to pave the bottom of sheltered rocky pools. Professor Verrill
has also brought up from deep water our common sea-urchin in large num-
bers at a single haul of the dredge. The same is the case with our more
southern species. Echinarachnius, Encope, Mellita. Eeliinanthus, are all
gregarious. The few Spatangoids I have had occasion to observe alive —
Meoma, Moira, Echinocardium, Rhynchopygus — are all found in numbers.
As has been observed by Thomson and Jeffreys, in some localities, in deep
water the dredge has come up filled with thousands of specimens of Echinus.
(Maris, though not very numerous along the shores and in shallow water,
appears in deeper water to be gregarious, as large numbers of Dorocidaris have
been brought up at a single haul of the dredge by Mr. Pourtales from con-
siderable depths. No dredging can be done on sandy bottoms along points
of our coast without bringing up large quantities of Echinarachnius.

The same has been Stimpson's experience in the China Seas with Echina-
rachinus mirabilis, which frequently covers the bottom of the sea for con-
siderable distances. Colobocentrotus, he also says, occurs in great numbers.
A coral reef literally bristles with Diadematidae, and cavities in the more
sheltered spots are filled with them. The Echini serve as food for fishes with
sufficiently powerful jaws. Our cod and haddock are great eaters of the
two more common species of sea-urchins of New England.

EMBRYOLOGY.

The embryos of our common sea-urchin* resemble most closely, in some of
their earlier stages, those of Strongylocentrotus lividus, figured by Muller on
Plates VI. and VII. of his fourth Memoir.t The figures which Muller gives
correspond with what 1 have observed in larvae obtained by artificial fecun-
dation. He succeeded in tracing them for about three weeks, which is not
quite as long' as 1 have kept them alive. Muller has unfortunately not given
us any figures of the very first stages of this species, nor has he found the
adult larvae swimming about immediately before the resorption of the plu-
teus. The series of figures found in the Memoirs of the American Aeademy,$
and here reproduced, will give us a more complete idea of the different phases
of growth of one species of Echinus than can be gathered from a comparison
of the different species which Midler has investigated. It will enable us
to trace the order of appearance of the anus of the pluteus, and the last
changes which the larva undergoes immediately before the young sea-urchin
has resorbed the whole framework of the pluteus.

The progress of segmentation of the yolk is entirely similar to what we
observe in the starfish ; the main differences in the eggs are simply of propor-
tion between the relative size of the yolk-mass and the outer envelope. My
observations agree with the account of the segmentation given by Derbes. §

In addition to the striking difference in color noticed between the sper-
maries and ovaries at the time of breeding (the latter are yellowish-orange,
while the former are milky-white), we find external differences at that period
which enable us readily to distinguish the males and females by the more
vivid coloring of the spines of the latter, which are of a violet tinge, while
those of the males are more yellowish-green.

The earlier stages of development here described were raised from eggs
artificially fecundated, while the older pluteus stages were found nomadic,

* Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis.

t Muller, J., Ueber die Larven und diu Metamorphose der Eckinodermen. Vierte Abhandlung.
Berlin, 1842.
I A.GASSIZ, Alex., Embryology of Ecfainoderms, Mem. Am. Academy, IX. 1864.
§ Derbes. Ann. d. Scien. Nat. 3" Serie. VIII. p. 80. 1847.

EMBRYOLOGY.

"00

floating on the surface, but in sufficiently early stages to connect them with
the stages raised by artificial fecundation.

In the common sea-urchin of our New England coast (S. Drobaehiensis)
the genital organs become mature during the winter, February usually being
the month during which artificial fecundation has ordinarily succeeded.
The eggs and spermaries at that time fill the internal cavity to such an ex-
tent that the alimentary canal is completely surrounded by the clusters of
the genital organs. At the time of spawning the eggs are closely packed,
pressed into all sorts of shapes, but when they escape in the water, and are
allowed to remain in it a short time, the outer envelope, which appears to
consist of a thick homogeneous, structureless shell, swells very materially
when the pressure is removed, and becomes perfectly spherical {Fig. in).
The spermatic particles, as in the case of the artificial fecundation of the
starfish, soon find their way to the outer envelope of the egg to which they
attach themselves, beating about very violently the whole time. The sper-
maries are sometimes so crowded that they form a halo round the outer
envelope, as in Asteracanthion. I have not been able to see the spermatic
particles reach the surface of the yolk. By the constant beating of the in-
numerable spermaries the egg is set in rotation. The first change noticed is

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig. 21.

Fig. 22.

Fig. 23.

the disappearance of the germinative vesicle {Fig. 20) ; soon after this the
germinative dot vanishes. The first trace of segmentation consists of a sepa-
ration of the yolk from the inner wall of the outer envelope {Fig. 2l) ; the
yolk is then slightly depressed on one side (Fig. 22), a similar change soon
occurring on the opposite pole {Fig. :>,:).

Segmentation takes place very rapidly, the egg passing in a few hours
from the stage of Fig. m to that of Fig. so immediately before the escape of
the embryo from the egg. The spheres are well separated, having a centrif-
ugal tendency, and as they increase in number they arrange themselves in
a shell-like envelope (Figs. 2S-J0), which eventually becomes the wall of the
embryo. This centrifugal tendency is already apparent when there are not
more than eight spheres, and as early as the stage of Fig. 28 ; when there are

710

EMBRYOLOGY

only thirty-two spheres, the envelope is quite prominent. The rotation of
the spheres of segmentation commences before this, and is entirely inde-
pendent of the motion given to the whole egg by the spermatic particles ;
this stops after the rotation of the spheres of segmentation has commenced.

The Richtungs Blaschen of Schultze were also observed in the segmenta-
tion of the yolk of the sea-urchin. They are noticed, before the yolk has
been divided into halves, as three or four small granules situated at the ex-
tremity of the axis which is to divide the yolk into two portions (Figs. :/, 24).
They are developed from the yolk itself as a slight swelling, which after-
wards becomes entirely distinct from the mass of the yolk, retaining always
throughout the process of segmentation the same relative position to the axis
of segmentation. The part they play in the subsequent history of the embryo
is not known ; they only appear at one pole of the lirst axis of segmentation.

Fig. 24.

Fig 25.

Fig. 26.

Fig. 27

Fig. 28

Fig. 29.

Fig. :!().

Fig. 81.

Fig. .32.

Fig. 33.

Fig. 34.

Fig. 85.

After the depression at the poles of the yolk is formed, the segmentation
commences 1 Fig. .-;); a slit is formed, which soon divides the whole yolk into
two large elliptical masses 1 Fig. 25). These again subdivide into four spheres
I Fig. 26) ; in the next stage 1 Fig. 27) the four spheres show the first sign of a
further subdivision, and in the subsequent stage (Fig. 28) there are eight
spheres. In the stage of Fig. 29 the spheres are small, and show a tendency
to form a shell, which is very marked in the next stage figured (Fig. so),
where the walls of the embryo are very distinct ; in Fig. SI the segmentation
has been carried on till the spheres are very minute and the walls of the
embryo most distinct. It is the stage immediately preceding its escape from
the egg. In the embryo, when hatched, the walls of one pole at once become
thicker (Fig. $2). A depression is formed at that extremity; the embyro at
the same time becomes elongated ; this depression is the first trace of

EMBRYOLOGY.

711

the first opening formed leading into the stomach {Fig. .:.j). With the for-
mation of the depression a slight flattening also occurs. In the next stage
(Fig. 34) the thickened Avail bends in forming a shallow depression. This
depression goes on, becoming deeper {Fig. .;.;) and deeper {Fig. 36) until it
forms a pouch extending half the length of the embryo {Fig. 37) ; the
walls of the pouch retaining their thickness, while the walls of the embryo
itself become more and more attenuated at each succeeding stage. Water
flows freely into and out of this cavity ; currents are established, running in
different directions along opposite walls of the pouch, showing this opening
for the present to be a mouth, as in the embryo of Asteracanthion, the pouch
sustaining the same relation to the whole body as in other Radiates*

The embryo, on escaping from the egg, resembles a starfish embryo,! and
it would greatly puzzle any one to perceive any difference between them.
The formation of the stomach, of the oesophagus, of the intestine, and of the
water-tubes takes place in exactly the same manner as in the starfish, the

1'IG. 36.

Fig.

time only at which these different organs are differentiated not being the
same. We have thus very early in the history of these two orders differences
which to a practised eye tell at once to which of them the 3"oung embryo
belongs. A particularly important difference is the formation in Ophiurans
and in Echinoids of calcareous rods at an early period of the pluteus condition.
The small cavity first formed goes on increasing in length until we have a
hollow cylinder {d) extending half the length of the embryo, as in Figs. 86

* So far the changes which have been observed do not differ materially from what wc know of the
earlier stages of Echini embryos from Derbes, Miiller, and Krohn. The observations of the earlier
stages, as given by Krohn and Derbes, supplement each other, and Miiller has taken up the subject where
they left it But this is the only sea-urchin in which we have a complete series in the development as
complete as that of the common starfish of our coast, which I published in 1864.

f See Figs. 4 and 5 of my paper on Asteracanthion, in Proc. Am. Acad., Vol. VI., April 14, 1863,
which represent the corresponding stages of the embryo of the starfish, and the figures in PI. I. and II. of
the Embryology of the Starfish.

712 EMBRYOLOGY.

and 37. In the profile (Fir/. 36) we notice the same tendency in the digestive
cavity (d) to incline towards the lower side, after the dorsal portion has in-
creased more rapidly, giving the anal part ol" the embryo a bevelled appear-
ance. In a somewhat older stage ( /■'///• 38) the digestive cavity is still longer.
and almost touches the lower side. We notice a difference between the star-
fish and the sea-urchin in the time of formation of the alimentary canal, the
stomach, and the oesophagus. In the starfish the mouth is formed before
the differentiation of these organs takes place ; while in the sea-urchin the
mouth is not formed until the alimentary canal and the oesophagus, as well
as the water-tubes, are quite distinctly defined (see Fig, ;.;). What is
also peculiar to Echini is the presence of large masses of yolk-cells along the
sides ol' the digestive cavity, indicative of the great changes which take place
at the points where these masses of yolk-cells are most numerous. We have
observed that the yolk-cells are always present wherever any new organ is
developed ; in these embryos the appearance of the water-tubes is preceded
by an accumulation of yolk-masses at the extremity of the digestive ca\ii\
(see Fig. 38), and the place of the limestone rods (Fig. .;/'./•') is lirst seen
filled by clusters of yolk-masses, in the midst of which the rods are deposited.
Kods extending into the a mis are characteristic of Echinoids and Ophiurans :
we find nothing of the kind in starfish or Holothurian embryos.

In the next stage (Fig. 39) the original cylindrical digestive cavity has
already a decided tendency to differentiation, the walls of the stomach (d)
and of the (esophagus [o) being of very different thickness; from o, the
pouches which are to become the water-tubes {"■, «/) project far beyond the
outline of the digestive cavity. The limestone rods {/./) can faintly he dis-
tinguished from the mass of yolk-cells which surround them. The cal-
careous cells, which take such a great prominence in older embryos (sec Fig.
.:;). make their appearance as early as the stage ol' Fig. -is; they are quite
large in the condition represented in Fig. ■ ','.<. The marked contrast which
already exists between the different parts of the digestive cavity is still more
apparent in a stage hut slightly more advanced (Fig. ',")■ The dorsal portion
of the embryo has up to this time been growing most rapidly, changing the
outline of the pluteus. particularly when seen in profile : in the subsequent
figures the outline, when seen from above, is also undergoing great changes.
The pluteus assumes a more rectangular shape ( Fig. ;/ ) when seen either from
above or from below. The water-tubes are almost separated from the diges-
tive cavity, which has been divided into three very distinct regions (c, d. <>.

EMBRYOLOGY.

713

Fly. -'•-,); the limestone rods, simply T-shaped before {Fig. 40), are sending
off small processes ; and the chords of vibratile cilia (v, r'). which were a
simple button [v, Fig. 40), are quite stout, projecting beyond the general
outline when seen from above or below {Fig. 41, v). It is at this advanced
condition only that the oesophagus touches the lower surface, previous to the
formation of the mouth, which takes place only when the embryo has reached
the condition of Fig. 44. A view of Fig. 41, seen from the anal extremity
{Fig. 42), shows how far it has lost its cylindrical shape and become wedge-

FlO. !50.

Fig. 40.

Fig. 41.

shaped. In Fig. 43, which is the same pluteus seen in profile, the indentation
which indicates the position of the mouth (in) lias changed somewhat the
even outline of the lower surface ; there is a marked bending of the alimen-
tary canal, bringing the anal opening ( :) still nearer the lower surface. In
fact, since the first formation of an opening in Fig. 19 {a, m), which is at once
strictly mouth and anus, there is a continued tendency in the anal part of
the digestive cavity to bend towards the oral surface, even while this single

Fig. 4". ' .•

opening performs the functions of mouth and anus, during the period which
precedes the formation of the mouth, after the alimentary canal, the true
stomach, and the oesophagus have been differentiated. This is somewhat

711

EMBRYOLOGY.

different from what we notice in the starfish embryo, where the mouth is
formed before the anus has been much bent from its original position.*

The large accumulations of yolk-masses round the rods r / cannot fail to be
noticed in the stages just described (Figs. 41 -4s). This contrasts strikingly
with the starfish embryos, in which we find nothing of the kind, and where
the body of the young embryo is quite remarkable for its greal transparency,
which only increases with age, while in the Echinus embryos the great accu-
mulation of yolk-masses renders them somewhat opaque even in their early
stasres: the increase of calcareous cells in somewhat more advanced forms (as
Figs.:,:, 54) makes it more difficult than in the starfish to trace accurately the
minute changes which the rods and water-tubes undergo. We now come
to conditions (Figs. 44, 45) which are sufficiently advanced to enable us, by
comparing them with still older forms (such as Figs. r,i. :,:. .;;.) to form a cor-
rect idea of the mode of transformation from the shape of Figs. 44, 45, to the
complicated pluteus represented in Fig. 65- I merely refer to this comparison

Fig. 45.

Fir.. 47.

in a general way, as in the explanation of the different stages it will be
carried out more fully, to call attention to the periods which first give us a
clew to the development of the different parts, by showing us plainly which
portions of the embryo must assume a great prominence, and obtain a more
rapid development than others, to pass gradually through the stages which
are hereafter figured. In Fig. 44 the difference in the rapidity of the de-
velopment of the two water-tubes (w, w) is quite striking. The left water-
tube (w) — left when seen from the aboral side, the anal extremity being
turned down, as in these figures — is fast pushing through the mass of the
embryo, and finds its way to the surface at about the condition represented in
Fig. 00, where the water-pore (the madreporic body) allows the water to enter

* See Fig. 8, Proe. Am. Acad., Vol. VL, quoted above. See PI. I and PI. II., Embryology of Starfish.

EMBRYOLOGY.

715

freely into this water-tube. In a somewhat more advanced pluteus, seen ob-
liquely from the oral side (Fig. 4.5), we can trace the mode of development of
the chord of vibratile cilia ; it is formed of a single continuous line, extend-
ing round the mouth ; it forms but a single shield, and not two, as in the
starfish, where the first trace of this chord is the appearance of two separate
arcs forming eventually two distinct plastrons. The little pluteus looks in
this condition like a quadrangular pyramid with a rounded apex and rounded
angles at the base. The corners of the base (c, e") are the origin of the first
arms of the pluteus (Figs. 44, 45). Owing to the great increase of the dorsal
and oral parts of the embryos, they change their general appearance very
rapidly (see Figs. 46, 47). As the intestine becomes more distinct from
the stomach, the angle which their axes make grows more acute (Fig. 40,

Fig. 48.

Fig. 49.

Fig. 50.

c, d) ; the mouth (m) is removed farther from the anus. The walls of the
oesophagus (0) are now capable of considerable expansion and contraction;
they are much thinner than those of the intestine or stomach. Fig. 47,
which is Fig. 46 seen from the oral side, shows the course of the vibratile
chord, the position of the arms e, e'", the great size of the rods (/•') with their
branches, and the difference of level between the opening of the mouth and
the anus. From an examination of Figs. 46 and 47 the position of the rods
can be determined, one main part extending from the anal extremity to the
arms e, another extending in a curved line (Fig. 411) from / to e", and send-
ing off a small branch which runs between the anus and the digestive cavity
(Fig. 47). This will perhaps be more clear on examining the pluteus in such
a way (Fig. 48) as to bring the vibratile chord into the field ; this stage does
not differ materially from that represented in Fig. 45, the changes which have

716 EMBRYOLOGY.

taken jilace defining the arms more sharply by the indentations of the vibra-
tile chord. The intestine, the stomach, and the oesophagus are clearly dis-
tinguished by the different character of their walls. The water-tubes are not
united, and have not increased in size. This condition presents a material
difference in the degree of development when compared with the corre-
sponding stage of a starfish (Fig. 11, Proc. Am. Acad.; PL I. and II., Emb.
Starfish). Here the water-tubes occupy the most important portion of the
embryo, while in the sea-urchin pluteus the most striking characteristic is
the amount of room taken up by the stomach and oesophagus compared with
that occupied by the water-tubes.

In the subsequent stages i Figs. 49, 50) the Echinus embryos have reached
forms which arc already more familiar to us from the drawings of Muller;
they resemble closely some of the figures given by him of Strongylocentrotus
lividus in his fourth Memoir. A good deal of allowance must be made for
the differences of outline between the figures given here and the drawings
of Muller. From the evidence of the drawings themselves, it is plain that
nearly all the specimens drawn by him are compressed. I have endeavored
to represent these embryos as they appear swimming about; it is by no
means an easy task to follow them in their almost unceasing movements with
the magnifying power required to introduce the necessary details; but I trust
I have succeeded in giving a tolerably accurate idea of their appearance in
these outline drawings. In an embryo during the tenth day after fecunda-
tion {Fig. ;.</). the most important changes are the increase in length of the
arms e, e", and the formation of rudiments of another pair of arms, e"' ; the
vibratile epaulettes, v", as Midler has called the peculiar accumulations of
vibratile cilia situated between the base of the adjoining arms e , (■'". make
their appearance at this stage. It is easy to follow them from their origin,
when they are simply a thickening of the vibratile chord v" \ Figs. 49, 50),
until they have passed through the successive stages represented in Figs.
51,52,54, to attain the great size observed in Fig. 55, when they appear in
certain positions as having no connection whatever with the vibratile chord,
and as having originated independently of the main chord. Muller had not
traced their development, and laid great stress on their presence in distin-
guishing the different species of sea-urchin embryos.

With the development of the arms, the intestine loses its former shape ; it
has now assumed the appearance of a large elliptical receiver with thin
walls. The stomach is somewhat dumb-bell shaped, and the left water-tube

EMBRYOLOGY.

717

connects with the surrounding water, through the water-pore b, which has
pushed its way to the surface. The rods keep pace with the growth of the
arms (Fig. 50) ; the water-tubes have not increased in size, they are still two
distinct bodies. The outline of the anal part of the pluteus is quite pointed ;
the aboral side is regularly arched, with a slight depression at the point
where the water-pore opens (b, Fig. 49). The opacity of the pluteus has in-
creased to such an extent that it becomes impossible to define clearly the
outline of the water-tubes in the stages which come between Figs. 49 and 51.
I am unable to state positively whether the two water-tubes are united in
this and older embryos. All I could distinctly see was the great increase in

Fig. 51.

Fig. 52.

size of the water-tubes ; but at the same time it becomes a puzzling matter
to trace the limits of these tubes, owing to the delicate walls which bound
them. Their presence can only be traced by the fine line which runs across
the oesophagus from each side, and by the water-pore and the tube leading
to it (b, Fig. 51). In a profile view of a pluteus considerably older than that
represented in Fig. 50, the epaulettes (v", Fig. 5l) have assumed a more inde-
pendent position, forming a curve somewhat similar to the arc from which
the median anal arms of the Brachiolaria are developed ; the third pair of
arms bulges out quite prominently (eIV) when seen in profile ; the fourth pair
of arms is visible (/') ; the rod which eventually extends in the interior of it
is a straight rod (r") with a slight point in the middle, at present disconnected
from the remaining part of the calcareous framework. This set of rods and

718

EMBRYOLOGY.

the fork r". which extends into the arms e", take their origin independently
of the main rod which extends from the anal part round the mouth, and from
which branches are sent into the arms e and e". The rod r" ultimately com-
bines with the main system, but the rod r" always remains separate from the
others. The position of these rods is better understood when seen from the
aboral side {Fig. ~, .')■

The stage represented in Fig. 52 is particularly important, as it is at this
time that we notice the first trace of what I suppose becomes the tentacular

Fir.. 53.

pentagon of the young sea-urchin. On the left water-tube we notice a very
prominent loop t, which, from its resemblance to the tentacular loops of
Brachiolaria. and from its position on the water-tube connecting with the
water-pore, I have no hesitation in considering to be the first tentacular
loop formed. Compare Figs. 1, 2. Plate MI. of Midler's seventh Memoir*
where he figures a similar tentacular loop in two different stages of devel-
opment; unfortunately there is nothing in the text to explain what Mliller
considered it to be. The relation of the loop to the madreporic body is per-
fectly plain in this same pluteus seen from above as it floats in the water
(Fig. .;.;)• the epaulettes appearing like great flaps extending between the

» Muli.kr, J.. Ueber die Gattungen der Seeigellarven. Berlin, 1855.

EMBRYOLOGY. 719

base of the arms e and e", in continuation of the chord of cilia extending
along these arms.

Figs. 52, 53, represent embryos twenty-three days old ; during the next four
days no change of any importance could be perceived ; the tentacular loop
remained the same, the arms alone increasing in size, and a few dark pigment
spots appeared in the arms. Unfortunately, at the end of these four weeks
the young embryos all died. I have only once succeeded in keeping
them such a long time, and that was during the coldest winter weather. In
the attempts made in the spring, whenever a warm day came, it was sure to
kill everything ; while in the summer, though the facilities I had were in-
finitely greater, I never could keep these embryos alive more than three or
four days. The sea-urchins spawn during the whole year. Successful arti-
ficial fecundations have been made in December, January, and during even-
month from that time till the middle of October.

The remaining observations on the development of this species were all
made from specimens caught swimming on the surface of the water ; this
applies to the fully-formed sea-urchins as well as the pluteus, only some of the
most advanced specimens (PI. X.f. 2 ; PL IX.) were found thrown upon the
beach after a storm, attached to Laminaria. The specimens obtained in this
way, the various stages of which were traced until there coukl be no doubt
to what species they belong, connect so nearly with specimens obtained from
artificial fecundation as to leave but few gaps to fill in the plutean condition
to give us all their transformations. The sea-urchins raised from embryos
caught swimming freely about were kept in confinement until they had at-
tained the size of some of the more advanced nomadic sea-urchins (PL X.
f. 2). This can leave no doubt to which of our two species of Echini these
embryos should be referred.

The next oldest pluteus, which is Fig. 54, shows that since the last stage
represented the principal changes have taken place in the oral part of the
pluteus ; the arms e", e", especially, have greatly increased in length, the
outline of the anal extremity is somewhat rounded, the rod which runs
along its edges is made up of short, stout pieces with strong pointed pi-ojec-
tions, and the rods of the arms are composed of three rods connected to-
gether by transverse spokes : it requires close examination to distinguish
this. On the aboral side two very prominent spurs project over the stomach,
somewhat below the point of junction of the rods of the arms e', e", e" . Ad-
ditional tentacular loops have been formed ; we can distinctly trace three on

r20

EMBRYOLOGY.

the surface of the left water-tube w' ; the outline of a part of the right water-
tube (w) shows great increase in the volume of the tube. In an adult sea-ur-
chin pluteus [Fig. 55), the sea-urchin lias encroached so much on the anal ex-

Fig. 55. treinity as to conceal

the shape of the diges-
tive cavity. The spines
are so huge that we
are unable to trace the
position of the tentac-
ular system ; the anal
opening is very con-
spicuous. The vibratile
epaulettes (r") are re-
markably powerful.
The arms have attained
nearly the same length.
The vibratile chord has
been twisted in such a
manner as to assume
the appearance of bind-
ing an anal and an oral
plastron, of which e, e",
<■'" . and e'v are respec-
tively the arms; the
mode of formation of
the chord and of the
arms shows that all these anus in reality belong to one plastron (see Figs
47, 48), notwithstanding the great resemblance to the two distinct plastrons of
a Brachiolaria. Two very prominent black spots are seen in the arms e, e",
similar to those observed by Muller in his Pluteus quadrimaculatus ; a few
small spots are scattered over the other arms. The pluteus figured here in its
natural attitude does not undergo any further changes of form ; it now enters
a stage when the sea-urchin goes through its greatest transformations ; these
unfortunately cannot be followed, owing to the opacity of the embryo.

The presence of rods in the plutean forms of Ophiurans and Echinoids of
course restricts considerably the play of the arms in assisting the motion of
the pluteus. The arms cannot be bent and twisted in the graceful manner so

EMBRYOLOGY.

721

peculiar to Brachiolaria. They are only capable of opening and shutting
like the rods of an umbrella. Fig. 56, which is Fig. 55 seen from above, when
left in its natural attitude, shows the extent to which the arms can be spread.
This does not prevent the pluteus from moving quite rapidly (a sort of glid-

FlG. 56.

Fig. 57.

ing motion ), principally by means of the vibratile epaulettes, which perform
an important part in propelling the pluteus. While moving, the anal ex-
tremity is usually kept downward ; this is the position which has been given
to all the figures in this Memoir, and it is their natural position. Previous to
the time when the anal extremity is loaded down by the development of the
sea-urchin {Figs. 86-54), it is quite common to see them
moving in every possible attitude, so that it would be
difficult, from a knowledge of the earlier stages alone,
to ascertain with precision what the natural attitude is;
although we notice, even in the early periods, a very
strong tendency to assume the natural position of the
adult pluteus. The embryos also assume during their
movements the oblique position described in Brachio-
laria ; this seems characteristic of all the Echinoderm
embryos I have had occasion to examine, whether
Ophiuran, Holothurian, Echinoid, or Asterian. A natu-
ral profile view of an adult pluteus (Fig. 57) cannot be
made with great accuracy, and the outline here given
is added simply to show the position of the arms ; ro-
tating as they do almost continually on their vertical
axis, we catch only passing glimpses of the exact pro-
file outline. The only adult pluteus figured in profile
by Miiller is found on Plate V. of his seventh Memoir.

722

EMBKYOLOGY.

An adult pluteus, in the condition of Fig. 55, requires several weeks for
the complete development of the Echinus and the resorption of the plutean

framework. The Echinus encroaches gradually on
the anal extremity ; the hase of the arms / and e"
is soon lost in the midst of the spines of the young
sea-urchin, which are arranged in a conical, open,
spiral wreath, surrounding the mouth [Fig. 58).
While this encroachment of the anal extremity
is going on, the oesophagus has contracted to such
an extent that the base of the oral arms e'v, e" , is
brought directly in contact with the anal vibratile
chord. During the process of resorption the arms
have lost their mobility; they appear like helpless
"rods, stretching at every conceivable angle from
the pluteus. which lias lost entirety its former symmetrical appearance

{Fig. 58).

The figures given by Midler on Plate 111. of his first Memoir* represent
several Echinoid embryos in which the young Echinus has resorbed more or
less of the plutean frame. From what I base observed on several of these
embryos, the pluteus is as completely resorbed as is the case in the Brachiolaria
observed by me. Not a single part of the framework is thrown oil'; the pro-
cess of resorption begins at the base of the arms; they are thus gradually
shortened, the rods apparently melt away before our eyes, the extremity of
the arms is the last to disappear; and immediately before the time when the
young Echinus is freed from the plutean appendages, the extremities of all
the arms are still there, as perfect as when these appendages stretched sym-
metrically on both sides of the longitudinal axis. From many of the figures
of Midler himself it is evident that, in the embryos he has observed, the young
Echinus resorbs the whole of the framework, and does not separate from it by
losing the arms, as he has stated. (See Plates III., IV .. V.. VI. of his first and
Plate VIII. of his seventh Memoir.) The pluteus represented in Fig. 55 was
kept in confinement from the 1st of October to the 20th of November before
every trace of the arms bad disappeared, when the young sea-urchin had
assumed the appearance of PL IX. f. 1. This was drawn from a specimen
found floating on the surface in the middle of June. This young sea-urchin
bears a striking resemblance to a young Arbacia figured by Miiller on Plate IV.

* Muller, J., L'eber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Ophiuren und Seeigel. Berlin, 1848.

EMBRYOLOGY. 723

of his seventh Memoir. The development of the separate parts is very different
in the two. The number of spines is much greater in our sea-urchin, and they
are of an entirely different shape. Pedicellarise are likewise present in Arba-
cia; these do not make their appearance till a much later period in our young-
sea-urchins (see PI. X. f. g). What is particularly characteristic of these
earlier stages of the young sea-urchins is the great size and small number of
the spines. Their position is also peculiar ; they are all placed on the edge of
the test, which is exceedingly flat. (Compare this with Podophora.) Five
of the tentacles are strikingly prominent, equalling in length the diameter of
the test ; they are also remarkable for their great thickness, and the pres-
ence of a calcareous ring in the sucker, which is entirely wanting in young-
starfishes. A similar calcareous ring is figured by Midler, Plate IV., fig. 13,
seventh Memoir, and Plate VII., fig. 2, first Memoir. The whole abactinal
surface is thickly covered with dark crimson pigment-cells. The younger
spines resemble those of the young starfish (see Emb. Starfish, PI. VI..
PI. VII.), while the more advanced spines are not fan-shaped, but slightly
pointed, reminding us of the spines of Cidaris. On turning a young sea-
urchin on its actinal side (as in PI. X. f. 2), we find near the base of each of
the five large tentacles four others, which are not as advanced, and are
incapable of expanding beyond the edge of the test.

Additional spines are formed on the abactinal side of the test of older
specimens (PL X f. 4), so that they cover the whole of that surface, and are
no longer limited to its edge, as in PI. IX. f. 1 ; the large spines become
more pointed, the tentacles grow slender, and they can all expand beyond
the edge of the test. The odd tentacle expands and contracts to a remark-
able extent, — sometimes as much, as three times the radius of the test.
The four other tentacles are somewhat more stout, and not capable of such
extensive expansion and contraction ; the pair of tentacles placed nearest
the mouth is the stoutest. The position of the tentacles is best seen from
the actinal side (PI. X. f. .',). The whole actinal surface is covered with a
plating of limestone cells, which leave but a small circular opening, the
mouth, in which the points of the teeth project. The actinal system is cir-
cular ; there are no notches for the passage of the gills, as in adult Echini ;
the ambulacral tentacles are placed one above the other on each side of
the median line. The long spines move in every direction, as they are
already provided with the peculiar ball-and-socket joint of Echinoids. On
removing the spines of one of these young sea-urchins, the great size of the

724 EMBRYOLOGY.

tubercles (PI. IX. f. :;) and the large circular actinal system give them an
aspect totally different from what we are accustomed to associate with the
genus Strongylocentrotus. The teeth (PI. JX. f. g) fill but a small part
of the actinal system; they are five narrow triangular wedges, extendiim
from the centre to the edge of the actinostome, covered partially by the
network of limestone plates (PI. IX. f. .>). The test thus denuded of its
spines resembles in all the general features that of a Cidaris. With the
exception of the formation of the abactinal system, which is not yet devel-
oped, the striking features of the young sea-urchin — such as the circular
actinal system, its large size, the great prominence of the tubercles, the posi-
tion of the pores one above the other — are all characters belonging to a dif-
ferent family from that to which the adult sea-urchin belongs. The little
sea-urchin does not long retain these anomalous features; with every day of
increasing age the changes which it undergoes bring it closer and closer to
the condition of the adult. In a young sea-urchin of a diameter of one
fifteenth of an inch (PI. X. f. ,?), the spines have lost almost entirely their
embryonic character, the tentacles arc much more numerous, and pedicellari;e
have made their appearance; in the interambulacral space they are more
thickly scattered than in the ambulacra!, where then' are merely three or
four. The ahactinal system consists of a single large plate covering the
opening of the anus, which opens on one side of it. The additional spines and
plates which have been formed are all developed from the abactinal region.
The new coronal plates are added in a spiral manner round the anal plate
by additions to the limestone mass, pushing farther away from the ahactinal
pole the first-formed plates. The outline of the new plate is at first indicated
on the lower edge, which becomes somewhat undulated; then the transverse
divisions are made, and a spine is formed on the plate soon after that. There
are no spines on the last-formed plates. The spines when they first appear
have the same fan-shaped character as the earliest-formed spines of the
abactinal surface (PI. IX. f. i ; PI. X. f. .?. 4). This shape they lose soon,
and pass at once into spines resembling the older ones in every respect
except size.

The mode of formation of new coronal plates was discovered by Professor
Agassiz as early as 1834, when he gave a short account of it in the Edin-
burgh Philosophical Journal. The spiral arrangement of the plates is still
very plainly visible in adult specimens. Although the sea-urchins are circu-
lar, we have in their mode of growth something which reminds us of the

EMBRYOLOGY. 725

earlier embryonic stages of the starfish. I have described in Part III.
the various stages of growth of the young sea-urchin, — how it passes from
the stage of PI. X. f. 2 to the condition when the pores, instead of being
arranged in single rows one above the other, are placed in arcs on both
sides of a median ambulacral row covered with spines. We can form a
tolerably accurate idea of the changes the young must pass through by
examining the abactinal part of the ambulacral area of an adult sea-urchin.
The ovarian and ocular plates are early formed round the single anal plate
by indistinct radiating and transverse sutures. The oldest of the young
sea-urchins has advanced sufficiently to enable us to see that the subse-
quent changes required to make it agree with its adult condition are by
no means as great as the changes which the young sea-urchin has under-
gone up to the present time. It has reached a condition which assures us
that we deal with a young Strongylocentrotus, and nothing else. The
pigment-spots, so marked in the younger stages, are smaller and scattered
more uniformly ; the muscular band around the mouth is well developed ;
the plate covering the actinal area has been separated from the edge of
the test, and is moved by the muscular membrane which covers the actinal
system. There are no notches as yet in the actinal part of the test. The
teeth have not changed their form from that found in the earlier stages :
there are from seven to eight tubercles in each vertical row of the ambu-
lacral and interambulacral zones. I was unable to distinguish among the
many tentacles the original odd tentacle which was so prominent in the
younger stages. Neither have I succeeded in determining the position
of the eye in any of the stages of these young sea-urchins, owing to the
early presence of the spines and of the large pigment-cells, which pre-
vent us from obtaining a favorable view of the odd terminal tentacle in
the young forms ; the odd terminal tentacle retains its original position
during the whole life of the sea-urchin, as is the case in the starfish. I
can say nothing concerning the development of additional ambulacral ten-
tacles, as they are covered by limestone plates ; but as in the early stage they
are simple loops of the main ambulacral tube, they undoubtedly increase in
number at the base of the odd tentacle, as in Asteracanthion (see Plate VI.,
Embryol. Starfish).

The figures of young sea-urchins given by Midler belong, unfortunately,
nearly all to different suborders from our sea-urchin (Strongylocentrotus), so
that we cannot make the comparison with our young sea-urchins as close

r26

I.UIIRYOLOOY.

as we might wish. The figures of Miiller are not drawn in such a way as to
discriminate between the parts which belong to the ambulacral and to the
interambulacral spaces. This is particularly evident in his figures drawn from
the mouth side, where we frequently find such a number of tentacles repre-
sented as make the development of the different ambulacra unequal. The
same is the ease with the spines. Any one who will take the trouble to
compare the figures of young sea-urchins of Plates IV. and VII. of his first
Memoir, Plate VII. fourth Memoir, and Plate IV. seventh Memoir, with the
figures given here (PI. IX. f. / ; PI. X.f. J-4), will see that, although they

Fig. 59.

Fir.. 60.

agree in their general characters, yet. it is impossible to place the different
spines or tentacles in such positions that they can lie divided into ambulacral
and interambulacral areas, while this is easily done with the figures I have
given. We must remember, however, that most of Midler's figures are Cly-
peastroids and Spatangoids. which may make it difficult, if not impossible, to
divide the young sea-urchin into ambulacral and interambulacral areas, in
suborders where we have nothing like regular vertical rows to guide us, as
in our common sea-urchin. One great difference, however, will strike us at
once ; it is, that what Miiller has called the anus I have in my figures called

EMBRYOLOGY.

727

the mouth. The view he has taken is probably due to the feet that the young
sea-urchins from which he made his drawings were compressed. Having fol-

FlG. 61.

Fig. 62

Fig. 65.

lowed the mouth in the different stages which have been represented here, I
think there can be but little doubt that Miiller was mistaken. Compare
PI. X. f. 3 of this Review with his Fig. 3, Plate VII., first Memoir, and we

'28

EMJIRYOLOGY.

cannot fail to come to the conclusion that it is the mouth which is turned
towards us in both cases. If Midler's statement were correct, we should have

Fig. 63

Fir. fi4

the anomaly in young
sea-urchins of finding
all the tentacles placed
between the spines
and the anus, on the
abactinal side of the
test, while on the ac-
tinal area we should
have nothing but a
closed membrane.
This is so contrary to
the plan of develop-
ment of Echinoderms,
whether Echinoids,
starfishes, or Ophiu-
rans, from the obser-
vations of Midler him-
self, that I give the
above explanation,
which seems to bring the figures of Midler in
accordance with what I have observed. The ap-
pearance of the teeth, in Midler's figures, on what
seems tin' abactinal side, i- due to compression
also. The spines of the young sea-urchins ob-
served by Midler have a very uniform appear-
ance : they are nearly all hexagonal prisms in
their earliest stages. The same is the case with
our young sea-urchins, though they lose their
embryonic character at an earlier period than is
the case in any species observed by Midler.

We know unfortunately too few of the embryos

of Echini to be able to compare the pluteus of

the different orders. From the little we know

- we find very extensive differences. The pluteus

of the Spatangoids, as far as we know them from

EMBRYOLOGY.

729

Miiller and Metschnikoff, are remarkable for the long process {Fig. a,?) devel-
oped in very earl}7 stages {Figs. 59, 60), and which seems, as far as known,
eminently character- fig. C6.

istic of the Spatan-
gina. The embryos
of Schizaster {Figs.
59-61. copied from
Miiller) differ very
strikingly from the
pluteus of the regular
Echini. The small
size {Fig. 61) of the
arms and their uni-
form size are in
marked contrast to
the extraordinary de-
velopment of some
of the arms in Ar-
bacia {Fig. 66) and
Strongylocentrotus
( Fig. 55 )■ This seems
to be the final condi-
tion of the pluteus
in the oldest known
Spatangoid embryo,
in the pluteus of Schizaster, as well as in another Spatangoid pluteus {Fig.
68), probably Echinocardium.

Fig. 67.

The pluteus of the Clypeastroids is not known with certainty. Miiller
iio-ures in bis seventh Memoir (Plate VIII., fig. 4) a larva which he considers

730 EMBRYOLOGY.

that of Echinocyanuis. This pluteus {Fig. 04) is remarkable for its rounded
extremity and the compact space filled by the oesophagus and stomach. The
only other Echinoid pluteus known to me which may be a Clypeastroid em-
bryo is that which I have figured in Fig. 65- It has, like the pluteus of
Echinocyanuis, a rounded lower extremity, the same compact alimentary
system, and arms arranged in pairs. Fig. 65 is most probably the pluteus of
Echinarachnius. It is quite common at Newport, R. I. ; as the embryos of
Strong3'locentrotus and of Arbacia, the two other Echini common in Nar-
ragansett Bay, are well known, it can only he the pluteus of Echinarachnius,
which abounds along I he sandy shores of the bay. It has a certain analogy
to the so-called Echinocyamus pluteus; at any rate, it is a remarkably dis-
tinct type from either the Spatango'id or the regular Echinoid pluteus.

Among the Desmosticha the embryos of several .species of Echinus and
Stroneylocentrotus have been figured, showing striking differences. How
far these differences are of systematic value cannot he stated, as the embryos
known represent only a lew of the families of Echini. No embryos of Cida-
ridae or Diadematidae have as yef been observed. The pluteus of the Arba-
ciadae is well known from one of the most complete Memoirs of Miiller. A
few additional points on the development of Arbacia have been observed by
Metschnikoff. The pluteus of our Arbacia punctulata, which is tolerably
common at Newport. R. I. 1 Fig. 66), differs somewhat from the pluteus of
Arbacia figured by .Miiller, but not more than the pluteus of closely allied
species would he likely to differ. From this pluteus {Fig. 66) the young
Arbacia figured on page 734 was developed in about three weeks. The
young Arbacia was most remarkable, differing \cr\ strikingly from the young
Arbacia figured by Miiller, which lie also raised from the pluteus. The only
other type of pluteus known is a remarkable one. closely allied to Arbacia.
which has been figured by Miiller ( Fig. 67). From what has been said we
have evidently, as far as known, quite marked types of embryos correspond-
ing more or less to the several subordinal aud family divisions recognized
among Echini.

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

To complete the history of the development of Echini just given, I add
here the main portions of the sketch on young Echini given in my Pre-
liminary Report on the Florida Deep Sea Echini, with references to the
plates of this Revision. A detailed account of the changes due to growth
will be found in the description of each species.

In Cidaris (Pis. I, II, IIC.) the difference between old (PL I. ; PI. II.
f. 1-S) and .young stages (PI. IP. f. ;, i.;) is almost entirely limited to the
proportionally larger size of the spines, and the more prominent serrations
l recalling Salenia). The abactinal system early assumes the character of the
adult ; in fact, with the exception of the smaller number of coronal plates,
the above differences in the spines are the only important changes under-
gone in this genus. The same holds good for Diadema (PI. IV. f. 1) and
Echinothrix (PL III", f. 1 -.;); in both genera the spines are proportionally
larger and less numerous : this gives to young Diadematidae a peculiar
facies, Echinothrix calamaria-like (PI. IP. f. e). We find also in young Dia-
dema characters in the actinal membrane differing from those of the adult;
the peculiar grouping, in five separate clusters, of the buccal ambulacral
plates which appear first, is soon lost by the encroachment of the smaller
interambulacral plates, and in older specimens the plates become deeply
imbedded in the buccal membrane. This feature is always retained in the
genus Centrostephanus. The pores at first are placed in a vertical row in
very young specimens (PL VI f. ua) ; they then become arranged in arcs
of three (PL VI f. 15) or four pairs; with increasing age the median rows
of interambulacral tubercles assume the arrangement existing in the adult
(PL VIa.f. 5). Owing to the rapid growth of the spines in the young, the
extremity, and frequently the greater part of the spine almost to the base,
is hollow ; but as the young increase in age they become more solid at the
base, and farther up in proportion to their age (PL XXXV. f. 10).

In the Cidaridae and Diadematidae the structure of the spines forms a good
basis for the discrimination of groups, notwithstanding their apparent great
changes of form. The variations do not extend to the nature of the ornamenta-
tion, which remains very constant, and will prove of great value in fossil Echini.

732 OJS THE fOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

In Strongylocentrotus Drbbachiensis, soon after resorption of the pluteus
the young sea-urchin has few large primary tubercles, limited to the ambi-
tus, Podocidaris and Colobocentrotus-like (PL IX. f. 1). The next stage
has two principal rows of large tubercles, — occupying the whole test
(PL IX. f. .;), Cidaris-like, no miliaries, — increasing in number as they grow
older, the spines gradually passing from a condition similar to those of
Rhabdocidaris (PI. X.f. .'-.'/), Cidaris, Ai'bacia, and finally to Strongylocen-
trotus-like spines ( PI X.f. l), as fast as the primary tubercles are formed,
retaining their embryonic features most strongly while the spines are di-
rectly connected to the test (PI. X. f. 2-4), as the}' are in Podocidaris. In
the earlier stages the actinal opening is large (Arbacia-like), without inden-
tations (PI. IX. f. 2-.',). Cidaris-like, occupying nearly the whole of the
actinal surface. As the test increases this opening becomes proportionally
smaller, and slight cuts are formed (PI. IX. f. to), Echinus-like. The anal
system is at first closed by a single subanal plate (PL X.f. :). appearing be-
fore the formation of the genital and ocular plates ; it remains for a consid-
erable period more prominent than the other plates, which are gradually
added to cover the enlarged anal system (PI. IX. f. 8, 6, 7). The symmet-
rical axis of the subanal plate does not hold a fixed relation to the niadreporic
body, being opposite different genital plates in various stages of growth.
This corresponds to the oblique position of the subanal plate in Salenidae
( /'/. ///./'. //), when we take as starting-point the niadreporic body. The
abactinal system subsequently passes through a stage (PL IX. f. 11) re-
minding us of Arbacia (PL V.J'. .') and Trigonocidaris (PL IV. f. ;), only
there are five instead of four anal plates. The poriferous zone is at first
narrow, the pores arranged in vertical rows; subsequently they are slightly
arched vertically ( PI. IX. f. :,); they next separate into horizontal arcs made
up of a smaller number of pores, increasing rapidly in number with age
(PL IX. f 9); in small specimens we can trace their mode of formation, as
the arcs near the ambitus are similar to those of the adult, while those next
the abactinal system are similar to those of the younger stages. The plates
of the poriferous zone increase independently of the interambulacral plates.
The different stages of growth represent in the younger stages combinations
of features strongly recalling at first Cidaris (PL IX. f. 2), next Hemicidaris,
then Pseudodiadema, Arbacia, and Stomopneustes. The same general changes
take place in Strongylocentrotus lividus; the turban shape (Cidaris state) of
the young test is even more striking than in Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis.

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 733

Nowhere among the young regular Echini have I found such great
changes in the shape and proportions of the test and spines as in Echi-
nometra. We frequently find specimens of the same size, where in one case
the outline is almost circular, the test flattened, covered with long slender
spines, while in the other the test is lobed, swollen, high, surmounted by
numerous short stout spines {PI. X". f. 2, s). These and all intermediate
stages, complicated by the greater or smaller number of primary tubercles,
are found retained in specimens of very different size; the arrangement of
the arcs of the poriferous zone undergo changes exactly similar to those
described in Strongylocentrotus. This has given rise in a great measure to
the confused synonymy attached to the most common species of the genus,
and renders their identification, if based upon meagre material, almost hopeless.

In young Arbaciadae {PL V. f. 9) we have already in the youngest stages
four anal plates. I have traced {Fig. as) in the youngest Arbacia raised
from the pluteus the first appearance of the anal plates, which appear simul-
taneously as four lines radiating from the apex, and forming the separations
of the four anal plates (see Fig. as). The abactinal system of young speci-
mens is remarkably prominent, occupying more than one half the abactinal
part of the test. The whole test is deeply pitted {PI. V. f. 11), Trigono-
cidaris-like ; the rudimentary tubercles, covering the greater part of the
abactinal part of the test, are connected by ridges, which are gradually re-
sorbecl and reduced to the granulation found upon the coronal plates of the
genus {PI. V. f. 2, 14, 16, 18). The primary tubercles are at first limited
to the ambitus {Fig. 69), surmounted by short stout spines {PI. V. f. 9),
Colobocentrotus-like, gradually becoming more slender and proportionally
longer with increasing age {PI. V. f. 12, 14, 17), — the opposite of what takes
place in Strongylocentrotus, Cidaris, and most young Echini. The rudimen-
tary spines are not seated upon tubercles ; they are club-shaped (PI. V. f. 9),
identical in structure to those of Podocidaris {PI. IV. f. 1.:). The poriferous
zone has in the earliest stages the structure found in the adult, only it does
not widen at the actinostome {PL V. f. 15). The ratio of the actinostome to
the test does not vary greatly in different stages of growth ; the edge of the
actinal system forming the groove of the gills is but slightly turned back in
the young, the lips, taking the place of cuts, becoming more prominent
(Toxopneustes-like) with increasing age {PL P. f. a). Owing to the inde-
pendent growth of the plates of the poriferous zone from those of the
interambulacral system, we have either three or four pairs of pores for each

734

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

ambulacral plate; the same is the case with other Oligoporidae, as limited
by Desor, showing that the division he has made, although convenient as
a key for the easier grouping of genera, is yet not strictly reliable, the mode
of growth of many Polyporidae showing in their young stages that they
have but a small number of pores (Hipponoe, Mespilia) for each ambulacral
plate, which places them among the Oligoporidae; but, owing to the inde-
pendent growth of the plates of the poriferous zone, they seem in older
stages to belong to the Polyporidae. In the chapter on the water system I
have given an account of the mode of increase of the number of plates
of the poriferous zone in several genera. In all of them the independent
development of the plates of the ambulacral anil interambulacral systems is
very marked ; their independent growth has, subsequently to the publica-
tion of my Preliminary Report, been observed by ho ven.

Fig. 68.

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

Figs. G8, 69. Young Arbacia punctulata, diam. 1.5mm. including spines-

735

Fig. 69.

In Echinus, Sphaerechinus, Toxopneustes (PL VII., VIII.), we find in the
younger stages the same unbroken vertical arrangement of the pores (PL
VII. f. 8, ll), taking next a vertically arched form (PI. VII. f. 2, 4, 15, :.')■
still connected, and then assuming the arrangement of the adult, In these
genera the anal system is at first covered by one plate only (PL VII. f. 9),
and undergoes changes similar to those of Strongylocentrotus, by the addition
at first of four smaller plates (PL VII. f. 1, 10), and so on (PL VII. f.
5, 17, 18), the original subanal plate retaining long a greater prominence
(PL VII. f. .;, e). The miliaries, in these genera as well as in Strongylocen-
trotus, are formed by radiating ridges arising from the base of the primary
tubercles, forming a sort of star; then they swell at the distal extremity.
forming a set of club-shaped spokes round the main tubercle ; these are
little by little separated from it, and become independent elliptical tubercles
at first, and then miliaries or secondary tubercles (PL VII. f. .'. 8, ll, 15). The
ten large buccal plates of the actinal membrane are the first to appear, as
in Strongylocentrotus (PL IX. f. 2, 4), Toxopneustes (PL VII. f. 7), and
Temnechinus (PL VIII. f. 17). Small plates (in genera in which they are

73G ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

found in the adult) are next formed between them and the teeth (Echinus-
like), while afterwards they cover the whole membrane, as in Toxopneustes
(PL VII. f. .'"i- and some of the species of Echinus and Trigonocidaris
(PI IV. f. i), appearing between the ten plates and the test ( /'/. VII. f.
■ ■>. U. !',)■ This mode of growth is totally unlike the growth of the movable
imbricating buccal plates of the Cidaridae ( /'/. II. f. 9, //). where these plates
perform the part of ambulacra] and interambulacral plates, and appear near
the test at first, forming in full-grown specimens rows made up of more than
two plates, as in the Palaechinidae, suggesting that the test of Palaechinidae
must have been made up of plates homologous to the buccal plates of Cidaris.
The test, of course, would then have been capable of considerable com-
pression and change of outline, as is the case in Astropyga and Asthenosoma.
This similarity is very striking in young Cidaridae, where the number of coro-
nal plates is small, and the young sea-urchin seems to consist almost entirely
of an abactinal and an actinal system, separated by a narrow band of
coronal plates.

In some species of Temnopleuridae the subanal plate remains very prom-
immt.even in adult specimen- | /'/. VII. f. ?$) ; the anal system in the voting
is covered by one large elliptical plate; as the anal system enlarges, numer-
ous minute plates surround the larger plate (/'/. /'//./'. .-;'), which always
retains its peculiar ornamentation, and is readily distinguished from the

others by its size and shape. In others, on the contrary, the anal system
undergoes changes identical with those of Strongylocentrotus, Echinus, and
the like. In Temnopleiirus the pits ;it the angles of the plates appear al first
like rectangular openings ( /'/. VIII. f. .-;). which, as the specimens grow
older, become little by little connected by grooves, -rowing deeper and more
prominent with advancing age ( /'/. VIII. f. .v. ;:,). In another species of
the genus the pits are never so marked in the adult, becoming simply comma-
shaped ( /'/. VII. f. 26). The miliaries of the Temnopleuridae are formed,
as in other genera, by ridges appearing at fust connected with the base
of the primary tubercles ( VI. VIII. /'. .;. //, / ;. a. .>;). In Trigonocidaris the
young [PI. IV. f. 7) differ from the old (PI IV.f..:) in having larger
pits, less numerous and lower ridges, and Imt \\'\v secondary tubercles, the
principal rows of ambulacral and interambulacral tubercles being very promi-
nent. The buccal membrane and the abactinal system present no striking
differences; there were only four anal plates in all the specimens collected.
In Temnechinus, of which an extensive series was collected, we find in the

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 737

smallest specimens a few large spines (PL VIII. f. ie), resembling the spines
of young Dorocidaris hystrix, equalling in length the diameter of the test.
As the specimens increase in size, the spines lose their spindle-shaped form
and their serrate edge ; they become more pointed and elongate (PI. VIII f.
5, 12, is), diminishing rapidly in proportion to the size of the test, and soon take
the proportions they have in the adult. The actinal opening is very large at
first, the test in young specimens being a narrow ring when seen from the
actinal side (PI. VIII. f. ;). The primary tubercles are few in number, with
remarkably prominent ridges radiating from them (PL VIII. f. 14), leaving
deep pits between the ridges. With increasing size these ridges become
miliaries and secondary tubercles, the pits, however, remaining round the
boss of the primary tubercles in both the areas (PL VIII. f. 4, 11); so that
the test passes through stages in which it resembles at first young Echinus,
then an Echinus with deep grooves radiating from the tubercles, and finally
with deep pits round their base. The original subanal plate (PL VIII f. 10)
retains always its preponderance (PL VIII f. .;), and the embryonic charac-
ter of the anal system is a marked feature of this interesting sea-urchin. The
actinal opening rapidly becomes smaller (PL VIII f. 2, 9, It), and resem-
bles that of Echinus. In fact, Temnechinus might be called an Echinus
among Temnopleuridae, while Temnopleurus is the Toxopneustes of the
family.

The changes taking place in the arrangement of the pores in Hipponoe
and Toxopneustes are similar to those observed in Echinus: at first a simple
vertical row, then arcs laterally curved (PL VIII J. ;u). then three pairs of
pores for each ambulacral plate, in oblique open curves, and finally almost
horizontal curves, the pores appearing to be placed in independent vertical
rows.

Among the Clypeastroids we find in the young during their growth great
changes of form and structure taking place. In young Echinarachnius (PL
XII f. 1-4) the outline is elliptical, the test is arched and high, the anus is
placed in a slight depression of the test, and, seen in profile (PL XII f. 3),
we are reminded of the general aspect of Pygorhynchus. There are but
two principal rows of large tubercles in each area, extending from apex to
mouth, so that, seen from above (PL XII. f. 1), the young Echinarachnius
has much the facies of an Echinometra (PL XII f. 2). The mouth is large,
pentagonal, its radius being half the radius of the test. The ambulacral
rosette is reduced to two pairs of pores, — simple perforations of the test.

738 ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

one in each poriferous zone for each ambulacrum. This extraordinary shape
and structure the young do not retain long; they soon become pyriform
(PL XII f. 5, o), the blunt extremity being the posterior; the test becomes
greatly flattened and the anus approaches the edge. The rosette is now
composed of three and two pairs of simple pores in each poriferous zone for
each ambulacrum, the anterior ambulacrum having only two pairs in each
zone. The tubercles are proportionally smaller, though there are still only
two rows in each area, but farther apart. In the next stage ( PL XII. f. ,;, a)
we find the rudimentary rosette composed of lour and five pairs of pores
close together, and two or three distant pairs of pores, in the following am-
bulacral plates, one pair in each plate, which in subsequent stages increase
in number and extend almost to the edge of the test. The test has become
quite flattened; the lower side is concave, undulating: the ambulacra! zones
are now much narrower than the interambulacral ones. Each plate still has
only one tuhen-le: the lines of separation between the two zones run
straight from the edge of the test to the apex. It is only in somewhat
older stages (PL XII. f. w), when the rosette loses its radiating outline, and
assumes ;i slightly petaloid shape, that we find the angle formed ill the adult
at the hase of the petal in the ambulacra! zone: from this point the ambula-
cral plates widen rapidly : each plate now carries from two to six smaller
tubercles. The outline is quite pentagonal; the lower surface concave, but
little undulating. The anus i- placed neai- the edge, and covered, as in all
preceding stages, by a single plate | I'l. XII. f. u); the anal system in older
specimens has five plates ( I'l. XII. l'. /.•, /.-). the plate first formed remaining
somewhat the largest As tin' young Echinarachnius increases in size its
outline becomes more circular, and in specimens measuring one fifth of an
inch in diameter has the general appearance of the adult | I'l. XII. f. is).
The furrows joining the ambulacra! pores appear scon after the first traces
of a true rosette are seen; they become deeper and the pores separate in
proportion to the petaloid structure of the abactinal part of the ambulacrum.
The tubercles are proportionally much smaller and more numerous, and
soon after the ambulacra have a well-developed rosette, and nearly bear to
the plates the ratio which they have in the adult.

Young specimens of Mellita hexapora, measuring ^ of an inch in diameter,
are almost circular, with a thickened raised edge, as in Laganuin. and as yet
have no lunules ( PL XI. f. l). The rosette is simply a series of radiating
pores, three and two in each poriferous zone, for each ambulacrum, extending

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 739

but a short distance from the apex. The ambulacral and interambulacral
plates are of the same size, hexagonal, forming twenty equal zones, carrying
but a single large tubercle in the centre of each plate ; seen from below the
surface is deeply concave, the mouth much larger in proportion to the test
than in adult specimens. We see forming from this side the posterior in-
terambulacral lunule as a deep pit (PI. XL. f. 2), at one extremity of which,
near the mouth, is placed the anus, about one third the distance from the
edge of the test. We find also rudimentary phyllodes made up of a few of the
small pores, which eventually extend in the ambulacral furrows to the edge
of the test, but are now restricted to a small number clustered round the
mouth. The outline in a subsequent stage becomes slightly pentagonal, the
plates elongate ; the lunule pierces through to the abactinal side (PL XL. f.
3) ; the rosette is also radiating, made up of five to six pairs of pores for each
poriferous zone. The ambulacral area is now slightly narrower than the in-
terambulacral zones. When the posterior lunule has become a small round
opening, encroaching upon the plates of the posterior interambulacral area,
extending as a lobe bej'ond the outline of the test, the rosette is slightly
petaloid (PI. XL. f. 7). There are from two to five tubercles on each plate ;
these are quite elongate, having lost their hexagonal outline ; the lower suf-
fice is flat, and on the lower side the ambulacra have broadened very rapidly,
the interambulacra forming narrow bands carrying larger tubercles between
the ambulacral zones. The edge of the test is still quite thickened, and it is
only when the young Mellita has attained somewhat less than half an inch
in diameter that the ambulacral lunules appear as pits, seen at first from the
lower side only (PL XL. f. m), and gradually forcing their way through the
test (PL XL f. 9) to the abactinal side. The posterior interambulacral
lunule increases rapidly in size ; the test and the groove in which the anus
is placed become somewhat separated from it, being simply a depression in
the continuation of the lunule (PI. XL.f. 4. 6, 8-10). After the appearance
of the lunules as slight pits, which develop unequally and do not appear
simultaneously, the changes are limited to the increase in size of the lunules
and of the ambulacral poriferous zone on the lower side ; the outline and
general facies (PI. XL.f. 10-12), with the exception of the larger size of the
tubercles, being that of the adult,

The general character of the changes undergone by Echinarachnius and
Mellita hexapora, as far as they relate to the transformations of the ambu-
lacral rosette, the growth of the tubercles, the changes in the proportions of

740 OX THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

the relative breadth of the ambulacra] and interambulacral zones, are identi-
cal in Mell it. i testudinata and Encope emarginata. What is remarkable in
Mellita testudinata is that the mode of formation of the ambulacral lunules is
not identical with that of M. hexapora. The interambulacral lunule alone
(PI. XI. f. i-',, is) is developed from a depression formed on the lower surface
pushing its way through the test, while the ambulacra] lunules are the result
of the closing in of notches appearing on the edge of the test, which remain
open until the young Mellita has attained a considerable size (PL Xl.f. ig), —
three quarters of an inch and sometimes more ; long after the arrangement
of the plates, the shape of the rosette, the size of the tubercles, and the
extent of the poriferous zone on the lower surface have the character of the
adult. In fact, the mode of development of Encope and of Mellita testu-
dinata, as well as of Mellita longifissa ( /'/. Xl.f. .'; :;). is far more closelx
allied than that of the two species of Mellita of the types of hexapora and
test udinata.

In Encope emarginata we have, as in Mellita. an early stage ill which no
posterior interambulacral lunule exists | /'/. XII. f. />). The outline of these
young Encopidae is not Laganum-like, as in Mellita. hut is elliptical, as in
very young Echinarachnius : the ambulacral zones, extending uniformly from

the edge to the apex, are narrower than the interambulacral (PI. XII. f. 1J,).
The plates of both areas carrj one to two Large tubercles and a couple of very
small ones. The ambulacra] pores extend from the apex to the mouth. One
pair of pores, not connected by grooves, is situated in the suture of each am-
bulacra] plate. The outline seen from above is deeply scalloped ( PI. XII.
/. /;, /.;). — in fact, it is ;i Moulinsia, — and the figure given by Agassiz in the
Monographic des Scutelles is only a young Encope emarginata. The pos-
terior interambulacral lunule commences as a pit from the lower side (PI.
XII. f. w), and by the time the young Encope has attained a diameter of
three quarters of an inch, the lunule is seen from above ( PI XII. J. i;) as ;i
small elliptical opening. The edge of the test is deeply scalloped, especially
at the median ambulacral sutures, where notches soon appear, and the
young Encope gradually takes a deeply lohed outline ( PI. XII. f. 17, 80, .'.'. ..",
These cuts may or may not close, and thus we have the basis of the great
number of species established upon the depth of lobes, the presence or ab-
sence of certain lunules. which are nothing but features of the young either
retained in the adult or greatly exaggerated. The ambulacral rosette is
formed as in Mellita and in Echinarachnius by the independent growth of the

<)N THE FOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 741

upper part of the ambulacra] area, which in Clypeastroids grows more rapidly
than the rest of the test, from the moment the pores are joined by grooves,
the plates crowding upon one another, and pushing them, or a part of them,
towards the edge of the test (PL XII. f. w). In the Scutellidae the pairs
of pores of the rosette are placed in the sutures of the ambulacra] plates
(PI. XI. f. ,«), while in the Clypeastroids, besides the pair of pores in the
sutures, an additional pair pierces the middle of each ambulacral plate
(PI. XI. f. .<.;).

The development of the flat Clypeastroids and of the Scutellidae as above
described is most instructive, showing that we must introduce a complete
reform among such genera as Lenita, Scutellina, Runa, Echinocyamus, and
other minute Echinoids, which may eventually prove to be nothing but
the young of other Clypeastroids, probably of Mellita, Scutella, Laganum,
Clypeaster, Echinanthus, Encope, and the like ; but want of sufficient
material prevents me from entering into this comparison more in detail.
We know now, from what has been said above, that the Scutellidae pass
through phases which cannot be distinguished from Moulinsia, Fibularia,
Runa, Scutellina. For this reason I am inclined to consider Fibularia as the
early stage of some Clypeastroid. The absence of partitions in some species
can, I think, easily be accounted for, as they are developed only in later
stages. We have a species of Fibularia from the Sandwich Islands, in which
there are no partitions when they are very small, while in the adult these
partitions are most rudimentary. Greater material than I possess is neces-
sary to elucidate the affinity of the genus, which certainly has all the features
of immature Clypeastroids.

The young of Clypeaster subdepressus are pentagonal, with rounded
angles (PI. XIII f. 10); with increasing age (PI. XIII f. 16 -is) the con-
cavity of the lower side is more marked, the partitions increase from the
addition of needle-shaped processes, and they soon attain the shape and have
the structure given by Liitken in his figures of young Clypeaster subdepressus.
The tubercles increase more rapidly near the edge of the test, and a remark-
able feature of these stages is the presence of minute glassy tubercles similar
to those of Echinoneus, developing side by side with young tubercles, the
function of which is as obscure as it is in Echinoneus ; they are not found
in older specimens.

The development of Echinolampas has thrown unexpected light upon the
affinities of the toothless Galerites and of the Cassidulidae. It shows con-

742 ON THE YOUNG STACKS OF ECHINI.

clusively that Echinoneus is only a permanent embryonic stage of Echi-
nolampas, thus becoming allied to the Cassidulidae, and that it lias nothing- in
common with the Galerites as I would limit them, confining them entirely to
the group provided with teeth. This reduces the type to a most natural
division, and from what we now know of the simple nature of the ambulacra
of all Echini in their early stages 1 would not give to this feature the signifi-
cance which it has received, hut would he inclined to unite the tool lied Gale-
rites with Echinidae proper in the same suborder, approaching the Clypeas-
troids on account of the separation of the anus from the apical system, ami
retaining the teeth and general symmetrical structure of the regular Echini;
though I am aware that the great development of Galerites in former geo-
logical periods, and the relation of the anus and test. may. on further acquaint-
ance with living representatives, entitle them to rank as a suborder interme-
diate between the Echini proper and Clypeastroids. Young Echinolampadae.
measuring a trifle over one eighth of an inch, are elliptical i /'/. A' VI f. i ). re-
sembling Echinoneus. with a large transverse elliptical mouth | /'/. XVI. f. .'):

tin' anus is placed in the truncated posterior extremity above the ambitus.
The outline in profile is almost globular {PI. XVI. /. .;) ; each plate of the
narrow ambulacra! zone carries a single primary tubercle, surrounded by a
circle of miliaries i PI. XVI. f. >, ). The pores are arranged in a vertical row
of a single line of pores, three or four for each plate, extending from the
mouth to the apex (PI. XVI f. ',). The interanilmlacral plates are elongated
horizontally, and carry from one to three principal tubercles, with numerous
small miliaries arranged in circles round the primaries, or irregularly scat-
tered. In specimens twice the size of the above, the test is less elliptical,
more flattened, and the firsl trace of a rudimentary rosette appeals as a short
row of double pores extending from the apex, consisting of from eight to nine
pairs {PI. XVI. f. e). In one of the poriferous zones of each of the pairs of
ambulacra — in the anterior zone of the posterior pair and the posterior zone
of the anterior pair of ambulacra — the odd ambulacrum remains simple. In
specimens measuring above half an inch this rudimentary one-sided rosette
has increased in length, and traces of the second row of double pores are seen
in the simple zones near the apex. In specimens measuring an inch these
rows have grown to be half as long as the arc of the rosette first formed {PI.
XVI. f. ,21) ; the same structure has also extended to the abactinal part of
the odd ambulacrum. The elliptical outline is entirely lost in these speci-
mens, the shape having gradually become more circular, pentagonal, and

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 743

ovoid. At the same time the miliary tubercles increase rapidly in number,
forming clusters of small tubercles, embossing the plates of both areas. The
anal system is covered by three large triangular plates {PL XVI f. 5, 14), the
anus opening near the edge of the system, in a narrow slit covered by very
minute plates. The mouth, as the young increase in size, becomes more and
more sunken {PI. XVI. f. 9, 18, 20). The buccal membrane is covered with
minute plates {PL XVI f. 9), the mouth opening in the centre. There are
as yet no signs of phyllodes or of bourrelets, which appear only later, the
bourrelets being at first accumulations of small tubercles between the phyl-
lodes {PL XVI f. 20). When measuring about half an inch in length, the
young Echinolampas resembles Caratomus to such an extent {PI. XVI
f. 8- 10) that this stage was considered for a time a living representative of
Caratomus. The larger series collected by Mr. Pourtales in his second ex-
pedition showed conclusively the relationship to Echinolampas, and proves
the correctness of the step taken by Desor in removing Caratomus and allied
genera from the Galeritidae, and placing them among the Cassidulidae. on
account of the semipetaloid nature of the apical portion of the ambulacra.

Among Spatangoids proper, the examination of young specimens shows
that they undergo great changes in outline during their growth; that the
posterior part of the test is especially subject to variation ; that the position
of the anus is exceedingly variable in one and the same species ; that the
mouth is not labiate in the young as in the adult; that the peripetalous
and lateral fascioles do not greatly change their limits, but that the subanal
and anal fascioles are subject to extreme modifications during their growth,
and cannot be used as distinctive features of generic value, while the per-
manence of the peripetalous and lateral fascioles is of great systematic value.
The ambulacra] petaloids also are greatly modified with age, generally becom-
ing confluent, while in the young they are remarkably distinct and the pores
not conjugated. The Cassiduloid-shaped mouth of young Spatangoids {PL
XVII f. 13, 16; PL XIX. f. 1.3), as well as the existence of several Spatangoids.
both fossil and recent, in which the mouth has a similar structure, is as con-
vincing a proof as necessary of the correctness of uniting Cassiduloids and
Spatangoids in the same suborder.

Young Brissopsis lyrifera, less than a quarter of an inch in length, are
cylindrical {PL XIX. f. 1-8), the mouth having a Hat, crescent-shaped edge,
the test is truncated vertically at the posterior edge, surrounded by a promi-
nent elliptical subanal fasciole; the peripetalous fasciole is elliptical, undulat-

744 ON THE yoUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

ing ; the anus is placed near the posterior extremity of the faseiole. The odd
ambulacrum carries four or five large tentacles with a lobed disk (PL XJX.
f. .'); the pores of the odd ambulacrum arc single, not in pairs; the othei
ambulacra are short, straight, well denned, consisting of three and four pairs
of pores not \ct conjugated ( /'/. XIX. f. / ). In older specimens the posterior
edge of the mouth becomes labiate; the anus approaches the sulianal faseiole.
which sends out a rudimentary anal branch (I'l. XJX. /'. ;). eventually
uniting with the peiipetalous faseiole, the outline of which becomes more
pentagonal, undulating, and elongated with the increasing size of the petaloid
ambulacra (PL X/X. /'. ; 9). The posterior vil^r becomes more bevelled
with age, the subanal plastron more prominent, tin- lateral pairs of ambulacra
gradually 'end to unite 1 I'l. XlX.f. .'<). passing from a strictly Brissopsis out-
line to one considered hitherto characteristic of Toxohrissus. The spines in
all young Spatangoids are less numeroxis and strikingly larger, in proportion
to their size, than in the adult (see I'l. XIV.. AT/., XVII.. MX.).

In Echinocardium cordatum the changes of the mouth, of the outline of
the internal ambulacra! faseiole. and the gradual continence of the Lateral
ambulacra, are similar to those of Brissopsis ; the posterior extremity under-
goes the greatest change in outline : the sulianal plastron is vwy prominent
\ I'l. XIX. J. /;); in fact, the outline of young Echinocardium cordatum re-
calls Echinocardium gibbosum. The sulianal faseiole and the anal branch are
originally united (PI. XIX. f. /',). but as the specimens Increase in size, the
anal branch separates from it (I'l. XIX. f. /;). The odd ambulacra! pores
are at first two single rows of pores 1 I'l. XIX. f. /.', I. which by closer crowd-
ing eventually alternate (I'l. X/X. f. /<;). but are not arranged in pairs.

The young Agassizia. a quarter of an inch in length, is a Hat elliptical
Spatangoid resembling Gualteria (PI XIV. f. .'/). The peripetalous and
lateral fascioles have the same general limits as in the adult ; the arrange-
ment of the pores is identical in all the ambulacra ; there is but a single pore
for each ambulacral plate (I'l. XIV. f. u) as it exists in the anterior pair
and odd ambulacra of the adult ; the ambulacral grooves are not yet formed,
the anterior groove alone is slightly indicated; the mouth is not labiate
(PL XIV f. to).

A great number of Spatangoid genera are established upon differences ex-
isting in the subanal faseiole, the presence or absence of the anal branch, the
depth of the ambulacral grooves, the confluence or distinctness of the lateral
ambulacra, — all characters subject to great variation during growth. This

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 745

shows the necessity of a careful revision of the whole group of Spatangoids
with the data here furnished. Such closely allied genera as Maretia (PL
XIXb.f. 7), Spatangus (PL XIX. J. 5), and Macropneustes ; Eupatagus (PI.
XV". f. .;) and Metalia (PI. XXI" f. 4) ; Meoma (PI XXII. f. s), Linthia
(PI. XIX".f. 7), and Faorina (Pi XIX". f. 4); Agassizia (PI XIX". f. 1),
Prenaster, and Periaster; Tripylus (PI XXP. f. 4) and Schizaster (PL
XX IIP. f. s); Gualteria, Brissopsis (PL XXI f. 2), and Hemiaster (Pi
XXIc.f.i),a,nd many others, both recent and fossil, must be re-examined
and critically revised before we can attempt an arrangement of Spatangoids
into natural families and genera.

A general comparison of the changes Echini pass through during their
growth, after they have resorbed the pluteus, brings out strikingly the sudden
transitions which take place during the development of an individual. For
although we can trace the gradual changes by which the young sea-urchin
imperceptibly passes from one stage of growth to another, yet there are
periods of growth showing such marked differences that they strike us more
forcibly, and seem, as it were, to be sudden jumps from one stage of de-
velopment to the next, owing to the rapid changes of some of the more
prominent points of structure. Very slight changes frequently give a to-
tally different facies to a young sea-urchin, .so that the "gap between the
extremes will seem very great; but when carefully analyzed the differences
disappear, and we are then more struck with the affinities than with the
contrasts, which seemed so marked at first glance.

A few instances will suffice to explain my meaning. To begin with, who
would have suspected the genetic relation of the pluteus with the Echinus?
The pluteus, an eminently nomadic stage, a scaffolding in which the future
sea-urchin plays but a secondary part, and is composed of two open spirals,
the one to form eventually the complicated abactinal system ( the interam-
bulacral and ambulacral plates), the other to form the water system, and
holding between them the digestive cavity and other organs of the pluteus,
which as yet appear to have no connection whatever with the spines of the
future Echinus. Yet towards the end of the nomadic pluteus life a few hours
are sufficient to resorb the whole of the complicated scaffolding, which has
been the most striking feature of the Echinoderm. and it passes into some-
thing which, it is true, we could hardly recognize as an Echinus, yet has
apparently nothing in common with its former condition. In the subse-
quent stages contrasts nearly as striking occur. The Cidaris stage (PI. IX.

746 ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI.

f. /) of Strongylocentrotus is in marked opposition to the old specimens
[PI. X.). The different stages of growth of Arbacia (PL V.) differ more
than many of the genera recognized among Echini. The successive stages of
growth of Toxopneustes are very unlike. The young Temnechinus (PL V.
III. f. 16), although we have traced its gradual passage to the stage of PI.

VIII. f. l), will always seem most closely allied to Arbacia. We naturally
refer the striking phases of growth to forms with which we are familiar,
and which, correctly or not. have been recognized as independent genera.
Hence we are led to draw the inference either that the widely different
forms are genetically connected because their analogues have apparently
passed during their embryonic growth from one stage to the other, or that
it is still possible, even in widely differing forms, that a genetic connection
should exist, owing to the sudden transitions which we see going on during
the development of an individual.

The Scutellina stage \ PI. XI. f. i) of Mellita seems at firsl glance very
distinct from the Monophora (PI. XL f. s), from the Kavenellia (LuTK.)
I PI. XL f. in), or from the true Mellita stages, yel on a close analysis these
stages are all due to very slight Structural changes, although they are so
different at firsl glance and apparently are not linked by intermediate stages.
if examined simply as we should examine them on the supposition of their
being adults. The petaloid and simple ambulacra only differ in quantity ;
the mere spreading of the median interporiferous /.one produces differences
in the ambulacra! system which have been used to distinguish not only
genera, but even families. This is especially the case in the CTypeastroids
and Spatangoids, and shows that the (laleritidae. apparently so distinct
from all the other Kchini. are most closely allied to the Clypeastroids. hav-
ing their tubercles, their disconnected anal system, the simple ambulacra
dl' the young Clypeastroids. and having besides the notches of the actinal
system of Echini proper. The position of the anus, a most striking feature,
is of little consequence, as during the growth of the young Echinus we find
it passing from an actinal to an abactinal position, and it would be most
natural to separate widely forms in which the anal opening should in one
case be situated next to the mouth, as it is in the stage immediately follow-
ing the pluteus stage, and in the other when placed at the opposite pole
from the mouth, as in our Strongylocentrotus. The unstable position occu-
pied by the anal opening is well shown in the different stages of Echina-
rachnius (PI. XII.).

ON THE YOUNG STAGES OF ECHINI. 747

In the Spatangoids the apparently sudden transitions, resulting from the
more rapid growth while passing from a stage of comparative rest to a suc-
ceeding stage of slow growth, are best shown in the development of Echino-
lampas (PI. XVI.). The stages this genus passes through extend over a
very great range, and suggest affinities and identities previously unsuspected.
We can trace the mode of transition of the simple ambulacra of Galeritidae
and of Echinoneus to the petaloid ambulacra of the majority of Spatangoids.
the mode of formation of the bourrelets from an eminently Clypeastroid
actinostome, and the changes which transform the simple radiating pores of
the ambulacra! system round the actinostome to the more complicated
phyllodes of the Petalosticha ; showing that stages we have been accustomed
to consider as emphatically distinct, when compared as adults or as occurring
in distinct genera, may be brought about by very slight modifications of
apparently little consequence at the time of their origin in the growth
of an individual, but which, proceeding very rapidly, end in producing
marked changes before they reach the next period of rest.

By making a similar comparison between the extremes as known from
recent and fossil species of Echini and intercalating intermediate recent and
fossil forms, the conclusion has been drawn that we must eventually find all
or most of the intermediate unknown forms between apparently disconnected
types, if the theory of evolution be correct, because so many of the missing
links have been found in our more recent explorations both on the land and
in the depths of the sea. Such a conclusion seems to me unwarranted. On
the contrary, judging from the analogy of the development of living species,
we can only say that the genesis of the species may have been homologous
to the development of the individuals as we know it from embryological
data, and that we shall always find gaps in the fossil series (even were they
all known) which cannot be filled on the supposition that there is a genetic
connection between them.

GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI.

The earliest Echini known, the Palaechinidae, appear in the Silurian period.
They are thus far the only Echini discovered up to the time of the Trias.
The number both of the genera and species is comparatively small. In
the same formations, associated with them, are found Starfishes, Crinoids, and
Ophiurans; as far as described, the differences between these orders, in the
earliest formations of the Palaeozoic period, were fully as great as those
existing at the present day. All we know regarding the early Echinoderms
is. that the Crinoids were infinitely more varied than they are in the subse-
quenl formations, and by far the most numerous of the Echinoderms, while
the Starfishes, Echini, and Ophiurans were less numerous. This same nu-
merical proportion is maintained throughout the Palaeozoic period till we

come to the Trias, when we are suddenh introduced to a genus which has
undergone bill little change to the present day. — the genus Cidaris, — and
which takes its greatest development in the Jurassic period. Associated
with it, and preceding it in time, we find plates of Echini (Echinothuriae),
quite closely allied to the Perischoechinidae (they appear in the Carbonifer-
ous period), of which traces have been discovered in the Cretaceous, and of
which representatives are still extant in our times.

What is specially characteristic of the Secondary period — the Trias. Lias,
and Jura — is the sudden appearance of types totally dissimilar in structure
from any of the Echini found in the geological epoch preceding it. — the
sudden appearance of the early type- of Spatangidae, such as the Dysas-
teridae, which have absolutely no relationship with the genera preceding
them in time; what is particularly remarkable is their appearance before the
so-called transition forms between the regular Echini and the Spatangoids.
the Galerites. In fact, though the theoretical genesis of the Spatangoids from
the tessellate Echini can be most satisfactorily evolved, the data unfortunately
do not in the least accord with it. ami the actual occurrence of Collyrites
before Holectypus and before the Cassidulidae leaves us completely at a

GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI. 749

loss to account for the appearance of the former genus by derivation. Dur-
ing the Trias a few genera, such as Henhcidaris and Hypodiadema, appear-,
which are closely allied to the Cidaridae proper ; as early as the lower
Jurassic beds we find other generic types, still extant at the present time
(Hemipedma), with genera closely allied to the Diadematidae, Echinidae
proper, as well as the Cidaridae. These genera (the Pseudodiadematidae)
have culminated in the Cretaceous period, and have gradually disappeared
during the Tertiaries. The remarkable development of the Cassidulidae is a
striking feature of the lower Jurassic beds, especially the occurrence of such
genera as Clypeus, Echinobrissus, Pygurus, side by side with the Dysas-
teridae of the preceding periods, which disappear in the upper cretaceous
beds, though Spatangoids closely allied to them are still found in the Ter-
tiaries (Infulaster) ; and even at the present day (Pourtalesia). The greatest
development of the Cidaridae proper takes place in the upper Jurassic beds ;
they continue through the Cretaceous and Tertiary periods to the present
time, and they are still quite numerous in our tropical seas. In the upper
Jurassic beds they are, however, associated with a large number of species
of Galeritidae, especially Holectypus and Pygaster, and with a number of
Echinobrissidae and Dysasteridae. The number of genera common to the
Jurassic and the lower beds of the Cretaceous periods is great ; here again
we find, as in the passage from the Primary to the .Secondary epochs,
genera suddenly appearing (Toxaster and Holaster), closely related to
the Dysasteridae, and belonging to a family (the Ananchytidae) which
is a very characteristic one of the Cretaceous period, and has survived to the
present time, — Paleopneustes, Homolampas. The Galeritidae continue
numerous, and are represented in the chalk, not by Galeritidae most closely
allied to the Clypeastroids or Spatangoids, but by Galeritidae most closely
allied to the Echinidae proper. The early appearance of the Galeritidae,
which I have shown to be eminently embryonic Cassidulidae, before the Cas-
sidulidae, is one of the anomalies of the genetic succession, at variance with
the theoretical derivation. From what we now know of the Galeritidae,
since they have been shown to possess teeth and actinal cuts, they evidently
are not so far removed from the Desmosticha as we might suppose. Their
appearance in the Jurassic period coincides remarkably well with the idea
that they form the connecting link, in the sense of sudden transitions, be-
tween the Desmosticha and some of the Petalosticha ; for the embryology of
Echinolampas has plainly shown us an early Discoidea stage, which is unmis-

750 GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI.

takable and extremely suggestive of the closer affinities of the Cassiduloids
and Galeritidae.

The Cretaceous period is characterized by the marked development of the
Spatangoids proper. Of those with fascioles Micraster and Hemiaster are the
first to appear; they recall most forcibly the embryonic and younger stages
of Spatangus proper and of its allies, which now form the principal species
with those recent Petalosticha which are genetically traced back to the
chalk. The generic types characteristic of the upper Cretaceous are already
remarkably closely allied to those now living, and many of them are identi-
cal. The Cassidulidae, the Ananchytidae, the Schizasteridae, the Brissidae,
the Spatangidae, are represented by genera passing through the Tertiaries.
identical with those of the present epoch. The types which appear are all
closely related to ihose immediately preceding in the lower Cretaceous for-
mations. In the upper Cretaceous the earliest Clypcastroids arc suddenly
brought into life. They are, it is true, the genera Echinocyamus and Fibu-
laria, the embryonic types of the Clypcastroids. and we might imagine a
genetic connection between them and the Discoidea on account of the pres-
ence of teeth and the more or less rudimentary radiating partitions, and
through the Discoidea to the regular Echini. Hut the late appearance of
the Clypeastroids, long after the existence of many of the families of the Cas-
siduloids and of the Spatangoids, of which they should, according to the the-
ory of derivation, have been the ancestors, is one of the principal features in
the geological succession of the Echini, which at present can only be ac-
counted for by the sudden appearance of the early Spatangoids.

As soon as we reach the- Tertiary formation the similarity of the fauna to
that now in existence becomes quite apparent, and it is more and more dis-
similar from the preceding Cretaceous fauna- the nearer we approach the
Quaternary period. In the Eocene we find many Spatangoids, — Schizaster.
Brissopsis, Eehinocardiuni. Breynia. Brissus. Eupatagus, Spatangus. Maretia,
and so forth, which are still well represented in our seas, and suddenly come
to light associated with such genera as Conoclypus, Hemiaster, Periaster.
Pygorhynchus, and Echinolampas, which have continued to exist from the
upper Cretaceous period, and most of which continue also to the present
time ; some of them were more numerous in species in earlier times, such
as Echinolampas. Pygorhynchus, while Conoclypus does not extend beyond
the Eocene. The characteristic genera of the Cretaceous period, the Galeri-
tidae and the Dysasteridae, as well as the Ananchytidae, have disappeared,

GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI. 751

and they are replaced in a measure by the smaller Clypeastroids, Lenita, Scu-
tellina, and such Laganum-like genera. In the Miocene the large Clypeas-
troids, such as Echinanthus and Clypeaster, which first appeared in the
Eocene, take a marked development and form the principal species ; with
them come to light the Scutellidae proper, until in the Pliocene the character
of the genera is eminently recent, and we find such genera represented as
Mellita and Echinarachnius among the Clypeastroids ; the Arbaciadae, Sal-
macis, and Temnopleurus among the Desmosticha, while there are no genera
of Petalosticha which have not already occurred in the Miocene. It is quite
striking that when we compare the Cretaceous, Eocene, Miocene, and Plio-
cene genera with those of the present day we find a greater proportion of
them in common the farther west we go. Many of the genera of the Num-
mulitic period in India are still found in the West Indies which are entirely
extinct from the Pacific Ocean to the Mediterranean.

The close relationship existing between the present fauna and the later
Tertiary period, the Pliocene, is best shown by a comparison of the repre-
sentatives of the present West Indian fauna with the fossils known to occur
in the Pliocene of the east coast of the United States and of the West Indies.

PLIOCENE. WEST INDIES.

Cidaris armigera, Mort.* Dorocidaris papillata.

(Coelopleurus) Echinus inflatus, Moist. Coelopleurus floridanus.

Echinometra acufera, Guppy. Eehinoinetra subangularis.

Scutella Rogersii, Mort. ?

Mellita caroliniana, Rav. Mellita testudinata.

Mellita a'mpla, Holmes. Mellita sexforis.

Clypeaster rosaeeus, Duch. Echinanthus rosaceus.

Nucleolites Richardii, DncH. Rhynchopygus caribaearum.

Pygorhynchus jamaicensis, Conk. Echinolampas depressa.

Echinoneus cyclostomus, Guppy. Echinoneus semilunaris.

Agassizia porifera, McCr. Agassizia excentrica.

Brissus Scillae, Guppy. Brissus unicolor.

Plagionotus Ravenellanius, McCr. Meoma ventricosa.

Plagionotus Holmesii, McCr. Metalia peetoralis.

Amphidetus gothicus, McCr. Echinocardium eordatum.

Echinocardium orthonothum, Conr. Echinocardium flavescens.

Schizaster atropos, D'Orb. Moira atropos.

A similar comparison has already been made by Forbes in his Monog. of
the Brit. Tert. Echin. with those of the surrounding seas and the Mediter-
ranean, and many of the species he proved to be identical. Two of the

* The authorities denote simply the specific determinations of the collectors.

752 GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI.

genera of the Crag. Coelopleurus and Temnechinus, no longer found in the
European seas, are still extant in the West Indies.

We cannot fail to be struck with the persistence of many of the types
of the chalk up to the present time, either as identical or most closely allied
genera. This was of course known from the time Lyell first called attention
to the similarity of the fossils of the tertiary deposits with the present fauna;
it has recently been brought up still more forcibly after several most marked
Cretaceous genera, Salenia. Hemipedina, Phymosoma, Echinothuria. and Ponr-
talesia. were dredged from great depths in the West Indies, showing a much
more intimate generic; connection between the present time and the chalk
than had been admitted.

We can, in fact, from the time of the Cretaceous period, draw up a table of
genera, starting from the Desmosticha characteristic of that period, and end-
ing in the Clypeastroids now found in our seas, which would answer all the
requisites of a genealogical tree ; hut we cannot in like manner do the same
for the Petalostieha except in a most general manner, and we find, as has
been mentioned above, that the Petalostieha have existed long before the
genera from which we might derive them have come to light; at least, as
far as we know the genetic connection of living forms from their embryo-
logical development. The question of time, which has always been invoked
as necessary to produce the great changes noticed between fossils occurring
in successive formations, is not such an important one. as far as Invertebrates
are concerned, as we imagine. We have two classes of phenomena which
must have occurred side by side, genera retaining their generic features un-
changed from the time of the Jura to the present day (the persistent types),
and genera suddenly introduced, but differing from those already existing,
except in the single instance of the appearance of the Dysasteridae, to a
far less degree than the stages now known, from embryologies! data, to
belong to one and the same species; these successive stages of growth
follow each other in rapid succession, and pass through phases which appear
more or less like sudden transitions from those immediately preceding them.
The analogy between the sudden appearance of genera in their geological
succession, and the sudden transitions observed in the growth of an indi-
vidual during its different stages, is remarkable. Somewhat similar views
regarding the nature of the changes which have brought about the sudden
appearance of types have already been suggested by Xageli, Kolliker, and
specialty by Heer.

GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI. 7;,;;

It is indeed difficult to imagine, from the little we know regarding the
habits of Echini, what are the ways in which natural selection is to act, not
only upon them, but upon many of the lower marine animals of which the
successive stages of life are so varied, and in which life is passed under such
very varying circumstances. All that a careful study and comparison of the
Echini, both living and fossil, enables us to assert is, that there is a marked
coincidence between the geological succession of the generic types and the
genetic succession observed during the changes due to growth ; that in the
growth and development of the species sudden breaks appear, similar to the
gaps observed in the geological succession of the types of the best known
strata. From this we are warranted in assuming that the mode of appear-
ance of generic types in past ages is analogous to that observed in the his-
tory of the species. But how this appeai'ance takes place we are as far from
knowing as we are of giving the reason for the successive stages in the seg-
mentation of the embryo.

It may not be out of place here to recall that Agassiz was the first to point
out in his " Poissons Fossiles " the agreement existing between the paleonto-
logical and the embryological genesis, though he did not draw from it the
conclusions of a common origin subsequently suggested by Darwin. It is
astonishing that so little use has been made of the positive data furnished by
embryology in support of the evolution hypothesis, and that so many of the
supporters of the Darwinian theory have been satisfied to build castles in
the air, which they have been obliged to pull down in rapid succession, till
it is wellnigh impossible, in the present stage of the discussion of the embryo-
logical evidence, to sift from the best memoirs what has actually been ob-
served, and what has no better foundation than a mere theoretical basis. To
those who have followed the discussions of the embryology of articulates the
above will not appear too strong a statement. It is only in a few orders of
the animal kingdom that we have even the first beginnings of the needed
paleontological and embryological material to serve as the basis for the com-
parisons which might lead to some definite results. Yet these comparisons
are generally instituted on such a grand scale, and with such an utter dis-
regard of the exceptions, that their authors can hardly expect us to follow
them in the paths they tread, where theory takes the place of observation.
No one appreciates more than I do that the explanation of the theory of
evolution, as given by Darwin, has opened up new fields of observation in
many departments of biology, the importance of which can hardly be over-

754 GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE ECHINI.

estimated. His influence on the progress of biology has been most bene-
ficial, and he lias, in connection with the embryologists, led the way for
biology «nit of the mere systematic field which threatened at one time to
stop all future progress. But his disciples cannot ask us to take as proved
beyond question all the vagaries regarding this and that ancestor of the great
types of the animal kingdom, about which they talk with such sublime con-
fidence. And when I am introduced to an archetype in a group where we
have neither paleontological nor embryological evidence, or when 1 am asked
to believe in a genealogical tree of which neither the roots nor the branches
have ever existed, as far as we now know, I am no longer dealing simply
with an hypothesis, but with the wildest speculation.

Specialists are supposed to be least fitted to form opinions on general
philosophical questions for which their investigations may have furnished
valuable data. Vet. unlit as they may be to decide between two rival sys-
tems of philosophy, they should at any rate be credited with sufficient intel-
ligence to know whether a theorv accords with the facts in the case or not,
and explains it satisfactorily. The supporters of Darwin, who outdarwin
Darwin himself, seem determined not to imitate their great leader, and at-
tempt, in the most dogmatic manner, to crush any argument brought forward.
not by showing its worthlessness, but by simply taking it for granted that
discussion is no longer possible.

HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI.

The general symmetry of Echinoderms has been fully discussed by Agassi/
and Midler, and I am only repeating here facts which they have discussed
from a somewhat different point of view. Their relation to Radiates is
maintained by the former, while Muller considers the plan of radiation as
entirely subordinate to that of bilateral symmetry, basing his arguments
mainly on the structure of the plan of the pluteus ; Agassiz, on the contrary,
drawing his arguments entirely from the fully developed Echinoderm. There
is no doubt that in the pluteus the bilateral symmetry completely overshadows
the radiate plan, which does not become prominent till after the Echinoderm
has passed through the pluteus stage, but then the plan of radiation com-
pletely overshadows the bilateral symmetry, which becomes only a secondary
feature. Both Agassiz and Muller determine an anterior axis by means of
the position of the madreporic body. I have already shown that this method
did not lead to accurate results, and that in the regular Echini we bad as yet
found no means of determining an axis which should in all cases be homolo-
gous to the anterior axis of the Clypeastroids and Petalosticha. In the
Echinometradae alone we find an apparent exception to this rule ; yet when
we compare Echinometra and Heteroeentrotus we find, as I have pointed out,
that the long and short axis, as determined by the position of the madreporic
body, are not homologous in these two genera, although so closely allied.

The embryo Echinoderm only in its earliest stages, after the resorption of
the pluteus, creeps upon the same surface whether it be a Starfish, Ophiuran,
Echinus, or Holothurian. There is, very early in the life of many Holo-
thurians, a distinct dorsal and ventral side, which serves as the sole upon
which they creep, while in the Starfishes, Ophiurans, and the greater
part of the Echini, the actinal surface remains always the one upon which
the animal moves. In the Holothurians, as is well known, we have either
apodous genera, or genera in Avhich there are ambulacral feet in all the am-
bulacra, only more powerfully developed in the trivium which serves for
creeping; or else the ambulacral feet are present only in the trivium, as in

756 HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI.

Cuvieria, and we thus have a marked antagonism between a dorsal and a
ventral surface. An anterior and a posterior extremity is of course definitely
fixed in all Holothurians, but a right and left only in those genera in which
the trivium forms a ventral surface in contrast to the less prominently de-
veloped biviutn. The same is the case in Echini. It is only in those genera
in which we find a bivium and a trivium that we have not only a right and a
left, luil an anterior and a posterior extremity. In the Galeritidae the
structure of the ambulacra and shape of the test alone would not be sul-
ficient to distinguish such a bivium and trivium as that of the Clypeastroids
and Spatangoids, and were it not for the position of the anal system in one
of the interambulacral spaces, we should have nothing to guide us in fixing
the anterior or posterior extremity (as in the Desmosticha ). much less a right
or left. By means, however, of the outline of the test, of the position of the
anal opening, ami of the structure of the ambulacra! petals, we can readily
lix the position of the longitudinal and transverse axis, of the anterior and
posterior extremity, and. of course, of right and left. In the Desmosticha the
animal rests upon an equal actinal portion of the five ambulacra! and inter-
ambulacral regions. In the Clypeastroids we find already a difference ; the
mouth is no longer in the centre, and the anterior part of the actinal surface
is frequently larger than the posterior | Kchinarachnius. Encope). In the
Petalosticha the actinostome is always anterior, so that the disproportion be-
tween the growth of the bivium and the trivium becomes very considerable
in such genera as Brissus, Metalia, and the greater number of the Spatan-
goids proper. We have therefore an actinal surface, the greater part of
which is formed by the posterior interambulacral area (the actinal plastron),
while of the trivium but a small part belongs to the actinal surface, and a
somewhat larger part of the posterior lateral ambulacra. So that what con-
stitutes the actinal surface in the Holothurians. Starfishes, Ophurians. Echini,
and Crinoids (Comatulae) is by no means Identical in the different suborders.
In Comatulae the actinal surface corresponds to the actinal surface of the
embryo starfish at the time it has just resorbed the pluteus, while the anal
opening is still placed on the side of the actinostome. The actinal surface
is identical in Starfishes and Ophurians, so far as the ambulacra! system is
concerned; while in Holothurians the actinal surface is analogous to the
actinal side of Clypeastroids when the actinostome is eccentric posteriorly.
and in which, supposing the mouth were marginal, we should have an actinal
surface formed of the trivium, and not of the bivium, as in Spatangoids. It

HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI. 757

seems, therefore, hardly justifiable, in comparing Holothurians and Spatan-
goids, to suppose the latter turned o60J round a vertical axis before we can
compare them homologically ; the difference in the constitution of the
actinal surface depends entirely upon the position of the actinostome, which
may be more or less anterior in Spatangina, or more or less posterior in
Clypeastroids, or central in the Desmosticha, while it is marginal, or rather
terminal, in Holothurians. In this connection we should remember that in
the young of many Holothurians the actinal surface is formed, as in Desmos-
ticha, of an equal portion of all the ambulacra, since their young creep upon
their actinal gill tentacles, up to the time the ambulacral tentacles proper
are developed.

The ambulacral system, the genital organs, the jaws, as well as the plates
of the test, are arranged radially round a vertical axis ; but even in these
systems the plan of radiation is somewhat modified by a tendency to a
bilateral symmetry in some of the groups. The alimentary canal has not a
radial arrangement in any of the Echinodenns. The position of the anal
system in the Clypeastroids and in the Petalosticha gives us two poles of an
axis, which has been taken as the anterior axis in Spatangoids and in Clype-
astroids, and on both sides of which there is a marked tendency to a bilat-
eral arrangement in the ambulacral system. This axis becomes a vertical
axis in the Desmosticha.

The atrophy of the genital organs in Petalosticha, by leaving either four,
three, or even only two genital glands, tends to produce a bilateral arrange-
ment in the genital organs, just as the specialization of the odd anterior
ambulacral brought out more strikingly the bilateral tendencies of the
petaloid ambulacra in the Petalosticha. But in spite of this tendency to a
bilateral arrangement in the ambulacral and genital systems of the higher
Echini, we cannot fail to be struck with the fact that the ambulacral system
which the Echinodenns have in common with the Acalephs and Polyps is
arranged according to the plan of radiation fully as clearly as in the other
great classes of this branch of the animal kingdom. It cannot be denied
that there are many excellent reasons for a closer association of the
Acalephs and Polyps than either of them and the Echinodenns, yet until
we can show that the radial ambulacral system of Echinodenns is not clearly
homologous to the radial ambulacral system of the Acalephs and Polyps,
we must retain these three classes in the same great branch of the animal
kingdom.

758 HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI.

There is a time, in the growth of all the Echinoderm embryos I have
examined, when, after the resorption of the pluteus, there is no difference in
the general structure of the young Ophiuran, Starfish, or Sea-Urchin. This
stage is represented by a condition in which there are neither ambulacral
nor interambulacral plates developed. — when the ambulacral svstem exists
on the actinal side as a simple tube from which the more or less rudimentary
suckers diverge as simple diverticula ; in this stage the young Echinoderm is
composed only of an actinal and of an abactinal side. The limestone net-
work, covering completely the whole of the abactinal surface, is not yet sub-
divided into plates, neither genital nor ocular plates are developed, and only
such coronal plates exist in Starfishes and Ophiurans as correspond to the
centre of the disk and to the base of the arms. The spines, as well as the
more or less indented outline, guide us in forming an idea of the order to
which the young embryo is to belong. The anal opening is an aperture
which in sea-urchins early reaches its ultimate position. The teeth of Echini
also early appear, totally disconnected from the test. In the earlier stages
of growth, even after the suckers have become encased in the limestone net-
work of the actinal surface, the plates which are to form the ambulacral and
interambulacral plates are not differentiated, and are only formed subse-
quently from what remains always (in Starfishes and Ophiurans) the abac-
tinal part of thi' body, but which in Echini forms the so-called coronal plates,
— modifications only of the primitive abactinal system of starfishes, as far as
the plates immediately adjoining the ambulacral tubes are concerned.

This introduces some changes into the generally received homologies of

Echinoderms, and gives us. perhaps more satisfactorily than any other expla-
nation, the homologies of Ophiurans. which, having no interambulacral sys-
tem, have remained, more than the starfishes, in the condition most closely
approaching that of the typical Echinoderm embryo after its resorption of
the pluteus; that is. the plates formed along the arms are not differentiated
into the systems recognized in Starfishes and Echini, and remain always a part
of the original primitive abactinal system, subsequently to the pluteus stage.
We may also explain more satisfactorily the homologies of Holothurians,
which would thus, in such forms as Synapta, where the ambulacral suckers are
limited to those immediately round the actinostome, remind us of the most
embryonic conditions which we find in Echini, Starfishes, and Ophiurans.
The primitive abactinal system becomes greatly elongated, the ambulacral
tubes extend with it to the other extremity, and no special ambulacral or

HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI. 759

interambulacral plates are developed, as in Echini and Starfishes. Of course
it is immaterial if there are subsequently ambulacra! suckers piercing through
the actinal system, as is the case in young Cuviera ; the homology remains
the same. If the general homologies of Echinoderms as thus sketched out
are correct, we should reverse the position usually assigned to Holothurians.
and place them lowest in the scale of Echinoderms, in spite of their apparent
similarity to Worms, which has undoubtedly been the main reason for placing
them at the head of the Echinoderms, to which position we would remove the
Echini. The position of the Crinoids I should assume to be intermediate
between the Holothurians and the Starfishes or Ophiurans. The position of the
Holothurians is indeed very striking. They are undoubtedly most closely
related to the Echini, yet in one case (Echini) the specialization of the Echino-
derm is carried to its maximum degree, as far as the test is concerned ; while
in the other (Holothurians) they retain the internal structure of Echini, and
yet recall the typical embryonic condition of Echinoderms after leaving the
pluteus. Loven has advanced a very similar view of the homologies of
Echinoderms, and he has disconnected, as has been done in this chapter, the
so-called coronal plates (test) from the ambulacra! and alimentary systems.
This has led him to some very ingenious homologies, which we are hardly
able to follow in his resume without the further additional details promised
for a future memoir.

The key to the true homology of the Echini and Starfishes is given by the
ocular plate of the Echini, first seen by Agassiz, in which the hoinologue of
the odd terminal tentacle of the starfish, with its ocular speck (Ehrenberg),
is situated. I have shown, in my Embryology of the Starfish, that the new
ambulacral suckers and ambulacra! plates are added in Echini and Starfishes
between the pointed terminal sucker and the last-formed pair ; new pairs
of plates and suckers are always formed at the base of the odd terminal
tentacle. The attempt which has been made to homologize the marginal
plates of Starfishes in such genera as Astropecten, Astrogonium. Asteriscus,
and the like, with the second and third set of interambulacral plates of Palae-
chinus, Archeocidaris, and Perischodomus, is more in accordance with the
views of the homologies we have advanced ; though this view can scarcely
be considered tenable on the supposition that all the plates of the Perischoe-
chinidae are homologous, and that the marginal plates of the Starfish genera
just mentioned belong entirely to the abactinal system, and have nothing to
do homologically with the interambulacral region.

760 HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI.

We must also be cautious, in tracing the homologies between the ambula-
cra! plates of Starfishes and Echini, to remember that the homology extends
only to the passage of the ambulacral suckers, and that the position of the
ambulacral tube is totally different in the two suborders, as has already been
insisted upon by Miiller ; the ambulacral tube being placed behind the
plates (in the interior of the test) in Echini, while in starfishes the ambu-
lacral tube is situated between these plates in a channel formed In their
sides. We can only homologize the auricles of the Echini to the continua-
tion of the ambulacral plates of Starfishes in those genera in which the
auricles are formed by the prolongation of the ambulacral, and not of the
interambulacral processes. As far as the jaws of Echini are concerned, they
do not belong, as I have already shown, to the test, they are not a pari of the
auricles, and hence are in no way to be compared to the actinal parts which
have received the name of teeth in Starfishes and Ophiurans. and which prob-
ably correspond to the auricular processes.

I have nothing to add regarding the plan of development of Echinoderms
in the different suborders. In addition to the memoirs of Miiller but little
has been added to our knowledge of the history of the order since the pub-
lication of my Embryology of the Starfish, beyond a Memoir of Metschnikoff.
In this he has taken much the same view of the development of the Echino-
derms which 1 first advocated in opposition to the views of Miiller. The
development of the Echinoderm, as 1 have shown, takes place in all the sub-
orders upon the so-called water-system of the pluteus. — the pluteiis. emi-
nently bilateral, showing no trace whatever of the radiate struct inc. — and
it is only when the Echinoderm has grown to lead an independent life that
the radiate structure so characteristic of the adult is developed. The water-
system is the only organ in the pluteus showing any approach to a radiating
disposition; but this, alter all, is really only a fan-shaped arrangement, for
the rudimentary Echinoderm. till the last moments of the existence of the
pluteus, can only be said to exist developed (like a surface in geometry) on
the surface of the water system, while all the organs of the pluteus. the arms.
the vibratile cord, the epaulettes, the calcareous rods, or wheels, and other
limestone deposits, are perfectly symmetrical, placed on both sides of the
longitudinal axis, which also divides the digestive cavity and oesophagus into
equal halves.

As far as the affinities of the different suborders are concerned, we obtain
remarkable results if we consider the pluteus alone. Some of the Holothu-

HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI. 76I

rians and some of the Starfishes (Cuvieria and Cribrella) have an analo-
gous mode of development. The Auric ularians (Synapta) are most closely
allied, as far as the pluteus is concerned, to the Bipinnaria, and Brachiolaria
(Asteracanthion). The pluteus of the Ophiurans is, on the contrary, most
closely allied to that of Echinoids, while, as far as the Comatulae are con-
cerned, they recall in their general features some of the Holothurian embryos.

As far as the affinities of the Echinoderms with Worms are concerned, the
recent observations on Comatula, made by Metsclmikoff, appear to strengthen
the views of Huxley* and Haeckel, which are, however, entirely based on
theoretical considerations.! The discovery of the final development of Tor-
naria, which till lately was supposed to be a starfish pluteus, has shown con-
clusively that the whole plan of its development is entirely different from
that of Echinoderms. Although we have a water-system in Tornaria, it is
not bilateral, but is dorsal, and the presence of a true heart shows that it has
nothing in common with the water-system of Echinoderms ; the transforma-
tion into the Balanoglossus takes place by a simple change of topography
in the organs of Tornaria, while in Echinoderms we have a gradual resorption
into the young Echinoderm of the whole of the Brachiolaria in Starfishes, of
the Auricularia in Synapta, and of the pluteus in Echinoids and Ojmiurans,
though the development of the Echinus and Ophiuran does not seem to de-
pend entirely upon this resorption, which does not always take place com-
pletely and is frequently accompanied by a greater or less previous decom-
position of the arms.

As far as the early embryonic stages of the Echinoderms, Acalephs, and
Polyps are concerned, the formation of the digestive cavity by the turning in
of the outer wall of the embryo is the same in all, and in Ctenophorae the
digestive cavity has walls fully as thick in the planula stage as those we

* For a discussion of those views, see my paper on Tornaria, Mem. Am. Acad., 1873.

f Of course it must be remembered, in making this comparison, that the Annulata are by no means a
homogeneous group. The true Annelids are undoubtedly most closely related to the Crustacea and Insects,
while the Gephyreans, Planarians, Xemerteans, and perhaps other Annulata, are more nearly allied to the
Echinoderms, both from the nature of their embryological development and from the presence of a more
or less complicated water-system, analogous to that of Radiates.

Systematists are evidently drifting back to some of the exploded (?) views, formerly held by Cuvier and
till comparatively lately by Forbes, of the relationship of the Gephyreans with the Echinoderms. It may
be, therefore, that the splitting up of the Annulata into two branches, the one (the Annelids proper and
their allies) closely allied to the Arthropods, the other (the Gephyreans, Xemerteans, and the like) more
closely related to the Echinoderms, may explain many doubtful points regarding the affinities of the Annu-
lata as usually understood.

762 HOMOLOGIES AND AFFINITIES OF ECHINI.

find in the corresponding stages of Echinoderras. The mode of formation
of the ambulacra! tubes in Ctenophorae is identical with that of the water-
system of Echinoderms ; they are formed as diverticula from the digestive
cavity exactly as the water-system of Echinoderms is formed as a diverticu-
lum from the digestive cavity. As 1 propose to return to this subject in
a detailed Embryology of our common Ctenophorae, I only allude to this
important structural affinity to maintain the views 1 still hold of the close
relationship of the Ctenophorae and other Acalephs and Polyps with the
Echinoderms.

It, seems scarcely necessary to criticise the views lately thrown out by
Haeckel of the composite nature of Echinoderms, in which he goes so far
as to suggest the possibility of each arm of a Starfish and Ophiuran being an
individual. This view is so contrary to all our ideas of the homologies of
these animals with Sea-Urchins and Ilolothurians, that, unsupported as it is
by any data, and simply thrown out as a theoretical hint, it need not detain
us any longer. The hypothetical genealogical tree made by Haeckel of the
derivation of Echinoderms is entirely at variance with what we know of the
embryology and of the geological succession of the class, and no positive proof
can as yet be given of any other affinity between Worms and Echinoderms
than the superficial resemblance of some embryos of Worms and Echino-
derms. In his genealogical tret' of the Echini, Haeckel has been compelled
to derive from the Cassidulidae, the ( 'lypeast roids. as well as the Spatan-
goids, which culminate in the present period in two equivalent groups.
This we can explain in no other way except that the Clypeastroids were a
retrogressive group, and yet the variety of the forms under which they ap-
pear (lining the Tertiary period shows anything rather than the dying out
of the suborder. He leaves entirely unexplained (not even questioned) the
sudden passage from Echinocidaridae to Dysasteridae and to Galeritidae. We
might understand, as stated before, the passage of the Echinocidaridae to the
Galeritidae and to the Clypeastridae both from anatomical and embryological
data, but such an anomaly as the transition or genetic connection of the
Echinocidaridae with the Dysasteridae and Cassidulidae, and hence with
Spatangoids, is the merest hypothesis, entirely unsupported either by ana-
tomical or embryological data.

Cambridge : Electrotypes! and Printed by Welch. Bigelow, & Co.

Harvard MCZ Llbrai

III III 1IIIIIIIIU1IIIIIIII III

3 2044 066 300 666

• * it i t

♦ ♦ » * * *